Sensors, Limit Switches, And Connector Cables, 9006CT0101 115601 Catalog 1
2014-07-05
: Pdf 115601-Catalog 1 115601-Catalog_1 785901 Batch5 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 680
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables Photoelectric, Proximity, and Ultrasonic Sensors Catalog 9006CT0101R5/04 File 9006 07 CONTENTS PAGE Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Photoelectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Proximity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Ultrasonic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 Index of Product Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674 Building a New Electric World Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com NOTE: Sensors described in this catalog are designed to be used for standard industrial presence sensing applications. These sensors do not include the self-checking redundant circuitry necessary to allow their use in safety applications. Square D®, Telemecanique®, Osiris®, Osiprox®, Osiswitch®, R.B.Denison®, Virtu® Lox-Switch™, Osiconcept™, Osisonic™, and Preventa™ are trademarks or registered trademarks of Schneider Electric. Other trademarks used herein are the property of their respective owners. 2 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables Table of Contents Osiconcept™ Sensors .........................................................................................................7 Introduction .......................................................................................................................7 Environmental Protection Classification ...........................................................................9 Photoelectric Sensors .......................................................................................................12 Selection Guide ..............................................................................................................12 Application Examples .....................................................................................................20 Interpretation of Catalog Numbers .................................................................................28 Osiconcept™ Multi-Mode™ Technology ........................................................................30 XUB 18 mm Tubular .......................................................................................................32 XUM Miniature Rectangular ...........................................................................................48 XUK Subcompact Rectangular .......................................................................................52 XUX Compact Rectangular ............................................................................................56 XUD Amplifiers, Self-Teach, DC .....................................................................................60 XUA 8 mm Diameter .......................................................................................................62 Classic 18 mm Tubular ...................................................................................................64 Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel ...............................................84 XUM Miniature, Classic ..................................................................................................90 XUK Subcompact, Classic ..............................................................................................92 XUC Compact, Limit Switch Body Style .........................................................................94 XUL Subcompact ............................................................................................................96 XUJ Analog with Background Suppression ....................................................................98 Fiber Optics ..................................................................................................................100 XUV with Separate Optical Heads ................................................................................106 XUK Subcompact .........................................................................................................112 XUM Miniature, Color Mark ..........................................................................................114 XUMW Liquid Detection ...............................................................................................116 XUR Rectangular Compact, Color ................................................................................118 XUV Fork and Frame ....................................................................................................126 XUZ Accessories ..........................................................................................................134 Dimensions and Sensing Patterns ...............................................................................141 Substitution Guide ........................................................................................................146 General .........................................................................................................................150 Detection Systems ........................................................................................................151 Specific Systems ..........................................................................................................155 Outputs and Wiring .......................................................................................................156 Outputs and Connections .............................................................................................157 Complementary Functions ............................................................................................158 Curves ..........................................................................................................................162 Standards and Certifications ........................................................................................164 Specific Aspects of Electronic Sensors ........................................................................165 Electrical Installation of Electronic Sensors ..................................................................167 Proximity Sensors ............................................................................................................172 Inductive Sensors .........................................................................................................172 Selection Guide ............................................................................................................174 XS8 Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor .........................................................................180 XS7 Inductive Sensor ...................................................................................................182 XS6 Extended Range and Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor ......................................184 XS5 Inductive Sensor ...................................................................................................186 XS9 Application-Specific Inductive Sensor ...................................................................188 Basic, Plastic, Cylindrical, Non-Flush Mountable .........................................................192 Basic, Metal, Cylindrical, Flush and Non-Flush Mountable ..........................................194 XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors .....................................................................................198 XS Inductive Sensors ...................................................................................................240 XS5L8 Inductive Sensors .............................................................................................246 XS7H, XS8H Miniature Inductive Sensor .....................................................................248 3 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables Table of Contents XS7G/XS8G Inductive Sensors ................................................................................... 250 XS7T/XS8T Inductive Sensors, Cubic Block Style ...................................................... 252 XS7C/XS8C Limit Switch Type, Inductive Sensors ..................................................... 254 XS Inductive Sensors, Limit Switch Body .................................................................... 256 XSD Rectangular, Inductive Sensors .......................................................................... 258 XSAV Tubular, Inductive Sensors ............................................................................... 262 XS Inductive Sensors, Weld Field Immune, DC .......................................................... 264 Inductive Sensors for Use in Hazardous Locations ..................................................... 268 XS Inductive Sensors .................................................................................................. 270 XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing ............................... 272 XT Capacitive Sensors ................................................................................................ 280 XS Inductive Sensors .................................................................................................. 284 SG Magnet Actuated Sensors ..................................................................................... 288 ST Grounded Probe Switch ......................................................................................... 298 Inductive Sensor Accessories ...................................................................................... 300 Sensing Curves ........................................................................................................... 306 Product Overview ........................................................................................................ 309 Catalog Number Cross-References ............................................................................. 344 Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors ...................................................................................... 354 Technical Overview ..................................................................................................... 354 Declaration of Conformity ............................................................................................ 361 SM300 Series .............................................................................................................. 362 SM600 Series .............................................................................................................. 367 SM900 Series .............................................................................................................. 374 Virtu® Series ................................................................................................................ 384 Limit Switches ................................................................................................................. 390 Selection Guide ........................................................................................................... 390 Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches ........................................................................... 410 Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal ......................................................................................... 418 Osiswitch® Miniature, Plastic ....................................................................................... 436 Osiswitch® Compact .................................................................................................... 440 Osiswitch® Compact, Metal ......................................................................................... 442 Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic ....................................................................................... 448 Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic ....................................................................... 451 Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic ....................................................................................... 452 Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic ....................................................................... 456 Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset ..................................................................... 462 Osiswitch® Classic, Metal ............................................................................................ 468 Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 ................................ 484 Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 ............................... 512 Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting, Mechanical Handling, and Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring .................................................................................................................... 522 Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting and Material Handling ............................................. 524 Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling .................................................................. 530 Snap Action Industrial Switches .................................................................................. 536 Miniature ...................................................................................................................... 539 Miniature Enclosed Reed ............................................................................................. 544 9007AW Heavy Duty Industrial .................................................................................... 545 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal .................................................... 546 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal ............................................ 582 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial ....................................................................................... 590 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches .............................................. 598 9007T Severe Duty Mill Switches ................................................................................ 600 9007FT Severe Duty Foundry Switches ...................................................................... 602 R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches ...................... 610 4 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables Table of Contents Interpretation of Catalog Numbers ...............................................................................623 Cabling ..............................................................................................................................626 Selection Guide ............................................................................................................626 Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) .......................................................................628 Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) ......................................................................633 Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) .........................................................................638 Micro-Style Field-Attachable Connectors .....................................................................644 Snap-C™ Quick Connector ..........................................................................................646 Mini and International Field-Attachable Connectors .....................................................647 Micro- and Nano-Style Extension Cables .....................................................................648 Mini, Micro and DIN Style Extension Cables ................................................................650 Micro to Micro Splitter Cables .......................................................................................652 Micro-Style Splitter Boxes ............................................................................................653 Sensor Dock (Connector Box) ......................................................................................654 Micro-Style Sensor Dock (Connector Box) with Output LEDs ......................................656 AS-Interface® Bus ........................................................................................................658 Glossary of Terms ........................................................................................................668 Wire Size Chart ............................................................................................................672 Index of Product Catalog Numbers ................................................................................674 5 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables Table of Contents 6 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Sensors Introduction Schneider Electric: Shaping the Future of Sensors Schneider Electric is the first control and automation products manufacturer in the world to introduce a comprehensive family of discrete sensor products—photoelectric, proximity, and limit switches—built upon a common technology platform that combines intelligence and modularity. Because this uniform approach to sensor design is so unique, we call it Global Detection. What is Global Detection? Detection is an essential function to control and automate equipment within an industrial environment. It has many variations based on different machinery requirements. Traditionally, each sensor has been specific to an application—made by specialists who focused on a single detection technology—with all the advantages and disadvantages inherent in that technology. Global Detection is Schneider Electric’s solution to that dilemma: a family of discrete sensing products built on a common technology platform. What makes Global Detection possible is a new Osiconcept™ approach, which combines smart technologies to simplify sensor selection, stocking, installation, setup, and maintenance. OSI stands for Offering Simplicity through Innovation. Combining sophistication and simplicity was our primary objective in creating this new technology and product platform: selection, installation, setup, and maintenance were made as easy as possible. The second objective was availability: maximizing the number of solutions while minimizing the product catalog numbers. A third objective was adaptability: products that meet all the environmental constraints for a wide variety of installations. We also added a fourth dimension—aesthetics—with uniform shapes, a compact body style, and a uniform blue color across all products. This is important for machine builders who want to present an image of engineering and manufacturing quality to their customers. Innovation: Products that adapt to their environment XS—Proximity Sensors Conventional inductive proximity sensors can be the source of many types of application difficulties. Apart from their size, they are also sensitive to metal environments, meaning that some flush-mounted types must be shielded, while others may be unshielded. This causes variances in performance. Setup and mounting can be both difficult and time consuming. The new Telemecanique® XS Rectangular proximity sensor line, part of the Schneider Electric Global Detection family, has been designed to eliminate all these problems. With the flattest rectangular body size available, these compact sensors integrate easily into a machine or process. The advanced microprocessor design of these auto-adaptable proximity sensors allows them to easily adjust to deliver maximum sensing distance, whatever the metal environment or mounting approach. When the user presses a button, the product runs in teach mode to set the maximum sensing distance. With quick attachment mounting brackets, these sensors can be quickly installed or replaced. Once in place, there is no need to mechanically adjust their position, as tuning or precise detection is integral to the sensor. Efficiency, performance, mounting time, and flexibility have all been considered in the design of these proximity sensors to ensure maximum productivity. XU—Photoelectric Sensors Photoelectric sensors present some equally difficult challenges. Different sensors have been required depending on the target material—whether matte finish or reflective surfaces, light or dark colors—and the overall environment, This complicates sensor selection, leading to a great deal of trial and error. Sensor positioning and definition of the sensing range have also been difficult to determine, particularly in three dimensions, which require special mountings and protection, increasing installation costs. 7 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Sensors Introduction By applying the Osiconcept approach to photoelectric sensors, Schneider Electric has considerably increased their capabilities. This new XU family of Multi-Mode™ photoelectric sensors can do it all, operating accurately in diffuse environments and with background suppression. This unique line of photoelectric sensors combines maximum flexibility and precision. Each sensor can function in five sensing modes and two output states (NO or NC). This flexibility can reduce the typical number of product part numbers required by a factor of 10. To increase the sensing distance from the diffuse, simply add a reflector or a transmitter and the sensor changes to retro-reflective or thru-beam mode, whichever is required. The idea of light or dark switching is no longer relevant. The targeted object has only to be detected in order to activate the output (or the reverse). The customer decides if it should be N.O. or N.C. Built-in intelligence allows the sensor to run a teach mode setup for quick installation, with the option of a second precise teach setting for very accurate and reliable detection. The sensor is capable of adapting to any surrounding environment. Accurate setting of the sensing range is achieved without using any particular accessories. If the object to be detected is moved closer within the detection zone, just press a button and the sensor learns this modification. Also, if the object is translucent, whatever the detection method, it is simply placed in position, the adjustment button is pressed and the sensor adjusts accordingly. Mounting brackets are standard across the product line. Options include protective covers and a 3-D indexing system for setup adjustment in any direction. Innovation: Modular approach adds flexibility XC—Limit Switches The Osiconcept principle has also been adapted to limit switches. The limited integration of operating heads, bodies, and contact blocks from most manufacturers can make it difficult to find exactly the right components for the configuration required for a particular application. With the new XC family of limit switches from Schneider Electric, however, the complete modularity of the bodies, contact blocks, operating heads, and cable entries simplifies any configuration. More than 40 metal operating heads, completely interchangeable, can be combined with five different body styles and six conduit entries, all of which conform to standards and local customs on a worldwide basis. Limit switch components that enable up to 5,000 different configurations will be available anywhere in the world from Schneider Electric, normally within 48 hours. The new XC limit switches are the only ones on the market with snap action contact blocks (three or four contacts) with direct opening operation. Product cabling has been simplified, reducing electrical connection time by up to 40 percent. Operating heads and levers with 3-D orientation also make installation simpler and enable mounting these limit switches in any position for accurate cam actuation. All the new Square D® and Telemecanique® Global Detection products are entirely compatible with the Schneider Electric Transparent Factory: a new approach to factory management based on Ethernet and Web technologies. This global approach to discrete sensing technology and product design means machine builders can improve performance by having less complex and more intelligent machines; distributors can improve their customer expertise with a more efficient product line offering, simplified selection, and improved selling potential; and finally, users on the factory floor can improve performance by reducing maintenance time with products that are simpler and have unparalleled flexibility. 8 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Sensors Environmental Protection Classification Enclosures An enclosure is a surrounding case constructed to provide a degree of protection for personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment, and to provide a degree of protection for the enclosed equipment against specified environmental conditions. Below is a brief description of the more common types of enclosures used by the electrical industry relating to their environmental capabilities. Refer to the appropriate sections of the standard publication for more information regarding applications, features, and design books. Definition pertaining to nonhazardous locations Type 1 Enclosure Type 1 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment. Type 2 Enclosure Type 2 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against limited amounts of falling water and dirt. Type 3 Enclosure Type 3 enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet, external ice formation, and falling dirt. Type 3R Enclosure Type 5 Enclosure Type 5 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, dripping, and light splashing. Type 6 Enclosure Type 6 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, dripping, light splashing, and the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth. Type 6P Enclosure Type 3R enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet and external ice formation. Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt, dripping, light splashing, and the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth. Type 3S Enclosure Type 11 Enclosure Type 3S enclosures are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet, and falling dirt, and to provide for operation of external mechanisms when ice laden. Type 11 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids. Type 4 Enclosure Type 12K enclosures with knockouts are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids other than at knockouts. Type 4 enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water, hose-directed water, falling dirt, sleet, snow, and formation of ice on the enclosure. Type 4X Enclosure Type 4X enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, hose-directed water, falling dirt, sleet, snow, and formation of ice on the enclosure. Type 12K Enclosure Type 13 Enclosure Type 13 enclosures are intended for indoor use to provide a degree of protection against lint, dust, NEMA Type 12, external condensation and spraying of water, oil and noncorrosive liquids. The IEC publications 144, 529, and the standard DIN 40050 define the degrees of protection provided by electrical enclosures—with respect to persons, equipment within the enclosure, and the ingress of water—and enable this to be expressed by the letter IP followed by two numerals. The standard NFC 20-010 also defines the mechanical protection given by the enclosure (3rd numeral). Certain equipment intended to be mounted in enclosures also contributes to the degree of protection achieved. Example: IP559 (The table below explains the numerals.) Different parts of equipment can have different degrees of protection and still comply with the standards. These standards do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. 1st Characteristic Numeral Example: push buttons on enclosures In this case the equipment will only conform with the standard when it is correctly mounted. Example: an opening in the base of an enclosure 2nd Characteristic Numeral 3rd Characteristic Numeral Protection against mechanical damages. Conforming to NFC. c Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies. Conforming to IEC, NF, DIN Protection against the penetration of liquids. Conforming to IEC, NFC, DIN 0 Non-protected Non-protected 1 Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm Protection against dripping water 0.15 0.15 0.225 2 Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm Protection against dripping water when tilted up to 15° 0.15 0.25 0.375 3 Protection against solid objects greater than 1 mm Protection against rain 0.25 0.20 0.50 4 Protection against solid objects Protection against splashing water greater than 1 mm — — — 5 Dust protected Protection against water jets 0.50 0.40 2 6 Dust tight Protection against heavy seas — — — 7 — Protection against the effects of immersion 1.50 0.40 6 8 — Protection against immersion in cutting oilsq — — — 9 — — 5 0.40 20 Mass, kg Height of fall, m Impact energy, J Non-protected c Defined within conditions of hammer testing. q Degree of protection undefined by the IEC standard. Left to the manufacturers and users to define it. Telemecanique® brand defines it as cuffing oil proof. 9 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Sensors 10 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Catalog September File 9006 07 CONTENTS PAGE Selection and Application Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 XUB 18 mm Tubular, Metal and Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 XUM Miniature Rectangular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 XUK Subcompact, 50 x 50 Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 XUX Compact Rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 XUD Fiber Optic Amplifier, Self Teach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 XUA 8 mm, Miniature Precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Classic XU Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 XUC Compact, Limit Switch Body Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 XUL Subcompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 XUJ Analog with Background Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Fiber Optics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 XUV with Separate Optical Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 XUK Subcompact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 XUM Miniature, Color Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 XUMW Liquid Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 XUR Rectangular Compact, Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 XUV Fork and Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 XUZ Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Dimensions and Sensing Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Operation and Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide Photoelectric Style Material Housing XUA Miniature Precision XU 18 mm Classic XUB 18 mm Multi-Mode XUB 18 mm Tubular Ultra-Short 8 mm Diameter Tubular 18 mm Diameter Tubular 18 mm Diameter Tubular 18 mm Diameter Metal Metal and Plastic Metal and Plastic Metal and Plastic NEMA Type 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 4X (indoor), 12 4X (indoor), 12 4X (indoor), 12 CENELEC IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Thru-Beam 2 m (6.6 ft) 20 m (65.6 ft) 15 m (49.2 ft) 15 m (49.2 ft) — 4 m (13.1 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) Retroreflective Polarized Maximum Sensing Range Non-Polarized Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short Range) — 6 m (19.7 ft) — 4 m (13.1 ft) 50 mm (1.9 in.) 600 mm(23.6 in.) / 150 mm (5.9 in.) 300 mm (1 ft) / 120 mm (4.8 in.) 600 mm (23.6 in.) / 100 mm (3.9 in.) Glass Fiber Optics Option No No No No Output DC AC, DC DC, AC/DC DC Page 62 72 32 40 XUX XUX Multi-Mode XUFA XUFS Compact Rectangular Compact Rectangular Glass Fiber Optic Cables Glass Fiber Optic Cables Plastic Plastic Glass Glass NEMA Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 — — CENELEC IP67 IP67 — — Thru-Beam 40 m (130 ft) 40 m (130 ft) 700 mm (28 in.) 250 mm (9.84 in.) 11 m (36 ft) 11 m (36 ft) — — — — — 150 mm (5.9 in.) 87 mm (3.44 in.) Style Material Housing Retroreflective Polarized Maximum Sensing Range Non-Polarized Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short Range) 14 m (45 ft) 2.1 m (7.9 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) / 1.3 m (4.2 ft) Glass Fiber Optics Option No No — — Output DC DC, AC/DC — — Page 58 56 100 102 12 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Photoelectric Selection Guide XUMA Multi-Mode XUM XUK XUK Multi-Mode XUK Classic Miniature Rectangular Miniature Rectangular SubCompact SubCompact Universal SubCompact Universal Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 14 m (45.9 ft) 8 m (26.2 ft) 30 m (98.4 ft) 30 m (98.4 ft) 30 m (98.4 ft) 3 m (9.8 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 5 m (16.4 ft) 4 m (13.1 ft) 6 m (19.7 ft) — 4 m (13.1 ft) 9 m (29.5 ft) 0.8 m (2.6 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 40 cm (15.7 in.) 1 m (3.3 ft) 300 mm (11.8 in.) 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 40 cm (15.7 in.) / 10 cm (3.9 in.) No No No No DC DC DC, AC/DC AC/DC, DC 48 50 54 52 92 XUC XUL XUFN XUDA1 Self-Teach XUDA2 Self-Teach Compact Universal SubCompact Rectangular Plastic Fiber Optic Cables Fiber Optic Amplifier Fiber Optic Amplifier Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 — 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 - No DC + IP67 IP67 — IP66 IP66 60 m (196.8 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 250 mm (9.84 in.) see Fiber Optics see Fiber Optics 9 m (29.5 ft) 5 m (16.4 ft) — — — — 8 m (26.2 ft) — — — 1.2 m (3.9 ft) adj. 0.7 m (2.3 ft) 87 mm (3.44 in.) see Fiber Optics see Fiber Optics — No — Yes Yes AC/DC, DC AC/DC, DC — DC DC 94 96 102 60 60 13 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide Photoelectric Style Material Housing XUVK XU XUB XUKT Optical Sensing Heads and Amplifiers Tubular 18 mm Diameter Transparent Material Detection Transparent Material Detection Plastic Plastic Stainless Steel Plastic Plastic NEMA Type — — 4X, 12 — 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 CENELEC — Amplifiers IP50; Heads IP50, 66, 67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Thru-Beam 1.5 m (4.9 ft) 7.3 m (24 ft) 15 m (49.2 ft) — — — — 2 m (6.6 ft) — 1.5 m (4.9 ft) — 2.5 m (8 ft) 4 m (13.1 ft) 800 mm (31.5 in.) — 95 mm (3.74 in.) 125 mm (5 in.) 100 mm (3.9 in.) — — Retroreflective Maximum Sensing Range XUFN Application specific Polarized Non-Polarized Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short Range) Glass Fiber Optics Option — Yes No No No Output — AC, DC DC DC DC 104 106, 108 68 80 112 XU 18 XURU XURC3 XURC4 XUFN Page Style Housing Maximum Sensing Range Material Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Self-Teach Full Color Sensor Fiber Optic Full Color Sensor Convergent Beam Fiber Optic Cables Plastic Nickel-Plated Brass Diecast Zinc Aluminum Aluminum CENELEC IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 — Thru-Beam — — — — 30 mm (1.18 in.) Convergent Retroreflective Polarized — — — — — Non-Polarized — — — see Fiber Optics — 20 mm (0.79 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.) 40 to 60 mm (1.57 to 2.36 in.) see Fiber Optics — — Proximity Diffuse (Standard/short range) Glass Fiber Optics Option No No Yes Yes Output DC DC DC DC — Page 76 122 124 124 104 14 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Photoelectric Selection Guide XU 18 mm XU 18 mm XU 18 mm XUM XURK XURK Laser High Excess Gain Analog Color Mark Color Mark Registration Self-Teaching Color Mark Plastic Nickel-Plated Brass Nickel-Plated Brass Plastic Diecast Zinc Diecast Zinc — 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X (indoor), 6, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 — — IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 100 m (328.1 ft) 70 m (229.6 ft) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 to 400 mm (2.0 to 15.7 in.) 15 mm (0.6 in.) 9 mm (0.354 in.) 9 mm (0.354 in.) No No No No No No DC DC PNP Analog DC DC DC 78 72 74 114 118 120 XUVK XUV XUVF XUVF Self-Teaching Label Detection Fork Self Contained Fork Dynamic Fork Dynamic Frame Sensors Zinc Alloy Plastic Aluminum Aluminum IP65 IP54 IP65 IP65 2 mm (0.079 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.) 60 x 60 mm (2.36 x 2.36 in.) 200 x 250 mm (7.87 x 9.84 in.) — — — — — — — — — — — — No No No No DC DC DC DC 126 128 130 132 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 136 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 137 Beam Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 141–142 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 142–145 Application Information . . Pages 20–27, 150–160 15 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide for Specific Applications Photoelectric Packaging Machinery Transparent Material Detection Opaque Label Detection Color Mark Registration Reading reference marks for trimming D L OUTPUT XUB Tubular 18 mm Diameter Style Material Housing Maximum Sensing Range XUKT XUVK Transparent Material Label Detection Fork Detection XURK XURK XUM Color Mark Self-Teaching Color Mark Color Mark Nickel-Plated Brass PMMA Zinc Alloy ZAMAC Diecast Zinc ABS/PC NEMA Type — 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 — — — 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 CENELEC IP67 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Thru-Beam — — 2 mm (0.08 in.) — — — Retroreflective Polarized — 2 m (6.6 ft) — — — — 990 mm (39 in.) — — — — — 15 mm (0.6 in.) Non-Polarized — — — 9 mm (0.35 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) Glass Fiber Optics Option Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short range) No No No No No — Output DC DC DC DC DC DC Page 80 112 126 118 120 114 Material Handling Long Range Sensing Detecting cakes XU 18 mm Style XUC XU 18 mm XU 18 mm XUJ Thru-Beam High Excess Gain Analog Analog ABS/PMMA Plastic Nickel-Plated Brass Nickel-Plated Brass Plastic — 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X (indoor), 6, 12, 13 1, 3, 6, 12, 13 IP67 Laser (pair) Material Housing Maximum Sensing Range NEMA Type Analog CENELEC IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Thru-Beam 100 m (328.1 ft) 60 m (196.8 ft) 70 m (229.6 ft) — — Retroreflective Polarized — 9 m (29.5 ft) — — — Non-Polarized — — — — — — 50 to 400 mm (2.0 to 15.7 in) 20 to 80 mm (7.9 to 31.5 in) Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short Range) — 1.2 m (3.9 ft) adj. Glass Fiber Optics Option No No No No No Output DC AC/DC, DC DC PNP Analog PNP Analog Page 78 94 72 74 98 16 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide Ultraviolet Invisible Mark Detection XU 18 Photoelectric for Specific Applications Full Color Detection XURU XURC3 XURC4 XUFN Convergent Beam Fiber Optic Cables Ultraviolet Ultraviolet Self-Teach Full Color Sensor Fiber Optic Full Color Sensor Nickel-Plated Brass Diecast Zinc Aluminum Aluminum Plastic — — — — — IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 — — — — — 30 mm (1.18 in). Convergent — — — — — — — — see Fiber Optics — 20 mm (0.79 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.) 40 to 60 mm (1.57 to 2.36 in.) see Fiber Optics — No No No Yes — DC DC DC DC — 76 122 124 124 104 Flag Detection Short Range Background Suppression Background Suppression XUVH XU 18 mm Classic XUL XUJ Universal XUC XUL Self Contained Fork Background Suppression Subcompact Rectangular Standard Rectangular Compact Universal Subcompact Rectangular ABS/PMMA Metal or Plastic ABS/PC PEI Plastic ABS/PC — 4X, 12 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 1, 3, 6, 12, 13 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 IP54 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 30 mm (1.18 in.) — 10 m (32.8 ft) 13 m (42.6 ft) 60 m (196.8 ft) — — — 5 m (16.4 ft) 9 m (29.5 ft) 9 m (29.5 ft) — — 150 mm (5.9 in.) 8 m (26.2 ft) 9 m (29.5 ft) — — — 150 mm (5.9 in.) 0.7 m (2.3 ft) 1.2 m (48 in.) / 70 cm (27 in.) 1.2 m (3.9 ft) adj. 0.25 m (0.8 ft) No No No No No No DC AC/DC, DC AC/DC, DC AC/DC, DC, Analog AC/DC, DC DC 128 76–79 96 98 94 96 17 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide for Specific Applications Photoelectric Assembly Equipment Miniature Separate Optical Heads and Amplifiers Fiber Optics and Amplifiers Verifying plate feed Style Material Housing Maximum Sensing Range XUA Miniature Precision XUV XUVN XUFN Tubular Ultra-Short 8 mm Diameter Amplifier for Separate Optical Head Separate Optical Heads Plastic Fiber Optic Cables — Nickel-Plated Brass ABS — NEMA Type 4X, 6P 1, 5 — — CENELEC IP67 IP50 — — Thru-Beam 250 mm (9.84 in.) 2 m (6.6 ft) — 7.3 m (24 ft) Retroreflective Polarized — — — — Non-Polarized — — 2.5 m (8 ft) — 50 mm (1.9 in.) — — 87 mm (3.44 in.) Glass Fiber Optics Option Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short range) No Yes — — Output DC AC/DC 125 mm (5 in.) — Page 62 108 106 102 Harsh Environment Washdown Style XUFA XUA Miniature Precision Classic XU 18 mm Glass Fiber Optic Cables Tubular Ultra-Short 8 mm diameter Tubular 18 mm diameter Material Housing Maximum Sensing Range Metal Bodies NEMA Type Glass Metal Metal — 4X, 6P 4X, 12 CENELEC — IP67 IP67 Thru-Beam 1.39 m (4.6 ft) 4 m (13.1 ft) — Retroreflective Polarized — — — Non-Polarized — — — 150 mm (5.9 in.) Proximity Diffuse (Standard/Short Range) 200 mm (7.9 in.) 60 mm (2.4 in.) Glass Fiber Optics Option — No No Output — DC AC/DC, DC 100 62 72 Page 18 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Selection Guide Specialty Fiber Optics Photoelectric for Specific Applications Dynamic Sensing XUFN•P XUFN•S XUFN•T XUFN•L XUVF XUVF High Power Fiber Optic Cables Soft Fiber Optic Cables Teflon® Coated Fiber Optic Cables Convergent Fiber Optic Cables Dynamic Fork Dynamic Frame Sensors Plastic Plastic Plastic with Teflon Plastic Aluminum Aluminum — — — — — — IP64 IP64 IP671 IP65 IP65 IP65 300 mm (11.8 in.) 100 mm (3.93 in.) 1 m (39.3 in.) 1.5 mm (4.9 ft) 60 x 60 mm (2.36 x 2.36 in.) 200 x 250 mm (7.87 x 9.84 in.) — — — — — — — — — — — — 95 mm (3.74 in.) 55 mm (2.16 in.) 70 mm (2.75 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.) — — — — — — No No — — — — DC DC 104 104 104 104 130 132 Outdoor XUC High Temperature XUFS Corrosive Environment XUFA XUFN•T NEMA Type 4X Outdoor Glass Fiber Optic Cables Glass Fiber Optic Cables Teflon Coated Fiber Optic Cables Plastic with Teflon Plastic Glass Glass 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 — — — IP67 — — IP67 60 m (196.8 ft) 250 mm (9.84 in.) 700 mm (28 in.) 1 m (39.3 in.) 9 m (29.5 ft) — — — — — — — 1.2 m (3.9 ft) adj. 87 mm (3.44 in.) 150 mm (5.9 in.) 70 mm (2.75 in.) No — — — AC/DC, DC — — — 94 102 100 104 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 136 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 137 Beam Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 141–142 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 142–145 Application Information . . Pages 20–27, 150–160 19 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Application Examples Photoelectric 01: Monitoring the flow of bottles 02: Verifying liquid presence in a vial XUB9•••WL2 or XUB0••SWL2 XUDA••SMM8 + XUFN12301 + XUFZ02 03: Monitoring the water level in a container 04: Car washes XUDA••SML2 + XUFN12301 XUX0ARCTT16 or XUX9ARCNT16 05: Detecting small falling objects 06: Detecting reflective objects XUVF••0M12 XUM0A•SAL2 or XUM9A••NL2 20 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors 07: Monitoring the height of lipsticks prior to capping 08: Monitoring the flow of pallets carrying bottled water XUB0••SNL2R + XUB0•KSNL2T or XUB2•••NL2• + XUB2•KSNL2T XUX0AKSAT16 or XUX1A••NT16 09: Monitoring the flow of cans 10: Monitoring the position of cheese XUX0AKSAT16 or XUX1A••NT16 XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK5A••NL2 11: Verifying the correct seating of a screw 12: Monitoring the flow of objects exiting vibrating bowl Off Photoelectric Application Examples On XUDA••SML2 + XUFN35301 XUDA••SML2 + XUFN35301 21 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Application Examples Photoelectric 13: Detecting springs (considered a transparent material) 14: Monitoring the flow of printed circuit boards XUB•01353 XUM•15353• 15: Detecting dark colored objects on a conveyor 16: Monitoring the alignment of glass panes XUX0AKSAT16 or XUX5A••NT16 XUB•01353 17: Verifying plate feed 18: Verifying the presence of a plate XUV•003530 + XUVN02428 XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK5A••NL2 22 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors 19: Indexing the height of a table 20: Detecting overlapping plates XUJK803538 (analog) XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK5A••NL2 21: Indexing position of robot arms 22: Counting televisions XUX0AKSAT16 or XUX5A••NT16 XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK5A••NL2 23: Verifying the presence of a plastic cap 24: Detecting plastic film XUB0••SNM12 or XUB5•••NM12 + XUB0••SWL2 or XUB9•••WL2 XUB•01353 Photoelectric Application Examples 23 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Application Examples Photoelectric 25: Detecting a label on a transparent background 26: Counting tablets XUVK0252 XUV•003530 27: Verifying the presence of tablets in a bottle 28: Verifying the presence of a label XUB0••SNL2 + XUB0•KSNL2T or XUB2•••NL2R + XUB2•KSNL2T XUM0A•SAM8 + XUM0AKSAM8T or XUM2A••NM8R + XUM2AKSNM8T 29: Verifying presence of cakes in transparent packaging 30: Detecting incorrect positioning of a label XUDA••SML2 + XUFN12301 + XUFZ01 XUDA••SML2 + XUFN05321 24 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors 31: Reading reference marks for trimming L Photoelectric Application Examples 32: Detecting the end of a roll D OUTPUT XURK0955D XUM0A•SAL2 or XUM5A••NL2 33: Detecting cakes 34: Verifying correct positioning of labels XUM0A•SAL2 or XUM5A••NL2 XU2P18•P340DL 35: Verifying the presence of adhesive 36: Synchronizing a cutting stroke XUDA••SML2 + XUFN35301 XUVH0312 25 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Application Examples Photoelectric 37: Monitoring the position of tooth brushes 38: Monitoring the stock level in a hopper XUV•003530 XUDA••SML2 39: Monitoring a cake position prior to packaging 40: Monitoring the positioning of a book cover XUM0A•SAL2 or XUM5A••NL2 (miniature) + XUB••SNL2 + XUB0•KSNL2T or XUB2•••NL2R + XUB2•KSNL2T (tubulars) XUM•15353R (color mark reader) 41: Detecting a loop 42: Monitoring the flow of cartons XUJK803538 (analog) XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK1A••NL2 26 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors 43: Detecting bottles filled with mineral water 44: Zone surveillance XUM0A•SAL2 or XUK5A••NL2 XU2P18•P340DL 45: Controlling a parking barrier 46: Detecting people XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK1A••NL2 XUK0AKSAL2 or XUK1A••NL2 Photoelectric Application Examples 27 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Photoelectric X U X O A K S A T 1 M M U U L L L L L T 8 1 7 2 0 2 5 1 0 1 6 • • • M 1 2 • BODY STYLE 8 mm tubular 18 mm tubular 40 x 40 mm square Amplifier Rectangular compact Fiber optic Compact rectangular Rectangular subcompact 50 x 50 x 18 mm Subcompact rectangular Rectangular miniature Rectangular compact color Fork and frame sensors Rectangular output PE Accessories FORMAT OR MODE Multi-Mode Retroreflective Thru-beam Fixed proximity long range Fixed proximity short range Adjustable proximity long range Adjustable proximity short range Background suppression Polarized retroreflective Fiber amplifier Color detection Glass fiber Separate head Laser Plastic fibers Color contrast Safety Transparent detection Amplifier heads Accessories FAMILY TYPE OR MATERIAL Osiris® applications (versions) Plastic Metal Stainless Steel OUTPUT DC 3-wire PNP DC 3-wire NPN DC 3-wire PNP/NPN DC 2-wire DC 2-wire automobile DC analog output AC 2-wire AC/DC 2-wire AC/DC 2-wire SCP AC/DC relay BUS FUNCTION Analog 0–10 mA Analog 4–20 mA N.O. N.C. N.O. + N.C. Programmable/wiring Programmable ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS No additional functions Time delay Anti-interference Teach Alarm output Side sensing CONNECTION M8 x 1 (S) M12 x 1 (D) 7/8 16UN (A) 1/2 20 UNF (K) Cable, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Cable, 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable, 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable, 10 m (32.8 ft) M12 pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Cable entry metric 16 OPTIONAL Emitter Receiver A B C D E F J K L M R V X Z 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 A C G H L N R S T V Z 1–9 A B S P N K D C A F M S R B 1 2 A B C P S N T I M A W 2 8 0 1 0 1 6 T R 28 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Photoelectric Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Classic XU 18 mm Tubular Example X U 2 M 1 8 1 8 M A 2 3 • D Photoelectric MODE OF SENSING Retroreflective Thru-beam Proximity diffuse Proximity diffuse with background suppression Polarized retroreflective ENCLOSURE TYPE Plastic with sensitivity adjustment Metal with sensitivity adjustment Metal Plastic DIAMETER 18 mm diameter OUTPUT Analog 2-wire AC/DC 3-wire DC, NPN 3-wire DC, PNP Ultraviolet OPERATION MODE Dark operate Light operate Light and dark operate WIRING 2-Wire 3-Wire AC/DC without short circuit protection DC with short circuit protection MISCELLANEOUS DC micro-style connector Laser Sensor with micro-style connector AC/DC micro-style connector Cable, 5 m Cable, 10 m Separate thru-beam receiver Separate thru-beam emitter 90° side sensing 1 2 5 8 9 B M N P A M N P U A B P 2 3 3 4 D DL K L5 L10 R T W NOTE: Use these tables only for interpreting the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. Consult your local field office. 29 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiconcept™ Multi-Mode™ Technology Overview Photoelectric Principle YW 1 S max. • A single product that automatically adapts to every use Telemecanique® brand offers this major innovation: Osiconcept technology—Offering Simplicity through Innovation. • With Osiconcept technology, simply clicking on the teach button automatically configures the product for optimal use based on the application. YW 1. Diffuse proximity sensing with no accessories 2. Diffuse proximity sensing with background suppression, with no accessories S max. 2 3. Polarized retroreflexive sensing with a reflector accessory 4. Thru-beam sensing with thru-beam accessory YW • In addition, Osiconcept technology offers: — the maximum range for each environment 3 S max. — a 90% reduction in the number of separate products needed YW • The first sensor of its kind in the world for enhancing productivity S max. 4 • A complete offering that resolves the most common sensing problems: — simplifying your options — simplifying your product inventories — simplifying installation — simplifying maintenance YW 1 YW Automatic Output Activation when the Object is Present • All Osiconcept photoelectric sensors boast automatic activation of the output signal. When an object is present, the output is activated—regardless of the sensing mode used (with or without an accessory). See the figure at left. 1. Output activated 2. Output activated 2 YW 3. Output activated NOTE: Reverse operation is available simply by pressing the teach button. Installation 3 • The 3-D attachment kits provide quick installation or adjustment of Osiconcept photoelectric sensors on 3 axes. — Can also be used to install reflectors — Includes a set of brackets, screws, and covers that can be used to install all new enclosures in the Osiris® line of Osiconcept photoelectric sensors 30 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiconcept™ Multi-Mode™ Technology Photoelectric Overview Tubular Dimensions 18 mm (0.71 in.) Applications Machine Building, Packaging, Counting, Conveyor Range, m (ft) with emitter accessory 15 (49.2) with reflector accessory 2 (6.6) diffuse without accessory 0.30 (1.0) Diffuse with background suppression, without accessory 0.12 (0.4) Body style XUB Page 32 Rectangular Dimensions—mm (in.) 12 x 34 x 20 (0.47 x 1.3 x 0.78) 18 x 50 x 50 (0.7 x 1.9 x 1.9) Applications Packaging, Counting, Access Control, Conveyor 30 x 114 x 87.5 (1.2 x 4.5 x 3.4) Range, m (ft) thru-beam with emitter accessory 8 (26.2) with reflector accessory 2 (6.6) 4 (13) 11 (36.1) diffuse without accessory 0.40 (1.3) 0.80 (2.6) 2.1 (6.9) Diffuse with background suppression, without accessory 0.10 (0.3) 0.28 (0.9) 1.3 (4.3) Body style XUM XUK XUX Pages 48 52 56 30 (98.4) 40 (130) A complete offer structured to the specific needs of the market today: • Multi-Mode™ Sensors—Products for multiple functions • General Sensors—Product with essential functions for minimum cost • Application Specific—Products designed to perform the most difficult applications to the customer’s requirements 31 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Multi-Mode™, Front Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ XUB0•••••NL2 • Light (N.C.) / Dark (N.O.) selectable • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Plastic housing XUB0••••NM12 Output Mode Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0APSNL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0APSNM12 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0ANSNL2 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0ANSNM12 Accessories (for additional accessories, see pages 134–139) Dimensions Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUB0AKSNL2T 4-pin micro-style XUB0AKSNM12T Transmitter b a Cable thread ★ M18x1 ■ Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. ❏ Connector a b a b ∅ 18 Front Sensing 2.5 (64) 1.7 (44) 3.1 (78) 1.7 (44) ∅ 18 XUB0...T 2.4 (62) — 3.0 (76) — Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum B A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% Gray 18% in. (mm) White 90% Sensing Range A 0,01 0,07 0,1 0,08 S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 0,11 0,15 0,12 S (m) Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 32 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Multi-Mode™, Front Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector M12 3 (–) 4 3 1 (+) 4 Output 1 2 2 Test Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet NPN For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse Background Suppression 12 cm (4.72 in.) Sensing Distance (Sn) Diffuse Standard 30 cm (11.81 in.) (excess gain = 2) Polarized Retroreflective 2 m (6.6 ft) Thru-Beam 15 m (49.2 ft) Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X (indoor), 12 IEC IP67 Double Insulated Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Signal Instability Red Power and Teach Green Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) PNP + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP Temperature Range BK/4 – BU/3 Enclosure Rating Emitter 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Enclosure Material Tightening Torque, Maximum LED Indicator Connection Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA (20 mA–XUB0•••T) Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp style mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 15 Diffuse without Accessory Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression 6 4 2 Ø 12 mm 10 Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory 15 20 m 40 0,8 -15 -2 -4 -6 0,2 2 3 m Sn ≤ 2 m Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484. 33 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Multi-Mode™, 90° Side Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ XUB0••••WL2 • Light (N.C.)/Dark (N.O.) selectable • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Plastic housing Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0APSWL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0APSWM12 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0ANSWL2 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0ANSWM12 Output Mode XUB0•••••WM12 Accessories Dimensions Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUB0AKSWL2T 4-pin micro-style XUB0AKSWM12T thread Transmitter M18x1 b a ★ ■ Cable ∅ 18 90° Side Sensing in. (mm) Connector a b a b 3.1 (78) 1.7 (44) 3.6 (92) 1.7 (44) ❏ Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum B A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% Gray 18% White 90% Sensing Range A 0,01 0,07 0,1 0,08 S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 0,11 0,15 0,12 S (m) Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 34 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Multi-Mode™, 90° Side Sensing, DC Mechanical Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet Connector M12 3 (–) 4 3 1 (+) 4 Output 1 2 2 Test For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse Background Suppression + BK/4 – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP Diffuse Standard 20 cm (7.87 in.) (excess gain—2) Polarized Retroreflective 1.5 m (4.9 ft) Temperature Range BK/4 – BU/3 Enclosure Rating Emitter 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU 12 cm (4.72 in.) Sensing Distance (Sn) PNP NPN BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Enclosure Material Tightening Torque, Maximum Thru-Beam 10 m (32.8 ft) Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X (indoor), 12 IEC IP67 Double Insulated Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, duration 10 ms Output Yellow Signal Instability Red LED Indicator Connection Power and Teach Green Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA (20 mA–XUB0•••T) Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® XUZ2001 Accessories (for additional accessories, see pages 134–139) XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50x50 mm XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp style mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 15 Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Diffuse without Accessory 6 4 2 Ø 12 mm 5 10 30 m 0,8 -15 10 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) 2.0 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory -2 -4 -6 0,2 1.5 2 m Sn ≤ 1.5 m With Reflector XUZC50 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 35 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Multi-Mode™, Front Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ XUB0•••••ML2 • Selectable N.C./N.O. output mode • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Metal housing Output Mode XUB0••••NM12 Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Operating Catalog Number Maximum Frequency Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BPSNL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BPSNM12 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BNSNL2 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BNSNM12 Accessories Dimensions thread Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUB0BKSNL2T 4-pin micro-style XUB0BKSNMT12T M18x1 b a Transmitter ★ Cable Connector ■ ❏ a b a b ∅ 18 Front Sensing 2.5 (64) 1.7 (44) 3.1 (78) 1.7 (44) ∅ 18 XUB0•••T 2.4 (62) — 3.0 (76) — Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum in. (mm) B A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% Gray 18% White 90% Sensing Range A 0,01 0,07 0,1 0,08 S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 0,11 0,15 0,12 S (m) Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 36 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Multi-Mode™, Front Sensing, DC Mechanical Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet Connector M12 4 3 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 1 2 2 Test For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse with Background Suppression 12 cm (4.72 in.) Sensing Distance (Sn) Standard Diffuse 30 cm (11.81 in.) (Excess Gain = 2) Polarized Retroreflective 2 m (6.6 ft) PNP NPN + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP Temperature Range BK/4 – BU/3 Enclosure Rating Emitter Enclosure Material 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Tightening Torque, Maximum Thru-Beam 15 m (49.2 ft) Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X, 12 IEC IP67 Case Nickel-plated brass Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration LED Indicator Connection Output Yellow Signal Instability Red Power and Teach Green Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA (20 mA–XUB0•••T) Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories (for additional accessories, see pages 134–139) XUZ2001 XUZC50 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp style mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 XUZ2003 Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 15 Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Diffuse without Accessory 6 4 2 Ø 12 mm 5 10 30 m 0,8 -15 10 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) 2.0 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory -2 -4 -6 0,2 1.5 2 m Sn ≤ 1.5 m With Reflector XUZC50 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 37 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Multi-Mode™ 90° Side Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ XUB00••••WL2 • Selectable N.C. / N.O. output mode • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Metal housing Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Operating Catalog Number Maximum Frequency Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BPSWL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BPSWM12 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BNSWL2 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUB0BNSWM12 Output Mode XUB0•••••WM12 Dimensions Accessories thread in. (mm) Catalog Number — XUZC50 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUB0BKSWL2T 4-pin micro-style XUB0BKSWMT12T Transmitter Cable 90° Side Sensing Connection Type Reflector M18x1 b a ∅ 18 Description Connector a b a b 3.1 (78) 1.7 (44) 3.6 (92) 1.7 (44) ★ ■ ❏ Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum B A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% Gray 18% White 90% Sensing Range A 0,01 0,07 0,1 0,08 S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 0,11 0,15 0,12 S (m) Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 38 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Multi-Mode™, 90° Side Sensing, DC Mechanical Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet Connector M12 3 (–) 4 3 1 (+) 4 Output 1 2 2 Test For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse Background Suppression 12 cm (4.72 in.) Sensing Distance (Sn) Standard Diffuse 20 cm (7.87 in.) (Excess Gain = 2) Polarized Retroreflective 1.5 m (4.9 ft) Thru-Beam 10 m (32.8 ft) PNP NPN BK/4 – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 – BU/3 Temperature Range Enclosure Rating Emitter Enclosure Material 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Tightening Torque, Maximum Vibration Resistance Shock Resistance LED Indicator Connection Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X, 12 IEC IP67 Case Nickel-plated brass Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Signal Instability Red Power and Teach Green Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90 ° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp style mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length. XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 15 Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Diffuse without Accessory 6 4 2 Ø 12 mm 5 10 30 m 0,8 -15 10 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) 2.0 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory -2 -4 -6 0,2 1.5 2 m Sn ≤ 1.5 m With Reflector XUZC50 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 484 39 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Front Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Plastic housing • Mounting nuts included • UL Listed, CSA Certified • CE Marked XUB•A•••••WL2 Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ★ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Thru-Beam (receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) XUB•A••NM12 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2APANL2R N.C PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2APBNL2R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2ANANL2R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2ANBNL2R N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2APANM12R N.C PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2APBNM12R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2ANANM12R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2ANBNM12R Thru-Beam (emitter) — — 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable — — XUB2AKSNL2T — — 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style — — XUB2AKSNM12T Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) Dimensions thread M18x1 b a Cable a ∅ 18 Front Sensing Connector b a b 1.8 (46) 1.1 (28) 2.4 (60) 1.1 (28) 18 mm XUB5 2.5 (62) 1.7 (44) 3.0 (76) 1.7 (44) XUB9 1.9 (48) — in. (mm) 2.4 (62) — N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1APANL2 N.C PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1APANM12 N.C PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1ANBNM12 Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9ANBNM12 Fixed Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4ANBNM12 Adjustable Proximity Diffuse—60 cm (23.6 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5ANBNM12 ★ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. 40 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, Front Sensing, DC 4 3 1 2 An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet Connector 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Test Photoelectric Excess Gain Wiring Specifications Mechanical PNP NPN + BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. + BN/1 PNP BK/4 (NO/NC) Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X (indoor), 12 IEC IP67 Double Insulated Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, duration 10 ms LED Indicator Output Yellow Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Temperature Range – BU/3 Enclosure Rating Emitter 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Enclosure Material Tightening Torque, Maximum Connection Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 500 Hz On Delay, Maximum 1 ms Off Delay, Maximum 1 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 15 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Detection Curves Thru-Beam System 15 Diffuse System with Adjustable Sensitivity Diffuse System Retroreflective System 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm 10 15 Polarized Retroreflective System 4 0,15 m 0,05 0,8 cm -15 0,08 -4 -10 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 0,2 2 3 m Sn ≤ 2 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.); / 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 484 41 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, 90° Side Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Plastic housing • Mounting nuts included • UL Listed, CSA Certified • CE Marked XUB•A••••WL2 Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ★ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Thru-Beam (receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz XUB2APAWL2R XUB2APBWL2R XUB2ANAWL2R XUB2ANBWL2R XUB2APAWM12R XUB2APBWM12R XUB2ANAWM12R XUB2ANBWM12R 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style — — — — XUB2AKSWL2T XUB2AKSWM12T Thru-Beam (emitter) XUB•A••WM12 — — — — Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Dimensions thread M18x1 b a Connector a b a b 90° Side Sensing 2.4 (62) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 1.1 (28) 18 mm 3.0 (78) 1.7 (44) 3.6 (92) 1.7 (44) ∅ 18 in. (mm) 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz XUB1APAWL2 XUB1APBWL2 XUB1ANAWL2 XUB1ANBWL2 XUB1APAWM12 XUB1APBWM12 XUB1ANAWM12 XUB1ANBWM12 Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance Cable XUB5 PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz XUB9APAWL2 XUB9APBWL2 XUB9ANAWL2 XUB9ANBWL2 XUB9APAWM12 XUB9APBWM12 XUB9ANAWM12 XUB9ANBWM12 Fixed Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz XUB4APAWL2 XUB4APBWL2 XUB4ANAWL2 XUB4ANBWL2 XUB4APAWM12 XUB4APBWM12 XUB4ANAWM12 XUB4ANBWM12 Adjustable Proximity Diffuse—60 cm (23.6 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. ★ PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz XUB5APAWL2 XUB5APBWL2 XUB5ANAWL2 XUB5ANBWL2 XUB5APAWM12 XUB5APBWM12 XUB5ANAWM12 XUB5ANBWM12 For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 42 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Plastic, 90° Side Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Test For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X (indoor), 12 IEC IP67 Double Insulated Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, duration 10 ms LED Indicator Output Yellow Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Temperature Range Enclosure Rating PNP NPN BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 (NO/NC) Enclosure Material – BU/3 Tightening Torque, Maximum Emitter 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Connection Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 500 Hz On Delay, Maximum 1 ms Off Delay, Maximum 1 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 15 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Detection Curves Thru-Beam System 15 Diffuse System with Adjustable Sensitivity Diffuse System Retroreflective System 10 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm 5 Polarized Retroreflective System 4 0,15 m 0,8 cm 0,05 -15 0,08 10 -4 -10 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 0,2 2 3 m Sn ≤ 2 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.); / 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 43 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Front Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Metal housing • Mounting nuts included • UL Listed, CSA Certified • CE Marked XUB•B•••••L2 Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type * Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Thru-Beam (receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) XUB•B••NM12 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPANL2R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPBNL2R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNANL2R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNBNL2R N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPANM12R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPBNM12R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNANM12R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNBNM12R Thru-Beam (emitter) — — 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable — — XUB2BKSNL2T — — 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style — — XUB2BKSNM12T Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPANM12 thread N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPBNM12 M18x1 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNBNM12 Dimensions b a Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance Cable ∅ 18 Front Sensing 18 mm XUB5 18 mm XUB9 in. (mm) Connector a b a b 1.8 (46) 1.1 (28) 2.4 (60) 1.1 (28) 2.5 (62) 1.9 (48) 1.7 (44) 3.0 (76) — 2.4 (62) 1.7 (44) — N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNBNM12 Fixed Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNBNM12 Adjustable Proximity Diffuse—60 cm (23.6 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNBNM12 ★ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 44 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, Front Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Test Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Operating Temperature Range Enclosure Rating NPN PNP BN/1 NPN BN/1 PNP + BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 + BK/4 (NO/NC) Enclosure Material – BU/3 Emitter -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X, 12 IEC IP67 double insulated Case Nickel-plated brass Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration LED Indicator Output Yellow Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Tightening Torque, Maximum 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage Connection Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 500 Hz On Delay, Maximum 1 ms Off Delay, Maximum 1 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 15 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Metal mounting nuts XSZE108 Detection Curves Thru-Beam System 15 Diffuse System with Adjustable Sensitivity Diffuse System Retroreflective System 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm 4 0,15 10 15 Polarized Retroreflective System 0,05 m -15 0,8 cm 0,08 -4 -10 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 0,2 2 3 m Sn ≤ 2 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.); / 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 45 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, 90° Side Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features • Metal housing • UL Listed, CSA Certified • Mounting nuts included • CE Marked Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ★ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Thru-Beam (receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) XUB•B••••WL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPAWL2R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPBWL2R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNAWL2R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNBWL2R N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPAWM12R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BPBWM12R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNAWM12R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB2BNBWM12R Thru-Beam (emitter) XUB•B••WM12 — 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable — — XUB2BKSWL2T — — 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style — — XUB2BKSWM12T Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) Dimensions thread M18x1 b a — N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPAWL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPBWL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNAWL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNBWL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPAWM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BPBWM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNAWM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB1BNBWM12 Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPAWL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPBWL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNAWL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNBWL2 ∅ 18 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPAWM12 90° Side 2.4 (62) 1.1 (28) 3.0 (76) 1.1 (28) Sensing N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BPBWM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNAWM12 18 mm XUB5 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB9BNBWM12 Cable a in. (mm) Connector b a b 3.0 (78) 1.7 (44) 3.6 (92) 1.7 (44) Fixed Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPAWL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPBWL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNAWL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNBWL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPAWM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BPBWM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNAWM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB4BNBWM12 Adjustable Proximity Diffuse—60 cm (23.6 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPAWL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPBWL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNAWL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNBWL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPAWM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BPBWM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNAWM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUB5BNBWM12 ★ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 46 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB 18 mm Tubular Metal, 90° Side Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Test NPN + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet PNP For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Operating Temperature Range Enclosure Rating + BN/1 PNP BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 Enclosure Material Emitter Tightening Torque, Maximum 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Vibration Resistance -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4X, 12 IEC IP67 double insulated Case Nickel-plated brass Lens PMMA Cable PVR Mounting Nuts 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration LED Indicator Output Yellow Connection Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor Connector 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZ•200• Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 500 Hz On Delay, Maximum 1 ms Off Delay, Maximum 1 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 15 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZ2001 XUZC50 XUZ2003 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic clamp style mounting bracket XUZA218 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Metal mounting nuts XSZE108 Detection Curves Thru-Beam System 15 Diffuse System with Adjustable Sensitivity Diffuse System Retroreflective System 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm 10 15 Polarized Retroreflective System 4 0,15 m 0,05 0,8 cm -15 0,08 -4 -10 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 0,2 2 3 m Sn ≤ 2 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.); / 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 47 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode: — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ • Selectable N.C. / N.O. output mode XUM0A••L2 • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Plastic housing Output Mode XUM0A••M8 Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUM0APSAL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUM0APSAM8 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUM0ANSAL2 N.C. / N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUM0ANSAM8 Accessories Dimensions XUM Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUM0AKSAL2T M8 nano-connector XUM0AKSAM8T Transmitter ★ Ø3 Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. ■ 1.3 34 1.0 25.5 ❏ Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression 0.47 12 0.78 20 Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum B A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% Ø3 1.0 25.5 1.3 1.7 34 45 Gray 18% 0.78 20 0.47 12 Dual Dimensions inches mm White 90% A 0,01 0,05 0,08 0,06 S (m) Sensing Range Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 0,08 0,15 0,10 S (m) Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 48 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC Mechanical Connector 2 4 1 3 Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Alarm White Beam Break Test Violet 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Alarm or Test NPN PNP + BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring BK/4 WH/2 – BU/3 + BN/1 PNP BK/4 WH/2 – BU/3 Emitter 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse Background Suppression Sensing Distance (Sn) Diffuse Standard Polarized Retroreflective (excess gain = 2) Thru-Beam Operating Temperature Range Storage NEMA Type Enclosure Rating IEC Case Enclosure Material Lens Cable Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) Output LED Indicator Power and Teach Signal Instability Cable Connection Connector 10 cm (3.9 in.) 40 cm (15.7 in.) 3 m (9.8 ft) 14 m (45.9 ft) -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P (cable version only), 12, 13 IP67 PBT PMMA PVR 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) 30 g, 11 ms duration Yellow Green Red 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 4 conductor 4-pin nano-style M8 Electrical Voltage Range Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum Load Current, Maximum Operating Frequency, Maximum On Delay, Maximum Off Delay, Maximum Power-up Delay, Maximum Alarm Output Polarized—red Wavelength Short Range Proximity All others Reverse Polarity Protection Protective Circuitry Overload Protection Short Circuit Protection-SCP XUZC50 XUZ2001 XUZM2003 12–24 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 1.5 V 35 mA (20 mA–XUM0•••T) 100 mA 250 Hz 2 ms 2 ms 100 ms 50 mA 660 nm 660 nm 880 nm Yes Yes Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZM2004 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) for XUM or Reflector XUZM2003 3-D Protective mounting bracket (stem not included) for XUM XUZM2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Metal mounting nuts XSZE108 See page 139 for complete 3-D assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 10 Diffuse without Accessory 1 10 -10 0,30 0,55 m 14 m -1 0,1 -2 Sn 10 m Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory 6 4 2 2 Ø 10 mm Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Sn 0,4 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% -2 -4 -6 3 0,2 Sn 4 m 3m With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS141 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS151 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m 90 ° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 49 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature Rectangular DC Photoelectric Optimum miniature rectangular photoelectric sensors designed for OEMs and industrial applications. Features • Small dimensions, designed to fit in those tight applications • Quick connect versions • Available in either N.C. or N.O. operation Output Mode Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type ★ Load Current Operating Frequency Maximum Maximum Catalog Number Thru-Beam (receiver)—8 m (26 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) XUM•A••L2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2APANL2R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2APBNL2R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2ANANL2R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2ANBNL2R N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2APANM8R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2APBNM8R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2ANANM8R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 400 Hz XUM2ANBNM8R Thru-Beam (emitter) — — 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable — — XUM2AKSNL2T — — 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style — XUM2AKSNM8T — Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) Dimensions PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1APANM8 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1APBNM8 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1ANANM8 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM1ANBNM8 Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) Ø3 Dual Dimensions inches mm 0.5 12 0.3 5 1.0 8 25.5 1.3 0.7 34 0.1 17.5 3.5 Ø3 0.15 4 XUM 1.06 27 N.O. N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9APANM8 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9APBNM8 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9ANANM8 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM9ANBNM8 Adjustable Short Range Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6APANM8 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6APBNM8 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6ANANM8 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM6ANBNM8 Adjustable Long Range Proximity Diffuse—40 cm (16 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5APANL2 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5APBNL2 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5ANANL2 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5ANBNL2 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5APANM8 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5APBNM8 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5ANANM8 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc M8 nano-style 100 mA 500 Hz XUM5ANBNM8 ★ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. 50 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature Rectangular DC Mechanical Connector 2 4 1 3 3 (–) 1 (+) 4 Output 2 Test NPN BN/1 NPN + BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Beam Break Test Violet PNP Temperature Range Enclosure Rating + BN/1 PNP BK/4 (NO/NC) Enclosure Material – BU/3 Emitter Vibration Resistance 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Shock Resistance LED Indicator Connection Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 3, 4, 4X (indoor), 6, 6P (cable version only), 12, 13 IEC IP67 Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) (IEC 60067-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Power Green (XUM2•••T) Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor Connector 4-pin nano-style DC (M8) Electrical Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 500 Hz (400 Hz Thru-Beam) On Delay, Maximum 1 ms Off Delay, Maximum 1 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 30 ms Wavelength Protective Circuitry Polarized—red 660 nm Short Range Proximity 660 nm All others 880 nm Overload Protection Yes Short Circuit Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Accessories XUMZ0• Thru-Beam Aperture Description Sensing Distance Catalog Number 90° mounting bracket (cable version) — XUZA47 90° mounting bracket (connector version) — XUZA46 0.5 mm diameter 4.5 cm (1.78 in.) XUMZ01 1.0 mm diameter 4.5 cm (1.78 in.) XUMZ02 2.0 mm diameter 4.5 cm (1.78 in.) XUMZ03 Thru-Beam aperture Detection Curves Thru-Beam System 8 Ø 6 mm Diffuse Diffuse Long Range Short Range 8 m -1 -8 Sn 8m 1 1 2 2 1 0,2 -2 -1 6 4 2 2 2 1 0,6 m 0,1 Polarized Retroreflective 0,4 m 6 4 2 0,1 0,15 m 0,025 -2 Sn Retroreflective Sn -2 0,2 -4 -6 Sn 2 2m -2 0,2 -4 -6 m 4 Sn 4m 0,1 m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.), 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% With Reflector XUZC50 With Reflector XUZC50 Excess Gain Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS141 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS151 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m 90° An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 51 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC and AC/DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ XUK0AKSAL2 • Selectable N.C. / N.O. output mode • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Plastic housing XUK0AKSAM12 XUK Voltage Range Connection Type ❏ Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP/NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 250 Hz XUK0AKSAL2 N.C. / N.O. PNP/NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUK0AKSAM12 N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3A 20 Hz XUK0ARCTL2 Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 12–240 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUK0AKSAL2T 12–240 Vdc 4-pin micro-style XUK0AKSAM12T Transmitter Ø 4.5 24–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 0.7 18 ★ 50 1.57 40 0.78 0.78 20 1.96 20 1.57 40 Circuit Type Accessories Dimensions 1.96 50 Output Mode ■ ❏ XUK0ARCTL2T Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. Variation of Usable Sensing Distance Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression Dual Dimensions inches mm Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B Black 6% B Gray 18% White 90% A 0,01 0,05 0,08 0,06 Sensing Range S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,02 0,26 0,38 S (m) 0,3 Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 52 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC and AC/DC Mechanical Connector 3 (–) 4 3 1 (+) 4 Output 1 2 2 Alarm or Test Cable (–) Blue (+) Brown (Output) Black Alarm White Beam Break Test Violet PNP NPN BN/1 NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring + BK/4 WH/2 – BU/3 For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Diffuse Background Suppression 30 cm (11.81 in.) Sensing Distance (Sn) Diffuse Standard 1 m (3.3 ft) (excess gain = 2) Polarized Retroreflective 4 m (13.1 ft) Thru-Beam 30 m (98.4 ft) Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) Temperature Range + BN/1 PNP BK/4 WH/2 NEMA Type 4, 4X (indoor), 12, 13 IEC IP65 Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Signal Instability Red Power and Teach Green Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 4, 5 conductor Connector (DC version) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Enclosure Rating – BU/3 Emitter Enclosure Material 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU Cable Blue Brown Common N.O. N.C. White Black Gray LED Indicator Connection Emitter Electrical AC/DC DC Voltage Range 24–240 Vac/Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–30 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 2V 2V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 3W 10 mA Load Current, Maximum 3A 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 30 Hz 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 25 ms 20 ms Off Delay, Maximum 25 ms 20 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms 300 ms Overload Protection Yes Yes Reverse Polarity Protection — Yes Short Circuit Protection — Yes Protective Circuitry XUZK2003 XUZK2004 Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZC50 XUZA51 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA51 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZK2003 3-D protective mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZK2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 See page 139 for complete 3-D assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory Diffuse without Accessory Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory 1 2 20 28 0,4 5,7 1,2 4 0,8m 20 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% 4 With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 53 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Rectangular DC and AC/DC Photoelectric Features • Universal mounting and popular 50 mm x 50 mm housing size • Optimum version, low cost, perfect for use by OEMs • Hinged plastic cover locks to protect adjustments Output Mode XUK•AL•••2 Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ★ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Thru-Beam (receiver)—30 m (98 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–240 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz XUK2APANL2R XUK2APBNL2R XUK2ANANL2R XUK2ANBNL2R XUK2APANM12R XUK2APBNM12R XUK2ANANM12R XUK2ANBNM12R Thru-Beam (receiver)—20 m (66 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) N.C. / N.O. XUK•A•••M12 — — — Dimensions 20–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3A 20 Hz XUK2ARCNL2R — — — 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 20–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable — — — — — — XUK2AKSNL2T XUK2AKSNM12T XUK2ARCNL2T Retroreflective—9 m (30 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) Ø 4,5 0.7 18 1.57 40 0.8 0.8 20 1.9 20 50 1.9 50 1.57 40 AC/DC relay Thru-Beam (emitter) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz XUK1APANL2 XUK1APBNL2 XUK1ANANL2 XUK1ANBNL2 XUK1APANM12 XUK1APBNM12 XUK1ANANM12 XUK1ANBNM12 Retroreflective—7 m (22 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) Dual Dimensions inches mm N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3A 20 Hz XUK1ARCNL2 Polarized Retroreflective—5 m (16 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz XUK9APANL2 XUK9APBNL2 XUK9ANANL2 XUK9ANBNL2 XUK9APANM12 XUK9APBNM12 XUK9ANANM12 XUK9ANBNM12 Polarized Retroreflective—4 m (13 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3A 20 Hz XUK9ARCNL2 Proximity Diffuse—1 m (3.3 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. PNP PNP NPN NPN PNP PNP NPN 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz XUK5APANL2 XUK5APBNL2 XUK5ANANL2 XUK5ANBNL2 XUK5APANM12 XUK5APBNM12 XUK5ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUK5ANBNM12 Proximity Diffuse—1 m (3.3 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance N.C. / N.O. ★ AC/DC relay 20–340 Vac/Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3A 20 Hz XUK5ARCNL2 For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. 54 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Rectangular DC and AC/DC 4 Cable PNP/NPN Mechanical (–) (+) (Output) PNP Blue Brown Black For usable sensing range, see detection curves 3 1 2 NPN + BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO/NC) – BU/3 BN/1 PNP Temperature Range + BK/4 (NO/NC) Cable Blue Brown Common White N.O. Black N.C. Gray 4, 4X (indoor), 12, 13 IP65 Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Stability Red Power Green (XUK2•••T) Cable 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 3 conductor Connector (DC version) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) LED Indicator Emitter Connection XUZK2003 XUZK2004 -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) IEC Enclosure Rating Enclosure Material 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage NEMA Type – BU/3 Emitter Operating Photoelectric Specifications Connector M12 Electrical AC/DC DC Voltage Range 20–240 Vac/Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–30 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 2W 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 3A 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 20 Hz 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 60 ms 15 ms Overload Protection Yes Yes Reverse Polarity Protection — Yes Short Circuit Protection — Yes Protective Circuitry Agency Listings ® Accessories XUZC50 XUZA51 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA51 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZK2003 3-D protective mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZK2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 See page 139 for complete 3-D assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam System Polarized Retroreflective (1) Relay Output (2) PNP/NPN Retroreflective Systems (1) Relay Output (2) PNP/NPN Diffuse System 0,8 (1) Relay Output (2) PNP/NPN 0,5 1,5 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 55 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUX Compact Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC and AC/DC Photoelectric Features • Selectable sensing mode — Diffuse — Diffuse with background suppression — Polarized retroreflective ■ — Thru-beam ★ • Selectable N.C. / N.O. output mode XUX0ARTT16 • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Multi-Mode sensor allows stock reduction • Plastic housing Output Mode XUX0AKSAM12 Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Maximum N.C. / N.O. PNP/NPN 12–24 Vdc PG 16 cable gland 100 mA 250 Hz XUX0AKSAT16 N.C. / N.O. PNP/NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 250 Hz XUX0AKSAM12 N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG 16 cable gland 3 A 25 Hz XUX0ARCTT16 100 mA Accessories (2) 1.18 30 1.49 38 1.96 50 2.8 71 3.0 77 3.4 87 4.48 114 (3) 4.09 104 2.9 73 (1) 3.62 92 Dimensions Description Connection Type Catalog Number Reflector — XUZC50 12–240 Vdc PG16 cable gland entry XUX0AKSAT16T 12–240 Vdc 4-pin micro-style XUX0AKSAM12T 24–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable gland entry XUX0ARCTT16T Transmitter ★ Transmitter required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in thru-beam mode ■ Reflector required for Multi-Mode receiver to operate in polarized retroreflective mode PG 16 cable gland is for cable size from 0.27 to 0.40 in. (7 to 10 mm) diameter. M12 0.82 21 1.20 30.5 Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. XUX•••••M12 3.4 87 Learning at Minimum Learning at Maximum A-B: Object Reflection Coefficient B 1.18 30 1.49 38 1.96 50 2.8 71 3.0 77 3.44 87.5 0.86 22 1.18 B Black 6% Gray 18% 30 White 90% XUX•••••T16 Sensing Range 0,4 0,5 0,42 XUZX2001 M20 x 1.5 1.2 31 Dual Dimensions inches mm S (m) Non-Sensing Zone (matte surfaces) A 0,01 1,3 1,5 1,35 S (m) XUZX2002 1.2 31 0.43 11 0.43 11 M16 x 1.5 A 0,07 1/2" NPT (2) Diffuse System with Adjustable Background Suppression M16 x 1.5 (3) 3.62 4.09 92 104 5.0 127 Variation of Usable Sensing Distance (1) 56 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUX Compact Rectangular Multi-Mode™, DC and AC/DC Mechanical For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Connector M12 4 Diffuse Background Suppression 1.3 m (4.3 ft) Sensing Distance (Sn) Diffuse Standard 2 m (6.6 ft) (excess gain = 2) Polarized Retroreflective 11 m (36.1 ft) 3 1 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 2 PNP/NPN M12 Terminal 1 • 1 + 3 • 2 – 4 • 3 – • 4 — – • 5 — Emitter M12 Terminal 1 • 1 + 3 • 2 – 2 • 3 Output Terminal 1 2 3 N.O. 4 5 N.C. Emitter Terminal 1 2 Temperature Range Enclosure Rating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4, 4X (indoor), 12, 13 IEC IP67 Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance Connection XUZX2004 40 m (131.2 ft) Operating Enclosure Material LED Indicator XUZX2003 Thru-Beam (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Yellow Signal Instability Red Power and Teach Green Cable Gland PG16 Connector (DC version) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical AC/DC Voltage Range 24–240 Vac/Vdc DC 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 2W 35 mA (20 mA—Transmitter) Alarm Output 100 mA Load Current, Maximum 3A 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 20 Hz 240 Hz On Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 200 ms 200 ms Overload Protection Yes Yes Reverse Polarity Protection — Yes Short Circuit Protection — Yes Protective Circuitry E164869 Agency Listings ® CCN NRKH Accessories XUZX2001 XUZC50 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZX2003 3-D protective mounting bracket XUZX2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Adapter ISO 16 to 1/2 in. NPT XUZX2001 Adapter ISO 16 to ISO 20 XUZX2002 See page 139 for complete 3-D assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam with Thru-Beam Accessory 80 Diffuse without Accessory with Background Suppression Diffuse without Accessory 15 2 10 40 20 -20 1 Ø 8 mm 20 40 60 1 2 3 2,6 40 11 0,2 15m 1,5 1 -40 -80 Polarized Retroreflective with Reflector Accessory -10 -15 2 Sn < 2 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% Sn 11 m With Reflector XUZC50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 484 57 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUX Compact Rectangular DC and AC/DC Photoelectric Features • Interchangeable mounting of competitive compact sensor body styles. • Available with terminal block wiring or connector version. Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Maximum Thru-Beam (receiver)—40 m (130 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (emitter sold separately) XUX•A••NT16 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2APANT16R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2APBNT16R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2ANANT16R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2ANBNT16R N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2APANM12R N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2APBNM12R N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2ANANM12R N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX2ANBNM12R N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable entry 3A 20 Hz XUX2ARCNT16R Thru-Beam (emitter) — — 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry — — XUX2AKSNT16T — — 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style — — XUX2AKSNM12T — — 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable entry — — XUX0ARCTT16T Retroreflective—14 m (45 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) XUX•A••M12 (2) 1.18 30 1.49 38 1.96 50 2.8 71 3.0 77 3.4 87 4.48 114 (3) 4.09 104 2.9 73 (1) 3.62 92 Dimensions M12 0.82 21 1.20 30.5 1.18 30 1.49 38 1.96 50 2.8 71 3.0 77 3.44 87.5 3.62 4.09 92 104 5.0 127 3.4 87 (1) (2) PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1APANT16 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1APBNT16 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1ANANT16 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1ANBNT16 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX1ANBNM12 N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable entry 3A 20 Hz XUX1ARCNT16 Polarized Retroreflective—10 m (36 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflectors sold separately) N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9APANT16 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9APBNT16 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9ANANT16 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9ANBNT16 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX9ANBNM12 N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable entry 3A 20 Hz XUX9ARCNT16 Proximity Diffuse—2.0 m (7 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance XUX•••••M12 (3) N.O. 0.86 22 1.18 30 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5APANT16 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5APBNT16 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5ANANT16 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc PG16 cable entry 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5ANBNT16 N.O. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5APANM12 N.C. PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5APBNM12 N.O. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5ANANM12 N.C. NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 250 Hz XUX5ANBNM12 N.C. / N.O. AC/DC relay 20–240 Vac/Vdc PG16 cable entry 3A 20 Hz XUX5ARCNT16 PG 16 cable gland is for cable size from 0.27 to 0.40 in. (7 to 10 mm) diameter. Excess Gain An excess gain of 2 has been achieved at the nominal sensing distance (Sn) of all sensing modes. XUX•••••T16 1.2 31 0.43 11 1/2" NPT M20 x 1.5 Dual Dimensions inches mm XUZX2001 M16 x 1.5 1.2 31 0.43 11 M16 x 1.5 XUZX2002 58 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUX Compact Rectangular DC and AC/DC Mechanical Connector M12 4 3 1 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring For the usable sensing range, see the detection curves. Temperature Range PNP/NPN M12 Terminal 1 • 1 + 3 • 2 – 4 • 3 – • 4 — – • 5 — Emitter M12 Terminal 1 • 1 + 3 • 2 – 2 • 3 – • 4 — – • 5 — Output Terminal 1 2 3 N.O. 4 5 N.C. Emitter Terminal 1 2 3 — 4 — 5 — Enclosure Rating Enclosure Material Operating -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 3, 4, 13 IEC IP67 Case PBT Lens PMMA Cable PVR Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, duration 10 ms Output Yellow Power Green LED Indicator Connection Cable gland M16 Connector (DC version) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical AC/DC DC Voltage Range 20–240 Vac/Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum 1.5 V 1.5 V Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum 2W 35 mA Load Current, Maximum 3A 100 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum 20 Hz 250 Hz On Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Off Delay, Maximum 25 ms 2 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum 60 ms 15 ms Yes Yes Overload Protection Protective Circuitry XUZX2003 XUZX2004 Reverse Polarity Protection — Yes Short Circuit Protection — Yes E164869 Agency Listings ® CCN NRKH Accessories XUZC50 XUZX2001 Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZX2003 3-D Protective mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZX2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2003 Adapter ISO 16 to 1/2 in. NPT XUZX2001 Adapter ISO 16 to ISO 20 XUZX2002 See page 139 for complete 3-D assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam System Diffuse System 80 40 20 -20 Ø 8 mm 20 40 60 -40 -80 40 Polarized Retroreflective Retroreflective System 6 4 15 15 10 10 2 5 -2 -4 -6 0,7 2,10 5 3 -5 10 5 -5 -10 Sn 2,1m Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.), 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% -15 15 m 13 8 20 m -10 Sn 11 m -15 Sn 14 m With reflector XUZ C50 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 59 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUD Amplifiers, Self-Teach, DC For XUFN Plastic and XUFS Glass Fiber Optics Photoelectric Features XUDA1 • Self-teach capability • Selectable light (N.C.)/dark (N.O.) • Nano-style connector available • Fast response time • Short circuit protection XUDA1 • Reverse polarity protection - XUDA2 + • Digital display for adjustment • Self-teach capability (and fine adjustment) • 40 ms time delay on beam break—selectable on/off • Nano-style connector available • Higher frequency selectable • Short circuit protection XUDA2 • Reverse polarity protection Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number XUDA1—Amplifiers Dimensions 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUDA• PNP N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XUDA1PSML2 NPN N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XUDA1NSML2 1.57 40 M8 Nano-Connector PNP N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XUDA1PSMM8 NPN N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XUDA1NSMM8 XUDA2—Amplifiers 2.5 65 0.4 10 XUDA1 ALM OUT SET XUDA2 - SET + OUT H T S 2 m (6.6 ft) cable PNP N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz or 5,000 Hz XUDA2PSML2 NPN N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz or 5,000 Hz XUDA2NSML2 M8 Nano-Connector PNP N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz or 5,000 Hz XUDA2PSMM8 NPN N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz or 5,000 Hz XUDA2NSMM8 For XUFN and XUFS fiber optics see page 102–105. Dual Dimensions inches mm 60 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUD Amplifiers, Self-Teach, DC For XUFN Plastic and XUFS Glass Fiber Optics Mechanical XUDA1 Temperature Range 13 to 131 °F (-10 to 55 °C) Connector Sensing Distance (Sn) Dependent on fiber optic (page 102) 2 1 (+) 3 (–) 4 Output 2 4 1 3 Enclosure Rating NEMA Type IEC Vibration Cable (+) (–) Output LED Indicator NPN + BN/1 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 BN/1 NPN + Connection – BU/3 XUDA2 Connector 1 (+) 3 (–) 4 Output 2 Alarm 4 1 3 Cable (+) (–) Output Alarm Brown Blue Black White PNP BN/1 PNP BU/3 NPN + BK/4 WH/2 – BN/1 NPN + BK/4 BU/3 WH/2 IP65 30 g, 11 ms duration Output Signal Instability Signal Level Display BK/4 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 7 g, amplitude ±0.5 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance Brown Blue Black PNP 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Yellow XUDA1 Red / XUDA2 Green XUDA1–7 LED segment / XUDA2–4 digit display Cable version 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. 4 conductor Connector version 4-pin M8 nano-connector Electrical Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 Vdc Maximum Load Current 100 mA Current Consumption (No Load) 50 mA Alarm Output Current 50 mA (XUDA2) Voltage Drop across Switch 1V On Delay XUDA1–0.5 ms / XUDA2–0.1 ms Off Delay XUDA1–0.5 ms / XUDA2–0.1 ms Power-up Delay 120 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® – Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS141 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS151 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 61 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUA 8 mm Diameter Miniature Precision, DC Photoelectric Features • Ultra-short miniature body • Very fast response time • Rugged metal case • Short circuit, overload, and reverse polarity protection • CE Mark thread M8x1 Circuit Type Dimensions Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Thru-Beam (Emitter-Receiver)—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Range★ DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable .16 4 1.57 40 1.18 30 Emitter, 2-wire — 12–24 V — — XUAH0203 Receiver, 3-wire, PNP N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAH0224 Receiver, 3-wire, PNP N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAH0214 Receiver, 3-wire, NPN N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAJ0224 Receiver, 3-wire, NPN N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAJ0214 DC—Nano-style connector 8 mm (0.32 in.)➁ M8x1 Emitter, 2-wire — 12–24 V — — XUAH0203S Receiver, 3-wire, PNP N.C 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAH0224S Receiver, 3-wire, PNP N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAH0214S Receiver, 3-wire, NPN N.C 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAJ0224S Receiver, 3-wire, NPN N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XUAJ0214S Proximity (Diffuse)—5 cm (1.9 in.) Nominal Sensing Range ★ ➀ LED .14 3.5 Nano-Style Connector .16 4 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire, PNP N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAH0515 3-wire, PNP N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAH0525 3-wire, NPN N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAJ0515 3-wire, NPN N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAJ0525 DC—Nano-style connector 8 mm (0.32 in.)➁ 3-wire, PNP N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAH0515S 3-wire, PNP N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAH0525S 3-wire, NPN N.O. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAJ0515S 3-wire, NPN N.C. 12–24 V 100 mA 700 Hz XUAJ0525S ★ Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. With 90% Kodak White paper. 2 in x 2 in (5 cm x 5 cm) See p. 484 for nano-connector cables. ➀ ➁ 1.02 26 1.81 46 M8x1 LED * Excess gain curves ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) Variation of sensing distance Sn Thru-beam system Diffuse system Diffuse system Gain Gain (%) Sensing distance 100 500 40 300 100 50 10 5 * One LED, visible from 4 quadrants 80 20 15 10 9 60 40 20 3 1 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.3 1 0.8 2 4 6 5 10 1 D (cm) 0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.8 0.6 1 2 8 10 4 6 9 D (cm) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 C: Side of square object White 90% Gray 18% 14 16 C (cm) Object 5 x 5 cm White 90% Nut dimensions Detection differential (H) when the object approaches from the front at the nominal distance: H≤ 25% of Sn 0.51 13 Dual Dimensions inches mm 62 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUA 8 mm Diameter Miniature Precision, DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Connector Temperature range Sensor side (OUT) 4 (TEST) (+) 1 thru-beam emitter only 3 (–) -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Enclosure rating NEMA Type 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 CENELEC IP67 conforming to IEC60529 (IP673 conforming to NF C 20-010) Tightening torque (maximum) Mounting torque 1.47 lb-in (2 N•m), Connector tightening torque 0.14 lb-in (0.3 N•m) Vibration 7 g, amplitude ±.75 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 g, 11 ms duration, conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Emitter BN + BU - VI Enclosure material 1+ 4 BU Lens PMMA Cable: PVC, diameter 3.5 mm, wire AWG 26, 3 x 0.14 mm2 Electrical PNP output BK Nickel-plated brass Wiring Test BN Case 3- NPN output BN BK 4 1+ BU 3- Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state (maximum) 1.8 V Maximum load current 100 mA Current consumption (no load) (maximum) Emitter: 20 mA; receiver: 20 mA; diffuse: 25 mA Maximum operating frequency Thru-beam: 2,000 Hz; Proximity (diffuse) 700 Hz On delay (maximum) Thru-beam: 0.25 ms; Proximity (diffuse): 0.75 ms Off delay (maximum) Thru-beam: 0.25 ms; Proximity (diffuse): 0.75 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 20 ms Physical Characteristics Ambient light immunity 3,000 Lux Thru-beam Emitter wave length: 890 nm Proximity (diffuse) 940 nm Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Protective circuitry XSZB108 DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/m) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, L3 (1 kV) Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) IEC 60947-5-2, L3 (2.5 kV) 831608 E164869 Agency listings ® ★ Yes DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) Electrostatic discharges CCN NRKH L indicates level number Accessories XSZE108 Description Catalog Number Universal mounting bracket (Plastic) XSZB108 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831608 Plastic mounting bracket XSAZ108 Metal mounting nuts XSZE108 XSAZ108 Sensing Pattern Diffuse System Thru-beam System Diameter of Beam cm T/R 6 T 4 2 1 0.5 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° For additional cable options and lengths Page 484 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 137 -2 -4 -6 2 1 .5 mm R 5 cm Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Diameter of Beam cm 2 3 m -0.5 -1 Sn 0.5m Sn 2 m Object 5 x 5 cm 1 White 90% 2 Gray 18% 63 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Front Sensing, AC/DC Photoelectric Features • Nickel-plated brass housing • Modulated LED output indication • Sensing modes: thread — Thru-beam (emitter and receiver packaged together) M18x1 — Retroreflective Potentiometer .16 4 M18 x1 — Polarized retroreflective (XUZC50 reflector included in Retroreflective models) LED — Proximity diffuse — Proximity diffuse with background suppression .16 Dia. 5 2.16 55 3.15 80 XU•M18•230 • Also available in side sensing style • Standard 2 m (6.6 ft) cable • Connector versions available • Wide selection of mounting brackets available .16 4 M18x1 Potentiometer LED • Self-locking mounting nuts included • UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked Circuit Output Voltage Type Mode Range 2.16 55 3.15 80 3.62 92 XU•M18•230K Voltage Drop Load Current Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Maximum Maximum Number Connection Type Thru-Beam System (Emitter-Receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ★ .94 24 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU2M18MA230 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector■ 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU2M18MA230K 2-wire Light 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU2M18MB230 2-wire Light 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU2M18MB230K Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ★ (XUZC50 reflector included) Variation of usable sensing distance Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression. Potentiometer at minimum. B 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU9M18MA230 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU9M18MA230K 2-wire Light 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU9M18MB230 2-wire Light 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU9M18MB230K Proximity Diffuse—40 cm (15.7 in.) Nominal Sensing Range ★ A 0.01 0.07 0.1 0.08 S (m) Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression. Potentiometer at maximum. B 2-wire Light 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU5M18MA230 2-wire Light 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU5M18MA230K 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU5M18MB230 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU5M18MB230K Proximity Diffuse with Background Suppression—12 cm (4.7 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance 2-wire Light 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU8M18MA230 2-wire Light 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU8M18MA230K 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU8M18MB230 2-wire Dark 24–240 V 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6 V 200 mA 25 Hz XU8M18MB230K ★ ■ Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. See p. 484 for matching connector cables Excess Gain Curves ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) Thru-beam A 0.01 0.11 0.15 0.12 S (m) A-B : Object reflection cefficient Black 6% Sensing range Grey 18% Non sensing range White 90% (Matt surfaces) Marginal Detection Polarized retroreflective Diffuse (Sn = 40cm) gain gain gain 100 80 10 10 50 30 20 10 10 8 1 5 Thru-beam and reflex systems Signal 1.5 1 level 0.7 1 3 2 1 0.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 Red LED Optimum (alignment) LED off Dual Dimensions inches mm 30 50 D (m) 0.1 0.1 0.5 1 With reflector XUZC50 2 5 10 D (m) 0.1 1 10 40 100 D (cm) Object 10 x 10 cm White 90% LED on 64 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Front Sensing, AC/DC Mechanical Connector For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Thru-beam, reflex and diffuse Temperature range Operating Storage -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) Enclosure rating NEMA Type IEC 4X, 12 IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure material Case Lens Cable Nickel-plated brass PMMA PvR Mounting nuts Connector 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 3 2-wire AC/DC Receiver BN +/- Maximum tightening torque BU +/- Vibration resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 30 g, 11 ms duration 2-wire AC/DC Emitter LED Indicator type 360° ring LED shows output status Cable Connector 5 mm (0.2 in.) diameter cable, 2 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) C.S.A. 3-pin micro-style AC/DC (M12 male) Voltage range AC/DC models 24–240 Vac/Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) AC/DC models 20–264 Vac/Vdc Voltage drop (across switch) closed state maximum AC/DC models 6V Residual leakage current (open state) AC/DC models 1.5 mA Load current AC/DC models 10–200 mA BN +/- Connection AC/DC BU +/- Electrical Maximum operating frequency AC/DC models 25 Hz On delay, maximum AC/DC Models 20 ms Off delay, maximum Retroreflective Proximity (diffuse) Thru-beam 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms Power-up delay, maximum AC/DC models 300 ms Short circuit protection No Overload protection No Reverse polarity protection 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 No E 164869 CCN NRKH Agency listings ® LR 44087 Class 3211 03 Accessories Description Catalog Number Swivel ball mounting bracket XUZA218 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 Metal 90° mounting bracket 9006PA18 Diecast zinc 90° mounting bracket (included) XUZA118 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE318 90° mirror adapter for side sensing (Thru-beam only) Decreases sensing distance by 20% (0.80) XUBZ02 90° mirror adapter for side sensing (All other models) Decreases sensing distance by 20% (0.80) XUBZ01 Detection Curves Thru-Beam System Polarized Reflex 6 4 2 15 10 15 -15 20 m Diffuse Background Suppression (Sn = 10 cm) Diffuse (Sn = 40 cm) 1 1 -2 0,2 -4 -6 2 1 0,3 3 m -1 60 cm 12 cm -1 2 Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix) XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight With reflector XUZ C50 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.), 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 65 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, 90° Sensing, AC/DC Photoelectric Features thread M18x1 • Nickel-plated brass housing • Modulated LED output indication • Sensing modes: • Standard 2 m cable — Thru-beam (emitter and receiver packaged together) • Connector versions available • Wide selection of mounting brackets available — Polarized retroreflective (XUZC50 reflector included in Retroreflective models) Dimensions 0.16 4.0 M18x1 LED • Self locking mounting nuts included — Proximity diffuse • Also available in side sensing style — Proximity diffuse with background suppression • UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE marked Circuit Type Output Voltage Mode Range Voltage Drop, Maximum Connection Type Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency, Maximum Catalog Number Thru-Beam System (Emitter-Receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ★ 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 0.2in. Dia. 1.97 50 5mm Dia. 3.03 77 XU•M18••340W 0.16 4.0 M18x1 Dark Dark Light Light 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6V 6V 6V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz XU2M18MA230W XU2M18MA230WK XU2M18MB230W 6V 200 mA 25 Hz XU2M18MB230WK Polarized Retroreflective—2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance a (XUZC50 reflector included) 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire LED Dark Dark Light Light 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6V 6V 6V 6V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz XU9M18MA230W XU9M18MA230WK XU9M18MB230W XU9M18MB230WK 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz XU5M18MA230W XU5M18MA230WK XU5M18MB230W XU5M18MB230WK Proximity Diffuse—40 cm (15.7 in.) Nominal Sensing Range ★ 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 1.97 50 2.44 62 3.42 87 XU•M18••340WD Light Light Dark Dark 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6V 6V 6V 6V Proximity Diffuse with Background Suppression—12 cm (4.7 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire ★ ■ Light Light Dark Dark 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 24–240 V 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-pin AC/DC micro-connector ■ 6V 6V 6V 6V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz XU8M18MA230W XU8M18MA230WK XU8M18MB230W XU8M18MB230WK Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. See p. 484 for matching connector cables. Variation of usable sensing distance .94 24 Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression Potentiometer at minimum Dual Dimensions inches mm B Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression Potentiometer at maximum A-B : Object reflection coefficient Black 6% Gray 18% Non sensing range (Matte surfaces) B White 90% Sensing range A 0.01 0.07 0.1 0.08 S (m) A 0.01 0.11 0.15 0.12 S (m) Excess Gain Curves ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) gain Thru-beam 100 80 gain 10 Marginal Detection Polarized retroreflective gain 10 Thru-beam and reflex systems Diffuse (Sn = 40cm) 50 Signal 1.5 1 level 0.7 30 10 20 10 8 1 Red LED 5 Optimum (alignment) 1 3 2 LED off 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 50 D (m) LED on 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.5 1 2 With reflector XUZC50 5 10 D (m) 0.1 1 10 Object 10 x 10 cm White 90% 40 100 D (cm) 66 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, 90° Sensing, AC/DC Wiring Mechanical For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Connector Thru-beam, reflex and diffuse 2 Photoelectric Specifications Temperature Range Operating Storage -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) Enclosure Rating NEMA Type IEC 4X (indoor), 12 IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure Material Case Lens Cable Nickel-plated brass PMMA PvR 3 2-wire AC/DC Receiver BN +/- Maximum Tightening Torque Mounting Nuts Connector 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) BU +/- Vibration Resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10 Hz to 55 Hz) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 2-wire AC/DC Emitter LED Indicator Type BN +/- BU +/- 30 g, 11 ms duration 360° ring LED shows output status Cable Connector 5 mm (0.2 in.) diameter cable, 2 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) c.s.a. 3-pin micro-style AC/DC (M12 male) Voltage Range AC/DC Models 24–240 Vac/Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) AC/DC Models 20–264 Vac/Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch) Closed State Maximum AC/DC Models 6V Residual Leakage Current (Open State) AC/DC Models 1.5 mA Load Current AC/DC Models 10–200 mA Operating Frequency, Maximum AC/DC Models 25 Hz On Delay, Maximum AC/DC Models 20 ms Off Delay, Maximum Retroreflective Proximity (Diffuse) Thru-Beam 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms Power-up Delay, Maximum AC/DC Models 300 ms ConnectionAC/DC AC/DC Electrical Short Circuit Protection No Overload Protection No Reverse Polarity Protection 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 No Agency Listings ® E 164869 LR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Accessories Description Catalog Number Swivel Ball Mounting Bracket XUZA218 Plastic Mounting Bracket XSZB118 Metal 90° Mounting Bracket 9006PA18 Diecast Zinc 90° Mounting Bracket (included) XUZA118 Plastic Mounting Nuts XSZE218 Stainless Steel Mounting Nuts XSZE318 See page 82 for complete assembly. Detection Curves Thru-Beam System Polarized Reflex 6 4 2 15 10 15 -15 20 m Diffuse Background Suppression (Sn = 10 cm) Diffuse (Sn = 40 cm) 1 1 -2 0,2 -4 -6 2 1 0,3 3 m -1 60 cm 12 cm -1 2 Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix) XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight With reflector XUZ C50 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.), 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484. Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 67 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Stainless Steel, Front Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features thread M18x1 • Stainless steel housing • Food and beverage rated • Mounting nuts included • Short circuit (SCP) reverse polarity and overload protection • UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type ♦ Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Thru-Beam (emitter and receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance Dimensions—Front Sensing 0.16 4 M18x1 (1) Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341 Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18NP341 Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341D Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341D Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) 1.96 50 dia. 0.19 5 2.4 62 (2) 0.94 24 XU•N18••341 0.16 4 1.96 50 2.4 62 Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18PP341 Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18NP341 Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18PP341D Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18NP341D Polarized Retroreflective —2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance M18x1 (1) 0.94 24 2.8 72 XU•N18••341D Dual Dimensions inches mm Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18PP341 Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18NP341 Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18PP341D Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18NP341D Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18PP341 Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18NP341 Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18PP341D Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18NP341D ♦ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Excess Gain Curves Thru-Beam Retroreflective 100 80 50 100 30 20 20 Polarized Retroreflective Diffuse 10 50 30 20 15 10 7 5 10 1 10 8 5 1 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 50 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 With Reflector XUZC50 45 10 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,5 1 1,5 With Reflector XUZC50 3 5 D (m) 1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 60 D (cm) Object 10 x 10 cm White 90% 68 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Stainless Steel, Front Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 1 (+) 1 (+) 2 Test Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 2 4 ProgramOutput ming 3 (-) 4 3 (-) Light operate (no object present) Retroreflective - PNP output OG BN BK BU Diffuse - PNP output OG BN BK BU Retroreflective - NPN output OG BN BK BU Diffuse - NPN output For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Operating Temperature Range Storage NEMA Type Enclosure Rating IEC Case Enclosure Material Lens Cable Mounting Nuts Tightening Torque, Maximum Connector Vibration Resistance (IEC 68868-2-6) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) LED Indicator Output Cable Connection Connector -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) 4X (indoor), 12 IP67 Double Insulated Stainless Steel PMMA PVR 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) 30 g, 11 ms duration Yellow 5 mm (0.2 in.) O.D. 4 conductor 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical Voltage Range Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum Load Current, Maximum Operating Frequency, Maximum On Delay, Maximum Off Delay, Maximum Power-up Delay, Maximum Short Circuit Protection Overload Protection Reverse Polarity Protection Agency Listings 12–24 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 1.5 V 30 mA (reflex and diffuse), 50 mA (thru-beam) 100 mA 500 Hz 1 ms 1 ms 15 ms Yes Yes Yes UL CSA CE OG BN BK BU Accessories Description Catalog Number Dark operate (no object present) Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) XUZC50 Retroreflective - PNP output 90° metal mounting bracket XUZA118 BN Plastic clamp mounting bracket XUZA218 BK 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 BU M12 stem XUZ2001 OG Diffuse - PNP output BN BK Detection Curves Thru-Beam Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective BU OG 15 Retroreflective - NPN output BN BK 10 4 m 15 -15 -4 1,4 1 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm Diffuse 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 -10 0,2 1,5 2 2 1 10 cm m -1 -1,4 Sn ≤ 0,10 m BU OG With Reflector XUZC50 With Reflector XUZC50 Object: 100 x 100 mm (3.9 x 3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% Diffuse - NPN output BN Beam Break Test (For thru-beam emitter only) BK BU OG Beam Made Beam Broken BN/1 + + VI/2 VI/2 BU/3 BN/1 – BU/3 – Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 69 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Stainless Steel, 90° Sensing, DC Photoelectric Features thread M18x1 • Stainless steel housing • Food and beverage rated • Mounting nuts included • UL Listed, CSA Certified • CE Marked Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Connection Type ♦ Operating Frequency Catalog Number Thru-Beam (emitter and receiver)—15 m (49.2 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance Dimensions Side Sensing 0.16 4 (1) M18x1 dia. 0.19 5 1.96 50 3.07 78 M18x1 1.96 50 2.4 62 0.94 24 0.94 24 XU•N18••341WD Dual Dimensions inches mm 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341W NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18NP341W Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341WD Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU2N18PP341WD Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18PP341W Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18NP341W Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18PP341WD Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU1N18NP341WD Polarized Retroreflective —2 m (6.6 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (1) 2.8 88 PNP Light/dark operate Retroreflective—4 m (13.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance (reflector sold separately) XU•N18••341W 0.16 4 Light/dark operate Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18PP341W Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18NP341W Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18PP341WD Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU9N18NP341WD Proximity Diffuse—10 cm (4 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18PP341W Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18NP341W Light/dark operate PNP 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18PP341WD Light/dark operate NPN 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 500 Hz XU5N18NP341WD ♦ For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. Excess Gain Curves Thru-Beam Retroreflective 100 80 50 100 30 20 20 Polarized Retroreflective Diffuse 10 50 30 20 15 10 7 5 10 1 10 8 5 1 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 50 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 With Reflector XUXC50 45 10 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,5 1 1,5 With Reflector XUXC50 3 5 D (m) 1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 60 D (cm) Object 10 x 10 cm White 90% 70 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Stainless Steel, 90° Sensing, DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 1 (+) 1 (+) 2 Test Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 2 4 ProgramOutput ming 3 (-) 4 3 (-) Light operate (no object present) Retroreflective - PNP output OG BN BK BU Diffuse - PNP output OG BN BK BU Retroreflective - NPN output OG BN BK BU Diffuse - NPN output For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Operating Temperature Range Storage NEMA Type Enclosure Rating IEC Case Enclosure Material Lens Cable Mounting Nuts Tightening Torque, Maximum Connector Vibration Resistance (IEC600 68-2-6) Shock Resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) LED Indicator Output Cable Connection Connector -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) 4X (indoor), 12 IP67 Double Insulated Stainless Steel PMMA PVR 15 N•m (133.3 lb-in) 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10 Hz to 55 Hz) 30 g, 11 ms duration Yellow 5 mm (0.2 in.) O.D. 4 conductor 0.34 mm2 (AWG) 4-pin micro-style DC (M12) Electrical Voltage Range Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) Voltage Drop (Across Switch), Closed State Maximum Current Consumption (No Load), Maximum Load Current, Maximum Operating Frequency, Maximum On Delay, Maximum Off Delay, Maximum Power-up Delay, Maximum Short Circuit Protection Overload Protection Reverse Polarity Protection Agency Listings 12–24 Vdc 10–30 Vdc 1.5 V 30 mA (reflex and diffuse), 50 mA (thru-beam) 100 mA 500 Hz 1 ms 1 ms 15 ms Yes Yes Yes UL CSA CE OG BN Accessories (for additional accessories, see pages 134–139) BK BU Dark operate (no object present) Retroreflective - PNP output BN BK Description Catalog Number Reflector, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) 90° metal mounting bracket Plastic clamp mounting bracket 3-D mounting bracket (stem not included) M12 stem XUZC50 XUZA118 XUZA218 XUZB2003 XUZ2001 BU OG Diffuse - PNP output BN BK BU Detection Curves Thru-Beam 15 OG Retroreflective - NPN output Retroreflective Polarized Retroreflective 10 4 m 15 -15 -4 1,4 1 6 4 2 10 Ø 12 mm Diffuse 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 -10 BN BK 0,2 1,5 2 2 1 10 cm m -1 -1,4 Sn ≤ 0,10 m With Reflector XUZC50 BU With Reflector XUZC50 Object: 100x100 mm (3.9x3.9 in.) 1: White 90%, 2: Gray 18% OG Diffuse - NPN output BN BK BU OG Beam Break Test (For thru-beam emitter only) Beam Made Beam Broken BN/1 + BU/3 BN/1 + VI/2 VI/2 – BU/3 – Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 71 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, High Excess Gain, Thru Beam, DC Photoelectric Features thread M18x1 • Very high excess gain of 250,000 at 10 cm with strength to burn through polluted environments such as in car washes or lumber milling applications • Two distinct outputs: analog and digital with PNP output • Analog can gauge density with sharp precision, as in hopper fill applications • Digital output is ideal for detecting the presence of an object in nearly opaque packaging • One catalog number for both emitter and receiver • Four-pin micro-style connector standard Output Mode Dimensions .16 4 Circuit Voltage Type Range Connection Type Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Thru-Beam System (Emitter–Receiver)—50 m (164 ft) Nominal Sensing Range★ M18x1 Dark (2) (1) ★ ■ PNP 4-pin micro-style ■ 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 30 Hz XU2M18AP20D Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. See p. 484 for matching connector cables. Excess Gain Curves ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) 2.16 55 3.23 82 gain 3.74 95 5 3 2 (1) LEDs (2) Potentiometers (Receiver Only) 10 5 8 5 .94 24 3 2 Dual Dimensions inches mm 10 4 8 5 3 2 Beam Pattern 10 3 800 Dia. of beam cm 15 500 300 200 Ø 12 mm 70 m -15 100 80 50 Sn ≤50 m 30 20 10 8 5 3 2 1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 D(m) 72 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, High Excess Gain, Thru Beam, DC Mechanical For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve chart Operation Temperature Range Storage NEMA Type Enclosure Rating IEC Vibration Shock Resistance Mounting Nuts Tightening Torque Connector Repeatability (% of Sr) + 1 2 Ie = 4 to 20 mA mA 4 Ie = 0 to 100 mA 3 R R – R max. < 800 Ω (Ue = 24 V), < 300 Ω (Ue = 12 V) Beam Break Test (Emitter Only) + -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 7 g amplitude + 1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) 30 g for 11 ms conforming to 68-2-27 15 N•m (133 lb-in) 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) 3% One green power LED ■ One yellow output LED ■ Nickel-plated brass 4-pin micro-style connector LED Indicator Type 1 Enclosure Material Wiring 2 Electrical 3 Beam Made Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) Voltage Drop (Maximum) Analog Output Range – + 1 2 Beam Broken LED Operation Emitter Receiver 1 (+) 1 (+) 3 (–) 2 Analog Output Analog Output Short Circuit Protection Overload Protection Reverse Polarity Protection E 164869 Yellow LED is illuminated ■ Yes Yes Yes LR 44087 Current Drift Due to Alignment Power-up Delay (Maximum) On Delay (Maximum) Off Delay (Maximum) – Connector 4 Discrete (on/off) Output 10–30 Vdc 55 mA (emitter and receiver) 1.5 V 4–20 mA 10% 5% 3% 50 ms 15 ms 15 ms Green LED is illuminated ■ At -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) At 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C) Current Drift Due to Temperature 3 2 Test Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Protective Circuitry 4 3 (–) Agency Listings Solid State Output CCN NRKH ® ■ Class 3211 03 See description of LED operation below. Operation of LEDs in the Analog mode When sensing a slightly opaque target at 20 mA, LED is illuminated at its maximum strength. When sensing a target that is completely opaque at 4 mA, LED is illuminated at its minimum strength. Discrete (On/Off) Output Level of Change Type of Target: Opaque Analog Output Curve Amount Output Current mA 25 0 to 99.5% Potentiometer at Minimum Potentiometer at Maximum 20 18 15 99.5 to 99.95% 10 99.95 to 100% 5 4 0 0 0.1 99.4 99.5 99.6 99.7 99.8 99.9 99.95 100% 0 Amount of Opacity 1 0 1 Example Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) Detecting sheets of white paper weighing 80 g (2.8 oz) with emitter and receiver 10 cm apart XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Number of sheets 1 11 27 31 XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Analog output current (mA) 17.3 12 6 5 Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 73 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Analog Output, Proximity Diffuse, DC Photoelectric Features thread • 4 to 20 mA output that adjusts as target characteristics change M18x1 • Analog technology in popular 18 mm diameter body style • Rugged metal enclosure with micro-style connector • Potentiometer adjusts sensor’s sensitivity and reduces the color effects of the target • Self locking mounting nuts included Output Mode Dimensions .16 4 M18x1 (1) (2) Circuit Type Voltage Range Connection Type Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Proximity Diffuse 50 to 400 mm (2 to 15.7 in.) Nominal Sensing Range Light ■ Analog 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style ■ 20 Hz @ 10 mA XU5M18AB20D See p. 484 for matching connector cables. Output Signal (relative to distance/color) 2.16 55 3.23 82 Potentiometer at Maximum 3.74 95 Is (mA) 25 (1) Potentiometer (2) Green LED 20 .94 24 15 2 1 10 Dual Dimensions inches mm 5 4 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 D (cm) Target Color 1 White 90% 2 Gray 15% Potentiometer at Minimum Is (mA) 25 20 2 1 15 10 5 4 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 D (cm) Target Color 1 White 90% 2 Gray 15% 74 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Analog Output, Proximity Diffuse, DC Mechanical Connector Temperature Range 1 (+) Analog Output 2 4 Enclosure Rating 3 (–) + R mA 3 Operation -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) Storage -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4, 4X (Indoor), 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 per IEC 56029, IP671 per NFC 20-010 Vibration 1 2 D Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Tightening Torque Ie = 4 to 20 mA 7 g amplitude + 1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock Resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to 68-2-27 Mounting Nuts 15 N•m (133 lb-in) Connector 2 N•m (17.7 lb-in) Repeatability (% of Sr) – 3% LED Indicator Type One green LED showing output Enclosure Material Nickel-plated brass (window is PMAA) Wiring 4-pin micro-style connector ■ Electrical Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 Vdc Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) 30 mA Output Range 4–20 mA Maximum Output Current Drift At -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) 10% At 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C) 5% Power-up Delay (Maximum) 50 ms Light Emission LED Intensity Protective Circuitry Infrared At 20 mA LED burns brightly (at maximum) At 4 mA LED burns dimly (at minimum) Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® ■ E 164869 LR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 See p. 484 for matching connector cables. Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 75 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Ultraviolet (UV), DC Photoelectric Features thread M18x1 • Detection of ultraviolet marks and products containing UV bluing agents, as used for packaging identification and quality assurance • Either Mark Reader or standard Diffuse sensing modes • Sensitivity adjustment by 20-turn potentiometer • 20 ms Off Delay built-in timing feature • Popular 18 mm tubular body style in rugged metal enclosure with a 4-pin micro-style connection Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Connection Type Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Diffuse—20 mm (0.79 in.) Nominal Sensing Range★—Micro-Connector PNP ★ Light 12–24 Vdc 4-pin micro-style 100 mA 1,000 Hz XU5M18U1D Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal Detection Curve Dimensions .16 4 3 M18x1 cm (1) (2) 2 2.16 55 3.79 95 3.23 82 1. Potentiometer 2. Green LED .94 24 8 cm 3 Target 5 x 5 cm, white 90% Spot size at 20 mm Oval Dia. 3 x 1 mm Dual Dimensions inches mm 76 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Metal Body, Ultraviolet (UV), DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical Connector Time Delay 2 (1) 20 mm when reading UV mark Nominal sensing range 1 (+) 4 Output Temperature range 3 (–) Off delay: Enclosure rating For no delay, connect contact 2 to (+) For 20 ms delay, connect contact 2 to (–) Tightening torque 1 4 + 3 2 – Without time delay 1 4 + 3 2 – With time delay (20 ms) 0 to 80 mm as standard diffuse UV spot dimensions 0.12 x 0.04 in. (3 x 1 mm) diameter Operation -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) Storage -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 15 N•m (11 lb-in) Vibration 7 g amplitude + 0.6 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 LED indicator type Red—output Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass (window is PMAA) Sensitivity adjustment 20 turn potentiometer Connection M12, 4-pin connector Light emission Ultraviolet Electrical DC models Voltage range 12–24 V (with SCP) Voltage limit (including limit) 10–30 Vdc Operating frequency 1,000 Hz Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 20 mA Voltage drop (maximum) 1.5 V PNP Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 500 µs Off delay (maximum) 500 µs Timing function 20 ms off delay selectable by wiring Agency listings ® E 164869 LR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 0.79" 20 mm spot : 3x1 mm Color Mark Reader 3.15" 80 mm Diffuse Mode Dual Dimensions inches mm WH 90% Kodak 2x2" (5x5cm) Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 77 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Plastic Body, Laser, Thru-Beam Mode, DC Photoelectric Features thread • Extremely long sensing distance of 100 m (328.1 ft) in an 18 mm tubular body M18x1 • Detection of very small objects • Adjustable beam (or focus point) down to 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) • System checking and marginal detection LEDs • Reserve Mode option increases beam strength for visible alignment during setup • Mounting nuts and adjustment screwdriver included • Micro-style connector standard ■ Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Thru-Beam Emitter-Receiver—100 m (328.1 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ★ PNP Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XU2P18PP340DL NPN Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XU2P18NP340DL ★ ■ Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. See p. 484 for matching connector cables Adjustments Beam break test ON 1 + 3 – 1 + 3 – 2 2 OFF 2 1 The adjustment of the focusing point enables the detection of targets down to a size of 0.5 mm. XU2P18•P340DLR XU2P18KP340DLT To adjust the focusing point, loosen the mounting screws (1) and rotate the serrated sleeve (2) located on the face of the sensor. Re-tighten mounting screws. Note: Saddle clamp XUZA218 incorporating a ball joint (see page 82) is particularly suited for mounting the sensor and adjusting the beam alignment when the sensing range is several tens of meters. Detection curve (set to infinity) Verification of correct operation cm 10 Signal level 1.5 1 0.7 LED off -10 LED on Red LED Sn = 100 m – Optimum alignment + Operating precaution CAUTION LASER RADIATION Do not stare into the beam. Failure to follow this instruction can result in injury. CLASS II LASER PRODUCT This product complies with CFR 1040.1 78 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Plastic Body, Laser, Thru-Beam Mode, DC Mechanical Connector For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Emitter Temperature range 1 (+) Test 2 4 Enclosure rating Operation 14 to +113 °F (-10 to +45 °C) Storage -40 to +158 °F (-40 to +70 °C) IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Tightening torque (maximum) 3 (–) Receiver 1 (+) Programming 2 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm, 10–55 Hz conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 50 g for 11 ms conforming to 68-2-27 Enclosure material Output 4 N•m (35.5 lb-in) Vibration 4 3 (–) Case PC/ABS Lens PMMA Wiring Micro-style connector Electrical Emitter Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc 1 Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 1.5 V 3 Maximum load current 100 mA Test 2 Light mode (no object present) Receiver PNP output 2 1 + 4 3 – Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 50 mA (emitter and receiver) Maximum operating frequency 500 Hz On delay (maximum) 1 ms Off delay (maximum) 1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 15 ms Physical Characteristics Emitter wave length Red laser 630 nm Transmission power (maximum) 1 mW, class 2 conforming to IEC 60825-1 and CFR 1040.1 Short circuit protection NPN output Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 2 1 4 3 Protective circuitry + – Dark mode (no object present) Receiver PNP output 1 4 3 2 yes Overload protection yes Reverse polarity protection yes Agency listings ® Excess gain curve ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) 500 mm 12 10 + 100 – Minimum size of the object being sensed 50 1 NPN output 10 1 4 3 2 + – 0.5 5 3 0.1 0.1 1 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 D (m) 0.3 1 2 10 20 100 (m) Focusing point Dimensions .157 4 (2) 1.18 M18x1 30 2.48 63 2.99 76 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight (1) .94 24 Dual Dimensions inches mm (1) LED (2) Adjustment potentiometer (receiver only) XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 79 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB Plus 18 mm Short Body Transparent Material Detection, DC Photoelectric Features 2.17" 55 thread M18x1 • Ultra-short body • Adjustable sensitivity • Light/dark selectable • Short circuit and overload protection 1.34" 34 • Advanced features: 360° multi-functional LED indicator: output On, marginal detection indicator and short circuit indicator, and transparent object detection in retroreflective mode 2.17" 55 Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Retroreflective–80 cm (31.5 in.) Nominal Sensing Range ■—2 m (6.6 ft) cable (Reflector sold separately) 2.76" 70 1.34" 34 3-wire, PNP Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUBH01353 3-wire, NPN Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUBJ01353 Retroreflective–80 cm (31.5 in.) Nominal Sensing Range—Micro-Connector ♦ (Reflector sold separately) Dual Dimensions inches mm 3-wire, PNP\ Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUBH01353D 3-wire, NPN Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUBJ01353D ■ When used with XUZC50 reflector. 24 in. (60 cm) sensing range when used with XUZC24 reflector. Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. ♦ See p. 484 for matching connector cables ★ Recommended distances and application restraints Recommended approach direction Excess gain curve (lens on horizontal plane, horizontal passage of target) 5 ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) 4 3 2 (1) 1 (1) 10 20 30 50 80 100 D (cm) (2) E Off D On Material t ali Sensor-reflector distance (2) Reflector 0 gnm ent – LED ent – LE rrec l alignm With reflector XUZC50 (2) Sensor-reflector distance (see table below) 20 cm (7.9 in.) 40 cm (15.7 in.) 60 cm 80 cm XUZC50 Tinted glass XUZC24 Inc o Margina Correct alignment – LED Off al align Margin Inco rrec gn t ali men t–L ment – ED Off LED O n (1) 5 cm minimum XUZC50 PVC bottles R XUZC24 XUZC50 RED LED off Clear glass XUZC24 RED LED on XUZC50 PET bottles XUZC24 XUZC50 PE film XUZC24 80 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUB Plus 18 mm Short Body Transparent Material Detection, DC Mechanical Connector For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Temperature range 1 (+) Program- 2 ming 4 Output 3 (-) PNP output + light OG H Prog. - dark BN BR NPN output BN J BR BU -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Enclosure rating IEC IP67 (IEC 60529) Enclosure material Case PC/ABS, Lens PMMA Tightening torque (maximum) 5 N•m (44 lb-in) Vibration resistance 7 g, amplitude ±1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 50 g, for 11 ms Cable PvR, 0.16 in. dia. (4 mm2) Conductors 24 AWG (0.222 mm2) Electrical Load BU Load + light OG Prog. - dark Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 1.5 V Maximum load current 100 mA Current consumption (no load) 35 mA Retroreflective Maximum operating frequency 500 Hz On delay (maximum) 1 ms (1.5 ms thru-beam) Off delay (maximum) 1 ms (1.5 ms thru-beam) Power-up delay (maximum) 30 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) Protective circuitry Beam Pattern Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, L3★ (1 kV) Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) IEC 60947-5-2, L3★ (2.5 kV) Agency listings cm ® 6 2 .2 2 3 m -4 -6 E 164353 LR 44087 CCN NKCR2 Class 3211 03 Physical Characteristics 4 -2 IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/M) DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) Electrostatic discharges E/R Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Ambient light immunity 10,000 Lux Emitter wave length: Retroreflective 880 nm Pulsed Infrared LED ★ L indicates level number. Sn: ≤ 2 m Options Sn: ≤ 3 m With reflector XUZC50 Polarized reflex Reflex Description Suffix Extended cable length, 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L05 Extended cable length, 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L10 Accessories PA18 Description Catalog Number Metal mounting bracket 9006PA18 Plastic universal mounting bracket XSZB118 90° mirror adapter for side sensing (All other models) Decrease sensing distance by 20% (0.80) XUBZ01 XUBZ01 XSZB118 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 82, 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 81 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Accessories—Replacement Photoelectric Accessories XUZA218 XSZB118 9006PA18 Description Catalog Number Plastic swivel ball mounting bracket (18 mm) XUZA218 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 Metal 90° mounting bracket 9006PA18 Diecast zinc 90° mounting bracket XUZA118 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE318 90° mirror adapter for side sensing (Thru-beam only) Decreases sensing distance by 20% (0.80) Classic type only XUBZ02 90° mirror adapter for side sensing (All other models) Decreases sensing distance by 20% (0.80) Classic type only XUBZ01 3-D Mounting base XUZ2003 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZ2001 3-D Mounting bracket (stem not included) XUZB2003 Thru-Beam Emitter and Receiver Replacements .94 24 XUZA118 .94 24 .94 24 XUBZ01 .94 24 XUBZ02 XUZ•200• XUZ2001 Description Catalog Number for Replacement of Emitter/Receiver Pair Catalog Number for Emitter or Receiver Only Classic Metal AC/DC, Dark Operate XU2M18MA230 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230T XU2M18MA230R Classic Metal AC/DC, Light Operate XU2M18MB230 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230T XU2M18MB230R Classic Metal AC/DC Dark Operate, Micro-Connector XU2M18MA230K Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230KT XU2M18MA230KR Classic Metal AC/DC Light Operate, Micro-Connector XU2M18MB230K Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230KT XU2M18MB230KR Classic Metal AC/DC Dark Operate, 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable XU2M18MA230L5 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230L5T XU2M18MA230L5R Classic Metal AC/DC Light Operate, 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable XU2M18MB230L5 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18MC230L5T XU2M18MB230L5R Classic Metal DC, NPN Light/Dark Operate XU2M18NP340 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340T XU2M18NP340R Classic Metal DC, NPN Light/Dark Operate, Micro-Connector XU2M18NP340D Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340DT XU2M18NP340DR Classic Metal DC, NPN Light/Dark Operate, 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable with Connector XU2M18NP340L5 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340L5T XU2M18NP340L5R Classic Metal DC, PNP Light/Dark Operate XU2M18PP340 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340T XU2M18PP340R Classic Metal DC, PNP Light/Dark Operate, Micro-Connector XU2M18PP340D Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340DT XU2M18PP340DR Classic Metal DC, PNP Light/Dark Operate, 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable with Connector XU2M18PP340L5 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2M18KP340L5T XU2M18PP340L5R Classic Plastic DC, NPN Light/Dark Operate XU2B18NP340 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2B18KP340T XU2B18NP340R Classic Plastic DC, NPN Light/Dark Operate, Micro-Connector XU2B18NP340D Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2B18KP340DT XU2B18NP340DR Classic Plastic DC, PNP Light/Dark Operate XU2B18PP340 Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2B18KP340T XU2B18PP340R Classic Plastic DC, PNP Light/Dark Operate, Micro-Connector XU2B18PP340D Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2B18KP340DT XU2B19PP340DR Laser Light/Dark Operate, NPN XU2P18NP340DL Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2P18KP340DLT XU2P18NP340DLR Laser Light/Dark Operate, PNP XU2P18PP340DL Emitter Only Receiver Only XU2P18KP340DLT XU2P18PP340DLR XUZ2003 82 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Classic 18 mm Tubular Accessories—Dimensions Photoelectric Dimensions XUZA218 .39 10 1.77 45 .73 Dia. 18.5 .94 24 .31 8 .98 25 .20 5 .31 8 .77 19.5 1.06 27 o 150 .25 6.5 15 o 2.16 55 XUZA118 .10 2.5 .59 15 .39 10 .04 1 .25 6.5 .65 16.5 1.38 35 .73 18.5 Dia. 1.10 28 .25 6.5 1.97 50 .79 20 XSZB118 1.51 38.3 .71 Dia. 18 (1) .16 4 .87 22 Dual Dimensions inches mm .79 20.1 .87 22 .45 11.5 1.02 26 .62 15.7 .14 3.5 .31 8 9006PA18 35 1.38 18 0.69 18 0.71 10 0.40 Full R 2 0.08 31 40 1.20 1.57 33 1.28 5 0.21 25 Dia 0.98 XUZB2003 XUZ2001 0.22 5.75 0.86 22.0 0.76 19.5 0.76 19.5 1.4 36 XUZ2003 0.47 12 4.7 120 1.3 33 1.6 40 ∅ 0.72 M4 18.5 13 Dia. Hole 0.49 ∅ 0.5 12.5 ∅ 0.25 6.5 1.57 40 0.9 23 0.9 23 0.07 1.9 18 0.69 83 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel 18 mm, Programmable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output 550055 Pre-cabled (2) Sensing distance (Sn) (3) m (ft) Function Output Weight kg (lb) Line of sight Catalog number Along case axis XUB0SPSNL2 NO or NC, 90° to case axis XUB0SPSWL2 using Osiconcept programming Along case axis XUB0SNSNL2 90° to case axis XUB0SNSWL2 Along case axis XUB0SPSNM12 90° to case axis XUB0SPSWM12 Along case axis XUB0SNSNM12 90° to case axis XUB0SNSWM12 Line of sight Catalog number Along case axis XUB0SKSNL2T 90° to case axis XUB0SKSWL2T Along case axis XUB0SKSNM12T 0.055 (0.121) 90° to case axis XUB0SKSWM12T (5) 0.060 (0.132) — XUZC50 0.020 (0.044) XUB0•••NL2 0.105 (0.231) PNP 0–15 (0–49.2) depending on whether accessories are used 550001 Photoelectric Ø 18 stainless steel (5) 0.110 (0.243) 0.105 (0.231) NPN (5) 0.110 (0.243) M12 connector XUB0•••WL2 0.055 (0.121) 550002 PNP 0–15 (0–49.2) depending on whether accessories are used NO or NC, using Osiconcept programming (5) 0.060 (0.132) 0.055 (0.121) NPN (5) 0.060 (0.132) Accessories XUB0•••NM12 550000 Description Connection Weight kg (lb) 0.105 (0.231) Pre-cabled (2) Thru-beam accessories (transmitter) (5) 0.110 (0.243) M12 connector 805799 XUB0•••WM12 Reflector 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in.) — Mounting accessories (4) Description Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.099) Plastic mounting bracket with adjustable ball-joint XUZA218 0.035 (0.077) Plastic mounting clamp, 24.1 mm (0.95 in.) centers with locking screw XUZB2005 0.007 (0.015) 805817 503663 XUZC50 XUZB2005 For further information on Osiconcept, see page 7. For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5. Example: XUB0SPSNL2 becomes XUB0SPSNL5. For further information, see page 85. For further information, see page 139. For line of sight 90° to case axis versions, see sensing distances on page 85. 805818 XUZA118 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. XUZA218 84 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel Photoelectric 18 mm, Programmable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Specifications Sensor type Product certifications XUB0••••M12, XUB0••••M12T Connector Pre-cabled Connection XUB0••••L2, XUB0••••L2T UL, CSA, e Sensing distance nominal Sn / maximum m (ft) m (ft) m (ft) m (ft) nominal Sn: excess gain = 2 maximum: excess gain = 1 Type of transmission Degree of protection Storage temperature Operating temperature Materials Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Output state Indicator lights Supply on Stability Rated supply voltage Voltage limits (including ripple) Current consumption, no-load Switching capacity Voltage drop, closed state Maximum switching frequency First-up Delays Response Recovery M12 — — Line of sight Line of sight along case axis 90° to case axis 0.12 / 0.12 (0.39 / 0.39) 0.11 / 0.11 (0.36 / 0.36) 0.3 / 0.4 (1.0 / 1.3) 0.2 / 0.3 (0.7 / 1.0) 2/3 (6.6 / 9.8) 1.5 / 2 (4.9 / 6.6) 15 / 20 (49.2 / 65.6) 10 / 14 (32.8 / 45.9) Infrared, except for polarized reflex (red) Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) Accessory Without (diffuse with background suppression) Without (diffuse) With reflector (polarized reflex) With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) IP 65, IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529; IP69 K to DIN 40050; double insulation i °C -40 to +70 °C -25 to +55 Case: stainless steel, grade 304CU; Lens: PMMA; Cable: PvR 7 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) 30 gn, duration 11 ms Yellow LED (transmission present for XUB0••••••T) Green LED Red LED (except for XUB0••••••T) Vc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity Vc 10–36 mA 35 (20 for XUB0ppppppT) mA ≤ 100 with overload and short-circuit protection V 1.5 Hz 250 ms < 200 ms <2 ms <2 Connections M12 connector 3 (-) 4 3 1 (+) 4 OUT/Output 2 Beam break 1 2 input (2) Pre-cabled (-) BU(Blue) (+) BN(Brown) OUT/Output BK (Black) Beam break input (2) VI (Violet) For more connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. PNP BN/1 PNP NPN + BN/1 NPN BK/4 – BU/3 Thru-beam accessory + 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU BK/4 – BU/3 Input 2/VI: - not connected: beam made - connected to –: beam broken Detection curves (line of sight along case axis) With thru-beam accessory (thru-beam) 15 Without accessory (diffuse) Without accessory (diffuse with bckgrnd. suppression) 6 4 2 Ø 12 mm 10 With reflector (polarized reflex) 15 40 20 m 8 -15 12 cm 30 cm Object: 10 x 10 cm, 1: white 90%, 2: gray18% Variation of usable sensing distance Su (without accessory, with adjustable background suppression) Teach mode at minimum. Teach mode at maximum. A-B: object reflection B B coefficient Black 6% Gray 18% White 90% Sensing range Non-sensing zone A 1 A 1 9 12 17 S (cm) (matt surfaces) 8 10 S (cm) 12 cm -2 -4 -6 3m 2 2 With reflector XUZC50 Dimensions XUB b a Ø 18 Pre-cabled (mm) a b Plug-in connector (mm) a b Line of sight along case axis 64 (3) 44 78 (2) 44 Line of sight 90° to case axis 78 44 92 44 85 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel M18x1 DC Solid-State Output Photoelectric 18 mm 1 2 3 System Thru-beam 1 Reflex 2 Polarized reflex 2 Diffuse 3 Type of transmission Infrared Infrared Red Infrared Sensing distance Nominal, Sn (excess gain = 2) 15 m 4m 2m 0.10 m Maximum (excess gain = 1) 20 m 5.5 m (with 50 x 50 mm reflector) 3 m (with 50 x 50 mm reflector) 0.15 m Catalog numbers of pre-cabled versions (1) (2) (3) (3) 3-wire, PNP NO or NC programmable Line of sight along case axis XU2N18PP341 XU1N18PP341 XU9N18PP341 XU5N18PP341 Line of sight 90° to case axis XU2N18PP341W XU1N18PP341W XU9N18PP341W XU5N18PP341W 3-wire, NPN NO or NC programmable Line of sight along case axis XU2N18NP341 XU1N18NP341 XU9N18NP341 XU5N18NP341 Line of sight 90° to case axis XU2N18NP341W XU1N18NP341W XU9N18NP341W XU5N18NP341W 0.270 (0.595) 0.155 (0.342) 0.155 (0.342) 0.135 (0.298) (3) Weight (kg) Catalog numbers of plug-in connector versions (2) (3) 3-wire, PNP NO or NC programmable Line of sight along case axis XU2N18PP341D XU1N18PP341D XU9N18PP341D XU5N18PP341D Line of sight 90° to case axis XU2N18PP341WD XU1N18PP341WD XU9N18PP341WD XU5N18PP341WD 3-wire, NPN NO or NC programmable Line of sight along case axis XU2N18NP341D XU1N18NP341D XU9N18NP341D XU5N18NP341D Line of sight 90° to case axis XU2N18NP341WD XU1N18NP341WD XU9N18NP341WD XU5N18NP341WD 0.130 (0.287) 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) 0.065 (0.143) Weight (kg) 1. 2. 3. Sensors available with 5 m (16.4 ft) cable: To order, add the suffix L5 to the reference selected from above. Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5. Catalog number for both transmitter and receiver for thru-beam system sensors. 50 x 50 mm reflector included with reflex system sensors. Catalog numbers of mounting accessories Weight kg (lb) Description Catalog number Stainless steel mounting bracket XUZA118 0.045 (0.099) Plastic mounting bracket XUZA218 0.035 (0.077) Set of 2 stainless steel nuts XSZE318 0.020 (0.044) Set of 2 plastic nuts XSZE218 0.004 (0.009) Accessories: page 84 86 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel Photoelectric M18x1 DC Solid-State Output Specifications e, UL, CSA Product certifications Ambient air temperature Operation: -25 to +55 °C. Storage: -40 to +70 °C Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ± 1.5 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 30 gn, duration 11 ms Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 Connection Materials Pre-cabled Pre-cabled, diameter 4.2 mm, length 2 m (3), wire c.s.a.: 4 x 0.34 mm2 Connector M12 male connector, 4-pin (for suitable female connectors, including pre-wired versions, see the Cabling section beginning on page 625) Case Food and beverage processing stainless steel, grade 304 Cu Lenses PMMA Cable PvR Rated supply voltage 12–24 Vc with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits 10–30 Vc (including ripple) Switching capacity (sealed) ≤ 100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection Voltage drop, closed state ≤ 1.5 V Current consumption, no-load ≤ 30 mA (reflex and diffuse), ≤ 50 mA (thru-beam) Maximum switching frequency Delays Indicator lights 1. 500 Hz First-up ≤ 15 ms Response ≤ 1 ms Recovery ≤ 1 ms Supply on Green LED, on transmitter only Output state Yellow LED, on receiver only Sensors available with 5 m (16.4 ft) cable: To order, add the suffix L5 to the reference selected from above. Example: sensor XU1N18PP341 with 5 m cable becomes XU1N18PP341L5. Curves Detection curves Thru-beam system Ø of beam cm 15 T R Ø 12 mm 10 15 Reflex system with reflector XUZC50 Polarized reflex system with reflector XUZC50 Ø of beam cm 10 T/R 4 Ø of beam cm 6 4 T/R 2 m -4 -15 2 4 m -2 -4 -6 -10 0,2 Diffuse system Ø of beam cm T/R 1,4 1 2 2 3 m 1 Object 10 x 10 cm 15 cm 1 White 90% 2 Gray 18% -1 -1,4 Excess gain curves (ambient temperature: + 25 °C) Thru-beam system Gain 100 80 50 Reflex system with reflector XUZC50 Polarized reflex system with reflector XUZC50 Gain 100 Diffuse system Gain 10 Gain 50 20 30 20 10 10 8 5 1 30 20 15 10 7 5 1 3 2 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 50 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 45 10 D (m) 0,1 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 5 D (m) 1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 60 D (cm) Object 10 x 10 cm White 90% Accessories: page 84 87 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel M18x1 DC Solid-State Output Photoelectric Dimensions XU•N18••341 4 (0.16) XU•N18••341W M18x1 4 (0.16) (1) M18x1 5 (0.20) 50 (1.97) (1) 5 (0.20) 24 (0.94) 50 (1.97) 62 (2.44) (2) 24 (0.94) 78 (3.07) XU•N18••341D Dimensions: mm (in.) XU•N18••341WD 4 (0.16) 4 (0.16) M18x1 M18x1 (1) 50 (1.97) 24 (0.94) 62 (2.44) 72 (2.83) 50 (1.97) (1) 24 (0.94) 62 (2.44) 88 (3.46) 1. LED 2. 64 for XU9N18••341 Mounting nut tightening torque: < 15 N•m Connector tightening torque: 2 N•m Accessories: page 84 88 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Osiris® Food and Beverage Processing, Stainless Steel Photoelectric M18x1 DC Solid-State Output Connections M12 connector scheme 4 3 1 2 Cable connections 3 (–) (–) BU (Blue) 1 (+) (+) BN (Brown) 4 OUT/Output (OUT/Output) BK (Black) 2 Prog (or beam break input for thru-beam transmitter only) (Prog) OG (Orange) (Beam break input) VI (Violet) on thru-beam transmitter only For more connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. Wiring diagrams—diffuse PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO OG/2 NPN NC Transmitter OG/2 BN/1 BN/1 BK/4 BU/3 BK/4 BU/3 BN/1 BK/4 BN/1 BK/4 BU/3 BU/3 OG/2 1/BN 2/VI 3/BU OG/2 Wiring diagrams—reflex and thru-beam PNP NO PNP NC NPN NO NPN NC OG/2 OG/2 BN/1 BN/1 BK/4 BU/3 BK/4 BU/3 OG/2 BN/1 BK/4 BN/1 BK/4 BU/3 BU/3 OG/2 Beam break input on thru-beam transmitter only Beam made Beam broken BN/1 + + VI/2 VI/2 BU/3 BN/1 – BU/3 – Accessories: page 84 89 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature, Classic High Performance, DC Photoelectric High performance, self contained, medium range, miniature photoelectric sensors for industrial applications. Features • Very small dimensions: 1.4 x 0.87 x 0.39 in. (35.5 x 22 x 9.9 mm) fixed. • Marginal detection signal (MDS) provided for alarm output and alignment help. • Test input—system checking • Light/dark selectable • Short range proximity mode for background avoidance • Color mark detection. Green and red light for difficult contrast sensing • Two LED alignment system • Mounting bracket included. For options, see page 91. Output Mode Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Convergent Beam ▲—Sensing Range 15 mm (0.6 in.) ★ Red light PNP 3-wire Light /dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUMH15353R NPN 3-wire Light /dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUMJ15353R ▲ ★ XUM Color mark sensor, red and green light, see p. 114. Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. Front face of reader LED nt – me lign diameter of light spot at 15 mm : 2 mm (side view) recommended operating zone 16 in. orre ct a 3.5 mm 3.5 mm Off D On ent – LE l alignm optical axis A Inc Margina Correct alignment – LED Off Margin Inco rrec t nm alig al align ent ment – – LE DO ff LED O n E 15 mm R B Depth of field (mm) A B red emission 5 10 RED LED off RED LED on Marginal Alignment Indication 90 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature, Classic High Performance, DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts PNP output + Light Select OG - Dark BN BK H Enclosure rating -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) NEMA Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure material LOAD BU MDS W Temperature range LOAD Housing: ABS/PC; Lens: PMMA, PC; Cable: PVC Vibration resistance 7 g amplitude ±1.5 mm, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 g at 3 axes, 3 times Wiring 6 ft cable, 0.18 in. (4.5 mm) dia., 3 x #24 AWG Electrical NPN output Voltage limit (including ripple) MDS W LOAD BN J BK LOAD 1.5 V Current consumption (no load) receiver: 30 mA; emitter: 20 mA; reflex (diffuse): 35 mA Test output current, maximum 50 mA - Dark Test input voltage, maximum 1.5 V @ 1 mA maximum Switching frequency, maximum 500 Hz Power-up delay, maximum 1 ms Beam break test (purple wire) E 100 mA, protected against overload and short circuit Voltage drop, closed state + Light BU OG SELECT 10–30 Vdc Load current, maximum Brown + On/Off delay, maximum Wavelength 1 ms Polarized 660 nm Convergent (red) 660 nm All others 880 nm Ambient light immunity Purple Blue 10,000 LUX Radio frequency immunity (RFI) - Protective circuitry Beam present Electrostatic discharges IEC 61000-4-4, L3★ (1 kV) Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) IEC 60947-5-2, L3★ (2.5 kV) ® Brown + ★ DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) Agency listings E IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/M) DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) E 164869 LR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 L indicates level number. Purple Blue - Beam broken Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 142–145 Beam patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 141–142 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 91 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact, Classic DC Photoelectric Features • Increasingly popular rectangular body style perfect for mounting flat against machine wall • Versatility incorporated in every mode of detection • Universal features simplify retrofit • 10 s, three-mode programmable time delay • High gain reserve produces superior sensing distances • Smallest multi voltage time-delay photo available 1.97 50 1.57 • Mounting bracket included (adapts to competitive models) 40 • Hinged, locking plastic cover protects adjustments Circuit Type Output Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Proximity Diffuse—1 m (3.3 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance—Adjustable High Precision Cable style—2 m (6.6 ft) length ■ .19 2xØ4 PNP/NPN 1.57 Micro-style connector 5 40 PNP/NPN ■ 1.57 34 Ø4,5 40 40 1.57 1.34 Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 250 Hz XUK8AKSNL2 12–24 V 100 mA 250 Hz XUK8AKSNM12 For 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, change L2 suffix to L10. Excess gain one—in nominal ambient conditions maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal ★ 10° Light/dark Excess gain curve Detection Curve Adustable Proximity Diffuse Proximity Diffuse % 20 (Copn) 18 2.30 cm 8 4 16 58 14 50 1.57 1.97 40 20 .79 12 10 -4 8 -8 6 4 1 m Sn ≤ 1 m 2 0 0 .71 .86 18 22 40 60 3 Black 6% 80 100 Object 20 x 20 cm White 90% 58 2.30 .71 12 18 .27 7 .47 Ø6x12 20 1 White 90% 2 Gray 18% .59 15 .51 Ø6 Ø6x13 13 .47 12 .19 5 2.56 82 80 3.15 3.23 65 Dual Dimensions inches mm 92 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact, Classic DC Mechanical Connector 4 1 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts 3 Temperature range 2 Enclosure rating PNP Yellow on BN + BK BU – Operation -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) Storage -30 to 158 °F (-30 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 4, 4X (indoor), 12, 13 IEC IP65 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 7 g amplitude (10–55 Hz) Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 10 g for 11 ms conforming to 68-2-27 Wiring 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) Tightening torque (maximum) 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Case Enclosure material NPN Yellow on BN BK BU + – Recommended mounting distances max. 1.5 m PC/ABS Lens PMMA Cable PvR Electrical DC Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 1.5 V Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 35 mA with SCP Yellow Output LED yes Red Stability LED yes Power-up delay (maximum) 80 ms On delay (maximum) 0.5 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.5 ms min. 0 Protective circuitry Short Circuit Protection — Overload Protection yes Reverse polarity protection — E164869 Agency listings ® yes Pending CCN NRKH Options Description Suffix 10 m (32.8 ft) length cable L10 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 93 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUC Compact, Limit Switch Body Style DC or AC/DC Timer Photoelectric Features • Sleek but rugged compact body with very long sensing distances • Two 360° LED indicators (output and stability) • Solid-state (NPN or PNP selectable) or Relay output (N.O./N.C.) • Light/dark selectable • Hinged transparent cover protects adjustments • Built-in 0–15 s timer option on AC/DC models 1.77 • Alarm output on DC versions • Cable or connector versions (see p. 484 for cables) • Adjustable background suppression in Diffuse modes • 30 mm (1.18 in.) tubular base with mounting nuts • Oversized potentiometer for sensitivity adjustment • UL rated for outdoor use, NEMA Type 4X .14 4 Circuit Type 45 Output Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Thru-Beam (Emitter-Receiver)—60 m (196.8 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ❏ Cable style—2 m (6.6 ft) length 3.74 95 1.71 Ø 5.5 43 AC/DC relay ◆ Light/dark 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC2ARCTL2 PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC2AKSAL2 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC2ARCTU78 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC2AKSAM12 Mini-style connector AC/DC relay ◆ .71 .21 18 Light/dark Micro-style connector 5 PNP/NPN .90 23 1.33 M5 Screws 34 Light/dark Polarized Retroreflective (XUZC50 reflector included) 9 m (29.5 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ❏ Cable style—2 m (6.6 ft) length M30 x 1.5 Max. Torque 20 N•m DC Models Micro (M12) Connector Max. Torque 2 N•m AC/DC Models Mini (U78) Connector Max. Torque 5 N•m AC/DC relay ◆ Light/dark 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC9ARCTL2 PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC9AKSAL2 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC9ARCTU78 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC9AKSAM12 Mini-style connector AC/DC relay ◆ Light/dark Micro-style connector 3.06 78 150° 1.73 44 PNP/NPN Light/dark Proximity Diffuse with Adjustable Background Suppression 1.2 m (3.9 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance❏ Cable style—2 m (6.6 ft) length 3.95 100 AC/DC relay ◆ Light/dark 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC8ARCTL2 PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC8AKSNL2 24–240 3A 20 Hz XUC8ARCTU78 12–24 V 100 mA 500 Hz XUC8AKSNM12 Mini-style connector AC/DC relay ◆ Light/dark Micro-style connector .77 PNP/NPN 20 ◆ ❏ Light/dark With 0–15 s timer option. Excess gain one–in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. 1.38 35 Dual Dimensions inches mm Beam Patterns cm 60 Ø 16 mm cm cm 10 8 5 4 60 m -5 9 m 2 1 1.3 m -4 -8 -10 -60 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 137 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 6 0.2 1 white object 2 black object Sn 1.15 m Sn 50 m Sn 6 m Sn 1.2 m Thru-Beam Retroflective Diffuse 94 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUC Compact, Limit Switch Body Style Specifications Verifying Correct Operation Mechanical 1.15 1 .85 Signal LED Off LED On Red LED Optimum Alignment – + Programming AC/DC Model Delay Range T1 1 2 6789 6 3 4 Dark On 5 LED 1 Output 2 Instability T2 Light T1 T2 Time On 0-2 s Delay 7 8 9 0-15 s Delayed One Shot T2 T1 Potentiometers 3 Sensitivity 4 T1 5 T2 Switches 6 Light On / Dark On 7 T1 = On Delay Time 0-2 s or 0-15 s 8 T2 = Off Delay Time or One Shot Time 0-2 s or 0-15 s 9 Time Delay / One Shot: 0-2 s or 0-15 s Wiring For usable sensing range, see Excess Gain Curve Charts Temperature range Operation Storage Enclosure rating NEMA Type IEC Vibration Shock resistance Case Enclosure material Lens Cable Electrical Voltage limit (including ripple) Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) Power current consumption (maximum) (no load) Power-up delay (maximum) On delay (maximum) Off delay (maximum) Red LED: stability Yellow LED: output Agency listings AC/DC 20–264 Vac/Vdc — 2W 60 ms 25 ms 25 ms yes yes E164869 ® AC/DC (5-Wire Transmitter ) BU/2 Light switching (no object present) Thru-beam receiver and reflex Diffuse BN/4 WH/5 GY/3 BK/1 BN/4 WH/5 GY/3 BK/1 BU/2 BU/2 Dark switching (no object present) Thru-beam receiver and reflex Diffuse BN/4 BN/4 WH/5 GY/3 BK/1 WH/5 GY/3 BK/1 BU/2 BU/2 Connector schemes XUC•ARCTU78 Thru-beam Thru-beam receiver, transmitter reflex and diffuse Suffix 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable L5 Mounting Brackets Description Catalog Number Swivel Ball Bracket (plastic) 90° Bracket (steel) XSZSB30 9006PA30 Excess gain curve ambient temperature 25 °C (77 °F) Thru-beam system gain 10000 Reflex system gain 1000 40 30 20 100 10 3 2 4 1 5 N.C. 2 BN/1 BK/4 BN/1 NPN output 2 80100 D (m) Diffuse PNP output + BN/1 BK/4 + BK/4 + BN/1 – + – – BU/3 Beam broken BN/1 NPN output BN/1 BN/1 + BU/3 – – + BK/4 Alarm output (for thru-beam and reflex systems only) PNP BN/1 – WH/2 Beam break test (for thru-beam transmitter only) Beam made + BN/1 V1/2 BU/3 Transmitter + V1/2 BU/3 – – BK/4 BU/3 + BU/3 BU/3 NPN output BN/1 A 0.05 1.10 1.50 S (m) 1.30 A-B : Object reflection coefficient Black 6% Sensing range Gray 18% Non sensing zone White 90% 1 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.8 2 3 5 7 10 0.6 1 4 6 9 D (m) BU/3 Dark switching (no object present) Thru-beam receiver and reflex PNP output – BK/4 + 10 – BU/3 BN/1 BN/1 5 BK/4 BK/4 Diffuse PNP output 1 BU/3 BU/3 NPN output 1 + – Variation of usable sensing distance Diffuse system with adjustable background suppression B 10 ) Light switching (no object present) Thru-beam receiver and reflex PNP output With reflector XUZ-C50 5 1 N.O. Cable connections XUC•ARCTL• BU (Blue) BN (Brown) (Gray) Relay common GY BK (Black) N.O. contact WH (White) N.C. contact DC (3-Wire CCN NRKH Description 3 Relay Common 5 DC 10–38 Vdc 1.5 V 50 mA (thru-beam); 35 mA (others) 15 ms 1 ms 1 ms no yes Options BN/4 4 -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) 3, 4, 4X (outdoor use), 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 7 g amplitude + 1.5 mm, 10–55 Hz 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 PC/ABS PMMA PvR Photoelectric DC or AC/DC Timer Connector schemes XUC-•AKS•M12 Thru-beam Thru-beam receiver, transmitter reflex and diffuse + – BU/3 NPN BN/1 4 (–) Output Signal 4 3 (–) 3 + WH/2 – BU/3 Cable connections XUC•AKS•L• (–) BU (Blue) (+) BN (Brown) (OUT) BK (Black) Alarm WH (White) Test VI (Violet) 1 (+) 2 Test input 1 (+) 2 Alarm output (except diffuse) Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Mini-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA1501Y Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA9501Y Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 95 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUL Subcompact DC, AC/DC Photoelectric Features Cable • Subcompact, medium-range, self-contained • Side or front mounting photoelectric sensors for industrial • LED visible from two directions (front, top) applications • 45° cable entry for ease of wiring • DC or AC/DC solid-state output, AC/DC • Cable or connector options available ➁ relay output • 2-wire solid-state output saves wiring time • 2-wire solid-state AC/DC output provides substantially longer life than conventional • Universal 24–240 Vac/Vdc power supply relays, ideally suited for intensive material • Double-insulated enclosure means no grounding is required handling applications • Economical • Programmable light/dark (DC only) • Small size • UL Listed • Flat lenses Type Output mode Voltage range Load current Operating frequency AC max. DC max. maximum ● maximum Catalog number Thru beam—Nominal Sensing Range 10 m (32.8 ft) ★ AC/DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable Emitter Receiver, 5-wire, relay output — Light 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–60 V 20–60 V — 2A — 20 Hz XULM0600 XULM080314 — Light/dark Light/dark — — — 10–30 V 10–30 V 10–30 V — 200 mA 200 mA — 200 Hz 200 Hz XULK0830 XULH083534 XULJ083534 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector Emitter, 2-wire Receiver, 3-wire, PNP Receiver, 3-wire, NPN Retroreflective—Nominal Sensing Range 8 m (25 ft) ★ (Reflector sold separately) AC/DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable Solid-state output Solid-state output 5-wire, relay output Light Dark Light 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–60 V 20–60 V 20–60 V 500 mA 500 mA 2A 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz XULA06021 XULA06011 XULM06031 Light/dark Light/dark — — 10–30 V 10–30 V 200 mA 200 mA 250 Hz 250 Hz XULH06353 XULJ06353 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire PNP 3-wire NPN Polarized Retroreflective—Nominal Sensing Range 5 m (16.4 ft) ★ (Reflector sold separately) AC/DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable Solid-state output Solid-state output 5-wire, relay output Light Dark Light 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–60 V 20–60 V 20–60 V 500 mA 500 mA 2A 20 Hz 20 Hz 20 Hz XULA040219 XULA040119 XULM040319 Light/dark Light/dark — — 10–30 V 10–30 V 200 mA 200 mA 200 Hz 200 Hz XULH043539 XULJ043539 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire PNP 3-wire NPN Proximity Diffuse—Nominal Sensing Range 0.7 m (2.3 ft) ★ AC/DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable Solid-state output Solid-state output Light Dark 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–60 V 20–60 V 500 mA 500 mA 200 Hz 200 Hz XULA700115 XULA700215 Light/dark Light/dark — — 10–30 V 10–30 V 200 mA 200 mA 200 Hz 200 Hz XULH703535 XULJ703535 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire PNP 3-wire NPN Proximity Diffuse with Background Suppression—Sensing Range 0.3 m (0.15 ft) ➀ ★ AC/DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 5-wire, relay output Light 20–264 V 20–60 V 2A 20 Hz XULM300318 Light/dark Light/dark — — 10–30 V 10–30 V 200 mA 200 mA 200 Hz 200 Hz XULH303538 XULJ303538 DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire PNP➂ 3-wire NPN➂ Proximity Diffuse with Adjustable Background Suppression—Sensing Range 0.5–0.15 m (1.6–0.5 ft) ★ DC—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 3-wire PNP 3-wire NPN ★ ➀ ➁ ➂ ● Light/dark Light/dark — — 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 200 Hz 200 Hz XULH153538 XULJ153538 Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. Fixed, no sensitivity adjustment. See p. 484 for matching connector cables. Supplied with potentiometer to adjust range between 15 and 30 cm (5.9 and 11.8 in.). 20 < Vdc < 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13. Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12. 96 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUL Subcompact DC, AC/DC Mechanical Connector 4 3 1 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring For usable sensing range, see excess gain curve charts Temperature range NEMA Type Enclosure rating CENELEC 1 2 3 Vibration resistance Shock resistance Wiring -13 to 140 °F (-25 to 60 °C) 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP671 conforming to NFC 20-010 Housing: Lens: Cable: ABS/PC PMMA PVC 7 g, mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz 20 g for 11 ms 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, 6 mm (0.2 in.) OD, 4 x 22 AWG or 2 x 22 AWG Electrical DC Models Voltage range Leakage current Minimum load current Power supply current (no load) On delay maximum Off delay maximum Power-up delay maximum Wavelength Polarized Radio frequency immunity (RFI) — 24–240 Vac/Vdc 24–240 Vac/Vdc 1.7 mA 1.5 mA 1.7 mA AC; 1.5 mA DC 0 mA 0 mA 5 mA 30 mA 5 mA (emitter) 25 mA (all others) 4 ms 25 ms 25 ms 4 ms 25 ms 25 ms 15 ms 60 ms 60 ms 880 nm 880 nm 880 nm 660 nm 660 nm 660 nm IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/M) Enclosure materials DC Emitter AC/DC Emitter BN BN AC/DC BU BU AC/DC DC Receivers 3 wire Cable, PNP BN BK BU + light OG Select - dark Cable, NPN BN BK BU + light OG Select 1 4 3 DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) AC/DC: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, L3★ (1 kV) Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) IEC 60947-5-2, L3★ (2.5 kV) LR44087 + light 2 Select E164353 Agency listings - dark Connector, NPN ® ★ 1 AC/DC Model, Solid-state Electrostatic discharges Protective circuitry - dark Connector, PNP Relay Class 3211 03 CCN NKCR L indicates level number. 4 3 Select Options + light 2 - dark AC/DC Receivers: Relay Description BK AC/DC OG RD BN AC/DC BU - BN AC/DC BU AC/DC Suffix Adder Micro-style DC receptacle (DC models only) Micro-style AC/DC receptacle (AC\DC models only) 5 m (16.4 ft) cable 10 m (32.8 ft) cable Example: XUL 08014L10 Solid state See p. 484 for matching connector cables D K L05 L10 Accessories Description Catalog Number Mounting bracket (included) XULZ41 Detection Curves Thru-beam system Polarized reflex system cm Diffuse system cm 10 10 8 6 4 2 10 Dia.16 mm 5 m 5 -5 -5 -10 -10 Su 8 m 26 ft 0.2 Su 4 m 15 ft 4 6 -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 Diffuse system with background suppression mm 0.1 10 8 6 4 2 0.3 0.7 m (1) Su 0.7m 2 ft target 20 x 20 cm (1) white 90% -2 -4 -6 -8 -10 mm m 0.1 0.2 Su 0.25 m 1 ft target 20 x 20 cm 0.25 m white 90% black 6% Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U20 or K suffix) XSZCD101Y XSZCD111Y XSZCK101Y XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, straight Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 97 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUJ Analog with Background Suppression Analog Output, DC Photoelectric Features 2.40 61 LED — Distance indication independent of target color or texture — Elimination of background influence — Dual outputs 4–20 mA and 0–10 Vdc (selectable) .10 — Long range proximity (diffuse) with background suppression 20–80 cm (7.87–31.50 in.) 2.6 — FDA approved housing material—Ultem® plastic 30 — Rated for resistance to shock, vibration, and aggressive industrial environments (i.e. water, salts, oils, grease, alcohols and cleaning solutions) 1.20 30.5 — Seamless housing design 17 .66 1.18 A B — LED indicator with an illumination level proportional to the output voltage — Double-insulated enclosure means no grounding required 10° 10° — UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked .39 .78 .35 10 20 9 Applications: 3.29 83.6 — Bulk or liquid level control A : 1/2" NPT B : 1 elongated hole Ø 4.2 x 14 — Thickness monitoring — Winder speed control — Position indication for feedback to drives and similar devices in web control applications — Size sorting of objects such as fruit and vegetables .05 1.35 1.07 27.2 Circuit Type 13 Current Output Voltage Output Catalog Number Light 20–30 Vdc 4–20 mA 0–10 V XUJK803538 3.34 85 Analog type .51 Voltage Range Proximity (diffuse) with Background Suppression 20–80 cm (7.87–31.5 in.) ≤ R Output Mode 3.89 98.85 30 2.46 62.5 1.18* E 10 10 1.28 32.6 * Front mounting (Ø 4 screws and inserts supplied) Dual Dimensions inches mm 98 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osiconcept™ Photoelectric Sensors XUJ Analog with Background Suppression Analog Output, DC Mechanical Temperature range Connector -13 to 140 °F (-25 to 60 °C) 3 4 2 5 1 1 (–) Comm. 2 3 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Enclosure rating NEMA Types 1, 3, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 and IP671 conforming to NFC 20-010, double insulated Vibration 7 g, 1.5 mm amplitude, 10 Hz to 55 Hz Shock resistance 30 g for 11 ms Wiring—screw terminals #16 AWG Electrical (+) 24 Vdc 4 Vs 5 Is 6 (–) Com. Voltage limit (including ripple) 20–30 Vdc Power supply current (no load) 40 mA Operating frequency, maximum 50 Hz Voltage output 0–10 Vdc Current output NOTE: Terminals 1 and 6 are internally connected. 15 mA IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/M) Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Protective circuitry Electrostatic discharges DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, L3★ (1 kV) Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) IEC 60947-5-2, L3★ (2.5 kV) Agency listings ® ★ DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) E164353 CCN NKCR LR44087 Class 3211 03 L indicates level number. Options Description Matching Connector Cables Suffix Adder Receptacle mini-style 5-pin XSZCA1501Y R5 Additional cable options and lengths, see p. 484. Accessories Description Catalog Number Protective cover (top) XUJZ01 Mounting bracket (included) XUZA41 Output Across Load Vs mA 10V 20 Is 4 OV 15 20 80 D (cm) 2 2 3 3 6 80 1 1 5 15 20 Current Output (Is) according to distance Voltage output (Vs) according to distance 4 D (cm) R LOAD> 1 k 4 5 R LOAD< 1 k 6 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 142–145 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 484 99 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFA Glass Fiber Optics Photoelectric The XUFA is one of the most versatile heavy-duty, glass-core fiber optic sensors in stainless steel sheeting available. .281" (7.1) .187" (4.7) .125" (3.1) Smooth, straight • Coiled stainless steel sheathing withstands most aggressive environments while maintaining a high degree of flexibility .125" (3.1) 1.5" (38.1) Threaded, straight • Very wide temperature range: -49 to 527 °F (-45 to 275 °C) • Two scanning modes are recommended: thru-beam using a pair of cables (emitter-receiver) .8" (20.3) • Proximity (diffuse) using a bifurcated cable with a triple sensing tip in which emitter and receiver fibers are mixed. .187" (4.7) Smooth, 90 ˚ .125" (3.1) .281" (7.1) • Transmission of light through the fiber optics is not affected by water, gasoline, oil, sulfuric acid or other organic acids • Most common sensing tips are standard (other tip configurations and cable lengths can be made to order—contact the factory) 1.1" 28 .281" (7.1) Features NOTE: If steps are taken to avoid the effects of proximity, the bifurcated cable can also be used in retroreflective scanning mode. 28 1.1" .8" (20.3) 5/16-24 Tip 1.5" (38.1) Threaded, 90˚ 1.00" 25.4 .032" (0.8) .46 (11.7) .75" 19 Window, short Length Maximum Bundle Diameter Catalog Number Thru-beam (pair) (single emitter and receiver sold as a pair) .125" (3.1) .281"(7.1) Nominal Sensing Distance ★ XUET .75" (19) .25" (6.3) Smooth, straight 11.8 in. (300 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA110213 Threaded, straight 11.8 in. (300 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA110113 Threaded, straight 11.8 in. (300 mm) 12 ft (3.66 m) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA1101112 Smooth, 90° 11.8 in. (300 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA110413 Threaded, 90° 11.8 in. (300 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA110313 Window, short 10 in. (255 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.38 x 0.032 in. (9.65 x 0.80 mm) XUFA110513 Proximity (bifurcated) (Y-shaped dual reflective type) Smooth, straight 4.33 in. (110 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA210213 Threaded, straight 5.51 in. (140 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA210113 Threaded, straight 4.53 in. (115 mm) 12 ft (3.66 m) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA2101112 Smooth, 90° 3.94 in. (100 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA210413 Threaded, 90° 4.72 in. (120 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.125 in. (3.2 mm) XUFA210313 Window, short 3.94 in. (100 mm) 36 in. (914 mm) 0.38 x 0.032 in. (9.65 x 0.80 mm) XUFA210513 ★ Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. 100 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFA Glass Fiber Optics Light mode: the output is energized when a target is not present (the proximity output is energized when a target is detected). Dark mode: the output is energized when a target is present (the proximity output is energized when a target is not detected). Photoelectric Amplifier Specifications Wiring Mechanical Temperature range Enclosure rating (XUET) -13 to 158 °F (-25 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 1 IEC IP40 Shock resistance 20 g for 11 ms Vibration 7 g @ 0.6 mm amplitude Cable Screw terminals #16 AWG Electrical Power supply current 45 mA Voltage drop across switch — On delay 25 ms Off delay 30 ms Power-up delay 80 ms Wavelength 880 nm Agency listings ® XUFAZ01 ★ E164343 CCN NKCR LR60942 Class 4812 05 L indicates level number. Accessories XUFAZ02 Description Magnification factor (thru-beam) ✱ Catalog Number Lenses (pair) for threaded tips X10 XUFAZ01 Lenses (pair) for smooth tips X10 XUFAZ02 ✱ Will improve range approximately 3 to 5 times 101 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFN Plastic and XUFS Glass Fiber Optics Photoelectric Features—XUFN Threaded • The XUFN series of plastic core fiber optics provides flexibility in usage at an affordable price. 3.5" Flexible nozzle • Smooth plastic jacket (polyethylene) in straight or coiled versions, withstands most industrial environments including food processing and pharmaceuticals • Straight cable standard • Threaded and flexible nozzle tips • Suitable for very small part detection Coiled cable • Two scanning modes are recommended • Thru-beam using a pair of cables (emitterreceiver); proximity diffuse using a bifurcated cable with a single sensing tip in which emitter and receiver fibers are mixed • Standard separate emitter-receiver bundles or randomized receiver with an emitter core for very near detection are available. NOTE: If steps are taken to avoid the effects of proximity, the bifurcated cable can also be used in retroreflective scanning mode. Features—XUFS • The XUFS series of glass core fiber optics • Coiled fiber cable for applications with provides ruggedness, higher temperature significant movement between the amplifier ratings and excellent withstanding in and the sensing tip aggressive/chemical environments Flexible nozzle, coiled cable Plastic Fiber Optics Maximum Sensing distance, Sn ★ Beam Standard w/XUFZ01 Lenses Diameter Tip .6" Flexible nozzle Cable Catalog Diameter (OD) Number Thru-beam (pairs)—2 m (6.6 ft) long (single emitter and receiver sold as a pair) Straight cable Threaded★ 10 m (32.8 ft) Threaded★ Threaded 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle Direct plug 9.84 in. (250 mm) 4.43 in. (113 mm) 2.46 in. (62 mm) 8.85 in. (225 mm) 2.48 in. (63 mm) 73.68 in. (1.87 m) 44.30 in. (1.13 m) 19.68 in. (0.5 m) — — 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFN12301 XUFN12301L10 XUFN35301 XUFN12311 XUFN35311 7.30 in. (185 mm) 7.30 in. (185 mm) 49.2 in. (1.2 m) — 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) XUFN10302 XUFN10312 Coiled cable Threaded 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle Proximity diffuse (bifurcated)—2 m (6.6 ft) long (Y-shaped dual reflective type) Straight cable Threaded➀ ★ 10 m (32.8 ft) Threaded ➀ Ø0.15 13 1.28 32.5 M0.24 6 Ø0.2 5 3.44 in. (87 mm) — 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) XUFN05321 1.96 in. (50 mm) — 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) XUFN05321L10 — — — 0.04 in. (1 mm) + 16 x 0.01 in. (0.265 mm) 2 x 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) + 4 x 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) 2 x 0.02 in. (0.5 mm) 2 x 0.01 in. (0.265 mm) 1.00 in. (25 mm) 1.00 in. (25 mm) — — 1.48 in. (37 mm) — ➁ Threaded 3.44 in. (87 mm) — Threaded➀ 0.89 in. (23 mm) — Threaded➁ 1.47 in. (38 mm) — 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle 0.6 in. Flexible nozzle 3.44 in. (87 mm) 0.89 in. (23 mm) 0.30 in. (7.5 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) XUFN05323 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFN01321 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFN02323 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFN05331 XUFN01331 XUFN04331 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) 0.09 in. (2.2 mm) XUFN15322 XUFN15332 0.02 in. (0.5 mm)+ 8 x 0.01 in. (0.265 mm) 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) XUDZ01 38.2 970 Coiled cable Threaded 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle M0.1 (2.6) Direct plug 1.0 25 M4 3.5 in. Flexible nozzle Ø0.16 5 Ø0.08 2.2 Ø0.08 2.2 XUFS0520 Dual Dimensions inches mm 38.2 970 ➀ Ø0.08 2.2 XUFS2020 ➁ ★ Not recommended for very short sensing distances under 0.2 in. (5 mm) (coherent). Recommended for very short sensing distances (randomized). Sensing distances change when used with ZUCN0016, ZUCN0017, and XUET1401266 amplifiers. Contact Schneider Electric for information and beam patterns. Glass Fiber Optics—Threaded Tip 1 m (3 ft) long Type Maximum Sensing Distance, Sn★ Standard w/ XUFZ01 Lenses Beam Diameter Thru-beam (pair) Proximity diffuse (bifurcated) 9.84 in. (250 mm) 3.44 in. (87 mm) 1 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFS2020 2 x 0.04 in. (1 mm) XUFS0520 ★ 98.4 in. (2.5 m) 34.4 in. (870 mm) Catalog Number Nominal sensing distance. Recommended usable distance is x0.8 of the nominal sensing distance. This will cover variances in temperature, supply voltage and manufacturing tolerances. 102 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFN Plastic and XUFS Glass Fiber Optics XUFZ02 Fiber optic type XUFN XUFS Temperature -14 to 140 °F (-25 to 60 °C) -40 to 356 °F (-40 to 180 °C) Vibration 7 g, 1.5 mm amplitude Shock 30 g, for 11 ms Materials Minimum bend radius core PMMA glass jacket PE (polyethylene) stainless steel 0.04 in (1 mm) OD 0.39 in (10 mm) — 0.08 in (2.2 mm) OD 1.0 in (25 mm) XUFZ01 Photoelectric Specifications 3.5 in (90 mm) Accessories (for amplifiers, refer to page 60) fois 11 eule once F-Z e s XU u un hole o ch 1 tr e ea s er lis e u Uti leas P Description Catalog Number Lenses (pair) for standard threaded tips x10 Magnification ✱ XUFZ01 90° mirrors (pair) for standard threaded tips XUFZ02 Fiber cable cutter (one is included with each fiber optic cable) XUFZ11 4 mm stainless steel sheathing XUFZ210 6 mm stainless steel sheathing XUFZ310 † XUFZ11 ✱ Will improve range approximately 3 to 5 times Sensing range for length for cable 200 mm 150 mm 1 120 mm 100 mm 70 mm 50 mm 2 0 mm 2m 5m 10 m 1 XUFN12301L10 XUFZ•10 2 XUFN05321L10 103 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFN Fiber Optic Cables for Specific Applications Photoelectric Features Suited for specific applications that were once difficult to tackle. XUFN•L L for lens: • Integrated focusing lens for precise spot-sensing • Senses longer distances • Convergent beam types sense to three different ranges XUFN•P P for power: • Increases sensing distance by 40% • Burns through pollutants for reliable detection XUFN•S S for soft: • Flexible enough for maneuvering tight corners • Bend radius of 4 mm (0.16 in.) T for Teflon®: XUFN•T • Resists chemical aggressions Ø0.08 2.2 Ø0.08 2.2 Long Range Power XUFN•P••• Thru-Beam High Focus Lens XUFN2L••• Ø0.08 2.2 Soft Flexibility XUFN•S••• 0.79 20 78.7 2000 M4x0.7 Sensing Mode Cable Length Beam Diameter Sensing Distance Dimensions HxWxD Catalog Number High Focus Lens Convergent 2 m (6.6 ft) 0.1 in (2.5 mm) 0.4 in (10 mm) Convergent 2 m (6.6 ft) 0.2 in (5 mm) 0.8 in (20 mm) Convergent 2 m (6.6 ft) 0.31 in (8 mm) 1.18 in (30 mm) Thru-Beam Thru-Beam 2 m (6.6 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 0.31 in (8 mm) 0.31 in (8 mm) 59 in (1.5 m) 59 in (1.5 m) 1.2 x 0.35 x 1.2 in (30 x 9 x 30 mm) 1.22 x 0.47 x 1.33 in (31 x 12 x 34 mm) 1.22 x 0.47 x 1.2 in (3 x 12 x 30 mm) see left see left 2 m (6.6 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 11.8 in (300 mm) ◆ 11.8 in (300 mm) ◆ 3.7 in (95 mm) 3.7 in (95 mm) see left see left see left see left XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2P01L10 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5N01L10 2 m (6.6 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 3.9 in (100 mm) ▲ 3.9 in (100 mm) ▲ 2.1 in (55 mm) 2.1 in (55 mm) see left see left see left see left XUFN2S01L2 XUFN2S01L10 XUFN5S01L2 XUFN5S01L10 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 0.16 in (4 mm) 0.16 in (4 mm) 3.9 in (100 mm) 2.7 in (70 mm) see left see left XUFN2T01L2 XUFN5T01L2 XUFN5L01L2 XUFN5L02L2 XUFN5L03L2 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN2L01L10 Long Range Power 0.47 0.12 12 3 M2.6x0.45 M4x0.7 Ø0.19 5 Thru-Beam Thru-Beam Diffuse Diffuse Soft Flexibility Thru-Beam Ø0.16 4 Thru-Beam Diffuse Diffuse Teflon Coated 3.93 100 M8 x 1.25 0.79 20 M2.6x0.45 0.47 0.12 12 3 • Ideal for food and beverage, assembly and electronic, semiconductor Ø0.08 2.2 Teflon Coated XUFN•T••• Dual Dimensions inches mm Thru-Beam Diffuse ◆ with XUFZ01, 2 m (78.74 in.) with XUFZ01, 750 mm (29.53 in.) ▲ Convergent High Focus Lens D D W H D W H W H XUFN5L02••• XUFN5L01••• XUFN5L03••• 104 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Fiber Optics XUFN Fiber Optic Cables for Specific Applications Sensing Distance (Sn) @ 2 m (6.6 ft), Straight Cable Only ★ Beam Diameter Outside Diameter (OD) Catalog Number 10 m (32.8 ft) 250 mm (9.84 in.) 1 mm (0.04 in.) 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) XUFZ910 20 m (65.6 ft) 250 mm (9.84 in.) 1 mm (0.04 in.) 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) XUFZ920 10 m (32.8 ft) 375 mm (14.8 in.) 1.4 mm (0.06 in.) 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) XUFZ911 20 m (65.6 ft) 375 mm (14.8 in.) 1.4 mm (0.06 in.) 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) XUFZ921 Length Photoelectric Unterminated Individual Cable Straight cable Unterminated cable ★ Nominal sensing distance. Recommended usable distance is x0.8 of the nominal sensing distance. This will cover variances in temperature, supply voltage and manufacturing tolerances. Separate Tips and Mounting Brackets (pair) for Unterminated Cables—Thru-Beam Mode XUFZ13, XUFZ03 Sensing Distance ★ 1 mm (0.04 in.) diameter beam Catalog 1.4 mm (0.06 in.) Number diameter beam Axial 100 mm (3.94 in.) 150 mm (5.91 in.) XUFZ13 Frontal 70 mm (2.76 in.) 100 mm (3.94 in.) XUFZ14 Side 70 mm (2.76 in.) 100 mm (3.94 in.) XUFZ15 Axial 800 mm (31.50 in.) 600 mm (23.62 in.) XUFZ03 Frontal 600 mm (23.62 in.) 400 mm (15.75 in.) XUFZ04 Side 600 mm (23.62 in.) 400 mm (15.75 in.) XUFZ05 Mounting Non-Magnified XUFZ14, XUFZ04 Magnified ★ XUFZ15, XUFZ05 Distance is at 2 m (6.6 ft) cable length For other cable lengths: 5 m (16.4 ft) cable—apply a reduction factor of 0.70 x Sn 10 m (32.8 ft) cable—apply a reduction factor of 0.50 x Sn 20 m (65.6 ft) cable—apply a reduction factor of 0.30 x Sn Sensing range of cable length for unterminated cables 300 mm 250 mm 200 mm 1 150 mm 120 mm 100 mm 2 50 mm 0 mm 4 m 10 m L = 19.7 500 Ø0.04 1 0.39 10 30 m 40 m 2 XUFZ910, 920 0.7 18 Ø0.08 2.2 20 m 1 XUFZ911, 921 Ø0.08 2.2 L = 59.0 1500 M0.11x0.02 3x0.5 Multiple Head Thru-Beam (pair), 2 m (6.6 ft) length Sensing distance, Sn ★ Tip Beam Standard (maximum) w/XUFZ01 Lenses Diameter 8 head, threaded 38 mm (1.48 in.) ★ — 16 x 0.265 mm (0.01 in.) Outside Diameter (OD) Catalog Number 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) XUFN02801 Nominal sensing distance. Recommended usable distance is x0.8 of the nominal sensing distance. This allows for variances in temperature, supply voltage, and manufacturing tolerances. XUFN02801 Dual Dimensions inches mm Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 142–145 105 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Optical Sensing Heads Photoelectric Threaded, M18 x 1 The XUV series of separate optical sensing heads and amplifiers provides maximum flexibility in difficult applications. Features Thru beam Retroreflective • Thru-beam, retroreflective, and proximity diffuse in several housing styles. Tubular: threaded or clip-on for easy replacement • Extra flat for hard-to-access places, i.e. small conveyers Clip-on • Fork style for edge or mark detection • Convergent for background suppression • Visible red or green light for easy positioning and better contrast detection Thru beam Retroreflective • UL Listed ■ • CSA Certified Extra flat Optical Sensing Heads Description Nominal Sensing Distance ★ Light Beam Dia. 7.3 m (24 ft) IR 11 mm (0.43 in.) Type Catalog Number Emitter XUVN06240 Receiver XUVN06244 Emitter XUVN06250 Receiver XUVN06254 Emitter XUVN20210 Receiver XUVN20214 Thru-Beam Thru beam Diffuse Threaded (M18 x 1) Clip-on Fork Extra flat 7.3 m (24 ft) 230 mm (9 in.) IR 11 mm (0.43 in.) IR 3 mm (0.118 in.) Green 1 mm (0.04 in.) — XUVN0243G Red 1 mm (0.04 in.) — XUVN0243R Green 1 mm (0.04 in.) — XUVN0143G Red 1 mm (0.04 in.) — XUVN0143R Fork 20 mm (0.79 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.) 5 mm (0.20 in.) 5 mm (0.20 in.) Convergent Retroreflective Threaded (M18 x 1) 2.5 m (8 ft) IR 11 mm (0.43 in.) — XUVN0244 Clip-on 2.5 m (8 ft) IR 11 mm (0.43 in.) — XUVN0245 Proximity Diffuse 20 mm (0.79 in.) 10 mm (0.39 in.) Extra flat 63 mm (2.5 in.) IR 3 mm (0.12 in.) — XUVN05415 Convergent 20 mm (0.79 in.) Red 2 mm (0.08 in.) — XUVN02428 Convergent 10 mm (0.39 in.) Red 1 mm (0.04 in.) — XUVN01428 Threaded (M18 x 1) 125 mm (5 in.) IR 11 mm (0.43 in.) — XUVN10445 For amplifiers, see page 108. ★ Excess gain one—in normal conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal. ■ The heads are not provided with the listing mark. 106 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Mechanical Specifications—Thru-Beam Devices Threaded Temperature range Clip-on Fork Fork 20 mm (0.8 in.) 5 mm (0.2 in.) Extra flat Operation: -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C). Storage: -22 to +158 °F (-30 to +70 °C) Resistance to vibration 7 g amplitude ±0.06 in (1.5 mm), 10–55 Hz Resistance to shock Photoelectric Optical Sensing Heads 50 g at 3 axes, 3 times Degree of protection: NEMA Type 1, 4, 13 1, 5 IEC IP66 IP50 IP67 Cable 2.2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in.) oval section Cable dia. 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) Cable dia. 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) Length: 6 m (19.7 ft) Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) Shielded (AWG 22) (AWG 22) (AWG 22) Connections Material Case: ABS/PC; Cable: PVC Wavelength 880 nm 880 nm 1, 4, 6, 6P, 13 880 nm Green: 565 nm Green: 565 nm Red: 660 nm Red: 660 nm Mechanical Specifications Retroreflective Threaded Temperature range Clip-on Diffuse Extra flat Convergent Threaded 20 mm (0.8 in.) 10 mm (0.4 in.) 1, 5 Operation: -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) Storage: -22 to +158 °F (-30 to +70 °C) Resistance to vibration 7 g amplitude ±0.6 in. (1.5 mm), 10–55 Hz Resistance to shock 50 g at 3 axes, 3 times Degree of protection: NEMA Type 1, 4, 13 1, 5 1, 4, 13 IEC IP66 IP50 IP66 Cable 2.2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in.) oval section Cable dia. 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) Cable dia. 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) Length: 4 m (13.1 ft) Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) Length 2 m (6.6 ft) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) shielded (AWG 22) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) Cross section 0.3 mm2 (0.01 in.2) (AWG 22) (AWG 22) 880 nm 660 nm Connections Material Case: ABS/PC; Cable: PVC Wavelength 880 nm Agency listings ® E164869 LR44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 IP50 660 nm 107 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Amplifiers, DC and AC Photoelectric The XUV series of amplifiers designed for use with XUV optical sensing heads provide maximum flexibility in difficult applications. Features include: • DIN rail mounting • Light/dark programmable • 3-LED alignment system • 40 ms time delay programmable on beam break—selectable on/off XUVH/J XUVH/J • 2 potentiometers (coarse and fine) • Marginal detection signal (MDS) output (alarm signals before sensor quits) • System test input—turns off emitter; receiver follows suit if system is OK • DC single channel, pre-wired • Standard (1 ms) or fast (0.7 ms) response time (selectable) • Gating (synchro) input for each channel (except XUVF) XUVF • AC XUVF • Single and dual channel, relay output • Screw terminals DC Amplifiers Output Operating Frequency Maximum PNP 500 Hz/2,500 Hz NPN 500 Hz/2,500 Hz No. of Channels Operating Frequency Maximum 1 2 Test Output Synchro Input Catalog Number Yes Yes XUVH003530 Yes Yes XUVJ003530 Test Output Synchro Input Catalog Number 50 Hz — — XUVF000510 50 Hz — Yes XUVF000511 AC Amplifiers For optical heads, see page 106. 108 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Amplifiers, DC and AC DC AC Standard Temperature range Enclosure rating Fast 1 Channel 2 Channel -13 to +131 °F (-25 to +55 °C) NEMA IEC Type 1, 5 IP50 Vibration resistance 7 g amplitude ±0.06 in (1.5 mm), 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 30 g Wiring Housing material Dia. 4.5 mm (0.18 in.), Length 2 m (6.6 ft) Terminals 1–8: 16–20 AWG #22 AWG (0.2 mm2) Terminals 9–29: 20–24 AWG Plastic ABS Plastic ABS Cable PVC Cable PVC Voltage range (maximum) 10–30 Vdc including ripple 90–264 Vac Output current (maximum) 100 mA 1 A (resistive load) Short-circuit/overload protection Standard — Relay output voltage (maximum) — 250 Vac, 30 Vdc Power supply current (no load) 45 mA 30 mA Voltage drop (maximum) 1.5 V — 80 mA Operating frequency (maximum) 500 Hz 2,500 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz On/Off delay 1 ms 0.2 ms 10 ms 10 ms Power-up delay 1 ms 0.2 ms 10 ms 10 ms Pulse stretcher (monostable) delay 40 ms 40 ms 40 ms Test input voltage (maximum) 1.5 V @ 1 mA — — Test output current (maximum) 50 mA — — Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3, L3★ (10 V/m) Electrostatic discharge IEC 61000-4-2, L2★ (4 kV) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, L3★ (1 kV) Impulse voltages (e.g., lightning) IEC 60947-5-2, L3★ (2.5 kV) Agency listings ® ★ Photoelectric Operating and Electrical Specifications IEC 61000-4-2, L3★ (8 kV) E164869 LR44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 L indicates the level number. Replacement Parts Description Catalog Number Protective cover for DC amplifiers XUVZ02 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 142–145 109 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Amplifiers, DC and AC Photoelectric DC Amplifier XUVH XUVJ PNP output Test Input (Beam Break) NPN output PNP MSD Synchro H Grey Gating sensor BN BK H BU W MSD Brown + BN BK BU J sensing dist. (%) P2 (Fine) Max. LOAD Blue Normal = Emitter ON LOAD LOAD 60 40 P2 (Fine) Min. 20 0 0 Purple E J 100 80 Brown + NPN Grey Synchro LOAD Purple E W Variation of Sensing Distance Depending on the sensitivity adjustment Gating sensor Blue - 0.25 0.5 1 0.75 Number of turns of potentiometer P1 Test = Emitter OFF Marginal Detection LED Marginal Detection Signal (MDS) .27 Red LED 7 t Output 1.2 1 0.8 Optimum alignment angle LED on Sensitivity Adjustment Dual Dimensions inches mm Switch Functions Optical Head DC Wiring Diagram 1 2 3 4 HD 1 A OUT 1 L COARSE H L UNST. 4 5 6 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 .59 15 .19 5 State 0: output off State 1: output on t = 40 ms* * time delay to avoid nuisance signals Green LED 2 .15 4 t MDS Red LED LED off Optical Head Wire Stripping Dimensions optical axis Excess gain Plastic screwdriver (supplied) Potentiometer P2 (fine adjustment) Potentiometer P1 (coarse adjustment) Red LED Green LED Yellow LED 4 FINE H L L 0 T Response time selector switch: H = quick response time L = standard response time Light/dark switching selector switch: D = dark switching L = light switching Time delay selector switch: 1 = On 0 = Off White wire function selector switch: A = Test output T = Test input terminal 1 Emission (red) 2 Emission shield 3 Reception (white) 4 Rec. shield 3 4 1 2 110 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV with Separate Optical Heads Amplifiers, DC and AC Photoelectric AC wiring diagrams 1 Channel Amplifier: XUVF000510 Terminals Terminals 13 15 17 19 Potentiometers A 1 2 2 4 Switches 1 2 3 6 LED indicators 8 2 L1 supply 4 L2 supply 6–8 Relay output (1 contact) 13 Receiver (white wire) 15 Receiver (shielded cable) 17 Emitter shield 19 Emitter (red wire) LED Indicators 1 Power supply (green) 2 Unstable (red) 3 Output (yellow) Potentiometers Terminals A Sensitivity adjustment Switches 1 Light/dark 2 Monostable timer (pulse stretcher) 2 Channel Amplifier—Form C relay: XUVF000511 10 12 9 14 16 18 20 13 15 17 11 Terminals 19 Potentiometers B A 1 2 2 4 123 4 3 4 6 Switches 5 LED indicators 8 Terminals 1 3 5 7 Terminals Switches 1 L1 supply 1 Time delay, channel 1 2 L2 supply 2 Light/dark, channel 1 3 N.C. output, channel 2 3 Time delay, channel 2 4 N.C. output, channel 1 4 Light/dark, channel 2 5 Common, channel 2 Potentiometers 6 Common, channel 1 A Sensitivity adjustment, channel 1 7 N.O. output, channel 2 B Sensitivity adjustment, channel 2 8 N.O. output, channel 1 LED Indicators 9 Output for synchro sensors 12 Vdc (-) 1 Green: Power supply 10 Output for synchro sensors 12 Vdc (+) 2 Red: Unstable, channel 1 11 Synchronization, channel 2, NPN 3 Yellow: Output, channel 1 12 Synchronization, channel 1, NPN 4 Red: Unstable, channel 2 13 Emitter, shielded, channel 1 5 Yellow: Output, channel 2 14 Receiver, channel 1 (white wire) 15 Emitter, channel 1 (red wire) 16 Receiver, shield, channel 1 17 Emitter, shield, channel 2 18 Receiver, channel 2 (white wire) 19 Emitter, channel 2 (red wire) 20 Receiver, shield, channel 2 111 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Transparent Detection with Timer—DC Photoelectric Features • Detection of PVC, PET and glass targets at a high rate of speed • Self-teaching feature enables setup with the press of a button • Alarm output warns of marginal signal • Time delay (perfect for avoiding jamming on bottling line) adjustment by potentiometer • Cable or micro-connector style available Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.97 50 1.57 Circuit Type Output Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Polarized Retroreflective—DC, 1.5 m (4.9 ft) Nominal Sensing Distance ▲ Cable style—2 m (6.6 ft) length 40 PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,500 Hz XUKT1KSML2 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,500 Hz XUKT1KSMM12 Micro-style connector PNP/NPN ▲ Light/dark 50 mA alarm output Recommended mounting distances .19 2xØ4 max. 4.9 ft (1.5 m) 5 min. 0 1.57 1.57 1.34 34 40 40 1.57 40 Ø4,5 10° 2.30 .86 18 22 50 1.57 1.97 40 .71 58 18 .71 12 2.30 .27 7 .47 Ø6x12 20 .79 58 .59 15 .51 Ø6 Ø6x13 13 .47 12 .19 5 2.56 82 80 3.15 3.23 65 112 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUK Subcompact Transparent Detection with Timer—DC Mechanical Operation Temperature Range PNP NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Yellow on BN + BK BU – Enclosure Rating Yellow on BN BK BU -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) Storage -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 7 g amplitude ±0.6 in (1.5 mm), 10–55 Hz Shock Resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to 68-2-27 Connection 6 mm dia. PVC cable with 0.34 mm wire Tightening Torque (Maximum) 5 N•m (44.4 lb-in) Enclosure Material + Case PC/ABS Lens PMMA Cable PvR Electrical – Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 V Voltage Drop (Across Switch, Closed State) 2V Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) 35 mA Yellow Output LED Yes Red Stability LED Yes Power-up Delay (Maximum) 80 ms On Delay (Maximum) 0.3 ms Off Delay (Maximum) 0.3 ms Protective Circuitry Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® Control Panel Access Switches 6 A 7 B T 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1 2 3 4 5 8 T = Time delay Light/dark switching programming Time delay activated or deactivated Normal time delay or monostable Normal time delay, on-delay or off-delay PNP or NPN output LEDs 6. 7. Yellow LED: output and teach mode aid Red LED: alignment aid and alarm indicator Potentiometer and button Time delay adjustment 8. Self-teaching button (Set) Time Delay No time delay Normal time delay (T) time delay on trip "OFF-DELAY" Normal time delay (T) time delay on reset "OFF-DELAY" Monostable time delay (T) Switch Positions 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Receiver state Beam made Beam broken Light switching 1 Relay on Relay off Dark switching 1 Relay on T T T T T T T T T T T T T T Relay off Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 Reflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 136 113 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature, Color Mark DC Photoelectric High-performance, self-contained, medium-range, miniature photoelectric sensors for color mark detection. Features • Very small dimensions: 1.4 x 0.87 x 0.39 in. (35.5 x 22.1 x 9.9 mm) • Marginal detection signal (MDS) provided for alarm output and alignment help • Test input—system checking • Light/dark selectable • Green and red light for difficult contrast sensing • 2 LED alignment system • NEMA Types 4, 6, 6P ratings • Mounting bracket included • UL Listed, CSA Certified Type Output Mode Voltage Range Horizontal inclination Load Current of reader, maximum▲ Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Color mark sensors—Sensing Range 15 mm (0.6 in.) Red light PNP 3-wire Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 30° 100 mA 500 Hz XUMH15353R NPN 3-wire Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 30° 100 mA 500 Hz XUMJ15353R PNP 3-wire Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 15° 100 mA 500 Hz XUMH15353G NPN 3-wire Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 15° 100 mA 500 Hz XUMJ15353G Green light ▲ To eliminate stray reflection XUM Color Mark Sensor Selection Chart Mark Color Color of object (surface background) Black Red Orange Yellow Green Blue G, R White G, R G — — G, R Blue — R G, R G, R — Green — R G, R G, R Yellow G, R R — Orange G, R G Red R R Black R = Red light White G, R — G, R G, R G, R — — G, R G, R — R G R R R G, R G, R — — G, R G = Green light — = Marginal detection NOTE: If both the Green and Red light meet the application requirements, select the Red light, which is more sensitive to contrasts. optical axis Minimum detectable width of mark: 1 mm 3.5 mm 3.5 mm Front face of reader diameter of light spot at 15 mm : 2 mm (side view) recommended operating zone 16 in. A 15 mm Maximum linear speed of mark: 2 m/s (for 2 mm wide mark) B Depth of field (mm) A B green emission 1 1 red emission 3 3 114 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUM Miniature, Color Mark DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical Temperature range Enclosure rating PNP output + Light Prog. OG - Dark BN BK H 1, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure material Housing: ABS/PC; Lens: PMMA, PC; Cable: PVC Vibration resistance 7 g amplitude ±0.6 in (1.5 mm), 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 g at 3 axes, 3 times Wiring 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, 4.5 mm (0.18 in.) dia., 3 x 0.2 mm2 (24 AWG) LOAD BU W MDS -13 to 131 °F (-25 to 55 °C) NEMA Type LOAD Electrical NPN output Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Load current maximum 100 mA MDS Voltage drop, closed state 1.5 V W Current consumption (no load) 35 mA Test output current maximum 50 mA Test input voltage maximum 1.5 V @ 1 mA maximum BN BK BU J LOAD LOAD OG SELECT + Light Switching frequency maximum 500 Hz - Dark Power-up delay maximum 1 ms On/Off delay maximum 1 ms Beam break test Wavelength (purple wire) 660 nm Green color mark 565 nm Ambient light immunity Beam present E Red color mark 10,000 LUX Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Brown + Protective circuitry Electrostatic discharges Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) Agency listings ® - IEC 60947-5-2, Level 3 (2.5 kV) E164869 LR44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Accessories Beam broken E DC 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, Level 2 (4 kV) Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) IEC 61000-4-4, Level 3 (1 kV) Purple Blue IEC 61000-4-3, Level 3 (10 V/M) DC 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2, Level 3 (8 kV) Brown + Purple Description Sensing Distance Catalog Number Thru-beam aperture, one 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) and one 1 mm (0.04 in.) 1.78 in (4.5 cm) XUMZ01 Thru-beam aperture, one 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) and one 2 mm (0.08 in.) 1.78 in (4.5 cm) XUMZ03 Blue - 115 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUMW Liquid Detection DC Photoelectric Features • Can reliably detect transparent or colored, water-based liquids • Can detect liquid in thick containers • Can control container filling Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Connection Type Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum Thru-Beam—200 mm (7.9 in.) Nominal Sensing Distance PNP/NPN N.C. / N.O. 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 100 mA 1,000 Hz XUMW1KSNL2 Application Examples d d d = 20 cm d = 10 cm Light Emission Curve Absorption level (%) Principle of Detection Intensity of beam 0 2 3 2 20 1 40 60 80 100 500 1000 1100 1. 2. 3. 1700 1500 1450 Transmission wavelength (nm) Transmission curve of a standard photoelectric sensor Transmission curve of sensor XUMW1KSNL2 Curve of water absorption against incident beam wavelength 0.5 13 0.6 16 0.8 20 Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.2 32 0.4 10 0.1 2.5 (3) 0.6 (15) 0.4 (10) 0.12 3.2 (2) 1.1 28 0.08 0.8 2 20 (1) 0.2 5.6 0.9 23 1.6 41 0.45 11.5 0.06 1.5 Dimensions 0.12 3 116 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUMW Liquid Detection DC Wiring Mechanical Temperature range Enclosure rating Black White PNP Output NPN Output WH N.O. (no object present) PNP Output NPN Output 10 m as standard thru-beam Operation 32 to +104 °F (0 to +40 °C) Storage 24 to +122 °F(-5 to +50 °C) IEC IP65 conforming to IEC60529 Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 LED indicator Enclosure material Black White 200 mm for optimum water-based liquid detection Nominal sensing range (Sn) Emitter Output Yellow Signal stability Green Case PBT Lens Polycarbonate Connection 2 m (6.6 ft) cable; 4 mm (0.16 in.) O.D.; 2, 3 conductor x 0.2 mm2 (24 AWG) Light emission Infrared (1450 nm) Electrical Voltage range WH N.C. (no object present) Photoelectric Specifications 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Operating frequency 1,000 Hz Current consumption (no load) 45 mA Voltage drop (maximum) 2V Power-up delay (maximum) 50 ms On-delay (maximum) 0.5 ms Off-delay (maximum) 0.5 ms Agency listings Excess Gain Curve Stability Curve Gain Signal level 10 4 10 5 2 2 3 10 1,25 1 0,75 500 200 100 50 20 10 5 Output Yellow LED On Off Stability Green LED On Off 2 1 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 D (m) Principle of Function Functions Signal level 1,15 1 0,75 1 2 3 4 LED 1 Yellow output LED 2 Green stability LED Time ON OFF Potentiometer 3 Sensitivity adjustment switch 4 Light/dark switching programming ON OFF ON OFF 117 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color Color Mark Registration, DC Photoelectric Features • 20 turn sensitivity/potentiometer • Light/dark selectable • Red or green lens option, selectable via adjustment screw • Standard micro-style connector receptacle ✱ • 20 ms off delay, selectable by internal jumper • Heavy-duty metal enclosure • Front or side sensing option, modifiable by customer Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 10,000 Hz XURK0955D Diffuse—9 mm (0.354 in.) Nominal Sensing Range ▲ PNP/NPN ✱ ▲ Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 200 mA See p. 484 for matching connector cables 7 mm (0.28 in.) with XURZ02 or 18 mm (0.71 in.) with XURZ01 Maximum vertical inclination α 5 < α < 20 Programming features α 5 5 Light/dark switching Threshold adjustment L D PUT OUT Red/green transmission (switch fitted with protective cover) An angle of 5 to 10° from vertical is recommended for reflective or transparent surfaces. Maximum vertical inclination: 20° Detection zone (in./mm) Output state LED LEDs to assist adjustment Size of mark (in./mm) .20 5 A B .06 1.5 C Note: Maximum linear speed of mark is 10 m/s (for 1 mm wide mark) A XURK XURK + XURZ01 XURK + XURZ02 B C in. mm in. mm in. mm 0.35 0.71 0.28 9 18 7 0.20 0.28 0.16 5 7 4 0.06 0.08 0.04 1.5 2.0 1.0 118 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color Color Mark Registration, DC Mechanical Connector Operation Temperature range 1 (+) 2 Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 4 Enclosure rating Output 14 to 131 °F (-10 to 55 °C) Storage -4 to 158 °F (-20 to 70 °C) IEC IP67 conforming to IEC60529 and IP673, NCF 20-010 Vibration 7 g amplitude ±0.6 mm conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 3 (–) 30 g for 11 ms, conforming to IEC 60068-2-7 Case Enclosure material Light mode PNP output 1 4 3 2 + – ZAMAC Lens Glass Wiring Micro-connector Spot dimensions 1.5 x 5 mm (0.06 x 0.2 in.), min. detectable width 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) Maximum linear speed of mark 10 ms (for 1 mm wide mark) Maximum vertical inclination of reader 20° Electrical Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) NPN output 1 4 3 2 + – Dark mode PNP output 1 4 3 2 + 10–30 Vdc NPN Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) PNP 100 mA Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 80 mA Operating frequency (maximum) 1,000 Hz Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 50 ms Off delay (maximum) 50 ms Time delay Off delay 20 ms Physical Characteristics Red – Protective circuitry NPN output + 4 3 2 – 2.2 V Load current (maximum) Emitter wave length 1 1.2 V 635 nm Green 565 nm Short circuit protection yes Overload protection yes Reverse polarity protection yes Accessories Description Catalog Number Magnifying lens XURZ01 Focusing lens XURZ02 Dimensions Detection curve % of signal 110 2.46 2.30 62.5 58.5 M12 .83 21 100 90 2 80 8 x M5x5 1 70 50 2.95 75 3 40 30 20 1.44 36.5 1.64 41.5 1.10 28 3.43 87 1.10 28 60 10 0 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° .94 24 .61 15.5 .16 4 0 1.18 30 5 10 1 XURK z z z z z z z 2 3 XURK 15 20 25 Distance (mm) XURZ01 XURZ02 Dual Dimensions inches mm Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 119 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color XURK1 Self-Teaching, Color Mark Registration, DC Photoelectric Features • Self-teaching capability for memorization of target and precision repeatability • 0 to 5.5 V analog output, depending on the illumination level of the mark • Magnifying lenses increase sensing distance to 18 mm or focus to 7 mm • Optional straight or 90° sensing setup • 20 ms Off Delay built-in timing feature • Automatic sensitivity adjustment by self-teaching • Automatic light/dark switching, depending on order of teaching (mark or background) Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Diffuse—9 mm (0.354 in.) Nominal Sensing Range★—Micro-Connector PNP/NPN or Analog ★ Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 2 V PNP, 2 V NPN 200 mA 10,000 Hz XURK1KSMM12 Excess gain one—in normal ambient conditions, maximum usable sensing distance is 75% of normal 7 mm with XURZ02 and 18 mm with XURZ01 (see chart) ★ .82 21 1.56 40 .94 24 .33 8 .60 15 M12x1 Detection Zone and Mark Size (mm) 1.10 28 1.10 28 3.20 81 1.08 27 8xM5x6 1.44 37 a b c .55 14 .23 6 1.66 42 2.28 58 Ø25 a .17 4 Dual Dimensions inches mm b c in. mm in. mm in. mm 1.22 31 XURK1KSMM12 .35 9 .20 5 .08 2 XURK1KSMM12 + XURZ01 .71 18 .28 7 .08 2 XURK1KSMM12 + XURZ02 .28 7 .16 4 .004 1 Vertical Plane 5° < α < 20° α 5° α 5° An angle of 5 to 10° from vertical is recommended for reflective or transparent surfaces. Max. vertical inclination: 20° 120 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color XURK1 Self-Teaching, Color Mark Registration, DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical PNP 0.35 in. (9 mm) Nominal sensing range + 1 2 4 3 R 0 to 5.5 V – 0.28 in. (7 mm) with XURZ01, 0.71 in. (18 mm) with XURZ01 Spot dimension 1.5 x 5 mm (0.06 x 0.2 in.) diameter Minimum detectable width of mark 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) Maximum linear speed of mark 10 m/s (32.8 ft/s) for 1 mm (0.04 in.) mark Operation: 14 to 131 °F (-10 to 55 °C) Temperature range NPN + 1 2 4 3 R 0 to 5.5 V – 1 (+) Analog 2 Output 4 Solid State Output 3 (–) Storage: -4 to 158 °F (-20 to 70 °C) Enclosure rating IEC: IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 7 g amplitude + 0.65 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 LED indicator type Red—output, green—learning mode Enclosure material Diecast zinc Sensitivity adjustment Automatic, through self-teach function Connection M12, 4-pin connector Light emission Red or green (automatic selection) Electrical Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–0 Vdc Rated supply voltage 12–24 V (with reverse polarity protection) Operating frequency 10,000 Hz Analog output 0–5.5 V (voltage proportional to light reflected by the object) Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 80 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 50 µs Off delay (maximum) 50 µs Timing 20 ms off delay Accessories Description Catalog Number Mark magnification lens XURZ01 Mark reduction lens XURZ02 Excess Gain Curve Optional Lenses for Focusing or Magnifying % of signal 100 90 2 80 1 70 XURZ01 60 50 3 40 30 20 XURZ02 10 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 Distance (mm) 1 XURK1KSMM12 2 XURK1KSMM12 + XURZ01 3 XURK1KSMM12 + XURZ02 XURK1KSMM12 Lens 1. Green LED, unit in learning mode 2. Red LED, output state 3. Learning mode button for mark 4. Learning mode button for background Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 121 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color XURU Ultraviolet (UV), Self-Teaching, DC Photoelectric Features • Detection of invisible marks, glues, varnishes, etc. • Detection of ultraviolet marks and products containing UV bluing agents, as used for packaging identification and quality assurance. • 0 to 7 V analog output, depending on the illumination level of UV mark • Self-teaching capability for memorization of target and precision repeatability • Optional magnifying lenses increase sensing distance to 18 mm (0.71 in.) or focus to 7 mm (0.28 in.) • Mounting adjustable in 3 positions (straight or 90°) • 20 ms Off Delay built-in timing feature • Automatic sensitivity adjustment (self-teaching) • Automatic light/dark switching, depending on order of teaching (mark or background) Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Diffuse—9 mm (0.354 in.) Nominal Sensing Range★—Micro-Connector Discrete and analog outputs ★ Light operate 12–24 Vdc 2 V PNP 1 V NPN 200 mA 2,000 Hz XURU1KSMM12 7 mm (0.28 in.) with XURZ02 and 18 mm (0.71 in.) with XURZ01 (see chart) .60 15 Detection zone and mark size (mm) Ø25 3.2 81 .82 21 .33 9 .17 4 1.08 27 .55 14 1.22 31 a M12x1 1.10 28 2.30 58 Ø 1.67 42 .23 6 .94 24 8xM5x6 1.56 40 ∅ a in. mm in. mm 1.44 37 1.10 28 Dual Dimensions inches mm Excess Gain Curve XURU1KSMM12 .35 9 .20 5 XURU1KSMM12 + XURZ01 .71 18 .28 7 XURU1KSMM12 + XURZ02 .28 7 .12 3 % of signal 100 90 2 80 1 Vertical Plane 70 5° < α < 20° 60 α 50 3 40 5° 30 20 α 5° An angle of 5 to 10° from vertical is recommended for reflective or transparent surfaces. Max. vertical inclination: 20° 10 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 Distance (mm) 1 XURU1KSMM12 2 XURU1KSMM12 + XURZ01 3 XURU1KSMM12 + XURZ02 122 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color Specifications Wiring Mechanical PNP 1 2 4 3 UV spot dimensions R 0 to 7 V – 0.20 (5 mm) diameter Operation Temperature range Enclosure rating 1 2 4 3 + R 0 to 7 V – 1 (+) 4 Solid State Output 2 0.28 in. (7 mm) with XURZ02; 0.71 in. (18 mm) with XURZ01 + 3 (–) 14 to 131 °F (-10 to 55 °C) Storage -4 to 158 °F (-20 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC NPN Analog Output 0.35 in. (9 mm) Nominal sensing range Photoelectric XURU Ultraviolet (UV), Self-Teaching, DC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 7 g amplitude + 0.6 mm (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 LED indicator type Red—output, green—learning mode Enclosure material Diecast zinc Sensitivity adjustment Automatic, through self-teach function Connection M12, 4-pin connector, with adjustable mounting plane Light emission Red or green (automatically selected) 370 nm Electrical DC models Voltage range 10–30 Vdc Rated supply voltage 12–24 V (reverse polarity protected) Operating frequency 2,000 Hz Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 80 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 250 µs Off delay (maximum) 250 µs Timing 20 ms off delay selectable by internal switch Analog output 0–7 V (voltage proportional to light reflected by the object) Accessories Description Catalog Number Mark magnification lens XURZ01 Mark reduction lens XURZ02 Selectable Mounting Orientation Functions 1. Green LED, unit in learning mode 2. Red LED, output state 3. Learning mode button for mark Optional Lenses for Focusing or Magnifying 4. Learning mode button for background XURZ01 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XURZ02 XURU1KSMM12 Lens Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 123 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color XURC Full Color and Fiber Optic Full Color Photoelectric Features • Ideal for applications such as sorting, label detection, and multi-color printing • Selectable 40 ms time delay on beam break • Self-teaching with adjustable sensitivity for comparing and matching similar colors • Adjustable sensing distance • Three channels with independent outputs • Detects up to 8 mm diameter mark • Selectable response time • Easy-to-use programming panel under hinged, protective cover • Withstands very high vibration • Synchronization option available Circuit Type Output Type Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Diffuse—40 to 60 mm (1.57 to 2.36 in.) Nominal Sensing Range PNP Light 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1.2 kHz XURC3PPML2 NPN Light 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1.2 kHz XURC3NPML2 Fiber Optic—See Fiber Optic Cables for Sensing Distances PNP Light 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1.2 kHz XURC4PPML2 NPN Light 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1.2 kHz XURC4NPML2 Recommended Fiber Optics Sensing Type System Sensing Distance Diameter of Spot Catalog Number Convergent Diffuse 0.39 in. (10 mm) 0.1 in. (2.5 mm) XUFN5L01L2 Convergent Diffuse 0.79 in. (20 mm) 0.2 in. (5 mm) XUFN5L02L2 Convergent Diffuse 1.18 in. (30 mm) 0.32 in. (8 mm) XUFN5L03L2 Standard Diffuse 0.2 in. (5 mm) — XUFN05321 Standard Diffuse 0.16 in. (4 mm) — XUFS05320 Standard Thru-Beam 9.54 in. (250 mm) — XUFN12301 + XUFZ01 Standard Thru-Beam 5.91 in. (150 mm) — XUFS2020 + XUFZ01 For additional plastic fiber optics, see p. 102. XURC3 Application Notes 1.97 .27 50 7 1.65 2 x M5 (Depth 10) .86 42 22 .99 Dia. Optimal installation is achieved when the sensor is approximately 15° tilted towards the object surface. One method for establishing an angle of 15° is shown in the illustration below. When the visible spot is positioned 10 mm forward of the vertical center-line to the uppermost mounting hole of the sensor, the face of the sensor is at an angle of 15° to the target object. 25 2.68 3.15 XURC4 68 80 XURC3 Since the detection is less affected by the changes in the sensing angle, moving direction of the object should be as shown in the figure to the right. 2.68 68 .71 18 15 ° 3.27 1.97 83 .21 Dia. .27 5 7 XURC4 .21 3.24 .21 5 82 5 .99 50 15° Direction of Movement (2) 2.60 .40 66 10 25 1.45 .63 37 5 .19 25 .98 44 1.73 16 Ø4.4 (4) (3) .59 15 1.18 (1) 30 (1) DIN Rail Mounting Accessory (Included) (2) Locking Latch for Fiber Optic Cables Dual Dimensions inches mm 124 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUR Rectangular Compact, Color XURC Full Color and Fiber Optic Full Color Sensors Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical BN PNP PK (Set) Ue: 12 to 24 V VT (Sync) le : 100 mA BK (OutA) WH (Out B) GY (Out C) BU + Enclosure Rating BU – + -22 to 158 °F (-30 to -70 °C) IEC IP67 conforming to IEC 60529 Amplitude 0.75 mm, 10–55 Hz (2 hours/each of 3 axes) Shock Resistance 50 g (5 shocks/each of 3 axes) Maximum Operating Humidity 35 to 85% RH ▲ Enclosure Material Brown +V Supply voltage, 12–24 V Blue 0V Supply ground Pink SET Set signal Violet EXT External synchronous input Black OUT A Control output A OUT B Control output B Control output C 8 mm (0.31 in.) Glass Polyarylate 24 AWG (0.2 mm2), Cable: vinyl rubber sleeve Electrical Function OUT C at 60 mm (2.36 in.) 6 mm (0.24 in.) Aluminum Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage Drop (Across Switch, Closed State) 1.5 V Load Current (Maximum) 100 mA Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) 150 mA Power-up Delay (Maximum) 100 ms Time Delay Programmable by Switch Gray at 50 mm (1.97 in.) 4 mm (0.16 in.) Lens Wiring – White at 40 mm (1.57 in.) Case Cover Wire Definitions Title 14 to 122 °F (-10 to 50 °C) ▲ Spot Diameter XURC•NPML2 Sleeve Color Operation Storage Vibration XURC•PPML2 BN BK (OutA) NPN Ue: 12 to 24 V WH (Out B) le : 100 mA GY (Out C) PK (Set) VT (Sync) Temperature Range 40 ms on falling edge Programmable Response Time Fast Normal Slow 0.8 ms 1.5 ms 6 ms Physical Characteristics Ambient Light Immunity (Maximum) Sunlight: 10,000 Lux; halogen light: 3,000 Lux Short Circuit Protection Yes, each Independent channel ▲ Ice and condensation may impede performance. Selection of Operating Mode OUT A B 1 1. Operating Status LED 2. Learning mode button, for memorizing reference colors 3. Reference color and operating mode selector Selection of reference colors (Set) Selection of operating mode Tolerance mode (positions 1–5) 5 positions allow selection of the tolerance level to be applied to the shading of the color to be detected. Run mode (position S) This mode enables sorting by color C 2 SET TOLERANCE 2 3 3 1 C+I 4 4 5 A S B C SET RUN C N INT SLOW 6 5. Synchronization mode selector Internal synchronization mode (INT) In this mode, color detection is performed continually. External synchronization mode (EXT) In this mode, color detection is synchronized with an external signal. Object detected 7 T-OFF C or C + I selector Mode C This mode is used to detect different colored objects. Mode C or C + I In this mode, the sensor is insensitive to varying surface finishes of the object to be detected. External synchronization mode FAST T-ON EXT (40ms) 5 4. Same color Ext. synchro signal Different color ON R Output OFF 6. R Response time mode selector Fast mode (F), Normal mode (N), Slow mode (S) R R = Response time 7. Output time delay selector (T-On/T-Off) Output time delay, internal synchronization mode Output time delay, external synchronization mode Object detected Object detected Output ON OFF 40 ms 40 ms Ext. synchro signal Output ON OFF 40 ms 40 ms 125 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame Advanced Label Detection Fork, DC Photoelectric Features • Detects opaque colors on transparent background • Self teaches to memorize label for accurate detection • Adjustable from straight to 90° connection • Two LEDs indicate three conditions: yellow—output; green—ready; red—error • Standard nano-style connector • Durable zinc alloy enclosure Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Maximum Number Thru-Beam—2 mm (0.079 in.) Nominal Sensing Range—Infrared light emission PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 10K Hz XUVK0252S Thru-Beam—2 mm (0.079 in.) Nominal Sensing Range— Visible red/green light emission PNP/NPN Light/dark 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 10K Hz XUVK0252VS Function table Output state (PNP or NPN) indicator (illuminated when sensor output is On) Mode Thru-beam system Absence of label in the beam Presence of label in the beam Light switching Dark switching 1 2 Applications: the infrared transmission beam sensor XUVK0252S is suitable for detecting all types of opaque legends; the red/green transmission beam sensor XUVK0252VS is suitable for detecting all types of opaque legends of different colors. The sensor incorporates self-teaching setup: the light or dark switching function is selected when performing the first stage of the selfteaching setup procedure during sensor installation (see self-teaching setup procedure, below). Self-teaching setup procedure • Place the label to be detected in the beam of the optical fork. Press the Set button and hold it down until the green LED (2) goes out. • When the green LED flashes, the sensor has learned the label. Place the item to which the label is affixed in the beam of the optical fork. Press the Set button and hold down until the green LED goes out. • When the green LED illuminates as a steady light, the self-teaching setup procedure is completed and the sensor is ready for operation. 1 mm 2 1 3 4 1. 2. 3. 4. Yellow LED—output state indicator Double color green/red LED—Ready/Error Self-teaching Set button Locking screw 126 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame Specifications .08 2 .35 .35 9 9 Mechanical .30 7.5 .79 20 Temperature range -4 to 158 °F (-20 to 70 °C) IEC IP65 conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 7 g amplitude + 1 mm, 10–42 Hz conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance 3.83 97.5 Ø0.17 Ø4.25 3 Zinc alloy Lens Glass Female nano-connector Electrical .30 7.5 .71 18 1.02 26 .31 8 Enclosure material 30 g for 11 mm conforming to IEC 60068-2-7 Case Wiring 4 .71 18 1.02 26 32 to 131 °F (0 to 55 °C) Storage Vibration 3.54 90 1.97 50 Enclosure rating 2 1 Operation Photoelectric Advanced Label Detection Fork, DC M8 .16 4 Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 1.5 V Load current (maximum) 100 mA Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 50 mA Operating frequency (maximum) 10K Hz Power-up delay (maximum) 30 ms On delay (maximum) 100 μ Off delay (maximum) 100 μ Physical Characteristics .08 2 .35 .35 9 9 .79 20 .30 7.5 Emitter wave length: Protective circuitry 880 nm XUVK0252VS 635 nm Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes 2 1 3.54 90 1.97 50 XUVK0252S .71 .16 18 4 1.02 26 1. 2. 3. 4. 3 .71 18 1.02 26 4 .31 8 M8 Ø0.17 Ø4.25 .30 7.5 Green/Red LED = Ready/Error Yellow LED = Output Set button Locking screw Connector NPN output 2 1 4 PNP output 3 – + Dual Dimensions inches mm Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS141 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS151 Nano-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 127 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame Self-Contained Fork Type (30 mm), Economy, DC Photoelectric Features • Self-contained electronics eliminate the need for a separate amplifier • Ideal for detecting small parts at fast speeds • 360° LED output indicator • ABS enclosure Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Operating Frequency Connection Maximum Maximum Maximum Catalog Number Thru-Beam—30 mm (1.18 in.) Nominal Sensing Range PNP Dark 19–38 Vdc 150 mA 1,000 Hz 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUVH0312 NPN Dark 19–38 Vdc 150 mA 1,000 Hz 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XUVJ0312 Function Table Function Output state (PNP) LED (illuminated when sensor output is On) Thru-Beam System No object present in the beam Object present in the beam Dark Mode Detection Curve .06 (± .01) in. 1.5 (± 0.3) mm 128 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame Self-Contained Fork Type (30 mm), Economy, DC Photoelectric Specifications Wiring Mechanical Dark mode (no object present) PNP output Temperature range BK 23 to 131 °F (-5 to 55 °C) Storage -4 to 158 °F (-20 to 70 °C) Enclosure rating IEC IP54 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure material Case Lens Cable PC/ABS PMMA PVC Vibration resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 7 g, amplitude ±0 mm, 42–150 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) BN BU Operating 30 g, 11 ms duration LED indicator type 360° ring LED shows output status Connection 5 mm (0.2 in.) diameter cable, 3 x 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG) Cable Electrical Voltage limits (including ripple) 19–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch) closed state maximum 1.5 V Current consumption (no load) maximum 20 mA Load current maximum 150 mA Maximum operating frequency 1,000 Hz. On delay, maximum 500 μs Off delay, maximum 500 μs Power-up delay, maximum 30 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes Physical Characteristics Ambient light immunity 1,000 Lux. Emitter wave length 880 nm 2.28 58 = .55 14 = 1.18 30 (1) (3) .20 in. dia. 5 mm dia. .43 in. dia. 11 mm dia. .10 2.7 2.03 52 2.68 68 (2) .72 18 .08 2 .08 2 .20 5 .20 5 1.18 30 .79 20 1.10 28 .26 7 1.85 47 Dual Dimensions inches mm (1) Optical Axis (2) LED (3) 360° Diffuser 129 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame XUVF Dynamic Fork Type, DC Photoelectric XUVF sensors detect the dynamic flow of all types of objects (both metal and plastic, and of any color or shape) The fork body detects moving targets, for use in applications such as • Parts ejection, as in air compression transfer of parts • Counting of parts traveling down a chute • Continuous feeding of thread, to detect breakage Features • Detects targets falling at a minimum of 10 cm/s (3.9 in./s), maximum 15 m/s (49.2 ft/s) • Off-delay (reset) timer function: 0 to 5 s • Sensitivity and timing adjustment by separate potentiometers • Green output LED and red alarm LED for clear indications • Sturdy aluminum body and M8 (Nano) connector Circuit Type Output Type Voltage Range Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Thru Beam—30 mm x 30 mm Fork—Minimum Target 2 mm—Nano-Style Connector PNP/NPN Light/dark 18–30 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XUVF30M8 Thru Beam—60 mm x 60 mm Fork—Minimum Target 2 mm—Nano-Style Connector PNP/NPN Light/dark 18–30 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XUVF60M8 5.16 131 Dual Dimensions inches mm .63 16 2.36 60 4.25 108 1.18 30 .63 16 (R) (R) (E) 2.75 70 (E) 1.41 36 .13 3.5 M8 .13 3.5 M8 .86 22 2xØ4.2 .59 15 .86 22 2xØ4.2 Sensitivity .59 15 T imer off delay 0 to 5 s Sensitivity 3.38 86 T imer off delay 0 to 5 s 1.97 50 .45 11.6 LEDs XUVF30M8 LEDs E=Emitter R=Receiver .45 11.6 XUVF60M8 130 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame XUVF Dynamic Fork Type, DC Mechanical Connector Temperature range Alarm 2 Output 4 1 (+) 3 (–) Enclosure rating Operation 32 to 140 °F (0 to 60 °C) Storage -4 to 176 °F (-20 to 80 °C) IEC IP65 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance PNP 1 + 4 2 Output Alarm 3 – Enclosure material 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Case Aluminum Lenses Polycarbonate Connection M8 (nano-style 4-pin DC) connector Minimum target size 2 mm diameter Emission type Infrared Sunlight: 4,000 lux Ambient Immunity (maximum) NPN Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 1 4 2 + Output Incandescent: 400 lux Electrical Voltage limits (including ripple) Alarm 3 – 18–30 Vdc (reverse polarity protected) Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 2V Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 120 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 1 ms Off delay (maximum) 1 ms Timing Off-delay (reset): 0 to 5 s Two LED indicators Output, alarm, supply failure and short circuit Minimum target speed 10 cm/s (0.33 ft/s) @ 2 mm (0.08 in.) dia. Maximum target speed 15 cm/s (0.49 ft/s) @ 2 mm (0.08 in.) dia. Output on GR Alarm on RD Detecting parts passing through fork: green LED indicates output. If parts are lodged inside fork, red LED indicates alarm. Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 484 131 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame XUVF Dynamic Window Type, DC Photoelectric XUVF sensors detect the dynamic flow of all types of objects (both metal and plastic, and of any color or shape). Window body detects moving targets for use in applications such as • Parts ejection, as in air compression transfer of parts • Counting of parts traveling down a chute • Continuous feeding of thread, to detect breakage Features • Detects targets falling at a minimum of 10 cm/s (3.9 in./s), maximum 15 m/s (49.2 ft/s) • Off-delay (reset) timer function: 0 to 5 s • Sensitivity and timing adjustment by separate potentiometers • Green output LED and red alarm LED for clear indications • Sturdy aluminum body and M12 (Micro) connector Circuit Type Output Type Voltage Range Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Thru Beam–200 mm x 120 mm Window–Minimum Target 4 mm–Micro-Connector PNP/NPN Light/dark 18–30 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XUVF120M12 Thru Beam–200 mm x 180 mm Window–Minimum Target 4 mm–Micro-Connector PNP/NPN Light/dark 18–30 Vdc 100 mA 500 Hz XUVF180M12 Thru Beam–200 mm x 250 mm Window–Minimum Target 4 mm–Micro-Connector PNP/NPN Light/dark 18–30 Vdc 100 mA 4 x Ø5 3.34 85 500 Hz XUVF250M12 1.97 50 Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer Time delay adjustment potentiometer (0–5 s) 9.05 230 a1 Red LED: Alarm Green LED: Output 7.87 200 (R) In the event of a supply malfunction, the red LED flashes. 8.76 223 In the event of a shortcircuit on the output, both the red and green LEDs flash. (E) .86 22 2.36 60 a .98 25 .98 25 E=Emitter R=Receiver M12 Dimensions a in. a1 mm in. mm XUVF120M12 8.07 205 4.72 120 XUVF180M12 10.43 265 7.09 180 XUVF250M12 13.19 335 9.84 250 Dual Dimensions inches mm 132 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUV Fork and Frame XUVF Dynamic Window Type, DC Mechanical Connector Temperature range 1 ( +) Alarm 2 4 Enclosure rating Output 32 to 140 °F (0 to 60 °C) Storage -4 to 176 °F (-20 to 80 °C) IEC IP65 conforming to IEC 60529 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock resistance 1 + 4 2 Output Alarm 3 – Enclosure material Connection 1 4 + 2 Alarm 3 – Lenses Aluminum Polycarbonate M12 micro-style 4-pin connector 4 mm (0.16 in.) diameter Emission type Infrared Sunlight: 4,000 lux Incandescent: 400 lux Electrical Voltage limits (including ripple) Output 30 g for 11 ms conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Case Minimum target size Ambient Immunity (maximum) NPN Operation Vibration 3 ( –) PNP Photoelectric Specifications Wiring 18–30 Vdc (reverse polarity protected) Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 2V Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 400 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 100 ms On delay (maximum) 1 ms Off delay (maximum) 1 ms Timing Off-delay (reset): 0 to 5 s LED indicators Output, alarm, supply failure and short circuit Minimum target speed 10 cm/s (3.9 in./s) @ 4 mm (0.16 in.) dia. Maximum target speed 15 cm/s @ 4 mm (0.16 in.) dia. Detecting parts passing through window: green LED indicates output. If parts are lodged inside window, red LED indicates alarm, but sensing operation is not affected. Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . Page 484 133 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories Power Supply/Converter, AC to DC Photoelectric Features • AC supply, DC output • Two channel converter, for PNP Solid State • Three LED indicators: Power, Output 1, Output 2 • N.O. and N.C. output per channel relay • 40 ms time delay optional Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Output Voltage Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Output Catalog Number AC, Relay Output N.O. / N.C. 100–240 Vac 30 Vdc 50 Hz XUZF02 1.77 45 + 1.44 36.5 1.51 38.5 .75 .75 19.2 19.2 .94 24 3.09 78.5 2.5 63.5 – Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.77 45 2.7 68.5 15 .59 .29 7.3 Mounting rail 3.6 91.5 .78 4.5 134 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories Power Supply/Converter, AC to DC Photoelectric Specifications Mechanical Temperature range Enclosure rating Storage -22 to 158 °F (-30 to 70 °C) Operation 14 to 131 °F (-10 to 55 °C) IEC IP20 conforming to IEC 60529 Vibration 7 g ±1.5 mm, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 10 g at 3 axes, 3 times Supply: green LED indicator type Output—channel 1: yellow Enclosure material ABS Output—channel 2: yellow Electrical Voltage range 100–240 Vac Voltage on relay output 264 Vac, 30 Vdc Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 10 mA Operating frequency (maximum) 50 Hz Power-up delay (maximum) 20 ms On delay (maximum) .1 ms Time delay 40 ms (fixed) Relay load current 1A Terminals 11 13 15 17 19 9 D1 D2 D3 2 4 6 8 1 3 5 7 1–2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 17 19 AC supply N.C. contact output, channel 1 N.C. contact output, channel 2 Common output, channel 1 Common output, channel 2 N.O. contact output, channel 1 N.O. contact output, channel 2 DC supply, 12 V (–) for the sensor controlling channel 1 Connection terminal for the output of the sensor controlling channel 1 DC supply, 12 V (+) for the sensor controlling channel 1 DC supply, 12 V (–) for the sensor controlling channel 2 Connection terminal for the output of the sensor controlling channel 2 DC supply, 12 V (+) for the sensor controlling channel 2 LED indicators D1 D2 D3 Supply (green) Output, channel 1 (yellow) Output, channel 2 (yellow) 7 8 - 5 3 BK BU 1 PNP + 6 BN OUT1 OUT2 IN2 4 BU + 2 BK 11 13 15 17 19 BN PNP 9 Connections IN1 AC 135 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories Reflectors Photoelectric Corner cube reflectors used with retroreflective photoelectric sensors provide a high degree of reliability, since they return the light to its source even if the reflector and the switch are significantly skewed with respect to one another. Corner cube reflectors also have the only reflective surface that works with polarized photoelectric sensors. 3 76 0.3 (8) RF30 0.3 (8) The nominal sensing distance for every retroreflective switch model in this catalog was established using a 3 in. (76 mm) RF30 reflector. Smaller reflectors will result in shorter sensing distances. They are used to detect smaller targets comparable with their dimension. The standard reflectors present a blind spot at about 10% of the sensing distance. Special reflectors XUZC24/50 are designed to eliminate this inconvenience and even allow the reflector to touch the sensor lenses. 2.0 51 RF30 and RF20 models can be mounted with a bolt. RF10 models can be mounted using a bezel or plate (not provided) or using its own adhesive tape. Rectangular shaped reflectors increase sensing precision. They are also easier to mount side by side to increase the reflective surface. Reflective tape can be used to cover unusually shaped targets; it is not a corner cube reflector. Only super-reflective tape is a corner cube reflector; it can also be used with polarized retroreflective sensors. RF20 1.0 25 Reflectors 1.0 25 RF10 3.25 83 RF13 Description Reflectivity Temperature Range Catalog Number 3 in. (76 mm) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) RF30 2 in. (51 mm) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) RF20 1 in. (25 mm) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) RF10 3.25 x 1.5 in. (83 x 38 mm), acrylic lens (orange) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) RF13 4 x 4 in. (102 x 102 mm) diameter, acrylic lens 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC100 1.3 x 1.1 in. (33 x 28 mm) close proximity—acrylic★ 6000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC24 2 x 2 in. (51 x 51 mm) close proximity—acrylic★ 6000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC50 0.63 in. (16 mm) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC16 0.83 in. (21 mm) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC21 1.22 in. (31 mm) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC31 1.53 in. (39 mm) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC39 3.15 in. (80 mm) 4000X 150 °F (65 °C) XUZC80 ★ Note: XUZC24/50 reflectors must always be mounted in the vertical plane with respect to the optical axis of the switch. 0.82 21 Retroreflective Tape 1.30 33 Description Typical Luminance Factor ➀ Temperature Photoelectric grade sheeting with adhesive backing 3 in. (76 mm) wide, 1 ft (0.3 m) long ➂ Catalog Number ➁ 200X 200 °F (93.4 °C) RF7590 150 °F (65.6 °C) RF3870 175 °F (79.5 °C) RF7610 High intensity sheeting with adhesive backing—vinyl sealed ➁ 3 in. (76 mm) wide, 1 ft (0.3 m) long ➂ = 0.94 24 = 1.14 29 670X High gain sheeting with adhesive backing—porous surface ➁ 2 in. (51 mm) wide, 1 ft (0.3 m) long ➂ 900X Super Reflective Tape—corner cube type, adhesive backing Can be used with polarized retroreflective systems XUZC24 Description Typical Luminance Factor ➀ Temperature Catalog Number 1 in. (25 mm) wide, 3 ft (1 m) long 2000X 140 °F (60 °C) XUZB11 1 in. (25 mm) wide, 16 ft (5 m) long 2000X 140 °F (60 °C) XUZB15 3.9 100 ➀ Perpendicular reading. Expressed as times brighter than a perfectly diffusing, white surface. ➁ Not suitable for polarized models. ➂ Also available in 10 ft (3 m), 50 ft (15 m) and 100 ft (30 m) lengths. 3.9 100 0.31 (8) XUZC100 136 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories 1.37 35 3.5 91 2.71 69 XUZB• 4xØ4.5 XUZD15 XUZD25 2.0 59 1.85 47 2.36 60 2.83 72 2.8 73 XUZD15 XUJZ01 Dual Dimensions inches mm 2xR1 4xR5 3.1 80 Photoelectric Covers, Masks, Mirrors, and Mounting Hardware 4xR2.25 .31 8 .13 3.5 XUZC•• .31 8 XUZC50 For Use with Catalog Number Protective Cover XUJ, XUE XUZD25 Potentiometer Cover XUJ XUJZ01 Reflector Cover XUZC XUZD15 Transparent Cover XUD XUDZ02 Transparent Cover XUV XUVZ02 Alignment Tool XUJ, XUE (Thru-Beam) XUZD09 Lens Hood XUE XUZD02 Bottom Entry Conduit Cover (9 mm) XUJ XUJZ09 Range: 10 cm/40 cm (3.94/15.75 in.); Diameter: 0.5 mm/1 mm (0.02/0.04 in.) Classic XUM (Thru-Beam except XUML) XUMZ01 Range: 0.9 m/1.5 m (2.95/4.92 ft); Diameter: 1.5 mm/2 mm (0.06/0.08 in.) Classic XUM (Thru-Beam except XUML) XUMZ03 Range: 1 m (3.28 ft); Diameter: 6 mm (0.24 in.) XUJ (Thru-Beam) XUJZ02 90° Mirror Adapter XU 18 mm (Retroreflective and Diffuse) XUBZ01 90° Mirror Adapter XU 18 mm (Thru-Beam) XUBZ02 Description Covers XUZD09 XUVZ02 XUDZ02 XUZD02 Masks XUMZ0• Mirrors XUJZ09 XUBZ01 Mounting Hardware XUJZ02 XUZA46 XUZA41 XUZA43 XUZA44 XUZA118 XUZA49 XUZA218 XUZA46 XUL Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUJ XUZA41 Adjustable Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUJ XUZA43 Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUE XUZA44 Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUM XUZA47 Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUJL, XUJB XUZA49 Mounting Bracket (Metal) XU 18 mm, XUB XUZA118 Swivel Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XU 18 mm, XUB XUZA218 Precision Adjustment Mounting Bracket (micro metric precision) XU2 18 mm Laser, XUB XUZA318 Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XUA XSAZ108 Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XUA XSZB108 Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XU 18 mm, XUB XSAZ118 Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XU 18 mm, XUB XSZB118 Mounting Nuts (Plastic) XU 18 mm, XUB XSAZ318 Swivel Mounting Bracket (Plastic) XUC XSZSB30 ★ XUZA318 XUML•S XULZ41 XULZ43 Mounting Bracket (Metal) XUBZ02 XULZ41 Mounting Bracket (Plastic) ★ See p. 145 for mounting positions of the XULZ41. XSAZ1•• XSZB1•• XUZA47 137 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories Dimensions 2.83 72 = 0.63 16 2x¯7 3.46 88 Photoelectric 1.89 48 4.0 101.5 6.26 133.5 5.87 149 3.15 80 2.6 66 10¡ 0.87 22 10¡10¡ ¯6 = 3.28 83.4 1.73 44 5.04É5.32 128É135 3.59 91 5xØ8 2.87 73 XUZD15 0.63 16 ¯6 0.63 16 10¡ ¯4 = (1) ¯4,2 = 1.73 44 XUZD25 1.06 27 Ø7 2.75 70 9.45 240 1.45 37 XUZD09 0.10 2.5 1.10 28 12.7 (0.50) = M30x1 XUZD0• 27.9 (1.10) 20.3 (0.80) 0.25 6.5 0.27 7 1.77 45 0.19 5 0.98 25 50.8 (2.00) 2.16 55 66.7 (2.62) 0.27 7 = 1.18 30 1.57 40 1.65 42 = XSZSB30 0.31 0.94 0.31 8 = 24 = 8 0.76 19.5 1.06 27 = = 0.25 6.5 = 1.18 30 1.57 40 XUZA43 15 XSAZ1•• XSA XUZA218 Dual Dimensions, in. (mm) a b b1 c ∅ d1 d ∅ d2 ∅ d3 f g g1 d f b 0.98 2.5 b1 Ød1 Ød3 Ød2 = = c Ø18.5 15 = 1.18 30 1.57 40 2.64 67 28.7 (1.13) = = 0.39 10 29.2 (1.15) 4x¯4.2 = 0.79 20 XUZA118 14.2 (0.56) = 4x¯4.2 0.39 10 = = 6.34 (0.25) 33 0.65 16.5 0.90 1.3 23 0.79 20 = 1.97 50 0.59 15 0.039 1 0.25 6.5 2.32 59 1.69 43 1.38 35 Ø18.5 = = G a G1 Z108 0.92 (23.5) 0.56 (14.2) 0.66 (16.7) 0.39 (10) 0.31 (8) 0.33 (8.5) Z118 1.61 (41) 1.18 (30) 0.72 (18.5) 0.15 (3.9) 0.23 (6) 1.14 (29) 1.18 (30) 0.31 (8) Z130 2.06 (53) 1.55 (39.5) 1.67 (42.5) 0.79 (20) 0.85 (21.5) 1.2 (30.) 1.3 (33) 0.79 (20) 0.71 (18) 0.07 (2.0) 0.12 (3) 0.51 (13) 0.63 (16) 0.19 (5) 0.15 (3.9) 0.19 (5) 1.53 (39) 1.57 (40) 0.39 (10) XSAZ1•• Ø 1.51 38.3 b2 b1 b XSZB a1 (1) a 0.14 3.5 XSZ Dual Dimensions, in. (mm) a a1 b b1 b2 ∅ B108 0.78 (19.9) 0.57 (14.5) 0.55 (14) 0.49 (12.5) 0.29 (7.5) 0.31 (8) B118 1.02 (26.0) 0.62 (15.7) 0.86 (22) 0.79 (20.1) 0.45 (11.5) 0.71 (18) B130 1.53 (39.0) 0.85 (21.7) 1.40 (35.5) 1.22 (31.0) 0.73 (18.5) 1.18 (30) Dual Dimensions inches mm 0.16 4 0.86 22 0.31 8 XSZB 138 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories Description For Use With Catalog Number 3-D mounting kit for 18 mm tubular XUB, XU18, XUZC50 XUZB2003 3-D mounting kit for miniature rectangular XUM, XUZC50 XUZM2003 3-D mounting kit for subcompact, 50 x 50 mm XUK, XUZC50 XUZK2003 3-D mounting kit for compact rectangular XUX, XUZC50 XUZX2003 Protective 3-D mounting kit for XUM XUM XUZM2004 Protective 3-D mounting kit for XUK XUK XUZK2004 Protective 3-D mounting kit for XUX XUX XUZX2004 M12 stem, 75 mm (2.95 in.) usable length XUZB, XUZM, XUZK, XUZX XUZ2001 3-D mounting base XUZ2001 XUZ2003 XUZX2004 XUZX2003 XUZK2004 XUZB2003 XUZM2003 XUZM2004 Photoelectric 3-D Accessories XUZK2003 XUZ2001 XUZ2003 139 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors XUZ Accessories 3-D Accessories XUZX2003 1.9 50 3.9 100 ∅0.21 5.5 M4 1.1 28 Ø 0.2 5 63 1.77 45 2.48 0.18 4.5 1.3 33 2.8 73 1.57 40 2.36 60 0.64 16.49 2.36 60 2.36 60 1.57 40 1.59 40.5 1.57 40.02 0.17 ∅ 4.5 ∅ 0.22 5.5 1.3 33 XUZM2004 1.77 45 M3 M4 1.57 0.98 40 25 1.14 29 1.49 38 0.76 19.5 1.59 40.5 0.51 13 M3 1.63 41.5 1.59 40.5 M5 0.22 5.75 0.86 22.0 1.4 36 1.6 40 3.9 99 ∅ 0.72 M4 18.5 XUZM2003 0.98 25 XUZB2003 2.87 73 1.3 33 XUZX2004 1.65 42 1.3 33 2.3 59.25 XUZK2004 1.57 40.02 2.2 56.35 Photoelectric XUZK2003 XUZ2003 Component XUZ2001 0.76 19.5 1.1 28 0.76 19.5 0.47 12 4.7 120 1.77 45 1.4 36 ∅ 0.57 14.5 1.57 40 0.9 23 0.9 23 0.07 1.9 ∅ 0.5 12.5 ∅ 0.25 6.5 Dual Dimensions inches mm 140 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Dimensions and Sensing Patterns Photoelectric XUF Sensing Patterns XUFN and XUFS Sensing Patterns Thru-beam system mm mm XUFN02801 mm Su mm 20 (1) 10 10 120 cm -2 4 -4 dia. of beam 15 cm 2 -2 -4 100 6 3 cm 4 2 -2 -4 6 XUFN35311 XUFZ910, Z920 35 mm 35 mm 300 Su Su mm 200 25 100 mm 100 cm -2 -4 dia. of beam 4 2 -2 -4 Su dia. of beam cm 6 2 150 cm cm 4 3 -3 8 -6 dia. of beam Brackets: XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05 Cable: XUFZ911 or Z921 Brackets: XUFZ13, Z14 or Z15 Cable: XUFZ910 or Z920 2 mm -2 dia. of beam 4 cm dia. of beam -4 6 cm dia. of beam Su Su dia. 5 mm dia. 1 mm cm -8 mm Su dia. 5 mm -4 Brackets: XUFZ13, Z14 or Z15 Cable: XUFZ911 or Z921 mm mm 4 dia. of beam dia. of beam -2 -4 Brackets: XUFZ03, Z04 or Z05 Cable: XUFZ910 or Z920 -6 XUFZ911, Z921 mm 25 cm 2 -3 mm mm 4 3 dia. of beam XUFN35301 mm 50 -6 dia. of beam XUFN10312 100 -3 dia. of beam cm dia. of beam 200 -6 dia. 1.4 mm cm 6 Su 2 mm Su ≤ 200 mm 4 dia. of beam - 2 4 Su Su 50 cm 4 2 100 mm 60 Su 60 20 mm 100 120 mm 120 mm 120 XUFS2020 Su ≤ 300 mm mm XUFNZ01 Su ≤ 200 mm XUFN10302 Su ≤ 30 mm XUFN12311 20 mm XUFN12301 -6 dia. of beam NOTE: Su = usable sensing distance 141 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Dimensions and Sensing Patterns XUF Sensing Patterns and XUL Dimensions Proximity diffuse system 1 mm 50 1 30 20 Su ≤ 50 mm 40 10 mm 6 4 2 mm 1 15 10 mm 4 2 XUFN04331 mm 2 mm -2 -4 4 2 mm 1 20 2 10 dia. of beam XUDZ01 XUFN02323 mm -2 -4 4 2 10 -2 -4 mm dia. of beam dia. of beam Su ≤ 20 mm mm XUFN01321 XUFN01331 Su ≤ 4 mm XUFN15322 XUFN15332 Su ≤ 12 mm XUFN05312 XUFN05323 XUFN05331 Su ≤ 15 mm Photoelectric XUFN and XUFS Sensing Patterns 4 2 -2 -4 dia. of beam -2 -4 -6 dia. of beam 1. Target 30 x 30 cm, white 90% 2. Target 15 x 15 cm, white 90% Su = usable sensing distance XUFS0520 mm 50 Su ≤ 70 mm 70 cm 2 1 -1 -2 dia. of beam XUL Dimensions LED B .39 10 1.5 39 1.18 30 10˚ .47 12 .55 14 A .17 4.5 2.14 54.5 B 3.15 80 0.24 dia. 6 .57 14.5 1.10 28 dia. 0.12 3 A .27 7 20¡ .43 11 DC 0.24 dia. 6 Mounting bracket R 10˚ 10˚ .70 18 2.75 70 AC Optical axis equivalent to XUG sensitivity potentiometer (diffuse model) 1.10* 28 1.37 35 1.77 45 10˚ .81 20.6 1.18 30 10˚ 1.18 30 20.6 .81 1.59 40.5 *Front mounting (3 mm / 0.12 in. dia. screws and inserts supplied) A: 1 elongated hole, dia. 4.1 x 10 mm (0.16 x 0.39 in.) B: 1 elongated hole, dia. 3.1 x 10 mm (0.12 x 0.39 in.) Dual Dimensions inches mm 142 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Dimensions and Sensing Patterns Photoelectric XUF Dimensions XUFN and XUFS Dimensions Thru-beam (pairs) Ø0.08 2.2 L = 59.0 1500 0.7 18 ∅ 0.09 ∅ 0.09 ∅ 0.09 2.2 2.2 2.2 0.11 3 ∅ .04 1 ∅ 0.09 2.2 0.39 10 3.5 90 0.59 M3 x 0.02 0.5 Ø0.04 1 M0.11x0.02 3x0.5 15 M3 x 0.02 0.5 L = 19.7 500 ∅ 0.03 0.8 12 90 3.5 M4 x 0.03 0.7 15 0.59 15 M4 x 0.03 0.7 0.19 (5) M2.6 x 0.02 0.45 .47 0.11 3 M4 0.19 (5) x 0.03 0.7 ∅ 0.06 1.5 .59 90 M2.6 x 0.02 0.45 0.47 M4 x 0.03 0.7 3.5 ∅ 0.06 1.5 .47 12 M2.6 x 0.02 0.45 12 .11 3 Ø0.08 2.2 ∅ .04 1 (Use only with XUD sensors) XUFN12301 XUFN11311 XUFN10302 XUFN10312 XUFN35301 XUFN35311 1 x dia. 0.04 (1) 1 x dia. 0.04 (1) 1 x dia. 0.04 (1) 1 x dia. 0.04 (1) 1 x dia. 0.02 (0.5) 1 x dia. 0.02 (0.5) XUFN02801 Ø0.08 2.2 16 x dia. 0.01 (0.265) 2 x dia. 0.01 (0.265) XUFZ910 Ø0.08 2.2 ZUFZ921 Proximity (bifurcated) dia. 0.08 2.2 dia. 0.04 1 dia. 0.04 1 dia. 0.08 2.2 M6 Ø0.5 13 .70 18 dia. 2.5 M4 x 0.7 dia. 0.06 1.5 .70 18 .47 11 3 12 M4 x 0.7 M 2.6 x 0.45 38.1 970 dia. 0.06 1.5 3.5 90 .59 .47 15 .59 12 15 .59 15 M3 x 0.5 dia. 0.8 .59 15 M6 x 0.75 3.5 .13 90 3.5 dia. 0.1 2.5 3.5 0.2 90 5 M6 x 0.75 .59 15 M4 x 0.7 Dia 0.04 (1) Ø1.2 5 dia. 0.08 2.2 3.5 .47 90 0.11 12 3 dia. 0.08 2.2 M 2.6 x 0.45 .31 8 .59 15 .11 3 .11 3 M6 x 0.75 dia. 0.08 2.2 M 6 x 0.75 .11 .47 3 12 M4 x 0.7 .59 15 M6 x 0.75 ( to be used only with XUD detectors ) XUFN05321 XUFN05331 XUFN15322 XUFN15332 XUFN05323 1.3 32.5 dia. 0.08 2.2 NOTE: Emitter cable for XUFN05323, XUFN04351, and XUFN02323 is marked with a white trace. Dia On the amplifiers the emitter 0.04 (1) is at the bottom. XUFN01321 XUFN01331 XUFN04331 XUDZ01 XUFN02323 Ø0.08 2.2 Ø0.08 2.2 XUFS0520 2 x dia. 1 2 x dia. 1 1 x dia. 1 + 16 x dia. 0.265 2 x dia. 0.5 2 x dia. 0.265 1 x dia. 0.5 + 8 x dia. 0.265 1 x dia. 0.5 + 4 x dia. 0.25 Fiber tip diameter Dual Dimensions inches mm Nuts M6 M4 M3 Across flats 10 7 5 Note: Used only with XUD sensors 143 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Dimensions and Sensing Patterns Dimensions of Accessories for XUF, XUA XUFZ210 M8x1 M4 7 Photoelectric XUF 0.59 15 0.79 20 1000 XUFZ310 M6 10 M10x1 1000 0.79 20 0.3 7.5 ø0.14 3.5 0.23 6 0.37 9.5 ø0.14 3.5 0.23 6 0.25 6.5 0.36 9.2 0.3 7.5 0.47 12 (1) 0.47 12 0.10 2.75 0.6 15 0.37 9.5 0.22 5.5 0.10 2.75 XUFZ14 (1) XUFZ15 0.10 2.75 0.10 2.75 0.47 12 0.37 9.5 0.10 2.75 0.6 15 0.22 5.5 ø0.14 3.5 0.3 7.5 (1) ø0.14 3.5 0.23 6 0.10 2.75 0.6 15 ø0.2 (5) 0.47 12 XUFZ13 0.22 5.5 ø0.11 2.8 0.10 2.75 XUFZ02 0.3 7.5 (1) 0.10 2.75 0.3 7.5 0.37 9.5 0.6 15 0.47 12 0.10 2.75 0.3 7.5 ø0.14 3.5 (1) 0.22 5.5 0.23 6 10 XUFZ05 0.10 2.75 0.22 5.5 0.23 6 ø0.14 3.5 0.6 15 0.23 6 0.11 3 0.4 XUFZ04 0.10 2.75 ø0.18 4.5 ø0.2 (5) (1) 0.10 2.75 XUFZ03 0.22 5.5 0.37 9.5 XUFZ01 0.37 9.5 0.6 15 0.59 15 0.47 12 XUA XSAZ108 XSZB108 .53 .83 13.5 21 Ø8 .71 18 .43 11 .201 dia. thru 5 .375 dia. C 9.5 bore .78 19.9 = 2 elongated holes .28 7 No. 8-32 UNC 2B Type 2 tap 4 x 8 (M4 screw) = = .94 24 .39 10 .30 7.5 Ø3 = 1.50 38 .63 16 .49 12.5 Ø3 screw Ø3.8 panel drilling .37 .12 9.5 3 Ø3 panel drilling 831608 Ø8 1.06 27 .87 22 .16 4 1.51 38.3 .260 dia. 6.6 .98 25 .31 dia. 8 .63 16 Dual Dimensions inches mm 144 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Dimensions and Sensing Patterns Photoelectric XUV Dimensions Thru-beam (pairs) XUVN20210, 214 XUVN0243G, R .78 20 .19 5 .39 10 .17 4.5 .17 .78 4.5 20 2 holes dia. 4.6 1.73 44 .21 5.5 .11 3 .47 12 dia. 17 .37 9.5 1.39 35.5 .21 5.5 .43 11 3.0 78 .13 3.5 .78 20 .86 22 .19 5 .78 20 dia. .78 20 .13 3.5 .47 12 .11 3 2.5 65.5 2 holes ∅ .09 2.4 XUVN0143G, R 1.77 45 XUVN06520, 254 .11 3 .43 11 2 holes Ø 3.4 .39 10 XUVN06240, 244 .94 24 Reflex/Diffuse XUVN0245 XUVN05415 XUVN01428 .65 16.5 .31 8 .90 23 .39 10 .78 20 2 elongated holes Ø 3.4 x 4.4 2 holes Ø 3.4 .35 9 .35 9 .13 3.5 1.02 26 .23 6 .78 20 .78 20 dia. .66 17 .72 18.5 .11 3 2 holes Ø .09 2.4 .43 11 dia. .78 20 .86 22 XUVN02428 1.18 30 .19 5 XUVN0244 1.41 36 Amplifiers 3.60 91.5 Examples of utilization and mounting positions of the XULZ41 mounting bracket 45 1.77 45 2.69 68.5 78.5 2.50 63.5 3.09 1.43 36.5 15 .59 XUVF XUVH/J 2 holes dia. 3.4 .39 10 1.18 30 32 .78 20 1.26 28 1.10 4.5 dia. .55 2.36 60 14.2 Dual Dimensions inches mm 145 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Substitution Guide Photoelectric Old Design New Design 18 mm Old Design New Design Old Design New Design XU1P18PP340WL5 XUB1APAWL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340W XUB2APBWL2R + XUB2AKSWL2T XU1B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 + XUZC50 XU1P18PP340WL5 XUB1APBWL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340WD XUB2APAWM12R + XUB2AKAWM12T XU1B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 + XUZC50 XU2B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 + XUB0AKSNL2T XU2P18PP340WD XUB2APBWM12R + XUB2AKAWM12T XU1B18PP340 XUB 0APSNL2 + XUZC50 XU2B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 + XUB0AKSNM12T XU5B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 XU1B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 + XUZC50 XU2B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 + XUB0AKSNL2T XU5B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 XU1N18NP340 XUB1BNANL2 + XUZC50 XU2B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 + XUB0AKSNM12T XU5B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 XU1N18NP340 XUB1BNBNL2 + XUZC50 XU2M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 + XUB0BKSNL2T XU5B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 XU1N18NP340D XUB1BNANM12 + XUZC50 XU2M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 + XUB0BKSNM12T XU5B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5 XU1N18NP340D XUB1BNBNM12 + XUZC50 XU2M18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12 + XUB0BKSWM12T XU5M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 XU1N18NP340L5 XUB1BNANL5 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 + XUB0BKSNL2T XU5M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 XU1N18NP340L5 XUB1BNBNL5 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 + XUB0BKSNM12T XU5M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 XU1N18NP340T10 XUB1BNANL2T10 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340L10 XUB0BPSNL10 + XUB0BKSNL10T XU5M18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2 XU1N18NP340T10 XUB1BNBNL2T10 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 + XUB0BKSNL5T XU5M18NP340WL5 XUB0BNSWL5 XU1N18NP340W XUB1BNAWL2 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 + XUB0BKSWL2T XU5M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 XU1N18NP340W XUB1BNBWL2 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 + XUB0BKSWM12T XU5M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 XU1N18NP340WD XUB1BNAWM12 + XUZC50 XU2M18PP340WL5 XUB0BNSWL5 + XUB0BKSWL5T XU5M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 XU1N18NP340WD XUB1BNBWM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340 XUB2BNANL2R + XUB2BKSNL2T XU5M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 XU1N18PP340 XUB1BPANL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340 XUB2BNBNL2R + XUB2BKSNL2T XU5M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 XU1N18PP340 XUB1BPBNL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340D XUB2BNANM12R + XUB2BKSNM12T XU5M18PP340WL5 XUB0BPSWL5 XU1N18PP340D XUB1BPANM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340D XUB2BNBNM12R + XUB2BKSNM12T XU5N18NP340 XUB4BNANL2 XU1N18PP340D XUB1BPBNM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340WD XUB2BNAWM12R + XUB2BKAWM12T XU5N18NP340 XUB4BNBNL2 XU1N18PP340L5 XUB1BPANL5 + XUZC50 XU2N18NP340WD XUB2BNBWM12R + XUB2BKAWM12T XU5N18NP340D XUB4BNANM12 XU1N18PP340L5 XUB1BPBNL5 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340 XUB2BPANL2R + XUB2BKSNL2T XU5N18NP340D XUB4BNBNM12 XU1N18PP340T10 XUB1BPANL2T10 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340 XUB2BPBNL2R + XUB2BKSNL2T XU5N18NP340L5 XUB4BNANL5 XU1N18PP340T10 XUB1BPBNL2T10 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340D XUB2BPANM12R + XUB2BKSNM12T XU5N18NP340L5 XUB4BNBNL5 XU1N18PP340W XUB1BPAWL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340D XUB2BPBNM12R + XUB2BKSNM12T XU5N18NP340T10 XUB4BNANL2T10 XU1N18PP340W XUB1BPBWL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340L5 XUB2BPANL5R + XUB2BKSNL5T XU5N18NP340T10 XUB4BNBNL2T10 XU1N18PP340WD XUB1BPAWM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340L5 XUB2BPBNL5R + XUB2BKSNL5T XU5N18NP340W XUB4BNAWL2 XU1N18PP340WD XUB1BPBWM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340W XUB2BPAWL2R + XUB2BKSWL2T XU5N18NP340W XUB4BNBWL2 XU1N18PP340WL5 XUB1BPAWL5 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340W XUB2BPBWL2R + XUB2BKSWL2T XU5N18NP340WD XUB4BNAWM12 XU1N18PP340WL5 XUB1BPBWL5 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340WD XUB2BPAWM12R + XUB2BKAWM12T XU5N18NP340WD XUB4BNBWM12 XU1P18NP340 XUB1ANANL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340WD XUB2BPBWM12R + XUB2BKAWM12T XU5N18NP340WL5 XUB4BNAWL5 XU1P18NP340 XUB1ANBNL2 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340WL5 XUB2BPAWL5R + XUB2BKSWL5T XU5N18NP340WL5 XUB4BNBWL5 XU1P18NP340D XUB1ANANM12 + XUZC50 XU2N18PP340WL5 XUB2BPBWL5R + XUB2BKSWL5T XU5N18PP340 XUB4BPANL2 XU1P18NP340D XUB1ANBNM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340 XUB2ANANL2R + XUB2AKSNL2T XU5N18PP340 XUB4BPBNL2 XU1P18NP340L5 XUB1ANANL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340 XUB2ANBNL2R + XUB2AKSNL2T XU5N18PP340D XUB4BPANM12 XU1P18NP340L5 XUB1ANBNL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340D XUB2ANANM12R + XUB2AKSNM12T XU5N18PP340D XUB4BPBNM12 XU1P18NP340W XUB1ANAWL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340D XUB2ANBNM12R + XUB2AKSNM12T XU5N18PP340L5 XUB4BPANL5 XU1P18NP340W XUB1ANBWL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340W XUB2ANAWL2R + XUB2AKSWL2T XU5N18PP340L5 XUB4BPBNL5 XU1P18NP340WD XUB1ANAWM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340W XUB2ANBWL2R + XUB2AKSWL2T XU5N18PP340T10 XUB4BPANL2T10 XU1P18NP340WD XUB1ANBWM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340WD XUB2ANAWM12R + XUB2AKAWM12T XU5N18PP340T10 XUB4BPBNL2T10 XU1P18PP340 XUB1APANL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18NP340WD XUB2ANBWM12R + XUB2AKAWM12T XU5N18PP340W XUB4BPAWL2 XU1P18PP340 XUB1APBNL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340 XUB2APANL2R + XUB2AKSNL2T XU5N18PP340W XUB4BPBWL2 XU1P18PP340D XUB1APANM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340 XUB2APBNL2R + XUB2AKSNL2T XU5N18PP340WD XUB4BPAWM12 XU1P18PP340D XUB1APBNM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340D XUB2APANM12R + XUB2AKSNM12T XU5N18PP340WD XUB4BPBWM12 XU1P18PP340L5 XUB1APANL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340D XUB2APBNM12R + XUB2AKSNM12T XU5N18PP340WL5 XUB4BPAWL5 XU1P18PP340L5 XUB1APBNL5 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340L10 XUB2APANL10R + XUB2AKSNL10T XU5N18PP340WL5 XUB4BPBWL5 XU1P18PP340W XUB1APAWL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340L10 XUB2APBNL10R + XUB2AKSNL10T XU5P18NP340 XUB4ANANL2 XU1P18PP340W XUB1APBWL2 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340L5 XUB2APANL5R + XUB2AKSNL5T XU5P18NP340 XUB4ANBNL2 XU1P18PP340WD XUB1APAWM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340L5 XUB2APBNL5R + XUB2AKSNL5T XU5P18NP340D XUB4ANANM12 XU1P18PP340WD XUB1APBWM12 + XUZC50 XU2P18PP340W XUB2APAWL2R + XUB2AKSWL2T XU5P18NP340D XUB4ANBNM12 146 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Old Design New Design 18 mm Old Design New Design Old Design New Design XU9N18NP340 XUB9BNANL2 + XUZC50 XUDJ003937S XUDA2NSMM8 XU5P18NP340L5 XUB4ANANL5 XU9N18NP340 XUB9BNBNL2 + XUZC50 Compact XU5P18NP340L5 XUB4ANBNL5 XU9N18NP340D XUB9BNANM12 + XUZC50 XUEF010315 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18NP340W XUB4ANAWL2 XU9N18NP340D XUB9BNBNM12 + XUZC50 XUEF010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18NP340W XUB4ANBWL2 XU9N18NP340L5 XUB9BNANL5 + XUZC50 XUEF080319 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18NP340WD XUB4ANAWM12 XU9N18NP340L5 XUB9BNBNL5 + XUZC50 XUEF080319H4 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18NP340WD XUB4ANBWM12 XU9N18NP340W XUB9BNAWL2 + XUZC50 XUEF10031 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340 XUB4APANL2 XU9N18NP340W XUB9BNBWL2 + XUZC50 XUEF10031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340 XUB4APBNL2 XU9N18NP340WD XUB9BNAWM12 + XUZC50 XUEF300314 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340D XUB4APANM12 XU9N18NP340WD XUB9BNBWM12 + XUZC50 XUEF300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340D XUB4APBNM12 XU9N18PP340 XUB9BPANL2 + XUZC50 XUEH017535 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340L10 XUB4APANL10 XU9N18PP340 XUB9BPBNL2 + XUZC50 XUEH017535H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340L10 XUB4APBNL10 XU9N18PP340D XUB9BPANM12 + XUZC50 XUEH10753 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340L5 XUB4APANL5 XU9N18PP340D XUB9BPBNM12 + XUZC50 XUEH10753H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340L5 XUB4APBNL5 XU9N18PP340L5 XUB9BPANL5 + XUZC50 XUEH3000 XUX0AKSAT16T + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340W XUB4APAWL2 XU9N18PP340L5 XUB9BPBNL5 + XUZC50 XUEH3000H7 XUX0AKSAT16T + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340W XUB4APBWL2 XU9N18PP340W XUB9BPAWL2 + XUZC50 XUEH307534 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340WD XUB4APAWM12 XU9N18PP340W XUB9BPBWL2 + XUZC50 XUEH307534H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340WD XUB4APBWM12 XU9N18PP340WD XUB9BPAWM12 + XUZC50 XUEH753538 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU5P18PP340WL5 XUB4APAWL5 XU9N18PP340WD XUB9BPBWM12 + XUZC50 XUEH753538H4 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU5P18PP340WL5 XUB4APBWL5 XU9N18PP340WL5 XUB9BPAWL5 + XUZC50 XUET010315 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU8B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 XU9N18PP340WL5 XUB9BPBWL5 + XUZC50 XUET010315H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU8B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 XU9P18NP340 XUB9ANANL2 + XUZC50 XUET080319 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU8B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 XU9P18NP340 XUB9ANBNL2 + XUZC50 XUET080319H4 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU8B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 XU9P18NP340D XUB9ANANM12 + XUZC50 XUET10031 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU8B18PP340L10 XUB0APSNL10 XU9P18NP340D XUB9ANBNM12 + XUZC50 XUET10031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU8M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 XU9P18NP340L5 XUB9ANANL5 + XUZC50 XUET300314 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XU8M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 XU9P18NP340L5 XUB9ANBNL5 + XUZC50 XUET300314H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU8M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 XU9P18NP340W XUB9ANAWL2 + XUZC50 XUJK06353 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU8M18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2 XU9P18NP340W XUB9ANBWL2 + XUZC50 XUJK063539 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU8M18NP340WD XUB0BNSWM12 XU9P18NP340WD XUB9ANAWM12 + XUZC50 XUJK063539D1 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU8M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 XU9P18NP340WD XUB9ANBWM12 + XUZC50 XUJK063539D2 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU8M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 XU9P18PP340 XUB9APANL2 + XUZC50 XUJK063539H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU8M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 XU9P18PP340 XUB9APBNL2 + XUZC50 XUJK063539P9 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU8M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 XU9P18PP340D XUB9APANM12 + XUZC50 XUJK06353D1 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU8M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 XU9P18PP340D XUB9APBNM12 + XUZC50 XUJK06353D2 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9B18NP340 XUB0ANSNL2 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340W XUB9APAWL2 + XUZC50 XUJK06353H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU9B18NP340D XUB0ANSNM12 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340W XUB9APBWL2 + XUZC50 XUJK06353P9 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9B18PP340 XUB0APSNL2 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340WD XUB9APAWM12 + XUZC50 XUJK103534 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9B18PP340D XUB0APSNM12 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340WD XUB9APBWM12 + XUZC50 XUJK103534D1 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9B18PP340L5 XUB0APSNL5 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340WL5 XUB9APANL5 + XUZC50 XUJK103534D2 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9M18NP340 XUB0BNSNL2 + XUZC50 XU9P18PP340WL5 XUB9APBNL5 + XUZC50 XUJK103534P9 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9M18NP340D XUB0BNSNM12 + XUZC50 Amplifier Design XUJK123538 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9M18NP340L5 XUB0BNSNL5 + XUZC50 XUDH003537 XUDA1PSML2 XUJK123538D1 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9M18NP340W XUB0BNSWL2 + XUZC50 XUDH003537S XUDA1PSMM8 XUJK123538D2 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9M18PP340 XUB0BPSNL2 + XUZC50 XUDH003537T10 XUDA1PSML2T10 XUJK123538P9 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9M18PP340D XUB0BPSNM12 + XUZC50 XUDH003937 XUDA2PSML2 XUJK703538 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 XU9M18PP340L5 XUB0BPSNL5 + XUZC50 XUDH003937S XUDA2PSMM8 XUJK703538D1 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9M18PP340W XUB0BPSWL2 + XUZC50 XUDJ003537 XUDA1NSML2 XUJK703538D2 XUX0AKSAM12 + XUZX2000 XU9M18PP340WD XUB0BPSWM12 + XUZC50 XUDJ003537S XUDA1NSMM8 XUJK703538H7 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XU9M18PP340WL5 XUB0BPSWL5 + XUZC50 XUDJ003937 XUDA2NSML2 XUJK703538P9 XUX0AKSAT16 + XUZX2000 Photoelectric Substitution Guide 147 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Substitution Guide Photoelectric Old Design New Design Compact Old Design New Design Old Design XUJT060319P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539DH7 XUK9APANM12 + XUZK2003 New Design XUJLM0811 XUX1ARCNT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT06031D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539DH7 XUK9APBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUJLM0811H7 XUX1ARCNT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUJT06031D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539H7 XUJLM0811P9 XUX1ARCNT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT06031P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539H7 XUK9APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUJLM0811T10 XUX1ARCNT16T10 + XUZX2000 XUJT100314 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539L05 XUK9APANL5 + XUZK2003 XUK9APBNL5 + XUZK2003 XUK9APANL2 + XUZK2003 XUJLM1503 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUJT100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539L05 XUJLM1503H7 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUJT100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539L10 XUK9APANL10 + XUZK2003 XUJLM1503P9 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUJT100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XULH043539L10 XUK9APBNL10 + XUZK2003 XUJLM1514 XUX2ARCNT16R + XUZX2000 XUJT100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJLM0619 XUK9ARCNL2 + XUZX2000 XUJLM1514H7 XUX2ARCNT16R + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUJT120318 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJLM0619H7 XUK9ARCNL2 + XUZX2000 XUK9ARCNL2 + XUZX2000 XUJLM1514P9 XUX2ARCNT16R + XUZX2000 XUJT120318D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJLM0619P9 XUJM06031 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT120318D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353 XUK1APANL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM060319 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT120318H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XULH06353 XUK1APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUK1APANM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM060319D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT120318P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353D XUJM060319D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT700318 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353D XUK1APBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM060319H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUJT700318D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353H7 XUK1APANL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM060319P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT700318D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353H7 XUK1APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM06031D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT700318H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XULH06353L05 XUK1APANL5 + XUZK2003 XUJM06031D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUJT700318P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH06353L05 XUK1APBNL5 + XUZK2003 XUJM06031H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 Compact 50 x 50 XULH06353L10 XUK1APANL10 + XUZK2003 XUJM06031P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK1ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH06353L10 XUK1APBNL10 + XUZK2003 XUJM1000 XUX0AKSAT16T + XUZX2000 XUK1ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH083534 XUK2APANL2R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL10 XUK0AKSAL10 + XUZK2003 + XUK0AKSAL10T + XUZK2003 XULH083534 XUK2APBNL2R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000D1 XUX0AKSAM12T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL10R XUK0AKSAL10 + XUZK2003 XULH083534D XUK2APANM12R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000D1 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL10T XUK0AKSAL10T + XUZK2003 XULH083534D XUK2APBNM12R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000D2 XUX0AKSAM12T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL2 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 + XUK0AKSAL2T + XUZK2003 XULH083534DH7 XUK2APANM12R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000D2 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAL2R XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XULH083534DH7 XUK 2APBNM12R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000H7 XUX0AKSAT16T + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUK2AKSAL2T XUK0AKSAL2T + XUZK2003 XULH083534L05 XUK2APANL5R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000H7 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUK2AKSAM12 XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 + XUK0AKSAM12T + XUZK2003 XULH083534L05 XUK2APBNL5R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000P9 XUX0AKSAT16T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAM12R XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XULH083534L10 XUK2APANL10R + XUZK2003 XUJM1000P9 XUX0ARCTT16T + XUZX2000 XUK2AKSAM12T XUK0AKSAM12T + XUZK2003 XULH083534L10 XUK2APBNL10R + XUZK2003 XUJM100314 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK2ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 + XUK2ARCTL10T + XUZK2003 XULH153538 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM100314D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK2ARCTL10R XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 XULH153538D XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM100314D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK2ARCTL10T XUK2ARCTL10T + XUZK2003 XULH153538H7 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM100314H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUK2ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 + XUK2ARCTL2T + XUZK2003 XULH153538L05 XUK0AKSAL5 + XUZK2003 XUJM100314P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK2ARCTL2R XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 XULH303538 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM120318 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK2ARCTL2T XUK2ARCTL2T + XUZK2003 XULH303538D XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM120318D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK5AKSAL10 XUK0AKSAL10 + XUZK2003 XULH303538DH7 XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM120318D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK5AKSAL2 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XULH303538L05 XUK0AKSAL5 + XUZK2003 XUJM120318H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUK5AKSAM12 XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XULH303538L10 XUK0AKSAL10 + XUZK2003 XUJM120318P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK5ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 XULH703535 XUK5APANL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM700318 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK5ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 XULH703535 XUK5APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM700318D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK9AKSAL10 XUK0AKSAL10 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH703535D XUK5APANM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM700318D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK9AKSAL2 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH703535D XUK5APBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUJM700318H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XUK9AKSAM12 XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH703535H7 XUK5APANL2 + XUZK2003 XUJM700318P9 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK9ARCTL10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH703535H7 XUK5APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUJT06031 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XUK9ARCTL2 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 + XUZA50 XULH703535L05 XUK5APANL5 + XUZK2003 XUJT060319 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539 XUK9APANL2 + XUZK2003 XULH703535L05 XUK5APBNL5 + XUZK2003 XUJT060319D1 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539 XUK9APBNL2 + XUZK2003 XULH703535L10 XUK5APANL10 + XUZK2003 XUJT060319D2 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 XULH043539D XUK9APANM12 + XUZK2003 XULH703535L10 XUK5APBNL10 + XUZK2003 XUJT060319H7 XUX0ARCTT16 + XUZX2000 + XUZX2001 XULH043539D XUK9APBNM12 + XUZK2003 XULJ043539 XUK9ANANL2 + XUZK2003 148 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Old Design New Design Compact 50 x 50 Old Design New Design Miniature Old Design New Design XUMLJ0259S XUM9ANBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ043539 XUK9ANBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMH023539 XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0451 XUM1ANANL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ043539D XUK9ANANM12 + XUZK2003 XUMH023539L10 XUM0APSAL10 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0451 XUM1ANBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ043539D XUK9ANBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUMH03353 XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0451S XUM1ANANM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ06353 XUK1ANANL2 + XUZK2003 XUMH03353L10 XUM0APSAL10 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0451S XUM1ANBM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ06353 XUK1ANBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMH07301 XUM2AKSNL2T + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0854 XUM2ANANL2R + XUZM2003 XULJ06353D XUK1ANANM12 + XUZK2003 XUMH07301L10 XUM2AKSNL10T + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0854 XUM2ANBNL2R + XUZM2003 XULJ06353D XUK1ANBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUMH073534 XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0854S XUM2ANANM8R + XUZM2003 XULJ06353L10 XUK1ANANL10 + XUZK2003 XUMH073534L10 XUM0APSAL10 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ0854S XUM2ANBNM8R + XUZM2003 XULJ06353L10 XUK1ANBNL10 + XUZK2003 XUMH103535 XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ1055 XUM6ANANL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ083534 XUK2ANANL2R + XUZK2003 XUMH15353R XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ1055 XUM6ANBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ083534D XUK2ANANM12R + XUZK2003 XUMH703535 XUM0APSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ1055S XUM6ANANM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ153538 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUMJ023539 XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ1055S XUM6ANBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ153538D XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XUMJ03353 XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ4055 XUM5ANANL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ153538H7 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUMJ073534 XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ4055 XUM5ANBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ153538L05 XUK0AKSAL5 + XUZK2003 XUMJ103535 XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ4055S XUM5ANANM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ303538 XUK0AKSAL2 + XUZK2003 XUMJ15353R XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XUMLJ4055S XUM5ANBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ303538D XUK0AKSAM12 + XUZK2003 XUMJ703535 XUM0ANSAL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ303538L05 XUK0AKSAL5 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0259 XUM9APANL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ703535 XUK5ANANL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0259 XUM9APBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULJ703535 XUK5ANBNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0259S XUM9APANM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ703535D XUK5ANANM12 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0259S XUM9APBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULJ703535D XUK5ANBNM12 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451 XUM1APANL2 + XUZM2003 XULK0830 XUK2AKSNL2T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451 XUM1APBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULK0830D XUK2AKSNM12T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451L10 XUM1APANL10 + XUZM2003 XULK0830L05 XUK2AKSNL5T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451L10 XUM1APBNL10 + XUZM2003 XULK0830L10 XUK2AKSNL10T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451S XUM1APANM8 + XUZM2003 XULM040319 XUK9ARCNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451S XUM1APBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULM040319H7 XUK9ARCNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451T10 XUM1APANL2T10 + XUZM2003 XULM040319L05 XUK9ARCNL5 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0451T10 XUM1APBNL2T10 + XUZM2003 XULM040319L10 XUK9ARCNL10 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0803 XUM2AKSNL2T + XUZM2003 XULM0600 XUK2ARCNL2T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0803S XUM2AKSNM8T + XUZM2003 XULM0600H7 XUK2ARCNL2T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0854 XUM2APANL2R + XUZM2003 XULM0600L05 XUK2ARCNL5T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0854 XUM2APBNL2R + XUZM2003 XULM0600L10 XUK2ARCNL10T + XUZK2003 XUMLH0854S XUM2APANM8R + XUZM2003 XULM06031 XUK1ARCNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH0854S XUM2APBNM8R + XUZM2003 XULM06031H7 XUK1ARCNL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH1055 XUM6APANL2 + XUZM2003 XULM06031H7L10 XUK1ARCNL10 + XUZK2003 XUMLH1055 XUM6APBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULM06031L05 XUK1ARCNL5 + XUZK2003 XUMLH1055S XUM6APANM8 + XUZM2003 XULM06031L10 XUK1ARCNL10 + XUZK2003 XUMLH1055S XUM6APBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULM080314 XUK2ARCNL2R + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055 XUM5APANL2 + XUZM2003 XULM080314H7 XUK2ARCNL2R + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055 XUM5APBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULM080314L05 XUK2ARCNL5R + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055S XUM5APANM8 + XUZM2003 XULM080314L10 XUK2ARCNL10R + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055S XUM5APBNM8 + XUZM2003 XULM300318 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055T10 XUM5APANL2T10 + XUZM2003 XULM300318H7 XUK0ARCTL2 + XUZK2003 XUMLH4055T10 XUM5APBNL2T10 + XUZM2003 XULM300318H7L10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 XUMLJ0259 XUM9ANANL2 + XUZM2003 XULM300318L05 XUK0ARCTL5 + XUZK2003 XUMLJ0259 XUM9ANBNL2 + XUZM2003 XULM300318L10 XUK0ARCTL10 + XUZK2003 XUMLJ0259S XUM9ANANM8 + XUZM2003 Photoelectric Substitution Guide 149 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors General Photoelectric Principles of optical detection Composition of a photoelectric sensor A photoelectric sensor basically comprises a light beam emitter (light emitting diode) and a light sensitive receiver (photo-transistor). A light emitting diode (LED) is an electronic semi-conductor component that emits light when an electrical current flows through it. This light can be visible or invisible, depending on the transmission wavelength. Detection occurs when an object enters the transmitted light beam and, in so doing, affects the intensity of the light at the receiver. As the light intensity at the receiver decreases, a point is reached whereby the output of the sensor changes state. 2 1 3 4 1 Light beam emitter 2 Light beam receiver 3 Processing stage 4 Output stage Light spectrum Depending on the model, the transmission beam is either infrared, visible red, or visible green. Visible red LEDs and photo-transistors are used for plastic fiber-optic and polarized retroreflective system sensors. 10 1 nm 400 nm 100 200 300 Modulation 750 nm 3 µm 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 The advantage of LEDs is their very fast response. To render the system insensitive to ambient light, the current flowing through the LED is modulated to produce a pulsed light transmission. Only the pulsed signal is used by the photo-transistor and processed to control the load. 150 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Thru-beam system The thru-beam system comprises two components: an emitter and a receiver. • long sensing distance—up to 203 ft (62 m) • precise and reliable detection • good resistance in polluted environments (dust, stray light beams, etc.) But: • the object to be detected must be opaque • it requires two components that must be mounted facing each other (emitter and receiver) Retroreflective system The retroreflective system comprises an emitter/receiver unit and a reflector for returning the transmitted light beam back to the receiver. • medium sensing distance • precise detection • simple installation and setup (only one component to be wired) • detection of opaque objects (general retroreflective system) or non-reflective transparent objects (retroreflective system specifically for transparent materials) But: recommended for use only in clean environments. Polarized retroreflective system The polarized retroreflective system is an extension of the retroreflective system and incorporates light beam polarization filters. These filters enable reflective objects to be detected. Its characteristics are identical to those of the retroreflective system, but include the following features: • reliable detection of all types of reflective objects, due to the polarization filters • visible light beam transmission (red), which assists alignment of the system Proximity diffuse system The proximity diffuse system comprises one emitter/receiver unit. The object itself reflects the transmitted light beam back to the receiver. • short sensing distance that depends on the color of the object (reflection coefficient) • simple installation and setup (only one component to be mounted and wired) • detection of any type of object (opaque, reflective or transparent) But: only recommended for use in clean environments. Proximity diffuse system with background suppression The proximity diffuse system with background suppression is an extension of the proximity diffuse system and incorporates features that make it insensitive to background objects. Its characteristics are identical to those of the proximity diffuse system, but include the following features: • sensing distance not related to color of object • insensitive to background objects, even if they are more reflective than the object to be detected Photoelectric Detection Systems 151 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Detection Systems Characteristics Photoelectric Thru-beam system Retroreflective system Aligning the emitter and receiver Function of the reflector A thru-beam system requires precise alignment of the emitter and receiver. The mechanical alignment tool is recommended for thru-beam systems with long sensing distances. The reflector comprises numerous corner cube cavities that ensure total reflection of all light rays back along the same path. Types of reflector: • circular • rectangular • reflective tape The reflector orientation angle (α) must be between 10 and 20° (see the sensing distance correction coefficient graph below). α 40 α 30 20 10 0 Angle of incidence α Choosing a reflector 0 80 % 100 % Correction coefficient Effect of the reflector size on the sensing distance of the sensor. XUZC16 XUZC21 XUZC31 XUZC39 XUZC80 XUZC100 XUZC24 XUZC50 XUZB01/B05 c XUZB11/B15 c 0 10 % 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 % 125 % 150 % XUE, XUJ, XUL, XUM, ZUC XUE, XUJ, XUL, XUM polarized retroreflective, ZUC XUB, XUP, XU••18 ■ For a surface area equivalent to the XUZC80. The reflector must be smaller than the object to be detected. 152 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Detection Systems Retroreflective system (cont.) Positioning the reflector The positioning of the reflector must be very precise to reflect the transmitted beam back to the receiver. Photoelectric Characteristics Incorrect orientation Incorrect centering Correct position To avoid inadvertent operation due to stray reflections, avoid mounting the sensor-reflector optical axis at right-angles to the object to be detected, or any other reflective objects. Using reflectors for short sensing distances When using a reflector with small corner cubes (for example XUZC80) for short sensing distances (D < 10% Sn), almost all of the beam is reflected back to the emitter and the sensor fails to operate correctly. Using a reflector with large corner cubes (for example XUZC24 and XUZC50) ensures that the light beam will be reflected back towards the receiver. D D D < 10% Sn Polarized retroreflective system Detecting highly reflective objects In the polarized retroreflective system, the transmitted light beam is filtered so that only the rays on a vertical plane are passed through. The corner cube reflector depolarizes the beam and reflects it back to the receiver, which is designed to accept light rays on a horizontal plane only. Applications: A reflective object sends back the light rays in the same plane on which they were received (vertical plane). The beam is blocked by the receiver filter, since only rays on a horizontal plane are accepted. 1 2 1 3 4 1 2 3 4 Non-polarized Vertically polarized Horizontally polarized The reflector depolarizes the light beam 153 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Detection Systems Characteristics Photoelectric Proximity diffuse system Influence of the object material to be detected The sensing distance of a proximity diffuse system sensor is influenced by the object material (reflection coefficient, color, etc.). Usable sensing distance Sn 1,2 Sn Sn 0,5 Sn Object reflection coefficient 0,1 Sn 10 % 50 % 100 % 140 % White paper Brown cardboard Planed wood Wooden pallets Aluminum Plastic bottles Rubber The curve above indicates the usable sensing distance (Sn) correction factor related to the reflection coefficient of the object. Note: If the application requires that different object materials be detected at the same distance, the choice of sensor and adjustment of the sensitivity is based on the object that has the lowest reflection coefficient. Influence of background objects If background objects are more reflective than the object to be detected, the proximity diffuse system is not suitable. To avoid background detection, use a proximity diffuse system with background suppression. ON ON Proximity diffuse system with background suppression Principle This system enables detection of an object at a given distance regardless of its color (reflection coefficient), while ignoring any background objects. It is a proximity diffuse system that focuses the light beam such that the luminous spot being reflected back to the photo-sensitive receiver is at a distance equal to that of the object to be detected. By relating to the distance of this spot, the sensor differentiates the object from the background. Object 1 Object 2 Transmitter Background Detection threshold Background spot Object spot 1 Non detection Detection Object spot 2 Setup recommendations Recommended trajectories of objects Recommended Recommended Not recommended 154 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Specific Systems Fiber optics Principle The fiber optic acts as a light conductor. Light rays entering the fiber at a certain angle are conveyed to the required place, with minimum loss. 1 1 core 2 sheath Plastic fibers The core of the fiber is flexible plastic (PMMA). There is usually a single fiber, 0.25 to 1 mm, depending on the model. Plastic fibers are used with amplifiers transmitting red light. Minimum bend radius: • 10 mm for fiber with 0.25 mm core, • 25 mm for fiber with 1 mm core. Advantage: Fibers can be cut to the required length. Glass fibers The core of the fiber is silica. For maximum flexibility, each fiber comprises numerous strands of approximate diameter 50 µ. Glass fibers are used with amplifiers transmitting infrared or red light. Minimum bend radius: • 10 mm (0.39 in.) with plastic sheath • 90 mm (3.54 in.) with stainless steel sheath Advantages: • suitable for use in temperatures up to 250 °C (482 °F) • stainless steel sheathed fibers provide protection against mechanical impacts and crushing. DXU 3537 H00 Specific aspects t Optical heads Specific aspects Proximity diffuse system for color mark reading Detection of contrasting colors 2 Photoelectric General Separate amplifier • Compact size • Detection of very small objects • Precise detection Separate amplifier • Very small detection head • Extensive range of heads (fork, extra flat, convergent, etc.) for specific applications • Detection of small objects Detection of color index mark on contrasting plain color background. Principle of operation based on the difference between the colors (contrast) of the background and index mark in green or red light. The stronger the contrast between the colors, the higher the difference between the received signal strengths and the more reliable the detection. 155 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Outputs and Wiring Photoelectric 2-wire 2-wire AC or AC/DC BN AC or AC/DC BU AC or AC/DC • • 3-wire 3-wire DC PNP or NPN type + BN • PNP • BK BU – BN + NPN Not protected against overload and short-circuit Light or dark switching output function, depending on model Protected against overload and short-circuit 4 models: – PNP light switching – NPN light switching – PNP dark switching – NPN dark switching BK – BU 3-wire DC PNP or NPN type, light or dark programmable switching • OG + BN • PNP BK BU – BN + • NPN BK – BU OG 5-wire 5-wire AC/DC output relay BK AC/DC OG RD BN BU • • AC/DC • Analog output Output voltage + 3 • 4 Vs D 6 – 1 Output current + 3 5 D mA 1 6 – • Protected against overload and short-circuit 2 models: – PNP light/dark programmable switching – NPN light/dark programmable switching Light or dark switching programming by means of connecting orange wire (OG) to either: – brown wire (BN) for light switching – blue wire (BU) for dark switching Light switching or light/dark programmable switching, depending on model AC or DC supply with wide voltage range 1 N.C./N.O. output relay, either 2 A (cos ϕ = 1) or 0.5 A (cos ϕ = 0.4) Analog output sensors are based on a proximity diffuse system with background suppression and provide an output signal proportional to the distance of the object from the sensor (signal not dependent on the reflection coefficient of the object). 2 output configurations possible on the same unit: – Output voltage: The output voltage varies between 0 and 10 V, in proportion to the sensor-object distance. – Output current: The output current varies between 4 and 20 mA, in proportion to the sensor-object distance. 156 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Output functions Photoelectric Outputs and Connections Light switching: beam received = output On Thru-beam and retroreflective systems: OFF Output On = no object present ON Proximity diffuse system: Output On = object present ON OFF Dark switching: beam not received (broken) = output On Thru-beam and retroreflective systems: ON Output On = object present OFF Proximity diffuse system: Output On = no object present OFF ON Connection methods Pre-cabled Factory-fitted molded cable—good protection against splashing liquids Connector Ease of installation and maintenance Screw terminals Flexibility—cable runs to required length 157 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Complementary Functions Photoelectric Output signal time delay Principle Some models of XUJ, XUX, XUV, and XUC sensors incorporate an adjustable time delay. The following configurations are possible: • light switching output, time delay on beam break • dark switching output, time delay on beam break • light switching output, time delay on beam make • dark switching output, time delay on beam make Delay on beam make Time delay on beam make Delay on beam break Thru-beam system Thru-beam system Retroreflective system Retroreflective system Object leaves detection zone: beam made Object enters detection zone: beam broken Proximity diffuse system Proximity diffuse system Object enters detection zone: beam made Object leaves detection zone: beam broken The time delay is triggered as the beam is made and the output will not change state until the preset time (T) has elapsed. If the beam is broken and re-made during this period, the timer resets to zero. Receiver state (beam made/ beam broken) t t Time delay period Time delay on beam make T Light switching output 1 Dark switching output 1 t 0 t 0 The time delay is triggered as the beam is broken and the output will not change state until the preset time (T) has elapsed. If the beam is made and re-broken during this period, the timer resets to zero. Receiver state (beam made/ beam broken) t t Time delay period T Light switching output 1 Dark switching output 1 0 0 T t t 158 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors One shot function Principle The one shot function is an extension of the time delay function and can either be on beam make or on beam break. As the beam is made or broken, the output of the sensor immediately changes state and remains in this condition during the preset time T, regardless of further beam makes or breaks. After the preset time T has elapsed, the output returns to its initial state until the next beam make or beam break. Time delay and one shot function Sensors incorporating feature Sensor type Time delay function Monostable function Time delay - and/or ■ Adjustable 0.25 to 15 s or ★ Adjustable 0.03 to 1 s or 1 to 60 s XUJT••••• XUX••••• ▲ or ★ XUVH••••• XUVJ••••• - 40 ms fixed XUVF••••• - 40 ms fixed Adjustable 0.03 to 3 s or 1 to 60 s XUVT••••• ▲ or ★ Photoelectric Complementary Functions or ★ ■ Time delay on beam make and/or beam break. Switchable selection of beam make or beam break. ▲ Switchable selection of time delay or monostable. ★ Beam break test To confirm the correct operation of the sensor, a test input enables the transmitted beam to be broken, verifying that the output of the sensor changes state. This function is incorporated in sensor types XUM and XUV. BN + BN VI BU Beam made + VI – BU – Beam broken 159 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Complementary Functions Photoelectric Verification of correct operation A red LED illuminates when the intensity of the light beam at the receiver is no longer strong enough to ensure correct operation of the sensor. This can result from dirty lenses, excessively polluted atmosphere, disturbance of optical alignment, etc. This function is incorporated in retroreflective and thru-beam system sensor types XU•B18, XU•M18 (DC), XUM, XUJ, XUD and XUV. Signal 1,2 level 0,81 Red LED LED off Signal level LED on 1,2 1 0,8 Red LED t t In addition to the red LED indicting loss of received beam strength, a warning output is available for remote signalling. The output signal is delayed by 160 ms to eliminate temporary conditions. This function is incorporated in retroreflective and thru-beam system sensor types XUM, XUJ and XUV. Warning 1 output 0 LED off Optical alignment aid LED on A green LED assists setup by illuminating when optimum optical alignment of the sensor is achieved. This function is incorporated in sensor types XUJ, XUX, XUD, and XUV. Signal 1,2 level 1 0,8 Red LED Green LED Optimum alignment LED off LED on Detecting transparent objects These retroreflective system sensors, with low hysteresis, are specifically designed for detecting transparent object materials, such as: • PET and PVC bottles and receptacles • clear glass bottles, etc. • PE (polyethylene) films These systems use visible red beam transmission. They are used in conjunction with a close-range reflector, type XUZC24 or XUZC50. The sensing distance of the sensor depends on the reflector used. The sensor-reflector distance depends on both the reflector used and the material to be detected. 160 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Synchronization inputs The synchronization input is an additional wire used externally to either activate or deactivate the sensor. When the sensor is deactivated (blocked) its output is Off, regardless of the presence or absence of an object. This synchronization input is incorporated in amplifiers for use with optical sensing heads (type XUV). PNP type sensors + Synchronization input open PNP Photoelectric Complementary Functions Sensor deactivated (blocked) Output Off – + Synchronization input connected to “+” PNP Sensor activated Normal operation of sensor and associated output – NPN type sensors + Synchronization input connected to “–” NPN Sensor deactivated (blocked) Output Off – + Synchronization input open NPN Sensor activated Normal operation of sensor and associated output – Application example: Verification of cork presence in bottle The synchronization feature makes it possible to verify the presence of a cork in a bottle and to feed this information to a PLC in the form S = no cork present. This is achieved by two detections: “presence of bottle” (synchronization sensor 2) and “absence of cork” (optical sensing head 3). Advantages: • Processing speed is very fast (unrelated to the cycle time of the PLC). • Use of a PLC input is saved. • This delocalized function can be used in an autonomous way, without a PLC, to directly control an actuator for the removal of a defective product. 1 2 BK 3 1 S GR Amplifier type XUV (PNP). Proximity diffuse system with a light-switching, PNP-type photoelectric sensor (detecting bottle presence/absence). 3 Convergent optical sensing head type XUVN02428 (detecting cork presence/absence). BK = output signal wires from amplifier 1 and sensor 2. GR = synchronization input wire of amplifier 1. BK 2 161 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Curves Photoelectric Detection curves Thru-beam system Ideal detection The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the receiver. The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensor’s output to change state. R T d ≤ Sn T = emitter R = receiver Acceptable detection R T d ≤ Sn Example: detecting an object’s excessive height Special cases: It is possible to modify the usable beam to suit the application by masking the lenses. 1 Effective beam 2 Mask 1 Retroreflective and polarized retroreflective systems 2 Ideal detection The zone indicates the positioning tolerance of the reflector. The zone represents the usable sensing zone of the system. Any opaque object entering this zone breaks the beam and causes the sensor’s output to change state. Sn T = emitter R = receiver Acceptable detection T/R Sn Proximity diffuse and proximity diffuse with background suppression systems T/R Sn Object 20 x 20 cm T/R Sn The zone represents the sensor’s sensitivity zone. All of this zone is usable: any sufficiently reflective object entering this zone, in the direction of the arrow, causes the sensor’s output to change state. The black line corresponds to a white surface and the gray line to a darker surface. A test, using the object to be detected, enables calculation of the zone of sensitivity in relation to the object’s reflection coefficient. 90% white object 18% gray object Proximity diffuse systems with background suppression enable the detection of colored objects, or objects with different reflection coefficients, at virtually the same distance. 90% white object 6% black object Object 20 x 20 cm 162 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Gain curves Principle Photoelectric Curves The operating distance (Sa) is the assured operating distance of the sensor, accounting for the environment (dust, etc.) and the reflector used. Sa < Sn (Sn = nominal sensing distance). The gain curve indicates the acceptable safety margin for a thru-beam or retroreflective system sensor before jeopardizing its correct operation. The gain is defined by the following ratio: gain = signal received by the photo-transistor signal needed for switching Gain 1 corresponds to the minimum signal received that causes the sensor’s output to change state. The following thresholds should be used, depending on the ambient conditions: • gain ≥ 5: slightly dusty environment • gain ≥ 10: polluted environment (dusty ambient air, slight mist) • gain ≥ 50: very polluted environment (fog, smoke, etc.) The measured values are generally transcribed onto a log/log graph: • the distances are shown by the x-axis • the gain is shown by the y-axis NOTE: The sensing distance varies with the temperature. The nominal sensing distances, as indicated on the reference/characteristic pages for the various types of photoelectric sensors, account for these variations within the temperature limits shown. Examples of excess gain curves Thru-beam system: XUJM1000 + XUJM100314 (measurement made at ambient temperature 25 °C / 77 °F). Nominal sensing distance Sn = 20 m 500 Polluted environment (necessary gain = 10) Sa ≤ 3 m 100 50 10 Very polluted environment (necessary gain = 50) Sa ≤ 1 m 5 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 D (m) 4 6 0.1 0.2 0.4 0,8 0.6 1 Retroreflective system: XUJM06031 (measurement made at ambient temperature 25 °C / 77 °F, with reflector XUZC80). Nominal sensing distance Sn = 12 m 40 30 20 Polluted environment (necessary gain = 10) Sa ≤ 5 m 10 5 1 0.1 0.2 0.6 1 0.4 0.8 2 4 6 8 10 3 5 9 D (m) 163 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Standards and Certifications Parameters Related to the Environment Photoelectric Influence of climatic environment Ambient light Standard photoelectric sensors are designed to have a high immunity to ambient light. NOTE: Take precautions in the event of pulsed lights (such as neon signs, flashing beacons, and flash lights). Dust, fumes, pollution, temperature, humidity If the operating temperatures indicated on the reference/characteristic pages for the various sensors are not followed, the sensing distances will be affected, jeopardizing the correct operation of the unit. Behavior in environments with high levels of interference: • retroreflective system: risk of unreliable operation • proximity diffuse system: not recommended • thru-beam system: recommended Correction coefficients to be applied to sensing distances indicated: • 1.00: clean environment • 0.60: lightly polluted environment • 0.25: moderately polluted environment • 0.10: heavily polluted environment (for thru-beam system). 3 2 Outdoor mounting: Ensure that the sensor (and reflector) are well protected. Mount the sensor (and reflector) on a thermally insulated surface to prevent frost, ice, or condensation from affecting the optical components. 1 1 2 3 Protective cover Sun shade Thermally insulated support Resistance to chemicals in the environment Due to the very wide range of chemicals encountered in modern industry, it is very difficult to give general guidelines common to all sensors. To ensure lasting efficient operation, it is essential that the chemicals coming into contact with the sensors do not affect their casings and, in doing so, prevent their reliable operation. Refer to “Enclosure Materials” on the specification pages relating to the various sensor models. Resistance to shock The sensors are tested in accordance with the standard IEC 60068-2-27. Resistance to vibration The sensors are tested in accordance with the standard IEC 60068-2-6. Degrees of protection Refer to the reference/characteristic pages for the various sensors. IP67: Protection against the effects of immersion, tested in accordance with the standard IEC 60529. Sensor immersed for 30 minutes in 1 m (3.28 ft) of water. No deterioration in either operating or insulation characteristics is permitted. 164 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Terminology MA Ir Leakage current (Ir): The leakage current (Ir) corresponds to the current flowing through the sensor when in the open state. Characteristic of 2-wire type photoelectric sensors. XU Vd V XU Supply voltage V on Detector operational at state 1 Detector at state 0 Photoelectric Specific Aspects of Electronic Sensors Voltage drop (Vd): The voltage drop (Vd) corresponds to the voltage at the sensor’s terminals when in the closed state. (Value measured at nominal current rating of sensor). Characteristic of 2-wire type photoelectric sensors. First-up delay: The time (t) between the connection of the power supply to the photoelectric sensor and its fully operational state. t Ra Supply Rr Photoelectric sensors for AC circuits Other delays: • Response time (Ra): The time delay between entry of an object into the operating zone of the sensor, and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the speed and size of the object. • Recovery time (Rr): The time delay between an object leaving the operating zone, in which it is being detected, and the subsequent change of output state. This parameter limits the interval between successive objects. Check that the voltage limits of the sensor are compatible with the rated voltage of the AC supply used. (AC and AC/DC models) Photoelectric sensors for DC circuits DC source: Check that the voltage limits of the sensor and the acceptable level of ripple, are compatible with the supply used. AC source (comprising the transformer, rectifier, and smoothing capacitor): The supply voltage must be within the operating limits specified for the sensor. Where the voltage is derived from a single-phase AC supply, the voltage must be rectified and smoothed to ensure that: • The peak voltage of the DC supply is lower than the maximum voltage rating of the sensor. Peak voltage = nominal voltage × 2 • The minimum voltage of the DC supply is greater than the minimum voltage rating of the sensor, given that: ΔV = ( l × t ) ⁄ C ΔV = maximum ripple: 10% (V) I = anticipated load current (mA) t = period of 1 cycle (10 ms full wave rectified for a 50 Hz supply frequency voltage) C = capacitance (µF) As a general rule, use a transformer with a lower secondary voltage (Ve) than the required DC voltage (V). Example: 18 Vac to obtain 24 Vdc 36 Vac to obtain 48 Vdc Fit a smoothing capacitor of 400 µF minimum per sensor, or 2,000 µF minimum per ampere required. 165 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Specific Aspects of Electronic Sensors Photoelectric Types of output 2-wire AC/DC AC/DC 3-wire + PNP These sensors are wired in series with the load to be switched. As a result, they are subject to: • a leakage current (in the open state) • a voltage drop (in the closed state) For polarized (polarity conscious) DC sensors, the supply polarities must be observed. For non-polarized (not polarity conscious) AC sensors, the supply polarity load connections to + or – are immaterial. Advantages: • The sensors can be wired in the same way as mechanical limit switches. • For AC and AC/DC models, they can be connected to either positive (PNP) or negative (NPN) logic inputs (no risk of incorrect connections). But: Check the possible effects of residual current and voltage drop on the input device being controlled (pick-up and drop-out thresholds). These sensors comprise 2 wires for the DC supply and a third wire for transmission of the output signal. • PNP type: switching the positive side to the load • NPN type: switching the negative side to the load The programmable universal sensors provide a choice of function, either: PNP/N.O., PNP/N.C., NPN/N.O., NPN/N.C. – + NPN – 5-wire AC/DC AC/DC Advantages: • No residual current, low voltage drop • N.O. + N.C. versions, for solid-state input coincidence control (4-wire type: XUJ, XUC, and XUX) • Programmable models, reduced stock levels But: Certain models must be used only with their designated PNP or NPN type of logic input. Sensors incorporating output relay. Both AC and DC sensors have electrically separate supply and output circuits. Advantages: • Higher output current, no voltage drop, no residual current • Flexibility of output voltage • Suitability for use with PLCs But: Reduced service life and operating rate Example: XUJ, XUC, XUL and XUX sensors incorporating an output relay Number of operating cycles Number of operating cycles 1.5 107 0.01 0.1 1 Service life for cos ϕ = 0.4 10 i(A) 0.01 0.1 1 24 V 220 V 6 24 V 110 V 48 V 10 110 V 48 V 6 220 V 10 1.5 7 10 5 10 i(A) Service life for cos ϕ = 1 166 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Connection in series 2-wire type Consider the following points: • Multivoltage sensors cannot be connected in series. • When in the open state, all sensors share the supply voltage, i.e.: U sensor = • • U supply n sensors Photoelectric Electrical Installation of Electronic Sensors (assuming that each sensor has the same residual current value). U sensor and U supply must remain within the sensor’s voltage limits. If only one sensor in the circuit is in the open state, it will be supplied at a voltage almost equal to the supply voltage. When in the closed state, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor. The resultant loss of voltage at the load will be the sum of the individual voltage drops and, therefore, the load voltage should be selected accordingly. 3-wire type Not recommended. Prone to incorrect operation, must be pretested. Consider the following points: • Sensor 1 carries the load current in addition to the no-load current consumption values of the other sensors connected in series. For certain models, this connection method is not possible unless a current limiting resistor is used. • When in the closed state, each sensor produces a voltage drop and, therefore, the load voltage should be selected accordingly. • When sensor 1 closes, sensor 2 does not operate until a certain time T has elapsed (corresponding to the first-up delay) and likewise for each sensor in the sequence. • Flywheel diodes should be used when the load being switched is inductive. 5-wire type For these sensors the supply and output circuits are electrically separate. • The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1,500 to 2,500 V, depending on the model. • The maximum voltage across each contact is 250 V. 167 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Electrical Installation of Electronic Sensors Photoelectric Connection in series (continued) Wiring sensor with mechanical contact 2- and 3-wire type sensors U Consider the following points: • When the mechanical contact is open, the photoelectric sensor is not supplied. • When the contact closes, the sensor does not operate until a certain time T has elapsed (corresponding to the first-up delay). 5-wire type sensors Usage of schemes 2 or 3 is recommended. In scheme 1, as the external series contact opens, the voltage transient caused by the breaking of the inductive load will appear inside the sensor and, if greater than the recommended maximum insulation voltage, may cause a flashover within the sensor. The return path of this voltage will be back to one line of the supply, through the sensor, and should flashover occur anywhere on the printed circuit board, severe damage could occur. Scheme 1 Connection in parallel AC AC AC AC AC AC Scheme 2 Scheme 3 2-wire type Using sensors wired in parallel, either between themselves or together with mechanical contacts, is not recommended. Should one of the sensors be in the closed state, the sensor in parallel will be shorted out and no longer supplied. As the first sensor passes into the open state, the second sensor will become energized and will be subject to its firstup delay. The configuration is only permissible where the sensors will be working alternately. This method of connection can lead to irreversible damage of the units. 3-wire type No restrictions. Using flywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load (relay) is being switched. 5-wire type No restrictions. For these sensors, the supply and output circuits are electrically separate. The sensor/relay contact galvanic isolation is 1,500 to 2,500 V, depending on the model. The maximum voltage across each contact is 250 Vac, depending on the model. 168 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Wiring advice Cable length No limitation up to 200 m (656 ft) or up to a line capacitance of ≤ 0.1 µF (characteristics of the sensor remain unaffected). However, it is advisable to account for voltage drop on the line. Separation of control and power cables Telemecanique® photoelectric sensors are immune to electrical interference encountered in normal industrial conditions. Where extreme conditions of electrical noise could occur (large motors, spot-welders, etc.), protect against transients in the normal way: • suppress interference at the source • limit the cable length • separate power and control wiring from each other • filter the supply • use twisted and shielded cable pairs for output signals In cases necessitating intervention at the machine (such as arc welding), disconnect the sensors. Photoelectric Electrical Installation of Electronic Sensors cm in. 1 ≥10 ≥3.94 1 2 Dust and damp protection of cable glands 2 1 Control cable 2 Power cable The level of dust and damp protection depends on how carefully the screws, seals, cable glands, blanking plugs, etc. are tightened. To ensure efficient dust and damp protection, use the correct diameter cable for the cable gland used. AC supply 2-wire type sensors must not be connected directly to an AC supply. This would result in immediate destruction of the sensor and considerable danger to the user. An appropriate load (refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor) must always be connected in series with the sensor. Capacitive load (greater than 0.1 µF) At switch-on, it is necessary to limit (by resistor) the charging current of the capacitive load C. The voltage drop in the sensor can also be accounted for by subtracting it from the supply voltage for calculation of R. -R -C Load comprising an incandescent lamp R= + a – + a V (supply) I max. (sensor) If the load comprises an incandescent lamp, the cold state resistance can be one-tenth that of the hot state resistance. This can cause very high current levels on switching. Fit a pre-heat resistance in parallel with the photoelectric sensor. R= V2 P x 10 V = supply voltage P = lamp power – 169 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Photoelectric Sensors Electrical Installation of Electronic Sensors Troubleshooting Photoelectric Problem Possible causes Remedy The sensor’s output does not change state when an object enters the operating zone. Output stage faulty or complete failure of the sensor (in either case, the sensor must be replaced), or the shortcircuit protection has tripped Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply being used. Check the load current characteristics: • If load current I ≥ maximum current, a relay should be interposed between the sensor and the load. • If load current I ≤ maximum current, check for wiring faults (short circuit). In any case, a quick-blow fuse should be placed in series with the sensor. Wiring error Verify that the wiring conforms to the wiring shown on the sensor label or instruction sheet. Supply fault Check that the sensor is compatible with the supply (AC or DC). Check that the supply voltage is within the voltage limits of the sensor. Remember that with rectified, filtered supply: d( U peak = U nominal × 2 ) . With a retroreflective system: • incorrect use of reflector • poor state of reflector The retroreflective system must operate in conjunction with a reflector. Respect the operating distances. Clean the reflector. Replace the reflector if it has been damaged. Influence of reflective background or object surface (stray reflections) Refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor. For adjustable sensors, reduce or increase the sensing distance. Operating distance poorly defined for the reflector or object used Apply the correction coefficients. Realign the system. Clean the reflector or, if damaged, replace it. Influence of immediate environment Clean the lenses and reflector. Fit a lens hood, where required. Influence of transient interference on the supply lines. Ensure that any DC supplies, when derived from rectified AC, are correctly smoothed (C > 400 µF). Separate AC power cables and DC low level cables. Where very long distances are involved, use suitable cable: screened and twisted pairs of the correct cross-sectional area. Presence of equipment liable to emit electromagnetic interference Position the sensors as far away as possible from any sources of interference. Response time of the sensor too slow for the particular object to be detected Check the suitability of the sensor for the object to be detected. If necessary, select a photoelectric sensor with a higher switching frequency. Influence of high temperature Eliminate sources of radiated heat, or protect the sensor casing with a heat shield. Adjust the temperature around the mounting support, and realign. Vibration, shock Realign. Change the support, or protect the sensor. Contact deterioration On an inductive load, use an RC suppressor connected in parallel with the load. Example: LA4D••• To eliminate contact contamination, the minimum current recommended is 15 mA. The relay output models are not recommended for rapid counting of objects, since their service life is too short. Use models with a solid-state output. Dusty atmosphere Clean the lenses and reflectors with a soft cloth. Operation is false or erratic, with or without the presence of an object in the operating zone No detection following a period of service 170 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog September File 9006 07 CONTENTS Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Auto-Adaptable and Standard Flat Inductive Proximity Sensor . . . . . . . 180 Auto-Adaptable and Standard Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensor . . . . 184 Application-Specific Flat, Rectangular and Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Capacitive Proximity Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Magnet-Actuated Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Mechanical Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Operation and Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Catalog Number Cross-Reference to New OSI Catalog Numbers . . . . . 344 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensors Interpretation of Catalog Numbers I Proximity Sensors Example X S 8 C 1 J F E C D L 0 L 0 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 6 8 2 8 0 A 1 P A L 2 M M U U L L L L L T 8 1 7 2 0 2 5 1 0 1 Inductive Sensor Proximity TYPE Tubular Optimum Tubular Universal Optimum Rectangular Universal Rectangular Application Specific FORMAT OR MODE Rectangular 8 x 8 x 20 mm Rectangular 8 x 15 x 32 mm Rectangular 13 x 26 x 26 mm Rectangular 15 x 40 x 40 mm Rectangular 26 x 80 x 80 mm Tubular Smooth 4 mm Tubular 5 mm Tubular Smooth 6 mm Tubular 8 mm Tubular 12 mm Tubular 18 mm Tubular 30 mm FAMILY TYPE OR MATERIAL Applications Plastic Metal Stainless Steel APPLICATION Operating Mode Food and Beverage Namur Ferrous Only Light Industry Ferrous/Non-Ferrous Non-Ferrous only Speed Control Serdac Weld Field Immune OUTPUTS DC 3-Wire PNP DC 3-Wire NPN DC 3-Wire PNP/NPN DC 2-Wire (3/4) DC 2-Wire Automobile (1/4) DC Analog Output AC 2-Wire AC/DC 2-Wire AC/DC 2-Wire SCP Protect AC/DC Relay Output Bus FUNCTION Analog 0–10 mA Analog 4–20 mA N.O. N.C. N.O. + N.C. Programmable/Wiring Programmable CABLING OR CONNECTION M8 x 1 Nano (S) M12 x 1 Micro (D) 7/8 16UN Mini (A) 1/2 20 UNF Micro (K) Cable 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Cable 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable 10 m (32.8 ft) M12 Micro on 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Pigtail PG 16 Cable Gland 5 6 7 8 9 1–9 A B S 1–9 A E F L M N R S W P N K D C A F M S R B 1 2 A B C P S 2 8 0 1 0 1 6 M 1 2 NOTE: Use these tables only for interpreting the catalog number. Some combinations are not available. Consult your local field office. 172 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensors Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Rectangular Example X S 7 C 4 0 • • P C N P M D N P P P A P C C 4 4 0 • • • R30 H* SENSOR TYPE Self Contained Component SENSING TECHNOLOGY Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity BODY STYLE Miniature Shielded Non-Shielded Block Style FAMILY TYPE Limit Switch Style—Plastic Body Compact Block Subcompact Block Miniature Cubic MANUFACTURING CODES X Z S T 5 7 8 D Proximity C G H L T OUTPUT TYPE NPN PNP AC/DC Universal 2-Wire N.O./N.C. NPN N.O.+N.C. PNP N.O.+N.C. MANUFACTURING CODES SUFFIX 2 m Cable or Conduit Opening Blank Micro-Connector—DC D Alternate Frequency F Micro-Connector—AC/DC K 5 m (16.4 ft) Cable L2 10 m (32.8 ft) Cable L10 Mini-Connector, Normally Open R30 Mini-Connector, Normally Closed R31 Nano-Connector—DC S Bulk Pack TQ * H suffix, which may appear on the device or carton label, is for manufacturing purposes only. It designates compliance with specific national standards. EX: H7 = UL and CSA approval, 0.5 in. conduit opening (where applicable). Do not use H suffixes when ordering (except when non-U.S. standards are required) . Tubular Example X S 1 M 1 8 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 3 4 5 6 8 2 8 0 2 P A 3 7 0 • • • D SENSOR TYPE Self Contained SENSING TECHNOLOGY Inductive Proximity Capacitive Proximity BODY TYPE Shielded—Metal Body Non-Shielded—Metal Body Non-Shielded—Plastic Body TYPE OF ENCLOSURE OR FAMILY Economy Standard Length—Threaded Metal Case Short Length—Threaded Metal Case Unthreaded Metal Case Threaded Plastic Case BARREL DIAMETER 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 32 mm MODEL TYPE Analog DC PNP DC NPN DC PNP/NPN, N.O./N.C. (Selectable) DC 2-Wire AC/DC 2-Wire (Universal) OUTPUT MODE N.O. (Normally Open) N.C. (Normally Closed) N.O. + N.C. Complementary N.O. or N.C. Selectable MANUFACTURING CODES X S T 1 2 4 D M N L P AB P N K D M A B C P CONNECTORS Nano (M8), DC Only Micro, DC Only Micro, AC Only Mini, AC or DC Micro, DC Pigtail Mini, AC or DC Pigtail EXTENDED CABLE LENGTH 5m 10 m S D K A LD LA L1 L2 173 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Rectangular Description Plastic, Shielded, Fixed and Adjustable Sensing Range Size / Dimensions H x W x D (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Sn (mm) Fixed Sensing Range Auto-Adaptable Adjustable Sensing Range XS7 XS8 Proximity J 22 x 8 x 8 F 32 x 15 x 8 E 26 x 26 x 13 C 40 x 40 x 15 D 80 x 80 x 26 E 26 x 26 x 13 C 40 x 40 x 15 D 80 x 80 x 26 2.5 5 10 15 40 15 25 60 10–36 V 100 mA 10–36 V 100 mA — — 10–36 V 100 mA 10–36 V 100 mA — — 10–36 V 100 mA 10–36 V 100 mA — — 10–36 V 100 mA 10–36 V 100 mA — — 10–36 V 100 mA 10–36 V 100 mA — — 10–36 V 100 mA — — 20–264 V 200 mA 10–36 V 200 mA — — 20–264 V 300 mA 10–36 V 200 mA — — 20–264 V 300 mA IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP67 2 m (6.6 ft) M8 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 182 2 m (6.6 ft) M8 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 182 2 m (6.6 ft) M8/M12 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 182 2 m (6.6 ft) M8/M12 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 182 2 m (6.6 ft) M12 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 182 2 m (6.6 ft) M8/M12 / U20 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 180 2 m (6.6 ft) M8/M12 / U20 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 180 2 m (6.6 ft) M12 / U20 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 180 Supply (Voltage Limits) DC 3-Wire Maximum Load DC 2-Wire Maximum Load AC/DC 2-Wire Maximum Load Enclosure Rating Cable Version Connector Version Connection Cable Connector Temperature Range Page Number Description Plastic, Classic, Rectangular, Shielded and Non-Shielded Size (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Shielded Sn (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Non-Shielded Sn (mm) Miniature Compact XS5L XS7G/H/T; XS8G/H/T 8 x 43 10 x 28 26 x 40 26 x 26 40 x 40 1.5 2 2 10 15 — 3 4 15 20 10–30 V 100 mA — — — — — — — — 43 x 8 x 8 49 x 8 x 8 10–30 V 200 mA — — — — — — — — 28 x 10 x 16 — 10–30 V 200 mA — — 10–58 V 200 mA — — 20–264 V 200 mA 40 x 12 x 26 45 x 12 x 31 10–58 V 200 mA 10–58 V 100 mA 10–58 V 200 mA — — — — 26 x 26 x 26 26 x 26 x 29 10–58 V 200 mA 10–58 V 100 mA 10–58 V 200 mA — — — — 40 x 40 x 40 40 x 40 x 44 IP67 IP67 IP67 — IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 2 m (6.6 ft) M8 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 246 2 m (6.6 ft) — -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 248 2 m (6.6 ft) M8 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 250 2 m (6.6 ft) M12 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 252 2 m (6.6 ft) M12 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 252 Supply (Voltage Limits) DC 3-Wire Maximum Load DC 2-Wire Maximum Load DC 4-Wire Maximum Load AC 2-Wire Maximum Load AC/DC 2-Wire Maximum Load Dimensions (mm) Cable Connector Enclosure Rating Cable Version Connector Version Connection Cable Connector Temperature Range Page Number 174 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Rectangular and Application Specific Plastic, Classic, Rectangular, Shielded and Non-Shielded Limit switch style Long Range Block XS7C/XS8C Dimensions (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Shielded Sn (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Non-Shielded Sn (mm) XS8 IQ Prox XSD 117 x 40 x 40 117 x 40 x 40 100 x 80 x 40 100 x 80 x 40 15 25 40 — 20 25 50 30–60 10–58 V 200 mA 10–58 V 100 mA 10–58 V 200 mA 20–264 V 350 mA 20–264 V 200 mA 19–30 V 200 mA — — — — — — — — — — 10–58 V 100 mA 10–58 V 200 mA 20–264 V 500 mA — — — — 10–58 V 100 mA 10–58 V 200 mA 20–264 V 500 mA — — IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 1/2 in. NPT -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 254 1/2 in. NPT -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 256 1/2 in. NPT -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 258 1/2 in. NPT -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 260 Proximity Description Supply (Voltage Limits) DC 3-Wire Maximum Load DC 2-Wire Maximum Load DC 4-Wire Maximum Load AC 2-Wire Maximum Load AC/DC 2-Wire Maximum Load Enclosure Rating Conduit Version Connection Conduit Temperature Range Page Number Description Tubular and Rectangular, Application Specific Selective F, NF, N&NF WFI Factory Mutual (FM) Analog Size (mm) 18, 30 mm Limit Switch 12, 18 mm Compact Block Style 4, 5, 6.5, 8, 12, 18, 30 mm Block Style Nominal Sensing Distance Shielded Sn (mm) Maximum Sn shown 5–40 2–10 10–38 V 200 mA 10–38 V 200 mA — — — — 20–264 V 300 mA IP68 IP67 IP67 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 240 Capacitive Magnet-Actuated Rotation Control 12, 18, 30 mm, 12, 18, 30, 32 mm F, E, C, D Limit Switch Limit Switch Compact Block or Tubular Style 30 mm E, C 0.8–40 2–60 2–15 — 10–15 10–36 V 250 mA — — 10–58 V 100 mA 93–132 V 150 mA — — — — — — 7–12 V 1.65 mA — — — — 24 V / 48 V — — — 24 V / 48 V — — — — — 10–38 V 300 mA — — — — 20–264 V 350 mA — — — — — — 200 V 0.5 A 120–240 V 0.5 A 130–200 V 0.5 A 10–58 V 200 mA — — — — — — 20–264 V 0.35 A IP67 IP67 IP67 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 264 IP64/IP67 — — -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 268 IP67 IP67 IP67 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 188, 270 IP63/IP67 — — -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 280 IP67 IP67 IP67 -40 to +140 °F (-40 to +60 °C) 288 IP67 IP67 — -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) 190, 262 Supply (Voltage Limits) DC 3-Wire Maximum Load DC 4-Wire Maximum Load DC 2-Wire Maximum Load AC 2-Wire Maximum Load AC/DC 2-Wire Maximum Load Enclosure Rating Cable Version Connector Version Conduit Entry Temperature Range Page Number 175 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Tubular Description Metal, Fully Shielded/ Non-Shielded Metal, Fully Shielded, Fixed Sensing Range Standard Sensing Range Extended Sensing Range Auto-Adaptable Adjustable Range XS5 XS6 XS6 Proximity Diameter (mm) ∅8 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 ∅8 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 Nominal Sensing Distance Sn (mm) 1.5 2 5 10 2.5 4 8 15 4 8 15 DC 3-Wire 10–36 V 10–36 V 10–36 V 10–36 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–36 V 10–36 V 10–36 V Maximum Load 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 36.5 M30 x 40.6 M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M18 x 60 — — — Supply (Voltage Limits) Dimensions (mm) Cable M8 x 42 M12 x 48 M18 x 48.6 M30 x 50.7 M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 72.2 M30 x 72.2 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 DC 2-Wire 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V — — — — — — — Maximum Load 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA — — — — — — — Cable M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 52.5 M30 x 50 — — — — — — — Connector M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 64.6 M30 x 64.2 — — — — — — — Dimensions (mm) Connector DC 4-Wire — — — — — — — — — — — Maximum Load — — — — — — — — — — — Cable — — — — — — — — — — — Connector — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V — — — Dimensions (mm) AC/DC 2-Wire Maximum Load — — — — — 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA — — — Cable — — — — — M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 — — — Connector — — — — — M12 x 61 M18 x 72.2 M30 x 72.2 — — — Cable IP67 IP68 IP68 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP68 IP68 — — — Connector IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Cable Version 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) — — — Connector Version M8 M12 M12 M12 M8 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 — — — -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 Dimensions (mm) Enclosure Rating Connection Operating Temperature Page Number °F °C -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 186 186 186 186 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 176 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Tubular Description Plastic, Non-Shielded Metal, Shielded/Non-Shielded, Fixed Sensing Range Standard Sensing Range Standard Sensing Range (Classic) XS4P XS1M/N; XS2M/N Nominal Range, Miniature XS1L/N; XS2L/N ∅8 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 ∅8 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 ∅4 ∅5 ∅ 6.5 — — — — 1.5 2 5 10 1 1 1.5 Nominal Sensing Distance Non-Shielded Sn (mm) 2.5 4 8 15 2.5 4 8 15 — — 2.5 DC 3-Wire 10–38 V 10–38 V 10–38 V 10–38 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 5–30 V 5–30 V 10–38 V Maximum Load 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 33 M30 x 40 M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 M4 x 29 M5 x 29 M6.5 x 33 M6.5 x 45 Proximity Diameter (mm) Nominal Sensing Distance Shielded Sn (mm) Supply (Voltage Limits) Dimensions (mm) Cable M8 x 45 M12 x 45 M18 x 45 M30 x 50 M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 70 M30 x 70 M4 x 41 M5 x 41 DC 2-Wire Connector — — — — 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 10–58 V — — — Maximum Load — — — — 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA — — — Cable — — — — — — — — — — — Connector — — — — — — — — — — — DC 4-Wire 10–38 V 10–38 V 10–38 V 10–38 V — — — — — — 10–38 V Maximum Load 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA — — — — — — 200 mA Cable M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 — — — — — — M6.5 x 50 Connector Dimensions (mm) Dimensions (mm) M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 70 M30 x 70 — — — — — — — AC/DC 2-Wire 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V 20–264 V — — — Maximum Load 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA — — — Cable M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) — — — Connector M8 x 61 M12 x 61 M18 x 70 M30 x 70 U20 U20 U20/U78 U20/U78 — — — Cable IP67 IP68 IP68 IP68 IP67 IP68 IP68 IP68 IP67 IP67 IP67 Connector IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 Dimensions (mm) Enclosure Rating Connection Cable 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) Connector M8/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M12/U20 M8 M8 M8/M12 °F -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +176 -13 to +176 -13 to +176 -13 to +176 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 -13 to +158 °C -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +80 -25 to +80 -25 to +80 -25 to +80 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 -25 to +70 206 216 220 228 204 212 220 228 198 200 202 Operating Temperature Page Number 177 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Auto-Adaptable Technology Principle of Operation OK Osiconcept technology offers simplicity through innovation. = GR With Osiconcept, a single product meets all metal-object detection needs. By simply pressing the Teach Mode button, the product automatically adapts to an optimum configuration for all detection, flush mountability, and environmental requirements. Other advantages of Osiconcept technology include: Sn max. OK = GR • Increased Performance Sn max. — Sensing distance is optimized regardless of the mounting configuration, the object, the environment, or the background. Proximity OK = — Products are suitable for all metal environments. GR • Simplified Use Sn max. — Osiconcept technology is associated with the availability of the flattest, most compact sensors on the market, ensuring that the sensor is fully built into the machine, limiting risks of mechanical damage. — Using the teach mode eliminates mechanical adjustments. • Lower Costs — Adjustment times and complex supports are eliminated. — The elimination of flush-mountable and non-flush-mountable versions halves the number of catalog numbers. — Product selection is easier and quicker. Fine Adjustment for Precise Positioning Sn Sn Sn Precision side-approach detection Sn Sn Sn • Precision side-approach detection makes it possible to accurately define the position where the object is detected as it passes the sensor. With Osiconcept technology, the desired detection position can be stored in memory by simply pressing the teach button. • Precision frontal-approach detection makes it possible to accurately define the position where the object is detected as it approaches the sensor. With Osiconcept technology, the desired detection position can be stored in memory by simply pressing the teach button. Precision frontal-approach detection Installation A full line of support brackets allows for simple, fast installation or maintenance. No tools are necessary; clip the sensor into place, and it is mounted and ready for operation. Brackets are available for all sizes—J, F, E, C, D—in flat and 90° styles. Brackets are also available to substitute for existing XS•E, XS•C, and XS•D. See page 284. 178 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Selection Guide Auto-Adaptable Technology Flat 0.51 x 1.0 x 1.0 (13 x 26 x 26) 1.57 x 1.57 x 0.59 (40 x 40 x 15) 3.14 x 3.14 x 1.0 (80 x 80 x 26) Size E Size C Size D Applications Machine Tooling, Molding, Welding Machinery, and Packaging Sn—Flush Mounted, in. (mm) 0.2–0.39 (5–10) 0.31–0.59 (8–15) Material Handling, Conveyors 0.78–1.57 (20–40) Sn—Non-Flush Mounted, in. (mm) 0.2–0.59 (5–15) 0.31–0.98 (8–25) 0.78–2.36 (20–60) Catalog Number XS8E1A1 XS8CE1A1 XS8D1A1 Pages 180 180 180 Dimensions, in. (mm) 0.47 (12) 0.71 (18) 1.18 (30) Applications Machining, Food Industry Sn—Flush Mounted, in. (mm) 0.07–0.13 (1.7–3.4) Proximity Dimensions, in. (mm) Tubular Sn—Non-Flush Mounted, in. (mm) 0.07–0.20 (1.7–5) 6.14–0.27 (3.5–7) 0.24–0.47 (6–12) 0.14–0.40 (3.5–10) 0.24–0.71 (6–18) Catalog Number XS612B• XS618B• XS630B• Pages 184 184 184 179 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS8 Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular, DC and AC/DC Features • Enhanced sensing distances • Self-adapting to flush or non-flush mounted environments • 3-wire DC and 2-wire AC/DC • Self-teaching Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number DC XS8 •1A1••••L2 Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q Proximity 15 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1PAL2 15 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1NAL2 Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) M8 connector 15 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1PAM8 15 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1NAM8 Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 15 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1PAL01M12 15 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8E1A1NAL01M12 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 25 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1PAL2 25 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1NAL2 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) M8 connector XS8 E1A1••M8 25 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1PAM8 25 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1NAM8 501559_1 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 25 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1PAL01M12 25 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8C1A1NAL01M12 Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 60 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 100 Hz XS8D1A1PAL2 60 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 100 Hz XS8D1A1NAL2 Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) M12 connector 60 mm PNP N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 100 Hz XS8D1A1PAM12 60 mm NPN N.O.* 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 100 Hz XS8D1A1NAM12 5–200 mA 1,000/50 Hz XS8E1A1MAL2 5–200 mA 1,000/50 Hz XS8E1A1MAL01U20 5–300 mA 1,000/50 Hz XS8C1A1MAL2 5–300 mA 1,000/50 Hz XS8C1A1MAL01U20 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 5–300 mA 100/50 Hz XS8D1A1MAL2 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 5–300 mA 100/50 Hz XS8D1A1MAU20 AC Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q XS8 E1A1•••M8 XS8 C1A1•••M8 15 mm 2-wire N.O.* 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) U20 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 15 mm Dimensions XS8 C/D 25 mm XS8E N.O.* 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 2-wire N.O.* 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) U20 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) B E C D 2-wire Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 25 mm F 2-wire N.O.* 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc F E B B Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 60 mm 2-wire 60 mm E N.O.* Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) U20 connector 2-wire N.O.* a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS8C1A1PAL2 to XS8C1A1PBL2. q For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. A B G Minimum Mounting Clearances, in. (mm) H XS8 A _ L2 0.55 E 14 0.55 C 14 0.9 D 23 A M12 0.4 11 0.4 11 0.5 14 e B C D E F G H 1.0 26 1.6 40 3.1 80 0.5 13 0.6 15 1.0 26 0.3 8.8 0.4 9.8 0.6 16 0.8 20 1.3 33 2.5 65 0.1 3.5 0.1 4.5 0.2 5.5 0.26 6.8 0.32 8.3 0.33 8.5 0.25 6.6 0.53 13.6 1.5 37.8 e Side by Side Face to Face XS8E e ≥ 1.6 (40) e ≥ 5.9 (150) e ≥ 3.1 (80) e ≥ 11.8 (300) XS8C e ≥ 2.4 (60) e ≥ 4.9 (125) e ≥ 4.7 (120) e ≥ 9.8 (250) XS8D e ≥ 7.9 (200) e ≥ 23.6 (600) e ≥ 15.7 (400) in. mm 180 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS8 Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular, DC and AC/DC Mechanical Connector M8 M12 4 4 1 0.5 in. 20-UNF Fine Detection Zone 1 3 3 1 2 2 Cable Blue 3 Sn PNP/M12 or M8 Brown BN + Black BK Output BU/3 BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) Type 2-Wire 0.5 in. 20-UNF + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – Temperature Range – BU/3 NPN/M12 or M8 BN/1 NPN + BN/1 PNP BU – BN/2 BU/3 M8 connector, N.O. and N.C. to pin 4. Enclosure Rating Shielded Non-Shielded XS8E 5–10 mm 5–15 mm XS8C 8–15 mm 8–25 mm XS8D 20–40 mm 20–60 mm XS8E 0–10 mm 0–15 mm XS8C 0–15 mm 0–25 mm XS8D 0–40 mm 0–60 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operation -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 4X, 12 IEC IP68 cable version / IP67 connector version Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock Resistance 50 g, 11 ms duration Differential (% of Sr) 1–15% Repeatability (% of Sr) LED Indicator 2% Output Yellow Power and Teach Green Enclosure material PBT Cable PVR 3 x 0.34 mm2 Connector M8 Nano 3-pin, M12 Micro 4-pin, U20 Micro 3-pin Electrical 2-wire AC/DC 3-wire DC Voltage Range 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop 5.5 V 2V XS8E 5–200 mA 100 mA XS8C DC: 5–300 mA; AC: 5–260 mA 200 mA XS8D DC: 5–300 mA; AC: 5–260 mA 200 mA Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State 1.5 mA — Current Consumption — 10 mA XS8E 10 ms 5 ms XS8C 10 ms 5 ms XS8D 15 ms 10 ms XS8E 0.3 ms 0.3 ms XS8C 0.3 ms 0.3 ms XS8D 0.3 ms 0.3 ms XS8E 0.7 ms 0.7 ms XS8C 0.7 ms 0.7 ms XS8D 5 ms 5 ms Short Circuit Protection No Yes Overload Protection No Yes Maximum Load Current Power-up Delay (Maximum) On Delay (Maximum) Off Delay (Maximum) Protective Circuitry Proximity Specifications Wiring Agency Listings ® Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix; U20 or K suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 181 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7 Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular, DC 501549_1 Features Entire range of flat proximity sensors dedicated to OEMs and their applications. • Complete flat range offering • 2- and 3-wire DC • Normally open or normally closed outputs available XS7J1A1••L2 • Cable and connector versions • PNP or NPN Nominal Sensing Distance XS7FA1••L01M8 Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Proximity Size J (8 x 8 x 22 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 2.5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS7J1A1DAL2 2.5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7J1A1PAL2 2.5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7J1A1NAL2 Size J (8 x 8 x 22 mm) M8 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 2.5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS7J1A1DAL01M8 2.5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7J1A1PAL01M8 2.5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7J1A1NAL01M8 Size F (8 x 15 x 32 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q XS7 1A1••L2 XS7 D1A1••M12 5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 5,000 Hz XS7F1A1DAL2 5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7F1A1PAL2 5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7F1A1NAL2 Size F (8 x 15 x 32 mm) M8 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Dimensions XS7C/D B D E B E B F E B B B 1.0 (26) 1.6 (40) 3.1 (80) C 0.5 (13) 0.6 (15) 1.0 (26) D E 0.3 (8.8) 0.4 (9.8) 0.6 (16) XS7F 0.8 (20) 1.3 (33) 2.5 (65) F 0.1 (3.5) 0.1 (4.5) 0.2 (5.5) 0.6 (15) 0.3 (8) 0.16 4 1.2 (32) 0.6 (16) 0.3 8 Ø4 Ø3 0.8 (22) 0.3 9 1.5–100 mA 5,000 Hz XS7F1A1DAL01M8 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7F1A1PAL01M8 5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7F1A1NAL01M8 10 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1DAL2 10 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1PAL2 10 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1NAL2 Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) M8 connector 10 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1DAM8 10 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1PAM8 10 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1NAM8 10 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1DAL01M12 10 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1PAL01M12 10 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7E1A1NAL01M12 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 15 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1DAL2 15 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1PAL2 15 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1NAL2 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) M8 connector XS7J 0.3 8 12–24 Vdc N.O.a Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) ◆ A A M12 0.4 (11) 0.4 (11) 0.5 (14) N.O.a PNP F E A XS7_ L2 0.55 E (14) 0.55 C (14) 0.9 D (23) 2-wire 5 mm Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q XS7E C 5 mm Ø3 15 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1DAM8 15 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1PAM8 15 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1NAM8 Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) ◆ 15 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1DAL01M12 15 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1PAL01M12 15 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C1A1NAL01M12 Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q in. (mm) 40 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1DAL2 40 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1PAL2 40 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1NAL2 Size D (26 x 80 x 80 mm) M12 connector Dual Dimensions inches mm 40 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1CAM12 40 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1DAM12 40 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1PAM12 40 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 100 Hz XS7D1A1NAM12 a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS718B1PAL2 to XS718B1PBL2. ◆ 0.8 m and 0.15 m pigtail length available on 2-wire E and C. q For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. 182 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7 Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular, DC Specifications Wiring Mechanical Connector 4 Cable 3 4 1 1 3 2 M12 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output Usable Sensing Range M8 PNP/M12 or M8 + BN/1 PNP BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) - BU/3 Temperature Range NPN/M12 or M8 + BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) - BU/3 M8 connector, N.O. and N.C. to pin 4. 2-Wire N.C. 2-Wire N.O. BN/3 BN/1 +/- BU/4 -/+ NO Connector M8 NC BU/2 (M12) BU/4 (M8) +/-/+ Cable Blue Brown Black 4 1 BN/1 3 BU – BN + BK Output XS7J, XS7F NPN N.O. or N.C. PNP N.O. or N.C. + BN/1 PNP BK/4 - BU/3 + BN/1 NPN BN/3 BN/1 +/- BU/4 -/+ BN/1 0–12 mm XS7D 0–32 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operational -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 4X, 12 IEC IP68 Cable version / IP67 Connector version 50 g, 11 ms duration Differential (% of Sr) 1–15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 2% LED Indicator Yellow output Enclosure Material PBT Cable PVR, 3 x 0.34 mm2 Connector Nano-style 3-pin M8 / micro-style 4-pin M12 Electrical 2-wire 3-wire Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop 2V 4V Current Limit Maximum 100 mA 100 mA Current consumption 0.5 mA 10 mA XS7J 10 ms 5 ms XS7F 5 ms 5 ms XS7E 5 ms 10 ms XS7C 5 ms 5 ms XS7D 10 ms 30 ms XS7J 0.5 ms 0.1 ms XS7F 0.5 ms 0.1 ms XS7E 0.3 ms 2 ms XS7C 0.3 ms 2 ms XS7D 10 ms 5 ms XS7J 1 ms 0.1 ms XS7F 5 ms 0.1 ms XS7E 0.7 ms 6 ms XS7C 0.7 ms 5 ms XS7D 10 ms 15 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Yes Overload Protection Yes Yes +/- BU/2 0–8 mm XS7C 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Power-up Delay (Maximum) NC NO 0–4 mm XS7E Shock Resistance - BU/3 0–2 mm XS7F Vibration BK/4 2-Wire N.C. 2-Wire N.O. Enclosure Rating XS7J Proximity XS7E, XS7C, XS7D -/+ On Delay (Maximum) Off Delay (Maximum) Protective Circuitry E164869 Agency Listings ® CCN NRKH Minimum Mounting Clearances (mm) e Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Side by Side e Face to Face e e XS7E e ≥ 0.2 (4) e ≥ 0.9 (24) e ≥ 0.2 (6) e ≥ 0.4 (10) e ≥ 2.4 (60) e ≥ 0.6 (15) XS7D e ≥ 0.8 (20) e ≥ 4.7 (120) e ≥ 1.2 (30) e Side by Side Face to Face Face to Metal Object XS7J e ≥ 0.03 (1) e ≥ 0.2 (6) e ≥ 0.08 (2) XS7F e ≥ 0.8(020) e ≥ 0.4(12) e ≥ 0.12 (3) Face to Metal Object XS7C e Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 183 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS6 Extended Range and Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor Metal Tubular, DC and AC/DC Features 801267 thread M8 x 1 Entire range of fully shielded metal body tubular inductive proximity sensors • Increased sensing range, fully shielded thread • 2-wire AC/DC and 3-wire DC M12x1 • Normally open or normally closed outputs available XS6 ••B1••L2 thread • Cable and connector versions M18x1 • PNP or NPN, DC • Self-Teach available on 12–30 mm versions thread Proximity M30 x 1.5 XS6 ••B1••M12 Voltage Range Operating Load Frequency Current Maximum DC AC Catalog Number N.O.a N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 200 mA 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz — — XS608B1PAL2 XS608B1NAL2 N.O.a N.O.a 12 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 4 mm 2-wire N.O.a 4 mm PNP N.O.a 4 mm NPN N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 200 mA 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz — — XS608B1PAM8 XS608B1NAM8 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 4,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS612B1MAL2 XS612B1PAL2 XS612B1NAL2 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 4,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS612B1MAU20 XS612B1PAM12 XS612B1NAM12 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 3,000 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS618B1MAL2 XS618B1PAL2 XS618B1NAL2 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 3,000 Hz 2,000 Hz 2,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS618B1MAU20 XS618B1PAM12 XS618B1NAM12 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS630B1MAL2 XS630B1PAL2 XS630B1NAL2 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 12–48 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 25 Hz — — XS630B1MAU20 XS630B1PAM12 XS630B1NAM12 100 mA 100 mA 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz — — XS612B2PAL01M12 XS612B2NAL01M12 100 mA 100 mA 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz — — XS618B2PAL01M12 XS618B2NAL01M12 15 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz — 15 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 100 mA 1,000 Hz — a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS518B1PAL2 to XS518B1PBL2. ◆ Self-teach version only q For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. XS630B2PAL01M12 XS630B2NAL01M12 Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Output Mode 8 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 2.5 mm 2.5 mm Dimensions PNP NPN 8 mm Diameter, M12 connector 2.5 mm 2.5 mm b c a Cable a Connector b a b PNP NPN 12 mm Diameter, M12 connector ∅8 1.9 (50) 1.6 (42) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (40) ∅ 12 1.9 (50) 1.6 (42) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (42) ∅ 18 2.3 (60) 0.09 (51) 2.8 (72.2) 2.0 (51) ∅ 30 2.3 (60) 0.09 (51) 2.8 (72.2) 2.0 (51) in. (mm) 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 2-wire PNP NPN N.O.a N.O.a N.O.a 18 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 8 mm 2-wire N.O.a 8 mm PNP N.O.a 8 mm NPN N.O.a 18 mm Diameter, M12 connector N.O.a N.O.a N.O.a 30 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 15 mm 2-wire N.O.a 15 mm PNP N.O.a 15 mm NPN N.O.a 520030 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 2-wire PNP NPN 30 mm Diameter, M12 connector 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 2-wire PNP NPN N.O.a N.O.a N.O.a Self-Teach version◆ (Auto-Adaptable) 12 mm Diameter, M12 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) XS6••B2••L01M12 5 mm 5 mm Dimensions PNP NPN N.O.a N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 18 mm Diameter, M12 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 9 mm 9 mm PNP NPN N.O.a N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 20 30 mm Diameter, M12 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) b M12 2.44 62 c a Connector M12 XS a b c ∅ 12 1.9 (50) 1.4 (37) 0.2 (5) Minimum Mounting Clearances, in. (mm) ∅ 18 2.3 (60) 1.5 (38.5) 0.31 (8) Auto-Adaptable ∅ 30 29.9 (760) 1.5 (38.5) 0.5 (13) in. (mm) Extended Range e e e Dual Dimensions inches mm Side by Side — Flush Not Flush ∅ 12 e ≥ 0.55 (14) 1.9 (50) ∅ 18 e ≥ 1.1 (28) 3.9 (100) ∅ 30 e ≥ 1.9 (48) 7.1 (180) e e Face to Face Flush Not Flush e ≥ 1.9 (50) 3.9 (100) e ≥ 3.9 (100) 7.9 (200) e ≥ 7.1 (180) 14.1 (360) ∅8 ∅ 12 ∅ 18 ∅ 30 Side by Side e ≥ 0.1 (3) e ≥ 0.2 (4) e ≥ 0.4 (10) e ≥ 0.8 (20) Face to Face e ≥ 0.7 (18) e ≥ 0.9 (24) e ≥ 2.4 (60) e ≥ 4.7 (120) Face to Metal Object e ≥ 0.17 (4.5) e ≥ 0.2 (6) e ≥ 0.6 (15) e ≥ 1.2 (30) 184 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS6 Extended Range and Auto-Adaptable Inductive Sensor Metal Tubular, DC and AC/DC Specifications Mechanical 3-Wire Selectable Connector M12 4 Cable 3 1 Blue Brown Black 2 PNP + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BU/3 Connector M12 + BN/1 NPN Sn BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BU/3 Temperature Rating Cable 3 1 Fine Detection Zone NPN BN/1 PNP 4 BU – BN + BK Output Blue Brown Black 2 Enclosure Rating BU – BN + BK Output Enclosure Material NPN PNP 1 BN PNP BK 3 + 1 BN NPN BK 4 BU – + 4 BU 3 – Maximum Tightening Torque Extended Range 0–2 mm — — 12 mm 0–3.2 mm 1.7–3.4 mm 1.7–5 mm 18 mm 0–6.4 mm 3.5–6 mm 3.5–9 mm 30 mm 0–12 mm 6–12 mm 6–18 mm 12 mm — 0–3.4 mm 0–5 mm 18 mm — 0–6 mm 0–9 mm 30 mm — 0–12 mm 0–18 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operation -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 cable versions (IP67 connector versions) Case Nickel-plated brass Face PBT 8 mm 9 N•m (6.7 lb-ft) 12 mm 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) 18 mm 35 N•m (26 lb-ft) 30 mm 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Connector U20 Shock Resistance 50 g, 11 ms duration Differential (%of Sr) 15% 2 3 Cable Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output Repeatability (% of Sr) LED Indicator 2-Wire Non-Polarized BU/3 — Output Yellow Green PVR 3 x 0.34 mm2 / PVR2 x 0.5 mm2 PVR – 4.2 mm (0.17 in.) O.D. Connector M12 4-pin / U20 3-pin micro-style M12 micro-style 4-pin Electrical 2-wire AC/DC 3-wire DC Auto-adaptable DC Voltage Range 24–240 Vac; 24–210 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–58 Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop 5.5 V 2V 2V Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State 0.8 mA — — Current Consumption — 10 mA 10 mA Maximum Current Limit AC: 5–300 mA; DC: 5–200 mA 200 mA 100 mA Power-up Delay (Maximum) 20 ms—12 mm; 25 ms—18/30 mm 5 ms 5 ms 8 mm — 0.2 ms — 12 mm 0.5 ms 0.2 ms 0.3 ms 18 mm 0.5 ms 0.3 ms 0.3 ms 30 mm 0.5 ms 0.6 ms 0.3 ms 8 mm — 0.2 ms — 12 mm 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.7 ms 18 mm 0.5 ms 0.7 ms 0.7 ms 30 mm 2 ms 1.4 ms 0.7 ms 8 mm — 2,500 Hz — 12 mm AC: 25 Hz / DC: 1,000 Hz 2,500 Hz 1,000 Hz 18 mm AC: 25 Hz / DC: 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 30 mm AC: 25 Hz / DC: 500 Hz 500 Hz 1,000 Hz Short Circuit Protection No Yes Yes Overload Protection Yes Yes Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Yes Yes On Delay (Maximum) Off Delay (Maximum) Operating Frequency, Maximum Protective Circuitry XSZB1kk 3% Power and Teach Cable BN/2 Non-Shielded 8 mm 2-Wire AC/DC 1 Auto-Adaptable Shielded Proximity Wiring XSZBPM12 Agency Listings ® Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U20 or K suffix) Accessories XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Description Catalog Number XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Mounting bracket for teach connector XSZBPM12 XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight 8 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB108 XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 12 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB112 18 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB118 30 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB130 Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 185 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS5 Inductive Sensor Metal Tubular, DC 801267 thread M8 x 1 Features Complete range of tubular proximity sensors dedicated to OEMs and their applications • Low cost shielded tubular inductive proximity sensors thread M12x1 • 2- and 3-wire DC • Normally open or normally closed outputs available XS5 ••B1••L2 • Cable and connector versions thread M18x1 Proximity thread M30x1.5 XS5 ••B1••M12 • PNP or NPN Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number 8 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 1.5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS508B1DAL2 1.5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS508B1PAL2 1.5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS508B1NAL2 8 mm Diameter, M12 connector 1.5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS508B1DAM8 1.5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS508B1PAM8 1.5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS508B1NAM8 12 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q Dimensions 2-Wire 2 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS512B1DAL2 2 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS512B1PAL2 2 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS512B1NAL2 12 mm Diameter, M12 connector 2 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz XS512B1DAM12 b 2 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS512B1PAM12 a 2 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS512B1NAM12 Cable 5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 3,000 Hz XS518B1DAL2 b 5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS518B1PAL2 1.6 (42) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (40) 5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS518B1NAL2 1.6 (42) 2.4 (61) 1.6 (40) 18 mm Diameter, M12 connector a b 1.9 (50) ∅ 12 1.9 (50) ∅8 Connector 18 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q a ∅ 18 2.0 (52.5) 1.7 (44) 2.5 (64.6) 1.7 (44) 5 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 3,000 Hz XS518B1DAM12 ∅ 30 1.9 (50) 5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS518B1PAM12 5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS518B1NAM12 1.6 (42) 2.5 (64.2) 1.6 (41) in. (mm) 30 mm Diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 3-wire 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 2,000 Hz XS530B1DAL2 10 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS530B1PAL2 10 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS530B1NAL2 b 30 mm Diameter, M12 connector a 10 mm 2-wire N.O.a 12–48 Vdc 1.5–100 mA 2,000 Hz XS530B1DAM12 10 mm PNP N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS530B1PAM12 10 mm NPN N.O.a 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS530B1NAM12 Cable Connector a b 1.3 (33) 1.0 (25) 1.6 (42) 1.0 (26) ∅ 12 1.3 (33) 1.0 (25) 1.9 (48) 1.1 (29) ∅8 10 mm a b a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS518B1PAL2 to XS518B1PBL2. q For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10. XS ∅ 18 1.4 (36.5) 1.1 (28) 1.9 (48.6) 1.1 (28) Minimum Mounting Clearances, in. (mm) ∅ 30 1.6 (40.6) 1.2 (32) 2.0 (50.7) 1.3 (32) in. (mm) e e e Dual Dimensions inches mm ∅8 Side by Side Face to Face Facing a Metal Object e ≥ 0.11 (3) e ≥ 0.7 (18) e ≥ 0.17 (4.5) ∅ 12 e ≥ 0.15 (4) e ≥ 0.9 (24) e ≥ 0.2 (6) ∅ 18 e ≥ 0.4 (10) e ≥ 2.4 (60) e ≥ 0.6 (15) ∅ 30 e ≥ 0.8 (20) e ≥ 4.7 (120) e ≥ 1.2 (30) 186 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS5 Inductive Sensor Metal Tubular, DC Specifications Wiring Mechanical Connector M12 4 1 Cable 3 Blue Brown Usable Sensing Range BU – BN + 2 2-Wire Non-Polarized Temperature Range BN/2 +/- Enclosure Rating BU/3 +/- Enclosure Material 3-Wire Connector 4 1 Cable 4 3 3 1 M8 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output M12 NPN PNP + BN/1 PNP BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BU/3 BN/1 NPN + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) BU/3 – Maximum Tightening Torque 8 mm 0–1.2 mm 12 mm 0–1.6 mm 18 mm 0–4 mm 30 mm 0–8 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operation -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 cable version (except 8 mm and connector version: IP67) Case Nickel-plated brass Face PBT 8 mm 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) 12 mm 6 N•m (4.4 lb-ft) 18 mm 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) 30 mm 40 N•m (29.5 lb-ft) Proximity 2-Wire Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–50 Hz) Shock Resistance 50 g, 11 ms duration Differential (%of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED Indicator Output status Cable PVR 2 x 0.5 mm2 PVR 3 x 0.34 mm2 Connector M12 4-pin M8 3-pin / M12 4-pin Electrical 2-wire 3-wire Voltage Range 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop 4V 2V Maximum Load Current 1.5–100 mA 200 mA Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State 0.5 mA — Current consumption — 10 mA Power-up Delay (maximum) 5 ms 5 ms 8 mm 0.2 ms 0.1 ms 12 mm 0.2 ms 0.1 ms 18 mm 0.2 ms 0.15 ms 30 mm 0.3 ms 0.2 ms 8 mm 0.2 ms 0.1 ms 12 mm 0.2 ms 0.1 ms 18 mm 0.2 ms 0.35 ms 30 mm 0.3 ms 0.7 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Yes Overload Protection Yes Yes On Delay (maximum) Off Delay (maximum) Protective Circuitry Radio Frequency Immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Reverse Polarity Protection Yes UL Agency Listings Yes CSA CE ® Accessories XSZB1kk Description Catalog Numbers 8 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB108 12 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB112 18 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB118 30 mm tubular mounting bracket XSZB130 Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 187 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS9 Application-Specific Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular Analog Output, DC Features • DC output current is directly proportional to the target distance • Four sizes: F (8 x 15 x 32); E (13 x 26 x 26); C (15 x 40 x 40); and D (26 x 80 x 80) • Cable and connector versions XS9F111kkkL2 XS9E111kkkL2 Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Operating Frequency Catalog Number Size F (8 x 15 x 32), 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 5 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 2,000 Hz XS9F111A1L2 5 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 2,000 Hz XS9F111A2L2 Size F (8 x 15 x 32), M8 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) Proximity 5 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 2,000 Hz XS9F111A1L01M8 5 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 2,000 Hz XS9F111A2L01M8 Size E (13 x 26 x 26), 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 10 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 1,000 Hz XS9E111A1L2 10 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 1,000 Hz XS9E111A2L2 Size E (13 x 26 x 26), M12 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) XS9D111kkkL2 10 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 1,000 Hz XS9E111A1L01M12 10 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 1,000 Hz XS9E111A2L01M12 Size C (15 x 40 x 40), 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q Dimensions XS9 F XS9E 0.6 (15) 0.3 9 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 1,000 Hz XS9C111A1L2 15 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 1,000 Hz XS9C111A2L2 Size C (15 x 40 x 40), M12 connector pigtail 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 15 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 1,000 Hz XS9C111A1L01M12 15 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 1,000 Hz XS9C111A2L01M12 Size D (26 x 80 x 80), 2 m (6.6 ft) cable q 1.2 (32) B 0.3 8 15 mm F E B 40 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 100 Hz XS9D111A1L2 40 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 100 Hz XS9D111A2L2 Size D (26 x 80 x 80), M12 connector 40 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 1–10 V 100 Hz XS9D111A1M12 40 mm 3-wire 12–24 Vdc 4–20 mA 100 Hz XS9D111A2M12 q Ø3 For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length, add suffix L5. For a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length, add suffix L10.XS Minimum Mounting Clearances, in. (mm) XS9C/D C e B E e e F Side by Side Face to Face Face to Metal Object XS9F e ≥ 0.08 (2) e ≥ 0.47 (12) e ≥ 0.12 (3) XS9E e ≥ 0.16 (4) e ≥ 0.9 (24) e ≥ 0.23 (6) XS9C e ≥ 0.40 (10) e ≥ 2.3 (60) e ≥ 0.6 (15) XS9D e ≥ 0.8 (20) e ≥ 4.7 (120) e ≥ 1.2 (30) A E B D XS9 A _ L2 A B M12 C D E F E 0.55 — (14) 1.0 0.5 0.3 0.8 0.1 (26) (13) (8.8) (20) (3.5) C 0.55 — (14) 1.6 0.6 0.4 1.3 0.1 (40) (15) (9.8) (33) (4.5) D 0.9 0.5 3.1 1.0 0.6 2.5 0.2 (23) (14) (80) (26) (16) (65) (5.5) in. (mm) Dual Dimensions inches mm 188 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS9 Application-Specific Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular Analog Output, DC Specifications Wiring 4 4 1 Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 3 1 M8 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range M12 Temperature range 3-Wire (0–10 V) BN/1 mA + BK/4 Enclosure rating Is Output Voltage R BU/3 U=R.Is – 2-Wire (4–20 mA) BN/1 mA + BK/4 Output Current U=R.Is R BU/3 – Is XS9F 1–5 mm XS9E 1–10 mm XS9C 2–15 mm XS9D 5–40 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operation -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 4X (indoor only), 12 IEC IP68 cable version / IP67 connector version Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock 50 g, 11 ms duration Enclosure material PBT Cable PVR 3 x 0.34 mm2 Connector M8 nano-style 3-pin / M12 micro-style 4-pin Electrical 2-wire DC Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–36 Vdc Maximum output current drift with the rated operating temperature <10% Linearity error ±5% Protective circuitry Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Proximity Mechanical Connector Agency listings ® Output Curves 0 to 10 V XS9F11 XS9E XS9C XS9D Sn = 1–5 mm Sn = 1–10 mm Sn = 2–15 mm Sn = 5–40 mm 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 2.5 5 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 0 5 10 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 12 0 7.5 15 0 17 20 40 50 Distance in mm. Output Current Resistance Output Voltage Resistance 12 V 0–10 mA R ≤ 560 Ω 0–10 V Indeterminate 24 V 0–10 mA R ≤ 1,500 Ω 0–10 V R = 1,000 Ω Note: Ensure a minimum of 5 V between the (+) positive and the sensor output (terminal 3). 4 to 20 mA XS9F11 XS9E XS9C XS9D Sn = 1–5 mm Sn = 1–10 mm Sn = 2–15 mm Sn = 5–40 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 22 20 18 16 14 2 10 8 6 4 2 0 22 20 18 16 14 2 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 2.5 5 6 0 5 10 13 0 7.5 15 18.5 0 20 40 50 Distance in mm. Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) Output Current Resistance 12 V 4–20 mA R ≤ 82 Ω XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight 24 V 4–20 mA R ≤ 560 Ω XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Note: Ensure a minimum of 10 V between the (+) positive and the sensor output (terminal 3). XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . .page 626 189 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS9 Application-Specific Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular Motion Detection, DC and AC/DC Features • Universal AC/DC versions • Linear speed threshold adjustment • Built-in fixed startup delay to overcome startup inertia • Reverse polarity protection on DC models • Ease of mounting (flat body style) Principle and Applications Proximity • Inductive proximity sensors for monitoring rotation or rolling speed operate by comparing a speed threshold preset by the operator with an instantaneous measurement of the speed of the moving part to be monitored or protected. • These devices provide a simple and economical solution for monitoring drift, belt breakage, couplings, overloads, etc. • They are commonly used for applications such as crushers and grinders, mixers and blenders, pumps, centrifuges and centrifugal separators, conveyor belts, bucket elevators, and archimedean screws. Installation and Setup Installing and Positioning the Sensor • The sensor must be properly positioned at the outset to ensure detection of all target points on the monitored moving part. The XS9 sensor facilitates this task with its ability to operate as a standard inductive sensor (Telemecanique® patent pending). Output LED Self-teaching LED Power Supply Reference Speed Self-teaching Button • Using this system, positioning is 100% reliable and can be checked at any time without changing the product parameters. Self-Teaching Speed Setup • The normal or reference speed for the moving part (1) to be monitored can be set by simply pressing the self-teaching button (2). It is then confirmed with the display LED. > 3 Sec. — The product can be restarted at any time to return to the factory setting. Slow Flash > 7 Sec. a. To ensure that the moving part can attain its normal speed (inertia), the product output remains closed for 9 s. b. By default, the sensor’s underspeed trip speed equals the preset speed minus 30%. For example, if the preset speed is 1000 rotations/minute, underspeed tripping occurs when the speed of the moving part falls below 1000 – (1000 x 0.3) = 700 rotations/minute. Thresholds of –20%, –11% and –6% can be set by pressing the selfteaching button. Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Threshold Range (Pulse/Min.) Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Maximum Frequency (Pulse/Min.) Startup Delay Catalog Number 48,000 9s XS9E11RPBL01M12 48,000 9s XS9E11RMBL01U20 48,000 9s XS9C11RPBL01M12 48,000 9s XS9C11RMBL01U20 Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 10 mm PNP 6–6,000 12–24 Vdc 100 mA Size E (13 x 26 x 26 mm) U20 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 10 mm 2-wire 6–6,000 24–240 Vac/ 5–100 mA 24–210 Vdc Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) M12 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 15 mm PNP 6–6,000 12–24 Vdc 200 mA Size C (15 x 40 x 40 mm) U20 pigtail, 0.1 m (3.9 in.) 15 mm 2-wire 6–6,000 24–240 Vac/ 5–200 mA AC 24–210 Vdc 5–300 mA DC 190 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS9 Application-Specific Inductive Sensor Flat Rectangular Motion Detection, DC and AC/DC Specifications Wiring Mechanical Cable 1 3 2 2 M12 Blue Brown Black 3 BU – BN + BK Output 0.5 in. UNF 3-Wire DC XS9•11RPBL01M12 Usable Sensing Range Temperature Range Enclosure Rating 2-Wire AC/DC XS9•11RMBL01U2 XS9E 0–8 mm XS9C 0–12 mm Storage -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Operation -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 1, 4X, 12 IEC IP67 Vibration 25 g, ±2 mm amplitude (10–55 Hz) Shock Resistance 2 50 g, 11 ms duration LED Indicator 3 Output Yellow Power Green Enclosure Material PBT Connector DC: M12 4-pin; AC/DC: U20 3-pin Electrical 2-wire AC/DC 3-wire DC Voltage Range 24–240 Vac/24–210 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc 10–36 Vdc Voltage Drop 5.5 V 2V Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State 1.5 mA — Current Consumption — 10 mA XS9E 100 mA 5–100 mA XS9C 200 mA Load Current Maximum XSZBPM12 Dimensions Maximum Frequency (Pulse/Minute) Startup Delay (Maximum) XS9 E/C C B E D F Protection Circuitry Proximity Connector 5–200 mA; DC 5–300 mA; AC 48,000 XS9E 9 s + 1/Fr a XS9C 9 s + 1/Fr a Overload Protection — Yes Short Circuit Protection — Yes Agency Listings ® A B E a 1/Fr in the startup delay formula is the actual preset frequency adjusted via potentiometer Accessories Description Catalog Number Teach connector mounting bracket XSZBPM12 Minimum Mounting Clearances, in. (mm) B e e 0.8 20 M12; 1/2 UNF F E 2.4 (62) B Type A B C D E F XS9 E 0.55 (14) 1.0 (26) 0.5 (13) 0.3 (8.8) 0.8 (20) 0.1 (3.5) XS9 C 0.55 (14) 1.6 (40) 0.6 (15) 0.4 (9.8) 1.3 (33) 0.1 (4.5) Side by Side Face to Face XS9E e ≥ 1.6 (40) e ≥ 3.1 (80) XS9C e ≥ 2.4 (60) e ≥ 4.7 (120) in. (mm) Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U20 or K suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 191 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Plastic, Cylindrical, Non-Flush Mountable Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Selection Sensing distance Sn mm (in.) Function Connection Reference Weight g (oz) PNP Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208ALPAL2 30 (1.06) NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208ALNAL2 30 (1.06) PNP Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208ALPBL2 30 (1.06) NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208ALNBL2 30 (1.06) Output Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable NO 2.5 (0.10) NC Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 Proximity XS2••AL••2 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 4 (0.16) PNP NC NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212ALPAL2 65 (2.29) M12 connector XS212ALPAM12 10 (0.35) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212ALNAL2 65 (2.29) M12 connector XS212ALNAM12 10 (0.35) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212ALPBL2 65 (2.29) M12 connector XS212ALPBM12 10 (0.35) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212ALNBL2 65 (2.29) M12 connector XS212ALNBM12 10 (0.35) Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 8 (0.31) PNP NC XS2••AL••12 NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS218ALPAL2 95 (3.35) M12 connector XS218ALPAM12 25 (0.88) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS218ALNAL2 95 (3.35) M12 connector XS218ALNAM12 25 (0.88) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS218ALPBL2 95 (3.35) M12 connector XS218ALPBM12 25 (0.88) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS218ALNBL2 95 (3.35) M12 connector XS218ALNBM12 25 (0.88) Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 15 (0.59) PNP NC NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS230ALPAL2 M12 connector XS230ALPAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS230ALNAL2 135 (4.76) 65 (2.29) 135 (4.76) M12 connector XS230ALNAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS230ALPBL2 65 (2.29) M12 connector XS230ALPBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS230ALNBL2 M12 connector XS230ALNBM12 65 (2.29) Reference Weight g (oz) 135 (4.76) 65 (2.29) 135 (4.76) Accessories (3) Description Mounting clamps XSZB1•• Ø8 XSZB108 Ø 12 XSZB112 6 (0.21) 6 (0.21) Ø 18 XSZB118 10 (0.35) Ø 30 XSZB130 20 (0.71) (1) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5. Example: XS208ALPAL2 becomes XS208ALPAL5 with a 5 m cable. (2) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS218ALPAL2 becomes XS218ALPAL5 with a 5 m cable. (3) For more information, see page 284. 192 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Plastic, Cylindrical, Non-Flush Mountable Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Specifications Sensor type XS2ppALPpL2 XS2ppALNpL2 Product certifications UL, CSA, e Connection XS2ppALPpM12 XS2ppALNpM12 Pre-cabled, length: 2 m (6.6 ft) mm (in.) 0–2 (0–0.08) Ø 12 mm (in.) 0–3.2 (0–0.13) Ø 18 mm (in.) 0–6.4 (0–0.25) Ø 30 mm (in.) 0–12 (0–0.47) % 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) Differential travel Degree of protection Temperature Conforming to IEC 60529 IP67 Storage °C (°F) Operating °C (°F) Case Materials M12 connector -40 to +85 (-40 to +185) -25 to +70 (-13 to +158) PPS Cable PVC 3 x 0.34 mm2, except Ø 8: 3 x 0.11 mm2 Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ±2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 50 gn, duration 11 ms Output state indication — Yellow LED on rear Yellow LED: 4 viewing ports at 90° Rated supply voltage Vdc 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity Voltage limits (including ripple) Vdc 10–36 Switching capacity mA y100 (except Ø 8 y 50) with overload and short-circuit protection Voltage drop, closed state V y2 Current consumption, no-load mA y10 Ø8 Hz 3000 Ø 12 Hz 1000 Ø 18 Hz 250 Ø 30 Hz 60 First-up ms y5 (except Ø 30 y10) Response ms y0.5 for Ø 8, Ø 12; y1 for Ø 18; y2 for Ø 30 Recovery ms y1 for Ø 8; y0.5 for Ø 12; y2 for Ø 18; 6 for Ø 30 Maximum switching frequency Delays Proximity Operating zone (1) Ø8 (1) Detection curves, see page 307. Wiring Connector Pre-cabled PNP M12 4 1 3 NPN + BN/1 PNP BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black – BU/3 2 BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BU/3 For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) e d e Sensors h e Face to face Facing a metal object Ø8 XS208AL e > 10 (0.39) Side by side e > 30 (1.18) e > 7.5 (0.30) d > 24 (0.94), h > 5 (0.20) Ø 12 XS212AL e > 16 (0.63) e > 48 (1.89) e > 12 (0.47) d > 36 (1.42), h > 8 (0.31) Ø 18 XS218AL e > 16 (0.63) e > 96 (3.78) e > 24 (0.94) d > 54 (2.13), h > 16 (0.63) Ø 30 XS230AL e > 60 (2.36) e > 180 (7.09) e > 45 (1.77) d > 90 (3.54), h > 30 (1.18) Dimensions Non-flush mountable in metal Sensors b a Mounted in a metal support Pre-cabled, mm (in.) a Connector, mm (in.) b a b Ø8 XS208AL 49 (1.93) 40 (1.57) — — Ø 12 XS212AL 49 (1.93) 42 (1.65) 61 (2.40) 42 (1.65) Ø 18 XS218AL 58.8 (2.31) 51.5 (2.03) 70.3 (2.77) 51.5 (2.03) Ø 30 XS230AL 58.8 (2.31) 51.5 (2.03) 70.3 (2.77) 51.5 (2.03) 193 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Metal, Cylindrical, Flush and Non-Flush Mountable Two-Wire AC; Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Selection Sensing distance Sn mm (in.) Function Connection Reference Weight g (oz) PNP Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS106BLPAL2 30 (1.06) NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS106BLNAL2 30 (1.06) PNP Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS106BLPBL2 30 (1.06) NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS106BLNBL2 30 (1.06) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS108BLPAL2 35 (1.23) PNP M8 connector XS108BLPAM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS108BLPAM12 15 (0.53) 35 (1.23) Output Ø 6.5, plain Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, flush mountable NO 1.5 (0.06) NC Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1 XS106BL••L2 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, flush mountable Proximity NO NPN 1.5 (0.06) PNP NC XS108BL••M8 NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS108BLNAL2 M8 connector XS108BLNAM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS108BLNAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS108BLPBL2 35 (1.23) M8 connector XS108BLPBM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS108BLPBM12 15 (0.53) 35 (1.23) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS108BLNBL2 M8 connector XS108BLNBM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS108BLNBM12 15 (0.53) 35 (1.23) Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 2.5 (0.10) XS208BL••L2 PNP NC NPN Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208BLPAL2 M8 connector XS208BLPAM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS208BLPAM12 15 (0.53) 35 (1.23) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208BLNAL2 M8 connector XS208BLNAM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS208BLNAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208BLPBL2 35 (1.23) M8 connector XS208BLPBM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS208BLPBM12 15 (0.53) 35 (1.23) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS208BLNBL2 M8 connector XS208BLNBM8 8 (0.28) M12 connector XS208BLNBM12 15 (0.53) Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, flush mountable PNP NO NPN 2 (0.08) PNP NC NPN XS112BL••L2 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS112BLPAL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS112BLPAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS112BLNAL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS112BLNAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS112BLPBL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS112BLPBM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS112BLNBL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS112BLNBM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS112BLFAL2 75 (2.65) Two-wire 24-240 Vac, flush mountable 2 (0.08) NO Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 4 (0.16) PNP NC NPN XS212BL••M12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212BLPAL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS212BLPAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212BLNAL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS212BLNAM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212BLPBL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS212BLPBM12 15 (0.53) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (2) XS212BLNBL2 70 (2.47) M12 connector XS212BLNBM12 15 (0.53) (1) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5. Example: XS106BLPAL2 becomes XS106BLPAL5 with a 5 m cable. (2) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS112BLPAL2 becomes XS112BLPAL5 with a 5 m cable. 194 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Metal, Cylindrical, Flush and Non-Flush Mountable Two-Wire AC; Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Sensing distance Sn mm (in.) Function Output Weight g (oz) Connection Reference Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS118BLPAL2 M12 connector XS118BLPAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS118BLNAL2 M12 connector XS118BLNAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS118BLPBL2 M12 connector XS118BLPBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS118BLNBL2 M12 connector XS118BLNBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS118BLFAL2 120 (4.23) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218BLPAL2 105 (3.70) M12 connector XS218BLPAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218BLNAL2 M12 connector XS218BLNAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218BLPBL2 M12 connector XS218BLPBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218BLNBL2 M12 connector XS218BLNBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS130BLPAL2 M12 connector XS130BLPAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS130BLNAL2 M12 connector XS130BLNAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS130BLPBL2 M12 connector XS130BLPBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS130BLNBL2 M12 connector XS130BLNBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS130BLFAL2 205 (7.23) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230BLPAL2 155 (5.47) M12 connector XS230BLPAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230BLNAL2 M12 connector XS230BLNAM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230BLPBL2 M12 connector XS230BLPBM12 Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230BLNBL2 M12 connector XS230BLNBM12 85 (3.00) Reference Weight g (oz) Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, flush mountable NO NPN 5 (0.20) PNP XS118BL••M12 NC NPN 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) Two-wire 24-240 Vac, flush mountable 5 (0.20) NO — Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 8 (0.31) PNP XS118BL•••L2 NC NPN Proximity PNP 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) 105 (3.70) 35 (1.23) Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, flush mountable PNP NO NPN 10 (0.39) PNP NC NPN XS130BL••L2 165 (5.82) 75 (2.65) 165 (5.82) 75 (2.65) 165 (5.82) 75 (2.65) 165 (5.82) 75 (2.65) Two-wire 24-240 Vac, flush mountable 10 (0.39) NO — Three-wire 12-24 Vdc, non-flush mountable PNP NO NPN 15 (0.59) PNP NC XS230BL••L2 NPN 85 (3.00) 155 (5.47) 85 (3.00) 155 (5.47) 85 (3.00) 155 (5.47) Accessories (2) Description Mounting clamps XSZB1•• Ø 6.5 XSZB165 5 (0.18) Ø8 XSZB108 6 (0.21) Ø 12 XSZB112 6 (0.21) Ø 18 XSZB118 10 (0.35) Ø 30 XSZB130 20 (0.71) (1) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS118BLPAL2 becomes XS118BLPAL5 with a 5 m cable. (2) For further information, see page 284. 195 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Metal, Cylindrical, Flush and Non-Flush Mountable Two-Wire AC; Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Specifications XS1ppBLPpL2 XS1ppBLNpL2 Sensor type XS1ppBLPpMp XS1pBLNpMp XS2ppBLPpL2 XS2ppBLNpL2 XS2ppBLPpMp XS2pBLNpMp XS1ppBLFAL2 Length 2 m (6.6 ft) — — M8 on Ø 8 M12 on Ø 8, Ø 12, Ø 18 and Ø 30 Length 2 m (6.6 ft) — Length 2 m (6.6 ft) — M8 on Ø 8 M12 on Ø 8, Ø 12, Ø 18 and Ø 30 — UL, CSA, e Product certifications Pre-cabled Connection Connector Operating zone (1) Proximity Ø 6.5 mm (in.) 0–1.2 (0–0.05) — Ø8 mm (in.) 0–1.2 (0–0.05) 0–2 (0–0.08) — Ø 12 mm (in.) 0–1.6 (0–0.06) 0–3.2 (0–0.13) 0–1.6 (0–0.06) Ø 18 mm (in.) 0–4 (0–0.16) 0–6.4 (0–0.25) 0–4 (0–0.16) Ø 30 mm (in.) 0–8 (0–0.31) 0–12 (0–0.47) 0–8 (0–0.31) Differential travel % Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) IP67 Storage temperature °C (°F) -40 to +85 (-40 to +185) Operating temperature °C (°F) -25 to +70 (-13 to +158) Case Nickel plated brass Cable PVC 3 x 0.34 mm2 except Ø 6.5 and_8: 3 x 0.11 mm2 Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn, amplitude ±2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Materials PVC 3 x 0.34 mm2 except Ø 6.5 and_8: 3 x 0.11 mm2 — PVC 2 x 0.34 mm2 — 50 gn, duration 11 ms Yellow LED, on rear Output state indication — Yellow LED: Yellow LED, 4 viewing ports at 90° on rear Yellow LED: Yellow LED, 4 viewing ports at 90° on rear Rated supply voltage V 12–24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity 24–240 Vac Voltage limits (including ripple) V 10–36 Vdc 20–264 Vac Switching capacity mA y100 (except Ø 6.5 and 8: y50) with overload and short-circuit protection 5–300 (5–200 for Ø 12) (2) Voltage drop, closed state V y2 y4.5 (y7 for Ø 12) Current consumption, no-load mA y10 — Residual current, open state mA — ≤ 1.5 Ø 6.5, Ø 8 Hz 3000 Ø 12 Hz 2000 1000 25 Ø 18 Hz 2000 250 25 Ø 30 Hz 200 60 First-up ms y5 (except Ø 30: y10) y40 Response ms y0.5 for Ø 8, Ø 12; y1 for Ø 18; y2 for Ø 30 y10 Recovery ms y1 for Ø 8; y0.5 for Ø 12; y2 for Ø 18; y6 for Ø 30 y15 Maximum switching frequency Delays — 25 (1) For detection curves, see page 307. (2) These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection, so it is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load. See page 284. Wiring Diagrams Connector M8 Pre-cabled M12 4 4 1 3 3 1 2 BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black PNP BN/1 PNP BU/3 2-wire a NPN + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BN/1 NPN BU/3 + BK/4 (NO) BK/2 (NC) – BN BU For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. 196 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Basic, Metal, Cylindrical, Flush and Non-Flush Mountable Two-Wire AC; Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) d e e Face to face Facing a metal object Ø 6.5 flush mountable XS106 e u 3 (0.12) Side by side e u 18 (0.71) e u 4.5 (0.18) Mounted in a metal support d u 6.5 (0.26) hu0 Ø 8 flush mountable XS108 e u 3 (0.12) e u 18 (0.71) e u 4.5 (0.18) d u 8 (0.31) hu0 Ø 8 non-flush mountable XS208 e u 10 (0.39) e u 30 (1.18) e u 7.5 (0.30) d u 24 (0.94) h u 5 (0.20) Ø 12 flush mountable XS112 e u 4 (0.16) e u 24 (0.94) e u 6 (0.24) d u 12 (0.47) hu0 Ø 12 non-flush mountable XS212 e u 16 (0.63) e u 48 (1.89) e u 12 (0.47) d u 36 (1.42) h u 8 (0.31) Ø 18 flush mountable XS118 e u 10 (0.39) e u 60 (2.36) e u 15 (0.59) d u 18 (0.71) hu0 Ø 18 non-flush mountable XS218 e u 16 (0.63) e u 96 (3.78) e u 24 (0.94) d u 54 (2.13) h u 16 (0.63) Ø 30 flush mountable XS130 e u 20 (0.79) e u 120 (4.72) e u 30 (1.18) d u 30 (1.18) hu0 Ø 30 non-flush mountable XS230 e u 60 (2.36) e u 180 (7.09) e u 45 (1.77) d u 90 (3.54) h u 30 (1.18) Proximity Sensors h e Dimensions Flush mountable in metal Pre-cabled, mm (in.) M8 connector, mm (in.) a b a b a b XS106 42 (1.65) — — — — — Ø8 XS108 42 (1.65) 39.4 (1.55) 52.2 (2.06) 41.3 (1.63) 61.4 (2.42) 39 (1.54) Ø 12 XS112 41.3 (1.63) 38.7 (1.52) — — 53 (2.09) 39 (1.54) Ø 18 XS118 51.3 (2.02) 48.4 (1.91) — — 64 (2.52) 48.5 (1.91) Ø 30 XS130 51.3 (2.02) 48.4 (1.91) — — 64 (2.52) 48.5 (1.91) Sensors b a c Ø 6.5 M12 connector, mm (in.) Non-flush mountable in metal Sensors Pre-cabled, mm (in.) M8 connector, mm (in.) a b a b c M12 connector, mm (in.) a b c 52.2 (2.06) 37.7 (1.48) 4 (0.16) 61.4 (2.42) 35.4 (1.39) 4 (0.16) Ø8 XS208 42 (1.65) 35.8 (1.41) Ø 12 XS212 41.3 (1.63) 34.1 (1.34) — — — 52.6 (2.07) 34 (1.34) 5 (0.20) Ø 18 XS218 50.6 (1.99) 40.4 (1.59) — — — 63.4 (2.50) 40.5 (1.59) 8 (0.31) Ø 30 XS230 50.6 (1.99) 35.4 (1.39) — — — 63.4 (2.50) 35.5 (1.40) 13 (0.51) 197 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 4 mm Diameter, DC Features • Rugged case designed for the industrial environment • Mounting space savings due to short length 1.14 29 LED • Significant savings in replacement time by using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation • Works with 24 V secondary transformers • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a XS1Lk • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Proximity Nominal Sensing Circuit Distance Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Mating Connector Style (See page 626) Catalog Number Nickel-plated brass case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable PNP 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz — XS1L04PA310 NPN 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz — XS1L04NA310 Shielded, nano-style connector 1.61 41 LED 1 mm 1 mm 1 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1L04PA310S 1 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1L04NA310S Stainless steel case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS1LkS 0.8 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz — XS1L04PA311 0.8 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz — XS1L04NA311 Shielded, nano-style connector Dual Dimensions inches mm 0.8 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1L04PA311S 0.8 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1L04NA311S a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B, example: XS1L04PA310 to XS1L04PB310. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Mounted in a metal support Facing a metal object Face to face Side by side D e XS1 Shielded e e: 2 (0.08) e e: 12 (0.47) e: 3 (0.12) D: 4 (0.16) 198 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 4 mm Diameter, DC Specifications Wiring 3 BU – BN + BK Output 3 wire NO or NC wire color/connector pin BN/1 BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 BN/1 0 to 0.8 mm Stainless steel case 0 to 0.64 mm -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) Enclosure rating—cable NEMA Types 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 (for connector, see page 626) CENELEC IP67 Brass case Nickel-plated brass Stainless steel case Stainless steel Sensing face PBT Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 4 x 4 mm (0.16 x 0.16 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type + NPN Shielded brass case Standard temperature range Enclosure material + PNP Usable sensing range Side-mounted LED shows output status Cable BK/2 NC Proximity Blue Brown Black 4 1 Mechanical Cable Connector M8 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR 3-wire Electrical BK/4 NO BU/3 Voltage range—nominal 5 to 24 Vdc Voltage limit (Including Ripple) 5 to 30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 100 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA On delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms Short circuit protection Protective circuitry Agency listings ® Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 6100-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting bracket XSZB104 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831604 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 199 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 5 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Features • Mounting space savings due to short length 1.14 29 0.94 24 • Rugged case designed for the industrial environment • Significant savings in replacement time by using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors LED • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation • Works with 24 V secondary transformers • Metal mounting nuts included, diecast zinc thread M5 x 0.5 • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a Nominal Sensing Distance 41 1.61 24 0.94 Proximity • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Mating Connector Style (See page 518) Catalog Number Nickel-plated brass case LED Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz — XS1N05PA310 1 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O.a 5,000 Hz — XS1N05NA310 Stainless steel case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Dual Dimensions inches mm 0.8 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz — XS1N05PA311 0.8 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz — XS1N05NA311 Shielded, nano-style connector 0.8 mm PNP 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1N05PA311S 0.8 mm NPN 5–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz 1 thru 8 XS1N05NA311S a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B, example: XS1N05PA310 to XS1N05PB310 Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1 Shielded e: 2 (0.08) e e: 12 (0.47) e: 3 (0.12) D: 5 (0.20) 200 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 5 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Specifications Wiring 3 BU – BN + BK Output Shielded brass case Usable sensing range Stainless steel case Standard temperature range 3 wire NO or NC wire color/connector pin BN/1 PNP Enclosure material BK/4 NO BK/2 NC - Maximum tightening torque BU/3 Vibration resistance Shock resistance BN/1 + NPN BK/2 NC BK/4 NO BU/3 0 to 0.64 mm -25 to +70° C (-13 to +158° F) Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) + 0 to 0.8 mm NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Brass case Nickel-plated brass Stainless steel case Stainless steel Sensing face PBT Brass 1.6 N•m (1.2 lb-ft) Stainless steel 2.2 N•m (1.75 lb-ft) (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 4 x 4 mm (0.16 x 0.16 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Side-mounted LED shows output status Cable Proximity Blue Brown Black 4 1 Mechanical Cable Connector M8 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR 3-wire Electrical Voltage range—nominal 5 to 24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 5 to 30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 100 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA On delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms Protective circuitry Agency listings ® Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Description Catalog Number Metal, diecast zinc mounting nuts and lockwasher XSZE105 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB105 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831605 Stainless steel mounting nuts and lockwasher XSZE305 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 201 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 6.5 mm Diameter, DC; Economy, Short Length, Smooth Barrel 1.97 50 Features LED • Economy of size offered by extended range model • Reduction of relay or software logic using complementary N.O. + N.C. outputs XS1L06kC 1.30 33 • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • Significant savings in replacement time by using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation 1.65 42 LED XS1L06kA • Metal mounting nuts included • Diecast zinc 1.77 45 XS1L06kS • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED 1.30 33 .82 21 Proximity LED • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer XS1L06kD Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Indicator LED (see next page) Mating Connector (see page 626) Catalog Number N.O. a N.O. a N.O.+N.C. N.O.+N.C. 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz A A A A — — — — XS1L06PA340 XS1L06NA340 XS1L06PC410 XS1L06NC410 N.O. a N.O. a 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz B B 1 thru 8 1 thru 8 XS1L06PA340S XS1L06NA340S N.O. N.O. 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz B B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1L06PA340D XS1L06NA340D 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz A A — — XS1L06PA349 XS1L06NA349 B B 1 thru 8 1 thru 8 XS1L06PA349S XS1L06NA349S Stainless steel case LED Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.65 42 XS1L06k349 LED 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm PNP NPN PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V 12–24 V 12–24 V .82 21 1.77 45 Shielded, nano-style connector XS1L06k349S .11 3 LED 1.18 30 .15 4 XS1L06k349D 1.5 mm 1.5 mm PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V Shielded, micro-style connector 1.5 mm 1.5 mm PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V Nickel-plated brass case Shielded◆, Extended Range, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.5 mm 2.5 mm PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V N.O. a N.O. a Shielded◆, Extended Range, nano-style connector 1.49 38 LED XS2L06k LED 2.5 mm 2.5 mm .11 3 12–24 V 12–24 V N.O. N.O. 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz Shielded◆, Extended Range, micro-style connector 2.5 mm 2.5 mm XS2L06kS PNP NPN PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V N.O. N.O. 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz B B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1L06PA349D XS1L06NA349D N.O. N.O. 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz A A — — XS2L06PA340 XS2L06NA340 N.O. N.O. 5,000 Hz 5,000 Hz B B 1 thru 8 1 thru 8 XS2L06PA340S XS2L06NA340S Stainless steel case Non-Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.65 42 2.5 mm 2.5 mm 12–24 V 12–24 V Non-Shielded, nano-style connector .82 21 LED PNP NPN 2.5 mm 2.5 mm XS2L06kD PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V Non-Shielded, micro-style connector DC Dual Dimensions inches mm 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O.+N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O.+N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example; XS1L06PA340 to XS1L06PB340. ◆ See dimension x below. XS2L06PA340D XS2L06NA340D XS2L06PC410D XS2L06NC410D Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side to side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounted in a metal support D Mounted in a metal support D x H e XS1 Shielded XS1 Extended range XS2 Non-shielded e e e: 3 (0.12) e: 5 (0.20) e: 10 (0.39) e: 18 (0.71) e: 30 (1.18) e: 30 (1.18) e: 4.5 (0.17) e: 7.5 (0.30) e: 7.5 (0.30) — — D: 19.5 (0.77); H: 5 (0.20) D: 6.5 (0.26); x: 0 D: 10 (0.39); x: 1.6 (0.06) — 202 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 6.5 mm Diameter, DC; Economy, Short Length, Smooth Barrel Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 4 3 3 1 M8 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range Shielded Standard temperature range Enclosure rating—cable + Enclosure material BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 BN/1 -25 to 50 °C (13 to 122 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 6.5 x 6.5 mm (0.26 x 0.26 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% LED indicator type Cable BU/3 3% A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR 4-wire (N.O. + N.C.) 28 AWG (0.08 mm2), PvR Electrical M8 connector, N.O. and N.C. to pin 4. 4 wire NO + NC BN/1 BK/4 + Voltage range—nominal 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2 V (2.6 V extended sensing range) Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) NO NC -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) Extended sensing range Shock resistance BK/4 NO PNP Standard sensing range Repeatability (% of Sr) BK/2 NC 10 mA WH/2 Standard sensing range On delay (maximum) BU/3 Off delay (maximum) BN/1 + NO NC BK/4 Protective circuitry WH/2 BU/3 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms Standard sensing range 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms Power-up delay (maximum) NPN 0 to 2 mm Vibration resistance + NPN 0 to 1.2 mm 0 to 2 mm (for connector see page 626) IEC BN/1 PNP Extended sensing range Non-shielded M12 3 wire NO or NC wire color/ connector pin Standard sensing range Proximity Connector 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type and standard sensing distance only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting bracket XSZB165 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831606 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 203 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Features 1.30 33 1.02 26 thread • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators M8 x 1 • Economy of size offered by extended range model XS1N08k • Significant savings in replacement time by using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors 1.65 42 1.02 26 LED LED • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer • Metal mounting locknuts included • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a XS1N08kS .94 24 • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation 1.77 45 Nominal Sensing Distance XS1N08kD 1.30 33 LED 1.02 26 Proximity • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Indicator LED (see next page) Mating Catalog Connector Style Number (See page 626) Nickel-plated brass case Shielded, micro-style connector LED 1.17 45 .94 24 XS1N08k349D 1.14 59 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N08PA340D NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N08NA340D 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz A — XS1N08PA349 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz A — XS1N08NA349 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz B 1 thru 8 XS1N08PA349S 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz B 1 thru 8 XS1N08NA349S Shielded, ◆ Extended Range, micro-style connector DC LED 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N08PA349D 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N08NA349D N.O. a 5,000 Hz A — XS2N08NA340 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2N08NA340D Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable .15 4 .86 22 PNP 1.5 mm Shielded, ◆ Extended Range, nano-style connector .15 4 XS1N08k349S 1.5 mm Shielded, ◆ Extended Range, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS1N08k349 1.73 44 1.14 29 LED LED 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V Non-shielded, micro-style connector 2.5 mm .15 4 1.49 38 .90 23 XS2N08k NPN 12–24 V N.O. a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example; XS1N08PA349 to XS1N08PB349. ◆ See dimension x below. LED 1.61 41 .78 20 XS2N08kS LED XS2N08kD Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support Mounted in a metal support D e e e XS1 Shielded e: 3 (0.12) e: 18 (0.71) e: 4.5 (0.18) D: 8 (0.31); H: 0 x: 0 XS1 Extended range e: 5 (0.20) e: 30 (1.18) e: 7.5 (0.30) D: 10 (0.39); H: 1.6 (0.06) D: 8 (0.31); x: 1.6 (0.06) e: 10 (0.39) e: 30 (1.18) e: 7.5 (0.30) D: 24 (0.94); H: 5 (0.20) — XS2 Non-shielded 204 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 4 3 1 2 3 M8 Mechanical Cable Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output M12 BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) Extended sensing range -25 to 50 °C (-13 to 122 °F) NEMA Types 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) Maximum tightening torque 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 8 x 8 mm (0.31 x 0.31 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Cable BK/2 NC 0 to 2 mm Standard sensing range Case BN/1 + 0 to 1.2 mm Extended sensing range 0 to 2 mm IEC Enclosure material + Standard sensing range Non-shielded Enclosure rating—cable (see page 626) BN/1 NPN Shielded Standard temperature range 3 wire NO or NC wire color/ connector pin PNP Usable sensing range Proximity Connector A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR Electrical BK/4 NO BU/3 M8 connector, N.O. and N.C. to pin 4. Voltage range—nominal 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2 V (2.6 V extended sensing range) Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA Standard sensing range On delay (maximum) Standard sensing range Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms Standard/extended sensing range 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Extended sensing range: IEC 61000-4-4 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type and standard sensing distance only) Extended cable length XSZB1kk 8316kk Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Metal mounting locknuts XSZE108 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB108 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831608 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 205 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length, Non-Corrosive 1.30 33 1.02 26 Features thread M8 x 1 • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • Designed for chemically aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, washdown, etc. • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors LED • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation XS4P08k • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer • Plastic mounting nuts included 1.65 42 Proximity 1.02 26 • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED XS4P08kD Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Indicator LED (see next page) Mating Connector Style (See page 626) Catalog Number Plastic .94 24 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08PA340 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08NA340 1.77 45 Non-shielded, nano-style connector LED 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz A 1 thru 8 XS4P08PA340S 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz A 1 thru 8 XS4P08NA340S Non-shielded, micro-style connector XS4P08kD 2.5 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P08PA340D 2.5 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P08NA340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example XS3P08PA340 to XS3P08PB340 Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support D H e e XS4 Non-shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 30 (1.18) e e: 7.5 (0.30) D: 24 (0.94); H: 5 (0.20) 206 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length, Non-Corrosive Specifications Wiring 4 1 3 3 1 M8 Mechanical Cable 4 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output M12 Shielded Usable sensing range Standard temperature range + PNP BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 PBT Sensing face PBT Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Tightening torque (maximum) 1 N•m (0.74 lb-ft) Standard target size (steel) 8 x 8 mm (0.31 x 0.31 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% A LED indicator type BN/1 + NPN NEMA Type Case Enclosure material BN/1 0 to 2 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) 3 wire NO or NC wire color/ connector pin 0 to 1.2 mm Non-shielded Cable 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR BK/2 NC Electrical BK/4 NO Voltage range—nominal 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc BU/3 M8 connector, N.O. and N.C. to pin 4. Proximity Connector Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA On delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms Short circuit protection Protective circuitry Agency listings ® Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L Reverse polarity protection Yes E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Down to -40 °C (-40 °F) TF Extended cable length 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE208 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB108 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 284, 281 207 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators 1.97 50 1.57 40 1.97 50 1.57 40 Features • Rugged case designed for very aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, etc. • Pigtail connectors maintain the cutting oil enclosure rating while removing the connector from the aggressive environment LED LED • Worry-free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure rating XS1M08kk410 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors 1.97 50 • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply • Metal mounting locknuts included 2.40 61 1.57 40 Proximity 1.57 40 XS2M08PC410 XS2M08NC410 • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a LED • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED XS1M08k370 XS2M08PC410D XS2M08NC410D Output Mode a Indicator Mating Voltage Maximum Operating LED (see Connector Style Range Load Frequency next page) (see page 626) Catalog Number Stainless steel case 1.57 40 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.40 61 thread Nominal Circuit Sensing Type Distance M8 x 1 LED 1.5 mm PNP N.O. a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M08PA370 1.5 mm NPN N.O. a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M08NA370 1.5 mm ➂ PNP N.O. 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M08PA371 Shielded, micro-style connector DC XS1M08kk410D 1.5 mm PNP N.O. a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M08PA370D 1.5 mm NPN N.O. a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M08NA370D Plastic case 2.40 61 1.57 40 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.5 mm PNP N.O.a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08PA370 2.5 mm NPN N.O.a 12–48 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08NA370 2.5 mm PNP N.O.+N.C.a 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08PC410 2.5 mm NPN N.O.+N.C.a 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P08NC410 Nickel-plated brass case, complementary N.O.+N.C. outputs LED XS1M08k370D Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.5 mm PNP N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M08PC410 1.5 mm NPN N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M08NC410 Shielded, micro-style connector Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.5 mm PNP N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M08PC410D 1.5 mm NPN N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M08NC410D Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.5 mm PNP N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M08PC410 2.5 mm NPN N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M08NC410 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 2.5 mm PNP N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS2M08PC410D 2.5 mm NPN N.O.+N.C. 12–24 V 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS2M08NC410D ➂ With stainless steel mounting nuts and washers. a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example; XS1M08PA370 to XS1M08PB370. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1Shielded XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e e: 3 (0.11) e: 18 (0.71) e: 4.5 (0.18) D: 8 (0.31); H: 0 e: 10 (0.39) e: 30 (1.18) e: 7.5 (0.30) D: 24 (0.94); H: 5 (0.20) 208 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Shielded Usable sensing range Standard temperature range NEMA Type BN/1 + PNP Enclosure material BK/4 NO BK/2 NC - Maximum tightening torque + NPN BK/2 NC IP67 Stainless steel case stainless steel Nickel-plated brass Case: Nickel-plated brass Sensing face: PBT Plastic PBT Stainless steel 9 N•m (6.7 lb-ft) 1 N•m (0.74 lb-ft) Nickel-plated brass 9 N•m Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) - 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 8 x 8 mm (0.31 x 0.31 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) BK/4 NO 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC Plastic BU/3 BN/1 0 to 2 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) 3 wire NO or NC wire color/connector pin 0 to 1.2 mm Non-shielded Proximity Connector M12 3% A LED indicator type BU/3 Cable 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR Electrical 4 wire NO + NC BN/1 PNP 12–48 Vdc (12–24 complementary output) Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc (10–38 complementary output) Voltage drop (across switch), closed state BK/4 + NO NC Voltage range—nominal Maximum load current BU/3 3-wire 10 mA On delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.1 ms Off delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 3-wire 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse 3-wire IEC 61000-4-2 L2, IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L2 Reverse polarity protection Yes + NO NC BK/4 100 mA Current consumption (no load) BN/1 NPN 2V 3-wire 4-wire complementary output 200 mA WH/2 - 3-wire Protective circuitry WH/2 BU/3 Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Down to -40° C (-40° F) Extended cable length TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE208 Metal mounting nuts and lockwashers XSZE108 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB108 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831608 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE208 XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Stainless steel lockwashers XSZE908 XSZB1kk 8316kk Additional cable options and lengths. . . .Page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 284, 281 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 209 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length 1.57 40 thread 50 1.97 M8 x 1 Features • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicator • Rugged case designed for aggressive environments. • Worry-free replacement: standard length, extended temperature range, AC or DC power supply XS1M08k230 61 2.40 1.57 40 LED • Extensive protective circuitry for trouble-free operation • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • Plastic mounting nuts for plastic and locknuts for metal housing included XS1M08k230K • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked .15 4 1.81 46 Proximity .15 4 LED 1.41 36 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors Nominal Output Sensing Mode Distance Voltage Range Operating Frequency AC AC DC Indicator Mating Catalog LED (see Connector Style Number next page) (see page 626) 25 Hz 4,000 Hz A — XS1M08MA230 25 Hz 4,000 Hz B 17, 18 XS1M08MA230K 25 Hz 3,000 Hz A — XS2M08MA230 25 Hz 3,000 Hz B 17, 18 XS2M08MA230K 25 Hz 3,000 Hz A — XS4P08MA230 3,000 Hz A 17, 18 XS4P08MA230K DC Nickel-plated brass case LED Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.5 mm 1.41 36 2.42 57 XS2M08k230 1.5 mm 2.5 mm XS2M08k230K 1.97 50 24–240 V 24–210 V N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 1.57 40 N.O. a Shielded, micro-style connector AC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V Non-shielded, micro-style connector AC 2.5 mm N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V Plastic case Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 61 XS4P08k230 N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V Non-shielded, micro-style connector AC 2.40 1.57 40 2.5 mm 2.5 mm N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example; XS1M08MA230 to XS1M08MB230. LED XS2P08k230K Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1 Shielded XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e e: 3 (0.12) e: 18 (0.71) e: 4.5 (0.18) D:8 (0.31); H: 0 e: 10 (0.39) e: 30 (1.18) e: 7.5 (0.30) D: 24 (0.94); H: 5 (0.20) 210 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 8 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 0.5 in. 20-UNF 1 2 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue BU – Brown BN + Black BK Output Shielded Usable sensing range L1 +/- L2 -/+ -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Enclosure rating—cable NEMA Type (for connector, see page 626) IEC 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IP67 Nickel-plated brass Enclosure material AC/DC BU/3 0 to 2 mm Standard temperature range wire color/connector pin 2 wire, AC/DC for connector version only BN/2 0 to 1.2 mm Non-shielded Tightening torque (maximum) Case: nickel-plated brass Sensing face: PBT Plastic PBT Nickel-plated brass 9 N•m (79.6 lb-ft) Plastic 1 N•m (0.74 lb-ft) Vibration resistance IEC 60068.2.6 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance IEC60068.2.27 Standard target size (steel) 50 G, 11 ms duration 8 x 8 mm (0.31 x 0.31 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Cable Proximity Connector A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 2-wire 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range 24 to 240 Vac (50/60 Hz), 24 to 210 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20 to 264 Vac/Vdc Maximum voltage drop (across switch), closed state 5.5 V Inrush current (inductive @ 20 ms) 2A Minimum load current 5 mA Maximum load current 100 mA 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 Residual (leakage) current, 24 Vac/Vdc 0.8 mA open state 120 Vac/Vdc 1.5 mA On delay (maximum) 0.2 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.2 ms Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry Agency listings ® 40 ms Short circuit protection No (see page 284 for protective fuses) Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L4; IEC 61000-4-4 L4; 60947.5.2 L3 E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) XSZB1kk 8316kk Extended cable length Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix) XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight Description Catalog Number XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Plastic mounting nuts XSZE208 Metal mounting locknuts XSZE108 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB108 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831608 Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 211 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 1.30 33 1.02 26 12 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length thread Features M12x1 • 360° LED indicators LED Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.77 45 .98 25 XS1N12k • Extensive protective circuitry • Extended range models • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer • Complementary N.O. + N.C. models • Metal locknuts or plastic mounting nuts included • Rugged metal or plastic cases • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on • Patented plastic mounting bracket versions marked a • Connector options • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Nominal Sensing Circuit Distance Type LED Operating Frequency Indicator LED Mating Connector Catalog (see next page) Style (see p. 626) Number Nickel-plated brass case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.30 33 1.02 26 Proximity XS1N12kD Voltage Output Range Mode LED 2 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS1N12PC410 2 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS1N12NC410 Shielded, micro-style connector LED PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N12PC410D 2 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N12NC410D 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz A — XS1N12PA349 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 2,500 Hz A — XS1N12NA349 Shielded◆, Extended Range, micro-style connector DC XS1N12k349D 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O.a 2,500 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N12PA349D 5 .19 2 mm Shielded◆, Extended Range, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.77 45 .98 25 XS1N12k349 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O.a 2,500 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N12NA349D 28 1.10 21 .82 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 5 .19 XS2N12k N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS2N12PC410 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS2N12NC410 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2N12PC410D 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2N12NC410D 1.57 40 20 .78 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS2N12kD 45 1.77 27 1.06 LED XS4P12k 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12PA340 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12NA340 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12PC410 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12NC410 Non-shielded, micro-style connector DC 33 1.30 12–24 V NPN Plastic case LED 26 PNP 4 mm Non-shielded, micro-style connector DC LED 1.02 4 mm 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P12PA340D 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. a 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P12NA340D 4 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P12PC410D 4 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P12NC410D ◆ See X dimension below. a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change A to B, example; XS1M08MA230 to XS1M08MB230. LED XS4P12kD Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support Mounted in a metal support D e e e XS1 Shielded e: 4 (0.16) e: 24 (0.94) e: 6 (0.24) D: 12 (0.47) x: 0 XS1 Extended range e: 8 (0.31) e: 48 (1.89) e: 12 (0.47) D: 12 (0.47) D: 12 (0.47); x: 2.4 (0.09) XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 16 (0.63) e: 48 (1.89) e: 12 (0.47) D: 36 (1.42); H: 8 (0.31) D: 12 (0.47); X: 2.4 (0.09) 212 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output 3 wire NO or NC wire color/connector pin Usable sensing range Shielded Standard sensing range Non-shielded Temperature range Standard sensing range 0 to 3.2 mm Nickel-plated brass Plastic + PNP Enclosure rating—cable (for connector see page 626) BK/4 NO BK/2 NC Nickel-plated brass Plastic case BU/3 Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass -25 to +50 °C (-13 to +122 °F) NEMA Type Tightening torque (maximum) + NPN BK/2 NC NO BK/4 NO BU/3 IP67 NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT NO NC BK/4 (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 12 x 12 mm (0.47 x 0.47 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Cable WH/2 3% A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR 4-wire (N.O. + N.C.) 21 AWG (0.22 mm2), PvR Electrical BU/3 BN/1 + NO NC 2 N•m (1.5 lb-ft) Shock resistance + - NPN 6 N•m (4.4 lb-ft) Plastic Vibration resistance LED indicator type BN/1 PNP PBT Nickel-plated brass Repeatability (% of Sr) 4 wire NO + NC 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC Plastic case BN/1 -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Extended sensing range BN/1 0 to 1.6 mm Extended sensing range 0 to 3.2 mm Proximity Connector M12 Voltage range—nominal 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) BK/4 10 mA Standard sensing range On delay (maximum) - Standard sensing range Off delay (maximum) BU/3 Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms WH/2 0.1 ms Extended sensing range 0.2 ms Standard/extended sensing range 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 L3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 74281 9006PAkk Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40 °C (-40 °F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE212 Metal mounting nuts XSZE112 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA12 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) Plastic mounting bracket XSZB112 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Diecast zinc mounting bracket XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length: 2 in. (50.8 mm) Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 831612 Aluminum 74281 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 213 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length thread 1.97 50 1.65 42 M12 x 1 Features • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • Rugged case designed for aggressive environments • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), 3-wire complementary PNP + NPN with selectable N.O./N.C. output circuit LED • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors 1.57 40 2.40 61 XS1k340/370 Proximity LED • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil rating (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry XS1k340/370D • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply .19 5 • Metal mounting locknuts included • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a .19 5 1.77 45 1.45 37 • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Indicator Mating Voltage Output Maximum Operating Catalog LED (see Connector Style Range Mode Load Frequency Number page 215) (see page 626) Nickel-plated brass case LED 2.20 56 1.37 35 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS2k370 LED XS2k370D Dual Dimensions inches mm 2 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. a 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz A — XS1M12DA210TF◆ 2 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M12PA370 2 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M12NA370 2 mm PNP/NPN 12–24V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M12KP340 Shielded, micro-style connector DC 2 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1M12PA370D 2 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1M12NA370D 2 mm PNP/NPN 12–24V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M12KP340D Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M12PA370 4 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M12NA370 4 mm PNP + NPN 12–24V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M12KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector DC 4 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2M12PA370D 4 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2M12NA370D 4 mm PNP + NPN 12–24V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS2M12KP340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA370 to XS1M12PB370. ◆ Available with TF suffix only (extended temperature range, down to -40 °C). Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1 Shielded XS2 Non-shielded e e: 4 (0.16) e: 24 (0.94) e: 6 (0.24) D: 12 (0.47); H: 0 e: 16 (0.63) e: 48 (1.89) e: 12 (0.47) D: 36 (1.42); H: 8 (0.31) 214 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length Wiring Specifications 3 2 Mechanical Cable 4 1 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range a BN/1 Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) BN/1 + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC + BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – – BU/3 BU/3 3 wire, selectable PNP/NPN, NO/NC BN/1 BN/1 + PNP 0 to 1.6 mm Non-shielded 0 to 3.2 mm Standard temperature range Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC PNP Shielded + BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – Nickel-plated brass BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 12 x 12 mm (0.47 x 0.47 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) Cable 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output IP68—cutting oil proof Case Tightening torque (maximum) LED indicator type BU/3 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC Enclosure material – BU/3 NEMA Types Nickel-plated brass NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Proximity Connector 1 3% A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants: Shows output status 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Standard Voltage range—nominal 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc 2.6 V Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 3-wire 2V Maximum load current 3-wire 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 3-wire 10 mA On delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.1 ms Off delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 3-wire 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Protective circuitry KP Models Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3;60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) 74281 9006PAkk Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE212 Metal mounting locknuts XSZE112 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA12 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB112 Diecast zinc mounting bracket 831612 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 74281 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 215 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive M12x1 1.97 50 42 1.65 thread Features • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • 2-wire versions simplify wiring • High-impact stainless steel and plastic cases for aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, solvents, etc. LED • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), 3-wire complementary PNP + NPN with selectable N.O./N.C. output circuit XS1M12k370/371 1.65 42 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors 1.97 50 Proximity • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil rating (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments. • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry LED • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply • Stainless steel locknuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housings included • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked 5 .19 XS1M12DA211LA 1.77 45 1.45 37 Nominal Sensing Distance Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Indicator Maximum Operating LED (see Load Frequency page 217) Mating Catalog Connector Style Number (see page 626) Stainless steel case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz A — XS1M12DA211 2 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M12PA371 2 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS1M12NA371 50 Shielded, mini-style connector—0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail 1.97 1.65 XS2M12k370/371 42 LED 2 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. 1.5–100 mA 4,000 Hz A 21, 22 XS1M12DA211LA Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED XS1P12k370 4 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M12PA371 4 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS2M12NA371 Plastic case 2.40 61 42 1,65 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12PA370 4 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12NA370 4 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A — XS4P12KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector DC LED XS4P12k370D Dual Dimensions inches mm 4 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P12PA370D 4 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P12NA370D 4 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 5,000 Hz A 11, 12, 15, 16 XS4P12KP340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA371 to XS1M12PB371. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1 Shielded XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e e: 4 (0.16) e: 24 (0.94) e: 6 (0.24) D: 12 (0.47); H: 0 e: 16 (0.63) e: 48 (1.89) e: 12 (0.47) D: 36 (1.42); H: 8 (0.31) 216 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive Specifications Wiring 2 Mechanical Cable 4 3 3 1 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output BN/1 + PNP NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 + Enclosure material – Tightening torque (maximum) BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – BU/3 3 wire, selectable PNP/NPN, NO/NC BN/1 PNP BN/1 + + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC – BU/3 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) 2 wire non-polarized BN/3 BU/4 0 to 1.6 mm Non-shielded 0 to 3.2 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Stainless steel case #303 stainless steel Sensing face PBT Plastic PBT Stainless steel 30 N•m (22 lb-ft) Plastic 2 N•m (1.5 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 12 x 12 mm (0.47 x 0.47 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – BU/3 Shielded Standard temperature range Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC BN/1 Usable sensing rangea +/– 3% LED indicator type A Cable 360° ring LED shows output status 2- or 3-wire Standard Voltage range—nominal 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc 3-wire 2V 2.6 V 2-wire 4V Minimum load current Maximum load current 2-wire 1.5 mA 2-wire 100 mA 3-wire 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 3-wire 10 mA Residual (leakage) current, open state 2-wire 0.6 mA 2-wire 0.5 ms 3-wire 0.1 ms 2-wire 0.5 ms On delay (maximum) –/+ Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 3-wire 0.1 ms 2-wire 5 ms 3-wire 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes KP Models Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 (L—indicates level number) 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® 74281 9006PAkk 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage drop (across switch), closed state Proximity Connector 1 E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk 8316kk Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE212 Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE312 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Stainless steel locknut washers XSZE912 XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA12 XSZCA101Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight Plastic mounting bracket XSZB112 XSZCA111Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Diecast zinc mounting bracket Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 831612 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 74281 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 217 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length Features thread • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • Rugged metal or plastic cases designed for aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, etc. 1.97 50 1.65 42 M12 x 1 • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), AC/DC power supply LED 1.57 40 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors • Metal locking nuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housings included Proximity 2.40 61 XS1Mk • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked .19 5 LED Nominal AC or Output Voltage Range Sensing AC/DC Mode a Distance AC DC XS1MkK Operating Frequency AC DC Indicator SCP LED (see page 219) Mating Catalog Connector Style Number (see page 626) Nickel-plated brass case .19 5 1.77 45 1.45 37 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 2 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 4,000 Hz no A — XS1M12MA230 2 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 4,000 Hz yes A — XS1M12MA250 B 17, 18 XS1M12MA230K Shielded, micro-style connector AC 2 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 4,000 Hz no 1.37 35 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.20 56 XS2Mk 4 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no A — XS2M12MA230 4 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz yes A — XS2M12MA250 B 17, 18 XS2M12MA230K A — XS4P12MA230 A 17, 18 XS4P12MA230K Non-shielded, micro-style connector AC 4 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no Plastic case LED Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 4,000 Hz no Non-shielded, micro-style connector 1.97 50 1.65 42 XS2MkK 4 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA260 to XS1M12PB260. LED 2.40 61 1.65 42 XS3/XS4Pk LED XS4PkK Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e XS1 Shielded XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e e: 4 (0.16) e: 24 (0.94) e: 6 (0.24) D: 12 (0.47); H: 0 e: 16 (0.63) e: 48 (1.89) e: 12 (0.47) D: 36 (1.42); H: 8 (0.31) 218 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 12 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 2 Mechanical Cable Blue Brown Black 3 BU – BN + BK Output wire color/connector pin 2 wire, AC/DC for connector version only BN/2 L1 L2 Shielded 0 to 1.6 mm Non-shielded 0 to 3.2 mm Standard temperature range -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) IEC IP68 +/- AC/DC BU/3 Usable sensing rangea Enclosure material -/+ Tightening torque (maximum) Nickel-plated brass Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Plastic case PBT Nickel-plated brass 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) Plastic 2 N•m (1.5 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 12 x 12 mm (0.47 x 0.47 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) LED indicator type Cable Proximity Connector 1 3% A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 2-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range 24 to 240 Vac (50/60 Hz), 24 to 210 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20 to 264 Vac/Vdc Maximum voltage drop (across switch), closed state 5.5 V Inrush current (inductive @ 20 ms) 2A Minimum load current 5 mA Maximum load current 200 mA 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 Residual (leakage) current, open state 0.6 mA On delay (maximum) 0.2 ms Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 0.2 ms Without SCP 40 ms With SCP 70 ms Short circuit protection Optionalq Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—level number) IEC 61000-4-2 L4; IEC 61000-4-4 L4; 60947.5.2 L3 Agency listings ® E164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options 74281 9006PAkk Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE212 Metal mounting nuts and lockwashers XSZE112 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA12 Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix) Plastic mounting bracket XSZB112 XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight Diecast zinc mounting bracket XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) XSZB1kk 8316kk Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 831612 Aluminum 74281 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. q For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. 219 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Features M18x1 1.31 33.5 1.02 26 thread LED 1.77 45 1.02 26 XS1k410 • 360° LED indicators • Extensive protective circuitry • Extended range models • Complementary N.O. + N.C. models • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer • Rugged metal or plastic cases • Metal locknuts or plastic mounting nuts included • Patented plastic mounting bracket • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • Connector options • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED 1.31 33.5 Nominal Sensing Distance LED Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Frequency Indicator LED (see page 221) Mating Connector Style (see page 626) Catalog Number Nickel-plated brass case 1.77 45 26 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS1k349 1.02 Proximity 1.02 26 XS1k410D 5 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS1N18PC410 5 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS1N18NC410 Shielded, micro-style connector DC LED .31 8 XS1k349D 5 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N18PC410D 5 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N18NC410D .31 8 .88 22.5 18 .70 Shielded◆, Extended Range, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED PNP 10–38 V N.O. a 1,000 Hz A — XS1N18PA349 10 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. a 1,000 Hz A — XS1N18NA349 Shielded◆, Extended Range, micro-style connector 10 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. a 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N18PA349D 10 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. a 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N18NA349D Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.45 37 18 .70 XS2k340/410 10 mm LED 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS2N18PC410 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS2N18NC410 1.31 33.5 XS2kD 26 1.02 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2N18PC410D 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2N18NC410D Plastic case LED Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.77 45 1.14 29 XS4k340/410 LED 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. a 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18PA340 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. a 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18NA340 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18PC410 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18NC410 Non-shielded, micro-style connector XS4kD Dual Dimensions inches mm 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. a 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P18PA340D 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. a 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P18NA340D 8 mm PNP 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P18PC410D 8 mm NPN 10–38 V N.O. + N.C. 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P18NC410D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1N18PA349 to XS1N18PB349. ◆ See dimension X below. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support Mounted in a metal support D e e e XS1 Shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 60 (2.36) e: 15 (0.59) XS1 Extended range e: 20 (0.79) e: 96 (3.78) e: 24 (0.94) XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 16 (0.63) e: 96 (3.78) e: 24 (0.94) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 D: 18 (0.71) D: 18 (0.71); X: 3.6 (0.14) D: 54 (2.13); H: 16 (0.63) 220 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC Usable sensing rangea Shielded Temperature range Standard sensing range + Enclosure rating—cable for connector, see page 626 BK/2 NC BU/3 Nickel-plated brass Plastic Nickel-plated brass Enclosure material Plastic BN/1 + BU/3 NO NC BK/4 + NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 -25 to +50 °C (-13 to +122 °F) IEC IP67 NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Case PBT Sensing face PBT 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) Shielded 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard sensing range Extended sensing range BN/1 + BK/4 WH/2 BU/3 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) 24 x 24 mm (0.94 x 0.94 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type WH/2 - NO NC -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Non-shielded BU/3 NPN -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) Plastic Plastic 4 wire NO + NC PNP Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Standard target size (steel) BN/1 0 to 8 mm Tightening torque (maximum) BK/2 NC BK/4 NO 0 to 4 mm 0 to 6.4 mm Extended sensing range BK/4 NO NPN Extended sensing range Non-shielded BN/1 PNP Standard sensing range Proximity Connector Cable A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3- or 4-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range—nominal 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA On delay (maximum) 0.15 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.35 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms Short circuit protection Protective circuitry Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Extended sensing range: IEC 61000-4-4 L3 Reverse polarity protection Agency listings ® Yes E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 74281 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type and standard sensing distance only) 9006PAkk XSZB1kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) Extended cable length Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 284, 280 TF L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Metal mounting nuts and lockwasher XSZE118 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket, long length XSZB118 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Down to -40° C (-40° F) 5 m (16.4 ft) cable 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 221 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length Features 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), 3-wire complementary PNP + NPN with selectable N.O./N.C. output circuit LED XS1M18k 2.95 75 2.16 55 • Rugged case designed for aggressive industrial environments • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry 2.75 70 LED 2.03 51.5 .31 8 LED • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil ratings (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments. Screw terminals models for wiring special cables. • Metal mounting locknuts included XS1M18k370D 4.17 106 Proximity XS1M18k370A 2.02 51.5 LED • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Nickel-plated brass case 2.04 52 1.71 43.5 XS2M18kB Circuit Type Voltage Output Range Mode Mating Connector Maximum Operating Indicator Catalog Style Load Frequency LED ➀ Number (see page 626) .31 8 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED XS2M18k370 5 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M18PA370 5 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M18NA370 5 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M18KP340 Shielded, micro-style connector, DC 2.44 62 1.17 43.5 Nominal Sensing Distance LED XS2M18k370D 5 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1M18PA370D 5 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1M18NA370D 5 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M18KP340D Shielded, mini-style connector, 3-pin Dual Dimensions inches mm thread M18x1 5 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 21, 22 XS1M18PA370A 5 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 21, 22 XS1M18NA370A Shielded, screw terminal connection 5 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B — XS1M18PA370B 5 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B — XS1M18NA370B Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 8 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS2M18PA370 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS2M18NA370 8 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS2M18KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 8 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2M18PA370D 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2M18NA370D 8 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS2M18KP340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M18PA370 to XS1M18PB370. ➀ See page 223 under specifications for LED function. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Facing a metal object Face to face Side by side Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 60 (2.36) e: 15 (0.59) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 XS2 Non-shielded e: 16 (0.63) e: 96 (3.78) e: 24 (0.94) D: 54 (2.13); H: 8 (0.31) 222 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range a 0 to 6.4 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Enclosure rating—cable NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 (for connector, see page 626) IEC IP68—cutting oil proof; IP67 for B screw terminal Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass Tightening torque (maximum) Nickel-plated brass Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration BN/1 + PNP 0 to 4 mm Non-shielded Standard temperature range Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC BN/1 Shielded + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – – BU/3 BU/3 Connector Cable 1 Blue Brown Black 3 2 BU – BN + BK Output 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) Standard target size (steel) Case: Nickel-plated brass Sensing face: PBT 35 N•m (26 lb-ft) Shielded 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) Non-shielded 24 x 24 mm (0.94 x 0.94 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Cable A Proximity Connector 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Standard KP Models Voltage range—nominal 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 3-wire 2V 2.6 V Maximum load current 3-wire 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 3-wire 10 mA On delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.15 ms Off delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.35 ms Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes 74281 Agency listings ® E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options 9006PAkk Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 XSZB1kk Accessories Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Metal mounting nuts and lockwashers XSZE118 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 223 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators 1.97 50 1.65 42 Features • 2-wire versions simplify wiring • High-impact stainless steel and plastic cases for aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, solvents, etc. LED • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68) 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 XS1M18DA211 • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil ratings (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments. • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors Proximity LED XS1M18k371 • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry 1.65 42 • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply • Stainless steel locknuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housings included 1.97 50 • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED Nominal Sensing Distance .31 8 XS1M18DA211LA Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Maximum Operating Load Frequency Mating Connector Indicator Catalog Style LED ➀ Number (see page 626) Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.04 52 1.71 43.5 Stainless steel case LED 5 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. a 1.5–100 mA 3,000 Hz A — XS1M18DA211 5 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M18PA371 5 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M18NA371 N.O. a 1.5–100 mA 3,000 Hz A 21, 22 XS1M18DA211LA Shielded, mini-style connector—0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail XS2M18k371 5 mm 2-wire 12–48 V 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 8 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS2M18PA371 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS2M18NA371 LED XS4P18k370 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 Plastic case LED PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18PA370 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18NA370 8 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector XS4P18k370D Dual Dimensions inches mm 8 mm 8 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P18PA370D 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. a 200 mA 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P18NA370D 8 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 15, 16 XS4P18KP340D thread M18x1 Non-shielded, screw terminal connector 8 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18PA370B 8 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS4P18NA370B a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA371 to XS1M12PB371. ➀ See page 225 under specifications for LED function. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 60 (2.36) e: 15 (0.59) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 16 (0.63) e: 96 (3.78) e: 24 (0.94) D: 54 (2.13); H: 8 (0.31) 224 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output BN/1 + PNP + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 – Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 0 to 4 mm Non-shielded 0 to 6.4 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Case Stainless steel #303 stainless steel Sensing face PBT Plastic BU – BN + BK Output PBT Stainless steel 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Plastic 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Shielded 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) Tightening torque (maximum) BU/3 Connector 1 Enclosure material BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – Shielded Standard temperature range Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC BN/1 Usable sensing rangea Standard target size (steel) Non-shielded 24 x 24 mm (0.94 x 0.94 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) LED indicator type Cable 3% A 360° ring LED shows output status 2-wire 20 AWG (0.5 mm2), PvR 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR 3-wire Electrical Standard KP Models Voltage range 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 2 wire non-polarized BN/3 BU/4 +/– Voltage drop (across switch), closed state Nickel-plated brass or stainless Plastic –/+ Minimum load current Maximum load current Residual (leakage) current, open state 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc 2-wire 4V — 3-wire 2V — 4-wire — 2.6 3-wire 2V 2-wire 1.5 mA 2-wire 100 mA 3-wire 200 mA 2-wire 0.6 mA On delay (maximum) 0.15 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.35 ms Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® 7428k Proximity Connector E 164869 CCN NRKH 3-wire: IEC 6000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options Description 9006PAkk Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length XSZB1kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE318 Stainless steel locknut washers XSZE918 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Down to -40° C (-40° F) 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 225 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length • 360° LED indicators • Extended temperature range 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 Features • Extended supply voltage range LED • IP68 AC/DC power supply LED XS1M18 • Patented plastic mounting bracket XS1M18kK .31 8 • Connector options • Extensive protective circuitry • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a 2.04 52 1.71 43.5 2.95 75 Proximity 2.16 55 • Metal locknuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housings included • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked LED Nominal AC or Output Voltage Range Sensing AC/DC Mode Distance AC DC LED XS1M18kA XS2M18k AC SCP DC Mating Indicator Catalog Connector Style LED ➀ Number (see page 626) Nickel-plated brass case .31 8 .31 8 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no A — XS1M18MA230 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz yes C — XS1M18MA250 Shielded, micro-style connector AC 2.63 67 1.85 47 2.44 62 1.71 43.5 Operating Frequencies LED 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no B 17, 18 XS1M18MA230K 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz yes B 17, 18 XS1M18MA250K Shielded, mini-style connector LED XS2M18kK XS2M18kA 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz no B 23, 24 XS1M18MA230A 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 3,000 Hz yes C 23, 24 XS1M18MA250A 3,000 Hz no B — XS1M18MA230B Shielded, screw terminal connection 5 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz no A — XS2M18MA230 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz yes C — XS2M18MA250 Non-shielded, micro-style connector AC 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz no B 17, 18 XS2M18MA230K 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz yes B 23, 24 XS2M18MA250K Non-shielded, mini-style connector LED XS4P18k230 XS4P18k230K 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz no B 22 XS2M18MA230A 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 2,000 Hz yes C 22 XS2M18MA250A 2,000 Hz no A — XS4P18MA230 2,000 Hz no A 17, 18 XS4P18MA230K 2,000 Hz no A 23, 24 XS4P18MA230A 2,000 Hz no B — XS4P18MA230B Plastic case 8 mm 2.89 73.5 2.04 52 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, micro-style connector 8 mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, mini-style connector 8 mm LED XS4P18k230A 8 mm thread Dual Dimensions inches mm AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Shielded, screw terminal connection AC/DC N.O. a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA260 to XS1M12PB260. ➀ See page 227 under specifications for LED function. M18x1 Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 60 (2.36) e: 15 (0.59) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 16 (0.63) e: 96 (3.78) e: 24 (0.94) D: 54 (2.13); H: 8 (0.31) 226 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 18 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 2 3 3 Micro Mechanical Cable 1 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output Mini Usable sensing rangea Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) +/- L1 Enclosure material L2 -/+ 0 to 6.4 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Nickel-plated brass Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Plastic AC/DC BU/3 0 to 4 mm Non-shielded Standard temperature range Wire color/connector pin 2 wire, AC/DC or AC BN/2 Shielded Tightening torque (maximum) PBT Nickel-plated brass 35 N•m (26 lb-ft) Plastic 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) Shielded 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) Non-shielded 24 x 24 mm (0.94 x 0.94 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Cable Proximity Connector 1 A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status C 2 LED indicators: red shows output status; green shows normal operation (SCP only) 2-wire 20 AWG (0.5 mm2), PvR 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range 24 to 240 Vac, 24–210 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20 to 264 Vac/Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state (maximum) 5.5 V Inrush current 2A Minimum load current 5 mA Maximum load current 200 mA 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 Residual (leakage) current, open state On delay (maximum) Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 7428k without SCP 0.6 mA with SCP 1.5 mA without SCP 0.2 ms with SCP 2 ms without SCP 0.2 ms with SCP 4 ms without SCP 40 ms with SCP 70 ms Short circuit protection Optionalq Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L4; IEC 61000-4-4 L4; 60947.5.2 L3 Agency listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options 9006PAkk Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length XSZB1kk Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 284, 280 Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE218 Metal mounting nuts and lockwashers XSZE118 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) XSZB118 Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. q For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. 227 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Features 1.59 40.5 1.26 32 thread M30x1.5 • 360° LED indicators • Works with an unregulated DC supply powered by a 24 V secondary transformer • Extended range models • Metal locknuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housing included • Complementary N.O. + N.C. models • Rugged metal or plastic cases LED • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions mode marked a • Patented plastic mounting bracket XS1N30k 1.97 50 1.18 30 • Connector options XS1N30kD Circuit Type Voltage Range Output Mode Operating Indicator Mating Connector Catalog Frequency LED ➀ Style (see page 626) Number Nickel-plated brass case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.59 40.5 1.26 32 Proximity Nominal Sensing Distance LED • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked • Extensive protective circuitry LED 10 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS1N30PC410 10 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS1N30NC410 Shielded◆, micro-style connector 1.97 50 1.18 30 XS1N30k349 LED XS1N30k349D .51 13 27.5 .74 19 N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N30PC410D 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N30NC410D Shielded◆, Extended Range, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 20 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O.a 500 Hz A — XS1N30PA349 20 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O.a 500 Hz A — XS1N30NA349 20 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O.a 500 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1N30PA349D 20 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O.a 500 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1N30NA349D .51 13 1.45 37 .74 19 1.97 50 1.33 34 XS2N30kD LED XS4P30kD XS4P30 Dual Dimensions inches mm 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS2N30PC410 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS2N30NC410 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2N30PC410D 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2N30NC410D Plastic case Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 1.59 40.5 12–24 V NPN Shielded, Extended Range, micro-style connector XS2N340k 1.30 33 PNP 10 mm Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED LED 10 mm thread M30x1.5 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30PA340 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30NA340 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30PC410 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30NC410 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P30PA340D 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P30NA340D 15 mm PNP 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P30PC410D 15 mm NPN 12–24 V N.O. + N.C. 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P30NC410D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1N30PA349 to XS1N30PB349. ➀ See next page under specifications for LED function. ◆ See dimension X below. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D Mounting in a metal support D x H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 20 (0.79) e: 120 (4.72) e: 30 (1.18) D: 30 (1.18); H: 0 x: 0 XS1 Extended range e: 40 (1.57) e: 240 (9.45) e: 60 (2.36) — x: 6 (0.24) XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 60 (2.36) e: 180 (7.09) e: 45 (1.77) D: 90 (3.54); H: 30 (1.18) — 228 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Economy Short Length Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC Usable sensing rangea Shielded Temperature range Standard sensing range BK/4 NO Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) BK/2 NC BU/3 Nickel-plated brass Plastic Nickel-plated brass Enclosure material Plastic BN/1 + -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) -25 to 50 °C (-13 to +122 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP67 NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Case PBT Sensing face PBT Nickel-plated brass 40 N•m (29.5 lb-ft) Plastic 20 N•m (15 lb-ft) (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) Shielded Standard sensing range 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) Extended sensing range 48 x 48 mm (1.88 x 1.88 in.) Non-shielded 36 x 36 mm (1.41 x 1.41 in.) Differential (% of Sr) BN/1 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) BK/4 + WH/2 LED indicator type Cable BU/3 BN/1 + NO NC Plastic Vibration resistance 4 wire NO + NC NPN Nickel-plated brass BK/4 NO - NO NC 0 to 16 mm BK/2 NC BU/3 PNP Tightening torque (maximum) 0 to 8 mm 0 to 12 mm Extended sensing range + NPN Extended sensing range Non-shielded BN/1 PNP Standard sensing range Proximity Connector BK/4 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3 or 4-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 2V Maximum load current 200 mA Current consumption (no load) On delay (maximum) WH/2 10 mA Shielded Standard sensing range 0.3 ms Extended sensing range 0.6 ms Non-shielded BU/3 3% A Off delay (maximum) Shielded 0.3 ms Standard sensing range 0.7 ms Extended sensing range 1.4 ms Non-shielded 0.7 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Power-up delay Protective circuitry 5 ms Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Extended sensing range: IEC 61000-4-4 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings 7427 ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type and standard sensing distance only) 9006PAkk Extended cable length Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories XSZB1kk Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE230 Metal mounting nuts and locknuts XSZE130 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA30 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Plastic mounting bracket, long length XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Additional cable options and lengths. . . .page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 284, 280 XSZB130 Aluminum 7427 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 229 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 Features • Rugged case designed for aggressive industrial environments • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), 3-wire complementary PNP + NPN with selectable N.O./N.C. output circuit LED LED XS1M30k370D XS1M30k370 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors 2.95 74 1.51 38.5 Proximity 1.85 47 2.12 54 .51 13 • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil ratings (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments. • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply LED LED XS2M30k370 • Metal mounting locknuts included XS1M30k370A • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked thread M30x1.5 .51 13 Nominal Circuit Sensing Type Distance Voltage Output Range Mode Maximum Operating Indicator Load Frequency LED ➀ Mating Connector Style (see page 626) Catalog Number Nickel-plated brass case 57 2.24 1.51 38.5 Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS1M30PA370 10 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS1M30NA370 10 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS1M30KP340 Shielded, micro-style connector DC LED XS2M30k370D 10 mm thread M30x1.5 Dual Dimensions inches mm 10 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS1M30PA370D 10 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS1M30NA370D 10 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M30KP340D Shielded, mini-style connector 10 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 21, 22 XS1M30PA370A 10 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 21, 22 XS1M30NA370A Shielded, connector—screw terminal connection 10 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B — XS1M30PA370B 10 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B — XS1M30NA370B Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 15 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS2M30PA370 15 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS2M30NA370 15 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS2M30KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector 15 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS2M30PA370D 15 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS2M30NA370D 15 mm PNP + NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz B 11, 12, 15, 16 XS2M30KP340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA370 to XS1M12PB370. ➀ See next page under specifications for LED function. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 20 (0.79) e: 120 (4.72) e: 30 (1.18) D: 30 (1.18); H: 0 XS2 Non-shielded e: 60 (2.36) e: 180 (7.09) e: 45 (1.77) D: 90 (3.54); H: 30 (1.18) 230 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length Wiring Specifications 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Shielded Usable sensing rangea 0 to 8 mm Non-shielded Standard temperature range Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC BN/1 + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – BU/3 Connector 3 Enclosure rating—cable (for connector, see page 626) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68—cutting oil proof, IP67 for B screw terminals Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass Tightening torque (maximum) Nickel-plated brass BN/1 + PNP – BU/3 Cable 1 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) 0 to 12 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) Case: Nickel-plated brass Sensing face: PBT 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) Shielded 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) Non-shielded 36 x 36 mm (1.41 x 1.41 in.) Differential (% of Sr) Proximity Connector 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% A LED indicator type Cable 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Electrical Standard KP Models Voltage range—nominal 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 3-wire 2V 2.6 V Maximum load current 3-wire 200 mA Current consumption (no load) 3-wire 10 mA On delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.3 ms Off delay (maximum) 3-wire 0.7 ms Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 5 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 3-wire IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4 L2; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) 7427 Extended cable length Down to -40°+ C (-40°+ F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories 9006PAkk XSZB1kk Description Catalog Number Metal mounting locknuts XSZE130 Steel mounting bracket, 90°, and lockwashers 9006PA30 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB130 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7427 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 231 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive Features • Faster troubleshooting aided by high-visibility, 360° indicators M30x1.5 1.97 50 1.65 42 thread • 2-wire versions simplify wiring • High-impact stainless steel and plastic cases for aggressive environments—cutting oils, grease, solvents, etc. LED • Worry free replacement: standard length, extended temperature and supply voltage range, improved enclosure ratings (IP68), 3-wire complementary PNP + NPN with selectable N.O./N.C. output circuit 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 XS1M30kDA2 • Significant savings in replacement time using the patented plastic mounting bracket (no gauging) or connectors LED Proximity XS1M30k371 1.65 42 • Pigtail connector version (0.8 m / 2.6 ft cable) provides cutting oil ratings (IP68) and connection for aggressive environments. 1.97 50 • Trouble free operation ensured by extensive protective circuitry • Works with unfiltered rectified power supply • Stainless steel or plastic mounting nuts included LED .51 13 • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Nominal Sensing Distance 1.85 47 1.51 38.5 XS1M30DA211LA Circuit Type Voltage Output Range Mode Mating Maximum Operating Indicator Catalog Connector Style Load Frequency LED ➀ Number (see page 626) Stainless steel case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 XS2M30k371 10 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. a 1.5–100 mA 2,000 Hz A — XS1M30DA211 10 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS1M30PA371 10 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS1M30NA371 2,000 Hz A 11, 12, 15, 16 XS1M30DA211LD Shielded, micro-style connector—0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail 10 mm 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. a 1.5–100 mA Shielded, mini-style connector—0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail 10 mm LED 2-wire 12–48 V N.O. a 1.5–100 mA 2,000 Hz A 21, 22 XS1M30DA211LA Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 15 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS2M30PA371 15 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS2M30NA371 Plastic case 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 XS4P30k370 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED XS4P30k370D Dual Dimensions inches mm 15 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30PA370 15 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30NA370 15 mm PNP/NPN 12–24 V N.O./N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A — XS4P30KP340 Non-shielded, micro-style connector DC 15 mm PNP 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 13, 15, 16 XS4P30PA370D 15 mm NPN 12–48 V N.O.a 200 mA 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 14, 15, 16 XS4P30NA370D 15 mm PNP/NPN 12–24 V N.O/.N.C. 200 mA 1,000 Hz A 11, 12, 15, 16 XS4P30KP340D a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M12PA371 to XS1M12PB371. ➀ See next page under specifications for LED function. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 20 (0.79) e: 120 (4.72) e: 30 (1.18) D: 30 (1.18); H: 0 XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 60 (2.36) e: 180 (7.09) e: 45 (1.77) D: 90 (3.54); H: 30 (1.18) 232 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, DC; Universal Standard Length, Non-Corrosive Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output BN/1 BN/1 + + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 1 Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 0 to 8 mm Non-shielded 0 to 12 mm -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 Stainless steel Case #303 stainless steel Sensing face PBT Plastic – BU/3 Connector Enclosure material BK/2 NC BK/4 NO – Shielded Standard temperature range Enclosure rating cable (for connector, see page 626) Wire color/connector pin 3 wire NO or NC PNP Usable sensing rangea BU – BN + BK Output Tightening torque (maximum) PBT Stainless steel 100 N•m (74 lb-ft) Plastic 20 N•m (15 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Shielded 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) Non-shielded 36 x 36 mm (1.41 x 1.41 in.) Standard target size (steel) Differential (% of Sr) 4 wire, programmable, NO or NC output BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + WH/2 PNP BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) + NPN WH/2 BK/4 – BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) Cable BU/4 +/– 360° ring LED shows output status 2-wire 20 AWG (0.5 mm2), PvR 3-wire 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Standard Voltage range—nominal 12–48 Vdc 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state Minimum load current –/+ 3% A Electrical 2 wire non-polarized BN/3 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) LED indicator type Maximum load current 2-wire 4V 3-wire 2V 4-wire — 2-wire 1.5 mA 2-wire 100 mA 3-wire 200 mA 3-wire 10 mA Residual (leakage) current, open state 2-wire 0.5 mA 2-wire 0.2 ms 3-wire 0.3 ms 2-wire 0.3 ms 3-wire 0.7 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload Yes Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 7427 KP Models 2.6 V Current consumption (on load) On delay (maximum) Proximity Connector 5 ms Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse (L—indicates level number) 2-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L3; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L3 Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® 3-wire: IEC 61000-4-2 L2; IEC 61000-4-4 L3; 60947.5.2 L4 E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options 9006PAkk Description Extended temperature range, cable type only Extended cable length XSZB1kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Plastic mounting nuts XSZE230 Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE330 Stainless steel locknut washers XSZE930 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA30 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB130 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7427 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 233 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length • 360° LED indicators 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 Features • Extended temperature range • Extended supply voltage range LED • IP68 rating LED XS1M30kK • AC/DC power supply • Patented plastic mounting bracket .51 13 XS1M30k LED 1.85 47 1.51 38.5 • Extensive protective circuitry • Metal locknuts for metal or plastic mounting nuts for plastic housing and lockwashers included LED • Normally closed (N.C.) output available on versions marked a XS2M30k XS1M30kA .51 13 • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Nominal AC or Output Voltage Range Sensing AC/DC Modea Distance AC DC 2.44 62 2.24 57 1.61 41 1.51 38.5 .51 13 Proximity 2.95 75 2.12 54 • Connector options Operating Frequency AC DC Mating Indicator Connector Style LED ➀ (see page 626) Catalog Number 2,000 Hz no 2,000 Hz yes A C — — XS1M30MA230 XS1M30MA250 2,000 Hz no 2,000 Hz yes B B 13, 14 13, 14 XS1M30MA230K XS1M30MA250K 2,000 Hz no 2,000 Hz yes B C 17, 20 18, 20 XS1M30MA230A XS1M30MA250A 2,000 Hz no B — XS1M30MA230B 1,000 Hz no 1,000 Hz yes A C — — XS2M30MA230 XS2M30MA250 1,000 Hz no 1,000 Hz yes B B 13, 14 13, 14 XS2M30MA230K XS2M30MA250K 1,000 Hz no 1,000 Hz yes B C 18, 19 18, 19 XS2M30MA230A XS2M30MA250A 1,000 Hz no A — XS4P30MA230 1,000 Hz no A 13, 14 XS4P30MA230K 1,000 Hz no A 18, 20 XS4P30MA230A 1,000 Hz no B — XS4P30MA230B SCP Nickel-plated brass case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable LED LED XS1M30kK 10 mm 10 mm XS2M30kA AC/DC AC/DC N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Shielded, micro-style connector AC 10 mm 10 mm N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz AC/DC AC/DC N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Shielded, screw terminal connection LED 10 mm LED XS4P30k230K XS2P30k AC/DC AC/DC Shielded, mini-style connector 2.75 70 2.02 51.5 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 10 mm 10 mm AC/DC N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 15 mm 15 mm AC/DC AC/DC N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 15 mm 15 mm 2.95 75 2.12 54 Non-shielded, micro-style connector AC N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, mini-style connector 15 mm 15 mm LED AC/DC AC/DC N.O.a N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Plastic case XS4P30k230A Dual Dimensions inches mm AC/DC AC/DC Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 15 mm thread AC/DC N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, micro-style connector M30x1.5 15 mm AC/DC N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, mini-style connector 15 mm AC/DC N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz Non-shielded, screw terminal connector 15 mm AC/DC N.O.a 24–240 V 24–210 V 25 Hz a To order a normally closed (N.C.) version, change the A to B. Example: XS1M30PA260 to XS1M12PB260. ➀ See next page under specifications for LED function. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D H e e e XS1 Shielded e: 20 (0.79) e: 120 (4.72) e: 30 (1.18) D: 30 (1.18); H: 0 XS2/XS4 Non-shielded e: 60 (2.36) e: 180 (7.09) e: 45 (1.77) D: 90 (3.54); H: 30 (1.18) 234 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, AC/DC; Universal Standard Length Specifications Wiring 2 3 Micro Mechanical Cable 1 2 Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output Wire color/connector pin 2 wire, AC/DC or AC Enclosure material +/- L1 AC/DC BU/3 L2 -/+ Shielded 0 to 8 mm Non-shielded 0 to 12 mm Standard temperature range Enclosure rating—cable (connector, see page 626) Mini BN/2 Usable sensing rangea Tightening torque (maximum) -25 to +80 °C (-13 to +176 °F) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68; IP67 for B screw terminals Nickel-plated brass Case Nickel-plated brass Sensing face PBT Plastic PBT Nickel-plated brass 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Plastic 20 N•m (15 lb-ft) Vibration resistance (IEC 60068.2.6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068.2.27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) Shielded 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) Non-shielded 36 x 36 mm (1.41 x 1.41 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator type Cable Proximity Connector 1 3 A 360° ring LED shows output status B One LED visible from 4 quadrants shows output status C 2 LED indicators: red shows output status; green shows normal operation (SCP only) 2-wire 22 AWG (0.5 mm2), PvR Electrical Voltage range—nominal 24 to 240 Vac (50/60 Hz), 24 to 210 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20 to 264 Vac/Vdc Voltage drop (across switch), closed state 5.5 V Inrush current 2A Minimum load current 5 mA AC 300 mA DC 200 mA 20 ≤ Vdc ≤ 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13 Vdc > 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 Residual (leakage) current, Without SCP 0.6 mA open state With SCP 1.5 mA Without SCP 0.2 ms Maximum load current On delay (maximum) Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry With SCP 2 ms Without SCP 0.3 ms With SCP 5 ms Without SCP 40 ms With SCP 70 ms Without SCP 40 ms With SCP 70 ms Short circuit protection Optionalq Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 L4; IEC 61000-4-4 L4; 60947.5.2 L3 Agency listings 7427 ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options Description 9006PAkk Extended temperature range, cable type only Extended cable length XSZB1kk Suffix Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Connector Cables (U20 or K suffix; U78 or A suffix) Plastic mounting nuts XSZE230 Metal mounting nuts and lockwashers XSZE130 XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA30 XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Plastic mounting bracket XSZB130 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7427 XSZCA101Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA111Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. q For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. Additional cable options and lengths. . . .page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 284, 280 235 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors Economy D Series—DC, AC Features Entire family of proximity sensors dedicated to OEMs and “just enough” applications. • DC tubular body style ranging from 6.5 mm to 30 mm diameter, in 3-wire, N.O. output • AC tubular body style ranging from 12 mm to 30 mm diameter, in 2-wire, N.O. output thread M8 x 1 thread M12x1 • Brass metal case with either 2 m cable or connector options • Shielded and non-shielded versions available • Mounting nuts included • Sold in multiples of ten easy-open bags Proximity thread Circuit Type M18x1 6.5 mm, Shielded, DC—2 m (6.6 ft) Cable—Nominal Sensing Distance—1.5 mm thread M30x1.5 Output Mode Voltage Range Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Catalog Number Maximum PNP N.O. 12–24 Vdc 3V 50 mA 3,000 Hz XS1L06PA140 NPN N.O. 12–24 Vdc 3V 50 mA 3,000 Hz XS1L06NA140 Agency Listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 a = Overall Length (mm) b = Threaded Section (mm) c = for Non-shielded Sensors (mm) b c a Dimensions a b c in. mm in. mm in. mm 1.65 42.0 — 6.5 Cable mm Connector — — — — — — — — — 236 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors Economy D Series—DC, AC Specifications Connector 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) Usable Sensing Range a + Enclosure Rating – 3 Wire, NPN, NO + BN/1 NPN BK/4 – BU/3 1.2 mm (0.04 in.) Non-Shielded — -13 to +158° F (-25 to +70° C) BK/4 BU/3 Shielded Temperature Range 3 Wire, PNP, NO BN/1 PNP DC Diameter NEMA Type 1 CENELEC IP66 (connector style is IP65) Vibration 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock Resistance 50 G for 11 ms Maximum Differential (% of Sr) 15% Maximum Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED Indicator Type One, mounted at rear (connector style is 4 viewing ports at 90°) Enclosure Material Brass Wiring 3 x 0.34 mm2 (8 mm = 3 x 0.11 mm2) Proximity Wiring Electrical 2 Wire, AC, NO BN BU Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–30 Vdc Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) 10 mA Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State — Voltage Drop (Closed State) 3V Power-up Delay (Maximum) 5 ms On Delay (Maximum) 0.5 ms Off Delay (Maximum) 1 ms Protective Circuitry Short Circuit Protection Yes Overload Protection Yes Agency Listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Accessories Description For Sensor Diameter Catalog Number Mounting Brackets, Plastic 6.5 mm (0.25 in.) XSZB165 Minimum Mounting Clearances Face to face Side by side Mounting in a metal support D Facing a metal object XSZB1kk H e e e 9006PAkk e XSZEkkk e e d h in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm XS1L06 0.12 3 0.71 18 0.18 4.5 0.31 8 0 0 XS1D08 0.12 3 0.71 18 0.18 4.5 0.31 8 0 0 XS1D/M12 0.16 4 0.94 24 0.24 6.0 0.47 12 0 0 XS2D12 0.63 16 1.89 48 0.47 12.0 1.42 36 0.31 8 XS1D/M18 0.39 10 2.36 60 0.59 15.0 0.59 15 0 0 XS1D/M30 0.79 20 4.72 120 1.18 30.0 1.18 30 0 0 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 237 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors Extended Range—AC/DC, DC Features • Extended range feature available in Universal AC/DC, or DC only sensors, where previously only available in DC • AC/DC has same extended sensing range as in DC only sensors • Available in molded cable or connector versions • Rugged IP68 nickel-plated brass casing a = Overall Length (mm) b = Threaded Section (mm) thread • 360° LED for complete visibility M8 x 1 • Metal locknuts included in carton Proximity thread M12x1 b thread a a Cabled version Nano-connector Micro-connector Cabled version 8 mm Nano-connector Micro-connector Cabled version 12 mm Micro-connector Cabled version 18 mm Micro-connector Mini-Connector Cabled version 30 mm Micro-connector 6.5 mm M18x1 AC/DC DC mm in. mm in. — — 33 1.29 — — 42 1.65 — — 45 1.77 — — 33 1.29 — — 42 1.65 — — 45 1.77 50 1.96 33 1.29 61 2.40 48 1.88 60 2.36 33.5 1.31 70 2.75 48 1.88 — — — — 60 2.36 40.5 1.59 70 2.75 50 1.96 AC/DC DC mm in. mm in. Cabled version — — 30 1.18 6.5 Nano-connector — — 34 1.33 mm Micro-connector — — 24 0.94 Cabled version — — 26 1.02 8 mm Nano-connector — — 26 1.02 Micro-connector — — 24 0.94 Cabled version 42 1.65 26 1.02 12 mm Micro-connector 40 1.57 25 0.98 Cabled version 51.5 2.02 26 1.02 18 mm Micro-connector 51.5 2.02 26 1.02 Mini-Connector — — — — Cabled version 51.5 2.02 32 1.25 30 mm Micro-connector 51.5 2.02 32 1.25 f For 6.5 mm diameter, b = smooth length bf Operating Voltage Drop Load Current Frequency Maximum Maximum Maximum 6.5 mm Diameter, DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—2 mm Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz Connection a Catalog Number 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Nano-style connector Nano-style connector Micro-style connector Micro-style connector XS1L06PA349 XS1L06NA349 XS1L06PA349S XS1L06NA349S XS1L06PA349D XS1L06NA349D 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Nano-style connector Nano-style connector Micro-style connector Micro-style connector XS1N08PA349 XS1N08NA349 XS1N08PA349S XS1N08NA349S XS1N08PA349D XS1N08NA349D 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector Micro-style connector XS1N12PA349 XS1N12NA349 XS1N12PA349D XS1N12NA349D 8 mm Diameter, DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—2.5 mm PNP NPN PNP NPN PNP NPN N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 2.6 V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 12 mm Diameter, DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm PNP NPN PNP NPN N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2V 2V 2V 2V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 2,500 Hz 12 mm Diameter, Universal AC/DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm 2-wire 2-wire N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 5.5 V 5.5 V 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz /1,000 Hz 25 Hz /1,000 Hz 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector XS1M12MA239 XS1M12MA239K 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector Micro-style connector XS1N18PA349 XS1N18NA349 XS1N18PA349D XS1N18NA349D 18 mm Diameter, DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—10 mm PNP NPN PNP NPN N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2V 2V 2V 2V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 18 mm Diameter, Universal AC/DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—10 mm 2-wire 2-wire N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 5.5 V 5.5 V 200 mA 200 mA 25 Hz /1,000 Hz 25 Hz /1,000 Hz 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector XS1M18MA239 XS1M18MA239K 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Micro-style connector Micro-style connector XS1N30PA349 XS1N30NA349 XS1N30PA349D XS1N30NA349D 30 mm Diameter, DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—20 mm PNP NPN PNP NPN N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 12–24 Vdc 2V 2V 2V 2V 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 30 mm Diameter, Universal AC/DC, Shielded—Nominal Sensing Distance—20 mm 2-wire N.O. 24 to 240 V 5.5 V 200 mA 25 Hz /1,000 Hz 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS1M30MA239 a See page 626 for matching connector cables. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Facing a metal object Face to face Mounting in a metal support Mounted in a metal support D e e 6.5 mm 8 mm 12 mm 12 mm (AC/DC) 18 mm 18 mm (AC/DC) 30 mm 5 (0.196) 5 (0.196) 8 (0.314) 8 (0.314) 20 (0.787) 20 (0.787) 40 (1.57) e 30 (1.18) 30 (1.19) 48 (1.88) 48 (1.88) 96 (3.77) 96 (3.77) 240 (9.44) 7.5 (0.29) 7.5 (0.29) 12 (0.47) 12 (0.47) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 60 (2.36) d = 10 (0.393) d = 10 (0.393) d = 14 (0.551) d = 14 (0.551) d = 28 (1.10) d = 28 (1.10) d = 50 (1.96) h = 1.6 (0.062) h = 1.6 (0.062) h = 2.4 (0.094) h = 1.2 (0.047) h = 3.6 (0.141) h = 1.8 (0.070) h = 6 (0.236) d = 6.5 (0.255) d = 8 (0.314) d = 12 (0.472) d = 12 (0.472) d = 18 (0.708) d = 18 (0.708) d = 30 (1.18) x = 1.3 (0.051) x = 1.6 (0.062) x = 1.6 (0.062) x = 1.6 (0.062) x = 3.6 (0.141) x = 1.8 (0.070) x = 6 (0.236) 238 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Tubular, Inductive Sensors Extended Range—AC/DC, DC Specifications Connector 1 2 Cable 1 3 3 2 Micro Blue Brown Black BU – BN + BK Output wire color/connector pin 2 wire, AC/DC for connector version only L1 +/- AC/DC BU/3 Connector -/+ Cable 4 3 L2 4 3 1 2 Blue Brown Black 1 Nano BU – BN + BK Output Micro 3 wire, DC, NO or NC BN/1 BN/1 + PNP + NPN BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BK/4 NO BK/2 NC BU/3 6.5 mm Usable sensing range a 0 to 2 mm 0 to 2 mm (0 to 0.08 in.) (0 to 0.08 in.) Temperature range Mini BN/2 Mechanical BU/3 Enclosure rating 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 0 to 3.2 mm (0 to 0.12 in.) 0 to 8 mm (0 to 0.31 in.) 0 to 16 mm (0 to 0.62 in.) -13 to + 25 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 IEC IP68 (except connectors) Maximum tightening torque — Vibration 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) 6 N•m (4.4 lb-ft) 15 N•m (11 lb-ft) 40 N•m (29.5 lb-ft) Shock resistance 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) (mm) 6.5 x 6.5 x 1 Maximum differential (% of Sr) 15% 8x8x1 12 x 12 x 1 18 x 18 x 1 30 x 30 x 1 Maximum repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED indicator Cable type Connector One LED, visible from 4 quadrants Enclosure material Nickel-plated brass Wiring 27 AWG 27 AWG Cable material PvR PvR 22 AWG 22 AWG 22 AWG PvR PvR Electrical DC DC PvR AC / DC AC / DC AC / DC Proximity Wiring 360° ring LED, visible from all quadrants Voltage range 24–240 Vac/Vdc, 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20–264 Vac/Vdc, 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (maximum) 2.6 V 2.6 V 5.5 V / 2.6 V 5.5 V / 2 V 5.5 V / 2 V Maximum leakage (residual) current— open state, AC — — 0.8 mA 0.8 mA 0.8 mA Current consumption (no load) 10 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms 5 ms 20 ms / 5 ms 25 ms / 5 ms 25 ms / 5 ms On delay (maximum) 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.5 ms / 0.2 ms 0.5 ms 0.3 ms 0.5 ms / 0.6 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.5 ms / 0.7 ms 2 ms / 1.4 ms Off delay (maximum) Short circuit protection Protective circuitry yes Overload protection yes Reverse polarity protection yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic, Transients, Impulse IEC 61000-4-2 Level 3; IEC 61000-4-4 Level 3; 60947.5.2 Level 3 Agency listings XSZB1kk ® a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 9006PAkk Options Description Suffix 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L2 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L5 XSZEkkk Accessories Description For Sensor Diameter Catalog Number 6.5 mm (0.25 in.) XSZB165 8 mm (0.31 in.) XSZB108 12 mm (0.47 in.) XSZB112 18 mm (0.71 in.) XSZB118 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight 30 mm (1.18 in.) XSZB130 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 12 mm (0.47 in.) 9006PA12 18 mm (0.71 in.) 9006PA18 XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° 30 mm (1.18 in.) 9006PA30 XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight 8 mm (0.31 in.) XSZE108 XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 12 mm (0.47 in.) XSZE112 XSZCA901Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight 18 mm (0.71 in.) XSZE118 XSZCA911Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 30 mm (1.18 in.) XSZE130 Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix; M12 or D suffix; U20 or K suffix; U78 or A suffix) XSZCS101 XSZCS111 XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight Mounting Brackets, Plastic Mounting Brackets, Metal Mounting Nuts Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 284, 280 239 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 18 mm, Ferrous Only—DC thread Features M18x1 • Ideal for machining, sorting applications • Responds only to ferrous metals, ignoring non-ferrous metals such as aluminum • Stainless steel body LED • Cable and micro-style connector versions offered t XS1M18PAS40 Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 1,000 Hz XS1M18PAS40 Shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) cable—Nominal Sensing Distance—5 mm N.O. 12–24 Vdc 200 mA Shielded—micro-style connector t—Nominal Sensing Distance—5 mm 2.75 70 Proximity 2.02 51.5 PNP PNP t N.O. 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M18PAS40D See page 626 for matching connector cables LED XS1M18PAS40D Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D H e e: 10 (0.39) e e: 60 (2.36) e e: 15 (0.59) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 240 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors 18 mm, Ferrous Only—DC Wiring Specifications 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range a Enclosure rating 3-wire, PNP, NO BN/1 + PNP BK/4 NO 0–4 mm (0–0.16 in.) Temperature range -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) IEC IP68 (except connector version) Tightening torque (maximum) 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Standard target size (steel) 18 x 18 x 1 Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) BU/3 LED indicator type 3% Cable version 360° ring LED Connector version 4 LED windows at 90° Enclosure material Stainless steel Wiring 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR cable Proximity Connector Electrical Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 2.6 V Current consumption (no load) 15 mA Maximum load current 200 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms On delay (maximum) 0.3 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.7 ms Short circuit protection Protective circuitry Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Yes Electrostatic discharges Yes Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) Yes Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) Yes Agency listings ® E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Suffix Down to -40+ C (-40+ F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories 7428k Description Catalog Number Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE318 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket 9006PAkk XSZB118 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km XSZB1kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 241 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors 18 mm, Non-Ferrous Only—DC thread 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 M18x1 Features • Response to non-ferrous metals only, such as aluminum, ignoring ferrous material such as steel • Ideal for mounting in areas where metal is close • Stainless steel body LED XS1M18PAS20 • Cable and micro-style connector versions offered t Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 1,000 Hz XS1M18PAS20 2.75 70 Proximity 2.02 51.5 Shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) Cable—Nominal Sensing Distance—5 mm PNP N.O. 12–24 Vdc 200 mA Shielded—Micro-style Connector t—Nominal Sensing Distance—5 mm PNP t N.O. 12–24 Vdc 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M18PAS20D See p.626 for matching connector cables LED XS1M18PAS20D Dual Dimensions inches mm Minimum Mounting Clearances mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support D H e e: 10 (0.39) e e: 60 (2.36) e e: 15 (0.59) D: 18 (0.71); H: 0 242 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors 18 mm, Non-Ferrous Only—DC Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output 3-wire, PNP, NO BN/1 + PNP BK/4 NO Usable sensing range a 0–4 mm (0.16 in.) Temperature range Enclosure rating -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) IEC IP68 (except connector version) Tightening torque (maximum) 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Standard target size (aluminum) 18 x 18 x 1 Differential (% of Sr) 15% Repeatability (% of Sr) BU/3 LED indicator type 3% Cable version 360° ring LED Connector version 4 LED windows at 90° Enclosure material Metal Wiring 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR cable Electrical Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–38 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 2.6 V Current consumption (no load) 15 mA Maximum load current 200 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms On delay (maximum) 0.3 ms Off delay (maximum) 0.7 ms Short circuit protection Protective circuitry Proximity Connector Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Yes Electrostatic discharges Yes Fast transients (motor start/stop interference) Yes Impulse voltages (lightning, etc.) Yes Agency listings ® E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range (cable type only) Extended cable length Down to -40° C (-40° F) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 Accessories 7428k Description Catalog Number Stainless steel mounting nuts XSZE318 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA18 Plastic mounting bracket 9006PAkk XSZB118 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter, length 2 in. (50.8 mm) Aluminum 7428 Stainless 74282 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km XSZB1kk Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 243 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Ferrous/Non-Ferrous; Universal, DC Features 2.02 51.5 • Detects all types of metals at the same sensing distance, whereas metals such as aluminum and copper require a standard sensor to be closer (see chart on next page). 2.36 60 2.02 51.5 2.75 70 LED XS1M18KPM40 4 x 90° LED • All are suitable for flush mounting in metal. XS1M18KPM40D thread 2.02 51.5 M18x1 2.36 60 Proximity thread LED M30x1.5 XS1M30KPM40 • Body types include 18 mm nickel-plated brass housing, 30 mm stainless steel housing, and limit switch style in plastic housing. • Ideal for drop-in replacements for tubular and limit switch style standard sensors. • Universal selectable output: PNP, NPN, N.O. and N.C. • Available with 2 m cable, micro-style connector or 2.6 ft pigtail with micro-connector for very aggressive chemical environments. • Tubular bodies have 360° visibility LED (four LED windows at 90° for connector version). • Metal mounting nuts included with tubular versions. • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked. 2.02 51.5 2.75 70 Sensing Circuit Distance Type Output Mode Voltage Range Load Current Maximum Connection Operating Frequency Catalog Number Shielded, 18 mm Diameter LED 5 mm PNP/NPN N.O./N.C. 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M18KPM40 5 mm PNP/NPN N.O./N.C. 12–24 Vdc Micro-style DC connector t 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M18KPM40D 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M30KPM40 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M30KPM40LD 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS7C40KPM40 Shielded, 30 mm Diameter 10 mm PNP/NPN N.O./N.C. 12–24 Vdc 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 10 mm PNP/NPN N.O./N.C. 12–24 Vdc XS1M30KPM40LD Micro-style DC connector, 0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail t Shielded, Limit Switch Style Body 1.57 40 4.6 117 1.77 45 1.57 40 15 mm t PNP/NPN N.O./N.C. 12–24 Vdc Screw Terminal See page 626 for matching connector cables Minimum Mounting Clearances Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support 2.36 60 Side by side d h 1.18 30 1.57 40 (1) Output LED (Yellow) (2) 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit opening (3) Oblong mounting hole: 0.21 x 0.28 in. (5.3 x 7 mm) e e XS1M18 XS1M30 e = 0.40 in. (10 mm) e = 0.79 in. (20 mm) Side by side e Dual Dimensions inches mm XS7C40KPM40 e = 1.57 in. (40 mm) e e = 2.36 in. (60 mm) e = 4.72 in. (120 mm) e = 0.59 in. (15 mm) e = 1.18 in. (30 mm Face to face d = 0.71 in. (18 mm), h = 0 d = 1.18 in. (30 mm), h = 0 Facing a metal object e e e = 4.72 in. (120 mm) e = 1.77 in. (45 mm) 244 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Ferrous/Non-Ferrous; Universal, DC Specifications Wiring 4 3 1 2 Mechanical Cable Blue Brown Black Standard temperature range BU – BN + BK Output 32° to 122° F (0° to 50° C) Tubular, cable 3, 4X, 6P, 12, 13 Tubular, connector See connector rating Limit switch body 4, 6P, 12 Tubular, cable IP68 Tubular, connector See connector rating Limit switch body IP67 XS1M18 Nickel-plated brass XS1M30 Stainless steel XS7 ABS plastic XS1M18 35 N•m XS1M30 50 N•m 7 gn, amplitude ±1 mm (10 Hz to 42 Hz) 30 gn, 11 ms duration 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) 45 x 45 mm (1.77 x 1.77 in.) 15% 3% 360° ring LED 4 LED windows at 90° 360° ring LED LED power On 4-wire #22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR 4-pin micro-style DC 4-wire #22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR 4-pin micro-style DC, 0.8 m (2.6 ft) pigtail, PvR #14 AWG screw terminals NEMA Type Enclosure rating IEC 4 wire programmable NO or NC selectable output Enclosure material BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) Case + PNP WH/2 Tightening torque (maximum) BK/4 Vibration resistance Shock resistance BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) Standard target size BN/1 (NO), BU/3 (NC) Differential (maximum) Repeatability (maximum) + NPN WH/2 LED indicator type BK/4 BU/3 (NO), BN/1 (NC) Connection (IEC 60068-2-6) (IEC 60068-2-27) 18 mm (0.71 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.) Limit switch (% of Sr.) (% of Sr.) Tubular, cable Tubular, connector Tubular, pigtail Limit switch body 18 mm (0.71 in.), cable 18 mm (0.71 in.), connector 30 mm (1.18 in.), cable 30 mm (1.18 in.), pigtail Limit switch body Proximity Connector Electrical Voltage range Voltage limit (including ripple) Voltage drop (across switch) closed state (maximum) Current consumption (no load) (maximum) Load current (maximum) Operating frequency (maximum) On delay (maximum) Off delay (maximum) Power-up delay (maximum) Short circuit protection Overload protection Reverse polarity protection Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Protective circuitry Electrostatic, transients, impulse E 164869 Agency listings CCN NRKH ® 12–24 Vdc 10–38 Vdc 2.6 V 15 mA 200 mA 1,000 Hz 0.3 ms 0.7 ms 5 ms Yes Yes Yes IEC 60947-5-2 and NEMA ICS 5, Part 4 CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Accessories Size XSZB1kk 18 mm 9006PAkk XSZEkkk 30 mm Description Catalog Number Metal mounting nuts Metal mounting bracket Plastic mounting bracket Stainless steel mounting nuts Metal mounting bracket Plastic mounting bracket XSZE118 9006PA18 XSZB118 XSZE330 9006PA30 XSZB130 Standard sensor technology requires an adjustment of up to 70% of the sensing distance to detect various metals. Because the ferrous/non-ferrous sensor detects all metals at the same distance, compensation is no longer needed. A smaller device can now perform at a range comparable to a larger sized or non-shielded device. Standard vs. Ferrous/NonFerrous Proximity Sensing Range (%) 100 90 80 70 60 std 50 Fe/NFe 40 30 20 Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 10 0 Mag. Steel 304 Stainless Steel Al Cu 245 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS5L8 Inductive Sensors Miniature, Rectangular, DC Features • 90° sensing for mounting in restricted spaces with face at end or center • PNP/NPN, N.O. Output • 360° ring or LED indicator visible from 4 quadrants • Small, 8 x 8 x 43 mm (0.13 x 0.13 x 1.7 in.) square metal housing • Mount side by side with no interference • UL Listed and CSA Certified Sensing Face Proximity XS5L81 Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 1.5 mm Nominal Sensing Distance, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable XS5L81•••S Top PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L81PA140 Top NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L81NA140 1.5 mm Sensing Distance, Nano-Style Connector t Top PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L81PA140S Top NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L81NA140S 1.5 mm Nominal Sensing Distance, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Center PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L82PA140 Center NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L82NA140 1.5 mm Sensing Distance, Nano-Style Connector t Center PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L82PA140S Center NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 100 mA 2,500 Hz XS5L82NA140S t See page 626 for matching connector cables XS5L82 Minimum Mounting Clearances XS5L82•••S 0 in. 0 mm 0.7 in. 18 mm Dimensions XS5 L81/82kkk 0.12 3 1.69 43 = 0.39 10 0.31 8 0.18 4.7 XS5L81/82 = 1.93 49 0.79 20 2 x M3 LEDS LED M8 Dual Dimensions inches mm 246 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS5L8 Inductive Sensors Miniature, Rectangular, DC Specifications Wiring 1 Mechanical Cable 4 Blue Brown Black 3 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range a 1.2 mm Temperature range -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) Enclosure rating IEC IP67 (connector version depends on connector) Differential (% of Sr) 3 Wire, PNP, NO 20% Repeatability (% of Sr) BN/1 + PNP BK/4 NO BU/3 3 Wire, NPN, NO BN/1 + NPN BK/4 NO BU/3 LED indicator 3% Cable Type 360° ring Connector type 90°, or visible from 4 quadrants Enclosure material Metal Wiring 27 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR cable Proximity Connector Electrical Voltage range 12–24 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 10–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 2.6 V Maximum load current 100 mA Current consumption (maximum) (no load) 10 mA Residual (leakage) current, open state 0.1 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 5 ms On delay (maximum) 0.5 ms Off delay (maximum) 1 ms Physical characteristics Protective circuitry Short circuit protection yes Overload protection yes Reverse polarity protection Agency listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH yes CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Options Description Suffix 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 247 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7H, XS8H Miniature Inductive Sensor Subcompact Block Style, DC Miniature microswitch type inductive proximity sensor for industrial applications. Features • Very fast response time • Rugged plastic housing • Extremely small for mounting in difficult-to-access locations • Easy replacement of mechanical microswitches with matching footprint (V3) • Longer life and substantially faster speed than mechanical switches • High levels of radio frequency immunity (RFI): electrostatic discharge, fast transients and impulse voltage protected Proximity • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked 0.62 16 0.40 10.3 Circuit type 0.11 2.75 0.12 3.1 Output mode Voltage range Load current (maximum) Operating frequency Catalog Number 2 mm (0.078 in.) Sensing Range—Shielded 0.14 3.5 DC models, 3-wire 2 m (6.6 ft) cable PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS7H10PA340 NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS7H10NA340 3 mm (0.118 in.) Sensing Range—Non-Shielded 0.88 22.5 1.10 28 DC models, 3-wire 2 m (6.6 ft) cable PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS8H10PA340 NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 200 mA 5,000 Hz XS8H10NA340 LED Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) ∅ 0.11 ∅3 ∅ 0.12 ∅ 3.1 0.11 2.8 Side by side Face to face Mounting in a metal support e e e .39 10.1 Facing a metal object .23 6 e XS7 Shielded e: 7 (0.27) e: 30 (1.18) e: 7 (0.27) e: 0 XS8 Non-shielded e: 10 (0.39) e: 40 (1.57) e: 10 (0.39) e: 5 (0.19) Front View Dual Dimensions inches mm 248 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7H, XS8H Miniature Inductive Sensor Subcompact Block Style, DC Specifications Mechanical Wiring Standard temperature range 3 wire, N.O. BN PNP Enclosure rating + BK BN + NPN BK BU - 0–1.6 mm (0.06 in.) Non-shielded 0–2.4 mm (0.19 in.) Shielded -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Non-shielded +14 to +122 °F (-10 to +50 °C) IEC IP67 Shielded 2 x 2 x 1 mm (0.08 x 0.08 x 0.04 in.) Non-shielded 3 x 3 x 1 mm (0.12 x 0.12 x 0.04 in.) Vibration resistance Standard target size (steel) - BU Shielded 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% Cable 22 AWG, PvR Proximity Usable sensing range Electrical Differential (% of Sr) Maximum 15% Voltage drop (across switch) 2V Current consumption (no load) 10 mA On and off delay (maximum) 0.1 ms Power-up delay 5 ms Reverse polarity protection Protective circuitry Standard Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic: transients: impulse IEC 61000-4-2 Level 2: IEC 61000-4-4 Level 4: IEC 60947.5.2 Agency listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 Note: Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Options Description Suffix 5 m (16.4 ft) cable L1 10 m (32.8 ft) cable L2 249 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7G/XS8G Inductive Sensors Compact Block Style Features • Universal AC/DC and DC only models available • Selectable PNP/NPN, N.O. and N.C. output • Compact 12 x 26 x 40 mm (0.47 x 1.02 x 1.57 in.) body style, for tight mounting spaces • PLC compatible • Rugged plastic housing • Very high radio frequency immunity • Cable or nano-style connector versions offered t • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked Proximity Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Maximum Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number Universal AC/DC, Shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) cable, Nominal Sensing Distance—2 mm 0.15 4 1.02 26 0.70 18 0.15 4 0.26 32 1.57 40 ∅ 0.12 ∅ 3.1 45˚ 20–264 Vac/Vdc 5.5 V 5 to 200 mA c 25 Hz AC/350 Hz DC XS7G12MA230 N.C. 20–264 Vac/Vdc 5.5 V 5 to 200 mA c 25 Hz AC/350 Hz DC XS7G12MB230 PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12PA140 NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12NA140 PNP N.O.+N.C. 10–58 Vdc 2.6 V 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12PC440 NPN N.O.+N.C. 10–58 Vdc 2.6 V 200 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12NC440 DC, Shielded—Nano-Connector, Nominal Sensing Distance—2 mm t 0.15 4 (2) 0.47 12 N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12PA140S NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 2,000 Hz XS7G12NA140S 2-wire N.O. 20–264 Vac/Vdc 5.5 V 5 to 200 mA c 25 Hz AC/350 Hz DC XS8G12MA230 2-wire N.C. 20–264 Vac/Vdc 5.5 V 5 to 200 mA c 25 Hz AC/350 Hz DC XS8G12MB230 DC, Non-shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) cable, Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm 1.18 30 0.67 16 PNP Universal AC/DC, Non-shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) cable, Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm 10 0.39 N.O. 2-wire DC, Shielded—2 m (6.6 ft) cable, Nominal Sensing Distance—2 mm (1) (3) 2-wire PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12PA140 NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12NA140 PNP N.O.+N.C. 10–58 Vdc 2.6 V 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12PC440 NPN N.O.+N.C. 10–58 Vdc 2.6 V 200 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12NC440 DC, Shielded—Nano-Connector, Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm t 1.22 31 PNP N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12PA140S NPN N.O. 10–30 Vdc 1.8 V 100 mA 1,000 Hz XS8G12NA140S c t 0.6 A fuse is recommended for devices without short circuit protection. See accessories on page 284. See page 626 for matching connector cables 1.77 45 Minimum Mounting Clearances Side by side e M8 Face to face e XS•G12•A140S Side view XS7G Shielded (1) 1 elongated hole, 3.1 x 5.1 mm (0.12 x 0.20 in.) XS8G Non-shielded e: 0 mm (0 in.) e: 15 mm (0.6 in.) e: 10 mm (0.4 in.) e: 60 mm (2.4 in.) (2) Cable, 2 m (6.6 ft) (3) 2 holes, 3 x 5 mm (0.12 x 0.20 in.) Dual Dimensions inches mm 250 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7G/XS8G Inductive Sensors Compact Block Style Specifications Wiring 1 Mechanical Cable 4 Blue Brown Black 3 BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range a Shielded 0–1.6 mm (0.06 in.) Non-shielded 0–3.2 mm (0.13 in.) Temperature range 2-wire AC or DC NO or NC XS•G12M•230 + + BN BU 3-wire DC NO XS•G12PA140 XS•G12PA140S + BN/1 PNP Enclosure rating -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) IEC IP67 (except connector style) Vibration (conforming to IED 68-2-6) 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms (conforming to IEC 60068-2-7) Standard target size (steel) 12 x 12 mm (0.47 x 0.47 in.) Differential (% of Sr) 20% Repeatability (% of Sr) 10% LED indicator Located on top of sensor Enclosure material Plastic Wiring 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR cable Electrical AC/DC models DC models 24 to 240 Vac 12–24 Vdc Proximity Connector BK/4 Voltage range BU/3 Voltage limit (including ripple) XS•G12NA140 XS•G12NA140S + BN/1 NPN — 10 mA Maximum leakage (residual) current—open state 0.8 mA at 24 V, 1.5 mA at 120 V 0.1 mA Power-up delay (maximum) 40 ms 4 ms On delay (maximum) 1 ms 0.5 ms Off delay (maximum) Protective circuitry BU/3 2 ms 1 ms Short circuit protection No Yes Overload protection No Agency listings ® 4-wire DC NO + NC XS•G12PC440 + BK(NO) Yes E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Options Description PNP WH(NC) — 10–30 Vdc Current consumption (maximum) (no load) BK/4 BN/1 24 to 210 Vdc 20 to 264 Vac/Vdc Extended temperature range Suffix to +185° F (+85° C) TT to -40° F (-40° C) TF BU/3 XS•G12NC440 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length L1 10 m (32.8) cable length L2 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. + BN NPN BK(NO) WH(NC) BU Connector Cables (M8 or S suffix) XSZCS101 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCS111 Nano-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 251 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7T/XS8T Inductive Sensors, Cubic Block Style 26 x 26 mm and 40 x 40 mm Square, DC Features • Compact cubic body style in rugged PBT plastic • Flush and non-flush mountable • Comparable sensing distance to limit switch style in half the body size • Mounting bracket included with each sensor 1.02 26 • Molded cable, or molded cable with micro-connector pigtail 0.8 or 0.15 m (31.5 or 5.9 in.) .67 17 1.02 26 LED Proximity Ø3 • Elbow bracket provides interchangeability with limit switch style sensor, and enables multiple positioning of sensing face 1.02 26 .98 25 = Circuit Type = Output Mode Voltage Range Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 100 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS7T2DA210 XS7T2PC440 XS7T2NC440 100 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS7T2DA214LD XS7T2PC440LD XS7T2NC440LD 100 Hz XS7T2DA214LD01 200 mA 200 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz XS8T2PC440 XS8T2NC440 200 mA 200 mA 500 Hz 500 Hz XS8T2PC440LD XS8T2NC440LD 150 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS7T4DA210 XS7T4PC440 XS7T4NC440 150 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS7T4DA214LD XS7T4PC440LD XS7T4NC440LD 150 Hz XS7T4DA214LD01 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS8T4PC440 XS8T4NC440 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz XS8T4PC440LD XS8T4NC440LD 26 mm x 26 mm DC, Flush Mountable, Nominal Sensing Distance—10 mm 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable q Ø4.2 2-wire PNP NPN 1.18 30 1.73 44 N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 5.2 V 2V 2V 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 0.8 m (31.5 in.) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q 1.57 40 .94 24 LED = 2.09 53 1.73 44 5.2 V 2V 2V 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA N.O. 12–48 Vdc 5.2 V 100 mA DC, Non-Flush Mountable, Nominal Sensing Distance—15 mm 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable q PNP NPN N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 2V 2V N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 2V 2V 1.18 30 40 mm x 40 mm DC, Flush Mountable, Nominal Sensing Distance—15 mm 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable q Ø5.3x8 2-wire PNP NPN N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 5.2 V 2V 2V 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 0.8 m (31.5 in.) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q LED 2-wire PNP NPN 1.57 40 1.57 2.17 40 55 .98 25 Ø5.3x8 = = 1.18 30 N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 5.2 V 2V 2V 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 0.15 m (5.9 in.) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q 2-wire 1.22 31 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 0.8 m (2.6 ft) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q 1.57 40 1.69 43 2-wire PNP NPN = Ø5.3 2.16 55 N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 0.15 m (5.9 in.) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q 1.57 40 1.73 44 1.57 40 2-wire PNP NPN Ø5.3 N.O. 12–48 Vdc 5.2 V 100 mA DC, Non-Flush Mountable, Nominal Sensing Distance—20 mm 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable q PNP NPN N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 2V 2V 200 mA 200 mA 0.8 m (31.5 in.) Pigtail with 4-Pin Micro-Connector q PNP NPN q N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 2V 2V 200 mA 200 mA See page 626 for matching connector cables Minimum Mounting Clearances Dual Dimensions inches mm XS7T2 Shielded XS7T4 Non-shielded XS7T4 Shielded XS8T4 Non-shielded in. E1 mm in. 0.98 1.57 1.49 2.36 25 40 38 60 4.32 4.71 4.72 6.29 E2 mm 110 120 120 160 in. E3 mm in. 1.18 1.77 1.77 2.36 30 45 45 60 1.02 1.57 3.07 4.72 D1 mm 26 40 78 120 in. H mm 0 0 1.02 1.57 0 0 26 40 E1 E2 E3 Side by Side Face to Face Facing a Metal Object H D1 Mounted in a Metal Support 252 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Cubic Block Style 26 x 26 mm and 40 x 40 mm Square, DC Specifications Wiring 4 1 Mechanical Cable 3 Blue Brown Black 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable Sensing Range a 0–12 mm (0.47 in.) NEMA Type 1, 4X, 12 -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) Enclosure Rating IEC BN/1 WH/2 (N.C.) + BK/4 (N.O.) - BU/3 BN/1 + NPN 0–8 mm (0.32 in.) XS8T2 Temperature Range 4 Wire PNP XS7T2 WH/2 (N.C.) BK/4 (N.O.) - BU/3 2 Wire BN/1 BU/4 +/-/+ IP67 (connector version: depends on connector) Vibration 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock Resistance 50 G for 11 ms Differential (% of Sr) 20% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED Indicator Type Yes, located at cable Enclosure Material Plastic Wiring 20 AWG (0.5 mm2), PvR cable Electrical 2-wire 3-wire 4-wire Voltage Range 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc 12–48 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–58 Vdc 10–58 Vdc 10–58 Vdc Voltage Drop 5.2 V 2V 5.2 V Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State 0.7 mA 0.1 mA 0.1 mA Current Consumption 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA Power-up Delay (maximum) 5 ms 5 ms 7 ms On Delay (maximum) 2 ms 0.3 ms 0.3 ms Off Delay (maximum) 5 ms 0.7 ms 0.7 ms Short Circuit Protection Yes Yes Yes Overload Protection Yes Yes Yes Protective Circuitry Agency Listings ® E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Proximity Connector a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Mounting options XS7/8T2 M3 x 6 CHC M3 x 6 CHC 90° 90° 90° 90° 90° 90° XS7/8T4 M3 x 6 CHC 45° 90° 45° 0 M3 x 6 CHC 45° 45° 90° 90° M3 x 6 CHC 0 90° M3 x 6 CHC Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 253 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7C/XS8C Limit Switch Type, Inductive Sensors 5-Position Turret Head, Plastic AC/DC, DC or AC Sensing head turns to accommodate 5 different sensing positions 1.57 40 1.57 40 Standard limit switch housing inductive proximity sensors for industrial applications Features • PBT plastic body with stainless steel screws for corrosive environments • Plug-in design for ease in replacement 4.6 117 1.77 45 • 5-position turret head for reduced inventory • 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit entrance with many wiring and connecting options 2.36 60 • Radio frequency immunity (RFI) standard • PLC compatible Proximity • 2-LED system on selected models indicates on/off, power on • DC versions work with unfiltered power supply 1.18 30 1.57 40 XS7/8 • Noise and transient protection • Reverse polarity protection (DC models) • Excellent resistance to aggressive environments (dripping corrosive fluids, submersion in water) • Universal AC/DC 2-wire • Longest extended range using the standard dimensions • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE Marked 1.57 40 1.57 40 1. 1 28 1/2" NPT conduit ent. 2.36 60 4.5 114.5 1.77 45 XSCT Voltage Range Output Mode AC DC Maximum Load Current c Residual (leakage) current Operating Frequency LED SCPa Catalog Number 0.5 mA at 24 V 25/50 Hz 1.5 mA at 120 V Yes No XS7C40MP230 0.5 mA 0.5 mA — — 1,500 Hz 1,500 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz Yes Yes 2 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes XS7C40DA210 XS7C40DP210 XS7C40PC440 XS7C40NC440 200 mA 200 mA — — 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz 2 2 Yes Yes XS7C40PC449 XS7C40NC449 500 mA 1.5 mA 25 Hz Yes No XS7C40FP260 0.5 mA at 24 V 25/50 Hz 1.5 mA at 120 V Yes No XS8C40MP230 0.6 mA 0.6 mA — — 150 Hz 150 Hz 1,000 Hz 1,000 Hz Yes Yes 2 2 No No Yes Yes XS8C40DA210 XS8C40DP210 XS8C40PC440 XS8C40NC440 200 mA 200 mA — — 500 Hz 500 Hz 2 2 Yes Yes XS8C40PC449 XS8C40NC449 500 mA 1.5 mA 25 Hz Yes No XS8C40FP260 Shielded 15 mm (0.59 in.) sensing range universal, AC/DC 2-wire LED 2 x .2" dia. 2 x 5.3mm dia. 1.18 30 Circuit Type N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 24–210 V 300 mA/200 mA 15 mm (0.59 in.) sensing range, DC 2-wire 2-wire PNP NPN N.O. N.O./N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. — — — — 12–48 V 12–48 V 12–48 V 12–48 V 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 20 mm (0.79 in.) extended range, DC 3-wire PNP NPN N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. — — 12–48 V 12–48 V 15 mm (0.59 in.) sensing range, AC 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V — Non-Shielded Dual Dimensions inches mm 20 mm (0.79 in.) sensing range universal, AC/DC 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 24–210 V 300 mA/200 mA 20 mm (0.79 in.) sensing range, DC 2-wire 2-wire PNP NPN N.O. N.O./N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. — — — — 12–48 V 12–48 V 12–48 V 12–48 V 100 mA 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 40 mm (1.6 in.) extended range, DC 3-wire PNP NPN N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. — — 12–48 V 12–48 V 20 mm (0.79 in.) sensing range, AC 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V — 20 mm (0.79 in.) sensing range, AC Model with Timer (1–20s) 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V — 350 mA 2.0 mA (R) 13 Hz Yes No XSCT023319 a For devices without SCP, a 0.8 A quick-blow fuse wired in series is recommended. See page 284 for protective fuses. c 20 ≤ Vdc 58 IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-13; Vdc > IEC 60947-5-2 Utilization category DC-12 Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by Side Face to Face e e XS7 Shielded XS8 Non-shielded e: 40 (1.57) e: 80 (3.15) e: 120 (4.72) e: 160 (6.30) 254 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS7C/XS8C Limit Switch Type, Inductive Sensors 5-Position Turret Head, Plastic AC/DC, DC or AC , Specifications Wiring Mechanical 1 3 2 1 3 K30/K31 2 R30/R31 3 4 5 Standard temperature range Enclosure rating Enclosure material 2 wire DC Non Polarized +/-/+ 6 NO NC 4 wire DC NO/NC PNP 1 + 4 (NO) PNP 2 (NC) - 3 NPN 1 + NPN 4 (NO) 2 (NC) 3 0–16 mm (0.63 in.) 1 R5 BU – BN + BK Output 5 0–12 mm (0.47 in.) Non-shielded Usable sensing range t Cable Blue Brown Black Shielded 2 - 2 wire AC 4, 6P, 12 (UL test pending) CENELEC IP67 Body and sensing face PBT Screws Stainless steel Vibration resistance IEC 60068.2.6 25 G, amplitude at 55 Hz, frequency = 10–55 Hz Shock resistance IEC 60068.2.27 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size Shielded (steel) Non-shielded 45 x 45 mm (1.8 x 1.8 in.) 60 x 60 mm (2.4 x 2.4 in.) Differential Maximum 20% Repeatability Maximum 3% Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Standard Cable Screw terminals Electrical AC Models Voltage range DC Models AC/DC Models 2-wire 4-wire 24–240 V 50/60 Hz 12–48 V 12–48 V 24–240 Vac 50/60 Hz 24–210 Vdc Voltage limit (including ripple) 20–264 V 50/60 Hz 10–58 V 10–58 V 20–264 Vac/Vdc Voltage drop (across switch) closed state 5.5 V 4V 2V 5.5 V Minimum load current 5 mA 1.5 mA — 5 mA Maximum load current 500 mA 100 mA 100 mA 300 mA/200 mA Inrush 2 Aa — — 2 Aa Current consumption (no load) — — 10 mA — On delay (maximum) 30 ms 2 ms 0.3 ms 30 ms Off delay (maximum) 5 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type Proximity Connector Shielded 20 ms 5 ms 0.7 ms 20 ms Non-shielded 20 ms 7 ms 0.7 ms 20 ms 120 ms 5 ms 5 ms 120 ms Power-up delay (maximum) Protective circuitry 6 NO/NC Selector Jumper NO NC Short circuit protection Optional a Overload protection Yes Radio frequency immunity (RFI) IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3 Electrostatic; transients; impulse IEC 61000-4-2 Level 4; IEC 61000-4-3 Level 3; IEC 60947.5.2 Level 3 Reverse polarity protection DC Versions Yes Agency listings ® E 164869 CCN NRKH CR 44087 Class 3211 03 t See page 327 for target material corrective coefficient km. a Without overload or SCP, a 0.8 A quick-blow fuse wired in series is recommended. See page 284 for protective fuses. Options Description Extended temperature range 3-pin mini-style connector Suffix +185° F (+85 °C) TT -40° F (-40 °C) TF Normally open R30 Normally closed R31 5-pin mini-style connector Connector Cables (R3, R5, or K suffix) XSZCK101Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCK111Y Micro-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° XSZCA901Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA911Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° 3-pin micro-style connector R5 AC only, wired normally open K30 AC only, wired normally closed K31 XSZCA1501Y Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA1511Y Mini-style, 5-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths. . . . page 626 255 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Limit Switch Body 5-Position Turret Head, DC IQ Prox™ Features Microprocessor based, self-teaching proximity switch adjusts to its environment on command, suppressing any metal background, then detecting the target it was taught to identify (see illustration). 1.57 40 1.57 40 • Long range sensing 0.98 in. (25 mm) • Plastic limit switch plug-in body style with 5-position turret head 4.6 117 1.77 45 2.36 60 • Two LEDs: (1) power supply and terminal mode (flashes in learning mode when sensor is learning its environment), (2) output Proximity • 24 Vdc, complementary PNP- and NPN-type output (4) (2) • Can be recess mounted in metal without interfering with the sensing field (1) • UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked (3) Illustrations: 1.18 30 1.57 40 (1) Output LED (Yellow) (2) Power/Teach LED (Green) (3) 1/2" NPT conduit opening (4) Two elongated mounting holes: 0.21" x 0.28" (5.3 mm x 7 mm) 1. The sensor can be flush mounted, non-flush mounted, or recess mounted. A metal background can be placed in immediate proximity to the sensor. 2. For setup, the teach mode is activated. When no target is present, the sensor learns the environment. Then, the target is passed in front of the sensor in the usual way. Dual Dimensions inches mm GN YW GN 3. The green LED flashes while the sensor is learning its environment and target, then becomes steady when the sensor is set. YW 4. The newly programmed sensor recognizes the target and provides output. Sensing Distance Circuit Type Output Mode Connection Catalog Number 25 mm PNP N.O. Screw Terminal XS8C40PAA40 25 mm NPN N.O. Screw Terminal XS8C40NAA40 Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face e e XSC8C40•AA40 e: 80 (3.15) e: 9.45 (240) 256 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Limit Switch Body 5-Position Turret Head, DC IQ Prox™ Specifications Wiring 3-wire DC, NO output 1 Operating Storage -13 to 158 °F (-25 to 70 °C) -13 to 158 °F (-25 to 70 °C) NEMA Type 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, IEC IEC IP67 per IEC 60529 Enclosure material Case PBT Vibration resistance (IEC 60068-2-6) 25 G, amplitude at 55 Hz, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 50 G, 11 ms duration Temperature range Enclosure rating BN PNP + 4 BK BU - 3 1 BN BK NPN + 4 BU - 3 Differential (maximum) (% of Sr.) 15% Repeatability (maximum) (% of Sr.) 3% Power/Teach (green) LED indicator type Output (yellow) Connection Screw Terminal Electrical Voltage limit (including ripple) XS8C40kAA40 Proximity Mechanical 19–30 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch) closed state (maximum) 2V Current consumption (no load) (maximum) 20 mA Load current (maximum) 200 mA Operating frequency (maximum) 600 Hz On delay (maximum) 1 ms Off delay (maximum) 1 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 250 ms Short circuit protection Yes Overload protection Yes Reverse polarity protection Yes Agency listings ® E 164869 CR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Activating self-teaching mode Option 1 by external contact + 1 2 3 Option 2 internally (repositioning of jumper) External contact (pulse) or - When in the self-teaching mode, the green LED (status) flashes rapidly. As objects pass through the detection zone, the sensor memorizes the two opposing thresholds in relation to its environment. When the self-teaching setup is complete, the green LED ceases to flash and maintains a steady light. The yellow LED indicates output. 257 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSD Rectangular, Inductive Sensors Long Range Block, AC and DC—Plug-in Shielded 1.5 40 .33 8.5 3.23 82 Features Rectangular low-profile switch, 3.5 in. square by 1.63 in. high (88.4 x 41.4 mm) designed for very demanding industrial applications. • Housings: Plastic (thermoplastic polyester) 3.98 101 2.56 65 • LED indicators: target sensed, power on and short circuit (selected models) • Timer model available for jamming applications • Plug-in modular design • Radio frequency immunity (RFI) 2.96 75 • Short circuit protection (SCP) (selected models) • Alternate frequency models for side by side mounting (selected models) • DC models: complementary outputs (PNP or NPN) Unshielded • AC models: selectable normally open (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.) 1.5 40 3.10 80 • UL Listed, CSA Certified, and CE marked .29 7.5 Proximity 4 x ∅0.21 4 x ∅5.5 3.90 100 2.56 65 Circuit Type 4 x ∅0.21 4 x ∅5.5 LED Voltage Range q Maximum Load Residual (Leakage) Current Operating Frequency Maximum LED SCPa Catalog Number 180 Hz Yes Yes XSDC407138 40 mm (1.57 in.) Sensing Range, Shielded DC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire 2.56 65 1/2" NPT conduit ent. Output Mode N.O. 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 40 mm (1.57 in.) Sensing Range, Non-Shielded DC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire PNP NPN N.O. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.C. 12–48 V 12–48 V 12–48 V 100 mA 200 mA 200 mA 0.5 mA — — 180 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes XSDC407139 XSDH407339j XSDJ407339j 500 mA 500 mA 1.5 mA (P) c 1.5 mA (P) c 10 Hz 10 Hz Yes 3f No Yes XSDA400519j XSDA405539j AC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire 2-wire N.O./N.C. N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 24–240 V AC Model Mini-Style Connector, 3-Pin l Dual Dimensions inches mm 2-wire 2-wire N.O./N.C. N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 24–240 V 500 mA 500 mA 1.5 mA (P) c 1.5 mA (P) c 10 Hz 10 Hz Yes 3f No Yes XSDA400519R3j XSDA405539R3j 24–240 V 500 mA 3.5 mA (R) c 10 Hz Yes No XSDT023319 5–100 mA DC 1.7 mA at 120 V 10 Hz 5–500 mA AC 3 mA at 240 V k 3f Yes XSDM500538 AC Model with Timer 2-wire N.O./N.C. 50 mm (2 in.) Sensing Range, Shielded AC/DC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 50 mm (2 in.) Sensing Range, Non-Shielded DC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire N.O. 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 180 Hz Yes Yes XSDC507139 500 mA 500 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 10 Hz 10 Hz Yes 3f No Yes XSDA500519 XSDA505539 Yes 3f No Yes XSDA500519Rj XSDA505539Rj AC Model, Screw Terminals 2-wire 2-wire N.O./N.C. N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 24–240 V AC Model Mini-Style Connector, 3-Pin l 2-wire N.O/.N.C. 24–240 V 500 mA 1.5 mA 10 Hz 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 500 mA 1.5 mA 10 Hz k 100 mA for DC. c PLC applications: P= PLC compatible. R= Bleeder resistor needed. j Also available with alternate frequency. Add F to catalog number. No additional charge. f 1 LED for Power On, 1 LED for Output On, 1 LED for SCP triggered. l Mating connector, see page 626. a For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. Minimum Mounting Clearances (Except XSDM500538), mm (in.) Side by side Face to face e e XSD40 e: 200 (7.9) e: 400 (15.7) XSD50 e: 250 (10) e: 500 (20) 258 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSD Rectangular, Inductive Sensors Long Range Block, AC and DC—Plug-in Specifications Wiring Mechanical Cable 1 Blue Brown Black 3 2 BU – BN + BK Output Usable Sensing Rangea 24–48 mm (0.94–1.89 in.) Standard Temperature Range -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Enclosure Rating 3 wire DC, NO/NC 1 PNP + 4 (NO) + 3 NPN 4 (NO) 2 (NC) 3 - 2 wire DC, non polarized 3 NO 4 3 +/-/+ +/- NC 4 -/+ 2 wire AC and AC/DC, programmable NO/NC 8 7 load NO IEC Vibration Resistance 2 (NC) 1 NEMA Type IP67 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock Resistance 50 G for 11 ms Standard Target Size (Mild Steel) 120 x 120 mm (4.7 x 4.7 in.) Differential Maximum 20% Repeatability Maximum 5% Cable, PVC Screw terminals, #16 AWG Electrical AC Models DC Models AC/DC Models 2-wire 4-wire Voltage Range, Maximum (Including Ripple) 20–264 V 10–58 V 10–58 V 20–264 V Voltage Drop (Across Switch) 5.5 Va 4V 1.8 V 6V Inrush Current (Inductive @ 20 ms) 2A — — 2A Minimum Load Current 5 mA 1.5 mA — 5 mA Current Consumption (No Load) — — 10 mA — On Delay (Maximum) 30 ms 0.2 ms 10 ms 40 ms Off Delay (Maximum) 20 ms 3 ms 10 ms 60 ms Power-up Delay (Maximum) 120 ms 5 ms 10 ms 100 ms Reverse Polarity Protection — Standard Standard — Radio Frequency Immunity (RFI) 4 cm (1.6 in.) minimum from antenna Agency Listings L1 8 7 3, 4X (indoor), 12, 13 ® E 164353 c CCN NRKH Proximity Connector LR 44087 a FM: J.I. OROH9.AX Class 3211 03 (3610, 3611) a Timer model voltage drop is 4.5 V. NC L2 Options Description Extended Temperature Range Suffix to +185 °F (85 °C) (p Not Available on AC Models with SCP) TT to -40 °F (-40 °C) TF Ex: XSD605539 TTR3 Replacement Modules Description Catalog Number DC 2-Wire Base Receptacle, N.O. Contact ZSDZ03 N.O. Contact Switch ZSDC607139 Base Receptacle, N.O./N.C. ZSDZ02 N.O./N.C. Contact Switch ZSDC607319 DC 3-Wire Connector Cables (A or R3 suffix) XSZCA901Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA911Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Base Receptacle ZSDZ02 PNP Switch ZSDH607339 NPN Switch ZSDJ607339 AC 2-Wire Base Receptacle ZSDZ01 1 LED, N.O. SCP Switch ZSDA600519 3 LED, SCP Switch ZSDA605539 AC/DC ZSDM600539 p Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 259 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSD Rectangular, Inductive Sensors Long Range Block, AC and DC; Adjustable Sensing Range 1.5 40 3.90 100 2.56 65 0.29 7.5 3.10 80 4 x ∅0.21 4 x ∅5.5 LED 2.56 65 1/2" NPT conduit ent. Features Rectangular, low-profile switch 3.5 in. square by 1.63 in. high (88.4 x 41.4 mm) designed for very demanding industrial applications. Especially recommended for long-sensing-range applications with metal in the background. • Housings: plastic (thermoplastic polyester) • Adjustable sensing range (30 to 60 mm); sensitivity can be decreased below the maximum usable sensing distance (48 mm) to cancel the metal background influence (20-turn potentiometer under the front plastic cap). For fixed long sensing distance, see page 258. • LED indicators: target sensed, power on and short circuit (selected models) • Plug-in modular design Proximity • AC/DC model available • Radio frequency immunity (RFI) • Short circuit protection (SCP) (selected models) • 1/2 in. NPT conduit entrance • Protected, captive saddle-clamp terminals in ready-to-wire position • DC models: complementary outputs PNP or NPN Dual Dimensions inches mm • AC models: programmable output N.O./N.C. • UL Listed and CSA Certified NOTE: Sensors are factory adjusted for the maximum sensing distance. Do not attempt to increase the sensing distance above the factory setting; sensor behavior becomes unpredictable. 30–60 mm (2.36 in.) Sensing Range, Non-Shielded Circuit Output Type Mode Voltage Range Maximum Residual (Leakage) Operating Catalog LED SCPa Load Current Maximum Frequency Maximum Number DC model, 2- and 3-wire screw terminals 2-wire N.O. 12–48 V 100 mA 0.8 mA 20 Hz Yes Yes XSDC607139 2-wire N.O., N.C. 12–48 V 100 mA 0.8 mA 20 Hz Yes No XSDC607319 PNP N.O., N.C. 12–48 V 200 mA — 50 Hz Yes Yes XSDH607339 NPN N.O., N.C. 12–48 V 200 mA — 50 Hz Yes Yes XSDJ607339 AC model, screw terminals 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 500 mA 1.7 mA ➁ 10 Hz Yes No XSDA600519 2-wire N.O./N.C. 43–132 V 500 mA 1.7 mA ➁ 10 Hz 3➂ Yes XSDA605539 AC and DC models, screw terminals 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 Vac 500 mA 1.7 mA @ 120 V ➁ c — — — — 24–210 Vdc 100 mA 115 V 10 Hz 3➂ Yes XSDM600539 AC and AC/DC models, mini-style receptacle, 3-pins 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 V 500 mA 1.7 mA ➁ 10 Hz Yes No XSDA600519R3 2-wire N.O./N.C. 93–132 V 500 mA 1.7 mA ➁ 10 Hz 3➂ Yes XSDA605539R3 2-wire N.O./N.C. 24–240 Vac 500 mA 1.7 mA ➁ — — — — 24–210 Vdc 100 mA 1.7 mA @ 120 V ➁ c 10 Hz 3➂ Yes XSDM600539R3 ➁ ➂ c a PLC compatible. 1 LED for Power Out and 1 LED for Output On, 1 LED for SCP triggered. < 1 mA @ 24 V, < 3 mA @ 240 V For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face e e XSD30-60 e: 300 (12) e: not recommended 260 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSD Rectangular, Inductive Sensors Long Range Block, AC and DC; Adjustable Sensing Range Specifications Wiring Cable Blue Brown Black 3 2 1 + 3 1 NPN 4 (NO) 2 (NC) - 2 wire DC, non polarized 3 24–48 mm (0.94–1.89 in.) Standard temperature range -13 to +158° F (-25 to +70° C) + 4 (NO) 2 (NC) 3 Usable sensing range a Enclosure rating 3 wire DC, NO/NC PNP Mechanical BU – BN + BK Output +/- NEMA Type 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Vibration resistance 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms Standard target size (mild steel) 120 x 120 mm (4.7 x 4.7 in.) Differential Maximum 20% Repeatability Maximum 5% Cable, PVC Screw terminals, #16 AWG Electrical AC Models Voltage range (including ripple) Voltage drop (across switch) 4 3 -/+ +/- NC 4 -/+ 2 wire AC, programmable NO/NC L1 8 7 load NO 8 7 NC L2 4-wire AC/DC Models 10–58 V 10–58 V 20–264 V 7V 1.8 V 6V — — 2A 2-wire, N.O./N.C. 20–264 V 10–58 V 4.5 V 4V — Inrush current (inductive @ 20 ms) 2 A NO DC Models 2-wire, N.O. Minimum load current 5 mA — 1.5 V — 5 mA Current consumption (no load) — 10 mA — 10 mA — On delay (maximum) 30 ms 5 ms 5 ms 10 ms 40 ms Off delay (maximum) 20 ms 40 ms 25 ms 10 ms 60 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 120 ms 75 ms 30 ms 10 ms 100 ms Reverse polarity protection — Standard Standard Standard — Radio frequency immunity (RFI) 40 mm (1.6 in.) minimum from antenna Agency listings ® E 164353 c LR 44087 a CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 Proximity Connector 1 FM: J.I. OROH9.AX (3610, 3611) Options Extended temperature range (Not available on AC models with SCP) Suffix to +185° F (85° C) TT to -40° F (-40° C) TF Ex: XSD605539 TTR3 Replacement modules Description Catalog Number DC 2-wire Base receptacle, N.O. contact ZSDZ03 N.O. contact switch ZSDC607139 Base receptacle, N.O./N.C. ZSDZ02 N.O./N.C. contact switch ZSDC607319 DC 3-wire Base receptacle ZSDZ02 PNP switch ZSDH607339 NPN switch ZSDJ607339 AC 2-wire Base receptacle ZSDZ01 1 LED, N.O. SCP switch ZSDA600519 3 LED, SCP switch ZSDA605539 AC/DC ZSDM600539 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Connector Cables (A or R3 suffix) XSZCA901Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA911Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 261 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSAV Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, Motion Detection, DC or AC/DC 2.24 57 M 30 x 1.5 The XSAV is a self-contained device used to detect and send output alarms for machinery underspeed or zero-speed conditions, as well as early jamming detection. Early detection of an underspeed condition helps reduce downtime due to jamming or transmission failure, especially for medium and large motors. The zero speed condition is used extensively for safety interlocking applications, including: conveyors, pumps, mixers, centrifugal separators, elevators, saws, and crushers. .94 24 Adjustment potentiometer As long as the speed (pulses/minute) is above the threshold level—adjustable via a 25-turn potentiometer within the threshold range—the output circuit assumes its closed state. When the actual speed falls below the threshold level, the output circuit assumes its open state. To preserve the startup delay, the switch should be reset by recycling power. Proximity When the line voltage is initially applied, the output automatically assumes its closed state for the duration of the startup delay. This allows the mechanical assembly to overcome inertia and reach its nominal speed, greatly simplifying the interlocking circuit. After the startup delay, the switch performs as described above. Dual Dimensions inches mm Take care to avoid exceeding the maximum frequency rating. Above this level, the sensor cannot detect the target and assumes zero-speed condition. Features • Universal AC/DC versions • AC/DC models are PLC compatible • Linear speed threshold adjustment • Two adjustment ranges: 6–150 pulses/minute for zero-speed, 120–3000 pulses/minute for jamming detection • Built-in fixed power-up delay to overcome startup inertia • Radio frequency immunity (RFI) • Reverse polarity protection on DC models • Noise and transient protection • Overload and short circuit protection (SCP) on DC models • LED indicators for switch in closed state • 25-turn potentiometer provides fine adjustment of the underspeed threshold Circuit Type Maximum Load Residual (Leakage) Current Threshold Range (Pulse/Min.) Maximum Frequency (Pulse/Min.) Startup Delay ➂ LED SCP q Catalog Number 30 mm Diameter, 10 mm Sensing Range, Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) Cable DC models, 10–58 Vdc (including ripple) PNP PNP PNP PNP 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 0 0 0 0 6–150 6–150 120–3,000 120–3,000 6,000 6,000 48,000 48,000 9s 3s 9s 3s Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes XSAV11373 XSAV31373 XSAV12373 XSAV32373 6–150 6–150 120–3,000 120–3,000 6,000 6,000 48,000 48,000 9s 0s 9s 0s Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No XSAV11801 XSAV01801 XSAV12801 XSAV02801 AC/DC models, 20–264 Vac/Vdc 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire 0.35 A Vac/0.2 A Vdc 0.35 A Vac/0.2 A Vdc 0.35 A Vac/0.2 A Vdc 0.35 A Vac/0.2 A Vdc 1.5 mA (P)a 1.5 mA (P)a 1.5 mA (P)a 1.5 mA (P)a a (P)—PLC Compatible, (R)—Bleeder resistor required for PLC applications q For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e 30 mm e: 20 (0.79) e e: 120 (4.7) e: 30 (1.2) D: 30 (1.2); H: 0 262 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XSAV Tubular, Inductive Sensors 30 mm Diameter, Motion Detection, DC or AC/DC Specifications Wiring Mechanical Bn PNP Usable sensing rangea + Enclosure rating - 2 wire, AC/DC Bn Bu 0–0.15 in. (0–4 mm) 1.18 in. (30 mm) 0–0.31 in. (0–8 mm) NEMA Type 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Standard temperature range Bk Bu 0.71 in. (18 mm) +/+/- -13 to +158 °C (-25 to +70 °F) Vibration resistance 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 G, 11 ms duration Standard target size (steel) 0.71 in. (18 mm) diameter 18 x 18 mm (0.71 x 0.71 in.) 1.18 in. (30 mm) diameter 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% Differential (hysteresis) Cable 5–15% of pre-set frequency PvR 20 AWG Electrical AC/DC DC Voltage drop (across switch) maximum 5.7 V 1.8 Vdc Inrush current (inductive @ 20 ms) 2A — Minimum load current 5 mA — — 15 mA Current consumption (no load) Startup delay (maximum) Proximity 3 wire, DC XSAV1 models 9 s ±20% + 1/Fr ➀ XSAV3 models 3 s ±20% + 1/Fr ➀ XSAV0 models 0s Agency listings ➀ 1/Fr in the startup delay formula is the actual preset frequency adjusted via potentiometer. (1/Fr is not significant if threshold is above 60 pulses/minute). a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Options Description 7427 9006PA30 Suffix Extended temperature range to +185° F (+85° C) TT (only one option per device) to -40° F (-40° C) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length L05 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length L10 Ex: XSAV11373 TT L05 Accessories XSZB130 25 turn Potentiometer Cover Description Catalog Number Metal locknuts (1 pair included) XSZE130 Steel mounting bracket, 90° 9006PA30 Plastic mounting bracket XSZB130 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit adapter 7427 Application Notes: The number of targets is determined knowing that the actual number of pulses per minute n, is n=mN where m is the number of targets and N the speed in rpm. This number (n) should be within the operating frequency range given in the selection table. For reasons of mechanical balance, even numbers are recommended (2, 4, 6 etc.). Frequency threshold adjustment: As long as the speed (number of pulses/minute) is above the threshold level—adjustable within the threshold range via the 25-turn potentiometer—the output circuit assumes its closed state. When the actual speed falls below the threshold level, the output circuit assumes its open state. To preserve the startup delay, the switch should be reset by removing and reapplying the power supply. When the line voltage is initially applied, the output automatically assumes its closed state for the duration of the startup delay. This allows the mechanical assembly to overcome inertia and reach its nominal speed, greatly simplifying the interlocking circuit. After the startup delay, the switch will perform as described above. Care should be taken not to exceed the maximum frequency rating above which the sensor cannot detect the target, therefore, assuming zero speed condition. Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284 263 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Weld Field Immune, DC Tubular Features Industrial welding processes create fields of electromagnetic noise that can interfere with the magnetic fields of inductive proximity sensors. Standard proximity sensors can be falsely triggered when near to these fields. WFI sensors allow uninterrupted performance when placed extremely close to the conductor carrying the welding current. LED LED XS1M12 • The body styles are tubular in 12, 18, and 30 mm (0.47, 0.71, and 1.18 in.) diameters. • Enclosure material is brass, coated in Teflon® to prevent slag (molten bits of metal) from sticking to the sensing face, reducing the possibility of false triggering. XS2M12 • Micro-connector versions are available.a • Mounting nuts are included. Proximity Circuit Type Output Mode Voltage Range Voltage Drop Maximum Load Current Maximum Operating Frequency Maximum Catalog Number 12 mm Shielded, DC with Micro-Connector a, Nominal Sensing Distance—2 mm PNP LED LED XS1M18 N.O. 10–36 Vdc 2.5 V 250 mA 1,000 Hz XS1M12PAW01D 12 mm Non-Shielded, DC with Micro-Connector a, Nominal Sensing Distance—4 mm XS1M30 PNP N.O. 10–36 Vdc 2.5 V 250 mA 1,000 Hz XS2M12PAW01D 18 mm Shielded, DC with Micro-Connector a, Nominal Sensing Distance—5 mm PNP Dimensions N.O. 10–36 Vdc 2.5 V 250 mA 500 Hz XS1M18PAW01D 30 mm Shielded, DC with Micro-Connector a, Nominal Sensing Distance—10 mm a = Overall Length (mm) b = Threaded Section (mm) c = for Non-shielded Sensors (mm) PNP N.O. 10–36 Vdc 2.5 V 250 mA 250 Hz XS1M30PAW01D a See page 626 for matching connector cables. The formula below shows the relationship between distance (r [mm]) and electromagnetic flux density (B [mT]). b c B [mT] = I [A] = r [mm] = × I [A]B [mT] = 0.2 ------------------------r [mm] a Electromagnetic Flux Density Welding Current Distance Minimum Mounting Clearances a b c XS1M12 2.3 in. (60) 1.6 in. (40) 0 XS2M12 2.3 in. (60) 1.5 in. (38) 0.16 in. (4) XS1M18 2.3 in. (60) 1.6 in. (40) 0 XS1M30 2.3 in. (60) 1.6 in. (40) 0 Face to face Side by side Mounting in a metal support D Facing a metal object H e e e Side by Side Face to Face Facing a Metal Object e e e Mounted in Metal d h in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. XS1M12 0 0 0.27 7 0.24 6 0.47 12 0 mm 0 XS2M12 0.59 15 0.27 7 0.43 11 1.42 36 0.31 8 XS1M18 0 0 0.63 16 0.35 9 0.71 18 0 0 XS1M30 0 0 0.79 20 0.79 20 1.18 30 0 0 264 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Weld Field Immune, DC Tubular Specifications BN/1 + Mechanical XS1M12 XS2M12 XS1M18 XS1M30 Usable Sensing Range a 1.6 mm 3.2 mm 4 mm 8 mm Temperature Range PNP BK/4 N.O. Enclosure Rating – BU/3 2 1 3 4 13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 3, 4, 6, 12, 13, 4X Indoor IEC IP67 (or depending on connector) Tightening torque (maximum) 15 N•m (11.1 lb-ft) 15 N•m (11.1 lb-ft) 35 N•m (26 lb-ft) Vibration 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock Resistance 50 G for 11 ms Differential (% of Sr) 20% Repeatability (% of Sr) 3% LED Indicator Type 4 LED windows at 90° Enclosure Material Brass with Teflon® coating 50 N•m (37 lb-ft) Proximity Wiring Electrical Voltage Range 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limit (Including Ripple) 10–36 Vdc Current Consumption (Maximum) (No Load) 15 mA Maximum Leakage (Residual) Current—Open State — Power-up Delay (Maximum) 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms On Delay (Maximum) 0.1 ms 0.2 ms 0.2 ms 0.7 ms 0.4 ms 0.4 ms 0.6 ms 5 ms Off Delay (Maximum) Short Circuit Protection Protective Circuitry Yes Overload Protection Yes Reverse Polarity Protection Yes Agency Listings ® E 164869 LR 702985 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 a Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Accessories Description Mounting Bracket, Plastic Mounting Bracket, Metal XSZB1 Mounting Nuts For Sensor Diameter Catalog Number 12 mm (0.47 in.) XSZB112 18 mm (0.71 in.) XSZB118 30 mm (1.18 in.) XSZB130 12 mm (0.47 in.) 9006PA12 18 mm (0.71 in.) 9006PA18 30 mm (1.18 in.) 9006PA30 12 mm (0.47 in.) XSZE112 18 mm (0.71 in.) XSZE118 30 mm (1.18 in.) XSZE130 9006PA XSZE Connector Cables (M12 or D suffix) XSZCD101Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCD111Y Micro-style, 4-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 284, 280 265 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Weld Field Immune, DC Rectangular End a 1.02 26 0.49 12.5 0.98 25 1.95 49.5 1.02 26 Side b 0.78 20 LED XSE Proximity Dual Dimensions inches mm L=2 m 6.6 ft 2x∅ 0.16 4.2 Features Compact rectangular inductive proximity sensors for demanding applications including welding and machine tools. • Housings—XSE: Plastic (fiberglass-reinforced polyamide); screw terminal models are also offered in slag-resistant thermoset plastic • XSE models can be flush mounted in metal k Screw terminals, PVC cable, mini-style receptacle connections depending on the model k Weld Field Immunity (WFI) on most models k Radio frequency immunity (RFI) • Noise and transient protection k Reverse polarity protection (DC models) k Selected models are offered with short circuit protection (SCP) and overload protection k UL Recognized and CSA Certified k Factory Mutual approved for non-incendive application Output Mode/ Sensing Face (XSE) Voltage Range Maximum Residual Load (leakage) Current Current Operating Housing Frequency LED SCPa WFI Catalog Number XSE 10 mm (0.393 in.) sensing range, Shielded, DC models, 2-wire, N.O. 2 m (6.6 ft) cable End 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071300 Side 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071330 End 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC107130 Side 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC107133 Screw terminals Sealed cable, 0.8 m (2.6 ft), with pig-tailed mini-style connector End 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071302 Side 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071332 End 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1072301 Side 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1072331 Sealed cable, 0.8 m (2.6 ft), with pig-tailed micro-style connector End 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071301 Side 12–48 V 100 mA 0.5 mA 1,000 Hz Polyamide Yes Yes Yes XSEC1071331 t For side sensing, change last numeric digit as follows; Front: 1; Right: 3; Left: 4. Ex: XSB A105114C for left sensing. ➀ PLC Applications: R = Bleeder resistor needed. P = PLC compatible. a For devices without SCP, see page 284 for protective fuses. 266 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Weld Field Immune, DC Rectangular Specifications Wiring Cable Blue Brown Black 3 2 Mechanical BU – BN + BK Output Usable sensing range t 0–8 mm (0.31 in.) for XSE Standard temperature range -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Enclosure rating 2 wire DC + 1 NO - 4 XSE 2 wire type DC BN/3 NO BU/4 +/-/+ NEMA Type 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 IEC IP67 Vibration resistance 25 G, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms Standard target size (steel) 30 x 30 mm (1.18 x 1.18 in.) for XSE Differential Maximum 20% Repeatability Maximum 5% Radio frequency immunity (RFI) Standard Screw terminals, #16 AWG Cable PvR, #20 AWG Electrical DC Models—XSE Voltage drop (across switch) 4V Minimum load current 1.5 mA On delay (maximum) 12 ms Off delay (maximum) 3 ms Power-up delay (maximum) 16 ms Reverse polarity protection Standard Agency listings ® t Proximity Connector 1 E 164353 c LR 44087 CCN NRKH Class 3211 03 FM: J.I. OROH9.AX (3610, 3611) Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. Options Description Suffix Extended temperature range to +185° F(+85° C) TT to -40° F(-40° C) TF 5 m (16.4 ft) cable length L05 Accessories XSE mounting brackets Catalog Number Flat XSEZ01 90° XSEZ02 Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Face to face Side by side e e XSE.15 e: 38 (1.5) e: 97 (3.8) XSB.20 e: 80 (3.1) e: 160 (6.3) Connector Cables (A or R3 suffix) XSZCA901Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, straight XSZCA911Y Mini-style, 3-pin, 2 m, 90° Additional cable options and lengths . . . page 626 267 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensors for Use in Hazardous Locations Factory Mutual, 2 Wire DC Tubular type current I (mA) 4 Barrel Diameter Barrel Type 3 Nickel-plated brass case Nominal Sensing Distance t Operating Zone Operating Frequency Catalog Number Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 2 1.65 1 Sn Distance (mm) 4 mm smooth 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) 0–0.02 in. (0–0.6 mm) 1,500 Hz XSLN08122 5 mm threaded 0.03 in. (0.8 mm) 0–0.02 in. (0–0.6 mm) 1,500 Hz XSMN08122 6.5 mm smooth 0.04 in. (1 mm) 0–0.03 in. (0–0.8 mm) 1,500 Hz XSLN01122 8 mm threaded 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) 0–0.03 in. (0–0.8 mm) 1,500 Hz XSAN01122 Plastic case Shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable Proximity Principle of operation 2-wire Factory Mutual proximity sensors are characterized by a change in current consumption when a metal object is present within the sensing zone. They differ from standard sensors by the absence of an output circuit. All processing is carried out by the associated amplifier or solid-state system to which they are connected. The mode of operation is analogous to an N.C. contact: • no object present: sensor is in the conducting state 8 mm threaded 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) 0–0.05 in. (0–1.2 mm) 1,000 Hz XSPN01122 12 mm threaded 0.08 in. (2 mm) 0–0.06 in. (0–1.6 mm) 800 Hz XSPN02122 18 mm threaded 0.2 in. (5 mm) 0–0.16 in. (0–4.0 mm) 500 Hz XSPN05122 30 mm threaded 0.4 in. (10 mm) 0–0.31 in. (0–8.0 mm) 300 Hz XSPN10122 Non-shielded, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable 12 mm threaded 0.16 in. (4 mm) 0–0.12 in. (0– 3.2 mm) 400 Hz XSPN04122 18 mm threaded 0.31 in. (8 mm) 0–0.25 in. (0– 6.4 mm) 300 Hz XSPN08122 30 mm threaded 0.6 in. (15 mm) 0–0.47 in. (0–12.0 mm) 200 Hz XSPN15122 Nominal Sensing Distance t Operating Zone 0.6 in. (15 mm) 0–0.47 in. (0–12.0 mm) 100 Hz Plastic block type Enclosure Style Operating Frequency Catalog Number Shielded, terminal connections Limit switch style XSCN151229 Applications Intrinsically safe applications (hazardous area). When used in these applications, it is imperative that (Factory Mutual) sensors be used only with an NY2 intrinsically safe relay/amplifier, or a suitably approved, compatible solid-state system. Example: Painting line in car assembly plant. • object present: sensor is in the non-conducting state Factory Mutual System Approved for Div I, II hazardous location with NY2 safe barrier relay. Proximity switch t Refer to page 327 for target material correction coefficient Km. 268 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensors for Use in Hazardous Locations Factory Mutual, 2 Wire DC Specifications Mechanical Standard temperature range NEMA Types Enclosure rating IEC Operation -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) Storage -40 to +80 °C (-40 to +176 °F) 4 mm and 5 mm 1, 3, 4, 13 All others 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 4 mm and 5 mm IP64 All others IP67 Repeatability (% of Sr) 5% or less Cable 22 AWG (0.11 mm2), PvR 2-wire Voltage range 7–12 Vdc Sensor activated (target present) = 1 mA or less; Sensor not activated (target absent) = 3 mA or more; Switching point defined for usable sensing distance and standard metal target: 1.65 mA Current consumption from supply 8.2 V (internal resistance: about 1 KΩ) Maximum line resistance Between sensor and amplifier: 50 ohms Apparent sensing capacitance t 280 nF maximum 220 μH maximum Apparent sensing inductance t LR 15996 Agency listings t Proximity Electrical Class 3218 06 FM: J.I. OROH9.AX (3610, 3611) Consider for intrinsically safe systems. Factory Mutual Sensors DC 2-wire, N.C. M: Metal case; P: Plastic case M18 x 1 1.71 43.5 M12 x 1 1.45 37 1.04 26.5 1.18 30 M8 x 1 1.04 26.5 M8 x 1 6.5 mm unthreaded 1.57 40 M5 x 0.5 1.18 30 4 mm unthreaded Metal Metal Metal Metal Plastic Plastic Plastic XSLN08122 XSMN08122 XSLN01122 XSAN01122 XSPN01122 XSPN02122 XSPN05122 M30 x 1.5 Dimensions page 270 Sensors not suitable for flush mounting in metal M30 x 1.5 1.71 43.5 1.71 43.5 M18 x 1 1.45 37 1.65 42 M12 x 1 Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic XSPN10122 XSCN151229 XSPN04122 XSPN08122 XSPN15122 Non-intrinsically safe applications (normal safe zone). connected to a solid state input (e.g.: TSX PLC input card, TSX DET 466) BN-1 Object present + Ri = 1K + _ 7 to 12 Vdc BU-2 - BN-1 + Object absent I < 1mA Ri = 1K - + + 7 to 12 Vdc BU-2 - I > 3mA 269 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Analog Output, DC Features Dimensions: a = overall length (mm) b = threaded section (mm) c = for non-shielded sensors (mm) • DC output current directly proportional to the target distance • Three body styles: tubular, limit switch style (with 5-position turret head), block style thread • Both metal and plastic enclosures available M12x1 M18x1 M30x1 b • Two types of output: c 3-wire: 0–10 mA, 0–16 mA 2-wire: 4–20 mA, 4–14 mA a Tubular Style dimensions, in. (mm) Proximity 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm a 1.9 (50) 1.9 (50) 1.9 (50) 1.6 (40.6) 1.9 (50) 2.07 (52.6) Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic b 1.6 (42) 1.6 (42) 1.6 (42) 1.0 (26) 1.6 (42) 1.2 (32) c 0 0 0 0.3 (8) 0 0.5 (13) 1.57 40 1.57 40 2.36 60 4.5 114.5 1/2" NPT conduit ent. 2 x ∅0.2 2 x ∅5.3 Enclosure Voltage Circuit Output Material Range Max. Type Current 0.2–2 mm Shielded Metal 24 Vdc 0.4–4 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24 Vdc 0.4–4 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24–48 Vdc 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–14 mA 0–10 mA 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–14 mA 0–10 mA 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 4–14 mA 0–10 mA 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 4–14 mA 0–10 mA 4–20 mA 0–16 mA 2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire 4–14 mA 0–10 mA 4–20 mA 0–16 mA Operating Catalog Frequency Max. Number 1,500 Hz XS1M12AB120 1,500 Hz XS4P12AB120 1,500 Hz XS4P12AB110 500 Hz XS1M18AB120 500 Hz XS4P18AB120 500 Hz XS4P18AB110 300 Hz XS1M30AB120 300 Hz XS4P30AB120 300 Hz XS4P30AB110 60 Hz XSCH207629 60 Hz XSCH203629 50 Hz XSDH607629 50 Hz XSDH603629 18 mm Diameter—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.77 45 1.1 28 Nominal Sensing Enclosure Distance Style 12 mm Diameter—2 m cable XSC 0.5–5 mm Shielded Metal 24 Vdc 0.8–8 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24 Vdc 0.8–8 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24–48 Vdc LED 30 mm Diameter—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 1.18 30 1.5 40 Shielded Metal 24 Vdc 1.5–15 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24 Vdc 1.5–15 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24–48 Vdc 0.29 7.5 3.10 80 1–10 mm 3.90 100 2.56 65 Limit Switch Style—2 m (6.6 ft) cable 4 x ∅0.21 4 x ∅5.5 LED 2.56 65 1/2" NPT conduit ent. 2–20 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24–48 Vdc 2–20 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24 Vdc Block Style—2 m (6.6 ft) cable XSD Dual Dimensions inches mm 6–60 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24–48 Vdc 6–60 mm Non-Shielded Plastic 24 Vdc Minimum Mounting Clearances, mm (in.) Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounting in a metal support d h e e Side by side e Side by side Face to face Face to face e 12 mm Shielded 12 mm Non-shielded, 24 V 12 mm Non-shielded, 48 V 18 mm Shielded 18 mm Non-shielded, 24 V 18 mm Non-shielded, 48 V 30 mm Shielded 30 mm Non-shielded, 24 V 30 mm Non-shielded, 48 V Limit switch style Block style e e e Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Mounted in metal e: 4 mm (0.16 in.) e: 16 mm (0.63 in.) e: 16 mm (0.63 in.) e: 10 mm (0.39 in.) e: 32 mm (1.26 in.) e: 32 mm (1.26 in.) e: 20 mm (0.79 in.) e: 60 mm (2.36 in.) e: 60 mm (2.36 in.) e: 80 mm (3.15 in.) e: 300 mm (11.81 in.) e: 24 mm (0.94 in.) e: 48 mm (1.89 in.) e: 48 mm (1.89 in.) e: 60 mm (2.36 in.) e: 96 mm (3.78 in.) e: 96 mm (3.78 in.) e: 120 mm (4.72 in.) e: 180 mm (7.08 in.) e: 180 mm (7.08 in.) e: 160 mm (6.30 in.) not recommended e: 6 mm (0.24 in.) e: 12 mm (0.47 in.) e: 12 mm (0.47 in.) e: 15 mm (0.59 in.) e: 24 mm (0.94 in.) e: 24 mm (0.94 in.) e: 30 mm (1.18 in.) e: 45 mm (1.77 in.) e: 45 mm (1.77 in.) — — d: 12 mm (0.47 in.) d: 36 mm (1.42 in.) d: 36 mm (1.42 in.) d: 18 mm (0.71 in.) d: 54 mm (2.12 in.) d: 54 mm (2.12 in.) d: 30 mm (1.18 in.) d: 90 mm (3.54 in.) d: 90 mm (3.54 in.) — — h: 0 mm (0 in.) h: 8 mm (0.31 in.) h: 8 mm (0.31 in.) h: 0 mm (0 in.) h: 16 mm (0.63 in.) h: 16 mm (0.63 in.) h: 0 mm (0 in.) h: 30 mm (1.18 in.) h: 30 mm (1.18 in.) — — 270 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Analog Output, DC Specifications Mechanical Temperature range Enclosure rating Wiring -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) IEC Type IP67 Enclosure material 2-wire BN/1 mA Tightening torque (maximum) + BK/4 Metal Plastic 12 mm 6 N•m (4.5 lb-ft) 2 N•m (1.5 lb-ft) 18 mm 15 N•m (11.1 lb-ft) 5 N•m (3.7 lb-ft) 30 mm 40 N•m (29.5 lb-ft) 20 N•m (14.7 lb-ft) Tubular 22 AWG (0.34 mm2), PvR Limit Switch/Block style Screw term. 16 AWG(1.5 mm2) Output Current R BU/3 Wiring Is BN/1 mA XS1••••120, XS4••••120: 15–38 Vdc + BK/4 Is XS1•••110, XS4•••110: 15–58 Vdc Output Voltage R BU/3 Proximity Electrical 3-wire Voltage limit (including ripple) U=R Is XSCH207•••, XSDH607•••: 19–58 Vdc XSCH203•••, XSDH603•••: 19–30 Vdc Current consumption (no load) Value of R (R = load impedance) Output current Maximum output current drift with the rated operating temperature 10% 0 to 10 mA ≤ 1800 Ω 24 V 0 to 16 mA ≤ 1125 Ω Power supply current (no load) 4 mA Repeat accuracy ±1% Linearity error 0 to 10 mA ≤ 4200 Ω 48 V 4 mA Ensure a minimum of 5 V between the + and sensor output ±4% Protective circuitry Short circuit protection yes Overload protection yes Reverse polarity protection yes Agency listings ® (XS1, XS4) E 164869 CCN NRKH LR 44087 (XSC, XSD) E 164353 CCN NKCR Class 3211 03 Output Curves 4 to 20 mA, 2-wire connection (tubular models) XS1M12AB120 Sn = 0.2...2 mm 20 16 2 8 4 0 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 Sensing distance/object (mm) 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 XSCH203629 2 XSCH207629 2 8 4 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 Sensing distance/object (mm) 1 XSDH603629 Ø 12 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 0 5 Ø 18 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 Ø 30 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Sensing distance/object (mm) XS4P30AB120 Sn = 0.8...8 mm 4 4.8 5.6 6.1 7.2 8 Sensing distance/object (mm) Sensing distance/object (mm) 2 XSDH607629 Sn = 1....10 mm Sensing distance/object (mm) Output current Is (mA) Output current Is (mA) Output current Is (mA) 1 20 12 1 1.5 XS4P18AB120 Sn = 0.4...4 mm 16 0 0.5 2 XS4P12AB120 Sn = 6 0 mm 10 1.4 1.6 1.8 Sensing distance/object (mm) XSDH20k629 0 1 1.2 Ø 18 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 Sn = 1.5...15 mm Output current Is (mA) 12 XS1M30AB120 Sn = 0.5...5 mm Ø 12 mm Output current Is (mA) 1 Output current Is (mA) Output current Is (mA) Sn = 20 mm XS1M18AB120 Output current Is (mA) XSCH20k629 Ø 30 mm 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 Sensing distance/object (mm) Output Curves 0 to 10 mA, 3-wire connection, (tubular models) Ø 12 mm 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 XS4P30AB110 Sn = 0.8...8 mm Sn = 1.5...15 mm Output current Is (mA) Output current Is (mA) Sn = 0.4...4 mm XS4M18AB110 0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4 Sensing distance/object (mm) Ø 18 mm Output current Is (mA) XS4P12AB110 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 4.8 5.6 6.4 7.2 8 Sensing distance/object (mm) Ø 30 mm 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1.5 3 4.5 6 7.5 9 10.5 12 13.5 15 Sensing distance/object (mm) 271 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Stainless Steel, Non-Flush-Mountable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output DF532016 Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function Output Weight kg (lb) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS212SAPAL2 0.075 (0.165) M12 connector XS212SAPAM12 0.035 (0.077) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS212SANAL2 0.075 (0.165) M12 connector XS212SANAM12 0.035 (0.077) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218SAPAL2 0.120 (0.265) M12 connector XS218SAPAM12 0.060 (0.132) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218SANAL2 0.120 (0.265) M12 connector XS218SANAM12 0.060 (0.132) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS2L2SAPAL2 0.120 (0.265) M12 connector XS2L2SAPAM12 0.060 (0.132) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS2L2SANAL2 0.120 (0.265) M12 connector XS2L2SANAM12 0.060 (0.132) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230SAPAL2 0.205 (0.452) M12 connector XS230SAPAM12 0.145 (0.320) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230SANAL2 0.205 (0.452) M12 connector XS230SANAM12 0.145 (0.320) Description For use with Catalog Number Plastic fixing clamp, 24.1 mm (0.95 in.) centers, with locking screw Ø 18 sensor, plain case XUZB2005 0.007 (0.015) Ø 12 sensor XSZBS12 0.060 (0.132) Ø 18 sensor XUZA118 0.045 (0.099) Ø 30 sensor XSZBS30 0.080 (0.176) Cable length, m (ft) Catalog Number 2 (6.6) XZCPA1141L2 0.090 (0.198) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1141L5 0.210 (0.463) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1141L10 0.410 (0.904) 2 (6.6) XZCPA1241L2 0.090 (0.198) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1241L5 0.210 (0.463) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1241L10 0.410 (0.904) 2 (6.6) XZCRA151140A2 0.095 (0.209) 5 (16.4) XZCRA151140A5 0.200 (0.441) PNP 7 (0.28) NO NPN DF532015 XS2••SA••L2 Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function Output Weight kg (lb) 12 (0.47) XS2••SA••M12 NO NPN 534440 Proximity PNP Ø 18, plain Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function Output Weight kg (lb) PNP 12 (0.47) XS2L2SA••L2 NO 822116 NPN Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Sensing distance (Sn,) mm (in.) Function Output Weight kg (lb) PNP 22 (0.87) NO XS230SA••L2 NPN 523363 Accessories (2) Stainless steel fixing bracket XSZBS12 805817 503663 Connecting cables Description Type XUZB2005 503663 XUZA118 Weight kg (lb) Straight Pre-wired M12 connectors Female, 4-pin, stainless steel clamping ring Elbowed M12 jumper cable Male, 3-pin, stainless steel clamping ring 1. 2. Weight kg (lb) Straight For a 5 m (16.4) cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8) cable replace L2 with L10. Example: XS212SAPAL2 becomes XS212SAPAL5 with a 5 m cable. For further information, see page 284. XSZBS30 272 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Stainless Steel, Non-Flush-Mountable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Specifications XS2••SA••M12 XS2••SA••L2 UL, CSA, e M12 — — Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) mm (in.) 0–5.6 (0–0.22) mm (in.) 0–9.6 (0–0.38) mm (in.) 0–17.6 (0–0.69) % 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) IP68, double insulation i IP67 IP69 K °C (°F) -40 to +85 (-40 to +185) (1) °C (°F) -25 to +85 (-13 to +185) Proximity Sensor type Product certifications/approvals Connector Connection Pre-cabled Ø 12 Operating zone Ø 18 Ø 30 Differential travel Conforming to IEC 60529 Degree of protection DIN 40050 Storage temperature Operating temperature Case Materials Cable Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Output state indication Rated supply voltage Voltage limits (including ripple) Switching capacity Voltage drop, closed state Current consumption, no-load XS212SA•••• Maximum switching XS218SA•••• and XS2L2•••• frequency XS230SA•••• First-up Delays Response Recovery Stainless steel, grade 316 L Non-poisonous PVC, 3 x 0.34 mm2 — 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) 50 gn, duration 11 ms Yellow LED: 4 viewing ports at 90° Vdc Yellow LED: annular 12–24 with protection against reverse polarity Vdc 10–36 mA y200 with overload and short-circuit protection V y2 mA y10 Hz 2500 Hz 1000 Hz 500 ms y10 ms y0.2 for Ø 12, y0.3 for Ø 18, y0.6 for Ø 30 ms y0.2 for Ø 12, y0.7 for Ø 18, y1.4 for Ø 30 1. + 100 °C (+ 212 °F) for cleaning and sterilization phases while not in service. Wiring diagrams Connector M12 4 3 1 2 Pre-cabled PNP BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black BN/1 PNP For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. BU/3 NPN + BK/4 (NO) – + BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO) – BU/3 Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) 3 Sn e e Metal Metal e Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Object to be detected Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object e u 48 (1.89) e u 72 (2.83) e u 120 (4.72) e u 84 (3.31) e u 144 (5.67) e u 264 (10.39) e u 21 (0.83) e u 36 (1.42) e u 66 (2.60) XSZBS12 XUZA118 Dimensions Ø: 2 elongated holes, 7.14 x 29.36 mm (0.28 x 1.16 in.) b 28 a 5,6 = 11,1 1. LED 22,4 2,3 37 (1.46) 42 (1.65) 5 (0.20) 8 (0.31) Ø 30 62.5 (2.46) 41 (1.61) 70 (2.76) 36 (1.42) 13 (0.51) 6,5 61 (2.40) 70 (2.76) = 38 (1.50) 40 (1.57) 16,5 54.5 (2.15) 60 (2.36) 1 10 Ø 12 Ø 18 2,36 28,6 Ø32,54 6,35 = Connector, mm (in.) a b c 30,2 Pre-cabled, mm (in.) a b 7,92 38,10 15 Ø12,5 Dia. = 50 25,4 44,45 3,18 c Ø 35 7,9 (1) XSZBS30 Ø18,2 2,5 60,33 XS2 6,5 20 273 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Stainless Steel, Non-Flush-Mountable, Two-Wire AC or DC 523361 Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 523362 XS218SAM•L2 Proximity XS218SAM•U20 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function 12 (0.47) NO Connection Catalog Number Weight, kg Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218SAMAL2 0.120 (0.265) 1/2"-20UNF connector XS218SAMAU20 0.060 (0.132) Connection Catalog Number Weight, kg Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230SAMAL2 0.205 (0.452) 1/2"-20UNF connector XS230SAMAU20 0.145 (0.320) Cable length, m Catalog Number Weight, kg 5 (16.4) XZCPA1865L5 0.210 (0.463) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1865L10 0.410 (0.904) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1965L5 0.250 (0.551) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1965L10 0.485 (1.069) For use with Catalog Number Weight, kg Ø 18 sensor XUZA118 0.045 (0.099) Ø 30 sensor XSZBS30 0.080 (0.176) Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function 22 (0.87) NO Connecting cables (2) 523218 Description Type Straight Pre-wired connectors 1/2"-20UNF 3-pin female, stainless steel clamping ring Elbowed XS230SAM•L2 Accessories 805817 Description Stainless steel fixing bracket XUZA118 1. 523364 2. For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS218SAMAL2 becomes XS218SAMAL5 with a 5 m cable. For further information, see page 284. XSZBS30 274 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Stainless Steel, Non-Flush-Mountable, Two-Wire AC or DC Specifications 1. + 100 °C for cleaning and sterilization phases while not in service. XS2••SAM•U20 XS2••SAM•L2 UL, CSA, e 1/2"- 20UNF — — Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) mm (in.) 0–9.6 (0–0.38) mm (in.) 0–17.6 (0–0.69) % 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) IP68, double insulation i IP67 IP69 K °C (°F) - 40 to + 85 (-40 to +185) (1) °C (°F) - 25 to + 85 (-13 to +185) Stainless steel, grade 316 L Proximity Sensor type Product certifications/approvals Connector Connection Pre-cabled Ø 18 Operating zone Ø 30 Differential travel Conforming to IEC 60529 Degree of protection DIN 40050 Storage temperature Operating temperature Case Materials Cable Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Output state indication Rated supply voltage Voltage limits (including ripple) Switching capacity Voltage drop, closed state Residual current, open state XS218SAM••• Maximum switching frequency XS230SAM••• First-up Delays Response Recovery Non-poisonous PVC, 2 x 0.34 mm2 — 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) 50 gn, duration 11 ms Yellow LED: 4 viewing ports at 90° Vac / Vdc 24–240 (AC: 50/60 Hz) Vac / Vdc 20–264 mA AC: 5–300; DC: 5–200 (2) V y5.5 mA y0.8 Hz AC: 25; DC: 1000 Hz AC: 25; DC: 300 ms y30 ms y0.5 Yellow LED: annular ms y0.5 for XS218SAM•••, y2 for XS230SAM••• 2. It is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load. Wiring diagrams Connector Pre-cabled 1/2"- 20UNF 1 BU: Blue BN: Brown 2 3 AC/DC: 2 t: 1 AC/DC: 3 2-wire a or c NO output t: on connector models only BN/2 For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. /1 BU/3 Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) 3 Sn e e Metal Metal e Object to be detected Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object Ø 18 e u 72 (2.83) e u 144 (5.67) e u 36 (1.42) Ø 30 e u 120 (4.72) e u 264 (10.39) e u 66 (2.60) Dimensions XSZA118 b LED Ø: 2 elongated holes, 7.14 x 29.36 mm (0.28 x 1.16 in.) Ø18,2 50 35 1. XSZBS30 2,5 c a 3,18 (1) 28 = = 7,92 Connector (mm) a b c 60 (2.36) 40 (1.57) 62.5 (2.46) 41 (1.61) 72 (2.83) 74 (2.91) 8 (0.31) 13 (0.51) 2,36 15 6,35 1 6,5 44 (1.73) 40 (1.57) 44,45 38,10 10 = Ø 18 Ø 30 Pre-cabled (mm) a b 16,5 Dia. Ø 28,6 = Ø32,54 6,5 60,33 XS2 20 275 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Plastic, Non-Flush-Mountable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1 DF535159 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function Output PNP 7 (0.28) NO NPN XS2••AA••L2 Weight, kg (lb) Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS212AAPAL2 0.065 (0.143) M12 connector XS212AAPAM12 0.030 (0.066) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS212AANAL2 0.065 (0.143) M12 connector XS212AANAM12 0.030 (0.066) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218AAPAL2 0.100 (0.220) M12 connector XS218AAPAM12 0.040 (0.088) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218AANAL2 0.100 (0.220) M12 connector XS218AANAM12 0.040 (0.088) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230AAPAL2 0.140 (0.309) M12 connector XS230AAPAM12 0.080 (0.176) Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230AANAL2 0.140 (0.309) M12 connector XS230AANAM12 0.080 (0.176) Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 Function 801167 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Proximity Connection Output PNP 12 (0.47) NO NPN Weight, kg (lb) Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 XS2••AA••M12 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function Output DF535161 PNP 22 (0.87) NO NPN Weight, kg (lb) Accessories (2) Description XS230AA••L2 Fixing clamps Catalog Number Weight, kg (lb) Ø 12 XSZB112 0.006 (0.013) Ø 18 XSZB118 0.010 (0.022) Ø 30 XSZB130 0.020 (0.044) 825994 Connecting cables Description XSZB••• Type Straight Pre-wired M12 connectors Female, 4-pin, stainless steel clamping ring Elbowed M12 jumper cable Male, 3-pin, stainless steel clamping ring 1. 2. Straight Weight, kg (lb) Cable length, m (ft) Catalog Number 2 (6.6) XZCPA1141L2 0.090 (0.198) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1141L5 0.190 (0.419) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1141L10 0.370 (0.816) 2 (6.6) XZCPA1241L2 0.090 (0.198) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1241L5 0.190 (0.419) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1241L10 0.370 (0.816) 2 (6.6) XZCRA151140A2 0.090 (0.198) 5 (16.4) XZCRA151140A5 0.190 (0.419) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS212AAPAL2 becomes XS212AAPAL5 with a 5 m cable. For further information, see page 284. 276 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Plastic, Non-Flush-Mountable, Three-Wire DC, Solid-State Output Specifications XS2••AA••M12 XS2••AA••L2 UL, CSA, e M12 — — Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) mm (in.) 0–5.6 (0–0.22) mm (in.) 0–9.6 (0–0.38) mm (in.) 0–17.6 (0–0.69) % 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) IP68, double insulation i IP67 IP69 K °C (°F) -40 to +85 (-40 to +185) °C (°F) -25 to +85 (-13 to +185) Proximity Sensor type Product certifications/approvals Connector Connection Pre-cabled Ø 12 Operating zone Ø 18 Ø 30 Differential travel Conforming to IEC 60529 Degree of protection DIN 40050 Storage temperature Operating temperature Case Materials Cable Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Shock resistance PPS PvR and 3 x 0.34 mm2 — 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) 50 gn, duration 11 ms Output state indication Yellow LED: annular Rated supply voltage Voltage limits (including ripple) Switching capacity Voltage drop, closed state mA y200 with overload and short-circuit protection mA XS212AA•••• XS218AA•••• XS230AA•••• First-up Response Recovery Delays 12–48 at -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) 12–24 at +70 to +85 °C (158 to +185 °F) 10–58 at -25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F) 10–36 at +70 to +85 °C (158 to +185 °F) V Current consumption, no-load Maximum switching frequency Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc y2 y10 Hz 2500 Hz 1000 Hz 500 ms y10 ms y0.2 for Ø 12; y0.3 for Ø 18; y0.6 for Ø 30 ms y0.2 for Ø 12; y0.7 for Ø 18; y1.4 for Ø 30 Wiring diagrams Connector M12 4 1 Pre-cabled PNP NPN 3 2 + BN/1 PNP BU: Blue BN: Brown BK: Black BK/4 (NO) – BU/3 For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. + BN/1 NPN BK/4 (NO) – BU/3 Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) 3 Sn e e Metal Metal e Object to be detected Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object e u 48 (1.89) e u 72 (2.83) e u 120 (4.72) e u 84 (3.31) e u 144 (5.67) e u 264 (10.39) e u 21 (0.83) e u 36 (1.42) e u 66 (2.60) Dimensions XS2 b a Diameter Pre-cabled, mm (in.) a b Connector, mm (in.) a b Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 60 (2.36) 61 (2.40) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 42 (1.65) 51 (2.01) 51 (2.01) 43 (1.69) 52 (2.05) 52 (2.05) 277 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Plastic, Non-Flush-Mountable, Two-Wire AC or DC 535156 Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1 523382 XS2••AAM•L2 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function 12 (0.47) NO Weight, kg (lb) Proximity Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS218AAMAL2 0.100 (0.220) 1/2"-20UNF connector XS218AAMAU20 0.040 (0.088) Connection Catalog Number Pre-cabled, 2 m (6.6 ft) (1) XS230AAMAL2 0.140 (0.309) 1/2"-20UNF connector XS230AAMAU20 0.080 (0.176) Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5 Sensing distance (Sn), mm (in.) Function 22 (0.87) NO Weight, kg (lb) Accessories (2) XS2••AAM•U20 535158 Description Catalog Number Weight, kg (lb) Ø 18 XSZB118 0.010 (0.022) Ø 30 XSZB130 0.020 (0.044) Fixing clamps Connecting cables Description Type Catalog Number 5 (16.4) XZCPA1865L5 0.180 (0.40) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1865L10 0.350 (0.77) 5 (16.4) XZCPA1965L5 0.180 (0.40) 10 (32.8) XZCPA1965L10 0.350 (0.77) XS230AAM•L2 825994 Pre-wired connectors 1/2"-20UNF 3-pin female, stainless steel 316 L clamping ring Weight, kg (lb) Cable length, m (ft) Straight Elbowed XSZB1•• 1. 2. For a 5 m (16.4 ft) cable replace, L2 with L5; for a 10 m (32.8 ft) cable, replace L2 with L10. Example: XS218AAMAL2 becomes XS218AAMAL5 with a 5 m cable. For further information, see page 284. 278 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors, Osiprox® Food and Beverage Processing Cylindrical, Plastic, Non-Flush-Mountable, Two-Wire AC or DC Specifications Sensor type Product certifications/approvals Connector Connection Pre-cabled Ø 18 Operating zone Ø 30 Differential travel Conforming to IEC 60529 Degree of protection DIN 40050 Storage temperature Operating temperature Case Materials Cable Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Output state indication XS2••AAM•U20 XS2••AAM•L2 UL, CSA, e mm mm % 1/2"-20UNF — — Length: 2 m (6.6 ft) 0–9.6 0–17.6 1–15 of real sensing distance (Sr) IP68, double insulation i IP67 IP69K °C (°F) -40 to +85 (-40 to +185) °C (°F) -25 to +85 (-13 to +185) Proximity PPS PvR and 2 x 0.34 mm2 — 25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (@10 to 55 Hz) 50 gn, duration 11 ms Yellow LED: annular Vac Vdc Vac Vdc mA Rated supply voltage Voltage limits (including ripple) Switching capacity Voltage drop, closed state Residual current, open state XS218AAM••• Maximum switching frequency XS230AAM••• First-up Delays Response Recovery 24–240 (AC: 50/60 Hz) 20–264 AC: 5–300; DC: 5–200 (1) V y 5.5 mA y 0.8 Hz AC: 25; DC: 1000 Hz AC: 25; DC: 300 ms y 30 ms y 0.5 ms y 0.5 XS218AAM•••, y 2 XS230AAM••• 1. It is essential to connect a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load. Wiring diagrams Connector 2-wire a or c NO output Pre-cabled 1/2"-20UNF 1 2 3 AC/DC: 2 t: 1 AC/DC: 3 BN/2 BU: Blue BN: Brown /1 For connection information, refer to the Cabling section beginning on page 625. BU/3 t: on connector models only Setup Minimum mounting distances, mm (in.) 3 Sn e e Metal Metal e Object to be detected Ø 18 Ø 30 Side by side Face to face Facing a metal object e u 72 (2.83) e u 120 (4.72) e u 144 (5.67) e u 264 (10.39) e u 36 (1.42) e u 66 (2.60) Dimensions XS2 (1) 1. LED b a Diameter Pre-cabled, mm (in.) a b Connector, mm (in.) a b Ø 18 60 (2.36) 51 (2.01) 70 (2.76) 52 (2.05) Ø 30 60 (2.36) 51 (2.01) 70 (2.76) 52 (2.05) 279 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XT Capacitive Sensors 12 mm, 18 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm and Limit Switch Style; AC and DC Features Capacitive proximity sensors are ideal for sensing non-metal objects or for level control of fluids and granular material. A special wall-mounting bracket has been designed to replace thick or metal walls that the sensor cannot penetrate. The actual sensing range varies widely depending on the target material and environmental conditions (humidity, dust, etc.). An internal compensation electrode is incorporated to suppress the effects of material deposits on the sensor’s face. The threshold level is adjustable via a 20-turn potentiometer (except 12 mm) located at the rear of the switch. This adjustment can be used to zero out the presence of a plastic tube allowing the switch to sense through a bulk material or liquid level. XT1/4 Threaded Proximity Other features include: metal housing (nickel-plated brass) or plastic housing (PBT); flush mountable in metal (except XT4); LED indication for output in closed state; mounting nuts included for threaded models; mounting bracket included for non-threaded versions, wellmounting brackets optional; sensitivity adjustment tool included; UL and CSA; CE mark. XT1/4 Smooth Nominal Sensing Distance AC or DC Output Mode Circuit Type Voltage Range Operating Frequency Catalog Number 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT1M12PA372 XT1M12PB372 XT1M12NA372 thread 12 mm diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, Non-Adjustment M12x1 Flush Mountable—Threaded Metal Case thread 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm M18x1 18 mm diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, with Sensitivity Adjustment DC DC DC N.O. N.C. N.O. PNP PNP NPN 12–24 V 12–24 V 12–24 V Flush Mountable—Threaded Metal Case thread M30x1.5 XS7 Limit Switch Style 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm AC AC DC DC DC N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. 2-wire 2-wire PNP PNP NPN 24–240 V 24–240 V 12–24V 12–24V 12–24V 25 Hz 25 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT1M18FA262 XT1M18FB262 XT1M18PA372 XT1M18PB372 XT1M18NA372 2-wire PNP NPN 24–240 V 12–24V 12–24V 25 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT4P18FA262 XT4P18PA372 XT4P18NA372 Non-Flush Mountable—Threaded Plastic Case 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm AC DC DC N.O. N.O. N.O. 30 mm diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, with Sensitivity Adjustment Flush Mountable—Threaded Metal Case Well Bracket XTAZ Level Detection 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm AC AC DC DC DC N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. 2-wire 2-wire PNP PNP NPN 24–240 V 24–240 V 12–24V 12–24V 12–24V 25 Hz 25 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT1M30FA262 XT1M30FB262 XT1M30PA372 XT1M30PB372 XT1M30NA372 2-wire 2-wire PNP NPN 24–240 V 24–240 V 12–24V 12–24V 25 Hz 25 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT4P30FA262 XT4P30FB262 XT4P30PA372 XT4P30NA372 Non-Flush Mountable—Threaded Plastic Case 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm AC AC DC DC N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. 32 mm diameter, 2 m (6.6 ft) cable, with Sensitivity Adjustment Flush Mountable—Smooth Plastic Case 15 mm 15 mm (a) Front face AC AC N.O. N.C. 2-wire 2-wire 110–220 V 110–220 V 10 Hz 10 Hz XT1L32FA262 XT1L32FB262 2-wire 2-wire 110–220 V 110–220 V 10 Hz 10 Hz XT4L32FA262 XT4L32FB262 Non-Flush Mountable—Smooth Plastic Case 20 mm 20 mm AC AC N.O. N.C. Limit Switch Style, 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT, with Sensitivity Adjustment Flush Mountable—Plastic Case 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm (b) Contamination AC DC DC N.O. or N.C. N.O. / N.C. N.O. / N.C. 2-wire PNP NPN 24–240 V 12–24V 12–24V 25 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz XT7C40FP262 XT7C40PC440 XT7C40NC440 Sensitivity Adjustment Main electrode Earth electrode Compensation electrode (a) : compensation field (suppression of external contamination) (b) : main electric field 1 2 1 Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer and output state indicator ( yellow LED ) 2 Adjustment using screwdriver 280 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XT Capacitive Sensors 12 mm, 18 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm and Limit Switch Style; AC and DC Specifications Wiring Mechanical Standard Temperature Range 5 L1 Enclosure Rating 6 L2 Differential (%of Sr.) Repeatability (% of Sr.) GR / YW 3-wire DC, N.O. or N.C. output XT1M12FzA372, XT1M12PB372 BN /1 PNP + BK /4 (NO) BK /2 (NC) BU /3 BN /1 NPN + BK /4 (NO) BK /2 (NC) BU /3 2-wire AC, programmable N.O. or N.C. output depending on position of jumper XT7C40FP262 5 L1 6 L2 -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) NEMA Type 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 (Except Smooth Case 4, 4X, 6, 12) IEC IP67 (Except Smooth Case—IP63) 20% 10% Electrical AC Models (All) Smooth DC Models Voltage Range Voltage Limit Voltage Drop (Across Switch) Closed State Minimum Load Current Tubular Maximum Load Current Limit Switch Current Consumption (No Load) Residual Leakage Current Tubular On Delay Maximum Limit Switch Tubular Off Delay Maximum Limit Switch 24–240 V 20–264 V 5.5 V 5 mA 300 mA 350 mA — 1.5 mA at 120 V 50 ms 20 ms 50 ms 30 ms 110–220 V 90–250 V 9V 15 mA 250 mA (Ue=110 Vt) — — 7 mA 50 ms — 15 ms — 12–24 V 10–38 V 2V 0 mA 300 mA 200 mA 10 mA — 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms 300 ms 150 ms 300 ms — 30 ms 30 ms Tubular Limit Switch Electrostatic Discharges Radio Magnetic Fields Fast Transients Impulse Voltage E 164869 CCN NRKH Power-up Delay Maximum NO Protective Circuitry NC 7 Agency Listings IEC 60947-5-2 and NEMA ICS 5, Part 4 LR 44087 Class 3211 03 ® t 1 PNP NC 2 NO 4 3 1 NPN NO 4 NC 2 3 Proximity 2-wire AC, N.O. or N.C. output XT1L32Fz262, XT4L32Fz262 Maximum load current 150 mA when Ue=220 V. The operating distance of the sensor is related to the dielectric constant (εϒ) of the object material to be detected. The higher the value of εϒ, the easier it will be for the object to be detected. NOTE: Do not use this product in an environment with dew or condensation. The usable sensing distance depends on the object material: Su = Sn × Fc Su = usable sensing distance; Sn = nominal sensing distance; Fc = correction coefficient for the object material Example: Sensor XT1M30PA372 used to detect a rubber object: Sn = 10 mm, Fc = 0.3 Su = 10 mm × 0.3 = 3 mm XSZB1kk 9006PAkk Material εϒ Fc Material εϒ Fc Material εϒ Fc Acetone Air Alcohol Ammonia Cement (powder) Cereals Damp wood Dry wood Ethylene glycol Epoxy resin Flour 20 1 24 15–25 4 3–5 10–30 2–7 38 4 2.5–3 0.8 0 0.85 0.75–0.85 0.35 0.3–0.4 0.7–0.9 0.2–0.6 0.95 0.36 0.2–0.3 Glass Marble Mica Nylon Oil Paper Paraffin Petrol Plexiglass 3–10 6–7 6–7 4–5 2.2 2–4 2–2.5 2.2 3.2 0.3–0.7 0.5–0.6 0.5–0.6 0.3–0.4 0.2 0.2–0.3 0.2 0.2 0.3 Polystyrene Porcelain Powered Milk Rubber Salt Sand Sugar Teflon® Vaseline 3 5–7 3.5–4 2.5–3 6 3–5 3 2 2–3 0.3 0.4–0.5 0.3–0.4 0.3 0.5 0.3–0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2–0.3 Polyester resin 2.8–8 0.2–0.6 Water 80 1 Accessories Size Description Mounting nuts 18 mm XSZEkkk Mounting bracket Mounting nuts 30 mm Mounting bracket XTAZ3k Well mounting bracket 32 mm 32 mm Mounting bracket Catalog Number Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Plastic Metal Well Well Surface XSZE218 XSZE118 XSZB118 9006PA18 XSZE230 XSZE130 XSZB130 9006PA30 XTAZ30 XTAZ32 XUZB32 281 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XT Capacitive Sensors 12 mm, 18 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm and Limit Switch Style; AC and DC Minimum Mounting Clearances Face to face Facing a metal object e Mounted in metal d h Side by side e e Side by side Face to face Flush mounting Proximity Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer e e To avoid influence of the immediate surroundings it maybe necessary to reduce the sensitivity when flush mounting the sensor. Side by Side mm (in.) Face to Face mm (in.) Facing a Metal Object mm (in.) Mounting in Metal mm (in.) 18 mm e: 0 e: 30 (1.18) e: 30 (1.18) d: 18 (0.71) h: 0 30 mm e: 0 e: 60 (2.36) e: 60 (2.36) d: 30 (1.18) h:0 32 mm e: 0 e: 100 (3.94) e: 100 (3.94) d: 32 (1.26) h:0 x: 2 (0.07) 18 mm e: 40 (1.57) e: 50 (1.97) e: 80 (3.15) d: 18 (0.71) h: 0 30 mm e: 60 (2.36) e: 80 (3.15) e: 100 (3.94) d: 90 (3.54) h: 20 (0.79) 32 mm e: 60 (2.36) e: 100 (3.94) e: 40 (1.57) e: 120 (4.72) e: 100 (3.94) d: 96 (3.78) h: 25 (0.98) Minimum Mounting Clearances XT1 Flush Mountable XT4 Non-Flush Mountable XT7 Limit Switch Style 282 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XT Capacitive Sensors 12 mm, 18 mm, 30 mm, 32 mm and Limit Switch Style; AC and DC Dimensions, mm (in.) XT1/4 XT7 40 1.57 (4) a 25 .98 a b 20 .79 40 1.57 (2) Supply LED (depending on model) XTzM18 60 (2.36) 51 (2.03) (3) 1 entry threaded for 0.5 NPT XTzM30 60 (2.36) 51 (2.03) (4) 2 elongated holes 5.3 x 7 mm (0.21 x 0.28 in.) XTzM32 80 (3.15) n/a (2) (3) a = Overall b = Threaded Section 41 1.6 (1) 2 x O 5.3 2 x 0.21 dia. 16 .63 24 .94 Proximity b 60 2.36 117 4.6 (1) Output LED Dimensions, mm (in.) a 30 40 1.18 1.57 Accessories Dimensions (mm/in.) XSZB112, B118, B130 XUZB32 38.3 1.51 ∅32 ∅1.26 (2) a1 a 22 .86 25 (1) 0.98 40 1.57 XSZ a 3.5 .14 (1) 8 .31 a1 b b1 b2 Dia. B112 21.9 0.86 14.5 0.57 16 0.63 15.5 0.61 8.5 0.33 12 B118 26 1.02 15.7 0.62 22 0.87 20.1 0.80 11.5 0.45 18 B130 39 1.53 21.7 0.85 35.5 1.40 31 1.22 18.5 0.73 30 15 0.69 50 1.97 (1) maximum value (2) 2 holes ∅ 5.5 mm (0.22 in) Clamp supplied with two M5 screws. HM head (1) 2 elongated holes 4 x 8 mm (0.16 x 0.31 in) XTAZ30 60 2.36 XTAZ32 30.9 1.52 .06 25.4 1.00 M30 X 1.5 44.4 1.75 .50 25.4 1.00 34.2 1.348 1.312 30.9 1.52 .06 12.7 50.8 2.00 44.4 1.75 .37 25.4 1.00 1.219 dia. 50.8 2.00 9.39 50.8 2.00 dia. 1 1/2 X 12 UNF Thread 1.219 dia. 4 .16 (2) b1 b2 b Dia. 50.8 2.00 dia. 10/32 Set screw 1 1/2 X 12 UNF Thread 9006PA•• C L M H J D Full R B E "K" hole F G A Type A B C D E F G H J K L M in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm PA30 2.54 67 2.56 65 1.39 35 1.99 51 0.39 10 1.28 33 1.97 50 0.21 5 2.05 52 1.20 31 0.08 2 0.98 25 PA18 2.05 52 1.97 50 0.98 25 1.60 41 0.39 10 0.98 25 1.38 35 0.21 5 1.65 42 0.73 19 0.08 2 0.79 20 PA12 1.38 35 1.57 40 069 18 1.20 31 0.39 10 069 18 0.98 25 0.21 5 1.28 33 0.49 13 0.08 2 0.71 18 283 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Mounting Accessories Protective fuses For AC and AC/DC proximity sensors that do not incorporate overload and short circuit protection, using a quick-blow fuse connected in series with the sensor is recommended. XUZE08 Description 9006PAkk 0.6 A quick-blow cartridge fuse (5 x 20) (XSB proximity sensors) (Use with Class 9080 Type FB, IEC 5 x 20 fuseholder—see Digest) 0.8 A quick-blow cartridge fuse (5 x 20) (XS dia. 8, 12, 18, 30, and XSD proximity sensors) (Use with Class 9080 Type FB, IEC 5 x 20 fuseholder—see Digest) Quantity Catalog Number Sold in lots of 10 XUZE06 Sold in lots of 10 XUZE08 Mounting brackets Proximity Description Plastic mounting bracket for tubular inductive proximity sensors XSZB1kk 8316kk Steel mounting bracket, 90° for tubular inductive proximity sensors Diecast zinc mounting bracket for tubular sensors, 4–12 mm dia. Metal plate bracket for XSE sensors XSEZ01 XSEZ02 For use with Catalog Number XS1L04 XS1N05 XS1L06, XS2L06 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1L04 XS1L05 XS1L06, XS2L06 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XSE XSE XSZB104 XSZB105 XSZB165 XSZB108 XSZB112 XSZB118 XSZB130 9006PA12 9006PA18 9006PA30 831604 831605 831606 831608 831612 XSEZ01 XSEZ02 Mounting nuts Description 2 Zamac nuts, nickel and chromium plated, with 2 lockwashers 2 plastic nuts XSZEkkk Stainless steel mounting nuts Stainless steel locknut washers XSZP1kk Sensor Diameter 4 unthreaded 5 (M5 x 0.5) 6.5 unthreaded 8 (M8 x 1) 12 (M12 x 1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 12 (M12 x 1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm 8 mm 12 mm Straight Right angled Protective cable end, (CNOMO type) Flat mounting plate 90° angle flat mounting plate XSZBk00 Substitution mounting bracket Protective cover Sensor Diameter For use with Catalog Number 5 (M5 x 0.5) 8 (M8 x 1) 12 (M12 x1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 8 (M8 x 1) 12 (M12 x1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 12 (M12 x1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 8 (M8 x 1) 12 (M12 x1) 18 (M18 x 1) 30 (M30 x 1.5) 12 18 30 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — XS1N05 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS4 XS4 XS4 XS4 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS1, XS2, XS4 XS•J XS•F XS•E XS•C XS•D XS•J XS•F XS•E XS•C XS•D XS•E XS•C XS•D XS•E XS•C XS•D XSZE105 XSZE108 XSZE112 XSZE118 XSZE130 XSZE208 XSZE212 XSZE218 XSZE230 XSZE312 XSZE318 XSZE330 XSZE908 XSZE912 XSZE918 XSZE930 XSZP112 XSZP118 XSZP130 XSZBJ00 XSZBF00 XSZBE00 XSZBC00 XSZBD00 XSZBJ90 XSZBF90 XSZBE90 XSZBC90 XSZBD90 XSZBE10 XSZBC10 XSZBD10 XSZEE10 XSZEC10 XSZED10 284 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Dimensions Mounting brackets XSZB104/105 XSZB165/108/112/118/130 0.59 15 6.7 h b 0.15 4 0.11 3 0.33 8.5 e 0.48 12.3 screw 2 x ∅ 0.12 2x∅3 c mm in. d mm in. e mm in. h mm in. XSEZ01 4 mm XSZB104 Unthreaded — — — — — — 0.15 4.0 — — — — 5 mm — — — — — — 0.19 5.0 — — — — XSZB105 6.5 mm XSZB165 0.78 19.9 0.55 14.0 0.57 14.5 0.25 Unthreaded 6.5 0.29 7.5 0.49 12.5 8 mm XSZB108 0.78 19.9 0.55 14.0 0.57 14.5 0.31 8.0 0.29 7.5 0.49 12.5 12 mm XSZB112 0.86 21.9 0.63 16.0 0.57 14.5 0.47 12.0 0.33 8.5 0.21 15.5 18 mm XSZB118 1.00 26.0 0.86 22.0 0.61 15.7 0.70 18.0 0.45 11.5 0.79 20.1 30 mm XSZB130 1.53 39.0 1.40 35.5 0.85 21.7 1.18 30.0 0.72 18.5 1.20 31.0 Proximity XSEZ02 mm 2 X∅ M3 2 X∅ M3 .47 12 1.97 50 = = 0.98 25 0.07 2 1.97 50 = 0.78 0.98 25 = 20 10 in. 0.98 25 b mm 2 elongated holes 4 (screw) x 8 0.39 a in. 0.31 8 0.31 8 Brackets 0.86 22 1.61 41 Sensors 0.15 4 0.49 12.5 See the table below for additional dimensions. .15 4 .31 8 .35 .78 9 20 = a 0.07 2 = 0.35 9 0.13 3.5 c 0.15 4 0.31 8 d 1.50 38.3 d 0.47 12 Approximate Dimensions 9006PA•• 8316 Bracket L C 1.5 38 M E Full R D ∅ 0.201 (5) thru ∅ 0.375 (10) C bore B H "K" Hole F 0.625 16 0.980 25 J G No. 8-32 UNC 2B Type 2 tap ∅ 0.260 (7) A Dual Dimensions inches mm 0.625 (16) Type A B in. mm C in. mm D in. mm E in. mm F in. mm G in. mm H in. mm J in. mm K in. mm L in. mm M in. mm in. mm PA30 2.64 67 2.56 65 1.39 35 1.99 51 0.39 10 1.28 33 1.97 50 0.21 5 2.05 52 1.20 31 0.08 2 0.98 25 PA18 2.05 52 1.97 50 0.97 25 1.60 41 0.39 10 0.98 25 1.38 35 0.21 5 1.65 42 0.73 19 0.08 2 0.79 20 PA12 1.38 35 1.57 40 0.69 18 1.20 31 0.39 10 0.69 18 0.98 25 0.21 5 1.28 33 0.49 13 0.08 3 0.71 18 285 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Dimensions XSZBJ00 XSZBF00 0.24 6.1 M3 0.78 20 M3 0.06 15 0.21 0 5.5 0.27 7 0.74 19 0.31 8 0 0.39 M3 1.08 27.5 0.47 12 0.20 5.1 M3 0.88 22.5 1.35 34.5 XSZBE00 XSZBC00 1.6 42 1.08 27.4 0.20 5 1.90 48.5 3.0 77.2 0.18 0.47 4.5 0 12 XSZBF90 XSZBJ90 1.35 34.5 1.2 32 0.41 0.31 10.5 8 4 M3 0.78 20 6.1 0.88 22.5 14 9 45 4.5 16 0.59 15 0.72 18.5 0.63 16 1.18 30 0 0.39 10 M5 0.40 10 M3 0.67 17 0.23 0 3 6 Proximity 0.47 11.9 0.20 5.1 M3 0.47 0 12 M3 M3 M3 XSZBE90 0.40 10 M3 1.08 27.4 0.67 17 1.21 30.8 0.94 23.9 1.15 29.4 Dual Dimensions inches mm 286 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors XS Inductive Sensors Dimensions XSZBC90 XSZBE10 0.63 16 1.67 42.5 1.65 42 M5 1.45 36 9 36.9 1.53 39 0.98 25 1.74 44.3 XSZBD10 Proximity 0.39 10 1.18 1 30 1.74 44.4 1.37 3 35 M3 XSZBC10 2.55 65 M5 3.14 80 2.55 65 1.18 30 1.61 41 M5 2.16 55 0.55 14 0.11 1.61 2.8 41 1.65 42 3.14 80 XSZEE10 XSZEC10 0.30 7.8 M3 1.29 33 M4 1.18 30.2 1.29 33 0.78 20 1.18 30.2 0.26 6.8 1.15 47.1 0.64 16.4 1.74 44.2 2.44 62.1 XSZED10 0 0.55 14 2.55 65 3.48 88.5 2.55 65 M5 1.13 28.8 3.48 88.5 4.51 114.8 Dual Dimensions inches mm 287 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Surface Mounted Style Surface-mounted, magnet-actuated sensors for industrial applications • Sensing is independent of magnet polarity. • Typical applications: security systems (gate interlocks), high-speed rotational counting, identification of metal bins with magnet-coded labels, sensing through non-magnetic walls. Telemecanique R.B. Denison Mag. Switch 80 SGA-8016 Features • Housing: aluminum; plastic (PBT) for SG08168 and SG28195 • Completely encapsulated in epoxy • Very fast response time (reed output only) Proximity • PLC-compatible AC models (triac output) 10VA MAX. (RES.) 200VDC/0.5A MAX made in USA • High transients protection (AC models) • No bouncing Magnet-actuated proximity sensors Circuit Type AC ratings VA (max.) Voltage ✝ DC ratings Current (max.) VA (max.) Voltage (max.) Current (max.) Leakage Dim. (mA) Figure Wiring Figure Catalog Number Reed output—DC only N.O. — — — 10 200 0.5 A 0 1 A SGA8016 N.O. — — — 10 200 0.5 A 0 2 A SGA8031 0.5 A 0 1 A SGA8182 0.5 A 0 1 A SGA8053 Reed output—DC only—Built-in resistor protection N.O. — — — 10 200 Reed output—DC only—High temperature -40 to 300 °F N.O. — — — 10 200 Reed output—AC and DC—Built-in RC protection N.C. 3 130 0.25 A 3 100 0.25 A 6 (R) ➀ 2 B SGB8175 N.O. 10 130 0.5 A 10 200 0.5 A 6 (R) ➀ 2 A SGA8176 N.O. 10 130 0.5 A 10 200 0.5 A 6 (R) ➀ 1 A SGA8177 Triac output—AC only (inductive PLC) N.O. 240 120 2.0 A — — — 1.7 (P) ➀ 3 A SG08168 a N.O./N.C. 50 240 0.5 A — — — 1.7 (P) ➀ 3 C SG28195 a N.O. 50 130 0.5 A — — — 1.7 (P) ➀ 1 A SG08239 ➀ PLC applications: P = PLC compatible. R = Bleeder resistor required. ✝ For reed output: maximum voltage. For triac output: nominal voltage. a UL Recognized Magnet actuators Sensing distance Description Tubular All ➂ SG2 8195 Catalog Number 1.3 in. (33 mm) 1 in. (25.4 mm) 7046 Flat bracket, center South pole 0.7 in. (17.7 mm) 0.4 in. (10 mm) 7093 Flat bracket, side South pole 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.2 in. (5 mm) 7063 90° bracket South pole 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.2 in. (5 mm) 7062 Block type 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) 0.2 in. (5 mm) 7099 Flexible tape, 1 ft (305 mm) long 0.3 in. (7.6 mm) 0.2 in. (5 mm) 7096 ➂ All block sensors except SG28195. 288 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Surface Mounted Style Specifications Mechanical Figure A (N/O) LOAD Figure B (N/C) LOAD Figure C (N/O or N/C) Black Red White LOAD -40 to +140 °F (-40 to +60 °C); to 300 °F (149 °C) for SGA8053 Enclosure ratings NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 Vibration resistance 20 G (10 to 2,000 Hz) Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms Differential Maximum 75% Repeatability 0.003 in. Electrical AC (triac) Voltage drop (across switch) 2V 0 V (IR for SGA8182) ➀ Minimum load current 15 mA — On delay (ms) 1 ms 0.75 ms Off delay (ms) 8 ms 0.75 ms Cable, 3 ft (0.9 m) #22 AWG vinyl, except: #16 AWG SJTO for SGO8168; 2 individual Teflon® #22 AWG for SGA8053 Agency listings ® DC Proximity Wiring Standard temperature range E 42259 CCN NKCR2 (SGO8168 and SG28195 only) ➀ Voltage drop = IR, where I= load current, R = 150 Ω LOAD Options Description Cable Type Suffix 2 m (6.6 ft) of individual wires Teflon (SGA8053) L02 5 m (16.4 ft) of individual wires 5 m (16.4 ft) of cable Teflon (SGA8053) L05 Vinyl L05 SJTO (SGO8168) L05 Vinyl L10 10 m (32.8 ft) of cable for triac and models with built-in resistor SJTO (SGO8168) L10 Ex: SGO8168L05 Dimensions 1.75 44 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 1.00 25 0.5 (12.7) NPT conduit entrance 1.25 31.75 1.25 31.75 0.875 22.2 0.875 22 1.25 31.75 0.75 19 Figure 1 2 x 0.187 (4.75) dia. SGA8016 SGA8177 SGA8182 SGA8053 SGO8239 Figure 2 0.625 15.88 C. Bore 0.406 dia. 10 SGA8031 SGA8175 SGA8176 0.980 24.89 1.562 39.67 0.200 dia. 5 0.310 7.87 2.080 52.82 Figure 3 SGO8168 SG28195 Dual Dimensions inches mm 289 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Limit Switch Style Limit-switch style, magnet-actuated proximity sensors for heavy-duty industrial applications • Sensing independent of magnet polarity • Typical applications: security systems (gate interlocks), high-speed rotational countings, identification Features • Diecast zinc housing • Completely encapsulated in epoxy • Plug-in models for fast replacement Proximity • Very fast response time (reed output only) • PLC-compatible AC models • High transient protection • Overload and short protection (transistor models) • No bouncing Non-plug-in • 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit entrance • UL recognized (except where indicated) Circuit Type AC ratings (inductive or resistive) VA (max.) Voltage (nom.) Current (max.) VA (max.) DC ratings (resistive only) Voltage (max.) Current (max.) Leakage (mA) Dim. Figure Wiring Figure Catalog Number AC triac output, non-plug-in N.O. 360 120 3.0 A — — — 1.7 (P) q 1 A SG08003 N.C. 360 120 3.0 A — — — 1.7 (P) q 1 B SG18004 Non-plug-in with light indicator N.O. 360 120 3.0 A — — — 1.7 (P) q 1 A SG0L8003 N.C. 360 120 3.0 A — — — 1.7 (P) q 1 B SG1L8004 DC, transistor output, non-plug-in N.O. — — — 7.5 30 0.25 A 0 1 D SG08079 N.C. — — — 7.5 30 0.25 A 0 1 E SG18056 Reed output, non-plug-in (AC model has built-in surge RC protection) N.O. — — — 10 200 0.5 A 0 1 A SGA8005 N.O. 15 120 1.0 A 15 250 1.0 A 6 (R) q 1 A SGA8040 N.O./N.C. — — — 3 200 0.25 A 0 1 C SGC8027 N.O./N.C. — — — 20 500 1.5 A 0 3 C SGC8025 q (P)=PLC compatible. (R) Bleeder resistor required for PLC compatibility. Magnet actuators, in. (mm) Sensing distance Description 8079 Tubular 8040 8027 8025 All others Catalog Number 1.2 (30.5) 0.8 (20.3) 0.9 (23) 1.0 (25.4) 1.3 (33) 7046 Flat bracket, center South pole 0.5 (12.7) 0.4 (10.1) 0.4 (10.1) 0.4 (10.1) 0.7 (17.7) 7093 Flat bracket, side South pole 0.4 (10.0) 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.5 (12.7) 7063 90° bracket South pole 0.4 (10.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.5 (12.7) 7062 Block type 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 0.3 (7.6) 0.2 (5.1) 0.5 (12.7) 7099 Flexible type—1 ft (305 mm) long 0.1 (2.5) — 0.2 (5.1) 0.1 (2.5) 0.3 (7.6) 7096 For more information, see page 276. 290 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Limit Switch Style Specifications General characteristics -40 to 140 °F (-40 to 60 °C) Temperature range -40 to 125 °F (-40 to 52 °C) for transistor models Enclosure ratings Figure A L2 L1 LOAD Figure B L1 L2 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 Vibration resistance 20 G (10 to 2,000 Hz) Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms Differential Maximum 75% Repeatability 0.003 in. AC triac Transistor Reed Voltage drop (across switch) 2V — — Minimum load current (maximum) 15 mA — — SGA8005 SGA8040 SGS8027 SGC8025 On delay (maximum) 1 ms 0.75 ms 0.75 2 ms 1 ms N.O./ 1.5 ms N.C. 2 ms N.O./ 4 ms N.C. Off delay (maximum) — 0.75 ms 0.75 2 ms 11 ms N.O./ 1.5 ms N.C. 2 msN.O./ 4 ms N.C. Cable—screw terminals #16 AWG LOAD Figure C NO LOAD Agency listings except where noted Com NC Figure D + — E 42259 CCN NKCR2 LOAD Terminal strip marked: NO-COM-NC + ® Proximity Wiring Options—triac models only Description Figure Suffix adder 3 ft (0.9 m) 16-3 SJTO vinyl cable, epoxy sealed A, B 320 3 ft (0.9 m) 16-3 SJTO vinyl cable, cord connector A, B 321 3 ft (0.9 m) 16-4 SJTO vinyl cable, epoxy sealed C, D, E 420 3-pin mini-style receptacle ➀ — 347 Com LOAD ➀ See page 626 for matching connector cables. + LOAD #10-32 x 0.375 (9.5) deep Mtg. holes tapped from back ∅ 0.203 (5) Mtg holes. thru Figure 1 1.15 29 non-plug-in SGA8005 SGO8003 SGC8027 SGI8056 SGO8056 SGI8004 SGO8040 SGO8079 ∅ 0.203 (5) Mtg holes. thru 1.15 29 1.62 41 Figure 2 Style C SGC8025 3.42 86 1.62 41 1.34 34 0.71 18 0.28 7 #10-32 x 0.375 (9.5) deep Mtg. holes tapped from back 4.06 103 Com Sensing face Sensing face 2.34 59 Figure E + Dimensions 2.34 59 SG18056 is normally closed. Connect the red terminal (+) to the power source. Connect the minus terminal (-) to the load. The housing must be connected to minus. 0.84 21 1.75 44 Dual Dimensions inches mm 1.75 44 0.84 21 291 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Tubular Style 1.00 25 2.25 57 1.25 31 1"-14 UNS -2A Thread Tubular, magnet-actuated proximity sensors for heavy-duty applications such as: • High-speed rotational counting • Identification of metal bins with magnet-coded labels • Sensing through non-magnetic walls Sensing is independent of magnet polarity. Features • Housings: aluminum for SGA8057; plastic (PVC) for SGC8058, SGA8072, SGA8039; polymide for SGA8179, SGA8180, SGA8181 Figure 1 • Completely encapsulated in epoxy • High transient protection • Threaded and smooth housings • High voltage versions 0.70 18 • SPST and SPDT models • No bouncing 1.09 27 2.13 54.1 Proximity SGA8057 (Aluminum) SGC8058 (PVC) SGA8072 (PVC) SGA8189 (Brass) 2.72 69 0.15 4 • UL recognized (except where noted with a). 0.945 24 M18 x 1 Thread 2 locking nuts furnished with each sensor Circuit type AC ratings (inductive or resistive) DC ratings (resistive only) VA Voltage Current VA (max.) nominal (max.) (max.) Voltage (max.) Current (max.) Leakage (mA) Dim. Figure Wiring Figure Catalog Number Reed output AC and DC switching (built-in RC protection), threaded N.O. 15 120 1.0 A 12 48 0.25 A 6➁ 1 A SGA8057 N.O./N.C. 15 120 1.0 A 15 100 1.0 A 6➁ 1 C SGC8058 N.O. 15 120 1.0 A 15 250 1.0 A 6➁ 1 A SGA8072 Figure 2 N.O. 25 480 1.0 A 25 480 1.0 A .16 2 A SGA8179 a SGA8179 SGA8180 SGC8181 Reed output—DC, threaded, resistor built-in for long cable runs ➂ N.O. — — — 10 200 0.5 A 0 2 A SGA8180 a N.O./N.C. — — — 3 100 0.25 A 0 2 C SGC8181 a 1.0 A 6➁ 3 A SGA8038 a Reed output—AC and DC (built-in RC protection), smooth 1.00 25 1 N.O. 15 120 1.0 A 15 250 ➁ Bleeder resistor required for PLC AC switching compatibility. ➂ 150 Ω for SGA8180 and 470 Ω for SGC8181. a Not UL 3.25 82 Magnet actuators, in. (mm) Sensing distance Description Tubular 0.5 (12.7) NPT conduit entrance SGA8180 All Others Catalog Number 1.3 (33) 0.8 (20.3) 7046 Flat bracket, center South pole 0.7 (17.8) 0.4 (10.1) 7093 Flat bracket, side South pole 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 7063 90° bracket South pole 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 7062 Block type 0.2 (5.1) 0.2 (5.1) 7099 Flexible tape—1 ft (305 mm) long 0.1 (2.5) 0.1 (2.5) 7096 For more information, see page 276. Figure 3 SGA8038 Dual Dimensions inches mm 292 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Tubular Style Specifications Wiring General characteristics L2 L1 LOAD Temperature range -40 to 140 °F (-40 to 60 °C) Enclosure ratings NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 Vibration resistance 20 G (10 to 1000 Hz) Shock resistance 50 G for 11 ms Figure C Differential Maximum 75% (except SGA8179 = 1.06 in. maximum) SGC8058 and SGC8181 Black—Com Blue—N.O. Brown—N.C. Repeatability Maximum 0.003 in. L2 L1 NO LOAD Com NC LOAD Voltage drop ➀ On delay (maximum) Cable, 3 ft (0.9 m) Agency listings except where noted Reed AC and DC SGA8180 Built-in resistor (DC) 25 mV IR IR 0.75 ms 2.5 ms N.O. 3.5 ms N.C. 2 ms SGC8181 Built-in resistor (DC) Proximity Figure A 22-2 vinyl: SGA8038, 8180; 23-2 vinyl SGC 8181; 16-2 SJTO: SGA8057, 8072. SO cable for SGA8179 ® E 42259 CCN NKCR2 ➀ Voltage drop = IR, where I is the load current and R the built-in resistor. Options Description Suffix Vinyl L05 SJTO (8057, 8072, 8179) L05 10 m (32.8 ft) of cable Vinyl L10 (for models with built-in resistor) SJTO (8057, 8072, 8179) L10 5 m (16.4 ft) of cable 293 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Maintained Contact Maintained contact model—A highly reliable, magnet-actuated proximity limit switch designed to maintain contact for high-speed stacker cranes, slow-down, and memory applications. Eliminates the camming required for mechanically operated limit switches. Maintains the information even if power is down. 1.25 31 0.94 23 3.06 77 Features Sensing face • Diecast zinc housing • PLC compatibility 1.93 49 3.88 98 • High transient protection • No bouncing Proximity • 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit entrance 0.203 (5) dia. thru mtg holes 0.75 0.69 19 17 1.44 36 1.75 0.5 (12.7) pipe tap 0.18 4 44 • UL recognized and CSA certified When the north or south pole of a magnet actuator moves past the blue-dot sensitive area within the specified range along the switch, the contact position changes from open to closed. Once latched, the movement of the same magnetic pole in the opposite direction—or the movement of the opposite magnetic pole in the same direction—unlatches the switch. 3.50 88 NOTE: If during this procedure the switch closes and then opens again (pulses), reverse the polarity of the magnet and repeat the above procedure. If the desired direction of operation is opposite to that established above, reverse the polarity of the magnet. Circuit Type 0.19 4 AC ratings (inductive or resistive) DC ratings (resistive only) Leakage (mA) Wiring Figure Catalog Number 1.0 A 0 A SGA8018 — — 1.7 A SGO8026 — — 1.7 B SGO8110 VA (max.) Voltage (nom.) Current (max.) VA (max.) Voltage (max.) Current (max.) — — — 15 250 360 120 3.0 A — — Reed, DC 1 N.O. 1.06 26 1.44 36 0.203 (5) dia. thru mtg holes Triac, AC 1 N.O. Triac, AC low temperature: -30 to 85° F 1 N.O. Figure 1 SGA8018 SGO8026 SGO8110 SGO8141 360 120 Magnet actuators, in. (mm) Description Sensing Distance Catalog Number Tubular 1.3 (33) 7046 South pole 1.0 (25) 7093 North pole 1.0 (25) 7547 South pole 0.7 (18) 7063 North pole 0.7 (18) 70631 South pole 0.7 (18) 7062 North pole 0.7 (18) 70621 Block type 0.5 (13) 7099 Flexible tape—1 ft (305 mm) long 0.5 (13) 7096 Flat bracket, center Dual Dimensions inches mm 3.0 A Flat bracket, side 90° bracket For more information, see page 276. 294 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Maintained Contact Specifications Mechanical Wiring Enclosure ratings Figure A L2 L1 LOAD Figure B L1 2 1 6.8k L2 LOAD 3 +32 to 140 °F (0 to 60 °C) +30 to 85 °F (-35 to 30 °C) for SGO8110 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 Vibration resistance 20 G (10 to 2,000 Hz) Shock resistance 50 G @ 11 ms Differential Maximum 50% Repeatability Maximum 0.003 in. Electrical Reed Triac Voltage drop — 3V Minimum load current — 15 mA On delay 2 ms 2 ms Off delay 2 ms 2 ms Cable—screw terminals — Proximity Temperature range #16 AWG Agency Listings ® E 42259 LR 25490 CCN NKCR2 Class 3211 03 Connect terminal 3 (heater) to line (L2) for operation below +32 °F. 295 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Magnet Actuators Features • Industrial grade magnet is recommended for magnet-actuated proximity sensors. • Alnico is used as magnet material for all rigid models. 7046 • Kevlar is used for the flexible magnetic tape. • The rigid models come mounted on one of several types of standard brackets for convenience (except the tubular high-power version). • Both south and north poles are accessible and marked. The south pole version is the standard. North pole versions may be required in conjunction with the maintained magnetic switch (see page 294). 7093 Proximity • For comparison, an average magnetic strength rating is listed below. Measurements were made with a Gaussmeter at 0.13 in. from the sensing surface. Description Magnetic Strength Catalog Number Tubular 700 Gauss 7046 South pole 330 Gauss 7093 North pole 330 Gauss 7547 South pole 240 Gauss 7063 Flat bracket, center 7063 Flat bracket, side 90° bracket North pole 240 Gauss 70631 South pole 260 Gauss 7062 North pole Block type Flexible tape t 1 ft long 260 Gauss 70621 340 Gauss 7099 180 Gauss 7096 t For longer tape, specify the total length in feet. Example: 70966 = 6 ft. 7062 7099 7096 296 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors SG Magnet Actuated Sensors Magnet Actuators Magnet actuator dimensions Magnet actuator 7093 (south pole) Magnet actuator 7597 (north pole) Tubular magnet actuator 7046 0.12 3 3.25 82 Proximity 0.34 2.56 65 N S S S S 4 holes ∅ 0.18 (5) 8 0.62 15 3.0 76 0.50 12 0.50 12 0.31 7 1.00 25 1.50 38 0.75 19 Magnet actuator 7062 (south pole) Magnet actuator 70621 (north pole) 1.50 38 0.75 19 2 holes ∅ 0.266 (7) 0.12 3 0.37 9 0.37 9 Magnetic actuator 7063 (south pole) Magnet actuator 70631 (north pole) 0.50 12 2.37 60 3.37 85 3.75 95 2 holes ∅ 0.266 (7) 0.31 7 0.87 22 0.50 12 Block type magnet actuator 7099 Flexible magnetic tape 7096 1 foot 1 ft (0.3 m) standard length 0.75 19 1.25 31 0.87 17 2 holes thru ∅ 0.18 (5) 1.00 25 0.50 12 Ainico magnet 0.43 10 0.62 15 1.00 25 1.75 44 0.18 4 Dual Dimensions inches mm 297 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors ST Grounded Probe Switch The touch switch is a highly reliable AC solid-state presence sensor designed for precise conductivity sensing. Applications include high temperature, light conductive, aggressive mechanical, and chemical environments that target positive end-point sensing. All models have a visible neon pilot light to indicate operation of the switch. 1.0312 26.2 Features • Diecast zinc housing • Solid state—no moving parts • 115 Vac, completely self-contained 0.2812 (7.1) • Probes up to 10 ft (3 m) long Proximity • High current output—no relay required for most applications • Fast response—no warm-up time 2 mtg holes ∅ 0.203 (5) 2.343 59.5 • 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit entrance 10-32 x 0.375 (9.5) deep mtg holes tapped from back • UL Recognized Operation The switch is actuated when a conductive path is established between the probe terminal and ground (1 MΩ or less). The electrical contact to ground operates the switching thyristor. Internal RC snubber and varistor provide effective protection from typical transients. Normal open models have a 10 ms (maximum) turn on time. Different off-delay times are offered to permit compensation for relay chatter when the probe is subjected to bounce from irregular contact with the grounded metal point of contact. NOTE: For isolated circuits where the ground is not common, the ground terminal of the switch should be connected to the neutral. The metal target to be detected by the probe should also then be wired to the neutral. 1.1562 29.4 1.625 41.2 0.2812 7.1 8-32 probe terminal Probe characteristics The probe terminal is an 8-32 stud protruding from the center of the head. Extensions may be any electrically conductive wire or material suitably insulated from grounded surface and limited in length to 10 ft (3 m) or less. • Open voltage: 12 Vdc • Peak current: 1 mA 0.375 9.5 2.343 59.5 Switch models 1.75 44.5 0.8437 21.4 Circuit type Voltage (nominal) Current load (maximum) Leakage On current delay (maximum) Off delay Catalog Number Terminal screws N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 100 ms STO8164 N.C. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 100 ms 30 m s ST18165 N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 400 ms STO8166 N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 20 ms STO8167 Pre-wired with 3 ft (0.9 m) of cable N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 100 ms STO8001 N.C. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 100 ms 30 ms ST18002 N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 400 ms STO8036 N.O. 120 Vac 3A 1.7 mA 10 ms 20 ms STO8042 298 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors ST Grounded Probe Switch Specifications Wiring General characteristics Cable wiring Blk Gnd Wht Red L2 LOAD hot neutral Target connected to ground Terminal strip wiring 1 L1 hot housing 2 3 Not used 4 -40 to 158 °F (-40 to 70 °C) Enclosure ratings NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 Voltage drop 2V Maximum inrush current 10 A Minimum load current 15 mA Power supply current (no load) 30 mA Cable 3 ft (0.9 m) 16-4 SJTO or terminal screws #16 AWG L2 LOAD Proximity L1 Temperature range neutral Target connected to ground. Housing must be grounded for proper operation. Model ST switches may be wired in series or parallel. Connect the red lead to the black lead of other switch (terminal 4 to terminal 1 of the other switch) for series operation. The voltage drop across each switch (in the closed state) does not exceed 2 Vac. 299 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Conduit Adapters for Tubular Sensors Features • Available for 12, 18, and 30 mm tubular sensors • 1/2 in.—14 NPT inside thread • Nickel-plated brass Catalog Number Tube Diameter Tube Thread Size 12 mm (0.47 in.) M12 x 1 XSZCAR12 18 mm (0.71 in.) M18 x 1 XSZCAR18 30 mm (1.18) M30 x 1.5 XSZCAR30 Dimensions, mm (in.) XSZCAR•• Proximity 300 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Face Caps for Tubular Proximity Sensors Features • Shielded and non-shielded caps available • Different versions available (beveled or non-beveled) • Provides sensor face protection with no effect on operation Protection in harsh applications, helps to prevent abrasions, cracks, and other possible damage to the sensor face. Available in several different materials: Ceramic, Delrin® acetal resin, and Teflon® material. Provides the sensor with protection and a longer life without the additional charge of a stainless steel face option. A Beveled caps (30° chamfer), mm (in.) 30 A B C D E Catalog Number 0.38 (0.15) 7.00 (0.28) — XSZEN08 0.76 (0.03) 12.2 (0.48) — XSZEN12 0.76 (0.03) 17.0 (0.67) — XSZEN18 1.01 (0.04) 29.0 (1.19) — XSZEN30 0.38 (0.15) 7.00 (2.76) 9.60 (0.37) XSZENN08 0.76 (0.03) 12.9 (0.51) 17.3 (0.68) XSZENN12 0.76 (0.03) 16.6 (0.65) 17.8 (0.70) XSZENN18 1.01 (0.04) 30.0 (1.18) 22.8 (0.90) XSZENN30 8 mm diameter shielded D B o 5.1 (0.20) 15.1 (0.59) Proximity Description 12 mm diameter shielded C XSZENkk 6.2 (0.26) 24.1 (0.95) 18 mm diameter shielded 8.2 (0.32) 31.2 (1.23) 30 mm diameter shielded o A 7.6 (0.30) E 44.5 (1.75) 8 mm diameter non-shielded 30 5.1 (0.20) 14.1 (0.56) 12 mm diameter non-shielded D B 6.5 (0.26) 22.9 (0.90) 18 mm diameter non-shielded C XSZENNkk 8.2 (0.32) 34.0 (1.34) 30 mm diameter non-shielded 7.5 (0.30) 44.5 (1.75) Non-beveled caps, mm (in.) A A B C Catalog Number 8.90 (0.35) 16.1 (0.63) 1.26 (0.05) XSZSC12C 8.90 (0.35) 16.1 (0.63) 0.76 (0.03) XSZSC12D 8.90 (0.35) 16.1 (0.63) 0.76 (0.03) XSZSC12T 8.80 (0.35) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) XSZSC18D 8.80 (0.35) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) XSZSC18T 12 mm diameter shielded B C XSZSCkkkk 18 mm diameter shielded 12 mm diameter non-shielded 15.2 (0.60) 16.1 (0.63) 0.76 (0.03) XSZSC12ND 15.2 (0.60) 16.1 (0.63) 0.76 (0.03) XSZSC12NT 18 mm diameter non-shielded 18.0 (0.59) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) XSZSC18ND 18.0 (0.59) 24.4 (0.96) 1.27 (0.05) XSZSC18NT 301 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Plunger Screw Adapters Features • Accepts 8, 12, or 18 mm shielded sensor • Heat-treated alloy steel construction • Rugged stop with solid-state output Description Plunger screw adapters allow a shielded inductive proximity sensor to be used as a mechanical stop switch in applications requiring a precise end-of-travel signal or a hard stop. The spring requires a force of 252 g (9 oz) to actuate the sensor. Proximity A B C D E (dia.) F G Impact Force (Maximum) Catalog Number 8 mm diameter shielded sensors M8x1 25 (1) M8x1 3.16 (0.12) 5.84 (0.23) 6.26 (0.24) 11.0 (0.43) 2,000 N (450 lbf) XSZB0825 M8x1 50 (2) M8x1 3.16 (0.12) 5.84 (0.23) 6.26 (0.24) 11.0 (0.43) 2,000 N (450 lbf) XSZB0850 12 mm diameter shielded sensors M12x1 25 (1) M12x1 4.32 (0.17) 9.40 (0.37) 4.22 (0.17) 15.7 (0.62) 20,500 N (4,609 lbf) XSZB1225 M12x1 50 (2) M12x1 4.32 (0.17) 9.40 (0.37) 4.22 (0.17) 15.7 (0.62) 20,500 N (4,609 lbf) XSZB1250 M12x1 75 (3) M12x1 4.32 (0.17) 9.40 (0.37) 4.22 (0.17) 15.7 (0.62) 20,500 N (4,609 lbf) XSZB1275 M12x1 100 (4) M12x1 4.32 (0.17) 9.40 (0.37) 4.22 (0.17) 15.7 (0.62) 20,500 N (4,609 lbf) XSZB1210 18 mm diameter shielded sensors M18x1 25 (1) M18x1 4.32 (0.17) 14.2 (0.56) 4.22 (0.17) 22.1 (0.87) 45,000 N (10,116 lbf) XSZB1825 M18x1 50 (2) M18x1 4.32 (0.17) 14.2 (0.56) 4.22 (0.17) 22.1 (0.87) 45,000 N (10,116 lbf) XSZB1850 M18x1 75 (3) M18x1 4.32 (0.17) 14.2 (0.56) 4.22 (0.17) 22.1 (0.87) 45,000 N (10,116 lbf) XSZB1875 M18x1 100 (4) M18x1 4.32 (0.17) 14.2 (0.56) 4.22 (0.17) 22.1 (0.87) 45,000 N (10,116 lbf) XSZB1810 31.8 (1.25) B D G C E F A 16.7 (0.66) XSZBkkkk 302 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Proximity Probe Adapters Features • Accepts any 8 or 12 mm shielded sensor • Accurate and compact switching in confined areas • Large variety of stand probe lengths and diameters Description A B C D E (Dia.) F Catalog Number Proximity Proximity probes are spring-loaded actuators designed to work with 8 mm or 12 mm tubular inductive proximity sensors. The probe and sensor combination offers increased flexibility in applications that require tight positioning. 8 mm Diameter Shielded Sensor Dimensions: mm (in.) 75.6 (2.98) 25.0 (1.00) M8 x 1 to depth of 21.8 (0.86) M8 x 1 3.18 (0.125) 11.1 (0.436) XSZPP0825 99.6 (3.92) 50.0 (2.00) M8 x 1 to depth of 21.8 (0.86) M8 x 1 3.18 (0.125) 11.1 (0.436) XSZPP0850 126 (4.96) 75.0 (3.00) M8 x 1 to depth of 21.8 (0.86) M8 x 1 3.18 (0.125) 11.1 (0.436) XSZPP0875 150 (5.91) 100 (4.00) M8 x 1 to depth of 21.8 (0.86) M8 x 1 3.18 (0.125) 11.1 (0.436) XSZPP0810 12 mm Diameter Shielded Sensor 75.6 (2.98) 25.0(1.00) M12 x 1 to depth of 18.0 (0.71) M12 x 1 6.35 (0.25) 15.8 (0.623) XSZPP1225 99.6 (3.92) 50.0 (2.00) M12 x 1 to depth of 18.0 (0.71) M12 x 1 6.35 (0.25) 15.8 (0.623) XSZPP1250 126 (4.96) 75.0 (3.00) M12 x 1 to depth of 18.0 (0.71) M12 x 1 6.35 (0.25) 15.8 (0.623) XSZPP1275 150 (5.91) 100 (4.00) M12 x 1 to depth of 18.0 (0.71) M12 x 1 6.35 (0.25) 15.8 (0.623) XSZPP1210 A 17.4 (0.685) B Probe travel C E D 3.90 (0.15) F XSZPPkkkk 303 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Quick Change Mounting Tube Features • Quick change mounting available for 8, 12, 18, and 30 mm sensors • Short and long barrel lengths available • One-time adjustment simplifies sensor replacement • Protection to sensor from impact and damage • Teflon® caps available for quick change mounts (shown below) Description Proximity The quick change mounting tube reduces sensor maintenance and helps prevent downtime. An internal shoulder stop and collet-style locknut precisely hold the sensor in place—helping maintain a precise sensing distance and simplifying sensor installation. A B C D E F Catalog Number 8 mm diameter shielded sensors 8.18 (0.32) 32.4 (1.28) 17.5 (0.69) M12x1 3.85 (0.15) 16.9 (0.67) XSZQT08 8.18 (0.32) 48.0 (1.90) 34.0 (1.34) M12x1 3.85 (0.15) 16.9 (0.67) XSZQTL08 12 mm diameter shielded sensors 12.1 (0.48) 33.7 (1.34) 19.5 (0.77) M16.5x1.5 4.01 (0.16) 21.8 (0.86) XSZQT12 12.1 (0.48) 44.8 (1.76) 30.0 (1.18) M16.5x1.5 4.01 (0.16) 21.8 (0.86) XSZQTL12 18 mm diameter shielded sensor 18.1 (0.71) 38.5 (1.52) 20.0 (0.79) M24 x 1.5 4.95 (0.19) 30.0 (1.18) XSZQT18 18.1 (0.71) 58.0 (2.28) 40.0 (1.57) M24 x 1.5 4.95 (0.19) 30.0 (1.18) XSZQTL18 30 mm diameter shielded sensors 30.1 (1.19) 35.0 (1.50) 20.0 (0.79) M36 x 1.5 6.13 (0.24) 41.0 (1.61) XSZQT30 30.1 (1.19) 58.0 (2.28 40.0 (1.57) M36 x 1.5 6.13 (0.24) 41.0 (1.61) XSZQTL30 B A C F D E XSZQTkkk Teflon caps for quick change mounting tubes Dimensions: mm (in.) A B C D Catalog Number 8.84 (0.35) 14.8 (0.59) 0.76 (0.03) M12x1 XSZQTC08 7.24 (0.29) 19.9 (0.75) 0.76 (0.03 M16x1 XSZQTC12 9.00 (0.35) 28.7 (1.13) 0.76 (0.03 M24x1.5 XSZQTC18 9.00 (0.35) 41.4 (1.63) 1.26 (0.05) M36x1.5 XSZQTC30 A D B C XSZQTCkk 304 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Inductive Sensor Accessories Spring-loaded Tubular Sensor Mount Features • Accepts 8, 12, 18, and 30 mm shielded or non-shielded sensors • Sensors become unaffected by accidental impact • Shielded and non-shielded caps available (see page 301) Spring-loaded sensor mount for tubular body styles provides impact protection for the sensor against target overtravel. The mount is designed to be threaded onto a tubular sensor and held in place with one of the mounting nuts provided with the sensor. Caps are available to help protect the face of the sensor from lateral and axial impacts (see page 301). A Inside Thread B Outside Thread C Maximum D Across Flats E Maximum Overtravel F G 12.2 (0.481) 22.2 (0.875) 9.22 (0.363) 22.0 (0.867) 3.10 (0.155) XSZSN08 Catalog Number 8 mm Diameter Sensors M8 x 1 M16 x 1.5 Proximity Description 12 mm Diameter Sensors Dimensions: mm (in.) M12 x 1 M18 x 1 10.0 (0.394) 23.9 (0.943) 12.1 (0.476) 21.3 (0.840) 3.94 (0.156) XSZSN12LP M12 x 1 M22 x 1.5 11.5 (0.454) 28.4 (1.12) 10.5 (0.413) 22.1 (0.871) 3.88 (0.153) XSZSN12 16.1 (0.634) 34.8 (1.37) 13.3 (0.523) 29.7 (1.17) 5.08 (0.20) XSZSN18 24.6 (0.972) 50.8 (2.00) 15.6 (0.615) 37.0 (1.37) 4.98 (0.196) XSZSN30 18 mm Diameter Sensors M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 30 mm Diameter Sensors M30 x 1.5 M47 x 1.5 F C A D E G B XSZSNkk 305 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Sensing Curves Flat Inductive Shielded 3 2,5 XS7J1A1D Target size (mm) Usable range (mm) 5x5x1 0–2 2 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points Sn (mm) 1,5 1 0,5 Proximity -4 -3 -2 -1 0 mm 1 2 3 4 6 5 XS7F1A1D 4 Sn (mm) 3 Target size (mm) Usable range (mm) 5x5x1 0–4 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 2 1 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 mm 2 4 6 8 12 Target size (mm) Usable range (mm) XS7E1A1D 8x8x1 0–8 XS7E1A1C 8x8x1 0–8 10 8 Sn (mm) 6 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 4 2 -10 -5 0 mm 5 10 16 14 Sn (mm) Target size (mm) Usable range (mm) 12 XS7C1A1D 18 x 18 x 1 0–12 10 XS7C1A1C 18 x 18 x 1 0–12 8 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 6 4 2 -15 -10 -5 0 mm 5 10 15 20 45 40 Target size (mm) Usable range (mm) XS7D1A1D 30 x 30 x 1 0–32 XS7D1A1C 30 x 30 x 1 0–32 35 30 25 Sn (mm) 20 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 15 10 5 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 mm 10 20 30 40 306 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Sensing Curves Tubular Inductive Shielded 2 ∅ 6.5 XS1 ∅ 8 (M8x1) XS1, XS3 3 2 3 Sn (mm) 2 3 ∅ 12 (M12x1) XS1, XS3 2 1 1 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 mm 1 2 4 3 4 5x5x1 0–0.8 5 5x5x1 0–0.8 6.5 8x8x1 0–1.2 8 8x8x1 0–1.2 12 12 x 12 x 1 0–1.6 6 5 15 2 ∅ 30 (M30x1.5) XS1, XS3 Usable range (mm) _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 0.5 1 ∅ 18 (M18x1) XS1, XS3 Standard Size targets (mm) 2 10 2 Standard Size targets (mm) Usable range (mm) 18 18 x 18 x 1 0–4 30 30 x 30 x 1 0–8 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 8 Sn (mm) 1 5 Proximity 1 ∅ 4 XS1 ∅ 5 (M5x0.5) XS1 1 2.5 15 10 7.5 5 2.5 0 mm 2.5 5 7.5 15 10 Non-Shielded and Extended Range 4 2 ∅ 12 (M12x1) XS1, XS2, XS4 2 2 1 ∅ 8 (M8x1) XS1, XS2, XS4 Standard Size targets (mm) Usable range (mm) 8 8x8x1 0–2 12 12 x 12 x 1 0–3.2 Sn (mm) _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 2 1 1 1 0.5 6 4 3 2 1 0 mm 1 2 6 4 3 15 1 ∅ 18 (M18x1) XS1, XS2, XS4 2 ∅ 30 (M30x1.5) XS1, XS2, XS4 2 2 Sn (mm) Standard Size targets (mm) Usable range (mm) 18 24 x 24 x 1 0–6.4 30 45 x 45 x 1 0–12 10 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 1 1 8 5 2.5 15 10 7.5 5 2.5 0 mm 2.5 5 7.5 10 15 307 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Sensing Curves Block Type Inductive 1 shielded, XSEC10 1 10 1 2 shielded, XSG•02 Sn (mm) 3 non-shielded, XSG•04 3 Proximity 15 1 XSB•10 2 XSB•25 3 2 2 10 5 0 mm 5 10 30 x 30 x 1 0–8 XSG•02 12 x 12 x 1 0–1.6 XSG•04 12 x 12 x 1 0–3.2 15 2 20 1 13 XSEC10 2 2 25 Usable range (mm) _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 5 4 Standard Size targets (mm) Standard Size targets (mm) Usable range (mm) XSB•10 40 x 40 x 1 0–9 XSB•25 75 x 75 x 1 0–20 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 1 10 Sn (mm) 30 1 shielded, XS7 20 10 0 mm 10 20 30 Sn (mm) 2 non-shielded, XS8 20 2 2 1 1 15 Standard Size targets (mm) Usable range (mm) XSC/XS7 45 x 45 x 1 0–12 XSC/XS8 60 x 60 x 1 0–16 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 10 30 20 60 1 fixed sensing distance, XSD•40 2 adjustable sensing distance, XSD•60 0 mm 10 10 2 20 30 Standard Size targets (mm) 2 Sn (mm) XSD•40 120 x 120 x 0–32 1 XSD•60 180 x 180 x 0–48 1 40 1 1 2 30 Usable range (mm) 2 _______ pick up points - - - - - - - drop out points 20 40 20 0 mm 20 40 308 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview What is a Proximity Sensor? A proximity sensor is an important component in an automation control system. It transmits information to the logic processing system about the operating conditions of a machine: Composition Detection stage Output stage • Presence, passage, flow of parts Proximity • End of travel • Rotation and counting Essentially, it is a non-contact part presence sensor. OUTPUT SWITCH OUTPUT DRIVER OSCILLATOR Detection stage • type of mounting (cylindrical, rectangular) • detection characteristics (sensing distance, hysteresis) Output stage • type of supply (DC, AC, AC/DC) • electrical characteristics (current and voltage) Application Advantages • no physical contact with the target • no wear, ability to detect fragile or freshly painted objects • high operating rate • perfect compatibility with electronic, automated systems • high approach speeds • fast response • rugged, fully encapsulated • excellent resistance to industrial environments • solid state, no moving parts • life of the device is independent of the number of operations 309 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Why the Different Types of Sensors? Inductive Suitable for the detection of metal objects Sensor • Identifies only metal targets Proximity • Predictable sensing technology—few variables • Reliable industrial technology Principle of operation Target Target An inductive proximity sensor essentially comprises an oscillator whose windings constitute the sensing face. An electromagnetic field is generated in front of these windings. When a metal object is placed within this field, the resulting currents induced into the target form an additional load, and the oscillations cease. This causes the output driver to operate, producing an On or Off output signal. 310 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Why the Different Types of Sensors? Capacitive Suitable for the detection of non-conductive targets, liquids and powders Proximity Sensor • Detects any material • Affected by environment: humidity, dust, etc. • Best for: — bulk material — liquids — targets behind a separation wall Principle of operation Target Target A capacitive proximity sensor basically comprises an oscillator whose capacitors constitute the sensing face. When a conducting or insulating material with a permittivity greater than air is placed within this field, it modifies the coupling capacitance and causes oscillations. This actuates the output driver, and depending on the model, an On or Off output signal is produced. 311 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Detection Stage Tubular type Housing types Metal housing Short case Plastic housing Standard (Form A) Standard (Form A) Short case Proximity Indexed mounting bracket omni-directional LED Bracket + sensoradjustments omni-directional LED Stop, for indexing the proximity sensor Advantages • Simple installation and set-up: pre-wired or connector models • Excellent environmental protection: - encapsulated - metal housing (plated brass) - plastic or stainless steel housing (food, pharmaceuticals) • Two choices: - very short for restricted access areas - standard length (form A) for ease of replacement • No-adjustment replacement using a patented indexing mounting bracket Block type Nonplug-in type Plug-in type LED LED Advantages • Direct interchangeability, no need for readjustment • Flexibility of connections: screw terminals or connector • Long sensing distance 312 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Sensing Parameters Operating zone Target Proximity Operating zone Circular LED indicator Operating state The targets are generally of steel, and of a size equivalent to the sensing face of the sensor. To ensure detection, the target should pass at a distance less than or equal to the usable sensing distance given in the data sheet of the sensor selected. Suitabiliy for flush mounting in metal Suitable (shielded) Advantages • No lateral effect But • Reduced sensing distance Not suitable (unshielded) Advantages • Sensing distance + 50 to + 100% But • Space required around the device to eliminate the effects of the surrounding metal 313 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters AC or AC/DC sensors for AC circuits Power supply Check that the power supply range limits of the proximity sensor are compatible with the nominal voltage of the AC supply used. Sensors for DC circuits Proximity Where a DC supply is available, check that the voltage limits of the sensor, including ripple, are compatible with the supply used. If an AC supply is available, a suitable DC power supply must be selected. A simple one has a transformer, a rectifier, and a smoothing capacitor. AC 50 - 60 Hz Ve + Vs V C - voltage Vs without C (non-filtered) ΔV V peak V av. V rms V t Where voltage is derived from a single-phase AC supply, it must be rectified and filtered to ensure that: • The peak voltage of the DC supply is lower than the maximum operating voltage of the sensor, peak voltage = rated voltage Ve × 2 . • The minimum voltage of the DC supply is greater than the minimum voltage rating of the sensor, given that ΔV = ( I × t ) 3 C , where: ΔV = maximum ripple: 10% (V) I = anticipated load current (mA) t = period of 1 cycle (8.8 ms full wave rectified, 60 Hz frequency voltage) C = capacitance (μF) As a general rule, use a transformer with a lower secondary voltage (Ue) than the required DC voltage (U). Example: 18 Vac to obtain 24 Vdc 35 Vac to obtain 48 Vdc Mount a filtering capacitor of minimum 400 μF per sensor or 2,000 μF for each ampere of load current required. NOTE: Tubular 3-wire DC universal models (10–58 V), 3-wire DC XSF models, and all AC/DC models can be supplied from full-wave rectified non-filtered power supplies (no capacitor C in the diagram above). 314 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters 2 Wire type Output signal DC, 2 wire, not polarity sensitive AC 2 wire BN BN ~ -/+ XS XS Load R BU +/- AC/DC 2 wire Proximity Load R BU ~ BN ~/ XS Load R BU ~/ 2-wire sensors are wired in series with the load to be switched. They are subject to: • a residual current (leakage current)—in the open state • a voltage drop—in the closed state For the AC and AC/DC versions, certain models are protected against short-circuits. Refer to the product characteristics. Advantages • They can be wired in the same way as mechanical limit switches. • For the DC and AC/DC versions, they can be connected to either positive (PNP) or negative (NPN) logic inputs. • Polarity insensitive versions, no risk of incorrect connection. • AC/DC versions, reduces stock requirements But Check the possible effects of residual current and voltage drop on the input device controlled (pick-up and drop-out thresholds). 315 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters 3 Wire type Output signal 3 wire type PNP 3 wire type NPN + + BN XS S BN XS Load S Proximity - - BU BU 3 wire type, programmable PNP/NPN/N.O./N.C. Polarity (case 1) Polarity (case 2) - + + - BN BN BN C XS C Load BK BK BU BU C NPN N.C. PNP N.C. BK C C PNP N.O. - L : Load BU + NPN N.O. The sensors in this category have: • 2 wires for the power supply • 1 wire for the output signal NOTE: Some models include an additional wire for a complementary output 4-wire type, N.O. + N.C. The technology is still 3 wire. They are protected against reverse supply polarity and against overloads and short-circuit of the load. For the DC version, there are two types of sensor: • Basic sensor — PNP model, switching the positive side to the load (sourcing) — NPN model, switching the negative side to the load (sinking) • Universal DC sensors A single universal sensor, depending on the wiring connections can perform any of the following 4 functions: PNP/N.O., PNP/N.C., NPN/N.O., NPN/N.C. Advantages • Best switching characteristics: no residual current, low voltage drop, fast • N.O. + N.C. versions • Universal versions, reduces stock requirements But Requires the use of a specialized sensor (PNP or NPN, function of the load connection to negative or positive, respectively) or a selectable universal type. 316 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters Analog type Output signal + + XS XS I S I Load Proximity S - Load 3-wire type 2-wire type These proximity sensors convert the approach of a metal target towards the sensing face into a current output signal that is proportional to the distance between the target and the sensing face. Two models: Dual Voltage: 24/48 Vdc Output: 0–10 mA with 3-wire connection 4–14 mA with 2-wire connection Single Voltage: 24 Vdc Output: 0–16 mA with 3-wire connection 4–20 mA with 2-wire connection Advantages • Output signal proportional to the distance. • Two- or three-wire connection using the same device. 317 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters Namur type Output signal Load R = 1 kΩ + Proximity 7 to 12 Vdc - Namur type proximity sensors (DIN 19234) are electronic sensors in which the current consumption varies when a metal object approaches. Their operating principle and compact size make them suitable for a large number of applications: • Intrinsically safe (for hazardous environments, i.e. explosive). Sensors are used with an NY2 intrinsically safe relay/amplifier, or an equivalent, approved intrinsically safe solidstate input. • Non-intrinsically safe (for a normal, safe zone). NAMUR sensors associated with a power supply and amplifier unit, or an equivalent solid-state input. Advantages • Can work in hazardous environments. • Basic product, without amplifier. • Compact size. 318 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Output Stage Parameters Cable Connector Features Features Screw Terminals Pre-wired sealed cable, excellent resistance to splashing liquid (IP67) or cutting oils (IP68). Ease of installation and replacement. Proximity Connection method Features Flexibility: user selects type and length of cable. Note In practice, the preceding information facilitates the selection and installation of a proximity sensor for applications having normal operating conditions. The following pages contain details for applications needing more specific information. 319 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Environmental Parameters The XS sensors are tested according to IEC 60947.5.2 standard (similar to the proposed new NEMA ICS 5-4-2005x standard). ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGES Electromagnetic interference ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE DC versions • level 2 immunity (3-wire type) • level 3 immunity (2-wire type) INSULATING FLOOR (carpeting) AC/DC versions IEC 1000-4-2 Proximity 4 kV 10 kV 15 kV LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 4 • level 4 immunity RADIATING ELECTRO-MAGNETIC FIELD DC and AC/DC versions ELECTRO-MAGNETIC WAVES • level 3 immunity (RFI: radio frequency immunity) WALKIE TALKIE IEC 1000-4-3 10 V / meter LEVEL 3 FAST TRANSIENTS STOP START CONTROL MOTOR DC versions IEC 1000-4-4 0.5 kV 1 kV 2 kV LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 4 • level 3 immunity AC/DC versions CAPACITIVE COUPLING • level 4 immunity Extended range DC • level 3 immunity MOTOR START/STOP INTERFERENCE SHOCK VOLTAGES DC and AC/DC versions • level 3 immunity (over 8 mm diameter) MAINS FACTORY LIGHTNING • level 2 immunity (tubular 8 mm and smaller) OVERVOLTAGE TRANSFORMER IEC 947.5.2 IMPULSE VOLTAGE 1 kV 2.5 kV 5 kV LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 LEVEL 4 320 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Environmental Parameters Temperature and Chemicals Temperature: where sensors are used outside the ranges shown, reliable operation cannot be assured and permanent damage could result. Standard length tubular sensors have a very large temperature range: -25 to 80 °C (-13 to 176 °F). NOTE: For extended temperature range, consult the factory. To ensure lasting efficient operation, it is essential that the chemicals coming in contact with the sensors will not affect their housings and, in doing so, prevent their reliable operation. The XS1/XS2 M series is particularly well adapted to severe environments, such as machine tool applications. NOTE: The cables used conform to standard NFC 32 206 and to recommendations CNOMO E03-40-150 N. They are UL Listed and CSA Certified. Proximity Chemicals: Due to the very wide range of chemicals found in modern industry, it is very difficult to give general guidelines on sensor applications. The series XS4P plastic tubular proximity sensors and the stainless steel XS1/XS2 sensors exhibit excellent overall resistance to: • Chemical products such as salts, halophytic and aromatic oils, petrols, acids, and diluted bases. For acids, ketones, and phenols, preliminary test should be made according to the nature and concentration of the liquid. • Agriculture and food industry products such as animal- and vegetable-based food products (vegetable oils, animal fat, fruit juice, dairy proteins, etc.). NOTE: For specific details, please consult the factory. Have the following information available when making the inquiry: • type of substance • concentration • maximum temperature • specific sensor part numbers considered for the application 321 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Environmental Parameters Shock Shock – Vibration • The sensors are tested according to IEC 60068.2.27, 50 g, 11 ms duration. Vibration • The sensors are tested according to IEC 60068.2.6, ±2 mm amplitude, 10–55 Hz, 25 g to 55 Hz. Degrees of protection • IP67: protection against the effects of immersion, tested according to IEC 60529. Sensor immersed for 30 minutes in 1 m of water. Proximity • UL Listed: typical NEMA Types 4X, 6P, 12. No deterioration in either operating or insulation characteristics. • IP68: protection against effects of prolonged immersion: the test conditions are subject to agreement between the manufacturer and user. Telemecanique® brand selected machine tool applications or other machines frequently drenched in cutting fluids. IP68 means, in this case, cutting oil proof, a degree of protection requiring a superior encapsulation technology. Extensive testing is performed— 1,500 hours immersion in fluid at 70 °C. 322 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Definition of Terms Standard metal target Output Output ON OFF Su max S u max + H Sr max S r max + H Sn Sn + H S r min + H Sr min Su min S a Certain detection Proximity Definition of sensing distances Su min + H Sensing face Proximity sensor Nominal (or rated) sensing distance Sn: The rated operating distance for which the sensor is designed. It does not account for manufacturing tolerances, or any change in supply voltage, temperature, etc. during operation. Used for selection and the base for exact calculations. Real sensing distance Sr: The real sensing distance is measured at rated voltage (Un) and at the rated ambient temperature (Tn). It must be between 90% and 110% of the nominal sensing distance: 0.9Sn ≤ Sr ≤ 1.1Sn. Usable sensing distance Su: The usable sensing distance is measured at the limits of the permissible variations of the ambient temperature (Ta) and the supply voltage (Ub). It must be between 90% and 110% of the real sensing distance: 0.9Sr ≤ Su ≤ 1.1Sr. Operating zone Sa (usable sensing range): The operating zone is between 0 and 81% of the nominal sensing distance Sn: 0 ≤ Sa ≤ 0.81Sn This is the operating zone of the sensor and corresponds to the area within which detection of the standard metal target is certain whatever the variations in voltage or temperature. This is the maximum sensing distance that the designer should consider for all applications. Correction factors should be considered only when conditions preclude using the standard target in the operating temperature and voltage range. 323 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Definition of Terms Standard metal target: Standard metal target 1 mm thick, square mild cold rolled steel, type FE 360. The side of the square is either equal to the diameter of the sensor or of the circle engraved on the active face of the sensing face or is 3 times the nominal sensing distance (Sn). The higher of these values is used. Frontal approach Proximity Differential travel Standard target Drop-out point H Pick-up point Sensing distance Proximity sensor Differential travel: (hysteresis) H: The distance between the pick-up point as the standard metal target frontally approaches the sensor, and the drop-out point as it moves away. Expressed as a percentage of the real sensing distance Sr. Repeat accuracy (repeatability) R: Repeat accuracty (Repeatability) The repeatability of the sensing distance between successive operations. Readings are taken over a period of time while the sensor is subjected to environmental extremes, e.g., an 8-hour cycle between 10 and 30 °C, with supply voltage variation ±5% of nominal. Expressed as a percentage of the real sensing distance Sr. Important parameter for positioning applications. Class 2 material—Double isolation Class 2 material Double isolation Symbol The symbol represents electrical insulation conforming to IEC 60536 class 2. It means that all live parts are isolated inside the housing and touching any exterior exposed metal is harmless. No groundings required. International symbol for proximity switches. 324 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Definition of Terms mA Leakage or Residual current (lr) Supply XS The leakage or residual current corresponds to the current flowing through the sensor in the off or open state. Important for 2-wire proximity sensors. Voltage drop (Ud) V Proximity Load Supply XS Load The voltage drop corresponds to the voltage at the proximity sensor’s terminals in the on or closed state. Especially important for 2-wire proximity sensors. Power supply Sensor output Response Time power-up delay t The period of time between energizing the sensor and its fully operational condition. Also known as warm-up or first-up delay. Proximity sensor 1/2 Sn Maximum operating frequency m Standard metal target 2m Nonmetallic material Output signal T on T off f= 1 (T on + T off) The maximum number of targets a proximity sensor can detect in a second, under standard test conditions (standard EN50018, IEC 60947.5.2). Do not use for selection or design purposes unless the geometry of the application is identical with the one in the picture. 325 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Definition of Terms Presence of the target Response time Present Absent Proximity sensor output signal Ra ON Rr OFF On delay Ra: Proximity The period between the detection of the target and the subsequent change in its output state. This design parameter determines the relationship between the speed of travel and the size of the target. Off delay Rr: The period between the exit of the target from the sensor’s operating zone and the subsequent change in its output state. This design parameter limits the interval between successive targets. N.O. (Normally open) Output signal XS The output circuit turns on the output current when a target is present. N.O. output N.C. (Normally closed) XS The output circuit turns off the output current when a target is present. N.C. output N.O. + N.C. XS Complementary outputs: proximity sensor with two outputs—one opens, the other closes when a target is present. N.O. + N.C. output 326 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Sensing Distance Correction Factors Kθ Kθ Temperature 1,1 Real sensing distance 0,9 -25 0 20 50 Proximity Theoretical calculation In practice, most targets are made of steel and are of a size equal to or greater than the sensing face of the sensor. Where this is the case, use the sensing distance values given in the characteristics for the particular sensor. To calculate the precise sensing distance for specific applications, consider the following parameters, which affect the sensing distance. 70 temperature C Apply a correction factor Kθ to be determined using the curve above. Km Material 1 0,5 magn. type 316 type 304 Stainless steel A37 UZ33 AU4G Cu Steel Brass Alum. Copper Target material correction coefficient Km Target Material Mild Steel Brass Aluminum Copper Magn. Type 316 Stainless Steel Type 304 A37 UZ33 AU4G CU Km 1.00 0.70 0.30 1.00 0.37 0.35 0.30 Apply a correction factor Km to be determined using the graph above. Km Thickness 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 Typical curve for a copper target with an 18mm dia. cylindrical model 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 1 1.5 thickness in mm Special case of a very thin target object made of non-ferrous material. Application tip: Aluminum foil on a nonmetallic surface makes an excellent target. 327 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Sensing Distance Correction Factors Kd Dimension 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0,3 0.2 0.1 Proximity Sn 2Sn 3Sn 4 Sn length of the object to be detected Apply a correction factor Kd to be determined using the curve above. Usable sensing distance Calculation example For all situations, use the general correction factor Kt = 0.9 for power supply variations within the entire voltage range. Sa = Sn x KΘ x Km x Kd x Kt Where Sa = usable sensing distance Sn = nominal sensing distance Proximity sensor XS7C40MP230 with nominal sensing distance Sn = 15 mm. Ambient temperature variation 0 to + 20 °C. Target characteristics: material: Steel dimensions: 45 mm x 45 mm x 1 mm The operating zone, Sa can be found using the formula: Sa = Sn x KΘ x Km x Kd x Kt Sa = 15 x 0.98 x 1 x 0.95 x 0.9 Sa = 12.5 mm General rule For standard targets, the general rule is: Sa = 0.8 Sn Note Always test! The above curves are typical curves only. They are given as a guide to the approximate usable sensing distance of a proximity sensor for a given application 328 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mechanical Installation • Patented design • Replacement without re-adjustment Indexed mounting bracket XSZB • Insert the sensor in the bracket until it butts against the stop. STEP 1 Proximity Mounting • Secure the sensor using screw (V). STEP 2 screw V • Adjust the sensor/bracket combination to ensure detection. STEP 3 screws F • Secure the combination using two screws (F). If for any reason adjustment or replacement is necessary: - Unscrew screw V. - Butt the new sensor against the stop. Once screw V has been tightened, the new sensor will be indexed in the same position as the old one. No adjustment is necessary. Note: these functions are similar to those of a block type sensor. 329 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mechanical Installation Tubular proximity sensor 3 Sn metal Clearing distances dia. Proximity 3 dia. metal 2 Sn Target Versions not suitable for flush mounting in metal (non-shielded) Extended range model Standard model 3 Sn 3 Sn metal metal metal 0,2 dia metal Target Versions suitable for flush mounting in metal (shielded) • Versions suitable for flush mounting in metal e (min): 0 metal • Versions not suitable for flush mounting in metal M8: e (min) = 5 mm M12: e (min) = 8 mm e (mm) M18: e (min) = 16 mm M30: e (min) = 30 mm Mounting with XSZB mounting bracket 330 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mechanical Installation Block type proximity sensors not suitable for mounting in metal Non-shielded Mounting into a T section Mounting into a U section metal 2a 1,5 a Sensing face Sensing face Proximity metal Clearing distances 2a 1,5 a a a 2a metal metal metal Sensing face 2a Sensing face 3 Sn 3 Sn metal 1,5 a a a 2a metal metal metal Sensing face 1,5 a Sensing face a 3 Sn 2a metal 40 a 3 Sn metal 40 Side by side metal Face to face Side by side Face to face e e NOTE: For shorter distances, alternate frequency models are required. Consult the factory for availability. 331 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mechanical Installation Suitable for flush mounting in metal e Shielded Mounting with metal on one or more sides simultaneously Proximity metal e (min): 0 not to be recess mounted not to be mounted adjacent to an angle section metal metal Any metal within the immediate vicinity of a proximity sensor distorts the magnetic field around the sensing face. The clearance distances shown above are given for a simplified installation arrangement and would result in the increase of the sensing distance of less than 5%. 332 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mounting Tips Protection of the cable incorrect incorrect F Proximity Cable Protection CNOMO adaptor correct correct protective sleeve Do not exert a pulling force of over 4.4 lb on the sensor cable. Sensor on moving support Consider using a protective sleeve or rigid conduit, where necessary. 10 cm Cable clamps mobile carrier fixed support Avoid repetitive flexing movement between the cable and the sensor. Protection of the sensing face The sensor must never be used as a mechanical stop as this may cause irreparable damage. 333 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mounting Tips Use of tools for adjustment of the proximity sensor Proximity appropriate tool Incorrect Correct Mounting Tubular sensor Block type sensor Ensure a rigid mounting the mounting must be sufficiently rigid and thick to resist shock and vibrations Ensure a rigid mounting the mounting area must be large enough to support the sensor correctly 334 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Mounting Tips Positioning Sensing face Top Top Bottom Bottom Sensing face Proximity Sensor Positioning Sensing face Incorrect • possibility of debris collecting on the sensor sensing face • possibility of liquid entry if the cable gland is mounted improperly Correct Mechanical protection A proximity sensor should never be used as a footrest. Where the possibility of this type of misuse exists, a protective cover should be fitted over the sensor. Remember: For proper installation, the sensor must be mounted solidly to its support. Depending on the application, the operating distance is adjusted by either: • moving the mounting bracket • adjusting the target 335 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview PLC Compatibility V supply For a solid-state, 2-wire, AC sensor to be directly compatible with a PLC, two conditions must be met: 1. Leakage current: (I off) less than 1.7 mA (Off state) Sensor Rb Rin PLC 2. Load current: greater than the sensor minimum load current (On state). Typical PLC input currents (load current, I load) are 12–16 mA. Typical values for PLC input resistance (Rin) are 7.5–10 kΩ. If the sensor does not meet both requirements, a bleeder resistor (Rb) must be wired in parallel with the load. Calculate the bleeder resistor parameters as shown below. The smaller value should be selected for the application. Proximity Rin × Vo max. 1. Rb = ------------------------------------------------------I off (Rin) – Vo max. Where: ❊ 2 Vs Pb = ---------Rb Vo max. = PLC input maximum Off voltage (20–40 Vac) Rin = PLC input resistance Vs = Line voltage Pb = Minimum bleeder resistor power rating Example: I off = 3.5 mA Vo max. = 20 V Rin = 6.5 kΩ Typical examples for Telemecanique® TSX DET input modules: TSX DET 1604 TSX DET 0804 For I off = 3.5 mA 47 kΩ/0.5 W — For I off = 7 mA 4.7 kΩ/3 W 12 kΩ/1.5 W Rin × Vo max. 2. Rb = -----------------------------------------------------I off (Rin) – Vo max. ❊ 2 Vs Pb = ---------Rb Example: I min = 30 mA Vs = 120 V Rin = 7 kΩ Typical examples using TSX programmable controllers: TSX DET 1604 TSX DET 0804 For I min = 20 mA 64 kΩ/0.5 W 24 kΩ/1 W For I min = 30 mA 8.7 kΩ/2 W 8.7 kΩ/2 W NOTE: All DC 3-wire sensors are PLC compatible. 336 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Electrical Installation Wiring two or more sensors in series 2 wire type V supply V supply Sensor "n" Proximity Wiring in series Sensor " 1" load Consider the following points: 1. When in the open state, each sensor will share the supply voltage: Vsupply Voltage across the sensor = --------------------------------------------------------------------------------number of proximity sensors Vsensor and Vsupply must fall within the sensor’s voltage range. 2. If a sensor is off, it will be supplied with nearly all the supply voltage. 3. When all sensors are on, a small voltage drop is present across each sensor; the resultant loss of voltage at the load will be the sum of the individual voltage drops. Select the load voltage accordingly. 4. Series connection is only possible for sensors with a wide voltage range. Example: Four sensors rated at 24–240 Vac can be wired in series at 120 V because even at 90%, V supply = 108 V. When all sensors are off, each will see 108/4 = 27 V, which is higher than the minimum voltage rating of the switch (24 V). 337 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Electrical Installation Wiring two or more sensors in series 3 wire type Sensor "1" Proximity Sensor "2" Sensor "n" load V supply + V supply - Consider the following points: 1. Sensor 1, when conducting its load current, also carries the leakage currents of all other sensors. 2. Each sensor, when conducting, produces a voltage drop of 2.6 V maximum. Select the load voltage accordingly. 3. Sensor 2 is powered only when Sensor 1 turns on. Only after its power-up delay can Sensor 2 function properly. Consider this delay when speed is a factor. 4. Use of flywheel diodes is recommended where an inductive load is being switched. 338 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Electrical Installation Wiring proximity sensors in series with mechanical contact devices V supply + Wiring in series V supply Sensor load fuse Proximity Mechanical contact Consider the following points: 1. When the mechanical contact is open, the sensor is not supplied. 2. When the contact closes, the proximity sensor does not operate until a certain time T has elapsed, corresponding to the power-up delay. Please refer to the individual sensor characteristics. . Wiring several sensors in parallel 2 wire type Using proximity sensors wired in parallel either to each other or to mechanical contacts is not recommended. When one of the sensors is in the On state, the sensor in parallel is shorted out and thus no longer supplied. As the first unit passes into the Off state, the second sensor becomes energized and is subject to its power-up delay. This configuration is used where the sensors work alternately. When the sensors are Off, the sum of the leakage currents must be less than the holding current of the load. 3 wire type V supply + V supply - Sensor "1" Sensor "n" load No restriction 339 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Electrical Installation Cable length No restrictions up to 660 ft (200 m) or up to a line capacitance of 0.1 μF. It is important to account for voltage drop on the line over 660 ft (200 m). The XS models can withstand the electrical interference encountered in normal industrial conditions. Where extreme electrical noise conditions could occur (large motors, spot welders, etc.), it is advisable to protect against transients in the following ways: Cable Routing • Suppress interference at the source • Limit the length of the cables Proximity • Separate power and control wiring • Ensure that the logic systems contain input transient suppression means • Use twisted pair and shielded cables Separation of power and control wiring conduit high voltage or power cables incorrect Incorrect correct 10 cm 4 in control cables * power cables Correct * Use of individual cables is recommended if long lengths are involved. 340 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Wiring Tips Electrical connections solution + + R XS XS Proximity Proper Loads - - If the load consists of an incandescent lamp, the cold state resistance can be one-tenth the hot state resistance. This can cause very high current levels on switching. Install a pre-heat resistance in parallel with the proximity sensor. 2 R= V x 10 P V= supply voltage P= power of lamp Load AC XS Do not connect an XS proximity sensor directly to an AC supply source. AC XS Connect a suitable load (see product data) in series with the proximity sensor. 341 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Troubleshooting Guide Possible cause Output failure, or the short circuit protection has operated. Proximity Troubleshooting The sensor’s output does not change state when a metal target is moved within its operating zone. Wiring error Supply problems Transients Influence of surrounding metal Effect of interference on the supply lines False or erratic operation with or without the presence of the target object. Response time of the sensor is too long for the particular target. Effects of high temperature Remedial action • Check that the sensor is correct for the supply being used. • Check the load current. Characteristics: - If load current is greater than the max. rated current, a relay should be interposed between the sensor and the load. - If load current is lower than the nominal rated current, check for wiring faults which could have caused a short circuit. In any case, a fast-blow fuse should be wired in series with the sensor (AC). - For a tubular sensor, if the sensor is brand new, check the mounting torque. • Check the wiring. • Check voltage range. • Check that the supply voltage falls within the operating limits of the sensor in question. Remember that with a rectified supply: Vpeak = Vrms x √2 • Install transient suppressors across potential sources (coils, arcing contactors) • Refer to the instruction sheet supplied with the sensor. • Ensure that any DC supplies, when derived from rectified AC, are correctly filtered (C ≥ 400 μf) • Ensure that AC power cables are run separately from low level DC cables. • Where very long distances are involved, use suitable cable: - shielded and/or twisted pair - suitable wire gauge • Position the sensor as far as possible from any source of interference. • Check suitability of the sensor for the target; choose a sensor with a faster response time, or use a longer target. • Eliminate sources of radiated heat, or protect the housing with a heat shield. 342 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Product Overview Troubleshooting Guide Cenelec standards Form A Form C Form D EN 50008 (NFC 63-076) DC 3 or 4 terminals EN 50040 (NFC 63-071) DC 2 terminals EN 50036 (NFC 63-081) AC terminals EN 50025 (NFC 63-077) DC 3 or 4 terminals EN 50037 EN 50026 (NFC 63-078) DC 3 or 4 terminals EN 50038 (NFC 63-083) AC 2 terminals (NFC 63-082) AC 2 terminals EN 50010 (NFC 63-075) Determination of sensing distance and operating frequencies EN 50032 (NFC 63-079) EN 50040 (NFC 63-074) Definitions, classification, description Connection identification Proximity Block type Cylindrical Series XS1N/XS2N, XS1M/XS2M, and XS4P also conform to the requirements of IEC 60947.5.2 standard. (ISO 9000 Self-Certification, NEMA project ICS 5-4-2002X) USSR Approvals File LR46094 + LR44087 class 321103 File E39291 guide NKCR2 File E39281 guide NKCR Standard version approved pending Special North American version (1/2" NPT cable entry, UL label, etc.) FM Intrinsically safe applications XS1 / XS2 L/N XS1 / XS2 M XS4P XSB XS7 / 8 XSD XSE XSG XS5 XS6 XS7 XS8 XS9 343 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design Old Design New Design 8 mm Tubular c XS1M08DA210 XS508B1DAL2 Old Design New Design Old Design XS1N08PA349L2 XS608B1PAL10 XS1M12KP340D New Design XS508B1NBM8 XS1N08PA349S XS608B1PAM12 XS1M12KP340L1 XS508B1PAL5 XS1M08DA210D XS508B1DAM12 XS1N08PB340 XS508B1PBL2 XS1M12KP340L1 XS508B1PBL5 XS1M08DA210L1 XS508B1DAL5 XS1N08PB340D XS508B1PBM8 XS1M12KP340L1 XS508B1NAL5 XS1M08DA210L2 XS508B1DAL10 XS1N08PB340L1 XS508B1PBL5 XS1M12KP340L1 XS508B1NBL5 XS1M08DA210LD XS508B1DAL08M12 XS1N08PB340S XS508B1PBM8 XS1M12KP340L2 XS508B1PAL10 XS1M08DB210 XS508B1DBL2 XS1N08PB349 XS608B1PBL2 XS1M12KP340L2 XS508B1PBL10 XS1M08DB210D XS508B1DBM12 XS1N08PB349D XS608B1PBM12 XS1M12KP340L2 XS508B1NAL10 Proximity XS1M08DB210L1 XS508B1DBL5 XS1N08PB349L1 XS608B1PBL5 XS1M12KP340L2 XS508B1NBL10 XS1M08NA370 XS608B1NAL2 XS1N08PB349L2 XS608B1PBL10 XS1M12NA370 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M08NA370D XS608B1NAM12 XS1N08PB349S XS608B1PBM12 XS1M12NA370D XS612B1NAM12 XS1M08NA370L1 XS608B1NAL5 XS2M08NA340 XS608B1NAL2 XS1M12NA370L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M08NB370 XS608B1NBL2 XS2M08NC410 XS608B1NAL2 XS1M12NA370L2 XS612B1NAL10 XS1M08NB370D XS608B1NBM12 XS2M08NC410 XS608B1NBL2 XS1M12NA370S XS612B1NAM12 XS1M08NC410 XS508B1NAL2 XS2M08NC410D XS608B1NAM12 XS1M12NB370 XS612B1NBL2 XS1M08NC410 XS508B1NBL2 XS2M08NC410D XS608B1NBM12 XS1M12NB370D XS612B1NBM12 XS612B1PAL2 XS1M08NC410D XS508B1NAM8 XS2M08PC410 XS608B1PAL2 XS1M12PA370 XS1M08NC410D XS508B1NBM8 XS2M08PC410 XS608B1PBL2 XS1M12PA370D XS612B1PAM12 XS1M08PA370 XS608B1PAL2 XS2M08PC410D XS608B1PAM12 XS1M12PA370L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1M08PA370D XS608B1PAM12 XS2M08PC410D XS608B1PBM12 XS1M12PA370L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1M08PA370L1 XS608B1PAL5 XS2N08NA340 XS608B1NAL2 XS1M12PB370 XS612B1PBL2 XS1M08PA370L2 XS608B1PAL10 XS2N08NA340D XS608B1NAM8 XS1M12PB370D XS612B1PBM12 XS1M08PA370LD XS608B1PAL08M12 XS2N08NA340L1 XS608B1NAL5 XS1M12PB370L1 XS612B1PBL5 XS1M08PA370S XS608B1PAM12 XS2N08NA340S XS608B1NAM8 XS1N12NA340 XS512B1NAL2 XS1M08PB370 XS608B1PBL2 XS2N08NB340 XS608B1NBL2 XS1N12NA340D XS512B1NAM12 XS1M08PB370D XS608B1PBM12 XS2N08PA340 XS608B1PAL2 XS1N12NA340L1 XS512B1NAL5 XS1M08PB370L1 XS608B1PBL5 XS2N08PA340D XS608B1PAM8 XS1N12NA349 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M08PB370L2 XS608B1PBL10 XS2N08PA340L1 XS608B1PAL5 XS1N12NA349D XS612B1NAM12 XS1M08PC410 XS508B1PAL2 XS2N08PA340L2 XS608B1PAL10 XS1N12NA349L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M08PC410 XS508B1PBL2 XS2N08PA340S XS608B1PAM8 XS1N12NA349L2 XS612B1NAL10 XS1M08PC410D XS508B1PAM8 XS2N08PB340 XS608B1PBL2 XS1N12NB340 XS512B1NBL2 XS1M08PC410D XS508B1PBM8 XS2N08PB340D XS608B1PBM8 XS1N12NB340D XS512B1NBM12 XS1N08NA340D XS508B1NAM8 XS2N08PB340S XS608B1PBM8 XS1N12NB349 XS612B1NBL2 XS1N08NA340L1 XS508B1NAL5 XS3P08NA340 XS508B1NAL2 XS1N12NB349D XS612B1NBM12 XS1N08NA340L2 XS508B1NAL10 XS3P08NA340D XS508B1NAM8 XS1N12NB349L2 XS612B1NBL10 XS1N08NA340S XS508B1NAM8 XS3P08NA370 XS608B1NAL2 XS1N12NC410 XS512B1NAL2 XS1N08NA349 XS608B1NAL2 XS3P08PA340 XS508B1PAL2 XS1N12NC410 XS512B1NBL2 XS1N08NA349D XS608B1NAM12 XS3P08PA340D XS508B1PAM12 XS1N12NC410D XS512B1NBM12 XS1N08NA349L1 XS608B1NAL5 XS3P08PA340L1 XS508B1PAL5 XS1N12NC410D XS512B1NAM12 XS1N08NA349S XS608B1NAM12 XS3P08PA370 XS608B1PAL2 XS1N12NC410L1 XS512B1NAL5 XS1N08NB340 XS508B1NBL2 12 mm Tubular c XS1N12NC410L1 XS512B1NBL5 XS1N08NB340D XS508B1NBM8 XS1M12DA210 XS512B1DAL2 XS1N12PA340 XS512B1PAL2 XS1N08NB340S XS508B1NBM8 XS1M12DA210D XS512B1DAM12 XS1N12PA340D XS512B1PAM12 XS1N08NB349 XS608B1NBL2 XS1M12DA210L1 XS512B1DAL5 XS1N12PA340L1 XS512B1PAL5 XS1N08NB349D XS608B1NBM12 XS1M12DA210L2 XS512B1DAL10 XS1N12PA340L2 XS512B1PAL10 XS1N08NB349S XS608B1NBM12 XS1M12DB210 XS512B1DBL2 XS1N12PA340S XS512B1PAM12 XS1N08PA340 XS508B1PAL2 XS1M12DB210D XS512B1DBM12 XS1N12PA349 XS612B1PAL2 XS1N08PA340D XS508B1PAM8 XS1M12DB210L1 XS512B1DBL5 XS1N12PA349D XS612B1PAM12 XS1N08PA340L1 XS508B1PAL5 XS1M12KP340 XS508B1PAL2 XS1N12PA349L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1N08PA340L2 XS508B1PAL10 XS1M12KP340 XS508B1PBL2 XS1N12PA349L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1N08PA340LD XS508B1PAL08M12 XS1M12KP340 XS508B1NAL2 XS1N12PA349S XS612B1PAM12 XS1N08PA340S XS508B1PAM8 XS1M12KP340 XS508B1NBL2 XS1N12PB340 XS512B1PBL2 XS1N08PA349 XS608B1PAL2 XS1M12KP340D XS508B1PAM8 XS1N12PB340D XS512B1PBM12 XS1N08PA349D XS608B1PAM12 XS1M12KP340D XS508B1PBM8 XS1N12PB349 XS612B1PBL2 XS1N08PA349L1 XS608B1PAL5 XS1M12KP340D XS508B1NAM8 XS1N12PB349D XS612B1PBM12 344 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design New Design Old Design New Design Old Design New Design XS1N12PB349L1 XS612B1PBL5 XS2N12PA340 XS612B1PAL2 XS1M18NA370C XS618B1NAM12 XS1N12PB349L2 XS612B1PBL10 XS2N12PA340D XS612B1PAM12 XS1M18NA370D XS618B1NAM12 XS1N12PB349S XS612B1PBM12 XS2N12PA340L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1M18NA370L1 XS618B1NAL5 XS1N12PC410 XS512B1PAL2 XS2N12PA340L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1M18NA370L2 XS618B1NAL10 XS1N12PC410 XS512B1PBL2 XS2N12PB340 XS612B1PBL2 XS1M18NB370 XS618B1NBL2 XS1N12PC410D XS512B1PAM12 XS2N12PB340D XS612B1PBM12 XS1M18NB370C XS618B1NBM12 XS1N12PC410D XS512B1PBM12 XS2N12PC410 XS612B1PAL2 XS1M18NB370D XS618B1NBM12 XS1N12PC410L1 XS512B1PAL5 XS2N12PC410 XS612B1PBL2 XS1M18NB370L1 XS618B1NBL5 XS1N12PC410L1 XS512B1PBL5 XS2N12PC410D XS612B1PAM12 XS1M18NB370L2 XS618B1NBL10 XS1N12PC410L2 XS512B1PAL10 XS2N12PC410D XS612B1PBM12 XS1M18PA370 XS618B1PAL2 XS1N12PC410L2 XS512B1PBL10 XS2N12PC410L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1M18PA370A XS618B1PAM12 XS1N12PC419D XS612B1PAM12 XS2N12PC410L1 XS612B1PBL5 XS1M18PA370B XS618B1PAM12 XS1N12PC419D XS612B1PBM12 XS2N12PC410L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1M18PA370C XS618B1PAM12 XS2M12KP340 XS612B1PAL2 XS2N12PC410L2 XS612B1PBL10 XS1M18PA370D XS618B1PAM12 XS2M12KP340 XS612B1PBL2 XS3P12NA340 XS512B1NAL2 XS1M18PA370E XS618B1PAM12 XS2M12KP340 XS612B1NAL2 XS3P12NA340D XS512B1NAM12 XS1M18PA370G XS618B1PAM12 XS2M12KP340 XS612B1NBL2 XS3P12NA370 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M18PA370L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS2M12KP340D XS612B1PAM12 XS3P12PA340 XS512B1PAL2 XS1M18PA370L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS2M12KP340D XS612B1PBM12 XS3P12PA340D XS512B1PAM12 XS1M18PA370T XS618B1PAL2T XS2M12KP340D XS612B1NAM12 XS3P12PA340L1 XS512B1PAL5 XS1M18PB370 XS618B1PBL2 XS2M12KP340D XS612B1NBM12 XS3P12PA370 XS612B1PAL2 XS1M18PB370A XS618B1PBM12 XS2M12KP340L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS3P12PA370L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1M18PB370B XS618B1PBM12 XS2M12KP340L1 XS612B1PBL5 18 mm Tubular c XS1M18PB370C XS618B1PBM12 XS2M12KP340L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M18DA210 XS518B1DAL2 XS1M18PB370D XS618B1PBM12 XS2M12KP340L1 XS612B1NBL5 XS1M18DA210B XS518B1DAM12 XS1M18PB370G XS618B1PBM12 XS2M12KP340L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1M18DA210C XS518B1DAM12 XS1M18PB370L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS2M12KP340L2 XS612B1PBL10 XS1M18DA210D XS518B1DAM12 XS1M18PB370L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS2M12KP340L2 XS612B1NAL10 XS1M18DA210G XS518B1DAM12 XS1N18NA340 XS518B1NAL2 XS2M12KP340L2 XS612B1NBL10 XS1M18DA210L1 XS518B1DAL5 XS1N18NA340D XS518B1NAM12 XS2M12NA370 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M18DA210L2 XS518B1DAL10 XS1N18NA340L1 XS518B1NAL5 XS2M12NA370D XS612B1NAM12 XS1M18DA210LD XS518B1DAL08M12 XS1N18NA340L2 XS618B1NAL10 XS2M12NA370L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M18DA214D XS518B1CAM12 XS1N18NA349 XS618B1NAL2 XS2M12NB370 XS612B1NBL2 XS1M18DA214LD XS518B1CAL08M12 XS1N18NA349D XS618B1NAM12 XS2M12NB370D XS612B1NBM12 XS1M18DB210 XS518B1DBL2 XS1N18NA349L1 XS618B1NAL5 XS2M12PA370 XS612B1PAL2 XS1M18DB210B XS518B1DBM12 XS1N18NB340 XS518B1NBL2 XS2M12PA370D XS612B1PAM12 XS1M18DB210D XS518B1DBM12 XS1N18NB340D XS518B1NBM12 XS2M12PA370L1 XS612B1PAL5 XS1M18KP340 XS518B1PAL2 XS1N18NB349 XS618B1NBL2 XS2M12PA370L2 XS612B1PAL10 XS1M18KP340 XS518B1PBL2 XS1N18NB349D XS618B1NBM12 XS2M12PB370 XS612B1PBL2 XS1M18KP340 XS518B1NAL2 XS1N18NC410 XS518B1NAL2 XS2M12PB370D XS612B1PBM12 XS1M18KP340 XS518B1NBL2 XS1N18NC410 XS518B1NBL2 XS2M12PB370S XS612B1PBM12 XS1M18KP340D XS518B1PAM12 XS1N18NC410D XS518B1NAM12 XS2M12PC410D XS612B1PAM12 XS1M18KP340D XS518B1PBM12 XS1N18NC410D XS518B1NBM12 XS2M12PC410D XS612B1PBM12 XS1M18KP340D XS518B1NAM12 XS1N18NC410L1 XS518B1NAL5 XS2N12NA340 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M18KP340D XS518B1NBM12 XS1N18NC410L1 XS518B1NBL5 XS2N12NA340D XS612B1NAM12 XS1M18KP340L1 XS518B1PAL5 XS1N18PA340 XS518B1PAL2 XS2N12NA340L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M18KP340L1 XS518B1PBL5 XS1N18PA340D XS518B1PAM12 XS2N12NA340L2 XS612B1NAL10 XS1M18KP340L1 XS518B1NAL5 XS1N18PA340L1 XS518B1PAL5 XS2N12NB340 XS612B1NBL2 XS1M18KP340L1 XS518B1NBL5 XS1N18PA340L2 XS518B1PAL10 XS2N12NB340D XS612B1NBM12 XS1M18KP340L2 XS518B1PAL10 XS1N18PA349 XS618B1PAL2 XS2N12NC410 XS612B1NAL2 XS1M18KP340L2 XS518B1PBL10 XS1N18PA349D XS618B1PAM12 XS2N12NC410 XS612B1NBL2 XS1M18KP340L2 XS518B1NAL10 XS1N18PA349L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS2N12NC410D XS612B1NAM12 XS1M18KP340L2 XS518B1NBL10 XS1N18PA349L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS2N12NC410D XS612B1NBM12 XS1M18NA370 XS618B1NAL2 XS1N18PA349S XS618B1PAM12 XS2N12NC410L1 XS612B1NAL5 XS1M18NA370A XS618B1NAM12 XS1N18PB340 XS518B1PBL2 XS2N12NC410L1 XS612B1NBL5 XS1M18NA370B XS618B1NAM12 XS1N18PB340D XS518B1PBM12 Proximity Old Design to New Design 345 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design Proximity Old Design New Design Old Design New Design Old Design New Design XS1N18PB340L2 XS518B1PBL10 XS2N18NC410 XS618B1NBL2 XS1M30NA370 XS630B1NAL2 XS1N18PB349 XS618B1PBL2 XS2N18NC410D XS618B1NAM12 XS1M30NA370B XS630B1NAM12 XS1N18PB349D XS618B1PBM12 XS2N18NC410D XS618B1NBM12 XS1M30NA370C XS630B1NAM12 XS1N18PB349L1 XS618B1PBL5 XS2N18PA340 XS618B1PAL2 XS1M30NA370D XS630B1NAM12 XS1N18PB349L2 XS618B1PBL10 XS2N18PA340D XS618B1PAM12 XS1M30NA370G XS630B1NAM12 XS1N18PB349S XS618B1PBM12 XS2N18PA340L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS1M30NA370L1 XS630B1NAL5 XS1N18PC410 XS518B1PAL2 XS2N18PA340L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS1M30NA370L2 XS630B1NAL10 XS1N18PC410 XS518B1PBL2 XS2N18PB340 XS618B1PBL2 XS1M30NA370T XS630B1NAL2T XS1N18PC410D XS518B1PAM12 XS2N18PB340D XS618B1PBM12 XS1M30NB370 XS630B1NBL2 XS1N18PC410D XS518B1PBM12 XS2N18PC410 XS618B1PAL2 XS1M30NB370B XS630B1NBM12 XS1N18PC410L1 XS518B1PAL5 XS2N18PC410 XS618B1PBL2 XS1M30NB370D XS630B1NBM12 XS1N18PC410L1 XS518B1PBL5 XS2N18PC410D XS618B1PAM12 XS1M30PA349C XS630B1PAM12 XS1N18PC410P XS518B1PAL10 XS2N18PC410D XS618B1PBM12 XS1M30PA349D XS630B1PAM12 XS1N18PC410P XS518B1PBL10 XS2N18PC410L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS1M30PA370 XS630B1PAL2 XS2M18KP340 XS618B1PAL2 XS2N18PC410L1 XS618B1PBL5 XS1M30PA370A XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18KP340 XS618B1PBL2 XS3P18NA340 XS518B1NAL2 XS1M30PA370B XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18KP340 XS618B1NAL2 XS3P18NA340D XS518B1NAM12 XS1M30PA370C XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18KP340 XS618B1NBL2 XS3P18NA370 XS618B1NAL2 XS1M30PA370D XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18KP340D XS618B1PAM12 XS3P18PA340 XS518B1PAL2 XS1M30PA370G XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18KP340D XS618B1PBM12 XS3P18PA340D XS518B1PAM12 XS1M30PA370L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS2M18KP340D XS618B1NAM12 XS3P18PA340L1 XS518B1PAL5 XS1M30PA370L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS2M18KP340D XS618B1NBM12 XS3P18PA370 XS618B1PAL2 XS1M30PA370T XS630B1PAL2T XS2M18KP340L1 XS618B1PAL5 30 mm Tubular c XS1M30PB370 XS630B1PBL2 XS2M18KP340L1 XS618B1PBL5 XS1M30DA210 XS530B1DAL2 XS1M30PB370B XS630B1PBM12 XS2M18KP340L1 XS618B1NAL5 XS1M30DA210B XS530B1DAM12 XS1M30PB370C XS630B1PBM12 XS2M18KP340L1 XS618B1NBL5 XS1M30DA210C XS530B1DAM12 XS1M30PB370D XS630B1PBM12 XS2M18KP340L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS1M30DA210D XS530B1DAM12 XS1M30PB370G XS630B1PBM12 XS2M18KP340L2 XS618B1PBL10 XS1M30DA210G XS530B1DAM12 XS1M30PB370L1 XS630B1PBL5 XS2M18KP340L2 XS618B1NAL10 XS1M30DA210L1 XS530B1DAL5 XS1M30PB370L2 XS630B1PBL10 XS2M18KP340L2 XS618B1NBL10 XS1M30DA210L2 XS530B1DAL10 XS1N30NA340 XS530B1NAL2 XS2M18NA370 XS618B1NAL2 XS1M30DA210LA XS530B1DAM12 XS1N30NA340D XS530B1NAM12 XS2M18NA370C XS618B1NAM12 XS1M30DA210LD XS530B1DAM12 XS1N30NA349 XS630B1NAL2 XS2M18NA370D XS618B1NAM12 XS1M30DB210 XS530B1DBL2 XS1N30NA349D XS630B1NAM12 XS2M18NA370L1 XS618B1NAL5 XS1M30DB210B XS530B1DBM12 XS1N30NA349L1 XS630B1NAL5 XS2M18NA370L2 XS618B1NAL10 XS1M30DB210D XS530B1DBM12 XS1N30NA349L2 XS630B1NAL10 XS2M18NA370T XS618B1NAM12T XS1M30KP340 XS530B1PAL2 XS1N30NB340 XS530B1NBL2 XS2M18NB370 XS618B1NBL2 XS1M30KP340 XS530B1PBL2 XS1N30NB349 XS630B1NBL2 XS2M18NB370D XS618B1NBM12 XS1M30KP340 XS530B1NAL2 XS1N30NB349D XS630B1NBM12 XS2M18PA370 XS618B1PAL2 XS1M30KP340 XS530B1NBL2 XS1N30NC410 XS530B1NAL2 XS2M18PA370C XS618B1PAM12 XS1M30KP340D XS530B1PAM12 XS1N30NC410 XS530B1NBL2 XS2M18PA370D XS618B1PAM12 XS1M30KP340D XS308B1PBM12 XS1N30NC410D XS530B1NAM12 XS2M18PA370G XS618B1PAM12 XS1M30KP340D XS530B1NAM12 XS1N30NC410D XS530B1NBM12 XS2M18PA370L1 XS618B1PAL5 XS1M30KP340D XS530B1NBM12 XS1N30PA340 XS530B1PAL2 XS2M18PA370L2 XS618B1PAL10 XS1M30KP340L1 XS530B1PAL5 XS1N30PA340D XS530B1PAM12 XS2M18PA370T XS618B1PAL2T XS1M30KP340L1 XS530B1PBL5 XS1N30PA340L1 XS530B1PAL5 XS2M18PB370 XS618B1PBL2 XS1M30KP340L1 XS530B1NAL5 XS1N30PA340L2 XS530B1PAL10 XS2M18PB370C XS618B1PBM12 XS1M30KP340L1 XS530B1NBL6 XS1N30PA349 XS630B1PAL2 XS2M18PB370D XS618B1PBM12 XS1M30KP340L2 XS530B1PAL10 XS1N30PA349D XS630B1PAM12 XS2M18PB370G XS618B1PBM12 XS1M30KP340L2 XS530B1PBL10 XS1N30PA349L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS2M18PB370L1 XS618B1PBL5 XS1M30KP340L2 XS530B1NAL10 XS1N30PA349L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS2M18PB370L2 XS618B1PBL10 XS1M30KP340L2 XS530B1NBL10 XS1N30PA349S XS630B1PAM12 XS2N18NA340 XS618B1NAL2 XS1M30KP370 XS630B1PAL2 XS1N30PB340 XS530B1PBL2 XS2N18NA340D XS618B1NAM12 XS1M30KP370 XS630B1PBL2 XS1N30PB340D XS530B1PBM12 XS2N18NA340L1 XS618B1NAL5 XS1M30KP370 XS630B1NAL2 XS1N30PB349 XS630B1PBL2 XS2N18NC410 XS618B1NAL2 XS1M30KP370 XS630B1NBL2 XS1N30PB349D XS630B1PBM12 346 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design New Design Old Design New Design Old Design XS1N30PB349L1 XS630B1PBL5 XS2N30PB340D XS630B1PBM12 XS1M18MA230B New Design XS618B1MAU20 XS1N30PB349L2 XS630B1PBL10 XS2N30PC410 XS630B1PAL2 XS1M18MA230C XS618B1MAU20 XS1N30PC410 XS530B1PAL2 XS2N30PC410 XS630B1PBL2 XS1M18MA230G XS618B1MAU20 XS1N30PC410 XS530B1PBL2 XS2N30PC410D XS630B1PAM12 XS1M18MA230K XS618B1MAU20 XS1N30PC410D XS530B1PAM12 XS2N30PC410D XS630B1PBM12 XS1M18MA230L1 XS618B1MAL5 XS1N30PC410D XS530B1PBM12 XS2N30PC410L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M18MA230L2 XS618B1MAL10 XS1N30PC410L1 XS530B1PAL5 XS2N30PC410L1 XS630B1PBL5 XS1M18MA230T XS618B1MAL2T XS1N30PC410L1 XS530B1PBL5 XS3P30NA340 XS530B1NAL2 XS1M18MA239 XS618B1MAL2 XS1N30PC410L2 XS530B1PAL10 XS3P30NA340D XS530B1NAM12 XS1M18MA239A XS618B1MAU20 XS1N30PC410L2 XS530B1PBL10 XS3P30NA370 XS630B1NAL2 XS1M18MA239K XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30KP340 XS630B1PAL2 XS3P30PA340 XS530B1PAL2 XS1M18MA250 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M30KP340 XS630B1PAL2 XS3P30PA340D XS530B1PAM12 XS1M18MA250A XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30KP340 XS630B1PAL2 XS3P30PA340L1 XS530B1PAL5 XS1M18MA250H4 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M30KP340 XS630B1PAL2 XS3P30PA340L2 XS530B1PAL10 XS1M18MA250K XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30KP340D XS630B1PAM12 XS3P30PA370 XS630B1PAL2 XS1M18MA250KH4 XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30KP340D XS630B1PAM12 XS3P30PA370L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M18MA250L1 XS618B1MAL5 XS2M30KP340D XS630B1PAM12 XS3P30PA370L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M18MA250L2 XS618B1MAL10 XS2M30KP340D XS630B1PAM12 12 mm Tubular a XS1M18MB230 XS618B1MBL2 XS2M30KP340L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M12MA230 XS612B1MAL2 XS1M18MB230A XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30KP340L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M12MA230K XS612B1MAU20 XS1M18MB230B XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30KP340L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M12MA230L1 XS612B1MAL5 XS1M18MB230C XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30KP340L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS1M12MA230L2 XS612B1MAL10 XS1M18MB230G XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30KP340L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M12MA239 XS612B1MAL2 XS1M18MB230K XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30KP340L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M12MA239K XS612B1MAU20 XS1M18MB230L1 XS618B1MBL5 XS2M30KP340L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M12MA250 XS612B1MAL2 XS1M18MB230L2 XS618B1MBL10 XS2M30KP340L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M12MA250K XS612B1MAU20 XS1M18MB250 XS618B1MBL2 XS2M30NA370 XS630B1NAL2 XS1M12MA250L1 XS612B1MAL5 XS1M18MB250A XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30NA370D XS630B1NAM12 XS1M12MA250L2 XS612B1MAL10 XS1M18MB250K XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30NA370L1 XS630B1NAL5 XS1M12MB230 XS612B1MBL2 XS1M18MB250L1 XS618B1MBL5 XS2M30NB370 XS630B1NBL2 XS1M12MB230K XS612B1MBU20 XS1M18MB250L2 XS618B1MBL10 XS2M30NB370D XS630B1NBM12 XS1M12MB230L1 XS612B1MBL5 XS2M18DA210L2 XS612B1MAL10 XS2M30PA370 XS630B1PAL2 XS1M12MB230L2 XS612B1MBL10 XS2M18MA230 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M30PA370C XS630B1PAM12 XS1M12MB250 XS612B1MBL2 XS2M18MA230A XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PA370D XS630B1PAM12 XS2M12MA230 XS612B1MAL2 XS2M18MA230C XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PA370G XS630B1PAM12 XS2M12MA230K XS612B1MAU20 XS2M18MA230G XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PA370L1 XS630B1PAL5 XS2M12MA230L1 XS612B1MAL5 XS2M18MA230K XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PA370L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS2M12MA230L2 XS612B1MAL10 XS2M18MA230L1 XS618B1MAL5 XS2M30PA370T XS630B1PAL2T XS2M12MA250 XS612B1MAL2 XS2M18MA230L2 XS618B1MAL10 XS2M30PB370 XS630B1PBL2 XS2M12MA250K XS612B1MAU20 XS2M18MA230T XS618B1MAL2T XS2M30PB370C XS630B1PBM12 XS2M12MA250L1 XS612B1MAL5 XS2M18MA250 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M30PB370D XS630B1PBM12 XS2M12MA250L2 XS612B1MAL10 XS2M18MA250A XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PB370L1 XS630B1PBL5 XS2M12MB230 XS612B1MBL2 XS2M18MA250K XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30PB370L2 XS630B1PBL10 XS2M12MB230K XS612B1MBU20 XS2M18MA250L1 XS618B1MAL5 XS2N30NA340 XS630B1NAL2 XS2M12MB230L1 XS612B1MBL5 XS2M18MA250L2 XS618B1MAL10 XS2N30NA340D XS630B1NAM12 XS2M12MB230L2 XS612B1MBL10 XS2M18MB230 XS618B1MBL2 XS2N30NB340 XS630B1NBL2 XS2M12MB250 XS612B1MBL2 XS2M18MB230A XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30NC410 XS630B1NAL2 XS2M12MB250L1 XS612B1MBL5 XS2M18MB230C XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30NC410 XS630B1NBL2 XS2M12MB250L2 XS612B1MBL10 XS2M18MB230G XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30NC410D XS630B1NAM12 XS3P12MA230 XS612B1MAL2 XS2M18MB230K XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30NC410D XS630B1NBM12 XS3P12MA230K XS612B1MAU20 XS2M18MB230L1 XS618B1MBL5 XS618B1MBL10 XS2N30PA340 XS630B1PAL2 XS3P12MA230L1 XS612B1MAL5 XS2M18MB230L2 XS2N30PA340D XS630B1PAM12 XS3P12MB230 XS612B1MBL2 XS2M18MB250 XS618B1MBL2 XS2N30PA340L1 XS630B1PAL5 18 mm Tubular a XS2M18MB250A XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30PA340L2 XS630B1PAL10 XS1M18MA230 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M18MB250K XS618B1MBU20 XS2N30PB340 XS630B1PBL2 XS1M18MA230A XS618B1MAU20 XS2M18MB250L1 XS618B1MBL5 Proximity Old Design 347 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design Old Design New Design Old Design New Design Old Design XS2M18MB250L2 XS618B1MBL10 XS2M30MB230 XS630B1MBL2 XS7C40DP210TF New Design XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MA230 XS618B1MAL2 XS2M30MB230A XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40DP210TF XS7C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MA230A XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30MB230C XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40KPM40 XS9C11MPAM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MA230K XS618B1MAU20 XS2M30MB230G XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40KPM40 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MA230L1 XS618B1MAL5 XS2M30MB230K XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40KPM40 XS9C11MNAM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MA230L2 XS618B1MAL10 XS2M30MB230L1 XS630B1MBL5 XS7C40KPM40 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MB230 XS618B1MBL2 XS2M30MB230L2 XS630B1MBL10 XS7C40KPM40H29 XS9C11MPAM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MB230A XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30MB250 XS630B1MBL2 XS7C40KPM40H29 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 Proximity XS3P18MB230K XS618B1MBU20 XS2M30MB250K XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40KPM40H29 XS9C11MNAM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P18MB230L1 XS618B1MBL5 XS2M30MB250L1 XS630B1MBL5 XS7C40KPM40H29 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 XS3P30MA230 XS630B1MAL2 XS7C40KPM40H7 XS9C11MPAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230 XS630B1MAL2 XS3P30MA230A XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40KPM40H7 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230A XS630B1MAU20 XS3P30MA230K XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40KPM40H7 XS9C11MNAM8 + XSZBC10 XS9C11MPBM8 + XSZBC10 30 mm Tubular a XS1M30MA230B XS630B1MAU20 XS3P30MA230L1 XS630B1MAL5 XS7C40KPM40H7 XS1M30MA230C XS630B1MAU20 XS3P30MA230L2 XS630B1MAL10 XS7C40NC440 XS7C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230G XS630B1MAU20 XS3P30MB230 XS630B1MBL2 XS7C40NC440 XS7C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230K XS630B1MAU20 XS3P30MB230A XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40NC440D XS7C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230L1 XS630B1MAL5 XS3P30MB230K XS630B1MBU20 XS7C40NC440D XS7C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS630B1MBL5 XS7C40NC440H29 XS7C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA230L2 XS630B1MAL10 XS3P30MB230L1 XS1M30MA230T XS630B1MAL2T XSC Rectangular a XS1M30MA239 XS630B1MAL2 XSCA150549 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XS7C40NC449 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XS7C40NC449 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA239A XS630B1MAU20 XSCA150549 XS1M30MA250 XS630B1MAL2 XSD Rectangular a XS1M30MA250A XS630B1MAU20 XSDA400519 XS7C40NC440H29 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40NC449H29 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40NC449H29 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250AH4 XS630B1MAU20 XSDA400519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440 XS7C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250H4 XS630B1MAL2 XSDA400519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440 XS7C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250K XS630B1MAU20 XSDA400519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440D XS7C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250KH4 XS630B1MAU20 XSDA500519 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440D XS7C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250L1 XS630B1MAL5 XSDA500519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440H29 XS7C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MA250L2 XS630B1MAL10 XSDA500519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440H29 XS7C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230 XS630B1MBL2 XSDA500519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440H7 XS7C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230A XS630B1MBU20 XSDA505539H4 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC440H7 XS7C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230B XS630B1MBU20 XSDA505539H4 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230C XS630B1MBU20 XSDA600519 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230G XS630B1MBU20 XSDA600519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449H29 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230K XS630B1MBU20 XSDA600519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449H29 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230L1 XS630B1MBL5 XSDA600519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449H7 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS1M30MB230L2 XS630B1MBL10 XSDM500538 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7C40PC449H7 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7E1A1DAL2 + XSZBE10 XS1M30MB250 XS630B1MBL2 XSDM500538 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7T2DA210 XS1M30MB250A XS630B1MBU20 XSDM600539 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7T2DA214LD XS7E1A1CAL08M12 + XSZBE10 XS1M30MB250K XS630B1MBU20 XSDM600539 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7T2DA214LD01 XS7E1A1CAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS1M30MB250L1 XS630B1MBL5 XSDM600539H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XS7T2NC440 XS7E1A1NAL2 + XSZBE10 XS1M30MB250L2 XS630B1MBL10 XSDM600539H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XS7T2NC440 XS7E1A1NBL2 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230 XS630B1MAL2 XS7 Rectangular c XS7T2NC440LD XS7E1A1NAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230A XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40DA210 XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T2NC440LD XS7E1A1NBL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230C XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40DA210A XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T2PC440 XS7E1A1PAL2 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230G XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40DA214D XS7C1A1CAL08M12 + XSZBC10 XS7T2PC440 XS7E1A1PBL2 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230K XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40DP210 XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T2PC440LD XS7E1A1PAL08M12 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230L1 XS630B1MAL5 XS7C40DP210 XS7C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T2PC440LD XS7E1A1PBL08M12 + XSZBE10 XS2M30MA230L2 XS630B1MAL10 XS7C40DP210H29 XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4DA210 XS7C1A1DAL2 + XSZBC10 XS2M30MA230T XS630B1MAL2T XS7C40DP210H29 XS7C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4DA214LD XS7C1A1CAL08M12 + XSZBC10 XS2M30MA250 XS630B1MAL2 XS7C40DP210H7 XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4DA214LD01 XS7C1A1CAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS2M30MA250K XS630B1MAU20 XS7C40DP210H7 XS7C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4NC440 XS7C1A1NAL2 + XSZBC10 XS2M30MA250L1 XS630B1MAL5 XS7C40DP210TT XS7C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4NC440 XS7C1A1NBL2 + XSZBC10 XS2M30MA250L2 XS630B1MAL10 XS7C40DP210TT XS7C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7T4NC440LD XS7C1A1NAL01M12 + XSZBC10 348 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design Old Design New Design XS7T4NC440LD XS7C1A1NBL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7 Rectangular a XS7T4PC440 XS7C1A1PAL2 + XSZBC10 XS7T4PC440 XS7C1A1PBL2 + XSZBC10 XS7T4PC440LD XS7C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407138 XS7T4PC440LD XS7C1A1PBL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407139 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS7C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407139D4 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DA210 XS7C1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407139H7 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210 XS8C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407139LD XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210 XS8C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC407139LD01 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210TT XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC507139 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210TT XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607139 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1DAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210TF XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607139H7 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1DBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DP210TF XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607139LD XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC440 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607139LD01 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC440 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607319 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC440H29 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260A XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDC607319 XS7D1A1DBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC440H29 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260A XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH407339 XS8D1A1PAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH407339 XS8D1A1PBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH407339H7 XS8D1A1PAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449H29 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260H7 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH407339H7 XS8D1A1PBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449H29 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260H7 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339 XS8D1A1PAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449H7 XS8C1A1NAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260TF XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339 XS8D1A1PBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40NC449H7 XS8C1A1NBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260TF XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339H7 XS8D1A1PAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260TT XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339H7 XS8D1A1PBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40FP260TT XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339TF XS8D1A1PAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440D XS8C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDH607339TF XS8D1A1PBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440D XS8C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ407339 XS8D1A1NAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440H29 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230A XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ407339 XS8D1A1NBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440H29 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230A XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ407339H7 XS8D1A1NAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440H7 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ407339H7 XS8D1A1NBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC440H7 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ607339 XS8D1A1NAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC449 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230H7 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ607339 XS8D1A1NBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC449 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230H7 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ607339H7 XS8D1A1NAM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC449D XS8C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230TF XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSDJ607339H7 XS8D1A1NBM12 + XSZBD10 XS8C40PC449D XS8C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230TF XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSE Rectangular c XS8C40PC449H29 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230TT XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107130 XS8C40PC449H29 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS7C40MP230TT XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071300 XS8C40PC449H7 XS8C1A1PAM8 + XSZBC10 XS8 Rectangular a XS8C40PC449H7 XS8C1A1PBM8 + XSZBC10 XS8C40DA210 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071301 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2NC440 XS8E1A1NAL2 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071302 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2NC440 XS8E1A1NBL2 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071304 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2NC440LD XS8E1A1NAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107130D4 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2NC440LD XS8E1A1NBL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107130H7 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2PC440 XS8E1A1PAL2 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107133 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2PC440 XS8E1A1PBL2 + XSZBE10 XS8C40DP210H7 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071330 XS7E1A1DAL2 + XSZBE10 XS8T2PC440LD XS8E1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8C40FP260 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071331 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T2PC440LD XS8E1A1PBL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8C40FP260 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071332 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4NC440 XS8C1A1NAL2 + XSZBC10 XS8C40FP260H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1071334 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4NC440 XS8C1A1NBL2 + XSZBC10 XS8C40FP260H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107133D4 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4NC440LD XS8C1A1NAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107230 XS7E1A1DBM12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4NC440LD XS8C1A1NBL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1072301 XS7E1A1DBL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4PC440 XS8C1A1PAL2 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC107233 XS7E1A1DBM12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4PC440 XS8C1A1PBL2 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1072331 XS7E1A1DBL08M12 + XSZBE10 XS8T4PC440LD XS8C1A1PAL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230H29 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1571300 XS7E1A1DAL2 + XSZBE10 XS8T4PC440LD XS8C1A1PBL01M12 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230H29 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSEC1571330 XS7E1A1DAL2 + XSZBE10 New Design Old Design New Design XS8C40MP230H7 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DA210 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XS8C40MP230H7 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XS7C40DA210A XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSD Rectangular c XSEC1071300L05 XS7D1A1DAM12 + XSZBD10 Proximity XS8 Rectangular c Old Design XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 XS7E1A1DAL2 + XSZBE10 XS7E1A1DAL01M12 + XSZBE10 349 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Old Design to New Design Old Design New Design XSC Rectangular a XSCA150549 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSCA150549 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 + XSZBC10 XSD Rectangular a Proximity XSDA400519 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA400519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA400519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA400519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA500519 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA500519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA500519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA500519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA505539H4 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA505539H4 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA600519 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA600519 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA600519H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDA600519H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM500538 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM500538 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM600539 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM600539 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM600539H7 XS8D1A1MAU20 + XSZBD10 XSDM600539H7 XS8D1A1MBU20 + XSZBD10 350 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity Sensors Catalog Number Cross-References Obsolete Part Number Replaced by Part Number AC AC/DC XS1M12FA260 XS1M12MA230 XS1M12FA260K XS1M12MA230K XS1M12FB260 XS1M12MB230 XS1M12FB260K XS1M12MB230K XS1M18FA260 XS1M18MA230 XS1M18FA260A XS1M18MA230A XS1M18FA260K XS1M18MA230K XS1M18FB260 XS1M18MB230 XS1M18FB260A XS1M18MB230A XS1M18FB260K XS1M18MB230K XS1M30FA260 XS1M30MA230 XS1M30FA260A XS1M30MA230A XS1M30FA260K XS1M30MA230K XS1M30FB260 XS1M30MB230 XS1M30FB260A XS1M30MB230A XS1M30FB260K XS1M30MB230K XS2M12FA260 XS2M12MA230 XS2M12FA260K XS2M12MA230K XS2M12FB260 XS2M12MB230 XS2M12FB260K XS2M12MB230K XS2M18FA260 XS2M18MA230 XS2M18FA260A XS2M18MA230A XS2M18FA260K XS2M18MA230K XS2M18FB260 XS2M18MB230 XS2M18FB260A XS2M18MB230A XS2M18FB260K XS2M18MB230K XS2M30FA260 XS2M30MA230 XS2M30FA260A XS2M30MA230A XS2M30FA260K XS2M30MA230K XS2M30FB260 XS2M30MB230 XS2M30FB260A XS2M30MB230A XS2M30FB260K XS2M30MB230K XS3P12FA260 XS3P12MA230 XS3P12FA260K XS3P12MA230K XS3P12FB260 XS3P12MB230 XS3P12FB260K XS3P12MB230K XS3P18FA260 XS3P18MA230 XS3P18FA260A XS3P18MA230A XS3P18FA260K XS3P18MA230K XS3P18FB260 XS3P18MB230 XS3P18FB260A XS3P18MB230A XS3P18FB260K XS3P18MB230K XS3P30FA260 XS3P30MA230 XS3P30FA260A XS3P30MA230A XS3P30FA260K XS3P30MA230K XS3P30FB260 XS3P30MB230 XS3P30FB260A XS3P30MB230A XS3P30FB260K XS3P30MB230K XS4P12FA260 XS4P12MA230 XS4P12FA260K XS4P12MA230K XS4P12FB260 XS4P12MB230 XS4P12FB260K XS4P12MB230K XS4P18FA260 XS4P18MA230 XS4P18FA260A XS4P18MA230A XS4P18FA260K XS4P18MA230K XS4P18FB260 XS4P18MB230 XS4P18FB260A XS4P18MB230A XS4P18FB260K XS4P18MB230K XS4P30FA260 XS4P30MA230 XS4P30FA260A XS4P30MA230A XS4P30FA260K XS4P30MA230K XS4P30FB260 XS4P30MB230 XS4P30FB260A XS4P30MB230A XS4P30FB260K XS4P30MB230K Proximity AC Only to AC/DC 351 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Proximity 352 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Ultrasonic Sensors Catalog September File 9006 07 CONTENTS Technical Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SM300 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SM600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SM900 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virtu® Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 361 362 367 374 384 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Standards and Environment Quality, standards, and certifications Osisonic ultrasonic sensors are designed and manufactured to provide reliable service in the most arduous industrial environments. • Qualification A qualification procedure on the characteristics of Osisonic ultrasonic sensors is performed in our laboratories. • Production — The electrical characteristics and the sensing distances at ambient temperature and operating temperatures are 100% verified. — Sensors randomly selected during production are subjected to monitoring tests on all qualified characteristics. • Customer returns Defective ultrasonic sensors are subjected to systematic analysis, and corrective actions are implemented to eliminate recurrence of the fault. Compliance with standards The Osisonic ultrasonic sensors comply with IEC 60947-5-2 standards. Refer to “Definitions” on page 356. Ultrasonic Resistance to chemicals in the environment To provide reliable operation, Osisonic ultrasonic sensors are highly resistant to: • Food products — Vegetable oils, animal fats — Fruit juices — Milk proteins, etc. • Chemical agents — Salts — Aliphatic and aromatic oils — Petroleum, diluted bases, and acids Depending on their nature and concentration, tests should be carried out beforehand for the following chemical agents: — Alcohols — Ketones — Phenols Resistance to the environment • IP 67: Protection against the effects of immersion. Tested in accordance with IEC 60529: Immersion in 1 m of water for 30 minutes, with no deterioration in either operating or insulation characteristics. Recommendations Ultrasonic sensors do not incorporate a redundant electrical circuit, so they are not suitable for use in safety applications. Refer to catalog 9007CT0201, Preventa™ Machine Safeguarding Products, for safety applications. 354 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Principle of Detection Principle of ultrasonic detection Introduction Ultrasonic sensors enable detection, without contact, of any object regardless of its: • material (metal, plastic, wood, cardboard, etc.) • nature (solid, liquid, powder, etc.) • color • degree of transparency Uses in industrial applications include the detection of: • the position of machine parts • the presence of the windshield during automobile assembly • the flow of objects on a conveyor system: glass bottles, cardboard packages, cakes, etc. • the level of: — different colored paints in pots — plastic pellets in injection-molding machine feeders Operating principle The principle of ultrasonic detection is based on measuring the time between the transmission of an ultrasonic wave (pressure wave) and the reception of its echo (return of the transmitted wave). 1 Osisonic ultrasonic sensors are of the barrel and flat-profile type. They contain: 3 Ultrasonic The ultrasonic sensors are simple to install thanks to their output connectors, cabling, and mounting accessories. 1. a high voltage generator 4 2. a piezo-electric transducer (transmitter and receiver) 2 3. a signal processing stage 4. an output stage Target Excited by the high-voltage generator 1, the transducer (transmitter-receiver) 2 generates a pulsed ultrasonic wave (200 to 500 kHz depending on the sensor) which travels through the air at the speed of sound. When it encounters an object, a reflected sound wave (echo) returns to the transducer. A microprocessor 3 analyzes the received signal and measures the elapsed time interval between the transmitted signal and the echo. By comparing this with the preset or learned times, it determines and controls the output states 4. The output stage 4 controls a solid-state switch (PNP or NPN transistor) corresponding to an N.O. or N.C. closing contact (detection of object). Advantages of ultrasonic detection • No physical contact with the detected object, eliminating wear and allowing detection of fragile or freshly painted objects, etc. • Detection of any material, regardless of color, at the same distance, without adjustment or correction factor. • Teach mode function, by the press of a button, defining the effective sensing range. Selfteaching of the minimum and maximum sensing distances (very precise foreground and background suppression, ± 6 mm). • Very good resistance to industrial environments (robust sensors entirely encapsulated in resin). • Solid-state units: no moving parts in the sensor, so the service life is independent of the number of operating cycles. 355 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Principle of Detection Definitions The terms listed below are defined by standard IEC 60947-5-2: Blind zone • Nominal sensing distance (Sn)—The conventional value for indicating the sensing distance. It does not consider manufacturing tolerances or variations caused by external conditions such as voltage and temperature. Sensing range (Sd) Standard metal target Overall beam angle Reference axis Assured operating distance (Sa) Minimum sensing distance • Sensing range (Sd)—The zone in which the sensor is sensitive to objects. • Minimum sensing distance—The lower limit of the specified sensing range. • Maximum sensing distance—The upper limit of the specified sensing range. • Assured operating distance (Sa)—The operating zone of the sensor (activation of outputs), included in the sensing range. Sn Maximum sensing distance Its limits are established: — at the factory for sensors with a fixed sensing distance — during application setup for sensors with teach mode • Blind zone (Deadband)—The zone between the sensing face of the sensor and the minimum sensing distance, where no object can be detected reliably. Avoid passing objects through the deadband during operation of the sensor. This could lead to instability of the output states. Ultrasonic • Repeat accuracy—The repeat accuracy (R) is the precision of reproduction between two successive measurements of the sensing distance, made in identical conditions. • Overall beam angle—Solid angle around the reference axis of an ultrasonic proximity sensor. • Standard target—IEC 60947-5-2 defines the standard target as a square metal plate, 1 mm thick with rolled finish, placed perpendicular to the reference axis. Its dimensions depend on the sensing range: Ud V Sensing range (mm) Size of target (mm) < 300 10 x 10 300 < d < 800 20 x 20 > 800 100 x 100 • Voltage drop (Ud)—The voltage drop (Ud) corresponds to the voltage at the terminals of the sensor when in the closed state (value measured at the sensor’s rated current). 1 2 Supply • First-up delay—Time required to ensure operation of the sensor’s output signal following power-up. 1. Power-up Sensor output t 1 2. Output signal state (0 or 1) 2 • Response time Object to be detected Sensor output Ra Rr — Response time (Ra): the time between an object’s entry into the active zone and the changing of the output signal state. Response time limits the passing speed of the target relative to its dimensions. — Recovery time (Rr): the time between an object’s departure from the active zone and the changing of the output signal state. Recovery time limits the interval between two objects. 356 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Principle of Detection Discrete switching sensors—Output logic contacts • N.O. (normally open)—The sensor’s output changes to the closed state when an object is detected in the operating zone. • N.C. (normally closed)—The sensor’s output changes to the open state when an object is detected in the operating zone. Contact N.O. Contact N.C. • PNP—switching a load connected to the negative side (sourcing) • NPN—switching a load connected to the positive side (sinking) 4-wire technique c N.O. / PNP and NPN output N.O. + N.C. / NPN output + NPN NO PNP NO N.O. + N.C. / PNP output + NC NPN NO – + PNP NC NO – – These sensors include two wires for the power supply and one wire for each output signal. 3-wire technique c N.O. / PNP output + NPN Ultrasonic N.O. / NPN output + PNP – – These sensors include two wires for the power supply and one wire for the output signal. Analog output sensors—Operation The characteristic feature of these sensors is that the output generates a signal (in current or voltage) that is proportional to the distance of the object detected. This value increases as the object moves further away, within the detection limits. These detection limits can be adjusted using the self-teaching function. Adjustable detection limits Object As soon as an object is detected, an LED indicator illuminates and increases in brightness proportionally to the output signal value. Deadband D 10 V / 20 mA 0 V / 4 mA Advantages • Availability of physical data based on the distance between the sensor and the object Output • Reverse polarity protection • Overload and short circuit protection • No residual current, low level of voltage drop 357 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Power Supply and Mounting Considerations Power supply DC source Ensure that the supply used is compatible with the voltage limits of the sensor and the acceptable level of ripple. AC source (consisting of a transformer, rectifier, and smoothing capacitor) Ensure that the supply voltage is within the operating limits of the sensor. If the voltage is derived from a single-phase AC supply, the voltage must be rectified and smoothed to ensure that: • The peak voltage of the DC supply is lower than the maximum voltage rating of the sensor. Peak voltage = rated voltage × 2 e Mounting side by side e u 2 Sn Ultrasonic e Mounting face to face e u max. 4.5 Sn • The minimum voltage of the DC supply is greater than the minimum voltage rating of the sensor, given that: ΔV = (I × t) ÷ C Where: ΔV = maximum ripple: 10% (V), I = anticipated load current (mA), t = period of 1 cycle (10 ms full-wave rectified for a 50 Hz supply frequency), C = capacitance (µF). As a general rule, use a transformer with a lower secondary voltage (Ue) than the required DC voltage (U). Example: 18 Vac to obtain 24 Vdc. Mounting Adhere to the minimum mounting distance between ultrasonic sensors. If two standard sensors are mounted too close together, the wave transmitted by one sensor can interfere with the wave transmitted by the other, causing erratic operation. Maximum tightening torque Sensor Diameter Torque—all models 12 mm 0.7 N•m (6.2 lb-in) 18 mm 1.4 N•m (12.4 lb-in) 30 mm 1.4 N•m (12.4 lb-in) Interchangeability Using the indexed mounting bracket, the assembly is similar to a block type sensor. Cabling—Electrical connection • Connect the sensor before turning on the supply. • Cable length — Use a maximum cable length of 200 m (656 ft), or a line capacitance of < 0.1 μF. — Consider the voltage drop on the line. • Separation of control and power cables — The sensors are immune to electrical interference encountered in normal industrial conditions. — Where extreme conditions of electrical noise could occur (such as large motors and spot welders), take standard precautions for protecting against transients: o Suppress interference at the source. o Separate power wiring from control wiring. o Smooth the supply. o Limit the cable length. 358 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Connection Considerations Connection in series Connection in series is not recommended. • Correct operation of the sensors cannot be assured and, if this method is used, tests must be made before installation. Consider the following points: Sensor 1 Sensor 2 — Sensor 1 carries the load current in addition to the no-load current consumption values of the other sensors connected in series. For certain models, this connection method is not possible unless a current limiting resistor is used. — When in the closed state, each sensor will produce a voltage drop and, therefore, the load voltage should be selected accordingly. Sensor 3 — As sensor 1 closes, sensor 2 will not operate until a certain time T has elapsed (corresponding to the first-up delay) and likewise for the following sensors in the sequence. — Flywheel diodes should be used when the load being switched is inductive. Sensors and units in series with an external mechanical contact • Consider the following points: — When the mechanical contact is open, the sensor is not supplied. Connection in parallel • There are no specific restrictions for connection in parallel. The use of flywheel diodes is recommended when an inductive load (relay) is being switched. Ultrasonic — When the contact closes, the sensor will not operate until a certain time T has elapsed (corresponding to the first-up delay). Capacitive load (C > 0.1 μF) • At power-on, limit the inrush current of the capacitive load C using a resistor. –R –C The voltage drop in the sensor can also be accounted for by subtracting it from the supply voltage for the calculation of R. R= U (supply) I max. (sensor) Load containing an incandescent lamp • If the load contains an incandescent lamp, the cold state resistance can be one-tenth of the hot state resistance. This can cause very high current levels on switching. Provide for a preheat resistor in parallel with the sensor. R= U2 × 10 , where U = supply voltage and P = lamp power P 359 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Technical Overview Detection Detection • Influencing factors The ultrasonic sensors are particularly suited to the detection of a hard object with a flat surface perpendicular to the detection axis. However, proper operation of the ultrasonic sensor can be disrupted by: 1 — Air currents, which can accelerate or divert the acoustic wave transmitted by the sensor (ejection of part by air jet) — High temperature gradients within the sensing range: an object emitting considerable heat can create zones of varying temperature that will modify the propagation time of the wave and thus prevent reliable operation — Sound insulators: sound-absorbing materials (cotton, fabrics, rubber, etc.) 2 Reflector 3 — The angle between the surface of the object to be detected and the reference axis of the sensor: When the angle is offset from 90°, the wave is no longer reflected back along the sensor axis, and the operating distance is reduced. The greater the distance between the sensor and the target, the greater the effect. Detection is not possible when the angle exceeds ± 10°. Ultrasonic — The shape of the object to be detected: similar to the example above, an excessively angular object can be difficult to detect (1). Target • Detection by beam break (reflex system) In cases requiring detection of sound-insulating materials or angular objects, or when an angle exists between the surface of the object to be detected and the reference axis of the sensor, selection of a sensor with the teach mode feature is recommended. This feature enables beam break detection using a reflector, which can be any flat, hard, stationary part of the machine (2). 4 Reflector The sensor with the teach mode feature can also be used in confined spaces by using a 90° reflector. In the same manner as for the return reflector, the 90° reflector can be a flat part of the machine (3). It is also possible to use beam break detection (reflex system) with the 90° reflector (4). NOTE: In reflex mode, the N.O. function de-energizes when an object is present, and the N.C. function energizes when an object is present. 360 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Declaration of Conformity MANUFACTURER’S DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Document No: EW2007042401 The undersigned, representing the manufacturer Company: HYDE PARK ELECTRONICS LLC address: 1875 Founders Drive Dayton, OH 45420-4017 USA Ultrasonic Herewith declares that the product(s) Product identification: SM300 Series, 12mm cylindrical ultrasonic sensor SM600 Series, 18 mm cylindrical and flat profile ultrasonic sensors SM900 Series, 30 mm cylindrical ultrasonic sensors Virtu Series, 18 mm, 30 mm cylindrical and dual mount ultrasonic sensors XX512A1KAM8, 12 mm cylindrical ultrasonic sensor XX518A1KAM12, 18 mm cylindrical ultrasonic sensor XX630A1KAM12, 30 mm cylindrical ultrasonic sensor To which this declaration refers are in conformity with the following: Standards Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, And/Or Normative Documents: EN60947-1: General rules EN60947-5-2: Proximity Switches Subject to installation, maintenance and utilization in accordance with their purpose, regulations, current standards, manufacturer‘s instructions and industry standards. Meet(s) the provisions of the following EC Directive(s): (Including all applicable amendments) reference n° title 2006/95/EEC Low-voltage Directive 73/23/EEC of February 19, 1973 modified by Directive 93/68/EC of July 22, 1993. 2004/10/EC Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive of May 3, 1989 modified by Directives 92/31/CEE of April 28, 1992 and 93/68/CEE of July 22, 1993. The CE marking on the product and/or the packaging signifies that the product is in compliance with the applicable EU Directives . Location Date Authorization Signature Dayton, OH May 1, 2007 Name: Mike Edmiston Position: Vice President of Operations Signature: ALL DISTRIBUTION OR REPRODUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION IS FORBIDDEN. Page 1 of 1 361 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM300 Series Features Features • PNP or NPN output • Plastic housing with durable glass epoxy sensing face • 360° LED for complete visual inspection • Mounting nuts included • Nano (M8) connector version The SM300 range offers two special model types: • Windowed An example of a windowed model is SM3•04A1600, which has a sensing window of 3–4 in. (76.2–101.6 mm). Moving the sensing window of the sensor away from the deadband allows for more discriminate sensing: objects immediately in front of the sensor are ignored, while objects further away (within the sensing range of 3–4 in.) are detected. SM300 • Non-windowed An example of a non-windowed model is SM3•04A46000, which has a sensing window of 0.25–4 in. (6.35–101.6 mm). This range allows detection of objects immediately in front of the sensor (minus the deadband), up to a distance of 4 in. SM300 M12x1 0.47 12 Ultrasonic Near Limit Far Limit 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) 6.35 mm 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) (0.25 in.) Small objects are best sensed about 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) Sensing Field ON 0.0 mm (0.0 in.) 1.95 50 1.5 38 OFF Green LED OFF ON Amber LED is ON when an object is not sensed. Green LED is ON when an object is Deadband sensed Erratic operation within this range WHT (source) WHT (source) V+ V+ BLK (sink) BLK (sink) Windowed mm 30 Amber LED Non-Windowed 6.35 mm deadband 6.35 mm deadband mm 30 20 20 10 10 -10 -10 -20 -20 -30 -30 0 20 40 60 80 100 mm 0 20 40 60 80 100 mm Sensing Range: Example of Windowed vs. Non-Windowed Windowed Sensing Range, in. (mm) Non-Windowed Sensing Range, in. (mm) SM3•04A1600 1–4 (25.4–101.6) SM3•0A46000 3.75–4.0 (95.3–101.6) 362 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM300 Series Specifications and Accessories Specifications Wiring 4 1 3 SM3•0A… 1 (+) 2 PNP Output 3 (-) 4 NPN Output Mechanical + BN/1 PNP/NPN 12 0.610 15.5 0.335 8.5 0.629 16 0.571 14.5 0.862 21.9 (1) 0.878 22.3 0.138 3.5 Maximum angular deviation ±10° Temperature range -4 to 149 °F (-20 to 65 °C) 100% NEMA Type 4X CENELEC IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529 Hysteresis (max) 0.7 mm (0.027 in.) Vibration 7 G amplitude + 1 mm (f =10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 G for 11 ms (conforming to 68-2-27) Repeat accuracy ±0.027 in. (0.7 mm) Wiring 22 AWG Minimum size detection 0.1 in. dia. (2.5 mm) rod or 0.4 in. (1 mm) flat bar Case Ultem® Plastic Sensing face Glass epoxy Enclosure material 0.315 8 Electrical (1) 2 elongated holes 4 x 8 mm 0.098 2.5 7° Enclosure rating – 1.508 38.3 0.158 4 0.25–5.0 in. (6.4–127.0 mm) Ultrasonic cone angle (see beam plot) Humidity BK/4 WH/2 BU/3 Sensing range Voltage rating 12–24 Vdc Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–28 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 0.79 V (PNP), 0.58 V (NPN) Max. load current 100 mA Residual current (open state) 0.7 uA max. Current consumption, no load 25 mA LED indicators 360° LED ring Ø 0.717 18.2 1.378 35 1.969 50 Power Amber Output Green Power-up delay (max.) = 0.256 6.5 0.649 0.393 10 = = 0.591 15 0.039 1 0.787 20 9006PA112 20 ms On delay (max.) 2 ms Off delay (max.) 2 ms Ultrasonic frequency 500 kHz Electrostatic 16.5 = 0.256 6.5 1.102 28 Protective circuitry Ultrasonic 2 Yes Overvoltage Yes Reverse polarity Yes Agency listings IEC 60947-5-2, UL508, CSA C22-2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Flush mount plastic mounting bracket XSZB112 90° metal mounting bracket 9006PA112 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE112 Nano (M8) Connector Cables Nano connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), straight XSZCS141 Nano connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), 90° XSZCS151 For additional cable options and lengths, see page 368. 363 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM300 Series General Specifications General Specifications Sensing [TA = 20 °C (68 °F)] Power requirements Sensing range 6.4 to 102 mm (0.25 to 4.0 in.) (large flat objects) Highest sensitivity over the range 38.1 to 102 mm (1.5 to 4.0 in.) Sonic frequency 500 kHz 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter rod or 1.0 mm (0.039 in.) wide flat bar at a distance of 38 mm (1.5 in.) Minimum size detection NOTE: Smaller object may not be detected at closer distances. Maximum angular deviation ± 8° on a 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in.) flat target at a distance of 89 mm (3.5 in.) (4 in. range flat-profile) Sonic cone profile See beam plot Limit position accuracy ± 1.6 mm (0.062 in.) max. Repeatability ± 0.7 mm (0.027 in.) or better Supply voltage 12 Vdc to 24 Vdc ± 10%, regulated supply Current consumption 25 mA max. (excluding load) Power consumption Sinking output (NPN) Output Sourcing output (PNP) Response time Ultrasonic Indicators 0.5 W max. (excluding load) Maximum on-state voltage 0.75 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA Maximum applied voltage 30 Vdc Maximum on-state voltage drop 1.10 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA Output voltage VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100 mA 2 in. range barrel unit 2.0 ms on / 2.0 ms off 2 in. range flat-profile unit 3.0 ms on / 3.0 ms off 4 in. range flat-profile unit 4.0 ms on / 4.0 ms off Amber LED Illuminated if power applied and no object detected Green LED Illuminated if object is detected within the window, regardless of output polarity (N.O./N.C.) style NOTE: Amber and green LEDs are never illuminated simultaneously Connections Protection Environment Agency approvals Cable style models 28 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long Connector style models 8 mm, circular 4-pole, male, Flat-profile pigtail 152 mm (6.0 in.) long micro-connector Power supply Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity, over-current Temperature Range Operating -30 to 70 °C (-22 to 152 °F) @ 12 V supply -30 to 65 °C (-22 to 149 °F) @ 24 V supply Storage -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating humidity 100% Protection ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical resistance Resists most acids and bases, including most food products. CE mark CE conformity is declared to: EN60947:1998 (proximity sensors); EN61010-1 (general safety) EMC FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A (USA); EN5022:1994 / A2:1997 Class A ITE (EU) VCCI Class A ITE (Japan); ASNZS 3548:1995 / CISPR 22 Class A ITE (Australia) Barrel dimensions Cable model 12 mm (0.472 in.) dia. x 1 mm-6g threaded housing x 53.3 mm (2.10 in.) long Connector model 12 mm (0.472 in.) dia. x 1 mm-6g threaded housing x 55 mm (2.17 in.) long Overall length, including right angle, connector/cable assembly 67.6 mm (2.66 in.) Construction Flat-profile Housing Cable/connector model 33.0 x 7.62 x 19.05 mm (1.3 x 0.3 x 0.75 in.) H x W x L Shock and vibration resistant case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) Transducer face Epoxy Sensor cable Lead-free, PVC jacketed, black LED light ring Polycarbonate 364 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM300 Series Selection and Specifications Specifications and Catalog Numbers Specifications 12 mm / Flat Profile M12 Sensing characteristics Range 51–127 mm (2.0–5.0 in.) Frequency 500 kHz Power requirements (supply) Voltage 12–24 Vdc Current 25 mA (excluding load) Environmental ratings Operating temperature -30 to 70 °C (-22 to 158 °F) Environment NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Construction 12 x 1 mm threaded housing Flat Profile, wxhxd 7.62 x 33.0 x 19.05 mm (0.3 x 1.3 x 0.75 in.) Housing Ultem® Plastic Transducer Glass epoxy Output Type Catalog Number Cable Proximity output Dual-level Ultrasonic Barrel, ØxL Barrel Flat Profile N.O. SM300A46000 SM300A46000FP N.C. SM300A46010 SM300A46010FP Connector N.O. SM350A46000 SM350A46000FP N.C. SM350A46010 SM350A46010FP Cable Barrel Flat Profile N.O., pump-out latch SM302A42000 SM302A42000FP N.O., pump-in latch SM302A42010 SM302A42010FP Connectors Barrel Flat Profile N.O., pump-out latch SM352A42000 SM352A42000FP N.O., pump-in latch SM352A42010 SM352A42010FP NOTE: Other configurations available. Contact your local field office. Electrical Wiring The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power or control wires. Connector Model Pin Assignments On/Off Latch Outputs, SM352 2 WHITE PNP / Sourcing INTERNAL BLACK 4 NPN / Sinking 1 BROWN BLUE 3 DC Com + 12 to 24 VDC NOTE: Sensor view: Pico connector EXTERNAL BROWN LOAD BLACK Current Lim it NPN WHTE BROWN 1 +12 to 24 VDC Current Lim it LOAD BLUE BLUE 3 DC Com DC (+) PNP On/Off Latch Outputs, SM382 WHITE 2 PNP / Sourcing NPN/Sinking and PNP/Sourcing Outputs Dc Com 4 BLACK NPN / Sinking NOTE: Sensor pigtail view: Micro connector On/Off Latch Outputs, SM332 & SM342 4 BLACK Output BROWN 1 + 12 to 24 VDC NOTE: Sensor view: Pico connector 3 BLUE Com 365 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM300 Series Dimensions and Operating Profiles Dimensions Flat-profile Cable/Connector Style (Ultem® Plastic) SM300A-XXX-XXFP 33.02 mm (1.300) 20.07 mm (.790) 3.05 mm (.120) 3.51 mm (0.138) dia. Mounting Holes 57.99 mm (2.293) 49.48 mm (1.948) 37.74 mm (1.486) Sensing face LED 13.00 mm (.512) 19.05 mm (.750) Barrel Connector Style (Ultem Plastic) SM332, SM 342, SM352A-XXX-XX (BLK) 4 2 (WHT) (BLU) 3 1 (BRN) 12mm (0.472) Dia. 4.67 mm (0.184) dia. 7.62 mm (.300) 12 mm x 1 mm Thread 8 mm x 1 mm Thread Barrel Cable Micro Style (Ultem Plastic) SM382A-XXX-XX Flat-profile pico connector style (Ultem plastic) SM330FP, SM340FP, SM350-XX-XXXFP Sensing face 2.09 in 1.57 in 0.67 in Ultrasonic Flat-profile micro connector style (Ultem plastic) SM380A-XXX-XXFP Pigtail 152 mm(6") 12 mm x 1 mm Thread Sensor Operating Profiles (SM302—Dual Level) Pump-out Level Control Pump-in Level Control 0.0 mm 31.7 mm (0.00 in.) (1.25 in.) Amber LED is ON when outputs are ON (NPN is sinking, PNP is sourcing) Far Limit Near Limit Deadband Erratic operation within this range Amber LED is ON when outputs are ON (NPN is sinking, PNP is sourcing) Range Far Limit Near Limit Green LED is ON when power is applied Green LED is ON when power is applied On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off 0.0 mm 31.7 mm (0.00 in.) (1.25 in.) Range Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off Deadband Erratic operation within this range Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. 366 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series Features, Selection, and Specifications Features • Most popular 18 mm body style • PNP or NPN output • Plastic housing with durable silicone rubber face • Mounting nuts included SM6•0A • Micro (M12) connector version Sensing face 51 mm (2.01 in.) Near Limit Far Limit 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) 6.35 mm 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) (0.25 in.) Small objects are best sensed about 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) Sensing Field ON 0.0 mm (0.0 in.) 65 mm (2.55 in.) OFF 18 mm Green LED OFF ON 18 mm x 1 mm 12 mm x 1 mm Thread SM6•0A… Barrel 84.4 mm (3.32 in.) WHT (source) V+ BLK (sink) 16.25 mm (.64 in.) 40 mm (1.575 in.) Amber LED Sensing face SM6•0A…FP Flat Profile BLK (sink) mm 19 mm deadband 120 Shorter beam: Sensors with a range of 1.25–6 in. (31.75–152 mm). 40 21.03 mm (.828 in.) 24.05 mm (.947 in.) WHT (source) V+ 80 30 mm (1.18 in.) Amber LED SM6•0A… 74 mm 4.5 mm (2.91 in.) (.177 in.) Green LED 9.80 mm (.386 in.) Amber LED is ON when an object is not sensed. Green LED is ON when an object is Deadband sensed Erratic operation NOTE: LED requires NPN within this range illuminated style cable. 12 mm x 1 mm Thread 4.20 mm (.165 in.) 2x Ultrasonic 74 mm (2.91 in.) Longer beam: Sensors with an extended range of 2–10 in. (51–254 mm). -40 -80 -120 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 mm NOTE: Some extended range sensors are not listed in the table below. Contact the factory for part numbers and availability. Specifications Proximity Output Cable Barrel N.O. SM600A21600 N.C. SM600A21610 Connector Barrel N.O. SM650A21600 N.C. SM650A21610 Dual-Level Output Cable Barrel Pump-out latch SM602A60400 Pump-out latch, LOE SM602A60403 18 mm / Flat Profile M18 Pump-in latch SM602A60410 Sensing characteristics Pump-in latch, LOE SM602A60413 Range 51–254 mm (2–10 in.) Dual alarm, N.O. SM602A60420 Frequency 500 kHz Dual alarm, N.O., LOE SM602A60423 Power requirements (supply) Dual alarm, N.C. SM602A60430 Voltage 12–24 Vdc Dual alarm, N.C., LOE SM602A60433 Current 50 mA (excluding load) Connectors Barrel Environmental ratings Pump-out latch SM652A60400 Operating temp. 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F) Pump-out latch, LOE SM652A60403 Environment NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Pump-in latch SM652A60410 Construction Pump-in latch, LOE SM652A60413 Barrel, ØxL 18 x 1 mm threaded housing Dual alarm, N.O. SM652A60420 Flat Profile, wxhxd 16.25 x 30 x 84.40 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.322 in.) Dual alarm, N.O., LOE SM652A60423 ® Housing Ultem Plastic Dual alarm, N.C. SM652A60430 Transducer Silicon Rubber Dual alarm, N.C., LOE SM652A60433 Catalog Numbers Flat Profile SM600A21600FP SM600A21610FP Flat Profile SM650A21600FP SM650A21610FP Flat Profile SM602A60400FP SM602A60403FP SM602A60410FP SM602A60413FP SM602A60420FP SM602A60423FP SM602A60430FP SM602A60433FP Flat Profile SM652A60400FP SM652A60403FP SM652A60410FP SM652A60413FP SM652A60420FP SM652A60423FP SM652A60430FP SM652A60433FP Cable Inverse slope Inverse slope, LOE Direct slope Direct slope, LOE Inverse slope Inverse slope, LOE Direct slope Direct slope, LOE Connector Inverse slope Inverse slope, LOE Direct slope Direct slope, LOE Inverse slope Inverse slope, LOE Direct slope Direct slope, LOE Analog Output Barrel Voltage SM606A44800 SM606A44803 SM606A44801 SM606A44806 Current SM606A44810 SM606A44813 SM606A44811 SM606A44816 Barrel Voltage SM656A44800 SM656A44803 SM656A44801 SM656A44806 Current SM656A44810 SM656A44813 SM656A44811 SM656A44816 Flat Profile SM606A44800FP SM606A44803FP SM606A44801FP SM606A44806FP SM606A44810FP SM606A44813FP SM606A44811FP SM606A44816FP Flat Profile SM606A44800FP SM606A44803FP SM606A44801FP SM606A44806FP SM656A44810FP SM656A44813FP SM656A44811FP SM656A44816FP NOTE: LOE = hold on loss of echo 367 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series Specifications and Accessories Specifications Wiring Barrel (SM6•0A…) M12 Connector 4 3 1 2 1 (+) 2 PNP Output 3 (-) 4 NPN Output Flat Profile (SM6•0A…FP) Mechanical Sensing range 1–10 in. (25–254 mm) Ultrasonic cone angle (see beam plot) 10° Maximum angular deviation ±10° Temperature range +32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) Humidity 100% 1/BN NPN PNP 4/BK 2/WH 18 0.453 11.5 0.791 20.1 0.878 22.3 1.508 38.3 0.618 15.7 (1) 0.138 3.5 CENELEC IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529 Hysteresis 0.013 in. (0.35 mm) Vibration 7 G amplitude + 1 mm (f =10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 G for 11 ms (conforming to 68-2-27) Repeat Accuracy ±0.027 in. (0.7 mm) Wiring 22 AWG Minimum size detection 0.315 8 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) dia. rod 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) dia. rod Case Ultem® plastic PBT Sensing face Silicone rubber XSZB118 Ø 0.717 18.2 1.969 50 1.378 35 Ultrasonic Voltage rating = = 0.649 0.393 10 = = 0.256 6.5 3 4 1 3 1 4 Sensor Side Max. load current 100 mA Residual current (open state) 0.5 uA max. Current consumption, no load 60 mA LED Indicators No LED Power-up delay (max.) 350 ms 100 ms Ultrasonic frequency 500 kHz 300 kHz 50 mA (60 mA connector) Yes Overvoltage Yes Reverse polarity Yes Agency listings 0.787 20 IEC 60947-5-2, UL508, CSA C22-2 Accessories M12 Male Connector 1 4 2 2 1 V (PNP or NPN) Protective circuitry 9006PA118 M12 Female Connector 10–28 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) Electrostatic 0.256 6.5 0.591 15 0.039 1 12–24 Vdc Voltage limits (including ripple) 16.5 1.102 28 ±0.05 in. (1.27 mm) Electrical (1) 2 elongated holes 4 x 8 mm 0.098 2.5 0.98 in. (2.5 mm) Enclosure material 1.024 26 0.878 22.3 4X Enclosure rating 3/BU 0.158 4 NEMA Type 3 4 1 Output 3 Description Catalog Number Flush mount plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 90° metal mounting bracket 9006PA118 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE118 Micro (M12) Connector Cables Micro connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), straight XSZCD101Y Micro connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), 90° XSZCD111Y For additional cable options and lengths, see the Cabling section beginning on page 625. 368 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series General Specifications and Operating Profiles—SM600 General Specifications—SM600 Ranges Up to 254 mm (10 in.) Spans From 3.18 mm (1/8 in.) to 228.6 mm (9 in.) Window position, initial accuracy ± 1.59 mm (0.062 in.) max. Window position repeatability ± 0.69 mm (0.027 in.) max. Sensing Detection benchmarks Models with ranges to 177.8 mm (7 in.) 1.59 mm (1/6 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5 in.) Max. ± 10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 127 mm (5 in.) Models with ranges from over 177.8 to 254 mm (7 to 10 in.) 1.59 mm (1/6 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3 in.) Max. ± 10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 203.2 mm (8 in.) Sonic frequency 500 kHz Sonic cone angle 7° (see beam plots, page 4-64) Supply voltage 12 Vdc to 24 Vdc ± 10%, regulated supply Cable Current consumption Output Response time Indicators Connections Protection Environment Agency approvals 50 mA max. (excluding load) Connector 60 mA max. (excluding load) Power consumption 1 W max. (excluding load) NPN Sinking 0 to 30 V Maximum on-state voltage 10.2 volts @100 mA PNP Sourcing 100 mA @ 24 Vdc, max. Standard On 3 ms, Off 3 ms Optional On 1.5 ms, Off 1.5 ms Green LED power On Amber LED On if object is detected within the window, regardless of output polarity (N.O./N.C.) style. Connector model using cable with built-in LEDs: On if NPN output is low. Cable 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long Connector 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, right-angle Micro style Power supply current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current Operating temperature range 0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)@ 12 Vdc supply 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) @ 24 Vdc supply Storage temperature range -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating humidity 100% Protection ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical resistance Resists most acids and bases, including most food products. CE Mark CE conformity is declared to: EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group1 Class A. Barrel Dimensions Flat-profile Construction Housing Shock and vibration resistant Cable 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55 in.) long Connector 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4 in.) long, including connector/cable assembly Cable 30 x 16.25 x 93 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.66 in.) H x W x L Connector 30 x 16.25 x 84.40 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.322 in.) H x W x L Case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) (SS303 stainless steel available only in 18 mm barrel-style) Transducer Face Silicone rubber, gray Sensor Cables Lead-free PVC jacket, black (Model AC117) LED Polycarbonate Ultrasonic Power requirements Sensor Operating Profiles—SM600 Normally Open Output The sensor output is On with the object in the fixed sensing window. Normally Closed Output The sensor output is Off with the object in the fixed sensing window. Example: Model No. SM600A-416-00 0.0 mm 19.0 mm (0.00 in.) (0.75 in.) Example: Model No. SM600A-416-10 Near Limit 76.2 mm (3.00 in.) Far Limit 101.6 mm (4.00 in.) 0.0 mm 19.0 mm (0.00 in.) (0.75 in.) Amber LED is ON when an object is within window Near Limit 76.2 mm (3.00 in.) Amber LED is ON when an object is within window Fixed Sensing Window OFF Green LED is ON when power is applied WHT (source) V+ Deadband Erratic operation within this range Far Limit 101.6 mm (4.00 in.) BLK (sink) ON WHT (source) V+ BLK (sink) Fixed Sensing Window OFF Amber LED WHT (source) ON Green LED is ON when power is applied V+ BLK (sink) WHT (source) V+ Deadband Erratic operation within this range BLK (sink) OFF WHT (source) V+ BLK (sink) Amber LED ON WHT (source) V+ BLK (sink) 369 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series General Specifications—SM602 General Specifications—SM602 Ranges Up to 254 mm (10 in.) Spans From 3.18 mm (1/8 in.) to 228.6 mm (9 in.) Window position, initial accuracy ± 1.59 mm (0.062 in.) max. Window position repeatability ± 0.69 mm (0.027 in.) max. Sensing 1.59 mm (1/6 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5 in.) Max. ±10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 127 mm (5 in.) Models with ranges to 177.8 mm (7 in.) Detection benchmarks Models with ranges from over 177.8 mm (7 in.) to 1.59 mm (1/6 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3 in.) 254 mm (10 in.) Max. ± 10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 203.2 mm (8 in.) Sonic frequency 500 kHz Sonic cone angle 7° (see beam plot, page 4-72) Supply voltage Power requirements Output Response Time Current consumption 12 to 24 Vdc ± 10%, regulated supply Cable model 50 mA max. (excluding load) Connector model 60 mA max. (excluding load) Power consumption 1.0 W max. (excluding load) NPN sinking 0 to 30 V Maximum on-state voltage at 100 mA: 0.2 volts PNP sourcing 100 mA @ 24 Vdc, max. Standard On 3 ms, Off 3 ms Optional On 1.5 ms, Off 1.5 ms Green LED Indicators Amber LED Power On On if object is detected within the window, regardless of output polarity (N.O./N.C.) style Cable model Connector model with built-in cable LEDs Ultrasonic Connections Protection Environment Agency approvals On if NPN output is sinking Cable models 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long Connector models 4-conductor, straight and right-angle micro-style Power supply Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current Operating temperature range 0 to 60 °C @ 12 Vdc supply 0 to 50 °C @ 24 Vdc supply Storage temperature range -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating humidity 100% Protection ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical resistance Resists most acids and bases, including most food products CE mark CE conformity is declared to: EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group1 Class A. Barrel Dimensions Flat-profile Construction Housing Shock and vibration resistant 1 (1) Cable model 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55 in.) long Connector model 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4 in.) long, including connector/cable assembly Cable model 30 x 16.25 x 93 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.66 in.) H x W x L Connector model 30 x 16.25 x 84.40 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.322 in.) H x W x L Case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) (SS303 stainless steel available only in 18 mm barrel-style) Transducer face Silicone rubber, gray Sensor cables Lead-free PVC jacket, black (Model AC117) LED Polycarbonate Requires an NPN illuminated-style cable. 370 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series Operating Profiles and Wire Assignments—SM602 Sensor Operating Profiles—SM602 Pump-in Level Control Pump-out Level Control 0.0 mm 31.8 mm (0.00 in.) (1.25 in.) Far Limit Amber LED is ON when outputs are ON (NPN is sinking, PNP is sourcing) Range Far Limit Amber LED is ON when outputs are ON (NPN is sinking, PNP is sourcing) Near Limit Green LED is ON when power is applied On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off 0.0 mm 31.8 mm (0.00 in.) (1.25 in.) Range Near Limit Green LED is ON when power is applied Deadband Erratic operation within this range Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off Deadband Erratic operation within this range Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. Alarm Level Control Normally Open Outputs Operation Normally Closed Outputs Operation Far Alarm Green LED is On when power is applied Amber LED is On when an object is between near and far alarm, flashing when in alarm, and Off on loss of echo. 0.0 mm 31.8 mm (0.00 in.) (1.25 in.) Range If target is not detected for one second, both outputs turn off. Near Alarm Flashing On Flashing WHT (source) WHT (source) WHT (source) V+ V+ Deadband Erratic operation BLK within this range (sink) Note: When in alarm PNP=Off and on loss of echo for NPN=On barrel connector style models only, amber LED is Off. V+ BLK (sink) PNP=On NPN=On BLK (sink) PNP=On NPN=Off Off V+ BLK (sink) PNP=Off NPN=Off Far Alarm Green LED is On when power is applied Amber LED WHT (source) Range Amber LED is Off when an object is between near and far alarm, flashing when in alarm, and On on loss of echo. Ultrasonic 0.0 mm 19.0 mm (0.00 in.) (0.75 in.) If target is not detected for one second, both outputs turn on. Near Alarm Amber LED Flashing Off Flashing WHT (source) WHT (source) WHT (source) WHT (source) V+ V+ V+ V+ Deadband Erratic operation BLK within this range (sink) Note: When in alarm PNP=On and on loss of echo for NPN=Off barrel connector style models only, amber LED is On. BLK (sink) PNP=Off NPN=Off BLK (sink) PNP=Off NPN=On On BLK (sink) PNP=On NPN=On Electrical Wiring—SM602 The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power or control wires. Cable Model Wire Assignments On/Off Latch Outputs SM602 Series Barrel or Flat-profile Style Connector Model Pin Assignments On/Off Latch Outputs Brn Blk Wht Blu +12 to 24 VDC 1 Brown +12 to 24 VDC NPN/Sinking PNP/Sourcing DC Com Dual Alarm Outputs SM602 Series Barrel or Flat-profile Style White 2 PNP/Sourcing Blue 3 DC Com 4 Black NPN/Sinking Dual Alarm Outputs Brn Blk Wht Blu +12 to 24 VDC Near Alarm NPN/Sinking Far Alarm PNP/Sourcing DC Com White 2 Far Alarm PNP/Sourcing Blue 3 DC Com 1 Brown +12 to 24 VDC 4 Black Near Alarm NPN/Sinking 371 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series General Specifications—SM606 General Specifications—SM606 Ranges Up to 254 mm (10 in.) Spans From 3.18 mm (0.125 in.) to 228.6 mm (9 in.) Models with ranges to 177.8 mm (7 in.) Detection benchmarks Models with ranges from over 177.8 mm (7 in.) to 1.59 mm (1/6 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3 in.) 254 mm (10 in.) Max. ±10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 203.2 mm (8 in.) Resolution, position Resolution, output Voltage model span/1023, minimum 0.043 mm (0.0017 in.) Current model span/818, minimum 0.043 mm (0.0017 in.) Voltage model 9.775 mV Current model Window edge position (either edge) Sensing Position sensing @ 20 °C Zero offset Full scale offset, maximum Ultrasonic Power requirements +18 mV/-11 mV Current model 4 mA +0.11 mA/-0.141 mA Voltage model ±43 mV Current model +0.147 mA/-0.300 mA Slope error, maximum 0.59% of Span (1% to 99% of Span) Non-linearity, maximum 0.76 mm (.030 in.) Temperature compensation -20 to 60 °C Position error due to temperature shift ±01.59 mm (0.062 in.) Sonic frequency 500 kHz Sonic cone angle 7° (see beam plot) Sensing bandwidth (sinusoidal oscillation) 50 Hz Supply voltage 15 to 24 Vdc ± 10%, regulated supply Current consumption 50 mA max. (excluding load) Voltage model Output Current model (flat-profile only) Indicators Connections(1) Protection Environment Agency approvals 1.2 W max. (excluding load) Range 0-10 Vdc Min. load resistance 1000 Ohms Range 4-20 mA (0-20 mA optional) Load resistance 0.1 to 350 Ohms Standard 2.5 ms Optional 1.5 ms Green LED Connector model only power Amber LED Connector & cable models intensity increases as output voltage increases Cable 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacketed, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long Connector 4-pin, 12 mm micro-style Power supply current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs current-limited over-voltage, ESD, overcurrent Operating temperature range 0 to 60 °C @ 15 Vdc supply 0 to 50 °C @ 24 Vdc supply Storage temperature range -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating humidity 100% Protection ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical resistance Resists most acids and bases, including most food products. CE mark CE conformity is declared to: EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group1 Class A. Barrel Dimensions Flat-profile Construction Housing Shock and vibration resistant 1 15.6 uA Error, maximum ±1.57 mm (0.062 in.) Repeatability, max. error ±0.381 mm (0.015 in.) Voltage model Power consumption Response time 1.59 mm (0.06 in.) diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5 in.) Max. ±10° tilt of large flat object at a distance of 127 mm (5 in.) Cable 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55 in.) long Connector 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4 in.) long, including connector/cable assembly Cable 30 x 16.25 x 93 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.66 in.) H x W x L Connector 30 x 16.25 x 84.40 mm (1.182 x 0.640 x 3.322 in.) H x W x L Case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) (SS303 stainless steel available only in 18 mm barrel-style) Transducer face Silicone rubber, gray Sensor cables Nontoxic PVC jacket, food grade LED Polycarbonate LEDs not built into this sensor. Must use AC119 right-angle mating connector with built-in LEDs. No other mating connector cable may be substituted due to unique LED circuit impedance. 372 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM600 Series Operating Profiles and Wire Assignments—SM606 Sensor Operating Profiles—SM606 Direct Proportional Output The analog signal value increases as the object moves closer to the near span limit. 19.0 mm 0.0 mm (0.75 in.) (0.00 in.) Inverse Proportional Output The analog signal value decreases as the object moves closer to the near span limit. Far Limit 152.4 mm (6.00 in.) Near Limit 35.0 mm (1.38 in.) 19.0 mm 0.0 mm (0.75 in.) (0.00 in.) Fixed Sensing Span Amber LED indicates magnitude of analog output. The amber LED is at full brightness when the analog output is at 10 volts. ON Deadband Erratic operation within this range ON ON ON 20mA /10 Volts Output Voltage 4mA/0 Volts Far Limit 152.4 mm (6.00 in.) Near Limit 35.0 mm (1.38 in.) Fixed Sensing Span OFF Amber LED On loss of echo, the analog output goes to 0 volts. And the amber LED is off. Amber LED indicates magnitude of analog output. The amber LED is at full brightness when the analog output is at 10 volts. OFF ON 20mA/10 Volts Output Voltage Deadband Erratic operation within this range Note: Connector Style has a green LED in addition to amber LED to indicate power "ON". ON 4mA/0 Volts ON ON Amber LED On loss of echo, the analog output goes to 0 volts. And the amber LED is off. Note: Cable style sensors have an amber signal LED only—no green LED. Ultrasonic Electrical Wiring The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power or control wires. Cable Style Model Wire Assignments Barrel or Flat-profile Style Connector Style Model Pin Assignments Brn Blk +VDC Analog signal Wht Analog return Blu DC Com Flat-profile style White 2 Analog return 1 Brown + 15 to 24 VDC Blue 3 DC Com 4 Black Analog Signal Barrel style White 2 LED Drive (Do not use) 1 Brown + 15 to 24 VDC Blue 3 DC Com & Analog Return 4 Black Analog Signal 373 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Specifications and Accessories Specifications 1 or 2 m (SM9•0A1 or SM9•0A4) 8m (SM9•0A8) Mechanical SM900A1 Nominal sensing range 3.3 ft (1 m) or 6.6 ft (2 m) 26.2 ft (8 m) Sensing zone 2.0–39.0 in. (51–991 mm) 8 in. to 26.25 ft (203 mm to 8 m) Ultrasonic cone angle (see beam plot) 10° 16° Maximum angular deviation ±7° ±5° Temperature range 32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) -4 to 149 °F (-20 to 65 °C) Humidity 100% NEMA Type 4X CENELEC IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529 Enclosure rating Hysteresis (max) 0.98 in. (24.8 mm) Vibration 7 G amplitude + 1 mm (f =10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 G for 11 ms (conforming to 68-2-27) Repeat accuracy ±0.035 in. (0.9 mm) Wiring 22 AWG Minimum size detection SM900A8 0.063 in. (1.6 mm) dia. rod Case Ultem® plastic Sensing face Silicone rubber 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) ±0.1 in. (2.54 mm) 2.00 in. (50.68 mm) dia. rod Ultrasonic Enclosure material Epoxy Electrical 1.378 35 0.984 25 0.394 10 0.079 2 2.047 52 12–24 Vdc Voltage limits (including ripple) 10–28 Vdc Voltage drop (across switch, closed state) 1 V (PNP or NPN) Max. load current 100 mA Residual current (open state) 0.5 uA max. LED indicators 2.008 51 2.559 65 1.22 31 Ø 0.197 5 Voltage rating 1.299 33 2.638 67 XXZ30 1.969 50 Multi-Color Power Green Output Amber Power-up delay (max.) 720 ms 800 ms On delay (max.) 20 ms 200 ms Off delay (max.) 20 ms 200 ms Ultrasonic Frequency 200 kHz 75 kHz Protective Circuitry Electrostatic Yes Overvoltage Yes Reverse polarity Yes Agency listings IEC 60947-5-2, UL508, CSA C22-2 Accessories Description Catalog Number 90° metal mounting bracket 9006PA130 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE130 Micro (M12) Connector Cables Micro connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), straight XSZCD101Y Micro connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), 90° XSZCD111Y For additional cable options and lengths, see page 368. 374 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Selection and Specifications Specifications and Catalog Numbers 30 mm (1 or 2 m) M30 Proximity output Dual-level Analog 51 mm to 1 m (2–39 in.); 119 mm to 2 m (4.7–79 in.) 200 kHz 203 mm to 8 m (8–315 in.) 200 kHz 12–24 Vdc Discrete; 15–24 Vdc Analog 60 mA (excluding load) 12–24 Vdc Discrete; 15–24 Vdc Analog -30 to 70 °C (-22 to 158 °F) NEMA Type 4X, IP67 30 x 1 x 95.26 mm (1.18 x 3.75 in.) — Ultem® plastic Silicon rubber Description 1m Connector Cable 2m Connector Cable Cable Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Connector Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Cable Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Current Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Connector Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Current Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Ultem plastic Glass epoxy Description Catalog No. Catalog No. 8m SM950A100000 SM900A100000 SM950A400000 SM900A400000 1m SM902A100000 SM902A150000 SM902A170000 SM902A110000 SM902A140000 SM902A160000 SM902A120000 SM902A130000 2m SM902A400000 SM902A450000 SM902A470000 SM902A410000 SM902A440000 SM902A460000 SM902A420000 SM902A430000 SM952A100000 SM952A150000 SM952A170000 SM952A110000 SM952A140000 SM952A160000 SM952A120000 SM952A130000 1m SM952A400000 SM952A450000 SM952A470000 SM952A410000 SM952A440000 SM952A460000 SM952A420000 SM952A430000 2m SM906A180000 SM906A110000 SM906A100000 SM906A480000 SM906A410000 SM906A400000 SM906A190000 SM906A130000 SM906A120000 SM906A490000 SM906A430000 SM906A420000 SM956A180000 SM956A110000 SM956A100000 SM956A480000 SM956A410000 SM956A400000 SM956A190000 SM956A130000 SM956A120000 SM956A490000 SM956A430000 SM956A420000 Cable Connector SM900A800000 SM950A800000 Cable Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Connector Pump-out latch Pump-out latch w/alarm Pump-out latch, w/setpoint Pump-in latch Pump-in latch w/alarm Pump-in latch, w/setpoint Dual setpoint Dual alarm Cable Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Current Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Connector Voltage Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope Current Auto slope Direct slope Inverse slope 8m SM902A800000 SM902A850000 SM902A870000 SM902A810000 SM902A840000 SM902A860000 SM902A820000 SM902A830000 Ultrasonic Sensing characteristics Range Frequency Power requirements (supply) Voltage Current Environmental ratings Operating temperature Environment Construction Barrel, ØxL Flat profile, WxHxD Housing Transducer Output type 30 mm (8 m) M30 SM952A800000 SM952A850000 SM952A870000 SM952A810000 SM952A840000 SM952A860000 SM952A820000 SM952A830000 8m SM906A880000 SM906A810000 SM906A800000 SM906A890000 SM906A830000 SM906A820000 SM956A880000 SM956A810000 SM956A800000 SM956A890000 SM956A830000 SM956A820000 375 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Dimensions Dimensions—SM900 Series Cable Style (Ultem® plastic and SS303 stainless steel) SM900A-1, SM900A-4, SM900A-7STS Cable Style (Ultem plastic & SS303 stainless steel) SM900A-8 Long-range Setup Pushbutton 116.31 mm (4.579) Multicol LED 94.95 mm (3.738) 42.09 mm (1.657) 84.51 mm (3.327) 20.10 mm [.790] Amber LED 34.70 mm [1.365] DIA 106.38 mm (4.188) 43.18 mm (1.700) DIA 28.30 mm [1.114] DIA M30 x 1.5 -6g 28.30 mm DIA (1.114) M30 x 1.5 mm-6g THREADS Connector Style (Ultem plastic and SS303 stainless steel) SM950A-1, SM950A-4, SM950A-7STS Connector Style (Ultem plastic & SS303 stainless steel) SM950A-8 Long-range Ultrasonic 125.00 mm [4.921] 84.51 mm [3.327] 147.04 mm (5.789) 34.70 mm [1.365] DIA AC130 95.99 mm (3.779) AC130 2-White 1- Brown 3- Blue 4- Black 117.35 mm (4.620) 106.38 mm (4.188) 84.51 mm [3.327] 20.10 mm [.790] 34.70 mm [1.365] DIA 28.30 mm [1.114] DIA 14.7 mm (0.580) 42.09 mm (1.657) 43.18 mm (1.700) DIA 28.30 mm DIA (1.114) M12 mm x 1 mm -6g Threads M30 x 1.5 mm-6g THREADS M30 x 1.5 -6g (1.102) DIA 84.51 mm [3.320] 117.15 mm [4.612] 139.19 mm (5.480) 14.7 mm (0.580) .600 34.70 mm [1.365] DIA 1.523 AC132 38.0 mm (1.500) AC132 376 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series General Specifications—SM900 General Specifications—SM900 Power Requirements 8 m, long range Model Sensing Ranges 51 mm to 1 m (2.0 to 39 in.) 120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39 in.) (1) 120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79 in.) 203 mm to 8 m (8.0 in. to 26 ft) Sonic Frequency 200 kHz 75 kHz Minimum Size Detection Model SM900A1: 1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) diameter rod up to 635 mm (25 in.) distance from sensor Model SM900A8: 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) diameter rod up to 4572 mm (15 ft) distance from the sensor Maximum Angular Deviation + 10° on 305 x 305 mm (12 x 12 in.) flat target at a distance of 305 mm (12 in.) + 10° on a large flat surface at a distance of 6.096 m (20 ft) + 5° on a large flat surface at a distance of 8 m (26 ft) Sonic Cone Profile See Beam Plots Limit Adjustment Resolution 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) + 2.54 mm (0.10 in.) max. Temperature Compensated Repeatability + 0.8716 mm (0.03431 in.) max. Temperature Compensated Supply Voltage 12 to 24 Vdc + 10% excluding output load (regulated supply) Current Consumption 100 mA max., excluding load Peak Inrush Current 0.50 A Power Consumption Sinking Output (NPN) Outputs Sourcing Output (PNP) Response Times 1.2 W max., excluding load Maximum on-state voltage 0.37 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA Maximum applied voltage 35 Vdc Maximum on-state voltage drop 0.50 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA 1 m range models: 10 ms on/off, 20 ms on/off Minimum, Standard (Other response times are available) 2 m range models: 15 ms on/off, 30 ms on/off Multicolored LED (Amber, Red, Green) Indicates limits, setup, and operational modes Amber LED Illuminated when sensor output is in an active (on) state. Connection Options Cable Model 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long, standard Protection Note: This sensor is not rated explosion proof! Indicators Environment Connector Model Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current Operating Temperature Range: Silicone faced: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Stainless-steel faced: - 20 to 50 °C (-4 to 122 °F) -20 to 60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) Storage Temperature Range Silicone faced: -20 to 80 °C (-4 to 176 °F) Stainless-steel faced: -50 to 80 °C (-58 to 176 °F) -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating Humidity 100% 100% Protection Ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical Resistance Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. Fluorosilicone- and stainless steel-faced transducers available for severe, corrosive-type environments. Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738 in.) mm long, including 34.70 mm (1.365 in.) dia. x 20.10 mm (0.790 in.) long sensing head 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 116.31 mm (4.579 in.) mm long, including 43.18 mm (1.700 in.) dia. x 42.09 mm (1.657 in.) long sensing head 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779 in.) long. 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5 mm- 6g threaded housing x 117.35 mm (4.620 in.) long. Dimensions Connector Model Construction 1 100 ms on/off, 200 ms on/off 12 mm, 4 pole, male Power Supply Cable Model Agency Approvals Ultrasonic Sensing [TA = 20 °C (68 °F)] 1 and 2 m ranges With AC132 right-angle, M12 micro, connector/cable With AC132 right-angle, connector/cable assembly: assembly: 117.15 mm (4.612 in.) long. 139.19 mm (5.480 in.) long. With AC130 straight, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly: 125.00 mm (4.921 in.) long. With AC130 straight, connector/cable assembly: 147.04 mm (5.789 in.) long. Sensing head dimension same as cable model. Sensing head dimension same as cable model. Housing Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration Case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) or SS303 stainless steel Ultem plastic (FDA Approved) Transducer Face Silicone rubber, gray SS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm (0.002 in.) thick(1) Epoxy, white Sensor Cables Lead-free, black PVC jacketed CE Mark CE conformity is declared to: EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group 1 Class A Available only in the stainless-steel faced, 1 m range models. 377 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Wire Assignments—SM900 Electrical Wiring—SM900 The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power or control wires. Cable/Connector Wire Colors and Outputs Cable Model Wire Assignments NPN/Sinking and PNP/Sourcing Outputs INTERNAL EXTERNAL Sinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C. BROWN Brn +12 to 24 Vdc Blk NPN /Sinking Wht Blu LOAD DC (+) BLACK Current Lim it NPN PNP/Sourcing DC Com PNP WHTE Complementary Sinking Brn Blk W ht Blu Current Lim it + 12 to 24 Vdc LOAD DC Com BLUE NPN/Sinking - N.O. Complementary NPN/Sinking Outputs NPN/Sinking - N.C. DC Com INTERNAL EXTERNAL BROWN Ultrasonic Complementary Sourcing DC (+) LOAD Brn + 12 to 24 Vdc Blk PNP/Sourcing - N.O. W ht BLACK LOAD NPN WHTE NPN PNP/Sourcing - N.C. Blu DC Com Current Lim it Current Lim it Connector Model Pin Assignments White 2 PNP/Sourcing DC Com BLUE Sinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C. 1 Brown + 12 to 24 Vdc Complementary PNP/Sourcing Outputs INTERNAL EXTERNAL BROWN Blue 3 DC Com 4 Black NPN /Sinking Current Lim it Complementary Sinking White 2 NPN/Sinking - N.C. 1 Brown + 12 to 24 Vdc DC (+) Current Lim it PNP PNP BLACK WHTE Blue 3 DC Com NPN/Sinking - N.O. Blue 3 DC Com LOAD BLUE Complementary Sourcing White 2 PNP/Sourcing - N.C. LOAD 4 Black DC Com 1 Brown + 12 to 24 V 4 Black PNP/Sourcing - N.O. 378 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series General Specifications—SM902 General Specifications—SM902 Power Requirements 8 m, long range Model Sensing Ranges 51 mm to 1 m (2.0 to 39 in.) 120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39 in.) (1) 120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79 in.) 203 mm to 8 m (8.0 in. to 26 ft) Sonic Frequency 200 kHz 75 KHz Minimum Size Detection (Model SM902A-1): 1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) diameter rod up to 635 mm (25 in.) distance from sensor (Model SM902A-8): 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) diameter rod up to 4572 mm (15 ft) distance from the sensor Maximum Angular Deviation + 10° on 305 x 305 mm (12 x 12 in.) flat target at a distance of 305 mm (12 in.) + 10° on a large flat surface at a distance of 6.096 m (20 ft) + 5° on a large flat surface at a distance of 8 m (26 ft) Sonic Cone Profile See Beam Plots Limit Adjustment Resolution 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) Repeatability + 0.8716 mm (0.03431 in.) max. Temperature Compensated + 2.54 mm (0.10 in.) max. Temperature Compensated Supply Voltage 12 to 24 Vdc + 10% excluding output load (regulated supply) 12 to 24 Vdc + 10% excluding output load (regulated supply) Current Consumption 100 mA max., excluding load 100 mA max., excluding load Peak Inrush Current 0.50 A 0.50 A Power Consumption Sinking Output (NPN) Outputs Response Time Indicators Connection Options 1.2 W max., excluding load 1.2 W max., excluding load Maximum on-state voltage 0.37 V @ 100 mA 0.37 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA 100 mA Maximum applied voltage 35 Vdc 35 Vdc Maximum on-state Sourcing Output (PNP) voltage drop Maximum load current 0.50 V @ 100 mA 0.50 V @ 100 mA 100 mA 100 mA Standard (Other response times are available) 150 ms on/off (1 m range models) 200 ms on/off (2 m range models) 1 s on/off Multicolored LED (Amber, Red, Green) Indicates limits setup and operational modes. Amber LED Illuminated when sensor output is in an active (on) state. Cable Model 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long, standard 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long, standard 12 mm, 4 pole, male 12 mm, 4 pole, male Connector Model Protection Environment Power Supply Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, reverse polarity Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, reverse polarity Outputs Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, overcurrent Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, overcurrent Operating Temperature Range Silicone faced: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Stainless-steel faced: - 20 to 50 °C (-4 to 122 °F) - 20 to 60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) Storage Temperature Range Silicone faced: 20 to 80 °C (14 to 176 °F) Stainless-steel faced: -50 to 80 °C (-58 to 176 °F) -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Operating Humidity 100% Protection Ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical Resistance Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. Fluorosilicone and stainless steel-faced transducers Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. available for severe, corrosive-type environments. Note: This sensor is not rated explosion proof! 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738 in.) long, including 34.70 mm (1.365 in.) dia. x 20.10 mm (0.790 in.) long sensing head 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 116.31 mm (4.579 in.) mm long, including 43.18 mm (1.70 in.) dia. x 42.09 mm (1.657 in.) long sensing head Connector Model 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779 in.) long. With AC132 right-angle, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly: 117.15 mm (4.612 in.) long. With AC130 straight, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly: 125 mm (4.921 in.) long. Sensing head dimension same as cable model. 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 117.35 mm (4.62 in.) long; With AC132 right-angle, connector/cable assembly: 139.19 mm (5.48 in.) long. With AC130 straight, connector/cable assembly: 147.04 mm (5.789 in.) long. sensing head dimension same as cable model. Housing Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration Case Ultem® plastic (FDA Approved) or SS303 stainless steel Ultem plastic (FDA Approved) Transducer Face Silicone rubber, gray Epoxy, white SS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm (0.002 in.) thick (1) Sensor Cables Lead-free, black PVC jacketed Lead-free, black PVC jacketed CE Mark — CE conformity is declared to: EN63126: 1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 group 1 Class A. Construction 1 NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Cable Model Dimensions Agency Approvals Ultrasonic Sensing [TA = 20 °C (68 °F)] 1 and 2 m ranges Available only in the stainless-steel faced, 1 m range models. 379 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Wire Assignments—SM902 Electrical Wiring—SM902 The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power or control wires. Cable Model Wire Assignments Connector Model Pin Assignments Sinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C. Sinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C. Brn +12 to 24 Vdc Blk NPN /Sinking Wht White 2 PNP/Sourcing 4 Black NPN /Sinking Blue 3 DC Com PNP/Sourcing Blu 1 Brown + 12 to 24 Vdc DC Com Complementary Sinking Complementary Sinking Brn Blk W ht White 2 NPN/Sinking - N.C. + 12 to 24 Vdc 1 Brown + 12 to 24 Vdc NPN/Sinking - N.O. 4 Black NPN/Sinking - N.O. Blue 3 DC Com NPN/Sinking - N.C. Blu DC Com Complementary Sourcing Complementary Sourcing Ultrasonic Brn + 12 to 24 Vdc Blk PNP/Sourcing - N.O. W ht White 2 PNP/Sourcing - N.C. 4 Black PNP/Sourcing - N.O. Blue 3 DC Com PNP/Sourcing - N.C. Blu 1 Brown + 12 to 24 V DC Com Dual Alarm Setpoint Outputs NPN/Sinking - N.O./N.C., PNP/Sourcing - N.O./N.C. Brn White 2 Near Setpoint Limit + 12 to 24 Vdc Blk Far Setpoint Limit W ht Near Setpoint Limit Blu 1 Brown + 12 to 24 Vdc 4 Black Far Setpoint Limit Blue 3 DC C om DC Com Sensor Operating Profiles—SM902 Pump-out Latch Pump-in Latch 0.0 mm (0.0 in) Deadband Deadband Erratic operation within this range Amber Status LED Near Limit Amber Status LED Multicolor LED Red Connector Deadband Erratic operation within this range Far Limit Setup Pushbutton Green Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. Near Limit Multicolor LED Red Connec to r Range Far Limit Setup Pushbutton Amber Multicolor LED On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off 0.0 m m (0.0 in) Deadband Range Green Amber Multicolor LED On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off Bold line indicates when LED is ON and outputs are ON. Continued on next page 380 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Operating Profiles—SM902 Sensor Operating Profiles—SM902 (continued) Dual Setpoint Dual Alarm 0.0 mm (0.0 in) Deadband Range Near Setpoint Setup Pushbutton Amber LED Far Setpoint Amber Multicolor LED Green Red Off Amber Normally Open Outputs Operation Red LED On Multicolor LED Connector Red LED Flashing Red LED Off Multicolor LED Amber LED On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off Off Off Flashing On Off Amber Green Red Description Amber LED - No object detected - Object farther than far setpoint - Object between setpoints - Object closer than near setpoint BLK Far Output WHT Near Output Multicolor LED Amber LED On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn on * Red LED On Red LED Flashing BLK Far Output WHT Near Output On On Flashing Off Off Amber Green Red Red LED Off BLK Far Output WHT Near Output Normally Closed Outputs Operation Red LED Off * BLK Far Output WHT Near Output BLK Far Output WHT Near Output BLK Far Output WHT Near Output * BLK Far Output WHT Near Output Red LED On BLK Far Output WHT NearOutput Ultrasonic Deadband Erratic operation within this range Description Amber LED - No object detected - Object farther than far setpoint - Object between setpoints - Object closer than near setpoint = Illustrated are NPN/Sinking Outputs. PNP/Sourcing Outputs are also available. NPNs Pump Latch with N.O. Setpoint Deadband Erratic operation within this range NPNs Pump Latch with N.O. Alarm 0.0 mm (0.0 in) Deadband 0.0 mm (0.0 in) Deadband Setup Pushbutton Amber LED Pump-Out Control Pump-In Control Control Output Pump-Out Control Alarm limit farther than far limit Setpoint farther than far lim it Connector Multic olor LED Bold lin es for the control and setpoint outputs indicate when that output is on. Flashing Flashing Red / Green Setpoint Red Flashing Red Amber Connector Amber Off Output Setpoint between control lim its Flashing Red Setpoint Flashing Red Green Green Amber Off Setpoint closer than near lim it Flashing Red Setpoint Red Green Amber Output Diagram is for Pump Latch output wi th N.O . Setpoint. N.C . setpoint is also available Off Green Alarm Red Multicolor LED Bold lines for the control and alarm outputs indicate when that output is on. Output If no object is detected for 1 second, the multic olor LED turns off, and both outputs turn off. Far Limit Near Limit Pump-in Control Range Sensing Range Far Limit Near Limit Setup Amber Pushbutton LED Deadband Erratic operation within this range Range Sensing Range If no object is detected for 1 second, the multicolor LED turns off, and both outputs turn off. Flashing Amber Amber Off Output Alarm limit between midpoint of control limits and far limit Flashing Red Flashing Amber Amber Green Green Alarm Off Output Alarm limit between midpoint of control limits and near limit Flashing Amber Flashing Red Green Green Amber Alarm Off Output Alarm limit closer than near limit Flashing Red Red Green Alarm Amber Off Output Diagram is for Pump Latch output with N.O. A larm. N.C. alarm is also available 381 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series General Specifications—SM906 General Specifications—SM906 1 and 2 m ranges Model Sensing Ranges Sonic Frequency Minimum Object-size Detection Sensing [TA = 20 °C (68 °F)] Maximum Angular Deviation Sonic Cone Profile Limit Adjustment Resolution Repeatability Power Requirements Current Consumption Peak Inrush Current Power Consumption Output Range 100 mA max., excluding load 0.5 A 1.2 W max., excluding load 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA 10 to 0 Vdc or 20 to 4 mA 33 mV/mm (0.833 V/inch) using a 305 mm (12 in.) span 1 kΩ (5 kΩ recommended for best accuracy) 52 µA/mm (1.33 mA/inch) using a 305 mm (12 in.) span 500 Ω (250 Ω recommended for best accuracy) Inverse Direct Voltage Output Slope Minimum Load Resistance Ultrasonic Current Output Slope: Maximum Load Resistance Minimum, standard Other response times are available Multicolored LED (Amber, Red, Green) Indicators Red LED Cable Style Connection Options Connector Style Response Times Power Supply Outputs Sensor Cables CE Mark — Storage Temperature Operating Humidity Protection Ratings Chemical Resistance Cable Model Dimensions Connector Model Construction Housing Case Transducer Face 1 8 m, long range 203 mm to 8 m (8.0 in. to 26 ft) 75 kHz 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) diameter rod up to 4.572 m (15 ft) distance from the sensor + 10° on a large flat surface at a distance of 6.096 m (20 ft) + 5 on a large flat surface at a distance of 8 m (26 ft) 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) Repeatability: + 2.54 mm (0.10 in.) max. Temperature Compensated 15 to 24 Vdc + 10%, excluding output load, regulated supply 3.28 mV/mm (83.3 mV/inch) using a 3.048 m (10 ft) span 1.64 mV/mm (41.7 mV/inch) using a 6.096 m (20 ft) span 5.2 µA/mm (0.133 mA/inch) using a 3.048 m (10 ft) span 2.6 µA/mm (0.066 mA/inch) using a 6.096 m (20 ft) span 500 Ω 15 ms on/off, 25 ms on/off (1 m range models) 150 ms on/off, 250 ms on/off 20 ms on/off, 35 ms on/off (2 m range models) Indicates object position relative to the span limits Intensity increases as output signal increases. 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long, standard 12 mm, 4-pole, male 4-conductor, straight and right-angle, micro style Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, reverse polarity Current-limited overvoltage, ESD, overcurrent Silicone-faced: 0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Stainless-steel faced: -20 to 50 °C (-4 to 122 °F) Silicone-faced: -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Stainless-steel faced: -50 to 80 °C (-58 to 176 °F) 100% NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. Fluorosilicone and stainless steel-faced transducers available for severe, corrosive-type environments. 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738 in.) mm long, including 34.70 mm (1.365 in.) dia. x 20.10 mm (0.790 in.) long sensing head 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5mm-6g threaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779 in.) long. With AC 132 rightangle, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly: 117.15 mm (4.612 in.) long. With AC130 straight, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly: 125 mm (4.921 in.) long. Sensing head dimension same as cable model. Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration Ultem® plastic or SS303 stainless steel Silicone rubber, gray SS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm (0.002 in.) thick (1) Lead-free, black PVC jacketed Note: This sensor is not rated explosion proof! Operating Temperature Agency Approvals See Beam Plots 0.08 mm (0.003 in.) + 0.8716 mm (0.03431 in.) max. Temperature Compensated 15 to 24 Vdc @ 80 mA, excluding output load Outputs Environment + 10° on 305 mm x 305 mm (12 x 12 in.) flat target at a distance of 305 mm (12 in.) Supply Voltage Output Configuration Protection 51 mm to 1 m (2.0 to 39 in.) 120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39 in.) (1) 120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79 in.) 200 kHz 1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) diameter rod up to 635 mm (26 in.) distance from sensor -20 to 60 °C (-4 to 140 °F) -40 to 100 °C (-40 to 212 °F) Unaffected by most acids, bases, and oils. 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia. x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738 in.) mm long, including 34.70 mm (1.365 in.) dia. x 20.10 mm (0.790 in.) long sensing head 30 mm (1.181 in.) dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779 in.) long. With AC132 right-angle, connector/cable assembly: 117.15 mm (4.612 in.) long. With AC130 straight, connector/cable assembly: 125.00 mm (4.921 in.) long. Sensing head dimension same as cable model. Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration Ultem plastic (FDA Approved) Epoxy, white CE conformity is declared to: EN63126: 1997 (annex A, industrial) including amendment A1:1998. EN55011 group 1 Class A. Available only in the stainless steel-faced, 1 m-span models. 382 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors SM900 Series Output Specifications and Wire Assignments—SM906 Analog Output Electrical Specifications——SM906 1 and 2 m ranges Current output (1) 8 m, long range Voltage output (2) Current output (1) Voltage output (2) Output Range 4-20 mA 0-10 V 4-20 mA 0-10 V Load Resistance 10 to 500 Ω 1 kΩ to ∞ 10 to 500 Ω 1 kΩ to ∞ Resolution (3) 4.88 µA 2.44 mVdc 4.88 µA 2.44 mVdc Accuracy (% of span) (4) + 0.50 + 0.40 + 0.50 + 0.40 Linearity (% of span) + 0.10 + 0.10 + 0.15 + 0.15 + 0.004 + 0.006 + 0.004 Temperature Dependence (% of span/°C) + 0.006 24 Vdc, TA = 20 °C, large flat target, still air, 24 Vdc, TA = 20 °C, large flat target, still air, @ minimum span size of 304.8 mm or 12 in.) @ minimum span size of 3.048 m or 10 ft) Test conditions 1 2 3 4 Tested with 250 Ω load. Tested with 1000 Ω load; a low value is recommended to minimize noise pickup. Resolution = span/4096. Maximum: 0.23 mm (0.009 in.) for 1 m model, max. span; 0.459 mm (0.018 in.) for 2 m model, max. span; 1.90 mm; (0.071 in.) for 8 m, long-range model, max. span For 1 m and 2 m models: Best accuracy may be limited to 0.794 mm (0.03125 in.) due to wave-skip phenomena. For 8 m models: Best accuracy may be limited to 2.117 mm (0.083 in.) due to wave-skip phenomena. Inverse Proportional Output The analog 0 to 10 Volt or 4 to 20 mA signal value decreases as the object moves closer to the near span limit. OFF ON ON ON Multicolor LED: Green Red Indicates the relative object position within the sensing range Far Span Limit Amber LED: • Multicolor LED Off Analog The brightness indicates the relative value of the analog output. • Amber Near Span Limit Amber LED ON Span Multicolor LED Ultrasonic Deadband Erratic operation within this range 10 Volts or 20 mA Off if the analog output is at minimum Bright amber if the analog output is at maximum Output 0 Volts or 4 mA Sensing Range Amber LED Direct Proportional Output The analog 10 to 0 Volt or 20 to 4 mA signal value increases as the object moves closer to the near span limit. Deadband Erratic operation within this range Multicolor LED: ON ON • • • limit. Green: object sensed at or between the near and far span limits. Amber: object sensed beyond the far span limit. Off: no object sensed within the full sensing range. 10 Volts or 20 mA Off if the analog output is at minimum Bright amber if the analog output is at maximum Output 0 Volts or 4 mA Sensing Range Electrical Wiring The sensor wires must be run in conduit free of any AC power of control wires. Cable Model Wire Assignments Brn Blk Amber LED Operation The amber LED intensity varies directly with the magnitude of the analog output. The amber LED is off when the output is at the minimum and full brightness when the output is at the maximum. Multicolor LED Off Span Multicolor LED Amber LED Multicolor LED Operation • Red: object sensed closer than the near span Far Span Limit Amber LED Analog The brightness indicates the relative value of the analog output. • OFF Amber Near Span Limit Amber LED: • ON Green Red Indicates the relative object position within the sensing range ON Wht Blu Connector Model Pin Assignments White 2 Analog Return +Vdc 1 Brown +15 to 24 Vdc 0 to 10 V or 4 to 20 mA analo g signal Analo g return Blue 3 DC Com 4 Black Analog Signal DC Com 383 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Virtu® Series Features and Selection Features: • Combination of dual-mount or barrel-style PNP or NPN output • Plastic housing with durable glass epoxy sensing face • Mounting nuts included • Self-Teach removable cable offered separately Virtu VM1 • Micro (M12) connector version Specifications and Catalog Numbers—Virtu VM1 and VM18 Sensing Characteristics Range 51–508 mm (2–20 in.) Frequency 300 kHz Power Requirements (Supply) Ultrasonic Voltage 12–24 Vdc Current 40 mA (excluding load) Environmental Ratings mm 300 Operating Temperature -30 to 70 °C (-22 to 158 °F) Environment NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Construction 200 Barrel, ØxL 100 -100 18 x 77.62 mm (0.70 x 3.06 in.) Flat Profile, wxhxd 43.7 x 18 x 59.7 mm (1.72 x 0.70 x 2.35 in.) Housing Valox® Plastic Transducer Glass Epoxy Catalog Numbers Output -200 -300 0 65 190 320 445 570 mm Proximity Output Cable PNP Sourcing NPN Sinking Quick Disconnect N.O. VM1PNO VM1PNOQ VM18PNOQ N.C. VM1PNC VM1PNCQ VM18PNCQ N.O. VM1NNO VM1NNOQ VM18NNOQ N.C. VM1NNC VM1NNCQ VM18NNCQ Self-Teach Connector Cable (XXZPB100)—6 in. length Description Connector cable, 6 in. (152 mm) long, with a male M12 connector, a female M12 connector, and a push button module for customizing performance of the Virtu VM1 and VM18 ultrasonic sensor. Operation XXZPB100 With the self-teach cable connected between the sensor and the standard connector cable, push the button at each sensing point to teach the sensing range. The sensor can be set using one sensing point, or can provide foreground and background suppression to create a sensing window. Self-Teach Connector Cable XXZPB100 2.48 63 M 0.472x1 12x1 0.787 20 Cable length 6 152.4 0.571 14.5 0.63 16 384 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Virtu® Series Specifications and Accessories Specifications Wiring VM1 VM18 Mechanical 1/BN 4/BK 3/BU 2–20 in. (51–508 mm) Ultrasonic Cone Angle (see beam plot) 10° Maximum Angular Deviation ±10° Temperature range +32 to 122 °F (0 to 50 °C) Humidity Enclosure rating 1/BN PNP 4/BK 3/BU 3 4 1 1 4 3 2 2 1 3 3 4 4 1 0.013 in. (0.35 mm) Vibration 7 G amplitude + 1 mm (f =10 to 55 Hz) Shock resistance 30 G for 11 ms (conforming to 68-2-27) Repeat Accuracy ±0.027 in. (0.7 mm) Wiring 22 AWG 0.06 in. (1.5 mm) dia. rod 2.5 in. (63.5 mm) dia. rod Case Ultem® Plastic PBT Sensing Face Glass epoxy Electrical XXZ PB100 1/BN 4/BK 4/BK NO 2/WH XXZPB100 IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529 Minimum size detection 1/BN 3/BU 4X CENELEC Hysteresis Enclosure material XX7 V1A1 100% NEMA Type 3/BU Voltage Rating 12–24 Vdc Voltage Limits (including ripple) 10–28 Vdc Voltage Drop (across switch, closed state) 1 V (PNP or NPN) Max. Load Current 100 mA Residual Current (open state) 0.5 uA max. Current Consumption, No Load 60 mA LED Indicators No LED Power-up delay (max.) 350 ms 100 ms On delay (max.) 3 ms 10 ms Off delay (max.) 3 ms 10 ms Ultrasonic Frequency 500 kHz 300 kHz Protective Circuitry Electrostatic Yes Overvoltage Yes Reverse polarity Yes Agency Listings Ultrasonic NPN Sensing Range 40 mA IEC 60947-5-2, UL508, CSA C22-2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Flush mount plastic mounting bracket XSZB118 90° metal mounting bracket 9006PA118 Plastic mounting nuts XSZE118 Micro (M12) Connector Cables Micro Connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), straight XSZCD101Y Micro Connector, 4 pin, 2 m (6.6 ft), 90° XSZCD111Y Micro Connector, 4 pin, 5 m (16.4 ft), straight XXZAC130 For additional cable options and lengths, see page 368. 385 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Virtu® Series General Specifications—VM1 and VM18 General Specifications—Virtu VM1 and VM18 Sensing Range: 50 to 508 mm (2 to 20 in.), large flat objects Sonic Frequency 300 kHz 2.5 mm (0.098 in.) diameter rod or 1.0 mm (.039 in.) bar at a distance of 200 mm (8 in.) Minimum-size Detection Sensing [TA = 20 °C (68 °F)] Power Requirements NOTE: Smaller object may not be detected at closer distances Maximum Angular Deviation ± 5° on a 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in.) flat target at a distance of 508 mm (20 in.) Sonic Cone Profile See beam plot Limit Position Accuracy ± 1.6 mm (0.062 in.) max. Repeatability ± 0.7 mm (0.027 in.) or better Supply Voltage 12 to 24 Vdc ± 10%, regulated supply Current Consumption 40 mA max. (excluding load) Power Consumption Sinking Output (NPN Model VM1-NXX) Output Sourcing Output (PNP Model VM1-PXX) Input 1.0 W max. (excluding load) Maximum on-state voltage 0.75 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA Maximum applied voltage 30 Vdc Maximum on-state voltage drop 1.10 V @ 100 mA Maximum load current 100 mA Output voltage VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100 mA Teach Setup Contact Closure (push-button) to common. Internal 115KW pull-up to 5V Voltage Range Setup Input Active 0 to 1 V Setup Input Inactive 2.5 to 5 V Ultrasonic Max Voltage without Damage Response Time -30 to 30 V 15.0 ms on/ 15.0 ms off max Indicators Green LED Illuminated if output is off (Green and Amber LEDs are never illuminated simultaneously) Amber LED Illuminated if output is on Connections Protection Environment Cable models 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 m (10 ft) long Connector models 12 mm, circular 4-pole, male micro connector Power Supply Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Output Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Input Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity Operating Temperature -30 to 70 °C (-22 to 152 °F) Storage Temperature -40 to 85 °C (-40 to 185 °F) Operating Humidity 100% non-condensing Protection Ratings NEMA Type 4X, IP67 Chemical Resistance Resists most acids and bases, including most food products 386 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Osisonic™ Ultrasonic Sensors Virtu® Series Wire Assignments, Operating Profiles, and Dimensions—VM1 and VM18 Electrical Wiring Output Type The sensor cable must be run in conduit, free of any AC power or control wires. NPN - Normally Closed Output The sensing window is determined by a teachable near and far limit, which can be set anywhere between the deadband (50.8 mm / 2.0 in) and the maximum sensing range (508 mm / 20 in.). The sensing window is taught using either an inline pushbutton switch or by grounding the teach wire. NPN Cable Style Wire (dual-mount model only) Blk 0.0 mm (0.0 in.) 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) +VDC NPN Sinking Output Wht Teach Input Blu DC Com Blk +VDC PNP Sourcing Output Wht Teach Input Blu DC Com NPN Discrete Micro Connector Style WHITE 2 Teach Input BLUE 3 DC Com Sensing Window 2-color LED is green when output is off (object within window) and amber when output is on (no object in window). PNP Cable Style Wire (dual-mount model only) Brn BLUE 3 DC Com LED is Amber LED is Green Black Wire (Sinking/ NPN) Black Wire (Sinking/ NPN) LED is Amber Black Wire Black Wire (Sinking/ (Sinking/ NPN) NPN) Maximum Sensing Range PNP - Normally Open Output The sensing window is determined by a teachable near and far limit, which can be set anywhere between the deadband (50.8 mm / 2.0 in) and the maximum sensing range (508 mm / 20 in.). The sensing window is taught using either an inline pushbutton switch or by grounding the teach wire. 0.0 mm (0.0 in.) BROWN 1 +VDC 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) 508 mm (20 in.) Far Limit Near Limit BLACK 4 NPN/Sinking BROWN 1 +VDC LED is Amber Deadband Erratic operation within this range Sensing Window PNP Discrete Micro Connector Style WHITE 2 Teach Input 508 mm (20 in.) Far Limit Near Limit Ultrasonic Brn 2-color LED is amber when output is on (object within window) and green when output is off (no object in window). LED is Green LED is Amber V+ V+ Black Wire (Sourcing/ PNP) LED is Green V+ Black Wire (Sourcing/ PNP) Deadband Erratic operation within this range BLACK 4 PNP/Sourcing LED is Green V+ Black Wire Black Wire (Sourcing/ (Sourcing/ PNP) PNP) Maximum Sensing Range Dimensions 0.050 (1.27) Quick Disconnect Style (Valox® Plastic) VM1-XXX-X 0.709 (18.00) 2.350 (59.69) 1.475 (37.47) 1.300 (33.02) 0.950 (24.13) 0.650 (16.51) M18x1 6g 1.722 (43.74) 18 mm Barrel Style (Valox® Plastic) VM18-XXX-X 1.225 (31.12) 0.13 (3.2) THRU (2x) M12x1 6g 0.354 (8.99) Dimensions: in. (mm) 0.413 (10.49) 0.175 (4.44) 3.056 (77.62) 0.191 (4.85) 0.354 (8.99) 0.654 (16.61) M18x1 Thread M12x1 Conn. Ø 0.709 (18.00) 1.701 (43.21) 0.350 (8.89) 387 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Ultrasonic 388 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Catalog September File 9007 / XC 07 CONTENTS Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Applications by Market Segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Osiswitch® XC Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Osiswitch Miniature Snap Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410 Osiswitch Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Osiswitch Compact Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440 Osiswitch Classic Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468 Class 9007 Industrial Snap Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536 Class 9007 Miniature Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539 Class 9007AW Heavy Duty Industrial Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 Class 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546 Class 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Limit Switches . . . . 598 R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches . 610 Building a New Electric World Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® Universal Design Miniature Compact Catalog number XCMD XCKD Enclosure Metal Features Mounting by the body or by the head Modularity Head, body and connection modularity Head and body modularity CENELEC conformity — EN 50047 EN 50047 compatible Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) 30 x 50 x 16 (1.18 x 1.97 x 0.63) 31 x 65 x 30 (1.22 x 2.56 x 1.18) 58 x 51 x 30 (2.28 x 2.01 x 1.18) Head Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement, multi-directional Same heads for ranges XCMD, XCKD, XCKP and XCKT Contact blocks XCKP XCKT Plastic, double insulated 2 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/O; N/C + N/C 3 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O N/C + N/C + N/O; N/C + N/O + N/O 4 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O — 2 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/O break before make N/C + N/O break before make; N/O + N/C make before break; N/C + N/C simultaneous 2 slow break contacts — N/O + N/O simultaneous 3 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O break before make N/C + N/C + N/O break before make; N/C + N/O + N/O break before make — Pre-cabled 2 contacts: 400 V/6 A 3 contacts: 400 V/4 A 4 contacts: 400 V/3 A Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A Insulation voltage (Ui) / thermal current (Ithe) N/C + N/O — Limit Switches Integral M12, 4-pin: 250 V/3 A Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V/4 A Integral M12, 4-pin: 250 V/3 A — NEMA Types 1, 2, 4X, 6, 12 IP 66, IP 67, IP 68, IK 06 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, 13 IP 66, IP 67, IK 06 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP 66, IP 67, IK 04 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, 13 IP 66, IP 67, IK 04 Screw terminals — 1 entry for ISO M16 or M20, PG 11, PG 13 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT, PF 1/2 Pre-cabled Integral: No Remote: Yes — Connector Integral or remote M12 or remote 7/8" 16UN Integral M12 430 442 and 446 Connector Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V/4 A Remote 7/8" 16UN: 250 V/6 A Degree of protection Connection Page 2 entries for ISO M16 or PG 11 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT (using adapter — 448 and 452 454 390 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® Optimum and Application Design Miniature Optimum Compact Application: with manual reset Catalog number XCMN XCDR XCPR Enclosure Plastic, double insulated Metal Plastic, double insulated Features Mounting by the body or by the head Mounting by the body Modularity — CENELEC conformity — Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) 30 x 50 x 16 (1.18 x 1.97 x 0.63) 31 x 65 x 30 (1.22 x 2.56 x 1.18) Head Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement, multidirectional Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Same heads for ranges XCDR, XCPR and XCTR N/C + N/O 3 snap action contacts with positive opening operation — 4 snap action contacts with positive opening operation — 2 slow break contacts with positive opening operation — 2 slow break contacts — 3 slow break contacts with positive opening operation — Screw terminal Insulation voltage (Ui) / thermal current (Ithe) 2 contacts: 400 V/6 A Connector N/C + N/O break before make Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A — NEMA Types 1, 2, 13 IP 65, IK 04 IP 66, IP 67, IK 04 Screw terminals — 1 entry for ISO M20 or PG 13 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT Pre-cabled Yes Degree of protection Connection 58 x 51 x 30 (2.28 x 2.01 x 1.18) Limit Switches Contact blocks 2 snap action contacts with positive opening operation XCTR 2 entries for ISO M16 or PG 11 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT (using adapter) — — Connector Page 438 462 464 466 391 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® Classic Design Classic Catalog number XCKM Enclosure Metal Features 3 conduit entries Modularity Head + Body + Operator CENELEC or DIN conformity — Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) 63 x 64 x 30 (2.48 x 2.52 x 1.18) Head Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement, multi-directional Contact blocks Limit Switches Page EN 50041 52 x 72 x 30 (2.05 x 2.83 x 1.18) 40 x 77 x 44 (1.57 x 3.03 x 1.73) 42.5 x 84 x 36 (1.67 x 3.31 x 1.42) N/C + N/O N/C + N/O; N/C + N/C N/C + N/O; N/C + N/C 3 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O; N/C + N/O + N/O C/O snap action contacts — C/O slow break contacts — 2 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/O break before make N/O + N/C make before break N/C + N/C simultaneous 2 slow break contacts N/O + N/O simultaneous 3 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O break before make; N/C + N/O + N/O break before make Degree of protection XCKJ Fixed or plug-in body, -40 °C (-40 °F) or +120 °C (+248 °F) versions 2 snap action contacts with positive opening operation Insulation voltage (Ui) / thermal current (Ithe) Connection XCKL 2 C/O Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A — Connector Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V/4 A Integral 7/8" 16UN: 250 V/6 A NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP 66, IK 06 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12 IP 66 IK 07 Screw terminals (cable entry) 3 entries for ISO M20 or PG 11 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT 1 entry incorporating cable entry or tapped 1/2" NPT 1 entry for ISO M20 or PG 13 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT Connector — — Integral M12 or 7/8" 16UN 468 468 484 392 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® Classic, Application, and Miniature Snap Switches Design Classic Sub-miniature, Application: for lifting Application: for miniature: applications and materials handling installations requiring requiring high equipment or very electrical redundancy precision and a low severe applications operating force Catalog number XCKS XCKML Plastic, double insulated Metal Features — 2 sets of contacts Modularity Head + Body + Operator CENELEC or DIN conformity EN 50041 — Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) 40 x 72.5 x 36 (1.57 x 2.85 x 1.42) 72 x 81 x 36 (2.83 x 3.19 x 1.42) Head Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement, multi-directional Linear movement (plunger) Contact blocks Plastic — Depending on type Fixed composition Depending on type, fixed composition or contact and operator Depending on type DIN 41635, depending on type Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) 2 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/O; N/C + N/C 2 x N/C + N/O contact blocks 3 snap action contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O; N/C + N/O + N/O — C/O snap action contacts 2 C/O — C/O slow break contacts — 2 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/O break before make N/O + N/C make before break N/C + N/C simultaneous 2 x N/C + N/O break before make contact blocks 2 slow break contacts N/O + N/O simultaneous — 3 slow break contacts with positive opening operation N/C + N/C + N/O break before make N/C + N/O + N/O break before make — Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A Screw terminal 2 contacts: 500 V/10 A Insulation voltage (Ui) / thermal current (Ithe) 3 contacts: 400 V/6 A XEP, XCO Metal or polyester Depending on type — Depending on type 1 single-pole contact Depending on type — Depending on type — Limit Switches Enclosure XCR, XC1AC Depending on type — Degree of protection Connection Page IP 65 IK 03 Screw terminals (cable entry) 1 entry for ISO M20 or PG 13 conduit thread Connector — 512 NEMA Types: 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 Depending on type: IP 66, IK 05; IP 65, IK 05; or IP 54, IK 05 Depending on type 3 entries for ISO M20 or PG 13 conduit thread; or PG 13 to 1/2” NPT with adapter Depending on type: 1 or 3 entries for ISO M20 or PG 13 conduit thread Depending on type: by tags or pre-wired 468 522 and 530 412 IP 66 IK 06 393 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Class 9007 Industrial Snap Switches and Miniature Industrial Switches Design Industrial Snap Switch Miniature Switch Miniature Enclosed Reed Heavy Duty Industrial, Precision Oiltight Catalog Number Prefix 9007A 9007C 9007MS 9007ML 9007XA 9007AW Description Industrial snap switches with or without operators Miniature enclosed switches, potted and pre-wired with cable. Unique rotary head. 9007 ML has double break contacts. Miniature enclosed switches, potted and pre-wired with cable. Reed contacts for superior lowenergy switching. Precision oil tight enclosed switches with unique features, micrometer adjustable and low temperature operation. Enclosure Material Plastic Metal bodies, metal head Metal bodies, metal head Metal bodies, metal heads Enclosure Rating None NEMA: Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IEC: IP67 NEMA: Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 NEMA: Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 Approximate Body Dimensions, mm (in.) 29.0 x 63.5 x 21.0 (1.14 x 2.5 x 0.83) 40.1 x 44.4 x 15.8 (1.58 x 1.75 x 0.62) 40.1 x 44.2 x 16.0 1.58 x 1.74 x 0.63) 36.6 x 98.5 x 63.5 (1.44 x 3.88 x 2.5) Heads Linear Linear or Rotary Linear or Rotary Linear or Rotary X X N.O. or N.C. X Pre-wired cable, M12 Connector option available. Pre-wired cable. Contact Blocks N.C. + N.O. snap action N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break N.O. + N.C. make before break, slow break N.C. + N.C. simultaneous, slow break N.O. + N.O. simultaneous, slow break C/O snap action Limit Switches C/O slow break N.C. + N.C. 2-step, slow break N.O. + N.O. 2-step, slow break N.C. + N.C. snap action N.O. + N.C. slow make, slow break Cabling Temperature Range -65 to +221 °F (-54 to +105 °C) -40 to +221 °F (-40 to +105 °C) -20 to + 140 °F (-29 to +60 °C) Additional Features A variety of operators are available, page 536 Bottom or side cable entry. Full range of operating heads, page 540. Bottom cable entry. Three common operating heads, page 544. 0 to +185 °F (-17.8 to 85 °C) Lever operated: -65 to +185 °F (-54 to 85 °C) Most common operating heads. Micrometer adjustable push rod plunger. Uses 9007C levers, page 574. 394 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Class 9007 Type C Heavy Duty Industrial Hazardous application locations: gases (explosion), dust environment. Applications Material handling—mechanical conveying, automotive, machine tool, packaging Design Standard body type 9007C••••• Standard body reed contacts Compact body type 9007C52•• Hazardous location body type 9007CR•••• Catalog number 9007C54••• 9007C62••• 9007C68••• 9007C66••• 9007C84••• 9007C86••• 9007C52•• 9007CR53•• 9007CR61•• 9007CR65•• 9007CR67•• Enclosure Metal, diecast, zinc alloy Features Plug-in body Factory modifications (Forms) See pages 560 to 564 Modularity Head + body + lever Conforming to standards NEMA 250, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, UL 508, C22-2-14-95, e conformity documentation Product certifications UL, CSA, e Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) with rotary head 39 x 102 x 45 (1.54 x 4.02 x 1.77) Head Linear movement (plunger) Rotary movement (lever) Multi-directional movement (wobble stick, cat whisker) NEMA 250, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, UL 508, C22-2-14-95, e conformity documentation 39 x 80 x 45 (1.54 x 3.15 x 1.77) 69 x 156 x 53 (2.72 x 6.14 x 2.10) 9007C54••• 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 9007CR53•• 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 9007C62••• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. 9007CR61•• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. 9007C68••• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. neutral position 9007CR65•• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. neutral position 9007C66••• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. two stage 9007CR67•• 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. two stage 9007C•••• Y1561 9007CR•••• Y1561 Single pole only Single pole only Rated insulation voltage 600 V — Insulation voltage (Ui)— top half of body 600 V Except: 9007CO62, 9007CO66, 9007CO68 (Ui = 250 V) and 9007C84, 9007C86 (Ui = 125 V) 600 V 600 V Except: 9007CR63, 9007CR65, 9007CR67 (Ui = 250 V) Thermal current (Ithe)— top half of body 10 A Excepted: 9007CO84, 9007CO86 (2.5 A) 10 A 10 A Degree of protection IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529, NEMA Types 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13 IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529 NEMA Types 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13, NEMA Types 2, 4, 6P, 7, 9, 13 Connection (1) Cable entry or connector Depending on model: 1/2"-14 NPT, M20 x 1.5 ISO cable entry, 5-pin mini connector. Cable entry or connector Depending on model: 1/2"-14 NPT, M20 X 1.5 ISO cable entry, 5 pin mini connector. Cable entry or connector Depending on model: 1/2"-14 NPT, M20 X 1,5 ISO cable entry, 3/4 14 NPT available. Page 548 556 582 1. Plunger and lever heads only 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Single pole only Direct opening (positive opening) 9007C•••• Y1561 Reed contacts 1 N.O. or 1 N.C. Limit Switches Contact blocks Snap action contacts Non-plug-in body A wide range of connectors are available. Contact your local field office. 395 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Applications Mill Mill Mill Mill Design 9007T Convertible sequence L100 Fixed sequence L14 Single Cable Pulls Fixed sequence L525 Belt Conveyor Fixed sequence Catalog number 9007T••• L100••• L14 L525 Enclosure Metal Metal Metal Metal Features Extra heavy duty contact ratings Extra heavy duty contact ratings Extra heavy duty contact ratings Extra heavy duty contact ratings Factory modifications (Forms) Page 605 Page 621 Page 621 Page 621 Conforming to standards NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 Product certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) surface mounting 58.7 x 114.3 x 64.5 (2.31 x 4.5 x 2.54) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) Head Limit Switches Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement (lever) (3) Rotary movement (lever) (3) Snap action contacts (1) 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. Sequences Convertible Fixed Fixed Fixed Rated insulation voltage 600 V 600 V 600 V 600 V Thermal current (Ithe) 20 A ac/dc 20 A ac, 5 A dc 20 A ac, 5 A dc 20 A ac, 5 A dc Degree of protection NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13 IP65, 66, 67 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 Connection (2) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Presentation, Applications and Characteristics Page 600 Page 612 Page 616 Page 617 Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Page 623 Page 623 Page 623 Page 623 Contact blocks 1. 2. 3. For other contact options see page 600. A wide range of connectors are available. Contact your local field office. Lever arms are optional and must be ordered separately. 396 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Applications Foundry Foundry Mill and Foundry Design 9007FT Convertible sequence L300 Fixed sequence L2153 Dual Pull Stop Fixed sequence Catalog number 9007FT••• L300••• L2153 Enclosure Metal Metal Metal Features Designed specifically for rough foundry Designed specifically for applications rough foundry applications Extra heavy duty contact ratings Factory modifications (Forms) Page 605 Page 621 Page 621 Conforming to standards NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 NEMA A600 UL508 Product certifications UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified UL Listed, CSA Certified Body dimensions (w x h x d), mm (in.) surface mounting 58.7 x 114.3 x 86.6 (2.31 x 4.5 x 3.41) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) 58.7 x 126 x 53.3 (2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10) Head Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement (lever) Rotary movement (lever) (2) Snap action contacts f 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. Sequences Convertible Fixed Fixed Rated insulation voltage 600 V 600 V 600 V Thermal current (Ithe) 20 A ac/dc 20 A ac, 5 A dc 20 A ac, 5 A dc Degree of protection NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13 IP65, 66, 67 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 NEMA Types 1, 4, 13 IP65, 66 Connection (1) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cable entry or connector 1/2" NPT (metric available) Presentation, Applications and Characteristics Page 602 Page 614 Page 616 Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Page 623 Page 623 Page 623 Contact blocks 1. 2. Limit Switches Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches A wide range of connectors are available. Contact your local field office. Lever arms are optional and must be ordered separately. 397 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Applications by Market Segment Crane and Hoist • Overhead Cranes • Transport Systems NOTE: Special electrical options available for: • Low current switching for programmable controllers • Hazardous locations Mill and Foundry • Iron and Steel • Cement and Glass Process Machinery • Machine Tools • Plastic, Rubber, Molding • Printing • Textile • Pulp, Paper, Wood Material Handling • Conveyance • Carousels • Automatic Storage/Retrieval Limit Switches Packaging Machinery • Packaging Machines • Shrink Wrap Food and Beverage Machinery • Bottling • Canning Simple Machines • Transportation Wash • Light Handling • Assembly Stations • General Purpose Electric Lifts • Lifting Platforms • Elevators • Escalators XCKP XCKT XCKD XCKM XCKL XCKML XCMD 9007MS/ML 9007XA XCKS 398 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Limit Switches Applications by Market Segment 9007AW XCKJ 9007C L100/L300 9007T/FT XCR 9007CLS 399 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Introduction Electromechanical detection Limit switches are used in all automated installations and also in a wide variety of applications, due to the numerous advantages inherent to their technology. They transmit data to the logic processing system regarding: • presence/absence • passing • positioning • end of travel Simplicity of installation, advantages From an electrical viewpoint • galvanic separation of circuits, • models suitable for low power switching, combined with good electrical durability, • very good short-circuit withstand in coordination with appropriate fuses, • total immunity to electromagnetic interference, • high rated operational voltage. From a mechanical viewpoint • N/C contacts with positive opening operation, • high resistance to the different ambient conditions encountered in industry (standard tests and specific tests under laboratory conditions), • high repeat accuracy, up to 0.01 mm on the tripping points. Detection movements • Linear movement (plunger) Limit Switches Unactuated Terminology • Tripped Rated value of a quantity Utilization categories Rotary movement (lever) Unactuated Tripped • Multi-directional movement Unactuated Tripped • • This replaces the term “nominal value.” It is the fixed value for a specific function. • AC-15 replaces AC-11: control of an electromagnet on a.c., test 10 le/le. AC-12: control of a resistive load on a.c. or static load isolated by opto-coupler. DC-13 replaces DC-11: control of an electromagnet on d.c., test le/le. • • • Switching capacity Ithe is no longer a rated value but a conventional current used for heating tests. Example: for category A300 the corresponding operational current, le maximum, is 6 A-120 V or 3 A-240 V, the equivalent Ithe being 10 A. • Minimum travel from the initial movement of contact actuator to the position required to accomplish positive opening operation. • The force required on the contact actuator to accomplish positive opening operation. • A limit switch complies with this specification when all the closed contact elements of the switch can be changed, with certainty, to the open position (no flexible link between the moving contacts and the operator of the switch, to which an actuating force is applied). All limit switches incorporating either a slow break contact block or a snap action N/C + N/O (form Zb), N/C + N/O + N/O, N/C + N/C + N/O, N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O contact block are positive opening operation, in complete conformity with standard IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix K. Positive opening travel Positive opening force Positive opening operation • 400 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Contact blocks Snap action contacts • Snap action contacts are characterized by different tripping and reset points (differential travel). The displacement speed of the moving contacts is not related to the speed of the operator. This feature ensures satisfactory electrical performance in applications involving low speed actuators. • • 13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 Unactuated state Approach travel Contact change of state Positive opening Slow break contacts • • • Slow break contacts are characterized by identical tripping and resetting points. The displacement speed of the moving contacts is equal, or proportional, to the speed of the operator—which must not be less than 0.1 m/s, or 6 m/minute (0.33 ft/s, or 19.68 ft/minute). The opening distance also depends on the distance traveled by the operator. 21 22 21 22 13 14 13 14 Limit Switches Electrical durability for normal loads V Insulation voltage limit • Normally, for inductive loads, the current value is less than 0.1 A (sealed), i.e., values of 3 to 40 VA sealed and 30 to 1000 VA inrush, depending on the voltage. For this type of application the electrical durability exceeds 10 million operating cycles. Application example: XCKJ161 + LC1D12•••• (7 VA sealed, 70 VA inrush). Electrical durability = 10 million operating cycles. 500 3 240 200 Switching capacity 150 120 100 4 3. Normal industrial PLC input type 1 4. Normal industrial PLC input type 2 60 Heating limit (Ithe) 24 20 1 15 2 10 8 6 5 1 mA 2 3 mA mA 5. Switching capacity conforming to IEC 60947-5-5, utilization category AC-15, DC-13 Inductive zone (1) 48 6 mA 10 mA 1A 2 A 3A 6A 10 A A300 240 V 3A B300 240 V 1.5 A Q300 250 V 0.27 A R300 250 V 0.13 A 6. Switching capacity conforming to IEC 60947-5-1, utilization category AC-15, DC-13 A300 120 V 6A B300 120 V 3A Q300 125 V 0.55 A R300 125 V 0.27 A Electrical durability for small loads • • • • • The use of limit switches with programmable controllers is becoming more common. With small loads, limit switches offer the following levels of reliability: failure rate of less than 1 for 100 million operating cycles using snap action contacts (contacts XE2SP). failure rate of less than 1 for 20 million operating cycles using slow break contacts (contacts XE•NP and XE3SP). failure rate of less than 1 for 5 million operating cycles using contacts XCMD. Range of use Standard contacts Continuous service (frequent switching) Gold flashed contacts on resistive load XE2SP2151, P3151 XE2NP•••• Contacts of XCMD, XE3•P•••• Occasional service Infrequent switching, y 1 operating cycle/day and/or corrosive atmosphere (1) 1. Usable up to 48 V/10 mA. 401 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Principle Innovation through modularity • • The Miniature design XCMD and Compact design XCKD, XCKP and XCKT product range family benefits from the Osiconcept™ principle: Offering simplicity through innovation. A first in worldwide detection for improving productivity. A complete offer for resolving the most commonly encountered detection problems: — — — — product selection simplified, product availability simplified, installation and setup simplified, maintenance simplified. Heads • A single metal operating head type for the Miniature design XCMD and Compact design XCKD, XCKP and XCKT ranges. . Limit Switches • • Interchanging of heads achieved by simple operation of forked metal latch. Adjustable in 3 planes: 15˚ 15˚ All the heads can be adjusted in 15° steps throughout 360°, in relation to the body. 15˚ All the levers can be adjusted in 15° steps throughout 360°, in relation to the horizontal axis of the head. 402 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Principle (continued) Cable entries The cable entries for Compact design XCKD and XCKP switches enable: • • simple cabling due to unrestricted access to contacts simple adaptation to the various worldwide markets 6 models are available: • • • • • • ISO M16 x 1.5 PG 11 ISO M20 x 1.5 PG 13 1/2" NPT PF 1/2 (G 1/2) Each model is available in metal or plastic, suited for compact design XCKD or XCKP, respectively. A connector version is also available. Connection components • • The miniature XCMD range allows interchangeability of these pre-cabled connection components: — 1/4 turn is all that is required to remove the connection component on XCMD bodies with 2 and 3 contacts, — 6 alternative cable lengths are available. The miniature XCMD range also includes an integral or remote connector solution. Limit Switches 1/4 turn Contact block or body with contacts • • 2 and 3 snap action and slow break contact blocks, with positive opening operation, are interchangeable between the Compact design XCKD and XCKP and Classic XCKJ, XCKS, XCKM and XCKL ranges. For the Miniature design XCMD range, the contacts are an integral part of the body: — 2 and 3 snap action and slow break contacts, with positive opening operation, and interchangeable connection component, — 4 snap action contacts, with positive opening operation, with monolithic body and connection components. 403 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Contact blocks (continued) Example: N/C + N/O A B P Tripping 21 - 22 13 - 14 21 - 22 13 - 14 Resetting 0 D C Functional diagrams of snap action contacts A—Maximum travel of the operator in mm or degrees. B—Tripping travel of contact. C—Resetting travel of contact. D—Differential travel = B–C. P—Point from which positive opening is assured. A D C B Linear movement (plunger) 0 1 2 P max. 1—Resetting point of contact. 2—Tripping point of contact. A—Maximum travel of the operator in mm. B—Tripping travel of contact. C—Resetting travel of contact. D—Differential travel = B–C. P—Point from which positive opening is assured. Rotary movement (lever) B C 1 1—Resetting point of contact. 2—Tripping point of contact. A—Maximum travel of the operator in degrees. B—Tripping travel of contact. C—Resetting travel of contact. D—Differential travel = B–C. P—Point from which positive opening is assured. A 2 D P Functional diagrams of slow break contacts P B Tripping and Resetting 21 - 22 13 - 14 0 A—Maximum travel of the operator in mm or degrees. B—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 21-22. C—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 13-14. P—Point from which positive opening is assured. C Linear movement (plunger) A B 0 1 2 P C Limit Switches Example: N/C + N/O break before make A max. 1—Tripping and resetting points of contact 21-22. 2—Tripping and resetting points of contact 13-14. A—Maximum travel of the operator in mm. B—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 21-22. C—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 13-14. P—Positive opening point. Rotary movement (lever) C A B 1 2 1—Tripping and resetting points of contact 21-22. 2—Tripping and resetting points of contact 13-14. A—Maximum travel of the operator in degrees. B—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 21-22. C—Tripping and resetting travel of contact 13-14. P—Positive opening point. P 404 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Contact blocks (continued) Contact connections XE2•P screw clamp terminal connections • • XE3•P screw clamp terminal connections Tightening torque: — minimum tightening torque ensuring the nominal characteristics of the contact: 0.8 N•m (7.08 lb-in) — maximum tightening torque without damage to the terminals: 1.2 N•m (10.62 lb-in) for XE2•P, 1 N•m (8.85 lb-in) for XE3•P Connecting cable: cable preparation lengths: L — for XE2• P, L = 22 mm (0.87 in.) — for XE2•P3•••, L = 45 mm (1.77 in.) — for XE3•P: L = 14 mm (0.55 in.) L1 = 11 mm (0.43 in.) L1 L Mounting Sweep of connecting cable 1. Recommended 2. To be avoided 1 2 Position of cable entry 1. Recommended 2. To be avoided 2 Limit Switches 1 Type of cam 1. Recommended 2. To be avoided 1 2 30 30 Mounting limit switches by the head 1. Recommended 2. Forbidden Types XCKD, XCKP and XCKT, XCMD and XCMN 1 2 2 405 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Setup Tightening torque • • The minimum torque is that required to ensure correct operation of the switch. The maximum torque is the value which, if exceeded, will damage the switch. Range Item Compact design XCKD, XCKP, XCKT Miniature design XCMD, XCMN Classic design XCKJ Classic design XCKS Classic design XCKM, XCKML, XCKL Cover Torque, N•m (lb-in) Min. Max. 0.8 (7.08) 1.2 (10.62) Mounting screw for lever on rotary head 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) — — — Mounting screw for lever on rotary head 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) Cover 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) Mounting nut for lever on rotary head 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) Cover 0.8 (7.08) 1.2 (10.62) Mounting nut for lever on rotary head 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) Cover 0.8 (7.08) 1.2 (10.62) Mounting nut for lever on rotary head 1 (8.85) 1.5 (13.28) Types XCKD, XCKP, XCKT, XCMD • Adjustable in 3 planes: 15˚ 15˚ 15˚ Limit Switches All the heads can be adjusted in 15° steps All the levers can be adjusted in 15° steps throughout 360°, in throughout 360°, in relation to the body. relation to the horizontal axis of the head. Type XCKJ • Adjustable through 360° in 5° steps, or 1. Reversed α = 5° in 45° steps by reversing the lever or its 2. Forward α = 45° mounting. 1 2 45° steps throughout 360° 5° steps throughout 360° 1 2 406 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Setup (continued) Direction of actuation programming • XCKJ Head ZCKE05 • XCKS Head ZCKD05 • XCKD, XCKP, XCKT and XCMD Head ZCE05 Specific cams for heads ZCKE09 and ZC2J09 Limit Switches 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) min. 2 mm (0.08 in.) min. 1 h 1 1. 2. 2 B A A = length of lever + 11 mm (0.43 in.) ZCKE09: h = 13–18 mm (0.51–0.71 in.) and B = 12 mm (0.47 in.) max. ZCKJE09: h = 14–24 mm (0.55–0.94 in.) and B = 6 mm (0.24 in.) max. ZCKG00 Head Programming The ZCKG00 head is field convertible to CW, CCW or CW/CCW. The diagram below shows the conversion process. 407 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Compliance with standards The majority of Telemecanique® brand products comply to national standards (such as French NF C standards, German DIN standards), European standards (such as CENELEC), or international standards (such as IEC). These standards rigidly stipulate the characteristic requirements of the designated products (for example IEC 60947 relating to low voltage switchgear and controlgear). These products, when correctly used, enable the production of control equipment assemblies, machine control equipment or installations conforming to their own specific standards (for example IEC 60204 for the electrical equipment of industrial machines). IEC 60947-5-1 • The standard IEC 60664 defines 4 categories of prospective transient overvoltages. It is important for the user to select control circuit components which are able to withstand these overvoltages. To these ends, the manufacturer states the rated impulse withstand voltage (U imp) applicable to the product. • The cabling capacity, mechanical robustness and durability of the terminals, as well as the ability to resist loosening, are verified by standardized tests. Terminal reference marking conforms to standard EN 50013. Insulation coordination (and dielectric strength) Terminal connections • • Switching capacity • Positive opening operation (IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix K) With maximum electrical load. A single designation (A300 for example) enables indication of the contact block characteristics related to its utilization category. For contacts used in safety applications (end of travel, emergency stop device, etc.) the assurance of positive opening is required (see IEC 60204, EN 60204) after each test, the opening of the contact being verified by testing with an impulse voltage (2500 V). • Form Zb, • Form Za, the 2 contacts are the same polarity. Electrical symbols for contacts the 2 contacts are electrically separate. • Complete symbol • Simplified version Symbol for positive opening CENELEC EN 50047 The European standards organization CENELEC, which has 14 member countries, has defined in this standard the first type of limit switch. This standard defines 4 variants of devices (forms A, B, C, E). Limit switches XCKP, XCKD and XCKT conform to standard EN 50047. Form A, with roller lever 20 (1) 50 (2) Form B, with end plunger (rounded) 12,5 H P 55 (2) 31 (2) A 1. Minimum value 2. Maximum value 12,5 (1) 21 (1) Limit Switches E 15 (1) 40 5 (1) 10 (1) 55 H P A: reference axis H: differential travel P: tripping point E: cable entry 30 (2) Form C, with end roller plunger 10 (1) 20 (1) 10 (1) Form E, with roller lever for 1 direction of actuation H 12,5 P 10 2 H P 30 (2) 40 20 (1) 31 (1) 28 H P 25 (1) 5 (1) 35 25 2,5 (1) 408 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Selection Guide Osiswitch® XC Product Overview Compliance with standards (continued) CENELEC EN 50041 The European standards organization CENELEC, which has 14 member countries, has defined in this standard the second type of limit switch. It defines 6 variants of devices (forms A, B, C, D, F, G). Limit switches XCKJ and XCKS conform to standard EN 50041. Form A, with roller lever Form B, with end plunger (rounded) 20 (1) 70 (2) A 80 (2) 7,3 E 40 (1) 5,3 10 (1) 31(1) 67 H P 70 (2) 5 (1) H P B 1. Minimum value 2. Maximum value 15 (1) 30 A: B: H: P: reference axis optional elongated holes differential travel tripping point E: cable entry Za: tripping zone Sa: tripping threshold 42,5 (2) 46 (2) Form C, with end roller plunger Form D, with rod lever Za 40 40 20 (2) 20 (2) ˚ ˚ Sa 100 (1) P 58 Limit Switches 20 (1) 3 (1) H 200 10 (1) 53 (1) 44 (1) H P Form F, with side plunger (rounded) Form G, with side roller plunger 56 (1) 58 20 (1) 39 (1) 20 H 3 H H 20 30 (1) H H 47 (1) H 41 20 (1) 30˚ 72 55 H 3 (1) 20 H 59 (1) 67 (1) 41 (1) 50 (1) 409 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches XEP and XC0 Introduction Electromechanical detection XEP4E1Wp Osiswitch miniature snap switches, featuring electromechanical technology, assure the following functions: • detection of presence or absence • detection of position. Actuation of the operator (plunger or lever) on the miniature snap switch causes the electrical contact to change state. This information can then be processed by a PLC controlling the installation. Osiswitch miniature snap switches can be used both for industrial applications and the building sector. XEP4E1FDp Features XEP3 XC0 XEP5 Terminology Osiswitch miniature snap switches incorporate a C/O snap-action, single-break contact. They are characterized by: • high electrical ratings for their very small size • high repeat accuracy on the tripping points • short tripping travel • long service life • low tripping force Forces Maximum tripping force: maximum force which must be applied to the operator to move it from the rest (unactuated) position to the trip position (tripping point). Minimum release force: value to which the force on the operator must be reduced to allow the snap action mechanism to return to its rest (unactuated) position. Maximum permissible end of travel force: maximum force that can be applied to the operator at the end of its travel without damaging the switch. Position / Travel 1. Tripping point: position of the operator in relation to the switch mountings (mounting hole center line) at the instant the switch contact changes state. Limit Switches A. Differential travel: distance between the tripping point and the position at which the snap action mechanism returns to its initial state on release of the operator. 2. Overtravel limit: position of the operator when an extreme force has moved it to the effective end of its available travel. B. Overtravel: distance between the tripping point and the overtravel limit. The reference point for the figures given for forces and travel is a point F, which is situated on the plunger in the case of a basic switch or at 3 mm (0.12 in.) from the end of the plain lever in the case of a lever operated switch. Mechanical characteristics NC NO T T1 Changeover time This is the time taken by the moving contact when moving from one fixed contact to another until it becomes fully stable (contact bounce included). This time is related to the inter-contact distance, the mechanical characteristics of the snap action mechanism, and the mass of the moving element. However, due to the snap action mechanisms used, the time is largely independent of the speed of operation. It is normally less than 20 ms (including bounce times of less than 5 ms). T1: bounce time T: changeover time Operating speed and maximum usable operating rate Mounting Mounting and operation A BC Operating speed and rate Our miniature snap switches are suitable for a wide range of operating speeds: generally, from 1 mm/mn to 1 m/s (0.04 in/mn to 3.28 ft/s). The maximum usable operating rate on a light electrical load may be as high as 10 operations/second. To conform to the leakage paths and air gaps in standards EEC 24 - EN/IEC 61058 and EN/IEC 60947: • an insulation pad must be inserted between the snap switch and the mounting surface if the latter is metal, • manual operation of a metal actuator must only be carried out with the aid of an intermediate actuator made of an insulating material. • The installer must ensure adequate protection against direct contact with the output terminals. Actuation method A BC Direct operation: The plunger should preferably be actuated along its axis. However, the majority of our miniature snap switches will accept skewed operation provided the angle of actuation is not more than 45°. The travel of the actuator must not be limited to only reaching the tripping point. The actuator must always be operated in such a manner that the plunger reaches a point at least 0.5 times the stated overtravel value of the switch. Also, it should not reach its end of travel nor exceed the maximum permissible end-of-travel force. 410 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches XEP and XC0 Mounting (continued) Actuation method (continued) Lever operators: • when actuation is by a roller lever, force should preferably be applied in the direction shown in the diagrams opposite, • where the movements involved are fast, the ramp should be so designed as to ensure that the operator is not subjected to any violent impact or abrupt release. Mounting—Tightening torque 30˚ 30˚ The tightening torque of the fixing screws must conform to the following values: Ø of mounting screw A BC A BC Tightening torque, N•cm (lb-in) 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 Maximum 25 (2.21) 35 (3.10) 60 (5.31) 100 (8.85) 150 (13.28) Minimum 15 (1.33) 25 (2.21) 40 (3.54) 60 (5.31) 100 (8.85) Resistance to mechanical shock and vibration • • Number of cycles Electrical characteristics Resistance to shock and vibration depends on the mass of the moving parts and on the forces holding the contacts together. In general, for a miniature snap switch without accessory: — vibration > 10 gn, 10 to 500 Hz — shock > 50 gn 11 ms 1/2 sine wave Operating curves These indicate the electrical life of the miniature snap switches under standard conditions [20°C (68 °F), 1 cycle/2 seconds], by showing the number of switching operations which can be performed with given types of load. For sealed snap switches, the operating rate is 1 cycle/6 s. 10 7 5 2 10 6 5 2 10 5 5 2 10 4 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 16 A Current Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Cos ϕ 0.8 The insulation resistance of the miniature snap switches is generally greater than 50,000 MΩ, measured at 500 Vdc Dielectric strength 1500 V The dielectric strength of our miniature snap switches is generally superior to: • 1500 V between live parts and earth • 1000 V between contacts • 600 V between contacts for switches with an inter-contact distance less than 0.3 mm Limit Switches Insulation resistance 1000 V 411 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Subminiature (DIN 41635 B format, sealed) and Sub-subminiature (DIN 41635 D format) Catalog numbers Subminiature design, DIN 41635 B format, sealed Type of operator Single-pole C/O snap action 2 4 1 Wiring: 1 Black 2 Grey 4 Blue Separate components Plunger Flat lever (1) Roller lever (1) 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) cable clip tag connections XEP4E1W7 (3) XEP4E1W7A326 (3) XEP4E1W7A454 (3) Weight, g (oz) 2.4 (0.08) 3.1 (0.11) 3.2 (0.11) Pre-cabled connections XEP4E1FD (3) XEP4E1FDA326 (3) XEP4E1FDA454 (3) Weight, g (oz) 14.1 (0.50) 14.8 (0.52) 14.9 (0.53) Flat lever (2) ZEP4L326 (3) — — Weight, g (oz) 0.7 (0.02) — — Roller lever (2) ZEP4L454 (3) — — Weight, g (oz) 0.8 (0.03) — — Sub-subminiature design, DIN 41635D format Type of operator Single-pole C/O snap action 42 1 Plunger Flat lever (1) Solder tag connections XEP5P1W2 (3) XEP5P1W2Z55B (3) Weight, g (oz) 1.4 (0.05) 1.9 (0.07) Dimensions XEP4E1W7A326 7,5 r=2 B(4) r= 24 F 2 r= 20 4,8 4x0,3 2,25 8,4 1,55 2,5 Limit Switches Ø2,2 A(4) XEP4E1W7A454 2,2 2,8 2,2 0,5 39˚ = 7,5 7,5 = XEP4E1W7 0,5 Ø1,2 9,5 3 5 2,5 5,2 XEP4E1FDA326 A(4) B(4) 2,2 r= 6,4 19,9 XEP4E1FDA454 24 F Z(4) 2,3 4,75 3 3 r= ,9 19 F 8,9 9,1 1,9 2,1 3,8 8,4 5 1,5 4,7 9,6 0,5 10,3 13 4,7 1. 2. 4,8 XEP5P1W2Z55B 0,8 1,4 20 19,9 3 XEP5P1W2 r= 2 19,9 0,5 1,5 2,2 XEP4E1FD 0,4x2,9 5,1 4,7 6,7 To avoid damage to the mounting spigots, removal of the lever from complete products is not recommended. Levers only for mounting on basic (plunger) snap switches (XEP4E1W7 and XEP4E1FD). 3. 4. Switches sold in lots of 5. A, B, Z: lever fixing positions. 412 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Subminiature (DIN 41635 B format, sealed) and Sub-subminiature (DIN 41635 D format) XEP4E1••, XEP5P1W2 Plunger Switch type XEP4E1••A326, XEP5P1W2Z55B Flat lever XEP4E1••A454 Roller lever Environmental characteristics Lever fixing position (1) Switch actuation Product certifications Degree of protection Operating temperature — A On end Horizontal A e, IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, c UR us, UL 1054, EN 61058 IP 67 XEP4E1FD••, case IP 67 and tags IP 00 XEP4E1W7••, case IP 40 and tags IP 00 XEP5P1W2•• - 40...+ 105 °C XEP4E1FD••, -40...+125 °C XEP4E1W•••• and XEP5P1••• Enclosure Lever Contact Tags Materials Polyester XEP4, diallyl-phtalate XEP5 — Stainless steel Stainless steel, glass reinforced polyamide roller AgCdO XEP4E1••, Ag XEP5 Tinned brass XEP4E1W•••, gold plated brass XEP5P1•• Mechanical characteristics Maximum tripping force, N (oz) XEP4 Minimum release force, N (oz) XEP4 Maximum permissible end of travel force, N (lb) XEP4 A B XEP5 A B XEP5 A B XEP5 XEP4 Tripping point (TP) (2) A B XEP5 XEP4 Maximum differential travel A B XEP5 XEP4 Minimum overtravel XEP5 XEP4 XEP5 XEP4 XEP5 Inter-contact distance Mechanical durability A B 2.5 N (8.99 oz) 0.63 N (2.27 oz) 0.83 N (2.99 oz) 2.5 N (8.99 oz) 1.25 N (4.50 oz) 1.67 N (6.01 oz) 2 N (7.19 oz) 0.80 N (2.88 oz) — 0.80 N (2.88 oz) 0.20 N (0.72 oz) 0.27 N (0.97 oz) 0.80 N (2.88 oz) 0.40 N (1.44 oz) 0.53 N (1.91 oz) 0.40 N (1.44 oz) 0.15 N (0.54 oz) — 10 N (2.25 lb) 2.5 N (0.56 lb) 3.33 N (0.75 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 5 N (1.12 lb) 6.67 N (1.50 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) — — 8.40 +/- 0.3 mm 10.7 +/- 1.7 mm 15.5 +/- 1.4 mm 8.40 +/- 0.3 mm 9.6 +/- 1.0 mm 14.5 +/- 0.9 mm 8.40 mm 9.20 mm — 0.13 mm 0.52 mm 0.39 mm 0.13 mm 0.26 mm 0.20 mm 0.06 mm 0.25 mm — 0.60 mm 2.40 mm 1.80 mm 0.60 mm 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 0.10 mm — — Limit Switches Lever fixing position (1) 0.4 mm 0.3 mm 2 million operating cycles 0.1 million operating cycles Electrical characteristics XEP4 Operational characteristics Thermal current Connection AC-15: B300 (Ue: 240 V, Ie: 1.5 A) DC-13: R300 (Ue: 250 V, Ie: 0.1 A) conforming to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 Appendix A 125-250 Vac 6.0 A conforming to UL 1054 6 (1) A 250 Vac 10,000 cycles conforming to EN 61058 XEP5 XEP4 XEP5 AC-15: D300 (Ue: 240 V, Ie: 0.3 A) conforming to IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 Appendix A XEP4 XEP4E1W7•: 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) cable clip tags XEP4E1FD: Pre-cabled (horizontally in-line), 3 x 0.5 mm2, length 0.5 m (1.6 ft) XEP5 Solder tags 7.5 A on 250 V (50/60 Hz) 8.5 A on 250 V (50/60 Hz) Operating curves 2x10 XEP5P1•• 6 2 6 10 5 10 250 Va resistive circuit Number of cycles Number of cycles XEP4E1•• 10 5 5 2 10 250 Va 1 2 4 1 Resistive circuit 2 Inductive circuit Cos ϕ 0.8 5 2 10 3 4 10 0,05 1. 2. 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 A Current 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 5 10 16 A Current Miniature snap switches fitted with a lever are supplied with the lever fixed in position A (see page 412). For basic (plunger) snap switches, it is possible to fix a lever in position A or B, depending on the required tripping conditions (see page 412). Position of the operator in relation to the switch mountings (mounting hole center line), at the instant the contact changes state. 413 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Miniature (DIN 41635 A format) Catalog numbers Type of operator Single-pole C/O snap action Standard contacts Plunger (2) Flat lever (1) (2) Roller lever (1) (2) Solder tags XEP3S1W2 XEP3S1W2B524 XEP3S1W2B529 4.8 mm (0.19 in.) cable clip tags XEP3S1W6 XEP3S1W6B524 XEP3S1W6B529 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) cable clip tags XEP3S1W3 XEP3S1W3B524 XEP3S1W3B529 6.3 (0.22) 6.6 (0.23) Weight, g (oz) 5.6 (0.20) 2 4 Very low operating force contacts 1 Solder tags XEP3S2W2 XEP3S2W2B524 XEP3S2W2B529 4.8 mm (0.19 in.) cable clip tags XEP3S2W6 XEP3S2W6B524 XEP3S2W6B529 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) cable clip tags XEP3S2W3 XEP3S2W3B524 XEP3S2W3B529 6.3 (0.22) 6.6 (0.23) Weight, g (oz) 5.6 (0.20) Flat lever (3) ZEP3L524 Weight, g (oz) 0.7 (0.02) Separate components Roller lever (3) ZEP3L529 Weight, g (oz) 1 (0.04) Dimensions 2,8 3,4 4 9,8 6,2 1,4 4,8x0,5 10,3 3,9 3,9 10,3 1,7 10,3 3,9 7,1 27,8 ZEP3L529 3 27,8 4,3 9,3 ZEP3L524 4,3 4,8 3,4 1. 2. 3. 8 2,4 5,4 r=2 0,3 6,3 2,4 1 4, r=2 4,3 Limit Switches 3,1 3 3 27,8 17,4 6,7 A BC 47˚ 3 20,2 3 15,8 22,2 6,3x0,8 3,4 2,8 2,8 10,7 A BC 47˚ 3,2 3,4 20,2 3 = 10,3 = 3 2,8 A BC 47˚ 22,2 3,2 3,2 1,7 6,3 15,8 = 10,3 = 3 2,8 2,8 3,2 20,2 3 XEP3S•W3 = 10,3 = 3 22,2 3,9x0,8 2,8 XEP3S•W6 6,3 15,8 17,4 XEP3S•W2 7 To avoid damage to the mounting spigots, removal of the lever from complete products is not recommended. Switches sold in lots of 10. Levers only for mounting on basic (plunger) snap switches (XEP3S•W2, XEP3S•W3 and XEP3S•W6), in mounting positions A, B or C. 414 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Miniature (DIN 41635 A format) Switch type Type of operator XEP3S•W2 Plunger XEP3S•W2B254 Flat lever XEP3S•W2B259 Roller lever — B B On end Horizontal Environmental characteristics Lever fixing position (1) Switch actuation Product certifications Degree of protection Operating temperature c UR us, e, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 1054, EN 61058-1 Case IP 40 and tags IP 00 - 25...+ 125 °C Enclosure Lever Contact Materials Polyester — Stainless steel Stainless steel, glass reinforced polyamide roller AgNi Mechanical characteristics Lever fixing position (1) Maximum tripping force, N (oz) Very low force Standard Minimum release force, N (oz) Very low force Maximum permissible end of travel force, N (lb) Standard, very low force Tripping point (TP) (2) Standard, very low force Maximum differential travel Standard, very low force Standard Minimum overtravel Very low force Inter-contact distance A B C A B C 0.80 N (2.88 oz) 0.80 N (2.88 oz) 0.80 N (2.88 oz) 0.25 N (0.90 oz) 0.25 N (0.90 oz) 0.25 N (0.90 oz) 0.20 N (0.72 oz) 0.40 N (1.44 oz) 0.53 N (1.91 oz) 0.06 N (0.22 oz) 0.13 N (0.47 oz) 0.17 N (0.61 oz) A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C 0.20 N (0.72 oz) 0.20 N (0.72 oz) 0.20 N (0.72 oz) 0.05 N (0.18 oz) 0.05 N (0.18 oz) 0.05 N (0.18 oz) 20 N (4.50 lb) 20 N (4.50 lb) 20 N (4.50 lb) 14.70+/- 0.4 mm 14.70+/- 0.4 mm 14.70+/- 0.4 mm 0.35 mm 0.35 mm 0.35 mm 1.20 mm 1.20 mm 1.20 mm 1.10 mm 1.10 mm 1.10 mm 0.05 N (0.18 oz) 0.10 N (0.36 oz) 0.13 N (0.47 oz) 0.01 N (0.04 oz) 0.03 N (0.11 oz) 0.03 N (0.11 oz) 5 N (1.12 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 13 N (2.92 lb) 15.20+/- 2.5 mm 15.20+/- 1.0 mm 15.20+/- 0.8 mm 1.40 mm 0.70 mm 0.53 mm 4.80 mm 2.40 mm 1.80 mm 4.40 mm 2.20 mm 1.65 mm 20.5+/- 2.9 mm 20.5+/- 1.5 mm 20.5+/- 1.2 mm Limit Switches Standard 0.40 mm Standard Very low force Mechanical durability for 2/3 overtravel 20 million operating cycles 50 million operating cycles Electrical characteristics AC-15: B300 (Ue: 240 V, Ie: 1.5 A) DC-13: R300 (Ue: 250 V, Ie: 0.1 A) conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Appendix A 125-250 Vac 10.1 A—1/2 HP conforming to UL 1054 12 (3) A 250 Vac 10,000 cycles conforming to EN 61058-1 AC-15: D300 (Ue: 240 V, Ie: 0.3 A) conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Appendix A 125-250 Vac 4 A—1/10 HP conforming to UL 1054 4 (1) A 250 Vac 50,000 cycles conforming to EN 61058-1 Standard Operational characteristics Very low force Standard Very low force Thermal current 15 A on 250 V (50/60 Hz) 5 A on 250 V (50/60 Hz) XEP3 S•W2: solder tags, XEP3 S•W6: 4.8 mm (0.19 in.) cable clip tags XEP3 S•W3: 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) cable clip tags. Connection Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Cos ϕ 0.8 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 1. 2. XEP3S2•• 250 V 10 7 5 2 10 6 5 2 10 5 5 2 10 4 2 5 Current 12 A Number of cycles XEP3S1•• Number of cycles Operating curves 10 8 5 2 10 7 5 2 10 6 5 2 10 5 250 V Resistive circuit Inductive circuit Cos ϕ 0.8 0,1 0,2 0,5 1 2 Current 4 A Miniature snap switches fitted with a lever are supplied with the lever fixed in position B (see page 414). For basic (plunger) snap switches, it is possible to fix a lever in position A, B or C, depending on the required tripping conditions (see page 414). Position of the operator in relation to the switch mountings (mounting hole center line), at the instant the contact changes state. 415 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Sealed Design Pre-Cabled Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Head with flat plunger Head with domed encased plunger XC010L2 XC011L2 0.145 (0.320) 0.150 (0.331) Catalog numbers Single-pole C/O snap action 1 2 4 Wiring: 1 Black 2 Brown 4 Blue Weight, kg (lb) Dimensions XC010L2 1 PA 10,3 12,3 12 24 20 6 32 26 2000 49 71 XC011L2 1 10,3 PA r6 18,3 Limit Switches 16 24 20 6 32 26 2000 16 49 71 416 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature Snap Switches Sealed Design Pre-Cabled Switch type XC010• XC011• Switch actuation On end, flat plunger (1) On end, domed plunger (1) Product certifications e, IEC 60947-5-1 Degree of protection IP 66 Environmental characteristics Operating temperature 0...85 °C (32…185 °F) Internal housing Metal Casing Nitrile Mounting support Steel, zinc passivated Contact Ag Materials Mechanical characteristics Maximum tripping force 5.3 N (1.19 lb) Minimum release force 1.5 N (0.34 lb) Maximum permissible end of travel force 30 N (6.74 lb) Tripping point (TP) (2) 11.4± 0.4 mm Maximum differential travel 0.2 mm Minimum overtravel 0.2 mm Inter-contact distance 0.5 mm Mechanical durability 2 million operating cycles 17.4± 0.5 mm Electrical characteristics Operational current 1 A on 24 V (50/60 Hz) Thermal current/insulation voltage 12 A/60 V Connection A05 VVF cable, 3 x 0.75 mm2, length 2 m (6.6 ft), overall diameter ≤ 7.6 mm (0.30 in.) Electrical durability AC-15: 0.5 million operating cycles 1. 2. Limit Switches Operating curve Manual actuation must be made by an intermediate insulated part, in order to meet basic safety requirements. One of the two mounting holes must also be used as an earth protection terminal. Distance between the base of the switch and the top of the plunger at the instant the contact changes state (see dimensions, page 416). 417 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD 520343 561279 v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the body. 520341 b XCMD pre-cabled Page 420 561280 520344 v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the head. Page 420 520347 520346 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional. Mounting by the body. v With head for linear movement (plunger) 561283 Mounting by the head 561282 Mounting by the body 561281 Limit Switches Page 421 b XCMD with integral connector Page 424 561285 561284 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional. Mounting by the body. Page 425 418 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Products Machine assemblies IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature UL, CSA (except products with special cables), CCC Vibration resistance XCMD snap action: 5 gn. XCMD slow break: 25 gn (10…500 Hz) conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Electric shock protection 25 gn (18 ms) conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Standard version: “TC” Operation: -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F). Storage: -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) Class I conforming to IEC 61-140 and NF C 20-030 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13 IP 66, IP 67 and IP 68 (1) conforming to IEC 60529 IK 06 conforming to EN 50102 Degree of protection Bodies and heads: Zamak® zinc alloy Materials Repeat accuracy 0.05 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Protection against prolonged immersion: the test conditions are subject to agreement between the manufacturer and the user. Contact block characteristics Switches with 2 contacts a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 a AC-15; C300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 0.75 A) Switches with 3 and 4 contacts c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 Pre-cabled switches Switches with 4-pin M12 connector Switches with 5-pin M12 connector Switches with 5-pin 7/8" 16UN connector Ithe = 6 A for 2 contacts, 4 A for 3 contacts, 3 A for 4 contacts Ui = 250 V, Ie = 3 A maximum, Ithe = 3 A Ui = 60 V, Ie = 4 A maximum, Ithe = 4 A Ui = 250 V, Ie = 6 A maximum, Ithe = 6 A Rated insulation voltage Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated impulse withstand voltage Positive operation (depending on model) Resistance across terminals Electric shock protection U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 Minimum actuation speed Snap action contact: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute) Slow break contact: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) • Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C • Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 • Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles/hour • Load factor: 0.5 Electrical durability N/C contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix K, EN 60947-5-1 ≤ 25 mΩ conforming to IEC 60255-7 category 3 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) 5 4 3 2 1 Ithe 48 V 110 V 0,5 12/24 V 230 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 5 4 3 Ithe 12/24/48 V 2 230 V 1 110 V 0,5 0,1 1 2 3 4 56 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles Voltage o XCMD slow break (N/C + N/O, N/C + N/C + N/O contacts) Millions of operating cycles a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles XCMD snap action (N/C + N/O, N/C + N/C, N/C + N/C + N/O, N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O contacts) Limit Switches Rated operational characteristics V W 24 3 0,5 1 2 3 4 56 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles 48 2 120 1 Voltage o V W 24 4 48 3 120 3 419 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Pre-Cabled Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Plunger (mounting by the head) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot Retractable steel roller lever plunger M12 with metal end plunger M16 with metal end plunger with elastomer boot M12 with steel roller plunger XCMD2111L1 XCMD2124L1 XCMD21F0L1 XCMD21G1L1 XCMD21F2L1 Catalog numbers 0 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 5mm 1,8 4,2(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 0,8 XCMD2510L1 XCMD2511L1 1,8 3,1(P) mm 11,2(A) 25(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 1,8 4,2(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 4,9 mm XCMD2502L1 XCMD2524L1 5mm 1,8 4,2(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 5mm 0,8 0,8 XCMD25F0L1 XCMD25G1L1 1,4 BN BK-WH BK BK-WH RD-WH BU RD BN 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 BU RD BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU BN RD-WH Limit Switches VT BU RD 4-pole N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O snap action BK BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU VT-WH BN RD-WH GN-YE Weight, kg (lb) Contact operation 0 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 mm 1,4 XCMD25F2L1 0 5 mm 0 4,9 mm BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH ZCMD39L1 + ZCE24 0 4,9 mm ZCMD37L1 + ZCE02 ZCMD37L1 + ZCE24 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 0 5 mm 11,2(A) 19,5(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN 0 4,6 mm 16 mm ZCMD29L1 + ZCEG1 1,8 4,2 (P) 5 mm 2,6 5 mm BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 5 mm 0 0,8 ZCMD39L1 + ZCEF0 ZCMD39L1 + ZCEG1 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 ZCMD37L1 + ZCEF0 ZCMD37L1 + ZCEG1 2,6 5 mm 0 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 0 mm ZCMD39L1 + ZCEF2 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 0 mm ZCMD37L1 + ZCEF2 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 1,8 3,1(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 0 ZCMD29L1 + ZCEF2 1,4 0,8 1,8 3,1(P) 4,6 mm 0 1,4 0,8 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 3,1(A) 5,6(P) BK-BKWH BN-BU 1,8 4,2 (P) 0,8 11,2(A) 25(P) mm 0 2,6 5 mm 0 1,4 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 2,6 11,2(A) 25(P) 1,8 3,1(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 ZCMD29L1 + ZCEF0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN 1,8 3,1(P) 0 1,8 3,1(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU mm BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU ZCMD37L1 + ZCE11 5 mm 16 ZCMD29L1 + ZCE24 mm ZCMD39L1 + ZCE02 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 2,6 0 1,4 1,8 4,2(P) 0 1,8 3,1(P) Weight, kg (lb) 5 mm 0,8 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break ZCMD37L1 + before make, slow break ZCE10 0 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH ZCMD39L1 + ZCE11 0,8 GN-YE ZCMD29L1 + ZCE02 0,8 ZCMD39L1 + ZCE10 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 4,6 mm 0 1,8 4,2 (P) 0 0,8 GN-YE RD-WH 5 mm 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 11,2(A) 19,5(P) 3,1(A) 5,6(P) BK-BKWH BN-BU 2,6 5 mm ZCMD29L1 + ZCE11 1,8 4,2 (P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action BK-WH 1,8 3,1(P) 0 2,6 5 mm RD GN-YE BK 0 BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action ZCMD29L1 + ZCE10 BK-WH 5mm 0,8 BK-BK-WH BN-BU GN-YE BK 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU BU BK 1,8 4,2(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU BN BK-WH GN-YE BK-WH XCMD2102L1 BU BK 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action XCMD2110L1 2,6 5 mm 0 4,6 mm 0.180 (0.397) 0.180 (0.397) 0.185 (0.408) 0.200 (0.441) 0.195 (0.430) 0.220 (0.485) 0.205 (0.452) ZCMD41L1 + ZCE10 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE11 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE02 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE24 ZCMD41L1 + ZCEF0 ZCMD41L1 + ZCEG1 ZCMD41L1 + ZCEF2 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH 0,8 1,8 4,2(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH BK-BK RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH 5 mm 0 3,1(A) 7(P) 0 11,2(A) 25(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN VT-VT-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN VT-VT-WH mm 0 4,9 mm 1,4 0,8 0.160 (0.353) 0.160 (0.353) contact closed 0.165 (0.364) 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 0,8 0.180 (0.397) 0.175 (0.386) (A) = cam displacement contact open BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH 1,8 4,2(P) 5 mm 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH BK-BK RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH 3,1(A) 7(P) 0 mm 1,4 0,8 0.200 (0.441) 0.185 (0.408) (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator By 30° cam On end Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or For positive torque opening Cabling 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 2 7 N (1.57 lb) 2.5 N (0.56 lb) 35 N (7.87 lb) 12.5 N (2.81 lb) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 7 N (1.57 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 2 35 N (7.87 lb) 2 PvR cable, 1 m (3.3 ft) long: 5 x 0.75 mm for 2-pole contact versions; 7 x 0.5 mm for 3-pole contact versions; 9 x 0.34 mm for 4-pole contact versions. For other cable lengths, see page 430. NOTE: For more information, consult pages 426–428. 420 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Pre-Cabled Type of head Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional Type of operator Thermoplastic roller lever Steel roller lever Roller lever with ball bearing mounted roller Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Cat’s whisker (1) XCMD2115L1 XCMD2116L1 XCMD2117L1 XCMD2145L1 XCMD2106L1 BN 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break BK BN 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action BU BK-WH BN BU BK RD-WH BN RD-WH BK-WH GN-YE VT BU BK RD XCMD2545L1 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU ZCMD29L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 25˚ 70˚(P) 90˚ 1. 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 0 ZCMD29L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY17 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 0 90˚ 90˚ 0 36˚ 90˚ ZCMD29L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 0 12˚ ZCMD39L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 ZCMD39L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 ZCMD39L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY17 ZCMD39L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 25˚ 70˚(P) 90˚ 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 90˚ 90˚ 0 90˚ 12˚ 12˚ 12˚ ZCMD37L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 ZCMD37L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 ZCMD37L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY17 ZCMD37L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 45˚(P) 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 36˚ 90˚ 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 0 36˚ 90˚ 25˚ 36˚ 90˚ 40˚ ZCMD29L1 + ZCE06 20˚ BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH 10˚ ZCMD39L1 + ZCE06 20˚ 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN 10˚ ZCMD37L1 + ZCE06 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 0 20˚ BK-BK-WH BN-BU 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 12˚ 25˚ XCMD2506L1 90˚ 12˚ 36˚ 90˚ 20˚ BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU 40˚ 0.220 (0.485) 0.225 (0.496) 0.220 (0.485) 0.230 (0.507) 0.180 (0.397) ZCMD41L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY17 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCMD41L1 + ZCE06 25˚ 70˚(P) 90˚ 12˚ 0.200 (0.441) Contact operation ZCMD29L1 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 36˚ 90˚ 10˚ 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 36˚ 90˚ 12˚ 0 Weight, kg (lb) 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 12˚ BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH VT-WH BN GN-YE 25˚ 45˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU 36˚ 90˚ 20˚ BK-BK-WH BU-BN BK-BK-WH BU-BN 90˚ XCMD2517L1 0 4-pole N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O snap action 0 XCMD2516L1 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU Weight, kg (lb) 90˚ XCMD2515L1 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 0 12˚ 0 RD BK-WH GN-YE 90˚ 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 12˚ 0 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action 0 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 12˚ BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH RD BK RD-WH GN-YE RD-WH 90˚ 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 12˚ 0 RD BK-WH GN-YE BK-WH 25˚ 70˚(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 BU BK BK-WH GN-YE BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH 25˚ 70˚(P) 0 BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH 0 90˚ 12˚ 0.205 (0.452) 25˚ 70˚(P) 90˚ 12˚ 0.200 (0.441) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BN-BU VT-VT-WH RD-RD-WH BK-BK-WH BN-BU RD-RD-WH 20˚ 25˚ 70˚(P) 0 90˚ 12˚ Limit Switches 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action BU BK Catalog numbers BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN VT-VT-WH BK-BK-WH RD-RD-WH BU-BN VT-VT-WH 10˚ 0.210 (0.463) 0.160 (0.353) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. Characteristics Switch actuation By 30° cam By any moving part 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque For tripping For positive opening Cabling 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.5 N•m (4.43 lb-in) — PvR cable, 1 m (3.3 ft) long: 5 x 0.75 mm2 for 2-pole contact versions; 7 x 0.5 mm2 for 3-pole contact versions, 9 x 0.34 mm2 for 4-pole contact versions. For other cable lengths, see page 430. NOTE: For more information, consult pages 426–428. 421 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Pre-Cabled—Dimensions XCMD2•10L1 XCMD2•11L1 (1) XCMD2•02L1 (1) (1) (2) XCMD2•24L1 (2) (2) XCMD2•F0L1 XCMD2•G1L1 19 12 f 24 e (2) 50 52 76 85 88 45 (1) (3) (3) (2) (2) 2 36 e 52 88 Limit Switches XCMD2•F2L1 (2) 1. 2. 3. e: f: 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter of cable 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max, panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max, panel cut-out Ø 16.5 mm (0.65 in.). 422 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Pre-Cabled—Dimensions XCMD2•15L1 XCMD2•16L1 31 XCMD2•17L1 31 31 (1) (1) (2) (2) XCMD2•45L1 (1) (2) XCMD2•06L1 33 93…143 16 20 30 40 Limit Switches (1) 40 (1) 53…103 Ø16 33,5…83,5 5,5 (2) (2) 15° 15° 1. 2. e: f: 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter of cable 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max, panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max, panel cut-out Ø 16.5 mm (0.65 in.). 423 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Integral or Remote Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Plunger (mounting by the head) Type of operator Metal end plunger Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot Retractable steel roller lever plunger M12 with metal end plunger M16 with metal end plunger with elastomer boot M12 with steel roller plunger Single-pole C/O snap action + integral M12 4-pin connector XCMD2110M12 XCMD2111M12 XCMD2124M12 XCMD21F0M12 XCMD21G1M12 XCMD21F2M12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action + integral M12 5-pin connector XCMD2110C12 Catalog numbers 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action + integral M12 5-pin connector Limit Switches Weight, kg (lb) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action + M12 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action + 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead Weight, kg (lb) 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 0 0,8 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 XCMD2102M12 1,8 4,2(P) 5mm 3,1(A) 7(P) 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 0 0,8 1,8 4,2(P) XCMD2102C12 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0 5mm 5mm 0,8 0,8 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) 1,8 4,2(P) 0 1,4 mm 0.090 (0.198) 0 5mm 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 4,9 mm ZCMD29C12 + ZCE24 11,2(A) 25(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 0,8 ZCMD29C12 + ZCEF0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 XCMD21F2C12 3,1(A) 7(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 0,8 ZCMD29C12 + ZCEG1 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 mm 1,4 ZCMD29C12 + ZCEF2 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 mm 1,4 XCMD21G1C12 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 4,9 mm 0 0,8 XCMD21F0C12 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5mm 3,1(A) 7(P) 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 0 5mm 0,8 5mm 3,1(A) 7(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 1,4 mm 0,8 0.105 (0.231) 0.100 (0.220) 0.125 (0.276) 0.110 (0.243) ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCE24 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCEF0 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCEG1 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCEF2 11,2(A) 25(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 3,1(A) 7(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0 0 5mm 5mm 5mm 5mm 0 0 mm mm 0 4,9 mm 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 1,4 1,4 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 + ZCE10 + ZCE11 + ZCE02 + ZCE24 + ZCEF0 + ZCEG1 + ZCEF2 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 0 0 3,1(A) 7(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 11,2(A) 25(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 3,1(A) 7(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 ZCMD21L08R12 ZCMD21L08R12 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCE10 + ZCE11 + ZCE02 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 4,9 mm XCMD2124C12 3,1(A) 7(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 1,8 4,2(P) 0,8 0 5mm 5mm 0 mm 0,8 0,8 1,4 ZCMD29C12 + ZCMD29C12 + ZCMD29C12 + ZCE10 ZCE11 ZCE02 0 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 1,8 4,2(P) 1,4 XCMD2111C12 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 mm 11,2(A) 25(P) 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 Contact operation 0 5mm 3,1(A) 7(P) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 0 0,8 0,8 0.150 (0.331) 1,8 4,2(P) 0.150 (0.331) mm 11,2(A) 25(P) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 0 4,9 mm 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 0,8 1,4 0.155 (0.342) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 0.170 (0.375) 0.165 (0.364) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 3,1(A) 7(P) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 0 0,8 0.190 (0.419) mm 1,4 0.175 (0.386) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator By 30° cam On end Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive torque opening Positive operation 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 7 N (1.57 lb) 2.5 N (0.56 lb) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 7 N (1.57 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 35 N (7.87 lb) 12.5 N (2.81 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 35 N (7.87 lb) Although their design is identical to the pre-cabled switches, the switches incorporating an M12 4-pin connector cannot be marked with the because they are single-pole C/O. symbol NOTE: For more information, consult pages 426–428. 424 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Integral or Remote Connector Type of head Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional Type of operator Thermoplastic roller lever Steel roller lever Roller lever with ball bearing mounted roller Variable length thermoplastic roller lever XCMD2115M12 XCMD2116M12 XCMD2117M12 XCMD2145M12 Cat’s whisker (1) Catalog numbers 25˚ 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 70˚(P) 0 90˚ 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 0 12˚ 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 70˚(P) 0 90˚ 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90˚ 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action With M12 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead 25˚ 70˚(P) ZCMD29C12 + ZCE01 + ZCY17 70˚(P) 20˚ 90˚ 0 25˚ 70˚(P) 90˚ 90˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 90˚ 12˚ 0.200 (0.441) 25˚ 0 25˚ 0 0 90˚ 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 70˚(P) 90˚ 0.205 (0.452) 25˚ 0 12˚ 70˚(P) 70˚(P) 90˚ 0.200 (0.441) (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 20˚ 10˚ 20˚ 70˚(P) 0 ZCMD29C12 + ZCE06 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 90˚ 20˚ 10˚ 0.135 (0.298) 0.085 (0.187) ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCE01 + ZCE06 ZCY45 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 70˚(P) 90˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 20˚ 10˚ 12˚ 12˚ contact closed XCMD2106C12 90˚ ZCMD29C12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 12˚ 70˚(P) 10˚ 12˚ ZCMD21L08U78 ZCMD21L08U78 + + ZCE01 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 ZCY17 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 70˚(P) 0.125 (0.276) 12˚ ZCMD21L08U78 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 XCMD2145C12 12˚ 70˚(P) 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 90˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90˚ 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 XCMD2106M12 20˚ 12˚ ZCMD21L08R12 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCE01 + + ZCE01 + ZCY17 ZCY16 0 1. 90˚ 0.130 (0.287) 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 Contact operation 0 70˚(P) 0.125 (0.276) 12˚ Weight, kg (lb) 25˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 12˚ 0 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action With 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead XCMD2117C12 ZCMD21L08R12 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 70˚(P) 12˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 12˚ 90˚ 25˚ 12˚ 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 Weight, kg (lb) 70˚(P) 90˚ 20˚ 70˚(P) 12˚ ZCMD29C12 + ZCE01 + ZCY16 70˚(P) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 25˚ 0 12˚ ZCMD29C12 + ZCE01 + ZCY15 20˚ 1-2 1-4 1-2 1-4 90˚ XCMD2116C12 12˚ 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action With integral M12 5-pin connector 70˚(P) 12˚ XCMD2115C12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action With integral M12 5-pin connector 25˚ ZCMD21L08U78 + ZCMD21L08U78 ZCE01 + + ZCE06 ZCY45 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 25˚ 0 70˚(P) 90˚ 4-5 1-2 4-5 1-2 20˚ 10˚ 12˚ 0.210 (0.463) Limit Switches Single-pole C/O snap action With integral M12 4-pin connector 0.160 (0.353) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Characteristics Switch actuation By 30° cam By any moving part 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque Positive operation For tripping For positive opening 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.5 N•m (4.43 lb-in) — Although their design is identical to the pre-cabled switches, the switches incorporating an M12 4-pin connector cannot be marked with the symbol because they are single-pole C/O. 425 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Modular Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation ZCE 21 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal or vertical actuation ZCE 28 ZCE 27 Side metal plunger, adjustable Side metal plunger Side steel roller plunger, horizontal ZCE 63 ZCE 64 ZCE 62 ZCE 24 Side steel roller plunger, vertical ZCE 65 M12 with steel roller plunger M16 with steel end plunger with elastomer boot ZCE F0 ZCE F2 ZCE G1 Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot Spring rod with thermoplastic end Spring rod ZCE 02 ZCE 29 ZCE 07 ZCE 08 Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel ball bearing plunger Metal end plunger, adjustable ZCE 10 ZCE 11 ZCE 13 ZCE 14 M12 with metal end plunger Limit Switches Body with 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action contact Body with 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action contact Body with 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break contact ZCM D21 ZCM D29 ZCM D25 Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts Bodies with precabled contacts ZCM D21L1 ZCM D21L2 ZCM D21L5 ZCM D29L1 ZCM D29L2 ZCM D29L5 ZCM D25L1 ZCM D25L2 ZCM D25L5 ZCM D37L1 ZCM D37L2 ZCM D37L5 (1) (1) (1) 1. Retractable steel roller lever plunger (1) Body with 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break contact ZCM D37 Bodies with precabled contacts Side steel ball bearing plunger ZCE 66 Cat’s whisker ZCE 06 Side Cat’s whisker ZCE 67 Body with 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action contact ZCM D39 Bodies with precabled contacts ZCM D39L1 ZCM D39L2 ZCM D39L5 (1) Pre-cabled connection components: replace the “•” in the catalog number with the required cable length in meters, either: 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 or 10. Example: ZCMC21L• becomes ZCMC21L7 for a 7 m (23.0 ft) cable. Note: only cable lengths of 1, 2 and 5 m (3.3, 6.6, and 16.4 ft) are available for pre-cabled connection components ZCMC37L• and ZCMC39L•. 426 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Modular Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) ZCY 53 ZCY 54 ZCY 55 ZCY 59 Variable length steel roller lever Variable length steel roller lever, with pliable lever ZCY 46 ZCY 48 Ceramic roller lever Spring lever with thermoplastic end Spring–rod lever, metal ZCY 22 ZCY 81 ZCY 91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, with pliable lever Spring return for actuation from left AND right ZCE 01 Stay put for actuation from left AND right Variable length thermoplastic roller lever ZCY 44 ZCY 45 Thermoplastic roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) Steel roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) ZCY 18 ZCY 19 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) Thermoplastic roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) Steel roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) ZCY 25 ZCY 26 ZCY 17 ZCE 09(1) Pre-cabled bodies with 4-pole N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O snap action contact Steel ball earing mounted roller lever, track 20/36 (0.79/1.42) ZCY 12 1. Steel roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) ZCY 15 ZCY 16 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever, track 16/39 (0.63/1.54) ZCY 23 Forked arm with rollers, 2 track, track 21/35 (0.83/1.38) Forked arm with rollers, 1 track, track 28 (1.10) ZCY 61 ZCY 71 Bodies with integral connector, with 2-pole snap action contact: N/C + N/O, M12 5-pin connector ZCM D21C12 N/C + N/C, M12 5-pin connector ZCM D41L1 ZCM D41L2 ZCM D41L5 Thermoplastic roller lever, track 24/31 (0.94/1.22) ZCM D29C12 C/O, M12 4-pin connector ZCM D21M12 Limit Switches Dimensions: mm (in.) Body with 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action contact ZCM D21L08U78 Body with M12 5-pin connector on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action contact ZCM D21L08R12 Cannot be used on bodies ZCMD21, ZCMD29, ZCMD39, ZCMD41, ZCMD21C12, ZCMD21M12, ZCMD29C12, ZCMD21L08•••. 427 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Modular Special Features and Catalog Number Explanation Interpretation of the Catalog Number XCM D 21 02 q L1 XCM—Assembled unit Contact Description ZCM—Body, contacts and base 21—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Silver Cable Length L1—1 m (3.3 ft) 25—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver L2—2 m (6.6 ft) 29—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Silver L3—3 m (9.8 ft) 37—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver L5—5 m (16.4 ft) 39—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Silver L7—7 m (23.0 ft) 41—2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Silver L10—10 m (32.8 ft) 61—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Gold 65—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold Head Assembly k 69—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Gold 01—Rotary Head without Lever Arm 77—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold 02—Steel Roller Plunger 79—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Gold 05—Rotary Head without lever arm / Programmable f 81—2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Gold 06—Cat Whisker 07—Spring Rod with Plastic End c Body (or base) 08—Spring Rod c D—Metal Modular 09—Maint. Rotary without Arm c N—Plastic (not modular) 10—Top Push Rod Plunger C—Plug-in Base (with ZCM only) 11—Booted Top Push Rod Pl. 13—Top Ball Bearing Plunger c 14—Adjustable Top Plunger c Limit Switches 21—One-way Horiz. Plastic Roller 24—Retractable Steel Roller, 9 mm (0.35 in.) 27—One-way Vert. Plastic Roller 28—One-way Horiz. or Vert. Roller 29—Booted Top Roller Plunger c 62—Adjust. Side Push Rod Pl. c Important Note: Use this chart for interpretation only. Some possibilities are not shown and some combinations of components are not available. Some switches are not modular. Refer to the additional information in this catalog. For interpretation of catalog numbers for heads and levers, see page 426. 63—Side Push Rod Plunger c 64—Horiz. Side Roller Plunger c 65—Vertical Side Roller Plunger c 66—Side Ball Bearing Plunger c 67—Horizontal Cat Whisker c F0—M12 Threaded Plunger Head c F2—M12 Threaded Roller Pl. Hd. c G1—M16 Threaded Booted Pl. Hd. c H0—M18 Threaded Plunger Head c H2—M18 Threaded Roller Pl. Hd. c c q k f Consult your local field sales office for availability. Last two digits of lever catalog number occupy this position when rotary heads with levers are required. See page 426 for levers. See page 431 for available levers, specifically allowed for the ZCE05 programmable head. 428 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Modular Components Plug-in base with PVR cable f Contact type Catalog number c Weight lb (kg) 1 (3.3) ZCMC21L1 0.22 (0.100) GN-YE 2 (6.6) ZCMC21L2 0.42 (0.190) GN-YE 3 (9.8) ZCMC21L3 0.62 (0.280) GN-YE 5 (16.4) ZCMC21L5 1.00 (0.440) GN-YE 7 (23.0) ZCMC21L7 1.50 (0.700) GN-YE 10 (32.8) ZCMC21L10 2.10 (0.970) GN-YE 1 (3.3) ZCMC25L1 0.22 (0.100) GN-YE 2 (6.6) ZCMC25L2 0.42 (0.190) GN-YE 3 (9.8) ZCMC25L3 0.62 (0.280) GN-YE 5 (16.4) ZCMC25L5 1.00 (0.440) GN-YE 7 (23.0) ZCMC25L7 1.50 (0.700) GN-YE 10 (32.8) ZCMC25L10 2.10 (0.970) f c BK-WH BN BK BN BU BK-WH BK BN BU BK-WH BK BN BU BK-WH BK BN BU BK-WH BK-WH BN BN BK BK-WH BK BN BU BK-WH BK BN BU BK-WH BK BU Limit Switches BK 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BN 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BK-WH 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BK 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BU 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BK-WH 2-pole N.C. + N.O. slow break-before-make BU BK 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action BK 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action BU 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action BN 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action BK-WH 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action GN-YE BU 2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action BU 2-pole BN ZCMC2kLk Length of PVR cable m (ft) Diagram The plug-in base receptacle must match the contact pin outs in the body. Only the length of cord is variable. See page 426 for 3-pole plug-in bases with cord. The 4-pole units and connector versions do not have component modular bases. See pages 420 and 421 for 4 contact bodies, and pages 424 and 425 for M12 connector bodies. Available cable lengths: ZCMC29L•: 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 10 m (3.3, 6.6, 9.8, 16.4, 23.0, and 32.8 ft) ZCMC37L•: 1, 2, and 5 m (3.3, 6.6, and 16.4 ft) ZCMC39L•: 1, 2, and 5 m (3.3, 6.6, and 16.4 ft) 429 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Modular Components Pre-cabled connection components (CEI cable) (1) Wiring diagram Type of contact Length of CEI cable, m (ft) Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) 1 (3.28) ZCMC21E1 0.100 (0.220) 2 (6.56) ZCMC21E2 0.190 (0.419) 3 (9.84) ZCMC21E3 0.280 (0.617) 5 (16.40) ZCMC21E5 0.440 (0.970) 7 (22.97) ZCMC21E7 0.700 (1.543) 10 (32.81) ZCMC21E10 0.970 (2.138) BK BU 520719 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action GN-YE BN BK-WH ZCMC21E• Bodies with gold contacts Type of contact Positive operation (2) Wiring diagram Length of cable, m Catalog Number (ft) Weight kg (lb) BU BK N/C + N/C snap action BK-WH BK BK-WH GN-YE ZCMD61 0.055 (0.121) — ZCMD69 0.055 (0.121) — ZCMD65 0.055 (0.121) — ZCMD79 0.055 (0.121) — ZCMD77 0.055 (0.121) 1 (3.28) ZCMD81L1 0.160 (0.353) 2 (6.56) ZCMD81L2 0.255 (0.562) 5 (16.40) ZCMD81L5 0.525 (1.157) BU BK BK-WH RD-WH BN BK RD BU BN GN-YE RD-WH N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break GN-YE BK-WH N/C + N/C + N/O snap action RD 3-pole 1. 2. VT BK BU RD VT-WH GN-YE BN N/C + N/C + N/O + N/O snap action RD-WH 520721 4-pole BK-WH Limit Switches ZCMD6• ZCMD7• RD-WH GN-YE N/C + N/O break before make, slow break — RD BN BK-WH GN-YE BU N/C + N/O snap action BN 520720 BK 2-pole Cable not UL, CSA certified. bodies with contacts assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. ZCMD81L• 430 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD 562245 Bodies with gold contacts, integral connector Type of contact Positive operation (1) Wiring diagram Connector Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action — M12 5-pin ZCMD61C12 0.065 (0.143) N/C + N/C snap action — M12 5-pin ZCMD69C12 0.065 (0.143) ZCMD61M12 0.065 (0.143) Single-pole ZCMD61••• M12 4-pin — 561408 C/O snap action Accessories Positive operation (1) Description Rotary head, without lever, spring return, for actuation from left AND right or from left OR right (2) 566638 566637 ZCE05 XCMZ06 XCMZ07 Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) ZCY12, ZCY15, ZCY16, ZCY17, ZCY18, ZCY19, ZCY22, ZCY23, ZCY25, ZCE05 ZCY26, ZCY39, ZCY53, ZCY54, ZCY55, ZCY81 0.045 (0.099) Spacer for mounting multi-track XCMD — — XCMZ06 0.005 (0.011) Spacer for angular positioning of heads with adjustable levers, for values other than -90°, 0° and 90° — — XCMZ07 0.005 (0.011) Bodies with contacts, with rotary head (without operating lever), pre-cabled Type of contact 562246 Suitable levers for use with head Positive operation (1) Wiring diagram Length of cable, m (ft) Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) GN-YE 1 (3.28) XCMD2101L1 0.180 (0.397) GN-YE 1 (3.28) XCMD2501L1 0.180 (0.397) Bodies with contacts, with rotary head (without operating lever), integral connector Type of contact Positive operation (1) Wiring diagram Limit Switches BN BK BK-WH BK BU BK-WH N/C + N/O break before make, slow break BN N/C + N/O snap action BU 2-pole Weight kg (lb) Connector Catalog Number M12 5-pin XCMD2101C12 0.110 (0.243) M12 4-pin XCMD2101M12 0.110 (0.243) 2-pole 562247 XCMD2•01L1 N/C + N/O snap action Single-pole C/O snap action 1. 2. — bodies with contacts or head assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. For programming see page 400. XCMD2101•12 431 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD—Connector Cabling Accessories Catalog Numbers of suitable pre-wired female connectors M12 straight, 4-pin 4 A, 250 V M12 straight, 5-pin 4 A, 24 V M12 elbowed, 5-pin 4 A, 24 V 7/8" 16 UN straight, 5-pin, 6 A, 250 V L = 2 m (6.56 ft) XZCP1169L2 XZCP1164L2 XZCP1264L2 XZCP1771L2 L = 5 m (16.40 ft) XZCP1169L5 XZCP1164L5 XZCP1264L5 XZCP1771L5 L = 10 m (32.81 ft) XZCP1169L10 XZCP1164L10 XZCP1264L10 XZCP1771L10 0.105 (0.231) 0.115 (0.254) 0.115 (0.254) 0.190 (0.419) Type of connector With cable Weight, kg (lb) Connections XCMD with connector 4-pin, M12 5-pin, M12 3 A—250 V 1 = common 2 = N/C 13=t 4 = N/O 2 3 5-pin, 7/8" 16 UN 4 A—60 V 2 3 4 3 XCMD21•• or ZCMD21•• 1–2 = N/C 1 3–4 = N/O 5=t 4 XCMD29•• or ZCMD29•• 5 4 6 A—250 V 1–2 = N/C 4–5 = N/O 2 3=t 1 1–2 = N/C 3–4 = N/C 5=t Pre-wired female connectors XZCP 4-pin, M12 2 3 1 5-pin, M12 1 = brown 2 = blue 3 = yellow/green t 4 = black 2 1 4 5-pin, 7/8" 16 UN 1 = brown 2 = white 3 = blue 3 4 = black t = yellow/green 3 2 1 4 1 = black 2 = blue 3 = yellow/green t 4 4 = brown 5 = white 5 Dimensions XZCP1771L• L 20 Limit Switches 42 XZCP1264L• 26 XZCP116•L• 32 40 L 55 L L: cable length 2, 5, or 10 m (6.6, 16.4, or 32.8 ft) Distances required for plug-in connectors M12 straight connector M12 elbowed connector d Connector on flying lead d d d: min. 65 mm (2.56 in.), recommended 69 mm (2.72 in.) d: min. 42 mm (1.65 in.), recommended 45 mm (1.77 in.) d: min. 20 mm (0.79 in.) 432 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Integral or Remote Connector XCMD2•10M12 XCMD2•11M12 XCMD2•02M12 (1) 92,4 50 70,4 (1) 70 92 50 82 60 50 (1) M12 XCMD2•24M12 XCMD2•F0M12 21,4 38 50 88 110 30 30 M12 16 XCMD2•F2M12 Ø7 f 24 98 107 45 (1) 50 85 M16X1 M12x1 52 Ø9 XCMD2•G1M12 e 12 XCMD2•45M12 52 XCMD2•15M12 / 16M12 / 17M12 31 3,5 Limit Switches 54 116 94 (1) 34,5 93…143 (1) 53…103 52 110 88 M12 115…165 36 e Ø10,6 M12x1 30 16 52 32,4 XCMD2•06M12 1. e: f: 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 16.5 mm (0.65 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 204 182 1,2 433 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Integral or Remote Connector ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE11 (1) (1) 60 70 (1) ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE02 30 ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE10 (2) ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE24 12 (2) (2) ZCMD21L08••• + ZCEF0 ZCMD21L08••• + ZCEG1 19 38 88 50 52 76 85 24 f e 45 Ø9 (1) (2) (2) Limit Switches 1. 2. e: f: (2) 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 16.5 mm (0.65 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 434 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Metal Universal, XCMD, Integral or Remote Connector ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE01 + ZCY15/16/17 ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE01 + ZCY45 33 54 (1) 52 94 88 (1) 93…143 Ø16 36 e 5,5 33,5…83,5 31 53…103 ZCMD21L08••• + ZCEF2 (2) (2) 16 32,4 20 (2) 30 15° 15° ZCMD21L08••• + ZCE06 Limit Switches 40 (1) (2) 1. 2. e: f: 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max., panel cut-out Ø 16.5 mm (0.65 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 435 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Plastic XCMN v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the body. 520366 pre-cabled 530750 b XCMN Page 438 530752 530751 v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the head. Page 438 520371 530753 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional. Limit Switches Page 439 436 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Plastic XCMN Environmental characteristics Products IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Machine assemblies IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment UL, CSA, CCC Standard version “TC” Operation - 25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F) Storage - 40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 5 gn (10…500 Hz) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 25 gn (18 ms) Ambient air temperature Electric shock protection Class II conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20030 Degree of protection IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 04 conforming to EN 50102 Materials Bodies Plastic Heads Zamak® zinc alloy Contact block characteristics a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A); Ithe = 6 A Rated operational characteristics c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 Short-circuit protection 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Limit Switches Rated insulation voltage 437 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Plastic XCMN, Pre-Cabled Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Plunger (mounting by the head) Type of operator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger for lateral cam approach Steel roller plunger for traverse cam approach Thermoplastic roller M12 with metal end lever plunger, plunger 1 direction of actuation M12 with steel roller M12 with steel roller plunger for lateral plunger for traverse cam approach cam approach XCMN2110L1 XCMN2102L1 XCMN2103L1 XCMN2121L1 XCMN21F2L1 BU 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU BN BK-WH BK Catalog Numbers 1,8 4,2(P) 0 5mm 0,8 Weight, kg (lb) 0.080 (0.176) Contact operation 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 mm 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 1,4 0.080 (0.176) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 6,5(A) 14 (P) 0 mm BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU mm 0.080 (0.176) 0.090 (0.198) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 1,8 4,2(P) 0 XCMN21F3L1 3,1(A) 7(P) 5mm BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 0,8 2,8 1,4 XCMN21F0L1 3,1(A) 7(P) BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 0 mm 1,4 0.065 (0.143) mm 1,4 0.095 (0.209) 0.095 (0.209) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam On end By 30° cam 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s) 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 7 N (1.57 lb) 2.5 N (0.56 lb) 8.5 N (1.91 lb) 7 N (1.57 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 35 N (7.87 lb) 12.5 N (2.81 lb) 42.5 N (9.55 lb) 35 N (7.87 lb) Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive torque opening Cabling 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s) PvR cable, 4 x 0.75 mm2, length 1 m (3.28 ft) Dimensions XCMN2102L1, XCMN2103L1 52 (2) 20 30 16 16 XCMN2121L1 e 36 30,4 (2) 20 30 Ø10,6 M12x1 40 50 70,4 20 (1) 40 60 50 Limit Switches (1) 16 3,5 Ø11,6 3,5 Ø7 XCMN21F2L1, XCMN21F3L1 88 XCMN2110L1 30 (2) XCMN21F0L1 16 Ø7 24 M12x1 e 52 76 39 40 50 2. e: (1) 16 16 1. 20 30 30 (2) 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). 8 mm (0.31 in.) max, panel cut-out Ø 12.5 mm (0.49 in.), mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). (2) 438 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Miniature, Plastic XCMN, Pre-Cabled Type of head Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional Type of operator Thermoplastic roller lever Variable length Round thermoplastic thermoplastic roller rod lever Ø 6 mm lever (0.24 in.) (1) Spring lever with Cat’s whisker (1) thermoplastic end (1) XCMN2115L1 XCMN2145L1 XCMN2107L1 BU 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU BN BK-WH BK Catalog Numbers 70˚(P) 0 BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 70˚(P) 90˚ BK-BK-WH BN-BU BK-BK-WH BN-BU 90˚ 0.080 (0.176) BK-BK-WH BU-BN BK-BK-WH BU-BN 10˚ 10˚ 0.085 (0.187) 0.080 (0.176) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point contact open 20˚ BK-BK-WH BU-BN BK-BK-WH BU-BN 12˚ 0.105 (0.231) contact closed XCMN2106L1 20˚ 25˚ 0 12˚ 0.100 (0.220) Contact operation 25˚ 0 90˚ 12˚ Weight, kg (lb) 1. 25˚ XCMN2159L1 Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. Characteristics Switch actuation By 30° cam By any moving part 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping For positive opening Minimum force or torque 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.5 N•m (4.43 lb-in) — — PvR cable, 4 x 0.75 mm2, length 1 m (3.28 ft) Cabling XCMN2115L1 XCMN2159L1 Limit Switches Dimensions XCMN2107L1 31 24 168 232 34,4 54 (1) Ø6,4 (1) 40 40 40 94 (1) 128 Ø6 30 192 Ø16 5,5 16 16 (2) 20 30 32,4 XCMN2145L1 (2) 20 30 40,5 16 20 30 (2) XCMN2106L1 33 Ø16 20 30 (2) 142 182 1. 2. 16 16 (1) 2 mounting holes Ø 4.2 mm (0.17 in.), counterbored Ø 8 mm (0.31 in.) by 4 mm (0.16 in.) deep. Overall diameter 7.5 mm (0.30 in.). 40 (1) 93…143 33,5…83,5 Ø1,2 53…103 5,5 20 30 (2) 439 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact Universal, XCKP and XCKT Plastic / XCKD Metal b XCKP, XCKD 520356 520355 520354 Conforming to CENELEC EN 50047 520353 v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the head or by the body. XCKD XCKP with 1 cable entry 520360 Pages 449 and 453 with 2 cable entries XCKT Tripping/resetting points and mounting centers conform to CENELEC EN 50047 520363 v With head for linear movement (plunger). Mounting by the head or by the body. 520362 b XCKT 520361 Pages 443 and 447 520359 520358 520357 Pages 442 and 446 Pages 448 and 452 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional. Mounting by the body. XCKD XCKP 520364 Limit Switches 520365 Page 454 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional. Mounting by the body. XCKT Page 454 Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Shock resistance Products Machine assemblies IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 UL, CSA, CCC Standard version Operation Storage Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 “TC” - 25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F) - 40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) 25 gn (10…500 Hz) except switch with head ZCE24: 20 gn 50 gn (11 ms) except heads ZCE08: 15 gn (11 ms) and ZCE24: 30 gn (18 ms) Class II conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 for XCKP and XCKT Class I conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 for XCKD IP 66 and IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 04 conforming to EN 50102 for XCKP and XCKT, IK 06 conforming to EN 50102 for XCKD Electric shock protection Degree of protection Repeat accuracy Cable entry or integral connector Materials IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 0.1 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Depending on model Either: tapped entry for PG 11 or PG 13 conduit thread, tapped ISO M16 x 1.5 or ISO M20 x 1.5, tapped 1/2" NPT, tapped PF 1/2 (G1/2) or integral M12 connector XCKD: Zamak® bodies and heads, XCKP and XCKT: plastic bodies, Zamak heads 440 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact Universal, XCKP and XCKT Plastic / XCKD Metal Contact block characteristics XE3•P a AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A); Ithe = 10 A c DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A); Ithe = 6 A c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 XE2•P Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 XE3•P Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated insulation voltage XE2•P XE3•P Positive operation (depending on model) Resistance across terminals XE2•P Short-circuit protection XE3•P XE2SP•151 and XE2SP2141 Cabling XE2NP21•1 and XE2NP31•1 (screw clamp terminals) XE3NP and XE3SP Minimum actuation speed (for head with end plunger) Rated impulse withstand voltage Electrical durability U imp = 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 N/C contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 60 947-5-1 Appendix K, EN 60947-5-1 y 25 mΩ conforming to IEC 60255-7 category 3 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 1 x 1 mm2 or 2 x 0.75 mm2 XE2SP•151, XE2SP2141 and XE3SP: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute) XE2NP21•1, XE2NP31•1 and XE3NP: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) • Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C • Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 • Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles/hour • Load factor: 0.5 a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles XE2SP•151, XE2SP2141 XE2NP21•1, XE2NP31•1 5 Ithe 1 110 V 0,5 24 V 230/400 V 48 V 0,1 0,5 2 1 2 12/24/48 V 110 V 1 0,5 0,1 0,5 3 4 5 10 Current in A 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage V 24 48 120 Voltage V 24 48 120 o W 10 7 4 o W 13 9 7 For XE2SP•151 on a or c, N/C and N/O contacts simultaneously loaded to the values shown with reverse polarity. XE3SP•••• Millions of operating cycles Millions of operating cycles XE3NP•••• a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Ithe 230 V 0,2 Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. d.c. supply c 5 4 3 Ithe 5 1 0,5 110 V 230/400 V 24 V Limit Switches XE2•P Millions of operating cycles Rated operational characteristics Ithe 5 4 3 2 230 V 1 12/24/48 V 110 V 0,5 0,2 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 1 10 3 4 5 Current in A 2 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o Voltage o V W 24 3 48 2 120 1 V W 24 4 48 3 120 2 441 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Form B (1) Type of operator Form C (1) Form E (1) Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horiz. or vert. actuation in 1 direction XCKD2110N12 XCKD2111N12 XCKD2102N12 XCKD2121N12 XCKD2127N12 XCKD2128N12 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 Catalog Numbers (2) (3) 0 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE10 22 21 22 12 11 12 0 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE10 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 3,2(P) 13 14 21 22 31 32 31 21 13 22 14 0 5mm 5mm 0,9 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE10 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 3,2(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 Contact operation ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE02 3 5mm 0.180 (0.397) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 5mm ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE21 mm 4,9 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE28 6,6(B) 11,6(P) 5,3(A) 11-12 21-22 0 5mm ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE27 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 0 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 mm 5mm ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE28 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 mm 11-12 21-22 mm 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE27 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE28 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 6,6(A) 11,6(P) 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 0 mm mm 1,5 3 3 4,9 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE02 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE21 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE27 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE28 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 3 5mm 0.180 (0.397) 5mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0,9 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 Weight, kg (lb) ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 32 Limit Switches ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE10 5mm ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE21 16,1 mm 0 3 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE27 mm 9,8(A) 17,2(P) 21-22 13-14 10,5 mm 3 3,1 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 5mm 0 mm mm XCKD2528N12 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 0 10,5 mm 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 4,9 XCKD2527N12 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE02 11-12 21-22 0 mm 21-22 13-14 0 1,5 0,9 11-12 21-22 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) 5mm 0,9 0 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 21-22 13-14 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE21 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 5mm mm ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE02 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 XCKD2521N12 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 0 5,2 5mm 3 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE11 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 mm 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 21-22 13-14 0 0 mm XCKD2502N12 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 5mm 3 1,8 4,6(P) 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 0 1,5 XCKD2511N12 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 5mm 0,9 XCKD2510N12 0 21 11 14 22 13 21 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5mm 0,9 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5,2 mm 0.185 (0.408) 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 10,5 mm 0.195 (0.430) contact closed (A)(B) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 9,8(A) 17,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 10,5 mm 0.190 (0.419) 0 16,1 mm 0.195 (0.430) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Cable entry (3) 1. 2. 3. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) 1 entry tapped M16 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Switches with gold contacts or ring type connections: please consult your local sales office. For an entry tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Examples: XCKD2110N12 becomes XCKD2110G11, ZCDEN12 becomes ZCDEG11. 442 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Plunger (mounting by the head) Rotary (mounting by the body) Form A (1) Multi-directional Type of operator M18 with metal end M18 with steel plunger roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Cat’s whisker (3) Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) XCKD2118N12 XCKD2145N12 XCKD2139N12 XCKD2149N12 Catalog Numbers (2) (4) XCKD21H2N12 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 5mm 13 21 14 22 11 21 22 12 2-pole N/C + N/O XCKD25H0N12 break before make, slow 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 break 13-14 0 3 5mm (XE2NP2151) ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH0 0 XCKD25H2N12 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 0 5,2 13 21 14 11 22 21 22 12 31 32 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 0 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH0 31 21 13 32 22 14 mm ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH2 0 0 XCKD2539N12 46 21-22 13-14 70 0 21-22 13-14 0 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 XCKD2506N12 0 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 46 21-22 13-14 0 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 70 XCKD2549N12 46 21-22 13-14 0 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 5mm ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH0 5mm ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH2 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 3,1 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE06 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 46 0 ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 0 0 ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 25˚ 70˚(P) 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 90˚ 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 90˚ ZCD39 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE06 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 90˚ ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE06 46 46 11-12 21-22 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5mm ZCD27 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 46 11-12 21-22 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 3-pole N/C + ZCD37+ ZCDEN12 + N/C + N/O break before ZCEH0 make, slow 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 break 31-32 (XE3NP2141) 13-140 3 5mm Contact operation 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 20˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 90˚ 1,5 12˚ 12˚ 12˚ 12˚ 15˚ ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH2 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 ZCD37 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE06 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCKD2545N12 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 5mm 0 46 21-22 13-14 ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCKD2518N12 mm ZCD29 + ZCDEN12 + ZCEH2 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 70 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKD2106N12 25˚ 46˚(P) 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5,2 mm 0.220 (0.485) 0.220 (0.485) contact closed contact open 25˚ 46˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 42˚ 90˚ 42˚ 90˚ 0.225 (0.496) 0.235 (0.518) (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point 25˚ 46˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 42˚ 90˚ 0.235 (0.518) Limit Switches 21 22 14 13 XCKD21H0N12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 25˚ 46˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 42˚ 90˚ 0.245 (0.540) 20˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 45˚ 0.175 (0.386) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive opening torque Cable entry (4) 1. 2. 3. 4. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 15 N (3.37 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — 1 entry tapped M16 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Switches with gold contacts or ring type connections: please consult your local sales office. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. For an entry tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Examples: XCKD21H0N12 becomes XCKD21H0G11, ZCDEN12 becomes ZCDEG11. Note: For more information, consult pages 63, 456–457. 443 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry ZCE10 ZCE11 10 ZCD2• + ZCDEN12 / ZCD3• + ZCDEN12 8 12,5 12,5 20 19 30 51 2 (2) (3) (1) ZCE02 ZCE21 ZCE27 16 12,5 5,5 12,5 11,6 22 41 30,5 20,2 5,5 39 3,5 12 ZCE28 ZCEH0 ZCEH2 12,5 2,5 = 36,2 22 = 12,5 12,5 2,5 7 3,5 M18x1(4) M18x1(4) 1. 2. 3. 4. 26 48 13 38 5,5 29 Limit Switches 16 7 Tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 444 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCE01 + ZCY39 37,5 42 12,5 40 10 5,5 5,5 58 77,5 33…83,5 52,5…103 52,5 33 24 12,5 12,5 16 ZCE01 + ZCY49 ZCE06 40 Limit Switches 142 10 12,5 12,5 16 445 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Integral M12 Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Form B (1) Type of operator Form C (1) Form E (1) Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horiz. or vert. actuation in 1 direction XCKD2110M12 XCKD2111M12 XCKD2102M12 XCKD2121M12 XCKD2127M12 XCKD2128M12 Catalog Numbers 21 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5mm 0 0,9 21 1,8 4,6(P) 12 Weight, kg (lb) mm 0 5mm 0 mm 5mm 0 0 mm 0 0.195 (0.430) mm contact open (P) = positive opening point ZCD29M12 + ZCE28 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 mm mm 4,9 3 0.205 (0.452) (A) (B) = cam displacement mm 4,9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 3 contact closed 0 mm ZCD29M12 + ZCE27 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 1,5 0.190 (0.419) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 ZCD29M12 + ZCE21 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0,9 0.190 (0.419) 0 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 ZCD29M12 + ZCE02 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 Contact operation 0 1,5 ZCD29M12 + ZCE11 0,9 1. 5mm 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 ZCD29M12 + ZCE10 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 22 11 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0.200 (0.441) 0.205 (0.452) Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Limit Switches Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Connection 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) M12 5-pin connector, Ui = 60 V, Ie = 4 A maximum, Ith = 4 A Connections Integral M12 connector 4 3 XE2SP2151 XE2SP2141 2 1-2: N/C 3-4: N/O 5: t 1-2: N/C 3-4: N/C 5: t 5 1 Dimensions ZCE21 16 12,5 12,5 3,5 20 (1) 2 ZCE02 12,5 Ø7 Ø11,6 5,5 Ø14 30,5 51 65 77 ZCE11 20,2 10 12,5 19 39 ZCE10 30 ZCD2•M12 (2) M12 30 20/22 31 ZCE27 5,5 ZCE28 12,5 Ø14 16 2,5 36,2 Ø22 = = 12,5 2,5 2. 3. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). M18x1(3) 26 48 12 1. Ø7 6 29 22 41 ZCEH0 13 7 446 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal Universal, XCKD—Integral M12 Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the head) Rotary (mounting by the body) Form A (1) Type of operator M18 with metal end M18 with steel plunger roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever Multi-directional Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) Cat’s whisker (2) XCKD2145M12 XCKD2139M12 XCKD2149M12 XCKD2106M12 Catalog Numbers XCKD21H0M12 XCKD21H2M12 XCKD2118M12 5mm 0 21 21 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 5mm ZCD29M12 + ZCEH2 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 ZCD29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 0 mm ZCD29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 70 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCD29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 70 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCD29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCD29M12 + ZCE06 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 1,5 0.235 (0.518) 0.235 (0.518) contact closed Contact operation 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) mm 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 ZCD29M12 + ZCEH0 22 11 12 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 1. 2. 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 0.220 (0.485) 0.220 (0.485) 0.220 (0.485) 0.220 (0.485) 0.185 (0.408) (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point contact open Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Characteristics On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive opening torque Connection 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 15 N (3.37 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — M12 5-pin connector, Ui = 60 V, Ie = 4 A maximum, Ith = 4 A Limit Switches Switch actuation Dimensions ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCE01 + ZCY39 Ø1,2 Ø50 Ø16 33 52,5 33…83,5 52,5…103 5,5 10 12,5 142 19 24 ZCE06 40 54…100,5 73,5…120 5,5 ZCE01 + ZCY49 42 10 37,5 12,5 40 58 77,5 ZCE01 + ZCY18 12,5 12,5 ZCEH2 16 12,5 12,5 16 M18x1 (3) 38 3,5 3. Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.) 447 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKP—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Form C (1) Form B (1) Type of operator Form E (1) Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horiz. or vert. actuation in 1 direction XCKP2110N12 XCKP2111N12 XCKP2102N12 XCKP2121N12 XCKP2127N12 XCKP2128N12 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 Catalog Numbers (2) (3) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 5mm 13 21 14 22 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) XCKP2510N12 21 11 3 22 12 11 21 12 22 13 21 31 0 14 22 32 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 31 21 13 22 14 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) 0 5mm 09 09 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE10 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 1,8 3,2(P) 3 5mm 0.090 (0.198) Contact operation 0 21-22 13-14 0 0 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE02 3 5mm 0.090 (0.198) mm mm ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE21 3,1(A) 5,6(P) mm 5,2 mm 6,5(A) 11,3(P) contact closed (A)(B) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 mm 0 10,5 mm mm 4,9 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE27 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0.105 (0.231) mm ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE28 3 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE21 0 0 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0.095 (0.209) mm ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE27 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 5,3(A) 11-12 21-22 0 3 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE02 mm ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE28 6,6(B) 11,6(P) 11-12 21-22 mm 0 0 4,9 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE27 6,6(A) 11,6(P) 0 1,5 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 3 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 mm ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE21 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 16,1 mm 0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE28 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 10,5 mm ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE27 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 9,8(A) 17,2(P) 21-22 13-14 0 10,5 mm ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE21 mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 Weight, kg (lb) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 3,1 5,6(P) 0 5mm ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE11 5mm XCKP2528N12 3 11-12 21-22 1,8 4,6(P) 32 Limit Switches 5mm ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE10 mm ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE02 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 0 0 mm XCKP2527N12 1,5 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 5mm 0 XCKP2521N12 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 0,9 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE10 0 0 5,2 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE02 mm 4,9 mm 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 5mm 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 5mm 0 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 21-22 13-14 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 3 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE11 1,8 4,6(P) mm 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 0 5mm ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE10 0 mm XCKP2502N12 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 1,5 XCKP2511N12 1,8 3,2(P) 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 21-22 13-14 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 5mm 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE28 9,8(A) 17,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 10,5 mm 0.100 (0.220) 0 16,1 mm 0.105 (0.231) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or For tripping torque For positive opening Cable entry (3) 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) 1 entry tapped M16 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) 1. Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. 2. Switches with gold contacts or ring type connections: please consult your local sales office. 3. For an entry tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Examples: XCKP2110N12 becomes XCKP2110G11, ZCPEN12 becomes ZCPEG11. Note: For more information, consult pages 63, 456–457. 448 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKP—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Plunger (mounting by the head) Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional Form A (1) Type of operator M18 with metal end M18 with steel plunger roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) Variable length thermoplastic roller Cat’s whisker (4) lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) XCKP21H0N12 XCKP2118N12 XCKP2145N12 XCKP2139N12 XCKP2149N12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) XCKP21H2N12 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 5mm 13 21 14 22 11 21 22 12 XCKP25H2N12 2-pole N/C + N/O XCKP25H0N12 break before make, slow 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 21-22 break 13-14 13-14 mm 0 5,2 0 3 5mm (XE2NP2151) ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH2 0 0 5mm 11 21 12 22 ZCP27 + 21-22 31 21 13 32 22 14 0 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH0 31 21 13 22 14 0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 70 0 XCKP2539N12 46 46 21-22 13-14 0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCKP2549N12 46 21-22 13-14 XCKP2506N12 21-22 13-14 0 0 ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 11-12 21-22 0 1,8 4,6(P) ZCP29 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE06 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 5mm 0 ZCP37+ ZCPEN12 + ZCEH0 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 mm 90˚ ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 25˚ 46˚(P) 0 5,2 mm contact open 0 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 0 42˚ 90˚ 0.135 (0.298) 0.145 (0.320) (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point 0 0 42˚ 90˚ 0.145 (0.320) 0 90˚ 12˚ 15˚ ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE06 25˚ 46˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 20˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 25˚ 46˚(P) 25˚ 46˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 42˚ 90˚ 90˚ 12˚ ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE06 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 90˚ 11-12 21-22 0 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE06 0 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 25˚ 70˚(P) 12˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 0.130 (0.287) 0.130 (0.287) contact closed ZCP39 + ZCPEN12+ ZCE01 + ZCY45 12˚ 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 3 5mm 0 46 11-12 21-22 0 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 1,5 ZCP37 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH2 11-12 21-22 25˚ 70˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 46 46 0 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 3,1(A) 7,8(P) ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 11-12 21-22 0 mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 46 3,1 5,6(P) 11-12 21-22 09 32 XCKP2545N12 21-22 13-14 ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCP39 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH2 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 Contact operation 0 46 21-22 13-14 mm ZCP27 + ZCPEN12 + ZCEH2 5mm 0 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 2-pole N/C + N/C ZCPEN12 + ZCEH0 simultaneous, slow break 1,8 3,2(P) (XE2NP2141) 11-12 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) Weight, kg (lb) XCKP2518N12 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0,9 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKP2106N12 Limit Switches 21 22 14 13 Catalog Numbers (2) 0 20˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 42˚ 90˚ 0.155 (0.342) 0 45˚ ˚ 0.085 (0.187) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive torque opening Cable entry (3) 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 15 N (3.37 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — 1 entry tapped M16 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) 1. Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. 2. Switches with gold contacts or ring type connections: please consult your local sales office. 3. For an entry tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Examples: XCKP21H0N12 becomes XCKP21H0G11, ZCPEN12 becomes ZCPEG11. 4. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. Note: For more information, consult pages 63, 456–457. 449 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKP—Complete Units with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry ZCP2• + ZCPEN12 / ZCP3• + ZCPEN12 ZCE10 ZCE28 10 12,5 2 20 (2) 51 65 12,5 36,2 16 5,5 2,5 = Ø22 = 2,5 29 19 20/22 (1) 48 ZCE11 30 (3) 12,5 31 30 13 7 15˚ 12,5 15˚ ZCE02 ZCE21 12,5 16 5,5 12,5 30,5 22 41 5,5 Ø14 39 Ø 11,6 20,2 3,5 ZCE27 12 ZCEH0 ZCE01 + ZCY18 40 12,5 Ø7 5,5 24 33 26 142 M18x1(4) Limit Switches 52,5 ZCE06 ZCEH2 12,5 12,5 12,5 M18x1 (4) 38 3,5 ZCE01 + ZCY49 ZCE01 + ZCY45 40 37,5 10 12,5 ZCE01 + ZCY39 5,5 42 12,5 1. 2. 16 52,5…103 77,5 58 10 16 12,5 Tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 3. 4. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 450 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT Catalog Number Interpretation For Interpretation of the Catalog Number Only XCK P 21 10 N12 XCK—Assembled unit Contact Description Conduit Threads ZCP—Plastic body components 21—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Silver F12—PF 1/2 ZCD—Metal body components 25—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver G11—PG 11 ZCT—Wide body components 26—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Overlapping Cont. Gold G13—PG 13.5 ZCPE—Plastic conduit components 27—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver c—4- or 5-Pin Connector ZCDE—Metal conduit components 28—1 N.O. + 1 N.O. Slow Make/Break Silver N12—1/2 NPT 29—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Silver P16—ISO M16 31—2 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Silver P20—M20 37—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver c Head Assembly 39—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Silver 01—Rotary Head without Lever Arm 41—2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Silver c 02—Steel Top Roller Plunger 61—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Gold 05—Rotary Head Programmable 65—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold c 06—Cat Whisker Body 66—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Overlapping Cont. Gold c 07—Spring Rod with Plastic End c P—Plastic 67—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold c 08—Spring Rod c D—Metal 68—1 N.O. + 1 N.O. Slow Make/Break Gold 09—Maint. Rotary without Arm c T—Plastic wide body 69—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Gold 10—Top Push Rod Plunger 71—2 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Gold c 11—Booted Top Push Rod Pl. 75—2 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold c 13—Top Ball Bearing Plunger c 77—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Slow Make/Break Gold c 14—Adjustable Top Plunger c 79—1 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Gold c 21—One-way Horiz. Plastic Roller 81—2 N.O. + 2 N.C. Snap Action Gold c 24—Retractable Steel Roller, 9 mm (0.35 in.) C1—1 N.O. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Quick Connect c 27—One-way Vert. Plastic Roller C9—1 N.C. + 1 N.C. Snap Action Quick Connect c 28—One-way Horiz. or Vert. Roller Limit Switches 35—2 N.O. + 1 N.C. Slow Make/Break Silver c 29—Booted Top Roller Plunger c 62—Adjust. Side Push Rod Pl. c 63—Side Push Rod Plunger c 64—Horiz. Side Roller Plunger c 65—Vertical Side Roller Plunger c 66—Side Ball Bearing Plunger c 67—Horizontal Cat Whisker c F0—M12 Threaded Plunger Head c Important Note: Use for interpretation only. Some possibilities are not shown and some combinations of components are not available. Not all switches are modular. See additional information in this catalog. For interpretation of heads and levers, see page 456–457. c F2—M12 Threaded Roller Plunger Head c G1—M16 Threaded Booted Plunger Head c H0—M18 Threaded Plunger Head c H2—M18 Threaded Roller Plunger Head c Call your local field sales office for availability. 451 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKP—Integral M12 Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Form B (1) Type of operator Form E (1) Form C (1) Metal end plunger Metal end plunger Steel roller with elastomer boot plunger XCKP2110M12 XCKP2111M12 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horiz. or vert. actuation in 1 direction XCKP2127M12 XCKP2128M12 Catalog Numbers 21 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 21 22 11 Weight, kg (lb) 0 5mm 0 0,9 0.100 (0.220) 0.100 (0.220) 0 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 mm mm 0.100 (0.220) (A)(B) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point ZCP29M12 + ZCE28 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 mm mm 4,9 3 0.110 (0.243) contact closed mm 4,9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 3 1,5 0 mm ZCP29M12 + ZCE27 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 5mm 0,9 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 ZCP29M12 + ZCE21 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 9,8(A) 22,5(P) 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 ZCP29M12 + ZCE02 1,8 4,6(P) 5mm 0 mm 1,5 ZCP29M12 + ZCE11 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 Contact operation 1. 0 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 ZCP29M12 + ZCE10 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 12 5mm 0,9 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCKP2102M12 XCKP2121M12 0.110 (0.243) 0.110 (0.243) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Limit Switches Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Connection 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) M12 4-pin connector, Ui = 250 V, Ie = 3 A maximum, Ith = 3 A Connections Integral M12 connector 4 3 1 2 XE2SP2151 XE2SP2141 1-2: N/C 3-4: N/O 1-2: N/C 3-4: N/C Dimensions 12,5 ZCE11 ZCE02 12,5 Ø7 Ø11,6 5,5 Ø14 51 30,5 2 30 20 10 16 12,5 12,5 3,5 65 77 ZCE21 19 39 ZCE10 (1) 20,2 ZCP2•M12 (2) 30 20/22 5,5 ZCE28 Ø14 2. 3. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 mm (0.12 in.) holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 2,5 36,2 Ø22 = = 12,5 2,5 Ø7 M18x1(3) 6 29 12,5 1. ZCEH0 12,5 16 22 41 31 = 48 = 12 13 26 ZCE27 M12 7 452 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKP—Integral M12 Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the head) Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional Form A (1) Type of operator Variable length Thermoplastic thermoplastic roller roller lever, lever Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) M18 with metal end M18 with steel plunger roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever XCKP21H0M12 XCKP2118M126 XCKP2145M12 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) Cat’s whisker (2) XCKP2149M12 XCKP2106M126 Catalog Numbers 5mm 21 21 ZCP29M12 + ZCEH2 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 5mm 0 0.140 (0.309) Contact operation 1. 2. 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 mm ZCP29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCP29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCP29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCP29M12 + ZCE01 + ZCY49 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 ZCP29M12 + ZCE06 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0 1,5 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) 0 mm 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKP2139M12 1,5 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 ZCP29M12 + ZCEH0 22 11 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 12 XCKP21H2M12 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 0.140 (0.309) 0.140 (0.309) 0.150 (0.331) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0.155 (0.342) 0.160 (0.353) 0.090 (0.198) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. Characteristics On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) For tripping For positive opening Minimum force or torque Connection 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — Limit Switches Switch actuation M12 4-pin connector, Ui = 250 V, Ie = 3 A maximum, Ith = 3 A Dimensions ZCE01 + ZCY45 Ø1,2 40 10 Ø50 33…83,5 52,5…103 142 Ø16 54…100,5 5,5 ZCE06 73,5…120 19 33 52,5 24 ZCE01 + ZCY49 42 10 37,5 12,5 40 5,5 ZCE01 + ZCY39 58 77,5 ZCE01 + ZCY18 12,5 ZCEH2 12,5 12,5 12,5 16 12,5 3. 16 M18x1 (3) 38 3,5 Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.). 453 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKT—Complete Units with Two Cable Entries and 1/2" NPT Adapter Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Form B (1) Type of operator Multi-directional Form C (1) Form E (1) Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Cat’s whisker (4) XCKT2110N12 XCKT2111N12 XCKT2102N12 XCKT2121N12 XCKT2106N12 21 21 22 13 13 22 21 21 14 11 23 24 22 13 14 12 22 14 14 13 Catalog Numbers (2) (3) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP3151) 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP3151) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5mm ZCT25N12 + ZCE10 ZCT25N12 + ZCE11 1,8 3,2(P) 5mm 2-pole N/C + N/O make before break, slow break (XE2NP3161) ZCT26N12 + ZCE10 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3141) ZCT27N12 + ZCE10 3 ZCT26N12 + ZCE11 3 4,4(P) 21-22 13-14 5mm ZCT27N12 + ZCE11 5mm ZCT28N12 + ZCE10 2-pole N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3131) ZCT28N12 + ZCE11 1,8 5mm 0.100 (0.220) Limit Switches Contact operation 3,1 5,6(P) 0.100 (0.220) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0 ZCT27N12 + ZCE06 6,6(A) 11,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm ZCT28N12 + ZCE02 5mm mm ZCT27N12 + ZCE21 0 0 mm ZCT28N12 + ZCE21 ZCT28N12 + ZCE06 6,6(A) 13-14 23-24 0 ZCT26N12 + ZCE06 21-22 13-14 0 6,6 3,1(A) 13-14 23-24 0 ZCT27N12 + ZCE02 1,8 13-14 23-24 Weight, kg (lb) 5mm 0 10,5 mm 10,9(A) 16(P) mm 11-12 21-22 0 21-22 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 0 3,1 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 0 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 21-22 13-14 5,2 7,6(P) 5mm ZCT25N12 + ZCE06 ZCT26N12 + ZCE21 21-22 13-14 0 1,8 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 mm ZCT26N12 + ZCE02 3 4,4(P) 21-22 13-14 0 1,8 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 0 5,2 5mm 0 ZCT25N12 + ZCE21 21-22 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 mm 3 ZCT25N12 + ZCE02 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 3 0 mm 1,5 0,9 0 0 5mm 0,9 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 1,8 4,6(P) 13-14 23-24 13-14 23-24 0 mm 0.105 (0.231) 0 0 mm 0.115 (0.254) 0.095 (0.209) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) Minimum force or torque Cable entry (3) 15 N (3.37 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 1. 2. For tripping For positive opening 12 N (2.70 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 6 N (1.35 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) 0.3 N•m (2.66 lb-in) — 2 entries tapped M16 x 1.5 for ISO cable entry. Clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) (1 entry fitted with blanking plug). Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Switches with gold contacts or ring connections: please consult your local sales office. 3. 4. For cable entries tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Example: XCKT2110N12 becomes XCKT2110G11. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mountings. Dimensions ZCE10 ZCE11 1. 2. 3. 20 (2) 16 (1) (3) ZCE02 15˚ 15˚ 3,5 ZCE06 12,5 Ø11,6 39 = 20/22 = 40/42 58 12,5 Ø1,2 142 12,5 30 40 Ø7 30,5 10 2 37,6 51 12,5 ZCE21 12,5 30 ZCT2•N12 2 tapped entries for ISO M16 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. 4 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22/42 mm (0.87/1.65 in.) centers, 4 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20/40 mm (0.79/1.57 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). 454 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Plastic Universal, XCKT—Complete Units with Two Cable Entries and 1/2" NPT Adapter Type of head Plunger (mounting by the head) Rotary (mounting by the body) Form A (1) Type of operator M18 with metal end plunger M18 with steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever Variable length thermoplastic roller lever Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) XCKT21H0N12 XCKT21H2N12 XCKT2118N12 XCKT2145N12 XCKT2139N12 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 0 5mm 13 21 22 13 14 21 14 21 22 11 22 23 24 12 13 14 2-pole N/O + N/C make before break, slow break (XE2NP3161) ZCT25N12 + ZCEH0 ZCT25N12 + ZCEH2 3 0 46 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2-pole N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3131) ZCT28N12 + ZCEH0 0 3,1 5mm 1,8 3,2(P) 0 5mm 3,1 5,6(P) 0.145 (0.320) 0 0 ZCT27N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 46 3,1(A) 5mm 21-22 13-14 46 0.145 (0.320) (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0 ZCT28N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 ZCT28N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 13-14 23-24 13-14 23-24 13-14 23-24 0 90˚ 0.145 (0.320) contact closed 46 11-12 21-22 0 ZCT28N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 0 mm ZCT27N12+ ZCE01 + ZCY39 11-12 21-22 0 13-14 23-24 0 ZCT26N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY39 0 11-12 21-22 0 mm ZCT28N12 + ZCEH2 1,8 13-14 23-24 0 21-22 13-14 ZCT27N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 11-12 21-22 46 21-22 13-14 ZCT26N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 0 mm ZCT27N12 + ZCEH2 11-12 21-22 46 0 ZCT26N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 5,2 7,6(P) 3 4,4(P) 0 1,8 ZCT25N12+ ZCE01 + ZCY39 21-22 13-14 0 ZCT26N12 + ZCEH2 21-22 13-14 ZCT25N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY45 21-22 13-14 mm 0 5,2 5mm ZCT26N12 + ZCEH0 ZCT27N12 + ZCEH0 Contact operation ZCT25N12 + ZCE01 + ZCY18 21-22 13-14 0 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3141) Weight, kg (lb) 0 mm 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP3151) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 90˚ 0.155 (0.342) 90˚ 0.160 (0.353) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Limit Switches 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP3151) 22 14 13 Catalog Numbers (2) (3) Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Cable entry (3) 1. 2. 3. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 10 N (2.25 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) 2 entries tapped M16 x 1.5 for ISO cable entry. Clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.) (1 entry fitted with blanking plug). Form conforming to EN 50047. See page 408. Switches with gold contacts or ring type connections: please consult your local sales office. For cable entries tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, replace N12 in the catalog number with G11. Example: XCKT21H0N12 becomes XCKT21H0G11. Dimensions ZCEH0 ZCE01 + ZCY18 ZCE01 + ZCY39 ZCE01 + ZCY45 12,5 M18x1(4) 37,5 12,5 5,5 Ø50 5,5 38 M18x1(4) 12,5 58 77,5 33 12,5 3,5 52,5 24 ZCEH2 Ø16 33…83,5 42 10 40 52,5…103 26 Ø7 12,5 16 4. Mounting nut thickness 3.5 mm (0.14 in.) 455 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation ZCE 21 ZCE 27 Side metal plunger, adjustable Side metal plunger ZCE 62 ZCE 63 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal or vertical actuation Retractable steel roller lever plunger ZCE 28 ZCE 24 Side steel roller plunger, horizontal Side steel roller plunger, vertical ZCE 64 ZCE 65 ZCE 66 Limit Switches M18 with metal end plunger M18 with steel roller plunger ZCE H0 ZCE H2 Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with elastomer boot Spring rod with thermoplastic end Spring rod Cat’s whisker ZCE 02 ZCE 29 ZCE 07 ZCE 08 ZCE 06 Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with elastomer boot Steel ball bearing plunger Metal end plunger, adjustable ZCE 10 ZCE 11 ZCE 13 ZCE 14 Plastic bodies with contacts (1) for use in conjunction with cable entry (see below) Plastic bodies with integral M12 connector, with: N/C + N/O snap action contact ZCP 21M12 N/C + N/C snap action contact Cable entry: ZCP EP16 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCP EP20 ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCP EG11 Pg 11 Side cat’s whisker ZCE 67 Plastic bodies with contacts (1) with 2 cable entries ISO M16 x 1.5 Pg 11 1/2” NPT PG 11 conduit entries convert to 1/2" NPT using adapter DE9RA1012 (included) ZCP 29M12 1. 2. Side steel ball bearing plunger ZCP EG13 Pg 13.5 ZCP EN12 1/2" NPT ZCP EF12 PF 1/2 (G 1/2) For further details, see page 458. Cannot be used on bodies: ZCD21, ZCP21, ZCT21, ZCD29, ZCP29, ZCD31, ZCP31, ZCD39.ZCP39, ZCD2•M12, ZCP2•M12. 456 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular ZCY 53 Ceramic roller lever ZCY 22 Spring return, for actuation from left AND right ZCE 01 Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) ZCY 54 ZCY 55 ZCY 59 Spring lever with thermoplastic end Spring– rod lever, metal ZCY 81 ZCY 91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, with pliable lever Variable length thermoplastic roller lever ZCY 44 ZCY 45 ZCY 25 ZCY 17 Variable length steel roller lever ZCD EP16 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCY 15 Steel roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) ZCY 16 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) ZCY 26 ZCY 23 Forked arm with rollers, 2 track, track: 25/39 (0.98/1.54) Forked arm with rollers, 1 track, track: 32 (1.26) ZCY 61 ZCY 71 ZCD EP20 ISO M20 x 1.5 Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) ZCY 39 Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) Steel roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) Metal bodies with integral M12 connector, with: N/C + N/O snap action contact ZCD 21M12 N/C + N/C snap action contact ZCD 29M12 Cable entry: Variable length steel roller lever, with pliable lever ZCY 48 ZCY 12 Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 21/44 (0.83/1.73) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever, track: 29/36 (1.14/1.42) ZCY 69 ZCY 49 Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) ZCY 19 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97), with adjustable track Variable length thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) ZCY 46 Steel roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) Thermoplastic roller lever, track: 24/40 (0.94/1.57) ZCY 18 Stay put, for actuation from left AND right (2) ZCE 09 Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Limit Switches Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) Dimensions: mm (in.) Metal bodies with contacts (1) for use in conjunction with cable entry (see below) ZCD ZCD EG11 Pg 11 ZCD EG13 Pg 13.5 ZCD EN12 1/2" NPT ZCD EF12 PF 1/2 (G1/2) 457 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular Function diagram Body material Catalog Number 13 21 Metal ZCD21 0.140 (0.309) 14 22 Plastic ZCP21 0.070 (0.154) 11 21 Positive operation (2) Metal ZCD29 0.140 (0.309) 22 Type of contact 12 520710 Bodies with contacts, types XCKD and XCKP (1) Weight kg (lb) Plastic ZCP29 0.070 (0.154) ZCD25 0.140 (0.309) ZCP25 0.070 (0.154) ZCD26 0.140 (0.309) ZCP26 0.070 (0.154) ZCD27 0.140 (0.309) ZCP27 0.070 (0.154) ZCD28 0.140 (0.309) ZCP28 0.070 (0.154) ZCD31 0.140 (0.309) ZCP31 0.070 (0.154) ZCD39 0.140 (0.309) ZCP39 0.070 (0.154) ZCD37 0.140 (0.309) ZCP37 0.070 (0.154) ZCD35 0.140 (0.309) ZCP35 0.070 (0.154) 21 22 21 Metal 22 Plastic Metal 11 22 Plastic 23 Metal 24 Plastic 33 13 Metal 14 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 12 14 13 Plastic 13 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break (XE2NP2161) N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) Metal 13 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 14 ZCD•• N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 21 2-pole Plastic — 1. 2. 13 14 14 14 33 Metal 34 Plastic 13 13 34 21 21 31 22 21 32 31 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2151) Metal 32 ZCP•• Plastic 22 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) Metal 21 Limit Switches N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 22 520711 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action (XE3SP2151) 22 3-pole Plastic Bodies with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. : bodies with contacts assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 458 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular Type of contact Positive operation (1) Function diagram Cable entries 13 561390 Bodies with contacts, type XCKT plastic, 2 cable entries 0.085 (0.187) ZCT21G11 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) ZCT25G11 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) ZCT27G11 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) ZCT28G11 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) 0.085 (0.187) Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) 21 22 PG 11 21 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCT25P16 22 PG 11 21 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCT27P16 22 PG 11 23 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCT28P16 14 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCT21P16 11 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP3151) 12 2-pole 14 13 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP3151) 24 PG 11 21 ISO M16 x 1.5 ZCT26P16 22 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break (XE2NP3161) 14 — 13 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3131) 14 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3141) 13 ZCT••• PG 11 ZCT26G11 Bodies with contacts, type XCKT, plastic, 2 cable entries with 1/2" NPT adapter 561387 Type of contact Positive operation (1) Function diagram Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) 24 21 0.130 (0.287) ZCT25N12 0.130 (0.287) ZCT27N12 0.130 (0.287) ZCT28N12 0.130 (0.287) ZCT26N12 0.130 (0.287) 22 ZCT21N12 Limit Switches 22 21 22 21 22 23 14 13 12 14 1. 14 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break (XE2NP3161) — 13 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3131) 13 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP3141) 14 ZCT••N12 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP3151) 11 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP3151) 21 13 2-pole : bodies with contact assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 459 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular 561427 Accessories 561392 ZCE05 Description Suitable levers for use with head Unit catalog number Rotary head, without lever, spring return, for actuation from left AND right or left OR right (1) ZCY12, ZCY15, ZCY16, ZCY17, ZCY18, ZCY19, ZCY22, ZCY23, ZCY25, ZCY26, ZCY39, ZCY53, ZCY54, ZCY55, ZCY81 ZCE05 0.045 (1.59) Tap-off terminal (for XCKT) Sold in lots of 10 XALZ09 0.010 (0.35) XCMZ07 0.002 (0.07) DE9RA1012 0.050 (1.76) Spacer for angular positioning of heads with adjustable levers, for values other than -90°, 0° — and 90° Adapter for 1/2" NPT conduit Sold in lots of 10 Converts PG 11 conduit entries to 1/2" NPT DE9RA1012 Weight kg (oz) Bodies with contacts, type XCKP plastic, with rotary head (without operating lever) Type of contact Function diagram Positive Cable operation (2) entry Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) XCKP2101M12 0.125 (0.276) XCKP2501N12 0.115 (0.254) XCKP2501G11 0.115 (0.254) PG 11 21 21 M12 connector 22 0.115 (0.254) 13 XCKP2101G11 14 0.115 (0.254) 1/2" NPT 22 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) XCKP2101N12 1/2" NPT 13 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 14 561388 2-pole PG 11 Bodies with contacts, type XCKD metal, with rotary head (without operating lever) XCK•2•01•• Type of contact Function diagram Positive Cable operation (2) entry Catalog Number Weight kg (lb) 0.195 (0.430) XCKD2501N12 0.185 (0.408) XCKD2501G11 0.185 (0.408) 21 21 XCKD2101M12 22 M12 connector 13 0.185 (0.408) 14 XCKD2101G11 PG 11 1/2" NPT 22 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 0.185 (0.408) 13 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) XCKD2101N12 1/2" NPT 14 Limit Switches 2-pole PG 11 460 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal and Plastic Universal, XCKD, XCKP, and XCKT—Modular Contact blocks with screw clamp terminals for XCKD and XCKP Type of contact Positive operation (1) Function diagram Catalog number for standard contacts Weight kg (lb) 21 22 21 22 21 22 21 22 22 24 — 33 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break 23 21 14 12 13 14 13 14 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break 12 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break 13 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 14 XE2••21•• 11 N/C + N/C simultaneous, snap action 21 561393 N/C + N/O snap action 11 13 2-pole XE2SP2151 0.020 (0.044) XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) XE3SP2151 0.035 (0.077) XE3SP2141 0.035 (0.077) XE3NP2141 0.035 (0.077) XE3NP2151 0.035 (0.077) Contact blocks with screw clamp terminals for XCKT Type of contact Positive operation (1) Function diagram Catalog number for standard contacts Limit Switches 14 13 14 14 14 13 13 34 21 22 22 34 33 21 22 31 22 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break 32 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 31 XE3••21•• 32 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action 21 561394 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action 13 3-pole Weight kg (lb) 22 21 22 21 22 22 21 1. XE2SP3151 0.015 (0.033) XE2NP3151 0.015 (0.033) XE2NP3161 0.015 (0.033) XE2NP3141 0.015 (0.033) XE2NP3131 0.015 (0.033) 24 — 14 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break 23 14 13 14 13 14 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break 12 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break 13 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 11 N/C + N/O snap action 21 13 2-pole : contact blocks assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 461 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset Application, XCDR—Complete Switches, Metal, with One Cable Entry, 1/2" NPT Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Rotary (mounting by the body) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever Steel roller lever XCDR2127N12 XCDR2118N12 XCDR2119N12 Catalog numbers of complete switches with one 1/2" NPT cable entry 21 22 14 13 XCDR2110N12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) XCDR2102N12 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5mm 21 22 13 14 Weight, kg (lb) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 mm 0 XCDR2502N12 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 3 5mm 0.215 (0.474) 0 5,2 0.220 (0.485) mm 0 mm 3 XCDR2521N12 XCDR2527N12 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 mm 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 1,5 XCDR2510N12 0 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) XCDR2121N12 0 0.225 (0.496) 0 10,5 mm 0.225 (0.496) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCDR2518N12 46 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 10,5 mm 0 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 21-22 13-14 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0.255 (0.562) XCDR2519N12 46 21-22 13-14 0 0.255 (0.562) Catalog numbers of complete switches with one PG 13.5 cable entry For complete switches with 1 PG 13.5 cable entry, replace N12 with G13. Example: XCDR 2110P20 becomes XCDR 2110G13. Catalog numbers of complete switches with one P20 cable entry For complete switches with 1 ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry, replace N12 with P20. Example: XCDR 2110N12 becomes XCDR 2110P20. Contact operation Limit Switches contact closed (A) (B) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Cable entry 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) 1 entry tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.), or 1 entry tapped PG 13.5, clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.), or 1 entry tapped for 1/2" NPT (USAS B2-1) conduit 462 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset Application, XCDR—Complete Switches, Metal, with One Cable Entry, 1/2" NPT Dimensions XCDR2•10••• XCDR2•02••• 12,5 12,5 XCDR2•21••• 16 12,5 46 20,2 35,5 2 2 14 (3) 2 (3) 14 39,5 (1) 3. (2) 19 (3) (1) 39,5 2. 51 65 51 65 (2) 19 14 51 65 (2) 19 (1) 1. 54,5 5,5 3,5 39,5 Tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 13.5 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT conduit 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.) Dimensions XCDR2•27••• XCDR2•18•••, XCDR2•19••• 40 5,5 24 33 19 68 56,5 22 5,5 2 (3) 14 (1) (2) 19 Limit Switches 51 51 (2) 19 (3) 14 65 2 12 (1) 39,5 12,5 39,5 1. 2. 3. Tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 13.5 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT conduit. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). 463 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset Application, XCPR—Complete Switches, Plastic, with One Cable Entry, 1/2" NPT Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Rotary (mounting by the body) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, vertical actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever Steel roller lever XCPR2127N12 XCPR2118N12 XCPR2119N12 Catalog numbers of complete switches with one 1/2" NPT cable entry 21 22 14 13 XCPR2110N12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) XCPR2102N12 1,8 4,6(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 21 22 13 14 21 22 11 12 XCPR2502N12 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 5mm 3 XCPR2910N12 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 0 XCPR2527N12 5mm 21-22 13-14 0 10,5 mm 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 0 0.115 (0.254) 0.115 (0.254) mm 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 3 1,5 0.125 (0.276) 10,5 mm XCPR2927N12 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 XCPR2518N12 6,5(B) 11,3(P) 6,5(A) 11,3(P) XCPR2921N12 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 mm XCPR2521N12 mm 0 5,2 XCPR2902N12 0 3 21-22 13-14 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) mm 6,5(B) 15,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 1,8 4,6(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 1,5 XCPR2510N12 0 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) XCPR2121N12 XCPR2519N12 46 21-22 13-14 46 21-22 13-14 0 0 XCPR2918N12 — 70 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 3 0.120 (0.265) 0.155 (0.342) — Catalog numbers of complete switches with one PG 13.5 cable entry Limit Switches For complete switches with one PG 13.5 cable entry, replace N12 with G13. Example: XCPR 2110P20 becomes XCPR 2110G13. Catalog numbers of complete switches with one P20 cable entry For complete switches with one ISO M20 x 1.5 cable entry, replace N12 with P20. Example: XCPR 2110N12 becomes XCPR 2110P20. Contact operation contact closed (A) (B) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force For tripping or torque For positive opening 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 6 N (1.35 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 18 N (4.05 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) Cable entry 1 entry tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.), or 1 entry tapped PG 13.5, clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.), or 1 entry tapped for 1/2" NPT (USAS B2-1) conduit Other versions Complete switches with cable entries other than those listed above: consult your local sales office. 464 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset Application, XCPR—Complete Switches, Plastic, with One Cable Entry, 1/2" NPT Dimensions XCPR2•10••• XCPR2•02••• 12,5 12,5 XCPR2•21••• 16 12,5 20,2 46 35,5 2 14 (3) 14 14 31 51 19 (3) (1) 30 2 2 (2) 51 65 51 (2) 19 39,5 2. 3. Tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 13.5 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT conduit. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). (2) 19 (3) (1) (1) 1. 54,5 5,5 3,5 39,5 39,5 Dimensions XCPR2•27••• XCPR2•18•••, XCPR2•19••• 40 5,5 24 19 68 56,5 20 33 5,5 39,5 1. 2. 3. 2 30 39,5 51 65 (3) (2) 19 Limit Switches (1) (2) 19 14 14 51 2 12,5 (3) (1) Tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 13.5 conduit thread or 1/2" NPT conduit. 2 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22 mm (0.87 in.) centers, 2 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20 mm (0.79 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). 465 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact with Manual Reset Application, XCTR—Complete Switches, Plastic, with Two Cable Entries, 1/2" NPT Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction XCTR2118N12 XCTR2121N12 21 XCTR2110N12 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP3151) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 5mm 0 21 22 13 14 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP3151) Weight, kg (lb) 6,5(A) 15,7(P) 70 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0,9 1. XCTR2102N12 1,8 4,6(P) 22 14 13 Catalog numbers of complete switches with two cable entries, 1/2" NPT (1) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 mm mm 3 1,5 XCTR2510N12 XCTR2502N12 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 0 3 0 5,2 5mm 0.120 (0.265) mm 0.125 (0.276) XCTR2521N12 46 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCTR2518N12 6,5(A) 11,3(P) 21-22 13-14 0 0 10,5 mm 0.165 (0.364) 0.135 (0.298) 0.125 (0.276) 0.165 (0.364) 0.135 (0.298) (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator One PG 11 to 1/2" NPT adapter and one plug included. Catalog numbers of complete switches with two PG 11 cable entries For complete switches with two PG 11 cable entries, replace N12 with G11. Example: XCTR2110N12 becomes XCTR2110G11. Catalog numbers of complete switches with two ISO M16 x 1.5 cable entries For complete switches with two ISO M16 x 1.5 cable entries, replace N12 with P16. Example: XCTR2110N12 becomes XCTR2110P16. 0.120 (0.265) Weight, kg (lb) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics Limit Switches Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) For tripping For positive opening Cable entry (1 entry fitted with blanking plug) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 6 N (1.35 lb) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) 18 N (4.05 lb) 2 entries tapped M16 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 4 to 8 mm (0.16 to 0.31 in.), or 2 entries tapped PG 11, clamping capacity 7 to 10 mm (0.28 to 0.39 in.), or 2 entries tapped for 1/2" NPT (USAS B2-1) conduit using PG 11 to 1/2" NPT adapter DE9RA1012 (1 entry fitted with adapter) 466 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Compact, Metal with Manual Reset Application, XCDR—Complete Switches with Two Cable Entries, 1/2" NPT Dimensions XCTR2•18••• XCTR2•21••• 40 5,5 16 19 24 12,5 = 20/22 = 40/42 58 (3) 51 (2) (1) 30 39,5 54,5 (2) (1) = 20/22 = 40/42 58 (3) Tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. 1/2" NPT adapter included. 4 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22/42 mm (0.87/1.65 in.) centers, 4 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20/40 mm (0.79/1.57 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). XCTR2•10••• XCTR2•02••• DE9RA1012 (4) 12,5 = = 40 (2) (1) = 20/22 = 40/42 58 30 39,5 (3) 12,5 40/42 58 (1) (3) 51 (2) 37,6 2 51 30 39,5 37,6 2 35,5 46 12,5 40 (5) Ø26 3,5 21 Limit Switches 1. 2. 3. 40 12,5 12,5 39,5 40 37,6 2 51 37,6 2 68 20,2 33 5,5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tapped entry for ISO M16 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. 1/2" NPT adapter included. 4 elongated holes Ø 4.3 x 6.3 mm (0.17 x 0.25 in.) on 22/42 mm (0.87/1.65 in.) centers, 4 holes Ø 4.3 mm (0.17 in.) on 20/40 mm (0.79/1.57 in.) centers. 2 x Ø 3 holes for support studs, depth 4 mm (0.16 in.). Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit. PG 11 threaded sleeve. 467 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM, XCKL, and XCKML b XCKM v With plunger head v With rotary or multi-directional head 561645 808148 561644 561643 with 3 cable entries Page 470 b XCKL v With plunger head v With rotary or multi-directional head 808147 808141 808145 808140 with 1 cable entry Page 472 b XCKML v With plunger head v With rotary or multi-directional head 561642 561641 561640 561639 with 3 cable entries and two 2-pole contacts Limit Switches Page 482 Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Products Machine assemblies Materials IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 UL, CSA, CCC (for XCKM) Version For operation For storage Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Standard “TC”. Special “TH” - 25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F) - 40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) 25 gn (10…500 Hz) 50 gn (11 ms) Class I conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 IP 66 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 05 conforming to EN 50102 XCKML 0.1 mm; XCKM and XCKL 0.05 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Repeat accuracy Cable entry or integral connector IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Depending on model XCKM: 3 tapped entries, PG 11 conduit thread (1/2" NPT adapter available), or tapped M20 XCKL: 1 tapped entry incorporating 1/2" NPT adapter XCKML: 3 tapped entries, PG 13 conduit thread (1/2" NPT adapter included), or tapped M20 Bodies: Zamak® zinc alloy Rotary heads: Zamak® zinc alloy or plastic depending on model; other heads: plastic 468 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM, XCKL, and XCKML Contact block characteristics XE2•P Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 XE3•P Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated insulation voltage XE2•P XE3•P Positive operation (depending on model) Resistance across terminals XE2•P Short-circuit protection XE3•P XE2SP21•1 Cabling XE2NP21•1 (screw and captive cable XESP2151L and XENP2151L clamp terminals) XE3NP and XE3SP Rated impulse withstand voltage Minimum actuation speed U imp = 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 N/C contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Section 3, EN 60 947-5-1 y 25 mΩ conforming to IEC 60255-7 category 3 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 2 x 1,5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 1 x 1 mm2 or 2 x 0.75 mm2 XE2SP21•1, XESP2151L and XE3SP: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute) XE2NP21•1, XENP2151L and XE3NP: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) • Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 appendix C • Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 • Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles/hour • Load factor: 0,5 XE2SP21•1, XE2SP2141, XESP2151L Electrical durability a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit 5 Ithe 1 110 V 0,5 24 V 230/400 V 48 V 0,1 0,5 1 2 Ithe 230 V 2 12/24/48 V 110 V 1 0,5 0,1 0,5 3 4 5 10 Current in A 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current 1n A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles Voltage V 24 48 120 Voltage V 24 48 120 o W 10 7 4 o W 13 9 7 For XE2SP•151 on a or c, the “N/C” and “N/O” contacts are simultaneously loaded to the values shown with reverse polarity. XE3NP•••• Ithe 5 Millions of operating cycles Millions of operating cycles XE3SP•••• a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit 5 4 3 0,2 Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles d.c. supply c XE2NP21•1, XENP2151L 1 0,5 Limit Switches XE3•P a AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A); Ithe = 10 A c DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A); Ithe = 6 A c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 Millions of operating cycless XE2•P Millions of operating cycles Rated operational characteristics 110 V 230/400 V 24 V Ithe 5 4 3 2 230 V 1 12/24/48 V 110 V 0,5 0,2 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles Voltage o Voltage o V W 24 3 48 2 120 1 V W 24 4 48 3 120 2 469 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM—Complete Switches w/ 3 ISO M20x1.5 Cable Entries, Including One 1/2" NPT Adapter Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger XCKM110H29 XCKM102H29 Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional (mounting by the body) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever (1) Cat’s whisker (4) XCKM121H29 XCKM115H29 XCKM106H29 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 22 14 13 Catalog numbers (2) (3) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 4,5(P) 1,8 0 5,5mm 0 21 22 21 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 12 22 11 14 13 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 13 14 11 21 12 22 31 21 22 32 4,6(A) 8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 3 ZCKM9H29 + ZCKD10 1,8 21-22 13-14 0 5,5mm 0 5,2 mm ZCKM9H29 + ZCKD02 4,5(P) 5,5mm 0 mm 0 ZCKMD39H29 + ZCKD10 1,8 4,6(A) mm ZCKMD39H29 + ZCKD02 ZCKMD39H29 + ZCKD21 4,5 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 11-12 21-22 3,1(A) 9mm 5,5mm 3,1 (A) 7,8 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 13 14 21 31 32 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) 3 5,5 0.250 (0.551) Contact operation ZCKM7H29 + ZCKD15 0 0 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 ZCKMD39H29 + ZCKD15 5,5 0.255 (0.562) 26˚ 58˚ (P) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 30˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 70˚ 14˚ ZCKMD37H29 + ZCKD15 4,6 (A) 8 (P) mm 0 ZCKMD39H29 + ZCKD06 11˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 5,2 ZCKM7H29 + ZCKD06 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKMD37H29 + ZCKD21 3,1 (A) 3,2 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 Weight, kg (lb) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 2,2 ZCKMD37H29 + ZCKD02 1,8 3,2 (P) mm ZCKM9H29 + ZCKD06 0 0 1,5 21-22 31-32 13-14 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 4,6 (A) 11,1 (P)mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 5,5 ZCKMD37H29 + ZCKD10 ZCKM9H29 + ZCKD15 8(P) 11-12 21-22 1,8 mm ZCKM7H29 + ZCKD21 5,6(P) 3,2(P) 0 0 2,2 ZCKM7H29 + ZCKD02 11-12 21-22 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 1,5 ZCKM7H29 + ZCKD10 0 XCKM506H29 XCKM515H29 7,6 mm 0 ZCKM9H29 + ZCKD21 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm XCKM521H29 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 0,9 22 Limit Switches 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2,2 XCKM502H29 1,8 3,2(P) 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 XCKM510H29 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 26˚ 42˚ (P) 30˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 7,6 0.300 (0.661) 0 ZCKMD37H29 + ZCKD06 21-22 31-32 13-14 36˚ 70˚ 0.280 (0.617) 0 40˚ 0.250 (0.551) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque Cable entry (3) For tripping For positive opening 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 8 N (1.80 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 24 N (5.40 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — 3 entries tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.) 1. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. 2. Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. 3. For an entry tapped for a PG 11 conduit thread, delete H29 from the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKM110H29 becomes XCKM110. 4. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Note: To convert XCKM110 from PG 11 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1012, included. 470 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM—Complete Switches w/ 3 ISO M20x1.5 Cable Entries, Including One 1/2" NPT Adapter XCKM•10 ZCKMD3• + ZCKD10 XCKM•02 ZCKMD3• + ZCKD02 XCKM•21 ZCKMD3• + ZCKD21 14 14 8 4 54 112,5 108 88,5 48,5 30 14 (1) = 41 = 64 30 (1) = XCKM•15 ZCKMD3• + ZCKD15 41 = XCKM•06 ZCKMD3• + ZCKD06 22 15 41 (1) 30 64 30 11,5 65 Rear view XCKM•••, ZCKM•, ZCKMD3• 14 5,5 142,5 54 119 201 60,5 34,5 41 (2) 30 8 (1) = 41 64 34 = (1) 30 = 41 27 = Limit Switches = = 64 1. 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. Includes 1/2" NPT conduit adapter DE9RA1012. 2. 2 x Ø 4 H 11, depth 10. Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.2 x 6.2. Adapter for 1/2" NPT conduit DE9RA1012 (1) 1. 2. 21 (2) Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit. PG 11 threaded sleeve. 471 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKL—Complete Switches Incorporating Adapter for 1/2" NPT Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger XCKL110 XCKL102 Rotary (mounting by the body) Multi-directional (mounting by the body) Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever (1) Cat’s whisker (2) XCKL121 XCKL115 XCKL106 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 22 14 13 Catalog numbers (3) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 4,5(P) 1,8 0 5,5mm 0 21 22 13 14 21 32 22 31 14 13 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 XCKL502 XCKL521 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 1,8 3,2(P) 0 3 ZCKLD39 + ZCKD10 1,8 5,2 mm ZCKLD39 + ZCKD02 4,5 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 3,1 (A) 7,8 (P) mm 21 14 13 22 11 12 21 31 22 32 Limit Switches 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) ZCKLD37 + 3-pole ZCKD10 N/C + N/C + N/O 1,8 3,2 (P) break before make, 21-22 slow break (XE3NP2141) 31-32 13-14 0 Weight, kg (lb) 3 Contact operation 4,6(A) mm ZCKLD37 + ZCKD21 3,1 (A) 3,2 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5,5 0.255 (0.562) 70˚ 14˚ ZCKL7+ ZCKD15 5,5 0.260 (0.573) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 11-12 21-22 ZCKL7 + ZCKD06 0 11-12 21-22 ZCKLD37 + ZCKD15 4,6 (A) 8 (P) mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 5,2 30˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 8(P) 11-12 21-22 3,1(A) 9mm ZCKLD37 + ZCKD02 mm 26˚ 58˚ (P) 11˚ ZCKL7 + ZCKD21 5,6(P) 11-12 21-22 5,5mm ZCKLD39 + ZCKD06 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 2,2 ZCKL7 + ZCKD02 3,2(P) 1,8 ZCKLD39 + ZCKD15 0 1,5 11-12 21-22 0 0 4,6 (A) 11,1 (P)mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 5,5 ZCKL7 + ZCKD10 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 7,6 mm 0 ZCKLD39 + ZCKD21 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0,9 0 XCKL506 XCKL515 21-22 13-14 0 5,5mm 0 4,6(A) 8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2,2 1,5 XCKL510 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 26˚ ZCKLD37 + ZCKD06 42˚ (P) 30˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 7,6 0.305 (0.672) 0 21-22 31-32 13-14 36˚ 70˚ 0.285 (0.628) 0 40˚ 0.255 (0.562) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque Cable entry 1. 2. 3. For tripping For positive opening 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 8 N (1.80 lb) 0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in) 0.13 N•m (1.15 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 24 N (5.40 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) — 1 entry incorporating metal cable entry. Clamping capacity 6 to 13.5 mm (0.24 to 0.53 in.). Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. 472 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKL—Complete Switches Incorporating Adapter for 1/2" NPT XCKL•10 ZCKL• + ZCKD10 ZCKLD3• + ZCKD10 XCKL•02 ZCKL3• + ZCKD02 ZCKLD3• + ZCKD02 14 XCKL•21 ZCKL• + ZCKD21 ZCKLD3• + ZCKD21 14 14 4 (1) = 30 41 52 54 121 115,5 97 48,5 30 8 = (1) 41 52 = 30 XCKL•15 ZCKL• + ZCKD15 ZCKLD3• + ZCKD15 = 30 41 5,5 59,5 XCKL•06 ZCKL• + ZCKD06 ZCKLD3• + ZCKD06 22 15 (1) Body mountings 14 6 30 (1) 34 = 41 52 = (1) 30 = 41 52 = 41 52 = Limit Switches (1) 30 8 67 72 142,5 209,5 60,5 127,5 34,5 6 = 1. Incorporated cable entry. Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.2 x 6.2. 473 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Spring lever with thermoplastic end (4) Spring-rod lever, metal (4) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (4) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) (5) ZCK D81 ZCK D91 ZCK D41 ZCK D59 Limit Switches Cat’s whisker Spring rod ZCK D06 ZCK D08 Thermoplastic roller lever (4) Steel roller lever (4) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (4) ZCK D15 ZCK D16 ZCK D17 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger with protective boot, 1 direction of actuation ZCK D219 Steel roller lever plunger 1 direction of actuation Steel roller lever plunger with protective boot 1 direction of actuation ZCK D23 ZCK D239 Thermoplastic roller lever plunger 1 direction of actuation ZCK D21 Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with protective boot Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with protective boot ZCK D10 ZCK D109 ZCK D02 ZCK D029 Body with 2-pole contact, 3 cable entries for PG 11 (1) (2) Body with 2-pole contact, with incorporated cable entry (1) ZCK M1, M5, M6, M7, M9 ZCK M8 ZCK L1, L5, L6, L7 ZCK L8 Body with 3-pole contact, 3 cable entries for PG 11 (1) (2) ZCK MD3 1. 2. Body with 3-pole contact, with incorporated cable entry (1) ZCK LD3 Dimensions: mm (in.) For further details. See page 476. For 3 cable entries tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the catalog number. Example: ZCKM1 becomes ZCKM1H29. 474 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Round rod lever, glass fibre Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (4) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) (4) ZCK Y54 ZCK Y55 ZCK Y59 Spring lever with thermoplastic end (3) Spring-rod lever, metal (3) ZCK Y81 ZCK Y91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (3) Variable length steel roller lever (3) Variable length elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (3) Elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (3) ZCK Y41 ZCK Y43 ZCK Y49 ZCK Y39 Dimensions: mm (in.) Thermoplastic roller lever (3) Steel roller lever (3) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (3) ZCK Y31 ZCK Y33 ZCK Y34 Limit Switches Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (4) For actuation from left AND right or from left OR right ZCK D05 ZCK G00 : head assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 3. 4. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. 475 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Bodies with 2-pole contact With contact block Function diagram Positive operation (1) Weight kg (lb) Cable entry Catalog number ZCKM1 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM1H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM5 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM5H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM6 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM6H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM7 0.210 (0.463) ZCKM7H29 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT (2) ZCKM8 0.210 (0.463) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKM8H29 0.210 (0.463) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKM9H29 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKL1 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKL5 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKL6 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKL7 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKL8 0.210 (0.463) 13 21 14 22 13 21 14 22 21 13 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 11 21 1/2" NPT (2) 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 23 24 22 21 — 21 N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 1/2" NPT (2) 12 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) ISO M20 x 1.5 14 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 1/2" NPT (2) 11 N/O + N/C make before make, slow break (XE2NP2161) ISO M20 x 1.5 12 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 1/2" NPT (2) 13 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 13 For limit switches type XCKM 1. 2. 22 21 22 14 22 23 21 13 14 14 21 22 — 24 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) 11 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 12 N/O + N/C make before make, slow break (XE2NP2161) 13 Limit Switches N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 13 For limit switches type XCKL : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 3 PG 11 tapped entries, one with metal adapter for 1/2" NPT (USASB2-1) conduit (PG 8). 476 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Bodies with 3-pole contact With contact block Function diagram Positive operation (1) Weight kg (lb) Cable entry Catalog number ZCKMD31 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD31H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD39 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD39H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD37 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD37H29 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD35 0.210 (0.463) ZCKMD35H29 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKLD31 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKLD39 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKLD37 0.210 (0.463) 1/2" NPT ZCKLD35 0.210 (0.463) 31 33 13 32 34 14 31 21 13 32 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 31 21 13 1/2" NPT (2) 32 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 21 33 13 1/2" NPT (2) 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 13 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2151) 1/2" NPT (2) 34 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) ISO M20 x 1.5 22 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 1/2" NPT (2) 33 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action (XE3SP2151) 31 For limit switches type XCKM 14 13 14 13 14 34 13 32 22 21 32 21 22 31 32 33 14 Limit Switches 1. 2. 21 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2151) 34 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 22 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action (XE3SP2151) 31 For limit switches type XCKL : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 3 PG 11 tapped entries, one with metal adapter for 1/2" NPT (USASB2-1) conduit (PG 8). 477 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Contact blocks Type of contact Function diagram Positive operation (1) For bodies Weight kg (lb) Catalog number 22 22 14 22 23 21 12 13 11 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break 14 24 22 33 21 12 31 11 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break N/C + N/C snap action 21 14 21 22 13 14 13 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 21 N/C + N/O snap action 13 2-pole contact ZCKM1 ZCKL1 XE2SP2151 0.020 (0.044) ZCKM5 ZCKL5 XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) ZCKM6 ZCKL6 XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) ZCKM7 ZCKL7 XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) ZCKM9 XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) ZCKMD31 ZCKLD31 XE3SP2151 0.035 (0.077) ZCKMD39 ZCKLD39 XE3SP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKMD37 ZCKLD37 XE3NP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKMD35 ZCKLD35 XE3NP2151 0.035 (0.077) ZCKM8 ZCKL8 — 1. 14 13 14 14 13 14 34 13 32 21 22 31 32 21 22 31 32 33 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break 21 Limit Switches N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 34 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action 22 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action 13 3-pole contact : N/C contact with positive opening operation or sub-assembly assuring positive opening operation when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. Accessories for limit switches type XCKM Description 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Sold in lots of Tap-off terminal 1 for cabling continuity Clip-in markers 25 (strips of 10 numbers: 0 to 9) Other markers, please consult your local sales office. Gold flashed contacts: consult your local sales office. Other versions Unit catalog number Weight kg (lb) XCKZ09 0.010 (0.022) AB1R11 0.002 (0.004) 478 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular ZCKM1, L1 1,8 ZCKM5, L5 4,5(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 ZCKM9 1,8 ZCKMD39, LD39 4,5(P) 5,5mm 1,8 0 ZCKM1, L1 ZCKMD37, LD37 13-14 23-24 5,5mm 1,8 5,5mm 1,8 0 3 5,5mm ZCKM6, L6 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 5,2(A) 0 0 ZCKM7, L7 5,5mm ZCKM8, L8 13-14 23-24 9mm 3,1 3 5,6(P) 11-12 21-22 mm 5,2 21-22 33-34 13-14 5,5mm 0,9 7,6(P) 21-22 13-14 ZCKMD35, LD35 1,8 3,2(P) 4,5(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 5,5mm 0,9 ZCKMD31, LD31 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKM5, L5 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 9mm 3,1(A) 3,1(A) 9mm mm 0 1,5 ZCKM9 ZCKMD39, LD39 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 1,5 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 5,2 mm ZCKMD31, LD31 ZCKM6, L6 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 ZCKM7, L7 21-22 13-14 ZCKM8, L8 8(P) 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 4,6(A) mm 4,6(A) 5,2 mm mm 1,5 7,6 11,1(P) 7,6 mm ZCKMD35, LD35 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 4,6(A) 8(P) 21-22 13-14 0 0 3,1(A) 5,6(P) mm 1,5 ZCKM5, L5 4,6(A) 11,1(P) ZCKMD37, LD37 0 0 ZCKM1, L1 mm 4,6(A) mm mm 2,2 ZCKM9 ZCKMD39, LD39 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 mm 2,2 26 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKM6, L6 40 24 7,6 mm 0 mm 2,2 ZCKM7, L7 ZCKM8, L8 43 (P) 13-14 23-24 11-12 21-22 70 36 4,6(A) 8(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 60 (P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 7,6 mm ZCKMD35, LD35 4,6(A) 11,1(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 26 42 (P) 0 ZCKMD31, LD31 4,6(A) 8(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 mm 2,2 ZCKM5, L5 58 (P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 ZCKMD37, LD37 0 0 ZCKM1, L1 24 70 24 70 70 Limit Switches 70 11 ZCKM9 26 ZCKMD39, LD39 58 (P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 70 11 0 ZCKMD35, LD35 58˚(P) 26˚ 42˚(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 36˚ 70˚ 70˚ 11˚ ZCKM7, L7 ZCKM8, L8 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 40 21-22 13-14 36 0 26˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 ZCKM6, L6 26 21-22 13-14 0 36˚ 70˚ ZCKMD31, LD31 70˚ 11˚ ZCKM5, L5 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 26˚ 42˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 26 ZCKMD37, LD37 58˚(P) 26˚ 0 ZCKM1, L1 Heads ZCKD41, D59, D81, D91 with body 1,8 5,5mm 1,8 4,5(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0,9 Heads ZCKD15, D16, D17 with body 5,5mm 5,5mm 0 Heads ZCKD21, D23, D219, D239 with body 3 ZCKM8, L8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 0,9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 Heads ZCKD02, D029 with body ZCKM7, L7 3 4,4(P) 21-22 13-14 0 0 Heads ZCKD10, D109 with body ZCKM6, L6 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 13-14 24 70 70 24 70 24 70 70 11 ZCKM9 ZCKMD39, LD39 26 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 70 0 0 36˚ 70˚ 70˚ 30 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 36˚ 70˚ 70˚ 11˚ ZCKM5, L5 ZCKM6, L6 30 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKMD35, LD35 26˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 11˚ ZCKM1, L1 ZCKMD31, LD31 26˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 11 ZCKMD37, LD37 26˚ 26˚ 40 ZCKM7, L7 ZCKM8, L8 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 40 21-22 13-14 0 30 30 30 14 Heads ZCKD06, D08 with body ZCKM9 ZCKMD39, LD39 30 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 14 0 0 14˚ ZCKMD31, LD31 30˚ 30˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 ZCKMD37, LD37 30˚ 40˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 ZCKMD35, LD35 30˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 40˚ 0 14˚ Contact operation G contact closed (A) = cam displacement H contact open (P) = positive opening point 479 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Bodies with contacts ZCKM1, M5, M6, M7, M8, ZCKM1H29, M5H29, M6H29, M7H29, M8H29, M9H29 ZCKL1, L5, L6, L7, L8, LD3• (5) 6 (1) = 41 = 64 30 67 72 58,5 63,6 6 (2) = 30 41 = 52 Adapter for 1/2" NPT conduit DE9RA1012 (3) (4) Ø26 21 1. 2. Ø: 3. 4. 5. 3 tapped entries for ISO M20 x 1.5 or PG 11 conduit thread. Incorporated cable entry. 2 elongated holes Ø 5.2 x 6.2. Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit. Threaded sleeve, PG 11. XCKL provided with 1/2" NPT adapter shown above, DE9RA1012. Complete Switches Limit Switches For interpreting the complete switch catalog number only XCKL X—complete Z—component Direct opening contacts meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements. Switch type 1 SPDT N.O., N.C. snap 5 SPDT N.O., N.C. slow Head type 00—rotary programmable 02—roller plunger 06—wobble stick 10—steel plunger 21—one way 15—rotary Levers (for rotary head 00 only) 11—Delrin® roller 41—adjustable Delrin roller NOTE: Some combinations are not available. Use this information to interpret catalog numbers, not to create them. 480 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKM and XCKL—Modular Plunger heads ZCKD10 ZCKD109 14 ZCKD02 14 14 48,5 30 30 4 ZCKD029 ZCKD21, D23 14 ZCKD219, D239 14 14 ZCKD41 37 ZCKD59 44,5 51 15 13 54 48 Rotary heads ZCKD15, D16, D17 8 13 8 54 4 6 31,7 43 (1) ZCKG00 51 51 6 112 56 Multi-directional heads ZCKD06 56 ZCKD08 142,5 129,5 14 14 1. 2. 43 179 51 56 Limit Switches ZCKD91 29,5...84 ZCKD81 (2) 55 56 50 ...104,5 34 50 ...104,5 34,5 60,5 29,5...84 5,5 190 max. 215.5 max. NOTE: operating lever spindle threaded M6. 481 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKML, 2 x 2-Pole Contacts—Complete Switches Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Type of operator Metal end plunger Rotary (mounting by the body) Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, horizontal actuation in 1 direction Thermoplastic roller lever (1) XCKML102H29 XCKML121H29 XCKML115H29 22 14 22 14 21 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 13 XCKML110H29 21 2 x 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XESP2151L) 13 Catalog numbers (2) Switches with 3 entries tapped ISO M20 x 1.5 B A 5(P) 2 A B 0 6mm 21 13 21 13 0 mm A B 0 A B 6,6mm 3,3 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 A B 0 3 XCKML502H29 3,3(A) 6(P) 21-22 A 13-14 21-22 B 13-14 0 mm 6 XCKML521H29 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 6(A) 9,3(P) A B 10 mm XCKML515H29 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 A B 0 22 14 22 B 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 14 A 1,2 2 x 2-pole N/C + N/O XCKML510H29 break before make, slow break 2 3,4(P) (XENP2151L) A 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 5(A) 12,6(P) 4(A) 9(P) B 22 14 22 14 21 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 13 XCKML110 21 2 x 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XESP2151L) 13 Switches with 3 entries tapped for PG 13 conduit thread, plus adapter for 1/2" NPT 5(P) 2 A B 0 6mm 21 13 21 13 5(A) 12,6(P) 4(A) 9(P) A B 0 3,3 A B 6,6mm XCKML115 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 A B 0 XCKML502 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 A B 0 3 XCKML521 XCKML515 3,3(A) 6(P) 21-22 A 13-14 21-22 B 13-14 0 mm 6 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0.405 (0.893) 0.450 (0.992) (A) = cam displacement (P) = positive opening point N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator 0 6(A) 9,3(P) A B 10 mm 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 A B 0 22 14 22 XCKML121 2 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 A 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,2 2 x 2-pole N/C + N/O XCKML510 break before make, slow break 2 3,4(P) (XENP2151L) 14 Limit Switches B A XCKML102 B Weight, kg (lb) 0.400 (0.882) contact closed contact open Contact operation 0.430 (0.948) Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum For positive force opening 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 8 N (1.80 lb) 0.2 N•m (1.77 lb-in) 60 N (13.49 lb) 50 N (11.24 lb) 50 N (11.24 lb) 0.5 N•m (4.43 lb-in) 3 entries tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.); or 3 entries tapped for PG 13 conduit thread conforming to NF C 68-300 (DIN PG 13.5), Cable entry clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.) (0.35 to 0.47 in.), plus adapter for 1/2" NPT 1. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. 2. Switches available with other 2-pole slow break contact blocks: N/O + N/C make before break, N/C + N/C simultaneous (with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator), N/C + N/C simultaneous, please consult your local sales office. Replacement parts The heads of limit switches type XCKML are the same as those for types XCKM and XCKL (see heads ZCKD10, ZCKD02, ZCKD21 and ZCKD15 on page 474). 482 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal XCKML, 2 x 2-Pole Contacts—Complete Switches XCKML110H29, XCKML510H29, XCKML110, XCKML510 XCKML102H29, XCKML502H29, XCKML102, XCKML502 14,65 Ø13 4 Ø 81 81 5,5 6,2 123,2 6,5 Ø 6,2 105 5,5 54,5 35 11,5 6,5 11,5 Ø10 14,65 (2) (1) (1) = 5 (2) (1) 61,5 (1) = = 5 (1) 61,5 = 77 15 77 14,65 (1) 35,6 35,6 XCKML121H29, XCKML521H29, XCKML121, XCKML521 15,45 22 14,65 5,5 Ø20 Ø 6,2 129 6,5 135 59 11,5 8 5,5 (2) (1) (1) = 5 (1) 61,5 77 15 35,6 = (2) (1) (1) Limit Switches 81 5,5 XCKML115H29, XCKML515H29, XCKML115, XCKML515 (1) 5 15 35,6 1. XCKML•••H29: 3 entries tapped M20 x 1.5. XCKML•••: 3 entries tapped for PG 13 conduit thread (adapter DE9RA1212 for 1/2" NPT available). 2. 2 centering holes Ø 3.9 ± 0.2, cover mounting holes axis. Ø: 2 elongated holes 6.2 x 6.5, inclined at 26°30’ to the vertical axis, for M5 screws. DE9RA1212 (PG 13 to 1/2" NPT adapter) 21.3 1. 2. (2) 20.4 25.4 (1) Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit PG 13 threaded sleeve 483 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ b XCKJ v With head for linear movement (plunger) 561647 561646 fixed, non-plug-in body with 1 cable entry Page 486 561650 561649 561648 v With head for rotary movement (lever) or multi-directional Page 486 b XCKJ v With head for linear movement (plunger) 561652 561651 plug-in body with 1 cable entry Limit Switches Page 488 561655 561654 561653 v With head for rotary movement (lever) Page 488 Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature Products Machine assemblies IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 UL, CSA, CCC Version Standard “TC”, special “TH” Operation -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F), special sub-assemblies available for extreme temperatures: -40 °C (-40 °F) or +120 °C (248 °F) Storage Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Electric shock protection Degree of protection Repeat accuracy Cable entry or integral connector Depending on model Materials -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) 25 gn (10…500 Hz) 50 gn (11 ms) Class I conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12; IP 66 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 07 conforming to EN 50 102 0.01 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread, or tapped ISO M20 x 1.5 or 1/2" NPT, or M12 connector Bodies and heads in Zamak® zinc alloy 484 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ Contact block characteristics a AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A); Ithe = 10 A c DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A); Ithe = 6 A c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 XE2•P Rated operational characteristics XE3•P XE2•P Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 XE3•P Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated insulation voltage XE2•P XE3•P Positive operation (depending on model) Resistance across terminals XE2•P Short-circuit protection XE3•P XE2SP21•1 XE2NP21•1 Cabling (screw clamp terminals) XCKJ plug-in and XESP20•1 XE3NP and XE3SP Rated impulse withstand voltage N/C contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix K, EN 60947-5-1 y 25 mΩ conforming to IEC 60255-7 category 3 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.75 mm2, max: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 1 x 1 mm2 or 2 x 0.75 mm2 Ithe 1 110 V 0,5 24 V 230/400 V 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 1 2 V W 24 10 230 V 2 12/24/48 V 110 V 1 0,5 0,1 0,5 3 4 5 10 Current in A 48 7 Ithe 5 4 3 Ithe 12/24 V 2 1 230 V 48 V 0,5 0,2 Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o 5 4 3 120 4 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A 0,1 0,5 110 V 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o Voltage o V W 24 13 48 9 120 7 V W 24 10 Limit Switches 5 Millions of operating cycles XE2SP21•1, XE2SP2141 Millions of operating cycles • Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C • Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 • Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles/hour • Load factor: 0.5 XE2NP21•1 XCKJ plug-in, XESP20•1 Electrical durability Millions of operating cycles U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 XE2SP21•1 and XE3SP: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute) XE2NP21•1 and XE3NP: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) Minimum actuation speed a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit U imp = 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 48 7 120 4 Ithe 5 Millions of operating cycles a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles For XE2SP•151 on a or c, N/C and N/O contacts simultaneously loaded to the values shown with reverse polarity. XE3NP•••• XE3SP•••• 1 0,5 110 V 230/400 V 24 V Ithe 5 4 3 2 230 V 1 12/24/48 V 110 V 0,5 0,2 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o V W 24 3 48 2 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. 120 1 Voltage o V W 24 4 48 3 120 2 485 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Type of operator Plunger (mounting by the body) Rotary (mounting by the body) (switches supplied for actuation from left AND right) Form B (1) Form C (1) Form A (1) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever (3) Steel roller lever (3) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (3) Round thermoplastic rod lever, Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) (3) (4) XCKJ161 XCKJ167 XCKJ10511 XCKJ10513 XCKJ10541 XCKJ10559 Form D (1) 21 22 14 13 Catalog numbers (2) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 2 4,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 21 22 22 21 13 14 11 12 2-pole N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) XCKJ561 2 3,2 2 4,7(P) 11 21 22 31 21 13 22 14 ZCKJD39 + ZCKE61 2 4,7(P) 21 13 22 14 ZCKJD37 + ZCKE61 2 3,2 0.430 (0.948) Contact operation 90˚ 23˚ 28˚ 23˚ 0.455 (1.003) ZCKJ9 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY41 90˚ ZCKJ9 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY59 23˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 90˚ 0 90˚ 11˚ ZCKJ7 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY13 33˚ 23˚ 58˚(P) 0 0 90˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 28˚ 90˚ ZCKJD39 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY13 58˚(P) 23˚ 90˚ 11˚ ZCKJ7 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY41 ZCKJ7 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY59 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 90˚ 0 0 90˚ 23˚ 0 90˚ 0.480 (1.058) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0 90˚ ZCKJD39 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY59 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 90˚ ZCKJD37 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY41 23˚ 40˚(P) 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 28˚ 90˚ 11˚ ZCKJD37 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY13 23˚ 40˚(P) 0 90˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 11˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 28˚ ZCKJD39 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY41 58˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 33˚ 62˚(P) 90˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 11˚ ZCKJD37 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY11 mm 90˚ ZCKJ9 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY13 11˚ 5,3 33˚ 11-12 21-22 0 23˚ 23˚ 21-22 13-14 0 58˚(P) 0 8,1(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 90˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 1,5 6 mm 33˚ 23˚ 3,2(A) 5,9(P) 3,4(P) 23˚ 40˚(P) 21-22 13-14 0 62˚(P) ZCKJD37 + ZCKE67 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 23˚ 40˚(P) 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 mm 90˚ XCKJ50559 ZCKJD39 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY11 0 6 mm 0,9 31 3,2(A) 0 90˚ XCKJ50541 mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 XCKJ50513 ZCKJ7 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY11 3,5(A) 90˚ XCKJ50511 11˚ ZCKJD39 + ZCKE67 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 11˚ mm 11-12 21-22 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11˚ 1,5 0 90˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 5,9(P) 6 mm 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11˚ 8,1(P) 0 58˚(P) 11˚ mm ZCKJ7 + ZCKE67 2 23˚ ZCKJ9 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY11 3,2(A) 6 mm 0 32 Limit Switches 32 0 Weight, kg (lb) 5,9(P) 5,3 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 ZCKJ7 + 2-pole N/C + N/C ZCKE61 simultaneous, slow break 3,4(P) (XE2NP2141) 11-12 21-22 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) 0 ZCKJ9 + ZCKE67 0,9 12 3,2(A) 6 mm ZCKJ9 + ZCKE61 0 mm 21-22 13-14 0 58˚(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 3,4(P) 21-22 13-14 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKJ567 0 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 8,1(P) 0 6 mm 0,9 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 3,2(A) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 90˚ 0.490 (1.080) 0 ZCKJD37 + ZCKE05 + ZCKY59 33˚ 0.485 (1.069) 90˚ 0.485 (1.069) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive torque opening Cable entry 1. 2. 3. 4. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 20 N (4.50 lb) 16 N (3.60 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) 50 N (11.24 lb) 40 N (8.99 lb) 0.50 N•m (4.43 lb-in) — 1 entry tapped 1/2" NPT for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.) Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 409. Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever or its mounting. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. 486 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, 1/2" NPT Cable Entry XCKJ•61 ZCKJ•+ ZCKE61 XCKJ•67 ZCKJ• + ZCKE67 XCKJ•051• ZCKJ• + ZCKE05 + ZCKY11 or ZCKY13 57 17 17 41 5 30 60 (1) = (1) 40 44 30 = 33,5 XCKJ•0541 ZCKJ• + ZCKE05 + ZCKY41 = 48 = 26,2 44 60 60 (3) 132…177 40…85 62…107 (4) (5) (2) (1) = 30 30 = 33,5 = 40 60 40 = Limit Switches (1) 60 30 40 62 XCKJ•0559 ZCKJ• + ZCKE05 + ZCKY59 52 33,5 = 33,5 40 44 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Ø: 133 60 = 33,5 5,5 41 50 120 60 107 (1) 63 37 5 1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT. Rod Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.), length 200 mm (7.87 in.). 282 max. 190 max. 212 max. 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3. For Interpretation of the Complete Switch Catalog Number Only Note: See following pages for the complete switch offering XCKJ — — — — Head type 05—Rotary 09—Rotary maintained 61—Top rod plunger 67—Top roller plunger Z—component X—complete — — — Levers 11—Delrin® roller 13—Steel roller 41—Adjustable Delrin roller 59—Round plastic rod Switch type 1 SPDT Non-plug-in 2 2SPDT Non-plug-in 4 2SPDT Non-plug-in for 2 step or neutral position 5 SPDT Non-plug-in slow make slow break 8 SPDT Gold Contacts 11 SPDT Plug-in 21 2SPDT Plug-in 41 2SPDT Plug-in for 2 step or neutral position 487 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Plug-in Body, 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Type of head Type of operator Plunger (mounting by the body) Rotary (mounting by the body) (switches supplied for actuation from left AND right) Form B (1) Form C (1) Form A (1) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever (3) Steel roller lever (3) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (3) Round thermoplastic rod lever, Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) (3) (4) XCKJ1161 XCKJ1167 XCKJ110511 XCKJ110513 XCKJ110541 XCKJ110559 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 Form D (1) Single-pole C/O snap action 14 12 13 11 Catalog numbers (2) 2 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 0 6mm 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) 0.430 (0.948) 0 mm 0 0 0 0 1,5 0.455 (1.003) contact closed Contact operation 3,2(A) 0.480 (1.058) contact open 0.490 (1.080) 0.485 (1.069) 0.485 (1.069) (A) = cam displacement Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) Minimum force or torque for tripping 20 N (4.50 lb) 16 N (3.60 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) Cable entry 1 entry tapped for 1/2" NPT cable entry. Clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.) Type of actuation Limit Switches 1. 2. 3. 4. Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 409. Switches with gold contacts: please consult your local sales office. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting or clamp. Value taken with actuator operating at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. 488 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Plug-in Body, 1/2" NPT Cable Entry XCKJ1611 XCKJ1167 17 17 XCKJ110511, XCKJ110513 57 5 41 140 60 60 127 60 114 50 41 63 37 5 (1) 25 36 30 = = (1) 25 42,5 36 = 30 25 = 62 42,5 (1) = 30 = 42,5 XCKJ110541 XCKJ110559 52 48 26,2 44 5,5 (1) = 30 42,5 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. (1) 25 = 60 Limit Switches 25 60 (5) (4) 60 60 (3) 139…184 40…85 62…107 (2) = 30 = 42,5 Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit. Rod Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.), length 200 mm (7.87 in.). 289 max. 190 max. 212 max. 489 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, Integral M12 Connector Type of head Plunger (mounting by the body) Rotary (mounting by the body) (switches supplied for actuation from left AND right) Form B (1) Form C (1) Form A (1) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever (2) Steel roller lever (2) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (2) Round thermoplastic rod lever, Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) (2) (3) XCKJ161D XCKJ167D XCKJ10511D XCKJ10513D XCKJ10541D XCKJ10559D 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Form D (1) Type of operator 13 21 14 22 Catalog numbers (4) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 2 3,2(A) 8,1(P) 4,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6mm 0.430 (0.948) Contact operation 0 0 0 1,5 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) mm 0 0.455 (1.003) 0.480 (1.058) 0.490 (1.080) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0.485 (1.069) 0.485 (1.069) Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part 0.5 m/s ( 1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) For tripping 20 N (4.50 lb) 16 N (3.60 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) For positive opening 50 N (11.24 lb) 40 N (8.99 lb) 0.50 N•m (4.43 lb-in) Type of actuation Limit Switches Maximum actuation speed Minimum force or torque Connection 1. 2. 3. 4. — — M12 5-pin connector, Ui = 60 V, Ie = 4 A (see suitable pre-wired female connectors below). Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 409. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever or its mounting. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Switches with gold contacts: please consult your local sales office. Catalog numbers of suitable pre-wired female connectors Type of connector Length (L) M12 straight, 5-pin, 4 A/24 V max. M12 elbowed, 5-pin, 4 A/24 V max. Weight, kg (lb) With cable, Ø 5.8 mm (0.23 in.) (4 x 0.34 mm2 + 1 x 0.5 mm2) 2 m (6.56 ft) XZCP1164L2 XZCP1264L2 0.115 (0.254) 5 m (16.40 ft) XZCP1164L5 XZCP1264L5 0.270 (0.595) 10 m (32.8 ft) XZCP1164L10 XZCP1264L10 0.520 (1.146) 490 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, Integral M12 Connector Dimensions XCKJ161D XCKJ167D XCKJ1051•D 57 17 17 5 41 = 40 33,5 = XCKJ10541D = 33,5 30 = 40 XZCP1164L• 48 26,2 44 (1) = 30 20 26 60 (2) 33,5 = = 30 32 40 L = 40 59 40 59 L XZCP1264L• Limit Switches 33,5 12 12 60 132…177 40…85 62…107 (3) (4) 42 1. 2. 3. 4. Ø: L: = 62 XCKJ10559D 52 5,5 30 40 44 12 30 12 = 12 33,5 44 60 60 133 120 60 107 50 41 63 37 5 Rod Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.), length 200 mm (7.87 in.) 282 max. 190 max. 212 max. 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3 Cable length 2, 5, or 10 m (6.6, 16.4, or 32.8 ft) Connections Limit switch XCKJ••••D Pre-wired female connector XZCP1•64L• 2 2 1 1 3 4 13 21 14 22 4 1-2 = N/C 3-4 = N/O 5 =t 4 A / 24 V max. 3 1 = brown 2 = white 3 = blue 4 = black 5 = t yellow/green 491 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, Integral 7/8" 16UN connector Type of head Type of operator Plunger (mounting by the body) Rotary (mounting by the body) (switches supplied for actuation from left AND right) Form B (1) Form C (1) Form A (1) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Thermoplastic roller lever (2) Steel roller lever (2) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (2) Round thermoplastic rod lever, Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) (2) (3) XCKJ161A XCKJ167A XCKJ10511A XCKJ10513A XCKJ10541A XCKJ10559A 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 Form D (1) 21 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 2 3,2(A) 8,1(P) 4,7(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 22 14 13 Catalog numbers (4) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 6mm 0.430 (0.948) Contact operation 0 0 0 1,5 0,9 Weight, kg (lb) mm 0 0.455 (1.003) 0.480 (1.058) 0.490 (1.080) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 0.485 (1.069) 0.485 (1.069) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed For tripping Minimum force or torque For positive opening Connection Limit Switches 1. 2. 3. 4. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 20 N (4.50 lb) 16 N (3.60 lb) 0.25 N•m (2.21 lb-in) 50 N (11.24 lb) 40 N (8.99 lb) 0.50 N•m (4.43 lb-in) — — 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector, Ui = 250 V; Ie = 6 A (see suitable pre-wired female connectors below). Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 409. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting or clamp. Value taken with actuator operating at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. Switches with gold contacts: please consult your local sales office. Catalog numbers of suitable pre-wired female connectors Type of connector Length (L) 7/8" 16UN straight, 5-pin, 6 A/250 V max. Weight, kg (lb) With cable, Ø 6.7 mm (5 x 0.5 mm2) 2 m (6.56 ft) 5 m (16.40 ft) 10 m (32.8 ft) XZCP1771L2 XZCP1771L5 XZCP1771L10 0.190 (0.419) 0.475 (1.047) 0.950 (2.094) 492 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Complete Switches, Fixed Non-plug-in Body, Integral 7/8" 16UN connector Dimensions XCKJ161A XCKJ167A XCKJ1051•A 57 17 5 41 5 50 60 17 17 30 = 33,5 = 30 30 = 40 62 XCKJ10559A 52 = 33,5 = 40 44 40 XCKJ10541A XZCP1771L• 48 26,2 44 55 L Limit Switches 17 17 60 60 (2) 132…177 40…85 62…107 (3) (4) (1) = 33,5 30 = 33,5 = 30 = 40 59 40 59 1. 2. 3. 4. Ø: L: 60 120 133 37 60 107 17 = 33,5 44 5,5 41 63 17 Rod Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.), length 200 mm (7.87 in.) 282 max. 190 max. 212 max. 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3 cable length: 2, 5, or 10 m (6.6, 16.4, or 32.8 ft) Connections Limit switch XCKJ••••A Pre-wired female connector XZCP1771L• 3 3 1 21 22 1 13 5 1 = 21 2 = 22 3=t 4 = 14 5 = 13 2 14 4 2 4 5 1 = black 2 = blue 3 = yellow/green t 4 = brown 5 = white 493 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies Thermoplastic roller lever plunger, 1 direction of actuation Steel roller lever plunger, 1 direction of actuation ZCK E21 ZCK E23 Side metal plunger Side steel roller plunger, horizontal (1) Side steel roller plunger, vertical (1) ZCK E63 ZCK E64 ZCK E65 Spring rod Cat’s whisker ZCK E08 ZCK E06 Limit Switches End reinforced steel roller plunger End steel roller plunger with protective boot End steel roller plunger ZCK E67 ZCK E629 ZCK E62 End metal plunger End steel ball bearing plunger End metal plunger with protective boot ZCK E61 ZCK E66 ZCK E619 Body with 2-pole contact, fixed, 1 step, M12 connector (2) ZCK J1D, J5D, J6D, J7D ZCK J8D Body with contact, cable entry for PG 13, fixed, 1 step (2) (3) ZCK JD3p, ZCK J1, J5, J6, J7, J9 Body with contact, cable entry for PG 13, plug-in, 1 or 2 step (2) (3) ZCK J11, J21, J41 Body with contact, cable entry for PG 13, fixed, 1 step (2) (3) ZCK J2, J8 Body with contact, cable entry for PG 13, fixed, 2 step (2) (3) ZCK J4 1. 2. 3. Cannot be used with bodies ZCKJ4 and ZCKJ41. For further details, see page 496. For a cable entry tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the catalog number. Example: ZCKJ1 becomes ZCKJ1H29. For a cable entry tapped 1/2" NPT, do not add an H code to the catalog number. Example: ZCKJ1. 494 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (5) Dimensions: mm (in.) Round rod lever, steel, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (5) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (5) ZCK Y52 Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) (5) ZCK Y51 ZCK Y53 ZCK Y59 Spring lever with thermoplastic end (4) Spring-rod lever, metal (4) ZCK Y81 ZCK Y91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (4) Variable length steel roller lever (4) ZCK Y41 ZCK Y43 Thermoplastic roller lever (5) Steel roller lever (5) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (5) ZCK Y11 ZCK Y13 ZCK Y14 ZCK E05 Fixed body with one SPDT contact switch per direction: past 20° CW contact 1 (11–12 / 13–14) switches; past 20° CCW contact 2 (21–22 / 23–24) switches (3) Plug-in body with one SPDT contact switch per direction: past 20° CW contact 1 (11–12 / 13–14) switches; past 20° CCW contact 2 (21–22 / 23–24) switches (3) ZCK J404 ZCK J4104 Stay put, for actuation from left AND right Forked arm with thermoplastic rollers, 1 track (5) Forked arm with thermoplastic rollers, 2 track (5) ZCK E09 ZCK Y71 ZCK Y61 Limit Switches Spring return, for actuation from left AND right or from left OR right : head assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 4. 5. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. 495 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Fixed bodies with 2-pole contact ZCKJ6 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ6H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ8 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ8H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ4 0.310 (0.683) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ4H29 0.310 (0.683) 21 23 21 0.310 (0.683) 13 ZCKJ5H29 22 0.310 (0.683) 14 ZCKJ5 11 0.310 (0.683) 13 ZCKJ2H29 21 22 13 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 11 21 1/2" NPT 12 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 13 23 22 12 21 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 24 14 13 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 — ISO M20 x 1.5 21 1/2" NPT 23 ISO M20 x 1.5 — 22 2 C/O staggered, snap action (XESP2031) ISO M20 x 1.5 1/2" NPT 24 2 step 0.310 (0.683) 24 N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) ZCKJ2 14 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) 1/2" NPT — 21 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 0.310 (0.683) 11 N/C + N/O make before make, slow break (XE2NP2161) ZCKJ1H29 ISO M20 x 1.5 22 1 step Weight kg (lb) 0.310 (0.683) 12 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) Catalog number ZCKJ1 1/2" NPT 11 2 C/O simultaneous, snap action (XESP2021) Positive Cable entry operation (1) 13 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) Function diagram 12 With contact block 14 Type Fixed bodies with 3-pole contact 31 33 13 1/2" NPT 32 34 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 31 21 13 1/2" NPT 32 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 31 21 13 1/2" NPT 32 22 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 33 13 1/2" NPT 14 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) Positive Cable entry operation (1) 21 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action (XE3SP2151) Function diagram 34 With contact block 22 Limit Switches Type ISO M20 x 1.5 Catalog number ZCKJD31 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD31H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD39 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD39H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD37 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD37H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD35 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJD35H29 0.310 (0.683) — N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2151) 1. Weight kg (lb) : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 496 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Plug-in bodies with contact 11 13 Catalog number ZCKJ11 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ11H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ21 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ21H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ41 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ41H29 0.300 (0.661) 14 12 21 14 12 24 22 13 11 23 21 24 22 — 12 ZCKJ•1 — 14 Double-pole 2 C/O staggered, snap action 2 step 23 1 step Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous, snap action Weight kg (lb) 1/2" NPT — 11 Single-pole C/O snap action Positive operation Cable entry (1) Function diagram 13 With contact block Type Bodies with contact, with rotary head (without operating lever) With contact block Type Positive operation Cable entry (1) Function diagram Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Fixed non-plug-in body ZCKJ404H29 0.455 (1.003) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ4104 0.465 (1.025) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ4104H29 0.465 (1.025) For use with Contacts Catalog number ZCKJ11 Silver ZCKJ01 0.150 (0.331) ZCKJ21 Silver ZCKJ02 0.160 (0.353) ZCKJ41 Silver ZCKJ04 0.160 (0.353) 21 ISO M20 x 1.5 23 0.455 (1.003) 11 ZCKJ404 13 1/2" NPT 22 24 12 — 14 Neutral position 1 from the left AND 1 from the right One SPDT contact switch per direction: past 20° CW contact 1 (11–12 / 13–14) switches; past 20° CCW contact 2 (21–22 / 23–24) switches 21 23 11 22 24 12 — 14 Neutral position 1 from the left AND 1 from the right One SPDT contact switch per direction: past 20° CW contact 1 (11–12 / 13–14) switches; past 20° CCW contact 2 (21–22 / 23–24) switches 13 Plug-in body ZCKJ404 Description Single-pole 1 C/O with positive opening operation Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous with positive opening operation Double-pole 1 C/O + 1 C/O neutral position 1. Weight kg (lb) : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. Limit Switches Plug-in housing switch top only ZCKJ0• 497 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry With Indicator Light Module Fixed non-plug-in bodies with 2-pole contact Positive Cable entry operation (1) Catalog number 21 22 21 13 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) Function diagram 13 With contact block With module comprising 1 LED, 24 Vc Type Weight kg (lb) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ120 0.320 (0.705) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ520 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ121 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ121H29 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ521 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ521H29 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ133 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ133H29 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ533 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ533H29 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ134 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ134H29 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ534 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ534H29 0.320 (0.705) 14 22 13 21 1/2" NPT 14 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 21 1/2" NPT 22 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 13 1 step ISO M20 x 1.5 With module comprising 2 LEDs, 24 Vc N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 14 1 step 21 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 21 1/2" NPT 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 13 1/2" NPT 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 13 With module comprising 2 neon indicator lights, 110/120 Va N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 14 1 step 21 22 21 1/2" NPT ISO M20 x 1.5 13 ISO M20 x 1.5 22 Limit Switches 1/2" NPT 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 13 With module comprising 2 neon indicator lights, 220/240 Va N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 14 1 step Plug-in bodies with single-pole contact Positive Cable entry operation (1) 11 13 Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ1121 0.340 (0.750) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ1121H29 0.340 (0.750) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ1133 0.340 (0.750) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ1133H29 0.340 (0.750) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ1134 0.340 (0.750) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ1134H29 0.340 (0.750) — 12 C/O snap action 1 step Function diagram 14 With contact block With module comprising 2 LEDs, 24 Vc Type 11 12 — 14 C/O snap action 1 step 13 With module comprising 2 neon indicator lights, 110/120 Va 1. 11 12 1 step — 14 C/O snap action 13 With module comprising 2 neon indicator lights, 220/240 Va : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. Indicator light module characteristics Type of indicator Rated insulation voltage Current consumption Rated operational voltage Voltage limits Service life Reverse polarity protection 1 LED or 2 LEDs 2 neon lights c 50 V, conforming to IEC 60947-1 250 Va, conforming to IEC 60947-1 7 mA per LED 2.5 mA per neon 5 mA per neon 24 Vc 110/120 Va 220/240 Va 20…30 Vc (including ripple) 95…130 Va 190…260 Va 100 000 hours 20 000 hours 20 000 hours Yes — 498 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in Bodies with M12 Connector Fixed bodies with 2-pole contact N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 22 21 14 22 21 14 14 13 22 21 21 13 13 Positive operation (1) — ZCKJ1D 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ5D 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ6D 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ7D 0.320 (0.705) ZCKJ8D 0.320 (0.705) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. Limit Switches 1. 11 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 22 N/O + N/C make before make, slow break (XE2NP2161) 12 1 step 23 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) 13 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) Function diagram 24 With contact block 14 Type 499 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Low-Temperature Applications (–40 °F / –40 °C) Body with contacts—For plunger or rotary head Positive operation (1) Cable entry Catalog number 21 Contact block 1/2" NPT ZCKJ1 0.310 (0.683) 22 Type Function diagram Weight kg (lb) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ1H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ2 0.310 (0.683) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ2H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ5 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ5H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ6 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ6H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ8 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ8H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ4 0.310 (0.683) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ4H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ11 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ11H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ21 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ21H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ41 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ41H29 0.300 (0.661) 21 23 13 14 13 22 24 12 21 22 13 21 23 22 14 14 13 14 21 22 11 12 21 23 24 21 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 11 1/2" NPT — 22 Limit Switches Double-pole 2 C/O staggered snap action (XESP2031) ISO M20 x 1.5 24 2 step — 12 ZCKJ11 ISO M20 x 1.5 11 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 1/2" NPT 13 2-pole 1 N/O + 1 N/O simultaneous slow break (XE2NP2131) ISO M20 x 1.5 14 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/C simultaneous slow break (XE2NP2141) 1/2" NPT 11 2-pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break slow break (XE2NP2161) ISO M20 x 1.5 12 1 step 1/2" NPT 13 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make slow break (XE2NP2151) ZCKJ1 — 14 Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous snap action (XESP2021) 13 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 11 Fixed non-plug-in body Plug-in body 14 12 11 — 13 Single-pole 1 C/O snap action 21 14 12 24 22 13 11 23 21 22 — 24 Double-pole 2 C/O staggered snap action 12 2 step — 14 Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous snap action 23 1 step Body with contacts—With spring return rotary head (without operating lever) Type Contact block Positive operation (1) Function diagram Cable entry Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ4046 0.455 (1.003) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ4046H29 0.455 (1.003) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ41046 0.465 (1.025) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ41046H29 0.465 (1.025) 21 23 11 12 24 22 23 21 — 11 Double-pole 2 C/O staggered snap action 14 1 from the left and 1 from the right 13 Neutral position 13 Fixed non-plug-in body Plug-in body 1. Setup: page 508 22 — 24 Double-pole 2 C/O staggered snap action 12 ZCKJ4046 1 from the left and 1 from the right 14 Neutral position : Operating head able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. Dimensions: page 510 500 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Low-Temperature Applications (–40 °F / –40 °C) Plunger heads Type of operator Compatible bodies Max. actuation speed ZCKJ•, ZCKJ•• Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZCKE616 0.140 (0.309) ZCKJ•, ZCKJ••, except ZCKJ4 and J41 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZCKE636 0.200 (0.441) ZCKJ•, ZCKJ•• 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) ZCKE626 0.155 (0.342) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) ZCKE676 0.155 (0.342) For actuation on end ZCKE616 ZCKE636 End plunger metal Side plunger metal For actuation by 30° cam End roller plunger steel ZCKE626 ZCKE676 End reinforced roller plunger ZCKJ•, steel ZCKJ•• Horizontal ZCKJ•, ZCKJ••, except ZCKJ4 and J41 0.6 m/s (1.97 ft/s) ZCKE646 0.205 (0.452) Vertical ZCKJ•, ZCKJ••, except ZCKJ4 and J41 0.6 m/s (1.97 ft/s) ZCKE656 0.205 (0.452) Roller lever plunger Thermoplastic ZCKJ•, ZCKJ•• 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) ZCKE216 0.185 (0.408) (1 direction of actuation) Steel ZCKJ•, ZCKJ•• 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) ZCKE236 0.195 (0.430) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) ZCKE056 0.165 (0.364) Side roller plunger steel ZCKE646 ZCKE656 Rotary heads (without operating lever) Compatible bodies Max. actuation speed actuation from left AND right or from left OR right (see page 408) ZCKJ•, ZCKJ•• 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) by 30° cam Stay put, ZCKJ1, J11 Type Positive operation (1) ZCKE216 ZCKE236 actuation from left AND right (see page 408) ZCKJ2, J21 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) — ZCKE096 0.190 (0.419) Max. actuation speed Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Multi-directional heads Type of operator Compatible bodies For actuation by any moving part ZCKE056 ZCKE096 “Cat’s whisker” ZCKJ•, ZCKJ••, except ZCKJ4 and ZCKJ41 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) in any direction — ZCKE066 0.115 (0.254) Spring rod lever ZCKJ•, ZCKJ••, except ZCKJ4 and ZCKJ41 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) in any direction — ZCKE086 0.125 (0.276) 1. ZCKE066 Setup: page 508 Limit Switches Spring return, : Operating head able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. ZCKE086 Dimensions: page 510 501 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry Low-Temperature Applications (–40 °F / –40 °C) Operating levers for rotary heads Positive operation (1) Description Catalog number Weight kg (lb) For actuation by 30° cam Roller lever (2) Thermoplastic ZCKY11 Steel ZCKY13 Steel, ball bearing mounted ZCKY1• ZCKY4• ZCKY14 Thermoplastic — ZCKY41 Steel — ZCKY43 — ZCKY51 — ZCKY53 — ZCKY52 — ZCKY59 Spring lever (3) — ZCKY81 Spring metal rod lever (3) — ZCKY91 Variable length roller lever (3) 0.025 (0.055) 0.035 (0.077) 0.030 (0.066) 0.030 (0.066) 0.040 (0.088) For actuation by any moving part Square rod (2) Round rod (2) ZCKY51 ZCKY5• ZCKY59 U 3 mm (0.12 in.) steel, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) Ø 3 mm (0.12 in.) steel, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) Ø 3 mm (0.12 in.) glass fibre, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.) thermoplastic, L = 200 mm (7.87 in.) 0.025 (0.055) 0.025 (0.055) 0.020 (0.044) 0.030 (0.066) 0.020 (0.044) 0.025 (0.055) For actuation by specific cam (for operation with ZCK-E096 head) Forked arm and rollers (2) thermoplastic 1 track — ZCKY71 2 track — ZCKY61 Positive operation (1) Catalog number 0.035 (0.077) 0.035 (0.077) 2- or double-pole contact blocks 1 N/C + 1 N/C snap action XESP20•1 1. 2. 3. Setup: page 508 22 21 14 13 Weight kg (lb) ZCKJ1 XE2SP2151 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ5 XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) 21 22 21 XESP2021 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ4 — XESP2031 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ6 XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ7 XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) 22 24 24 23 23 14 22 11 12 — 14 22 23 21 13 12 11 13 14 13 14 21 ZCKJ2 ZCKJ8 24 1 N/O + 1 N/O simultaneous slow break 21 1 N/C + 1 N/C simultaneous slow break ZCKJ9 22 XE2NP21•1 22 XE2SP21•1 11 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break slow break 12 2 C/O staggered snap action 13 ZCKY61 14 2 C/O simultaneous snap action 11 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make slow break ZCKY71 For body type ZCKY91 12 Limit Switches ZCKY81 21 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action Function diagram 13 Type — : Operating lever able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator, or N/C contact with positive opening operation. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting or clamp. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps. Dimensions: page 510 502 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry High-Temperature Applications (+248 °F /+120 °C) Body with contacts—For plunger or rotary head Type Contact block Positive operation (1) Function diagram Cable entry Catalog number Weight kg (lb) ZCKJ1 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ1H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ25 0.310 (0.683) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ25H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ5 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ5H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ6 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ6H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ7H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ8 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ8H29 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9 0.310 (0.683) ZCKJ9H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ45 0.310 (0.683) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ45H29 0.310 (0.683) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ115 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ115H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ215 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ215H29 0.300 (0.661) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ415 0.300 (0.661) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ415H29 0.300 (0.661) 22 12 23 24 21 22 13 14 21 22 11 21 24 ISO M20 x 1.5 22 — Plug-in body 14 12 11 — 13 Single-pole 1 C/O snap action 21 12 24 22 11 23 21 14 22 — 12 snap action 13 Double-pole 2 C/O break before make 24 2 step — 14 Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous snap action 23 1 step Limit Switches 21 21 22 11 23 13 14 14 13 14 21 22 11 12 13 1/2" NPT 23 Double-pole 2 C/O break before make snap action (XESP20315) ISO M20 x 1.5 12 2 step — 24 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) ISO M20 x 1.5 11 ZCKJ•15 1/2" NPT 14 2-pole 1 N/O + 1 N/O simultaneous slow break (XE2NP2131) ISO M20 x 1.5 21 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/C simultaneous slow break (XE2NP2141) 1/2" NPT 11 2-pole 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break slow break (XE2NP2161) ISO M20 x 1.5 22 1 step 1/2" NPT 12 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make slow break (XE2NP2151) — 13 ZCKJ• ISO M20 x 1.5 14 Double-pole 2 C/O simultaneous snap action (XESP20215) 1/2" NPT 13 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) 13 Fixed body Body with contacts—With spring return rotary head (without operating lever) Type Contact block Positive operation (1) Function diagram Cable entry Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ4045 0.455 (1.003) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ4045H29 0.455 (1.003) 1/2" NPT ZCKJ41045 0.465 (1.025) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKJ41045H29 0.465 (1.025) 21 11 23 12 24 22 11 21 — 23 Double-pole 2 C/O break before make snap action 14 1 from the left AND 1 from the right 13 2 step 13 Fixed body Plug-in body ZCKJ4045 Setup: page 508 1. 22 — 12 Double-pole 2 C/O break before make snap action 24 1 from the left AND 1 from the right 14 2 step : Operating head able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. Dimensions: page 510 503 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry High-Temperature Applications (+248 °F /+120 °C) Plunger heads Type of operator ZCKE615 ZCKE635 Compatible bodies Max. actuation speed Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) For actuation on end End plunger Metal ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZCKE615 0.140 (0.309) Side plunger Metal ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZCKE635 0.200 (0.441) 0.1 m/s (0.33 ft/s) ZCKE665 0.150 (0.331) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) ZCKE625 0.155 (0.342) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) ZCKE675 0.155 (0.342) 0.6 m/s (1.97 ft/s) ZCKE645 0.205 (0.452) 0.6 m/s (1.97 ft/s) ZCKE655 0.205 (0.452) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) ZCKE235 0.195 (0.430) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) ZCKE215 0.185 (0.408) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) ZCKE055 0.165 (0.364) For actuation by 30° cam ZCKE665 End ball bearing plunger Steel End roller plunger Steel End reinforced roller plunger Steel ZCKE625 Steel Horizontal Side roller plunger ZCKE675 Steel ZCKE645 Vertical Steel Roller lever plunger (1 direction of actuation) Thermoplastic ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, J415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 Rotary heads (without operating lever) ZCKE655 Max. actuation speed Positive operation (1) Limit Switches Type Compatible bodies Spring return ZCKJ1, J2, J4, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ415, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) — ZCKE095 0.190 (0.419) Compatible bodies Max. actuation speed Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) “Cat’s whisker” ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) — in any direction ZCKE065 0.115 (0.254) Spring rod lever ZCKJ1, J2, ZCKJ115, J215, ZCKJ5, J6, J7, J8, J9 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) — in any direction ZCKE085 0.125 (0.276) ZCKE235 actuation from left AND right or from left OR right (see page 408) Stay put actuation from left AND right (see page 408 by 30° cam Multi-directional heads Type of operator ZCKE055 ZCKE095 For actuation by any moving part 1. ZCKE065 Setup: page 508 : Operating head able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. ZCKE085 Dimensions: page 510 504 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies with 1/2" NPT Cable Entry High-Temperature Applications (+248 °F /+120 °C) Operating levers for rotary heads Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Thermoplastic ZCKY115 0.025 (0.055) Steel ZCKY13 0.035 (0.077) Steel, ball bearing mounted ZCKY14 0.030 (0.066) — — ZCKY415 ZCKY43 0.030 (0.066) 0.040 (0.088) — ZCKY51 0.025 (0.055) — — ZCKY53 ZCKY52 0.025 (0.055) 0.020 (0.044) Description For actuation by 30° cam Roller lever (2) ZCKY1• ZCKY43 Thermoplastic Variable length roller lever (3) Steel For actuation by any moving part U 3 mm (0.12 in.) Steel, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) Square rod (2) Round rod (2) Ø 3 mm (0.12 in.) steel, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) Ø 3 mm (0.12 in.) glass fibre, L = 125 mm (4.92 in.) For actuation by specific cam (for operation with ZCK-E095 head only) 1 track — Forked arm and rollers (2) thermoplastic 2 track ZCKY715 0.035 (0.077) — ZCKY615 0.035 (0.077) Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 2- or double-pole contact blocks XESP20•15 1 N/C + 1 N/C snap action 1. 2. 3. Setup: page 508 21 22 21 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ5 XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) — XESP20215 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ45 — XESP20315 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ6 XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ7 XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) 14 21 22 ZCKJ8 ZCKJ9 — Limit Switches 21 22 21 ZCKJ25 22 24 24 23 23 13 14 13 XE2SP2151 22 12 11 14 ZCKJ1 13 12 11 13 14 13 14 23 1 N/O + 1 N/O simultaneous slow break 24 1 N/C + 1 N/C simultaneous slow break 21 XE2NP21•1 For body type 22 XE2SP21•1 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break slow break 21 2 C/O staggered snap action 22 ZCKY615 11 ZCKY715 2 C/O simultaneous snap action 12 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make slow break 13 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action 14 ZCKY5• 11 ZCKY51 Function diagram 12 Type of operator : Operating head able to guarantee positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. The positive opening feature requires additional travel past the trip point. See the contact function diagrams. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting or clamp. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps. Dimensions: page 510 505 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Contact blocks Type of contact Function diagram For bodies Positive operation (1) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) XE2SP2151 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ5 ZCKJ5D XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) 24 22 21 21 ZCKJ1 ZCKJ1D ZCKJ2 — XESP2021 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ4 — XESP2031 0.045 (0.099) ZCKJ6 ZCKJ6D XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ7 ZCKJ7D XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJ9 XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) ZCKJD31 XE3SP2151 0.035 (0.077) ZCKJD39 XE3SP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKJD37 XE3NP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKJD35 XE3NP2151 0.035 (0.077) 22 24 23 24 21 22 33 14 12 31 11 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break N/C + N/C snap action 23 22 14 21 22 23 22 12 13 11 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break 21 14 21 22 13 14 11 12 12 13 11 13 14 2 C/O staggered, snap action 13 2 C/O simultaneous, snap action 14 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 21 N/C + N/O snap action 13 2-pole contact ZCKJ8 ZCKJ8D — 1. 14 13 14 14 14 13 13 34 21 22 22 33 21 32 31 32 31 34 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break 32 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 21 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action 22 Limit Switches N/C + N/O + N/O snap action 13 3-pole contact : N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 506 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Covers + indicator light module For use with Number and type of indicators Voltage Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 1 LED 24 Vc ZCKZ020 0.060 (0.132) 2 LEDs 24 Vc ZCKZ021 0.060 (0.132) 110/120 Va ZCKZ033 0.060 (0.132) 220/240 Va ZCKZ034 0.060 (0.132) 24 Vc ZCKJ0121 0.200 (0.441) 110/120 Va ZCKJ0133 0.200 (0.441) 220/240 Va ZCKJ0134 0.200 (0.441) Number and type of indicators Voltage Catalog number 1 LED 24 Vc ZCKJ902 0.030 (0.066) 2 LEDs 24 Vc ZCKJ906 0.030 (0.066) 110/120 Va ZCKJ903 0.030 (0.066) 220/240 Va ZCKJ904 0.030 (0.066) Fixed non-plug-in body 2 neon lights 2 LEDs Plug-in switch-top body with pilot lights 2 neon lights Indicator light modules For use with Weight kg (lb) Fixed non-plug-in body Module with resistor for machine diagnostics For use with Resistor value Catalog number Fixed non-plug-in body (XCKJ1 and ZCKJ1 only) 15 kΩ, 1/4 W ZCKJ82A Other versions Covers + indicator light module for other supply voltages. Please consult your local sales office. Weight kg (lb) 0.030 (0.066) Limit Switches 2 neon lights 507 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Function diagrams (positive operation assured only if the associated sub-assemblies are ZCKJ1• 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 ZCKJD39 4,7(P) 0 6mm ZCKJ1• 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 0 5,5mm Limit Switches mm ZCKJ9 mm 2,2 1,5 ZCKJ2• 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 ZCKJD37 0 0 8 mm ZCKJ5• ZCKJ8 8,5(P) 21-22 13-14 0 mm mm 5(A) 21-22 13-14 0 5(A) mm 2,2 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5(A) 8,5(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 mm 8 mm ZCKJ7 ZCKJ8 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKJD37 ZCKJD35 11,5(P) ZCKJ6 0 0 0 0 ZCKJD31 ZCKJD35 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 0 11 23 21 12 24 22 2nd step 13 21 22 5,3 mm 0 0 14 11 5(A) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 1st step 23 mm 3,2(A) 5,9(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 ZCKJ7 ZCKJD31 mm Unactuated 12 5(A) 3,2(A) mm 21-22 13-14 5(A) 8,5(P) 0 24 1,5 mm ZCKJD35 8,(A) 11,5(P) mm 13-14 23-24 3,2(A) mm ZCKJ6 8 ZCKJ8 5,9(P) 0 5(A) 8,5(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKJ7 8(P) 3,2(A) 8,1(P) 0 11,5(P) ZCKJD39 0 5,3 mm 4,6 mm mm 2,2 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 2,6(A) mm 2,6(A) 4,7(P) 11-12 21-22 3,2(A) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 ZCKJ5• ZCKJ9 0 2,6(A) mm mm ZCKJD31 3,2 5,9(P) 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 5,3 mm 21-22 13-14 ZCKJ1• 5,3(A) mm 2,2 0 0 1,5 ZCKJ6 ZCKJD37 8,1(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 ZCKJD35 21-22 13-14 0 mm 5(A) 5(A) 2,6(A) mm 21-22 33-34 13-14 3,2(A) 5,9(P) 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKJ8 4,7(P) 2,6(A) 6,4(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 ZCKJ5• 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 0 0 3,2(A) 1,5 ZCKJ7 ZCKJD31 4,6 mm 0 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 2,7 5,5mm 5,5mm 3,7 5,8(P) 2,6(A) 4,7(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKJD39 5(A) 11,5(P) 0 21-22 13-14 ZCKJD37 21-22 31-32 13-14 2,2 1,5 2,9(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 4,6 mm mm 1,5 3,2 mm ZCKJD35 4(P) ZCKJ6 21-22 13-14 ZCKJ2• 5(A) 11,5(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 0 0 0 1,5 mm 2,6(A) 6,4(P) 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 2,7 5,5mm 0 0 ZCKJD39 3,2 (A) 8,1(P) 0 13 0 1,5 G contact closed (A) = cam displacement H contact open (P) = positive opening point 3,5 1,5 ZCKJ9 14 21-22 13-14 5,5mm 21 mm ZCKJ1• Contact operation 0 1,5 23 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-24/23-24 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 2,6(A) 4,7(P) ZCKJ2• 1,5 ZCKJ4• 5,5mm ZCKJD31 ZCKJ5• 2,6(A) 3,2(A) 8,1(P) 0 Heads ZCKE06, E08 with body ZCKJ8 2,9(P) 22 mm ZCKJ1• 0 ZCKJ7 0,9 ZCKJD39 2,6(A) 6,4(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 3,2 6mm 21-22 13-14 0 1,5 5,5mm 0,9 mm 1,5 Heads ZCKE21, E23 with body 0 2,7 4,1(P) 1,5 2,9(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKJ9 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 3,4(P) 2 6mm 0,9 21-22 13-14 ZCKJD37 4(P) 1,5 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 6mm 21-22 33-34 13-14 2,7 5,5mm 0 5,5mm ZCKJ2• 0 Heads ZCKE67, E629 with body 0 1,5 0 2 ZCKJD35 4,7(P) ZCKJ6 1,5 2,9(P) 21-22 13-14 1,5 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 6mm 24 5,5mm 2,6(A) 6,4(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 3,2 6mm ZCKJ5• 1,5 ZCKJD39 4(P) ZCKJ1• Heads ZCKE64, E65 with body 2 0,9 0,9 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 2 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 ZCKJ2• 4(P) ZCKJ9 0 13-14 23-24 6mm ZCKJD31 3,4(P) 2 21-22 31-32 13-14 6 mm 0,9 5,5mm 1,5 ZCKJD37 4,7(P) 0 0 0,9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 2 11 Head ZCKE63 with body 0 11-12 21-22 6mm 13 1,5 2 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0,9 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 ZCKJ8• 3,4(P) 0,9 ZCKJ9 2 3,2 0 6mm 0,9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 6mm 3,2 4,6(P) 3,4(P) 2 ) ZCKJ7• 12 Heads ZCKE61, E619, E66 with body 0 2 ZCKJ6• 14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 4,7(P) ZCKJ5• 2 2 ZCKJ2• 508 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Function diagrams (positive operation assured only if the associated sub-assemblies are Head ZCKE05 with body ZCKJ1• ZCKJ2• 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKJ5• ZCKJ6 21-22 13-14 ZCKJ7 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 0 0 ZCKJD39 ZCKJD37 ZCKJD39 ZCKJD31 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 0 ) ZCKJ8 ZCKJ9 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 0 0 0 ZCKJ4• 0 G contact closed Contact operation H contact open 23 21 22 24 13 11 12 14 21 11 23 21 24 22 13 21 22 Actuated from right 14 11 Actuated from left 23 21 22 22 0 12 11 23 12 24 13 11 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKJ404, J4104 (body with head) Unactuated 14 23 ZCKJD39 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 2nd step, actuated from left or right 12 0 ZCKJD31 24 0 12 13 14 0 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 13 21 22 0 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 14 11 23 12 24 13 14 Head ZCKE09 with body ZCKJ1• ZCKJ2• 24 1st step, actuated from left or right Unactuated (P) = positive opening point Wiring diagrams Indicator light modules 1 LED, 24 Vc 2 LEDs, 24 Vc Module with resistor 14 X2 X3 X2 X3 (1) (2) 15 kΩ 1/4 W (1) (2) – 1. 2. – X1 X1 X1 (1) 13 13 14 13 14 13 14 + X3 21 22 + Limit Switches 2 neon lights, 110/120 or 220/240 Va Orange indicator Green indicator ZCKJ•D 2 1 3 13 21 22 1–2= N/C 14 4 3–4= N/O 5= t 4 A / 24 V max. 509 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Bodies 6,5 5 60 76,5 60 60 83,5 6,5 5 76,5 Non-plug-in ZCKJ1D, J5D, J6D, J7D, J8D 6,5 Plug-in ZCKJ11, J21, J41, J11•• ZCKJ11H29, J21H29, J41H29, J11••H29 5 Non-plug-in ZCKJ1, J2, J5, J4, J•2•, J•3•, J6, J7, J8, J9 ZCKJ1H29, J2H29, J5H29, J4H29, J•2•H29, J•3•H29, J6H29, J7H29, J8H29, J9H29 33,5 30 = 44 = (1) 40 30 = 36 12 (1) = 33,5 42,5 44 = 30 = 40 Bodies with rotary head mounted M6 M6 60 109 60 102 22 22 10 Plug-in ZCKJ4104, ZCKJ4104H29 10 Non-plug-in ZCKJ404, ZCKJ404H29 (1) 33,5 = 44 30 = (1) 40 36 60 = 30 = 42,5 60 ZCKE619 17 ZCKE63 52,3 20 49,5 37 17 63,6 ZCKE66 17 5 20 20 41 10 ZCKE65 63,6 10 ZCKE64 10 ZCKE61 5 Limit Switches Plunger heads ZCKE629 17 ZCKE21, E23 17 17 7 50 5 50 5 19 61 ZCKE62, ZCKE67 1. 1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT. Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3. 510 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Metal, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKJ—Modular, Fixed Non-plug-in or Plug-in Bodies—Components Rotary head ZCKE05 with operating lever ZCKY11, Y13, Y14 ZCKY41, Y43 62 57 59 52 J1 J K ZCKY91 157 53 114 92 5 J J1 K K1 max 20 49 137 123 U3 20 49 137 125 Ø3 20 49 137 125 Ø3 26.2 48 212 200 Ø6 Ø 179 53 ZCKY51 ZCKY52 ZCKY53 ZCKY59 K1 40…85 62…107 41 5,5 63 ZCKY81 5 57 44 41 5 ZCKY51, Y52, Y53, Y59 Rotary head ZCKE09 with operating lever 68 ZCKY71 68 56 15 56 56 15 5 Limit Switches ZCKY61 63 63 5 Multi-directional heads ZCKE06 ZCKE08 155 141 17 17 NOTE: Operating lever spindle threaded M6. 511 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated 561657 v With head for linear movement (plunger) operators 561656 b XCKS fixed, non-plug-in body with 1 cable entry Page 514 561661 561660 561659 561658 v With head for rotary movement (lever) operators Page 514 Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Approvals Protective treatment Ambient air temperature Limit Switches Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Repeat accuracy Cable entry Materials Products Machine assemblies IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1 UL, CSA, CCC Version For operation For storage Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Standard “TC” and “TH” - 25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F) - 40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) 25 gn (10…500 Hz) 50 gn (11 ms) Class II conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030 IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 03 conforming to EN 50102 0.05 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger Depending on model Tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread, or tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, 1/2" NPT with adapter Body and heads: plastic 512 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated Contact block characteristics a AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A); Ithe = 10 A c DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A); Ithe = 6 A c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 XE2•P Rated operational characteristics XE3•P XE2•P Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 XE3•P Ui = 400 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Rated insulation voltage XE2•P XE3•P Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp = 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 U imp = 4 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 Positive operation (depending on model) N/C contacts with positive opening operation conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix K, EN 60947-5-1 Resistance across terminals y 25 mΩ conforming to IEC 60255-7 category 3 XE2•P XE3•P XE2SP21•1 XE2NP21•1 XESP3021 XE3NP and XE3SP Short-circuit protection Cabling (screw and captive cable clamp terminals) 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) 6 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Clamping capacity, min.: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max.: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min.: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max.: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min.: 1 x 0.75 mm2, max.: 2 x 1.5 mm2 Clamping capacity, min.: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max.: 1 x 1 mm2 or 2 x 0.75 mm2 XE2SP21•1, XESP3021 and XE3SP: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute) XE2NP21•1 and XE3NP: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) Minimum actuation speed 5 Ithe 1 24 V 230/400 V 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 2 1 Ithe 230 V 2 12/24/48 V 110 V 1 0,5 5 4 3 Ithe 12/24 V 2 1 230 V 48 V 0,5 0,2 0,1 0,5 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage V 24 48 120 o W 10 7 4 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A 0,1 0,5 110 V 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o Voltage o V W 24 13 48 9 120 7 V W 24 10 48 7 120 4 Ithe 5 1 0,5 110 V 230/400 V 24 V Millions of operating cycles a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles For XE2SP•151 on a or c, N/C and N/O contacts simultaneously loaded to the values shown with reverse polarity. XE3SP•••• XE3NP•••• Limit Switches 110 V 0,5 5 4 3 Millions of operating cycles a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz o inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles XE2SP21•1, XE2SP2141 Millions of operating cycles • Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C • Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 • Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles per hour • Load factor: 0.5 XE2NP21•1 XESP3021 Electrical durability Ithe 5 4 3 2 230 V 1 12/24/48 V 110 V 0,5 0,2 48 V 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Power switched in W for 5 million operating cycles. Voltage o Voltage o V W 24 3 48 2 120 1 V W 24 4 48 3 120 2 513 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Complete Switches with 1/2" NPT Adapter Included Type of head Type of operator Plunger (mounting by the body) Rotary (mounting by the body) Form D (1) Form B (1) Form C (1) Form A (1) Metal end plunger Steel roller plunger Elastomer roller Thermoplastic roller lever, Ø 50 mm lever (4) (1.97 in.) (4) Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (4) Variable length Round thermoplastic elastomer roller lever, rod lever, Ø 6 mm Ø 50 mm (1.97 in.) (4) (0.24 in.) (5) (6) XCKS102 XCKS131 XCKS141 XCKS149 21 22 14 13 Catalog numbers (2) (3) 2-pole N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) XCKS101 1,8 4,5(P) 0 21 22 21 22 13 14 11 12 ZCKS9 + ZCKD02 21 3,1(A) 4,5(P) 31 21 13 22 14 1,8 31 21 13 22 14 0 4,5(P) 3,1(A) ZCKSD39 + ZCKD31 7,8(P) ZCKSD37 + ZCKD01 1,8 3 58˚(P) 0 0 80˚ ZCKS7 + ZCKD59 23˚ 0 80˚ ZCKSD39 + ZCKD49 23˚ 80˚ 23˚ 80˚ ZCKSD39 + ZCKD59 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 80˚ 11˚ 11-12 21-22 0 23˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ ZCKS7 + ZCKD49 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 23˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11˚ 23˚ 80˚ ZCKS9 + ZCKD59 11-12 21-22 0 23˚ 80˚ 80˚ 33˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 80˚ 80˚ 1,5 11˚ 11˚ 11˚ 11˚ 11˚ ZCKSD37 + ZCKD02 ZCKSD37 + ZCKD31 ZCKSD37 + ZCKD39 ZCKSD37 + ZCKD41 ZCKSD37 + ZCKD49 ZCKSD37 + ZCKD59 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5,5 mm 0.095 (0.209) Contact operation mm 0 ZCKSD39 + ZCKD41 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 3,2(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 23˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ 23˚ 11-12 21-22 23˚ 33˚ ZCKS9 + ZCKD49 ZCKS7 + ZCKD41 ZCKSD39 + ZCKD39 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 5,5 mm 0 80˚ 23˚ 21-22 13-14 0 11˚ 11-12 21-22 23˚ 80˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 11˚ ZCKS7 + ZCKD39 XCKS559 23˚ 33˚ 80˚ 11˚ 21-22 13-14 0 23˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ XCKS549 ZCKS9 + ZCKD41 42˚(P) 0 0 11˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 80˚ 11-12 21-22 3,1(A) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0,9 0 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 23˚ 80˚ 23˚ 11˚ ZCKSD39 + ZCKD02 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 58˚(P) ZCKS7 + ZCKD31 80˚ 21-22 13-14 33˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 5,6(P) ZCKSD39 + ZCKD01 1,8 mm 11-12 21-22 5,5 mm 0 32 Limit Switches 32 0 23˚ 0 ZCKS9 + ZCKD39 23˚ 1,5 0 XCKS541 21-22 13-14 80˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 ZCKS7 + ZCKD02 21-22 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) Weight, kg (lb) 7,8(P) 0 5,5 mm 42˚(P) 33˚ 23˚ 11˚ XCKS539 ZCKS9 + ZCKD31 3,1(A) 80˚ XCKS159 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11˚ 0 mm 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 80˚ 23˚ 5,6(P) 5,2 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 ZCKS7 + 2-pole N/C + N/C ZCKD01 simultaneous, slow break 3,2(P) (XE2NP2141) 11-12 0 21-22 13-14 0 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKS531 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 58˚(P) 11˚ ZCKS9 + 2-pole N/C + N/C ZCKD01 snap action (XE2SP2141) 1,8 0,9 22 mm 23˚ 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1,5 XCKS502 0 11 0 2-pole N/C + N/O XCKS501 break before make, slow 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 break 13-14 0 3 5,5 (XE2NP2151) mm 3-pole N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 5,5 mm 0,9 12 3,1(A) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCKS139 5,2 mm 0.105 (0.231) 23˚ 42˚(P) 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 0 80˚ 0.145 (0.320) 0.150 (0.331) contact closed (A) = cam displacement contact open (P) = positive opening point 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 80˚ 0 23˚ 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 0.155 (0.342) 80˚ 0 21-22 31-32 13-14 33˚ 0.155 (0.342) 0 80˚ 33˚ 80˚ 0.150 (0.331) N/C contact with positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator Characteristics Switch actuation On end By 30° cam By any moving part Type of actuation Maximum actuation speed Minimum For tripping force or For positive torque opening Cable entry (3) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) 15 N (3.37 lb) 12 N (2.70 lb) 0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in) 45 N (10.12 lb) 36 N (8.09 lb) 0.3 N•m (2.66 lb-in) 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) — — 1 entry tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.) Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 409. Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office. To convert PG 13 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. For ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKS101 becomes XCKS101H29. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting. 514 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Complete Switches with 1/2" NPT Adapter Included XCKS•01 ZCKS• + ZCKD01 XCKS•02 ZCKS• + ZCKD02 XCKS•31 ZCKS• + ZCKD31 55 16 6 4 39 41 49,5 116 129 36,5 60 60 60 103 (1) (1) 29,5 = 36 30 = (1) 29,5 40 = 30 36 XCKS•39 ZCKS• + ZCKD39 63 16 = 29,5 40 = 60 XCKS•41 ZCKS• + ZCKD41 30 = 40 XCKS•49 ZCKS• + ZCKD49 58 53 (1) = 29,5 30 = 29,5 40 45...99,5 67...121,5 60 132,5...187,5 (1) (1) = 57 30 40 = 29,5 57 = 30 = 40 Limit Switches 65 51,5...106 117...172 60 142,5 54,5 76,5 45 60 6 10 10 29,5...84 57 XCKS•59 ZCKS• + ZCKD59 60 98...280 (3) (2) (4) 24 48,5 (1) 29,5 57 = 30 = 40 1. 1 tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread (convertible to 1/2" NPT using adapter DE9RA1212, included); or 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 conduit thread (with suffix H29 added to the catalog number). 2. Rod Ø 6 mm (0.24 in.), length 200 mm (7.87 in.) 3. 190 max. 4. 212 max. Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3. 515 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (2) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (2) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) (3) ZCK D54 ZCK D55 ZCK D59 Elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (2) ZCK D39 Limit Switches 1. 2. 3. Variable length elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (2) ZCK D49 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (2) ZCK D41 Thermoplastic roller lever (2) Steel roller lever (2) Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (2) ZCK D31 ZCK D33 ZCK D34 Spring rod Cat’s whisker ZCK D08 ZCK D06 Dimensions: mm (in.) Spring lever with thermoplastic end (2) ZCK D81 Spring-rod lever, metal (2) ZCK D91 Metal end plunger Metal end plunger with protective boot Steel roller plunger Steel roller plunger with protective boot ZCK D01 ZCK D019 ZCK D02 ZCK D029 Body with 2-pole contact, cable entry for PG 13 1 step (1) Body with 2-pole contact, cable entry for PG 13 1 step (1) ZCK S1, S5, S6, S7, S9 ZCK S2, S8 ZCK SD31, SD35, SD37, SD39 For further details, see page 518. For a cable entry tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the catalog number. Example: ZCKS1 becomes ZCKS1H29. To convert PG 13 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. See page 521 for dimensional drawing. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. 516 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 Dimensions: mm (in.) Square rod lever, steel, U 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (3) Round rod lever, glass fibre, Ø 3 (0.12) L = 125 (4.92) (3) Round rod lever, thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24) L = 200 (7.87) (3) ZCK Y54 ZCK Y55 ZCK Y59 Spring lever with thermoplastic end (2) Spring-rod lever, metal (2) ZCK Y81 ZCK Y91 Variable length thermoplastic roller lever (2) Variable length steel roller lever (2) Variable length elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (2) Elastomer roller lever, Ø 50 (1.97) (2) ZCK Y41 ZCK Y43 ZCK Y49 ZCK Y39 Thermoplastic roller lever (2) Steel roller lever (2) ZCK Y31 ZCK Y33 Limit Switches XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular Steel ball bearing mounted roller lever (2) ZCK Y34 For actuation from left AND right or from left OR right ZCK D05 Body with double-pole 2 C/O staggered, snap action contact cable entry for PG 13 2 step, 1 from left and 1 from right (1) ZCK S404 1. For further details, see page 518. For a cable entry tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the catalog number. Example: ZCKS1 becomes ZCKS1H29. To convert PG 13 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. : N/C contact with positive opening operation or head assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 2. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer. 3. Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting. 517 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular Bodies with 2-pole contact 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS5 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS5H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS6 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS6H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS7 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS7H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS8 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS8H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS9 0.080 (0.176) ZCKS9H29 0.080 (0.176) 21 23 13 21 ZCKS2H29 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 14 0.080 (0.176) 11 ZCKS2 13 1/2" NPT 22 ISO M20 x 1.5 13 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 1/2" NPT ISO M20 x 1.5 23 21 1/2" NPT 22 14 21 22 12 21 1/2" NPT 24 14 13 — 1/2" NPT 24 — ISO M20 x 1.5 21 N/C + N/C snap action (XE2SP2141) 0.080 (0.176) 1/2" NPT 22 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2131) ZCKS1H29 ISO M20 x 1.5 22 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break (XE2NP2141) 0.080 (0.176) 11 1 step N/O + N/C make before make, slow break (XE2NP2161) ZCKS1 1/2" NPT 12 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE2NP2151) Catalog number 13 2 C/O simultaneous, snap action (XESP3021) Weight kg (lb) Cable entry 14 N/C + N/O snap action (XE2SP2151) Positive operation (1) Function diagram 11 With contact block ISO M20 x 1.5 12 Type Bodies with double-pole contact and spring return rotary head Without operating lever 21 23 11 22 Weight kg (lb) Cable entry Catalog number 1/2" NPT ZCKS404 0.150 (0.331) ISO M20 x 1.5 ZCKS404H29 0.150 (0.331) Cable entry Catalog number ZCKSD31 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD31H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD39 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD39H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD37 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD37H29 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD35 0.080 (0.176) ZCKSD35H29 0.080 (0.176) — 24 2 C/O staggered, snap action 12 2 step 1 from left and 1 from right Positive operation (1) Function diagram 13 With contact block 14 Limit Switches Type 13 14 13 14 13 1/2" NPT 14 33 34 ISO M20 x 1.5 22 1/2" NPT 21 ISO M20 x 1.5 32 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action (XE3SP2141) 1/2" NPT 21 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action (XE3SP2151) Positive operation (1) 32 Function diagram 31 With contact block 31 Type 31 Bodies with 3-pole contact and 1 cable entry ISO M20 x 1.5 1. 22 33 13 1/2" NPT 14 ISO M20 x 1.5 34 32 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2151) 22 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break (XE3NP2141) 21 1 step Weight kg (lb) : N/C contact with positive opening operation or head assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 518 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular Contact blocks Type of contact Function diagram For body Positive operation (1) Weight kg (lb) Catalog number 21 0.020 (0.044) ZCKS5 XE2NP2151 0.020 (0.044) XESP3021 0.045 (0.099) ZCKS6 XE2NP2161 0.020 (0.044) ZCKS7 XE2NP2141 0.020 (0.044) XE2NP2131 0.020 (0.044) ZCKS9 XE2SP2141 0.020 (0.044) ZCKSD31 XE3SP2151 0.035 (0.077) ZCKSD39 XE3SP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKSD37 XE3NP2141 0.035 (0.077) ZCKSD35 XE3NP2151 0.035 (0.077) 21 22 21 22 11 23 14 13 14 13 XE2SP2151 24 21 22 — 22 12 24 13 14 22 23 21 14 21 22 11 ZCKS8 33 N/C + N/C snap action 12 N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break 13 N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break 14 N/O + N/C make before break, slow break ZCKS1 ZCKS2 11 2 C/O simultaneous, snap action 12 N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 31 N/C + N/O snap action 13 2-pole contact — 14 14 Gold flashed contacts: consult your local sales office. 1. 34 Other versions Limit Switches 34 13 14 21 22 14 13 13 22 33 21 32 31 32 31 N/C + N/O + N/O break before make, slow break 22 N/C + N/C + N/O break before make, slow break 32 N/C + N/C + N/O snap action 21 N/C + N/O + N/O snap action 13 3-pole contact : N/C contact with positive opening operation or sub-assembly assuring positive opening operation, when properly mounted and using a conforming operator. 1/2" NPT Adapter Description Catalog number PG 13 to 1/2" NPT adapter DE9RA1212 Weight kg (lb) — 519 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular ZCKS1 1,8 ZCKS2 0 0,9 ZCKS9 1,8 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 0 0,9 5,5mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 1,8 1,5 0 ZCKS9 0 1,5 1,5 ZCKS1 ZCKS2 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 ZCKS9 ZCKSD39 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 23˚ 5,2 mm 0 5,5mm 3,1 13-14 23-24 11-12 21-22 3,1(A) 5,5mm 3,1(A) mm ZCKSD35 7,8(P) 3,1 5,6(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 1,5 5,2 mm mm ZCKS5 ZCKS6 ZCKS7 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 0 ZCKSD37 58˚(P) ZCKSD31 23˚ 42˚(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 33˚ 80˚ 0 11˚ 80˚ 0 ZCKS1 ZCKS2 ZCKS5 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKS8 13-14 23-24 23˚ ZCKSD35 58˚(P) 23˚ 42˚(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 33˚ 80˚ 0 11˚ 80˚ ZCKS6 21-22 13-14 ZCKS7 ZCKS8 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 0 0 ZCKSD39 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 ZCKSD37 ZCKSD31 23˚ 23˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 33˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ ZCKSD35 23˚ 23˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 11˚ 33˚ 80˚ 80˚ ZCKS1 ZCKS2 ZCKS5 ZCKS6 ZCKS7 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12 21-22 ZCKS8 13-14 23-24 0 0 0 ZCKS9 ZCKSD39 23˚ 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 ZCKSD37 58˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 23˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33˚ 80˚ 0 0 11˚ ZCKSD31 23˚ 42˚(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 33-34 13-14 0 80˚ 11˚ ZCKS1 ZCKS2 ZCKS5 ZCKS6 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 0 0 ZCKSD35 58˚(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 23˚ 42˚(P) 33˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ ZCKS7 ZCKS8 11-12 21-22 13-14 23-24 0 0 0 ZCKSD31 30˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 40˚ 0 14˚ 80˚ 0 80˚ G contact closed 23 21 24 22 21 22 11 23 24 13 11 12 13 12 14 H contact open 30˚ 21-22 33-34 13-14 40˚ 0 14˚ Actuated from left 14 Unactuated ZCKSD35 30˚ Actuated from right (A) = cam displacement 21 ZCKSD37 30˚ 22 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 11 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 23 ZCKSD39 24 ZCKS9 13 Limit Switches ZCKS9 0 Contact operation 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 ZCKS8 5,6(P) mm ZCKSD31 3,1 5,6(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 11˚ ZCKS404 (body with head) ZCKS7 7,6(P) 0 0 0 Heads ZCKD06, D08 with body 3,1 ZCKSD37 7,8(P) 0 0 Heads ZCKD05 (positive operation only assured with a operating lever) with body 5,2 mm 21-22 31-32 13-14 0 0 Heads ZCKD39, D41, D49, D54, D55, D59, D81, D91 with body 5,2(A) 3 5,5mm 5,5mm 21-22 13-14 0 1,8 3,2(P) 21-22 33-34 13-14 0 mm 1,5 21-22 31-32 13-14 21-22 31-32 13-14 mm 5,5mm 5,5mm 1,8 ZCKSD35 4,5(P) ZCKS6 3,1(A) 5,6(P) 21-22 13-14 3,1 13-14 23-24 1,8 5,5mm 12 Heads ZCKD31, D33, D34 with body ZCKS5 ZCKSD39 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 1,8 0 0,9 3,1(A) 0 3 5,5mm 21-22 33-34 13-14 21-22 33-34 13-14 5,5mm ZCKS2 mm 1,8 ZCKSD31 1,8 3,2(P) 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 0 Heads ZCKD02, D029 with body ZCKSD37 4,5(P) 21-22 31-32 13-14 3,1(A) 7,8(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 5,5mm 3 ZCKS8 3,2(P) 11-12 21-22 5,5mm 0,9 0 0,9 ZCKS1 21-22 13-14 0 ZCKSD39 4,5(P) ZCKS7 3 4,4(P) 21-22 13-14 0 5,5mm ZCKS6 1,8 3,2(P) 1,8 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 11-12/21-22 13-14/23-24 14 Heads ZCKD01, D109 with body ZCKS5 4,5(P) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 (P) = positive opening point 520 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, Plastic, Conforming to CENELEC EN 50041 XCKS—Double Insulated, Modular Plunger heads ZCKD01 ZCKD019 ZCKD02 ZCKD029 16 16 4 4 16 ZCKD39 55 ZCKD49 53 57 10 57 6 45 54,5 76,5 63 41 10 29,5...84 51,5...106 39 49,5 ZCKD41 45...99,5 67...121,5 Rotary heads ZCKD31, D33, D34 6 49,5 36,5 36,5 16 60 65 58 65 ZCKD54, D55, D59 5 5 53 53 Limit Switches 179 113,5 (1) ZCKD91 (2) (3) (5) (4) ZCKD81 57 (1) rod (2) (3) (4) (5) U 3, L = 125 115 max. 137 max. 49 24 Ø 3, L = 125 115 max. 137 max. 49 24 Ø 6, L = 200 190 max. 212 max. 46.5 26.2 Multi-directional heads Bodies with contacts ZCKS1, S2, S5, S6, S7, S8, S9 ZCKS1H29, S2H29, S5H29, S6H29, S7H29, S8H29, S9H29 ZCKSD3•, SD3•H29 ZCKD08 16 ZCKS404, S404H29 M6 10 32 16 6,5 ZCKD06 NOTE: operating lever spindle threaded M6. Ø 98,5 60 2xØ5,8 (1) 131 144 72,5 Ø 2xØ5,3 (1) 29,5 36 = 30 40 60 ZCK D54 D55 D59 = 29,5 57 = 30 = 40 DE9RA1212 (PG 13 to 1/2" NPT adapter) 21.3 1. 2. (2) 20.4 25.4 (1) 1. 1 tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread (convertible to 1/2" NPT using adapter DE9RA1212); or 1 tapped entry for ISO M20 x 1.5 conduit thread (with suffix H29 added to the catalog number). Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.3 x 7.3. Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit PG 13 threaded sleeve 521 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting, Mechanical Handling, and Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCR and XCRT b XCR v With head for rotary movement operators, spring return to off position 562250 562249 562248 1 contact actuation position per direction Page 524 v With head for rotary movement operators, stay put 500779_1 1 contact actuation position per direction Page 524 b XCRT v With head for rotary movement operators, spring return to off position 562253 562252 2 contact actuation positions per direction 1 actuated at 10°, other contact actuated at 18° Limit Switches Page 526 522 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting, Mechanical Handling, and Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCR and XCRT Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Products Machine assemblies Standard version Special version Standard version IEC/EN 60947-5-1, VDE 0660-200 (CSA C22-2 n° 14 for XCR), CCC (for XCR) IEC/EN 60204-1, NF C 79-130 XCRA, B, E, F: CSA A300 XCRA, B, E, F: CSA A300, 1/2" NPT “TC” Operation: -25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F); Storage: -40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) 9 gn (10…500 Hz) XCRA, B, E, F: 68 gn; XCRT: 30 gn (18 ms) Class I conforming to IEC 60536 and NF C 20-030 XCRA, B, E, F: IP 54 conforming to IEC 60529; IP 545 conforming to NF C 20-010 XCRT: IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529; IP 655 conforming to NF C 20-010 Degree of protection Enclosure Cable entry Metal, except XCRT315: polyester Tapped entry for PG 13 (PG 13.5) conduit thread Contact block characteristics Rated impulse withstand voltage Positive operation (depending on model) Resistance across terminals Short-circuit protection Cabling Screw clamp terminals Minimum actuation speed Electrical durability U imp = 6 kV conforming to IEC 60947-1, IEC 60664 N/C contacts with positive opening operation to IEC 60947-5-1 Section 3, EN 60947-5-1 ≤ 25 mΩ conforming to NF C 93-050 method A or IEC 60255-7 category 3 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) XE2SP2151: Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.34 mm2, max: 2 x 1.5 mm2 XE2NP2151: Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 XCRT contacts: Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.5 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2 XE2SP2151 and XCRT contacts: 0.01 m/minute (0.03 ft/minute), XE2NP2151: 6 m/minute (19.68 ft/minute) Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles per hour Load factor: 0.5 a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz inductive circuit Millions of operating cycles XE2SP2151 XE2NP2151 5 Ithe 1 110 V 0,5 24 V 230/400 V 48 V 0,1 0,5 2 1 5 4 3 Ithe 230 V 2 12/24/48 V Limit Switches Rated insulation voltage a AC-15; A300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) c DC-13; Q300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A), conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1 Ui = 500 V degree of pollution 3 conforming to IEC 60947-1 and VDE 0110, group C conforming to NF C 20-040 Ui = 300 V conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Millions of operating cycles Rated operational characteristics 110 V 1 0,5 0,2 3 4 5 10 Current in A 0,1 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 10 Current in A Millions of operating cycles XCRT contacts 5 4 3 2 1 230 V 48 V 0,5 0,1 0,5 d.c. supply c Ithe 12/24 V 110 V 1 2 10 3 4 5 Current in A Voltage 24 V 48 V 120 V XE2SP2151 10 7 4 Power switched in W for 5 million XE2NP2151 13 9 7 operating cycles W XCRT contacts 10 7 4 For XE2SP2151 on a or c N/C and N/O contacts simultaneously loaded to the values shown with reverse polarity. 523 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting and Material Handling XCR—Complete Switches with One Cable Entry Type of head Rotary with spring return to off position Type of operator Metal rod, U 6 mm (0.24 in.) Maximum displacement 55° in each direction 1. Thermoplastic roller lever Stay put Metal rods, U 6 mm (0.24 in.) crossed or “T” (1) Large thermoplastic roller lever 90° in each direction Crossed rods for XCRE•8, “T” rods for XCRF•7. Catalog numbers of complete switches ( N/C contact with positive opening operation) Both contacts operate in each direction XCRA11 55 Two 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action XE2SP2151 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCRA12 30 (P) 0 30 (P) 16 16 55 13 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 30 (P) 0 30 (P) 16 16 55 5 5 1 contact operates in each direction 2nd contact 55 34 (P) 34 (P) 0 20 20 55 Both contacts operate in each direction 55 (1) (2) 5 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 13 75 (P) 75 (P) 0 90 65 65 25 15 (P) (1) (2) 25 55 5 90 (1) (2) 5 21-22 13-14 75 (P) 0 75 (P) 65 65 90 (1) (2) 35 35 XCRE58 0 (1) (2) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 5 XCRA55 0 (1) (2) 21-22 13-14 34 (P) 34 (P) 0 20 20 55 5 XCRA52 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 XCRF17 0 (1) (2) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 (1) (2) 21 22 14 21 Limit Switches 22 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 5 XCRB15 (1) (2) 0 12 5 34 (P) 34 (P) 0 20 20 55 5 XCRA51 Two 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make, slow break XE2NP2151 14 90 (1) (2) 5 XCRB12 XCRB11 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1st contact 30 (P) 0 30 (P) 16 16 55 55 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 (1) (2) XCRE18 21 22 14 21 22 14 12 5 1st contact 55 (1) (2) XCRA15 1 contact operates in each direction XCRB51 2nd contact XCRB52 0 21-22 13-14 Weight, kg (lb) 0 (1) (2) 21-22 13-14 1.110 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 contact open XCRF57 0 0 (1) (2) 1.145 contact closed Contact operation XCRB55 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 1.155 (P) = positive opening point (1) (2) 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 21-22 13-14 (1) (2) 1.135 1. 2. 1st contact 2nd contact Complementary characteristics not shown under general characteristics (page 513) Maximum actuation speed Minimum torque Cable entry 1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s) For tripping For positive opening 0.45 N•m (3.98 lb-in) 0.60 N•m (5.31 lb-in) 0.75 N•m (6.64 lb-in) 0.70 N•m (6.20 lb-in) 1 entry tapped for PG 13 conduit thread conforming to NF C 68-300 (DIN PG 13.5). Clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.). 1/2" NPT with adapter DE9RA1212. 524 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting and Material Handling XCR—Complete Switches with One Cable Entry Separate components XCRZ02 XCRZ1• For switches Rod, U 6 mm (0.24 in.) XCRA XCRB Type Catalog number Weight kg (lb) L = 200 mm (7.87 in.) XCRZ03 0.020 (0.044) L = 300 mm (11.81 in.) XCRZ04 0.030 (0.066) Roller lever thermoplastic roller XCRA XCRB — XCRZ02 0.050 (0.110) Large roller lever thermoplastic roller XCRA XCRB — XCRZ05 0.090 (0.198) Quick mounting/ release bracket XCRA, XCRB XCRE, XCRF — XCRZ09 0.520 (1.146) 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O snap action XCRZ12 0.135 (0.298) 2-pole 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make, slow break XCRZ15 0.135 (0.298) Contact block (2 contacts) with mounting plate XCRA, XCRB XCRE, XCRF Description Application Sold in lots of Unit catalog number Adapter PG 13.5 to ISO M20 x 1.5 5 DE9RA13520 0.050 (0.110) Adapter PG 13.5 to 1/2" NPT 5 DE9RA1212 0.050 (0.110) Weight kg (lb) Limit Switches XCRZ09 XCRZ05 Description 525 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCRT—Complete Switches with One Cable Entry and 1/2" NPT Adapter Included Type of switch Standard For corrosive atmospheres Features Zinc alloy enclosure Color: industrial blue Zinc plated steel lever, spring return to off position Cam angles: 10° and 18° Maximum displacement: 90° Zinc alloy enclosure Color: blue Stainless steel lever, spring return to off position Cam angles: 10° and 18° Maximum displacement: 90° Glass reinforced polyester enclosure Color: grey Stainless steel lever, spring return to off position Cam angles: 10° and 18° Maximum displacement: 70° XCRT115 XCRT215 XCRT315 Catalog numbers of complete switches 11 90 10 0 10 90 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 12 14 13 2 single-pole C/O snap action 90 10 0 10 90 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 4 4 70 10 0 10 70 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 4 4 4 4 11 90 18 0 18 90 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 12 14 13 1st contact 4 4 90 18 0 18 90 4 70 18 0 18 70 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 4 4 4 2nd contact Weight, kg (lb) 1.170 (2.579) 1.170 (2.579) 1.520 (3.351) contact closed Contact operation contact open Complementary characteristics not shown under general characteristics (page 513) Limit Switches Minimum tripping torque 1.0 N•m (8.85 lb-in) Cable entry 1 entry tapped for PG 13 conduit thread conforming to NF C 68-300 (DIN PG 13.5) Clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.) 1/2" NPT with adapter DE9RA1212 included Switch operation Normal position Fault signalling Stopping of the conveyor belt Maximum rotation Dimensions: page 529 526 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCRT—Complete Switches with One Cable Entry and 1/2" NPT Adapter Included Separate components Description Type For switches Catalog number Zinc plated steel XCRT115 XCRT215 XCRZ901 0.230 (0.507) XCRT115 XCRT215 XCRZ902 0.230 (0.507) XCRT315 XCRZ903 0.230 (0.507) Roller with lever Stainless steel XCRZ9•• Weight kg (lb) Quick mounting/release bracket — XCRT115 XCRT215 XCRZ09 0.520 (1.146) Contact block (2 contacts) with mounting plate Single-pole C/O snap action XCRT•15 XCRZ42 0.135 (0.298) Description Application Sold in lots of Unit catalog number Adapter PG 13.5 to ISO M20 x 1.5 5 DE9RA13520 0.050 (0.110) Adapter PG 13.5 to 1/2" NPT 5 DE9RA1212 0.050 (0.110) Weight kg (lb) XCRZ09 Limit Switches XCRZ42 527 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting, Mechanical Handling, and Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCR and XCRT XCRA11, B11, A51, B51 XCRA12, B12, A52, B52 72…60 66 9 (2) (3) (1) 75 85 = 75 = 85 = 32 = 53 75 85 = 75 4 XCRA15, B15, A55, B55 (1) = = 32 = 53 = 95 95 85 18 18 = = 6 = XCRE18, E58, F17, F57 66 68 9 6 = 75 = 32 = 53 = (1) 75 85 85 (1) 75 85 = 75 = = 95 Limit Switches = 32 = 53 = 1 tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread. Rod length: 200 mm (7.87 in.). Rod + roller length: 160 mm (6.30 in.). Rod length: 300 mm (11.81 in.) for XCRF17 and F57, 200 mm (7.87 in.) for XCR E18 and E58. Supplementary mounting using 2 adjustable lugs (included with switch) Horizontally positioned Vertically positioned 36 95 = = = = 107 11 = 85 5 10 = 137 95 100 117 = 11 = 5 = = 10 127 53 Quick mounting/release bracket XCRZ09 140 1. 2. 3. 4. (4) 85 95 18 18 = = 78 102 (2) 50 50 Ø: 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 8. Characteristics: pages 523 and 524 Catalog numbers: page 524 Operation: page 524 528 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Hoisting, Mechanical Handling, and Conveyer Belt Shift Monitoring XCR and XCRT XCRT115, T215 66 (2) = 32 = (3) 75 85 = 53 75 = 95 85 18 = (1) 80 (2) = XCRT315 80 107 (4) = 105 146 54 Limit Switches = 188 (4) (5) 83 87 3. 4. 1 tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread. 70° max. Supplementary mounting using 2 adjustable lugs (included with XCRT115 and T215) Horizontally positioned Vertically positioned 36 127 1 plain entry for PG 13 conduit thread. Quick mounting/release bracket XCRZ09 95 = = = = 11 85 = = 5 10 = 137 117 95 100 = 107 5. 11 = 5 = = 10 200 max., 83 min. 90° max. 53 70 140 1. 2. = 85 Ø: 1 elongated hole Ø 6 x 8. Characteristics: pages 523 and 526 Catalog numbers: page 526 50 50 Operation: page 527 529 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC 500770_1 500769_1 v With head for linear movement (plunger) 500768_1 b XC1AC with slow break contacts 500772_1 500771_1 Page 532 Page 532 Limit Switches 530 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC Environmental characteristics Conformity to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60337-1, VDE 0660-200, CSA C22-2 n° 14 Special version Version For operation For storage Operating position Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Mechanical durability Cable entry CSA 600 V (ac) HD Standard “TC”, special “TH” - 25…+70 °C (-13…+158 °F) - 40…+70 °C (-40…+158 °F) All positions 9 gn (10…500 Hz) conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 95 gn (11 ms) conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 Class I conforming to IEC 60536 and NF C 20-030 IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529 and NF C 20-010 10 million operating cycles 3 tapped entries for PG 13 conduit thread Contact block characteristics Conventional thermal current Rated insulation voltage 10 A Slow break contact blocks a 500 V and c 600 V conforming to IEC 60947-5-1, NF C 20-040 a and c 600 V conforming to CSA C22-2 n° 14 ≤ 8 mΩ Resistance across terminals Minimum tripping force Terminal referencing Short-circuit protection XC1AC1•1: 33 N (7.42 lb); XC1AC1•6: 23 N (5.17 lb); XC1AC1•7: 29 N (6.52 lb) Conforming to CENELEC EN 50013 10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gl) Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix C Utilization categories AC-15 and DC-13 Maximum operating rate: 3600 operating cycles/hour Load factor: 0.5 Electrical durability a.c. supply a 50/60 Hz inductive circuit Slow break contact blocks Power switched in VA Voltage V For 1 million operating cycles For 3 million operating cycles 48 450 170 110 900 350 230 1900 430 48 100 35 110 100 40 230 95 33 Power switched in W Voltage V For 1 million operating cycles For 3 million operating cycles Limit Switches d.c. supply c inductive circuit 531 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC—Complete Switches with Slow-Break Contacts and 1/2" NPT Adapter Included Type of head Plunger Type of operator End plunger End ball bearing plunger Roller lever XC1AC115 XC1AC116 Offset roller lever Reinforced roller lever Roller lever on needle roller bearing XC1AC118 XC1AC117 XC1AC119 Catalog numbers of complete switches 13 11 Single pole C/O slow break ZC1AZ11 XC1AC111 2,1 11-12 13-14 9 11-12 13-14 mm 2,3 11-12 13-14 5,6 mm 2,3 12 7,3 mm 11,5 11-12 13-14 6,2 mm 1,6 11,5 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 7,3 1,6 12 6,2 mm mm 14 5,6 12 2,1 9 13 11 2-pole N/C + N/O break before make, slow break ZC1AZ12 XC1AC121 XC1AC125 6 7,5 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 XC1AC128 7 11,5 11-12 13-14 XC1AC127 11-12 13-14 11-12 13-14 6,8 mm 8 XC1AC129 5,2 11,5 7 11,5 8 mm 5,2 11,5 11-12 13-14 6,8 mm 6,8 mm mm 14 6,8 mm 12 XC1AC126 6 7,5 13 11 2-pole N/O + N/C make before break, slow break ZC1AZ13 XC1AC131 3,5 3,5 8 11-12 13-14 XC1AC136 11-12 13-14 4,8 XC1AC137 4,5 10,5 11-12 13-14 7 mm 4,4 XC1AC139 mm 4,4 11,5 11-12 13-14 7 mm 11,5 11-12 13-14 6,5 6,5 mm mm 14 mm XC1AC138 4,5 10,5 8 11-12 13-14 4,8 12 XC1AC135 21 11 2-pole N/C + N/C simultaneous, slow break ZC1AZ14 XC1AC141 4,3 XC1AC145 4,3 9,3 11-12 21-22 XC1AC146 9,3 11-12 21-22 5,5 XC1AC148 5,5 12 11-12 21-22 5 12 mm 5 12,5 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 mm XC1AC149 12,5 11-12 21-22 mm mm mm 12 22 mm XC1AC147 23 XC1AC151 XC1AC155 5,6 9 13-14 23-24 13-14 23-24 mm XC1AC158 7,2 11,5 13-14 23-24 XC1AC157 XC1AC159 7 11,5 7,2 11,5 13-14 23-24 13-14 23-24 mm 7 11,5 13-14 23-24 mm mm mm 24 14 XC1AC156 5,6 9 mm 21 11 2-pole N/C + N/C staggered, slow break ZC1AZ16 XC1AC161 3,7 XC1AC165 3,7 9 11-12 21-22 XC1AC166 mm 4,5 9 11-12 21-22 XC1AC168 mm 4,5 12 11-12 21-22 4,9 XC1AC167 4 12 12 11-12 21-22 5,5 mm 6,2 4 12 11-12 21-22 11-12 21-22 mm 6,2 XC1AC169 mm mm 5,5 22 4,9 12 Limit Switches 13 2-pole N/O + N/O simultaneous, slow break ZC1AZ15 23 13 2-pole N/O + N/O staggered, slow break ZC1AZ17 XC1AC171 4,8 8,5 13-14 23-24 XC1AC176 4,8 8,5 13-14 23-24 mm 5,8 mm 5,8 12 13-14 23-24 6 XC1AC178 6 12 13-14 23-24 7,6 mm XC1AC177 XC1AC179 6 12 13-14 23-24 7,6 mm 12 13-14 23-24 7,5 mm 7,5 mm 24 6 14 XC1AC175 Weight, kg (lb) 0.530 (1.168) 0.530 (1.168) 0.595 (1.312) 0.595 (1.312) 0.870 (1.918) 0.870 (1.918) contact closed contact open Contact operation Complementary characteristics not shown under general characteristics (page 523) Switch actuation On end By 30° cam A Type of actuation B Maximum actuation speed 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) Cable entry 3 tapped entries for PG 13 (DIN PG 13.5) conduit thread, clamping capacity 9 to 12 mm (0.35 to 0.47 in.) (2 entries fitted with blanking plug) 1/2" NPT with adapter DE9RA1212 Connection Screw terminals. Clamping capacity: min 1 x 0.5 mm 2, max 1 x 2.5 mm 2 1. Direction A: 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s); Direction B: 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) (1) For a 45° cam the maximum actuation speed becomes 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) and for a 15° cam, 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s). 532 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC—Complete Switches with Slow-Break Contacts and 1/2" NPT Adapter Included XC1AC1•1 XC1AC1•5 XC1AC1•6 20 26 5 53 53 20 37 67 = (1) 83 = 67 44 77 44 XC1AC1•8 = (1) 45,5 Ø28 (2) 73,5 Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit PG 13 threaded sleeve 83 156,5 56 139 12 = 67 77 = (1) 44 = 67 = Limit Switches 83 44 21.3 53 1. 2. (1) = 77 DE9RA1212 (PG 13 to 1/2" NPT adapter) 25.4 20 14 67 20.4 3 5 30 = 44 XC1AC1•7, XC1AC1•9 53 37 (1) 77 110 12 139 47 12 83 = (1) 130 30 113 12 83 12 56 53 77 1. 3 tapped entries for PG 13 conduit thread or ISO 20 with adapter DE9RA1620. Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 6.5 x 10. 533 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC—Renewal Parts Plunger heads Type of operator Maximum actuation speed Type of actuation Catalog number Weight kg (lb) For actuation on end ZC1AC001 End plunger 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZC1AC001 0.035 (0.077) 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZC1AC005 0.050 (0.110) ZC1AC006 0.100 (0.220) ZC1AC007 0.375 (0.827) ZC1AC008 0.100 (0.220) ZC1AC009 3.380 (7.452) For actuation by 30° cam End ball bearing plunger A Roller lever B Direction A 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Direction B 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZC1AC005 Reinforced roller lever A B Direction A 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Direction B 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) Offset roller lever A B Direction A 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Direction B 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) Roller lever on needle roller bearing A B Direction A 1 m/s (3.28 ft/s) Direction B 0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s) ZC1AC006 Contact blocks 12 14 11 13 C/O, single pole 12 14 11 13 12 14 21 N/O + N/C make before break 11 Limit Switches N/C + N/O break before make ZC1AC007 ZC1AC009 Catalog number Weight kg (lb) 13 Function diagram 11 Type of contact 12 22 13 23 N/C + N/C simultaneous 14 24 11 21 N/O + N/O simultaneous 12 22 13 23 N/C + N/C staggered ZC1AZ11 0.040 (0.088) ZC1AZ12 0.045 (0.099) ZC1AZ13 0.040 (0.088) ZC1AZ14 0.045 (0.099) ZC1AZ15 0.045 (0.099) ZC1AZ16 0.040 (0.088) ZC1AZ17 0.040 (0.088) ZC1AC008 24 14 N/O + N/O staggered Adapter plate Description Mounting plate (For replacing an old version type RN-67522 limit switch with an XC1AC limit switch) Catalog number ZC1AZ8 Weight kg (lb) 3.380 (7.452) ZC1AZ1• 534 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Osiswitch® Classic, For Material Handling XC1AC—Renewal Parts Dimensions ZC1AC001 ZC1AC005 ZC1AC006 53 20 53 20 37 26 5 ZC1AC008 DE9RA1212 (PG 13 to 1/2" NPT adapter) ZC1AC007, AC009 110 53 45,5 16 (1) Ø28 (2) Tapped entry for 1/2" NPT conduit PG 13 threaded sleeve Limit Switches 73,5 1. 2. 56 21.3 53 20.4 37 3 5 30 20 25.4 30 47 56 53 535 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Snap Action Industrial Switches Class 9007 Industrial Snap Switches and Limit Switches without Enclosures Industrial Snap Switches have been incorporated in many Square D® products such as timers, specialty push buttons, foot switches, operating mechanisms, door interlocks, motor control centers, position switches, and many other control products. • Type AO2 Type AB21 Recommended Actuator—An adjustable actuator is recommended. If a non-adjustable actuator is used, a resilient type or a mechanical stop should be used to prevent bottoming of button mechanism. Adjustable Actuator Overtravel—Minimum recommended overtravel in both trip and reset directions is 0.015 in. (0.38 mm). Non-Adjustable Actuator Total Travel—Maximum differential limit plus 0.030 in. (0.76 mm). Example: 0.076 in. (1.9 mm) for Type AO2. Non-Adjustable Actuator Total Travel—Fully retracted—from mounting surface, at least 0.139 in. (3.5 mm) for Type AO1 and 0.160 in. (4.0 mm) for Types AO2 and CO3. Fully engaged—from mounting surface, at least 0.061 in. (1.5 mm) but not closer than 0.045 in. (1.1 mm). • • • Quick Make and Break Type of Operator Basic Snap Switch Contact Arrangement k Contact Arrangement k Type of Operator Type 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AO1 CB31 (RH) q 1 N.C. AO1A CB32 (LH) q Rigid Roller Lever Type 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CB41 q (without Side Mtg. Bracket) 1 N.O. AO1B 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AO2 CB33 (RH) f AO6 (Plug-in) CB34 (LH) f 1 N.C. AO2A 1 N.O. AO2B 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CO3 2 N.O. CO6 (Plug-in) Two Stage 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Rigid Roller Lever Type Type of Operator Type Limit Switches AB21 (RH) q 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CC1 AB22 (LH) q 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AP221 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CP221 Operator Only AP201 t AB41 q (without Side Mtg. Bracket) Plunger Type Roller Plunger Type Panel Mounting Oiltight 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CP321 AP324 j CP324 j AP301 t AP304 j t AP323 AP325 j CP323 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CP325 j AP303 t AP305 j t Mushroom Button Type Panel Mounting AB24 (LH) f k AP321 Operator Only Panel Mounting AB23 (RH) f 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CB36 (LH) AC1 Type Operator Only CB35 (RH) 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Cabinet Door Type Panel Mounting Non-Oiltight AB26 (LH) 1 N.O. 1 N.C. CO7 Roller Plunger Type AB25 (RH) 1 N.O. 1 N.C. Rigid Roller Lever Type One Way Roller Contact Arrangement • Single-pole snap switches that contain two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of the same polarity. Two-pole snap switches contain two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set contains two doublebreak contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of the same polarity. j q f t 1 N.O. 1 N.C. AP222 2 N.O. 2 N.C. CP222 Operator Only AP202 t Roller turned 90° from standard (perpendicular to mounting holes). With 0.22 in. (5.6 mm) width roller. With 0.47 in. (12.0 mm) width roller. For use with Type AO and CO basic switches. Maximum Current Ratings For Control Contacts—All Types Switch Type Contacts AC—50 or 60 Hz Inductive 35% Power Factor Direct Opening Contacts Meet IEC 60947-5-1 Voltage Requirements Make A AO1, AC AW, AO2 and AO6, AB, AP AW, CO3 and CO6, CB, CC, CP SPDT Form Z No SPST k Form X or Y SPDT Form Z No SPST k Form X or Y DPDT Form ZZ No DPST Form AA or BB 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 120 240 480 600 40 20 10 8 40 20 10 8 30 15 7.5 6 Acceptable Wire Size . . . . . . . . . . . . .14–22 AWG Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque 6–9 lb-in (0.7–1 N•m) VA 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 4800 3600 3600 3600 3600 Break A VA 15 10 6 5 15 10 6 5 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 1800 2400 2880 3000 1800 2400 2880 3000 360 360 360 360 File E42259 CCN NKCR2 DC Resistive 75% Power Factor Inductive and Resistive Voltage Make and Break Amperes 15 10 6 5 15 10 6 5 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — 125 250 600 — ® File LR25490 Class 3211-03 AC or DC Make and Break Amperes Single Double Pole Pole Continuous Carrying Amperes 0.5 0.25 0.05 — 2.0 0.5 0.1 — 1.0 0.3 0.1 — 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 10 0.25 0.1 — — 0.5 0.2 0.02 — 0.2 0.1 — — Marking 536 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Snap Action Industrial Switches Class 9007 Approximate Dimensions and Operating Data, Types AO, CO, AP, and CP Class 9007 Type AO, Single-Pole Snap Switch 0.25 R 6.35 0.17 R 4.3 Class 9007 Type CO, Two-Pole Snap Switch 1.06 27.0 1.06 27.0 0.25 Dia. 6.35 Operating Button 0.83 21.1 0.19 4.8 2.13 54.1 2.5 63.5 0.19 4.8 .167 Max. 1.03 26.2 .330 .310 A 0.31 7.9 1.14 29.0 2 Holes for #6 Mounting Screws 4-#6 Binder head Terminal Screws 1B 1A Pole 1 A B 2A 2B Pole 2 Must Be Same Polarity B Dual Dimensions inches mm 2242-D24 Operating Data, in. (mm) AO1, 1A, 1B Pre-travel Differential Total travel Operating force 2.13 54.1 2.5 63.5 Mounting Surface Mounting Surface 2 Holes for #6 Mounting Screws .167 Max. 0.83 21.1 0.19 4.8 0.25 Dia. Operating Button 6.35 Operating Data, in. (mm) AO2, 2A, 2B 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) 0.015–0.025 (0.6–0.6) 0.103–0.125 2.6–3.2) 7–11 oz (0.05–0.08 N) Pre-travel 1st stage Pre-travel 2nd stage Differential Total travel Operating force 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.16) 0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2) 10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N) CO3 C07 0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8) — 0.025–0.046 (0.6–1.16) 0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2) 7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N) 0.035–0.060 (0.9–1.5) 0.060–0.085* (1.5–2.1) 0.010–0.020 (0.25–0.50) — 7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N) t Separation between first and second stage trip points is 0.020–.025 (0.5–0.6). Note: Shipping weight of Type AO and CO is 0.25 lb (0.11 kg). Type AP301, 303, 304, 305, 321, 323, 324, 325, and CP321, 323, 324, 325 Limit Switches Type AP201, 221, and CP221 *6-32 Mtg. Screw *6-32 Mtg. Screw 0.38 9.6 Plunger to mount in 1/2" Dia. Hole in panels up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick. 0.25 6.35 0.47" x 32 thread 0.80 20.3 0.19 4.8 1.59 40.3 2.20 55.9 0.39 9.9 0.09 2.3 0.38 9.6 2.13 54.1 0.47" x 32 thread 0.86 21.8 2.5 63.5 NOTE: Type AP221 shown. 0.19 4.8 2.13 54.1 2.69 68.3 0.39 9.9 0.09 2.3 .414 0.83 21.0 .192 0.25 6.35 0.31 7.9 A Plunger to mount in 1/2" Dia. Hole in panels up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick. A 2.5 63.5 0.19 4.8 .414 0.83 21.0 NOTE: Type AP321 shown. Type Dimension A Type Dimension A AP221 0.70 (17.8) AP321, 323, 324, 325 0.70 (17.8) CP221 0.80 (20.3) CP321, 323, 324, 325 0.80 (20.3) Operating Data Pretravel Differential Overtravel Total travel Operating force Operating Data AP221 CP221 0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6) 0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8) 10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N) 0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2) 0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6) 0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8) 7–12 oz (0.05–0.08 N) Pretravel Differential Total travel Operating force max. AP321, 324 AP323, 325 CP321, 324 CP323, 325 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 20 oz (0.14 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 28 oz (0.2 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 26 oz (0.18 N) 0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8) 0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2) 0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6) 28 oz (0.2 N) Note: Shipping weight 0.25 lb (0.11 kg). 537 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Snap Action Industrial Switches Class 9007 Approximate Dimensions and Operating Data, Types AB, CB, AC, and CC Types AB21 through 24 and CB31 through 34 Dia. 0.5 12.7 Types AB25, 26 and CB35, 36 C .240 Initial Position Initial Position Provisions for #6 Mtg. Screws Dia. 0.5 12.7 1.41 35.8 Provisions for #6 Mtg. Screws 1.91 48.5 0.53 13.4 0.53 13.4 A A B B 0.53 13.4 2.13 54.1 0.19 4.8 0.41 10.4 0.83 21.0 0.95 24.1 0.19 4.8 2.5 63.5 0.19 4.8 0.56 14.2 0.19 4.8 2.5 63.5 Note: Type CB31 RH mounting shown. Type AB41 and CB41 same as above except without side mounting plates. Dimension Type 2.13 54.1 A B C AB21, 22 1.03 (26.2) 0.5 (12.7) 0.22 (5.6) AB23, 24 1.03 (26.2) 0.5 (12.7) 0.47 (12.0) AB41 1.03 (26.2) — 0.22 (5.6) CB31, 32 1.13 (28.7) 0.59 (15.0) 0.22 (5.6) CB33, 34 1.13 (28.7) 0.59 (15.0) 0.47 (12.0) CB41 1.13 (28.7) — 0.22 (5.6) Operating Data 0.83 21.0 0.95 24.1 0.41 10.4 Note: Type CB35 mounting shown. Dimension Type A B C AB25, 26 1.03 (26.2) 0.5 (12.7) 0.22 (5.6) CB35, 36 1.13 (28.7) 0.59 (15.0) 0.22 (5.6) Operating Data Limit Switches Pre-travel 0.16 (4.5) Pre-travel 0.16 (4.5) Differential 0.08 (2.0) Differential 0.08 (2.0) Overtravel 0.06 (1.5) Overtravel 0.06 (1.5) Total travel 0.22 (5.6) Total travel 0.22 (5.6) Operating force 8 oz (0.23 kg) Operating force 8 oz (0.23 kg) Note: Shipping weight 0.25 lb (0.11 kg). Types AC1 and CC1 Dimensions Operating Data 0.41 0.83 10.5 21.1 0.19 4.8 (2) Holes for 10 Mtg. Screws 3.5 88.9 3.88 98.5 0.19 4.8 1 .015 .005 AC1 CC1 Pre-travel 0.16 (4.5) 0.16 (4.5) Differential 0.05 (1.3) 0.07 (1.8) Overtravel 0.09 (2.3) 0.09 (2.3) Total travel 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) Operating force 8 oz (0.23 kg) 8 oz (0.23 kg) A B 0.41 10.4 Dual Dimensions inches mm Note: Type AC1 shown. Dimension Type A B AC1 1.91 (48.5) 1.5 (38.1) CC1 2 (50.8) 1.59 (40.4 Note: Shipping weight 0.25 lb (0.11 kg). 538 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Class 9007 Type MS and ML Description Mini-Switch (MS) miniature switches meet the need for very small, enclosed switches with environmental sealing. A full range of styles are available, including top push plunger, parallel roller plunger, cross roller plunger, rotary lever, and omnidirectional whisker. Factory prewiring with industrial grade cable (type SJTO) eliminates the need to remove the cover to wire the switch. Bottom- or side-entrance cable connection is available. Housings are rugged diecast zinc construction. Excellent sealing is achieved with an epoxy compound encapsulation of the electrical cable connections and switch housing. A Viton® O-ring seal on the plunger keeps liquids from entering the switch cavity. Features The heavy-duty, completely encapsulated miniature MS limit switch is intended for difficult applications such as machine tools, earth moving equipment, and general transportation. Key features include: Shown with Standard Bottom Entrance Cable • Symmetrical design and top mounting holes for easy gang mounting of several switches for multiple switching • Epoxy encapsulation sealing the pre-wired heavy duty #18 AWG SJTO cable and protecting against temporary submersion • • • • • • Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) Form C or Form Z, 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. contact Fine rotary lever adjustment Compact diecast zinc housing NEMA Type 6P and IP67 rated 10 ampere continuous current rating • • • • Stainless steel rollers • • • • Yellow or gray SJTO cable Gold contacts for low level logic switching UL Listed and CSA Certified CE Marking Standard temperature range: -40 to +220 °F (-40 to +104 °C) Options Gold crosspoint contacts Double-break contacts (Type ML only) Side-entrance cable or connectors Low force (top plunger models only) 4- or 5-pin micro-connectors, AC and DC #16 AWG SJTO cable Tapped 8-32 holes on top of housing Rotary Head Conventional rotary limit switches have mounting holes in the base or body of the switch. In our rotary design, mounting holes are located in the head also. Cycling and stress forces are transmitted from the shaft in the head directly to the mounting bolts. The strain on the joint between the body and the head is eliminated. The result is a stronger and more rigid mounting, less subject to vibration or a weakness in the joint. Limit Switches • • • • Bulkhead Mounted Mini-Switches Shown with 4-Pin Micro-Connector The MS housing is designed for multiple switching by gang mounting several switches. File E42259 CCN NKCR Two mounting holes can be tapped in the top of each switch (except rotary lever) for #8-32 thread bolts. Switches can be readily mounted to any frame or plate by drilling holes through same to accommodate #8-32 bolts and switch plungers. Both sides of the housing are counter-bored for surface mounting. ® ® File LR 25490 Class 3211 03 Marking 539 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Class 9007 Types MS and ML General Specifications • • • Temperature range Enclosure rating NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67 1 N.O.—1 N.C. 0.98 in. (25 mm) Mounting Hole Centers 3 ft (0.9 m) Cable, Standard For other available lengths, and for a list of options, see page 542. Silver Contacts Voltage Make Gold Contacts Break 120 AC 60 A 6A 240 AC 30 A 3A 100 mA @ 125 Vac Vibration resistance 10G (75–1200 Hz) 10.0 Amperes Continuous Shock resistance 35G Cable #18 AWG SJTO DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Resistance), 28 Vdc Contact Characteristics Shown with Side-Entrance Cable Electrical Ratings/SPDT Type MS Circuit— Form C -40 to +220 °F (-40 to +104 °C) The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Electrical Rating/SPDT-DB Type ML Circuit— Form Z Rated thermal current 10 A (standard) Rated insulation voltage 300 Vac and Vdc (standard) 1 N.O.—1 N.C. 30 mA 28 Vdc Silver Contacts Voltage Make Break 120 AC 60 A 6A 240 AC 30 A 3A 10.0 Amperes, Continuous Gold contact switching ratings 0.1 A, 24 Vdc; 0.24 VA DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Res), 28 Vdc Description / Functional Diagrams Top Plunger MS ML MS Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .19" min. .004" max. 0 .003" max. MS ML MS Bushing mounted—top plunger Adjustable top plunger Form Z ML01S0100 — Form C MS06S0100 MS06G0100 Form Z ML06S0100 — Form C MS09S0100 MS09G0100 ML MS ML ML .19" min. Operating Force/Torque Contact Form 80 oz (0.6 N) SPDT Form C Silver MS01S0100 Gold MS01G0100 Contact Type Parallel roller plunger MS ML MS 0.80" max. 0.70" max. Limit Switches Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W ML Top plunger 0.80" max. 0.70" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W Form Z ML09S0100 — Bushing mounted—parallel roller plunger Parallel roller plunger Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .19" min. .004" max. 0 .003" max. .19" min. Operating Force/Torque Contact Form 80 oz (0.6 N) SPDT Form C Silver MS02S0100 Gold MS02G0100 Contact Type Cross roller plunger MS ML MS 0.80" max. 0.70" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W Form Z ML02S0100 — Form C MS07S0100 MS07G0100 Form Z ML07S0100 — ML MS ML Cross roller plunger Bushing mounted—cross roller plunger Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .19" min. .004" max. 0 .003" max. Operating Force/Torque Contact Form .19" min. 80 oz (0.6 N) SPDT Form C Silver MS03S0100 Gold MS03G0100 Contact Type Rotary lever, CW and CCW MS ML MS 70° Operating Force/Torque Contact Form 20° Form Z ML08S0100 — ML Omnidirectional—wire whisker (NEMA Types 1, 2, 12, 13 only) MS Note: Lever not included. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 15° Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W Contact Type Form C MS08S0100 MS08G0100 40° 35° Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 5° Form Z ML03S0100 — 5° 70° 48 oz-in (0.3 N•m) SPDT Form C Silver MS04S0100 Gold MS04G0100 15° 15 oz-in (0.1 N•m) Form Z ML04S0100 — Form C MS05S0100 MS05G0100 540 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Class 9007 Type MS and ML Description / Functional Diagram Booted Devices MS ML MS 0.80" max. 0.70" max. Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W ML MS Booted top plunger ML MS ML Booted parallel roller plunger Booted cross roller plunger Bk-Rd Bk-W Bk-Rd Bk-W 0 .19" min. .004" max. 0 .003" max. Operating Force/Torque Contact Form .19" min. 80 oz (0.6 N) SPDT Form C Form Z Silver MS10S0100 ML10S0100 Gold MS10G0100 — Contact Type Form C MS12S0100 MS12G0100 Form Z ML12S0100 — Form C Form Z MS13S0100 ML13S0100 MS13G0100 — Note: See the available options on page 542 and add the designator (up to three) to the end of the catalog number, if applicable. See the example on page 542 for conductor length selection. Lever Arm Selection There are many styles of levers to accommodate most industrial applications. The levers are diecast metal. The standard roller levers are available with nylon rollers and are also available with steel rollers. See the tables below. Dimensions are given as in. (mm). Style 7 Levers—0.75 in. (19 mm) diameter, nylon or steel roller Length Catalog Number 0.5 (13) Wide Catalog Number 0.75 (19) Wide Catalog Number 1 (25) Wide in. mm Nylon Steel Nylon Steel Nylon Steel Nylon 0.875 22.23 7A2N 7A2 7B2N 7B2 7F2N — 7J2N Steel — 1.375 34.93 7A3N — 7B3N — 7F3N — 7J3N — — 1.5 38.10 7A1N 7A1 7B1N — 7F1N — 7J1N 1.75 44.45 7A7N — 7B7N — 7F7N — 7J7N — 2.00 50.8 7A4N — 7B4N — 7F4N — 7J4N — Style 7X Levers—0.75 in. (19 mm) diameter, nylon or steel roller Length Catalog Number 0.25 (6) Wide Catalog Number 0.5 (13) Wide Catalog Number 0.75 (19) Wide Limit Switches Lever Catalog Number 0.25 (6) Wide Catalog Number 1 (25) Wide in. (mm) Nylon Steel Nylon Steel Nylon Steel Nylon .875 22.23 7XA2N 7XA2 7XB2N 7XB2 7XF2N — 7XJ2N Steel — 1.375 34.93 7XA3N — 7XB3N — 7XF3N — 7XJ3N — — 1.5 38.10 7XA1N 7XA1 7XB1N — 7XF1N — 7XJ1N 1.75 44.45 7XA7N — 7XB7N — 7XF7N — 7XJ7N — 2.00 50.8 7XA4N — 7XB4N — 7XF4N — 7JX4N — Specialty Arms and Options Description Length Diameter Width Style 7D adjustable length, metal roller 1.38 to 3.38 (35 to 85.8) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.35) 7D Style 7D adjustable length, nylon roller 1.38 to 3.38 (35 to 85.8) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.35) 7DN Style 7S spring nylon rod 6 (152.4) 0.3 (7.6) — 7S Style 7N nylon rod 5 (127) 0.3 (7.6) — 7N Corrosion proof (option available with nylon rollers only)—Suffix to add to the end of catalog number Catalog Number S Lever tightening torque for mounting the lever on the shaft: minimum 17 lb-in (1.9 N•m). 541 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Class 9007 Type MS and ML Catalog Number Interpretation and Options For Interpretation of the Catalog Number Only 9007 M S 0 1 S 0 1 0 0 Mini Line M Contact Form Conductor Length Options S 0 0 No Cable L 0 1 3 ft (0.9 m) (stranded) 0 2 6 ft (1.8 m) 0 3 9 ft (2.7 m) 0 4 12 ft (3.7 m) 0 5 18 ft (5.5 m) 1 3 33 ft (10 m) Actuator Type Top Push Plunger 0 1 Parallel Roller Plunger 0 2 Cross Roller Plunger 0 3 Contact Type Rotary Lever CW & CCW 0 4 S 10 A Silver Contacts (standard) Omnidirectional Wire Whisker 0 5 G Gold Contacts Bushing Mounted Top Push Plunger 0 6 Examples ♦ Bushing Mounted Parallel Roller Plunger 0 7 Option Description Bushing Mounted Cross Roller Plunger 0 8 0 2 # 16 AWG SJTO Cable Adjustable Top Push Plunger 0 9 0 6 Side Entrance 18-4 SJTO Cable Booted Top Push Plunger 1 0 1 0 Gray 18-4 SJTO Cable 9007MS02 Shown with M12 Connector Booted Parallel Roller Plunger 1 2 1 1 # 18 AWG Individual Conductors Booted Cross Roller Plunger 1 3 2 1 Low Force (top plunger only) 18 oz. ♦ List options in numerically ascending order. Example: 9007MS01S030621. See other options below. Conductor Length Designator MS Options (Does not apply to ML except where noted) Designator c No cable 00 #16 AWG SJTO cable 02 c Limit Switches 3 ft (0.9 m)—standard 01 Side entrance, #18 AWG SJTO cable, or Connector 12, 54, 55, 82, 84 t 06 6 ft (1.8 m) 02 Gray #18 AWG SJTO cable 10 9 ft (2.7 m) 03 #18 AWG individual conductors 11 12 ft (3.7 m) 04 Male 4-pin mini-connector with 3 ft (0.9 m) cable (MS only) 12 18 ft (5.5 m) 05 Low force (NEMA Type 1 only)18 oz. 21 33 ft (10 m) 13 High Pre-Travel—adds 0.030 30 Male 4-pin micro-connector in housing (DC type) j (no cable) (MS only) 54 NOTE: For other cabling options, refer to pages 648–652. c t j Male 5-pin micro-connector in housing (DC type) j (no cable) (ML only) 55 Tapped holes in top of plunger style housing (MS and ML) 81 Male 4-pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (no cable) (MS only) 82 Black 18/5 SJTO Cable (ML only) 83 Male 4-pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (no cable) (MS only) 84 Ex: 9007MS01S0100 with a 9 ft (2.7 m) cable becomes 9007MS01S0300. 9007MS01S0100 with side entrance becomes 9007MS01S0106. For side entry connectors, include 06, then 12, 54, 55, 82, or 84; otherwise the connector will come from bottom of housing. Example of catalog no. with side entrance connector: 9007MS01S000654. No cable available with 54 and 55. Option 12 is supplied with 3 ft (0.9 m) of cable. DC connectors are rated 3 A, 250 Vac/Vdc. Male Plug (face) Pin-outs N.O. #5 N.C. #3 C #4 #1 C N.C. #3 N.O. #4 #4 GND G #4 N.C. #3 G #3 N.O. #4 Keys GND #1 KEY Option 54 (MS only) N.O. #2 GND #1 KEY Option 55 (ML only) N.O. #2 N.C. #2 Option 12 (MS only) N.C. #3 C #1 Option 82 (MS only) N.O. #2 C #1 Key N.C. #2 Option 84 (MS only) 542 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Class 9007 Type MS and ML Dimensions Top Push Plunger Rotary Lever Booted Top Push Plunger with Mid-Side Entry Cable MS01, MLO1 MSO4, ML04 MS10, ML10 0.56 Dia. (14.2) 0.38 Dia. (9.6) 0.20/(5.1) Dia. Typ. mounting holes 0.40/(10.2) Dia. C Bore 0.21/(5.3) deep 0.98 (25.0)TYP 1.39 (35.3) 0.91 (23.1) R 0.29 (7.3) 0.62 TYP (15.8) 0.77 (19.5) 0.75 (19.0) 0.70 (17.78) 0.31 (7.87) 1.75 TYP (44.45) 1.56 (39.6) TYP 0.98 (24.89) 0.31 (7.8) 2.49 (63.25) 0.20 Dia. Mtg. Holes 0.406 Dia. C Bore 0.20 Deep (0.25 Dia. Mtg. holes optional) 1.44 (36.58) Dual Dimensions inches mm Cable SJTO TYP Parallel Roller Plunger Cross Roller Plunger Adjustable Top Push Plunger Omnidirectional MS02, ML02 MS03, ML03 MS09, ML09 MS05, ML05 1.19 (30.22) 0.56 Dia. (14.2) 0.13 Dia. (3.3) max. 1.5 (38.1) 1.19 (30.2) min. 1.30 (33.0) #10-32 Hex Screw and Locknut Limit Switches .50 (12.7) Bushing Mounted Top Push Plunger Bushing Mounted Parallel Roller Plunger Parallel Booted Roller Plunger Cross-Booted Roller Plunger MS06, ML06 MS07, ML07 MS12, ML12 MS13, ML13 0.13 (3.3) 1.36 (34.5) M14 x 1 Threaded M14 x 1 Threaded 0.56 (14.2) 0.44 (11.17) 1.72 (43.7) 1.49 (37.8) 1.49 (37.8) 543 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Miniature Enclosed Reed Class 9007 Type XA Description and Specifications Sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making it the ideal choice for low voltage, low current circuits used by programmable controllers. Type XA is designed for use in applications where contact reliability, environmental immunity, small size, or low cost are required. NOTE: • • Straight Plunger Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation. Type XA cannot be used in Division 2 locations since the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires provisions for conduit connection. The Type C reed switches have this provision for conduit but the Type XA do not. Cable Lengtht Straight Plunger Roller Plunger Cross Roller Plunger N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. Type Type Type Type Type Type 3 (0.9) XA7303E XA7503E XA7303D XA7503D XA7303DC XA7503DC 6 (1.8) XA7306E XA7506E XA7306D XA7506D XA7306DC XA7506DC 9 (2.7) XA7309E XA7509E XA7309D XA7509D XA7309DC XA7509DC ft (m) t N.C. Other cable lengths are available. Order by changing the last two numerical digits of the Type number to the length desired. Example: An XA7303E with 15 ft (4.5 m) of cable would become an XA7315E. Operating Data Roller Plunger Dimensions in. (mm) Top Push Rod Roller Plunger (Type E) (Types D, DC) Initial position (D) Trip position (B) Pre-travel (E) Reset position (C) maximum Differential (F) Final position (A) Total stroke Operating force (max.) Limit Switches Contacts Enclosure Construction Cable Ambient Temperature Agency Listings Cross Roller Plunger 0.690 (17.5) 0.620 (15.7) 0.07 (1.8) 0.655 (16.6) 0.015 (0.38) 0.492 (12.5) 0.198 (5.0) 1.190 (30.2) 1.120 (28.4) 0.07 (17.8) 1.155 (29.3) 0.015 (0.38) 0.992 (25.2) 0.198 (5.0) 2.75 lb (0.31 N) 2.75 lb (0.31 N) F (DIFFERENTIAL) INITIAL POSITION E (PRETRAVEL) A B C D CONTACTS RESET CONTACTS TRIP FINAL POSITION The contact is a fully encapsulated, hermetically sealed reed, suitable for controlling solid-state loads as well as industrial relays. Switches can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. Use of a transient suppressor extends the life of the switch when used on heavy electrical loads. Diecast zinc—baked, gray enamel finish. Meets NEMA Types 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 requirements. Oil-tight, dust-tight, water-tight, and submersible. SJTOWA jacketed cable with 18 gauge wire. -20 to +140 °F (-28.9 to +60 °C). UL: File E42259 CCN NKCR CSA: File LR 25490, Class 3211 03 NOTE: The XA switch is available with a 3 ft (0.9 m) cable and 3-pin Brad Harrison male connector No. 40904 (or equivalent). Form Y190. Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—Type XA AC—50/60 Hz Inductive (35% Power Factor) DC Resistive (75% Power Factor) Resistive Make and Break Amperes A VA A VA Continuous Carrying Amperes 120 2.0 240 0.2 24 0.5 0.2 120 0.2 0.5 240 1.0 240 0.1 24 0.5 0.1 — — — Volts Make Break Contact Diagrams Make, Break, and Continuous Carrying Amperes Volts Single Throw Continuous Carrying Amperes Dimensions 0.070 Bk-W Bk-W 0 0.035 0.198 9007XA73 (N.O.) 0.070 Bk-W Bk-W 0 0.035 0.198 9007XA75 (N.C.) Dual Dimensions inches mm 544 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007AW Heavy Duty Industrial Precision, Oiltight Lever Arm And Plunger Types Select Operator Mounting Contacts Lever Arm Type Without Lever Arm. Select from CCW Operation c Type Type Push Rod Plunger Type With Micrometer Adjustment Type Surface Mounting Plug-in 1 N.O.—1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. AW16 u AW19u AW36 — — AW46 — — 1 N.O.—1 N.C. AW12 AW32 AW42 1 N.O.—1 N.C. AW14 — — 2 N.O.—2 N.C. AW18 AW38 — 1 N.O.—1 N.C. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. 1 N.O.—1 N.C. AO16 u u AO12 AO36 — — — — — — — Select Switch Surface Mounting Nonplug-in Standard Box Surface Mounting Nonplug-in Deep Box Lever Arm Type Open Type (Without Box) Plug-in Open Type (Without Box) Nonplug-in Flush Mounting Plunger Type 2 N.O.—2 N.C. AO18 — — 1 N.O.—1 N.C. AF12 — — Pre-travel Total-travel Differential Reverse Over-travel Operating Torque or Force Nominal Operating Data in. (mm) Dual Dimensions inches mm Roller Plunger Type With Micrometer Adjustment Repeat Accuracy 5° 30° 2.5° 25° 2.75 lb-in (0.31 N•m) ±0.002 (0.05) Linear travel of cam on 1.38 (35) lever arm 0.09 (2.3) 0.25 (6.3) ±0.06 (1.5) Adjustable 0.05 (1.3) — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 0.09 (2.3) 0.25 (6.3) ±0.06 (1.5) Adjustable 0.05 (1.3) — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) ±0.001 (0.02) ±0.001 (0.02) Field convertible to CW operation. 2 N.O. contact only when Type AW19 is operated in clockwise direction. 2 N.C. contacts only when Type AW19 is operated in counterclockwise direction. Lever arms, see page 574. c u Approximate Dimensions Type AO ON AW14 and AW18, 0.5 Pipe Tap may be placed here for straight through wiring. Adjustment G 0.19 4.8 1.44 36.6 0.25 6.35 0.06 1.5 H 0.19 ❅ 4.8 0.25 ◗ 6.35 0.06 1.5 1.06 27.0 F 0.69 17.5 0.19 4.8 D 0.44 11.2 Pipe Tap 0.5 12.7 3.5 88.9 Dia. 0.44 11.7 0.84 21.3 3.06 77.7 E 0.19 4.8 D G Adjustment ◗ 0.31 7.9 H ❅ 0.06 1.5 F 0.19 4.8 0.69 17.5 1.38 35.0 0.31 7.9 0.53 13.5 0.63 16.0 C Type AW42, 46, 48, and 49 Limit Switches Type AW 0.25 6.35 3.47 88.1 1.25 31.75 0.75 19.0 3.09 78.5 C Initial Position 0.44 11.2 0.38 9.6 2.5 63.5 A B 3.88 98.5 0.25 6.35 0.25 6.35 0.32 8.1 0.83 21.1 2 - 196 Dia. Mtg. Holes Type AW32, 36, and 38 Initial Position (6) 0.198 Dia. Mtg. Holes 0.69 17.5 Type C D E F G H AW12 AW14 AW16 AW18 AW19 AO12 0.31 (7.9) 2.69 (68.3) 2.19 (56) 1.16 (29.4) 2.5–2.56 (63.5–65) 2.06–2.13 (52.3–54) AO18 1.25 (32) 3 (76) 2.5 (63.5) 1.47 (37) 2.81–2.88 (71–73) 2.38–2.44 (60–62) — — — 1.03 (26 1.06–1.13 (27–29) 0.63–0.69 (16–17.5) — — — 1.13 (29) 1.06–1.13 (27–29) 0.63–0.69 (16–17.5) 0.63 o 16.0 Dia. roller can be turned 90 D 0.13 3.3 0.22 C 5.6 0.38 9.6 A B 0.19 4.8 0.19 4.8 1.44 36.6 1.06 27.0 0.53 13.5 3.06 3.5 77.7 88.9 3.88 98.5 0.75 19.0 0.5 12.7 Pipe Tap (6) 0.198 Dia. mtg. holes Type AW32 and AW42 AW36, 38, 46, 48, and 49 A B C D 0.31 (7.9) 1.25 (32) 2.22 (56) 2.53 (64) 1.16 (29.4) 1.47 (37.3) 1.81 (46) 2.13 (5.4) 545 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard and Compact Standard plug-in body type with 1 cable entry (1) The standard plug-in body types with one cable entry are also available with reed contacts With reed contacts With reed contacts Compact plug-in body type with one cable entry (1) top plunger Page 548 Page 549 Page 552 Page 557 With head for rotary movement (lever) With head for multi-directional movement Page 550 Page 551 Page 554 Page 555 With head for linear movement Side plunger Top plunger Page 556 Page 557 With head for rotary movement (lever) With head for multi-directional movement Page 558 Page 559 Limit Switches With head for linear movement side plunger 1. Factory modifications: see pages 560 to 564 546 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard and Compact Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards NEMA 250, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, UL 508, C22-2-14-95, e conformity documentation Products UL, CSA, e Product certifications Protective treatment Epoxy powder coat (additional protection available) Ambient air temperature Operation Storage -20…+185 °F (-28.9…+85 °C), wider range available Vibration resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 25 gn (10…150 Hz, 11 ms) (Reed switch good for 18.5g only) Shock resistance Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 60 gn (9 ms) 40 gn (9 ms) for reed switch Electric shock protection Conforming to IEC 61140 Class 0 Degree of protection Conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67 Cable entry or connector (1) Depending on model 1/2-14 NPT, M20 x 1.5, ISO cable entry, 5-pin mini connector, 4-pin micro connector Materials Bodies, heads, levers Bodies and heads in Zamak® zinc alloy, levers and rods in zinc, steel, stainless steel, Delrin® resin. 1. -20…+185 °F (-28.9…+85 °C), wider range available A wide range of connectors are available. Contact your local field office. Contact block characteristics Reed switches, complete body Rated operational characteristics hard contacts -DC Voltage (top half of body) Reed switches, complete body 9007CO52 (compact single) 9007CO54 (single pole) 9007CO62 (two pole) 9007CO66 (two pole two stage) 9007CO68 (two pole neutral) 9007C84 (1 N.O.) 9007C86 (1 N.C.) 9007CO52 (compact single) 9007CO54 (single pole) 9007CO62 (two pole) 9007CO66 (two pole two stage) 9007CO68 (two pole neutral) 9007C84 (1 N.O.) 9007C86 (1 N.C.) NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA C600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.3 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA C600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.3 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0.1 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A NEMA Q150 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA Q150 (Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0.55 A); Ithe = 2.5 A Rated insulation voltage 600 V Rated impulse withstand voltage Positive opening 2,500 Vac for 1 minute for CE; 2,200 Vac for 1 minute for UL; and 2,640 Vac for 1 s for CSA Special Y1561 Special Y1561 (one pole slow break only) Short circuit protection 10 A. Bussmann Class CC KTK-R-10 fuse non-time-delay Terminal wire sizes (cabling/screw clamp) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum Maximum actuation speed 15.2 mpm / 27.4 mpm (50 fpm / 90 fpm) with 45 degree cam angle, levers only Electrical durability 1 million operating cycles Types of contact elements IEC 60947-5-1 Form Example: 9007C54 single-pole limit switch, Form Z, same polarity A Symbol NEMA Description Form Single break A Symbol JIS Description Form — 3 Symbol Description — Double break X B Limit Switches Rated operational characteristics hard contacts -AC Voltage (top half of body) Single break B — 2 — Double break Y C — C — Za Same polarity Z “Same polarity” only Zb Electrically separate 1 Single break Double break 547 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body Type of head Side Plunger (mounting by the body) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Side roller plunger, spring return, vertical roller (1) Side push rod plunger, spring return Side push rod plunger, adjustable (2) spring return Side push rod plunger, maintained contact 9007C54F 9007C54G 9007C54GD 9007C54H Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 2 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 8 0.8 6.3 mm 9007C62F 7 0 2 6 1 5 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 0.8 6.3 mm 0 0 0.8 0.8 0.568 (1.25) 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0.8 6.3 mm 0 0.8 0.8 6.3 mm 9007C62H 2 3.6 0.8 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 6.3 mm 9007C66GD 2 2.5 6.3 mm 6.3 mm 9007C62GD 9007C66G 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.8 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 2 2.5 Weight, kg (lb) 0 2 9007C66F 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 4 0.8 9007C62G 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 3.6 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 3 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 4 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 2.5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) 0 0.8 0.8 0.568 (1.25) 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Limit Switches Switch actuation On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) Total travel 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) Differential 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) Reverse overtravel — Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole 4 lb (17.8 N) Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) 1 or 2, 12–22AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum Repeatability (linear travel of cam) 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry 1. 2. 3.6 mm (0.14 in.) 2 mm (0.08 in.) First stage First stage to second stage 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 7 lb (31.1 N) — Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 548 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body Type of head Top Plunger (mounting by the body) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Top roller plunger spring return Top push rod plunger spring return Top push rod plunger adjustable (1) spring return Palm operated (2) 9007C54D 9007C54E 9007C54ED 9007C54R (2) Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 7 2 6 1 5 6.3 mm 0 0.8 6.3 mm 9007C66D 0 0.8 0.8 0 0 0.8 6.3 mm 0.8 0.8 2 0.8 6.3 mm 9007C66ED 0 0.568 (1.25) 0 0.8 0.8 0.568 (1.25) 0.8 6.3 mm 9007C66R (2) 2 2.5 6.3 mm 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.5 9007C62R (2) 2 2 2.5 0.568 (1.25) 6.3 mm 9007C62ED 9007C66E 6.3 mm 0.5 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 2 2.5 Weight, kg (lb) 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.5 9007C62E 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 8 3 0.5 9007C62D 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 4 4 2 2 2.5 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 0.8 0.8 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation Limit Switches On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) First stage First stage to second stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) Total travel 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) Differential 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) Reverse overtravel — Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole 3 lb (13.3 N) 7 lb (31.1 N) Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum Repeatability (linear travel of cam) 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry 1. 2. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately see page 573. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 549 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body Type of head Rotary (lever arm type) (1) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Standard pre-travel, spring return Low differential, spring return Type of direction CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) 9007C54B2 9007C54A2 Neutral position Standard pre-travel, Low differential, spring return spring return CW & CCW CW & CCW Light operating torque spring return Maintained contact CW & CCW (2) CW (trip) CCW (reset) 9007C54N2 9007C54C Catalog numbers 1 N.O., 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 2 N.O., 2 N.C. snap action 4 8 3 7 2 6 3 7 2 6 1 5 2 N.O., 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 Limit Switches Weight, kg (lb) Contact operation 4° 90° 9007C62B2 0 10° 2° 0 90° 4° 0 2° 90° 0 10°0 10° CW CCW 9007C66B2 9007C66A2 10° 12.5° 5° 6.5° CCW 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 90°CCW 4° 0 90°CW 4° 5°0 5° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 90°CCW 2° 90° 0.568 (1.25) contact closed 0 45° 2° 2° 0.568 (1.25) 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 90° CW 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 90°CW 2° 9007C66N2 10° 12.5° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 4° 4° 4° 90° 9007C68T5 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0 9007C62C 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007C68T10 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 10° 5° 90° 4° 9007C62N2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 45° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007C62A2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 1 5 2 N.O., 2 N.C. snap action Neutral position 4 8 10° 5° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 90° 0.568 (1.25) 0.568 (1.25) 4° 4° 0.568 (1.25) 90° 0.568 (1.25) contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By 30° cam Type of actuation Pre-travel 10° 5° 10° 5° 10° 45° Pre-travel two stage First stage 10° 5° — — 10° — First stage to second stage 2.5° 1.5° — — 2.5° — Total travel 90° 90° Differential 4° 2° 4° 2° 4° — Reverse overtravel 90° — Operating torque/force 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 25 oz-in (0•18 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes 2 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm ) wires maximum (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.03 mm (± 0.001 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry 1. Lever arm type must be ordered separately from pages 574 to 579. 2. These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices: For CCW only operation, change the 2 at the end of the Type number to 1 (for example, C54B2 becomes C54B1). For CW only operation, delete the 2 at the end of the Type number (for example C54B2 becomes C54B). Mode of operation of the lever arm is easily convertible to clockwise or both. Simply pull out and rotate the arrow to the letters representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. /CCW CW CW CCW CW /C C W Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 550 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body Type of head Flexible operator (wobble stick) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Universal (1) Wobble stick Delrin® extension (1) Wobble stick wire extension (1) Wobble stick coil spring extension (1) Cat whisker 9007C54JKC 9007C54J 9007C54K 9007C54KC 9007C54L 10° 10° Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 4 10° 8 3° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90° 9007C62JKC 7 2 6 1 5 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 Weight, kg (lb) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 3° 90° 9007C66JKC 0 0 3° 3° 3° 90° 9007C66J 90° 0.568 (1.25) 0 3° 3° 9007C62KC 10° 0 3° 90° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 3° 3° 0.568 (1.25) 0 90° 9007C62L 20° 0 3° 0 90° 9007C66KC 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 6° 90° 9007C66L 20° 25° 10° 14° 90° 6° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 10° 14° 0.568 (1.25) 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007C66K 90° 3° 10° 10° 14° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 10° 14° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 3° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007C62K 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 0 90° 9007C62J 10° 3 3° 20° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 3° 3° 0.568 (1.25) 0 90° 6° 6° 90° 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Switch actuation Limit Switches Characteristics (nominal operating data) Object from any direction Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two stage First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 10° (any direction) 20° 10° (any direction) 4° 20° 5° 90° 3 6° — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 7 oz-in (0.05 N•m) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head. See page 573. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 551 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body—Reed Contacts Type of head Side Plunger (mounting by the body) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Side roller plunger spring return vertical roller (1) Side push rod plunger spring return Side push rod plunger adjustable (2) spring return Side push rod plunger maintained contact 9007C84F 9007C84G 9007C84GD 9007C84H 2.8 2.8 Catalog numbers 1 N.O. Reed contacts snap action 3 4 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 0 1 N.C. Reed contacts snap action 1 1.8 6.3 mm 9007C86F 2 2.8 Weight, kg (lb) 1.8 6.3 mm 1.8 0 1.8 2.8 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) 1.8 2.8 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) 0 1.8 0.568 (1.25) 6.3 mm 9007C86H 3.6 1-2 1-2 0 0 6.3 mm 9007C86GD 1-2 1-2 0 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 0 9007C86G 1-2 1-2 3.6 2.8 6.3 mm 1-2 1-2 0 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole 2.8 mm (0.110 in.) Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum Limit Switches Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 3.6 mm (0.14 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 1.8 mm (0.07 in.) — — — 4 lb (17.8 N) 7 lb (31.1 N) 0.076 mm (± 0.003 in.) — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 552 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body—Reed Contacts Type of head Top Plunger (mounting by the body) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Top roller plunger spring return Top push rod plunger spring return Top push rod plunger adjustable (1) spring return Palm operated (2) 9007C84D 9007C84E 9007C84ED 9007C84R (2) Catalog numbers 1 N.O. Reed contacts snap action 3 4 2.5 2.5 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 0 1 N.C. Reed contacts snap action 1 1.3 6.3 mm 9007C86D 2 2.5 1.3 6.3 mm 0 3-4 3-4 0 2.5 1.3 6.3 mm 1.3 6.3 mm 9007C86ED 1.3 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) 1.3 6.3 mm 9007C86R (2) 2.5 1-2 1-2 0 0 2.5 1-2 1-2 0.568 (1.25) 2.5 3-4 3-4 0 9007C86E 1-2 1-2 Weight, kg (lb) 2.5 1-2 1-2 0 1.3 0.568 (1.25) 6.3 mm 0 1.3 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation On end Type of actuation 1. 2. 2.5 mm (0.100 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 1.3 mm (0.05 in.) — 4 lb (17.8 N) Limit Switches Pre-travel Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.076 mm (± 0.003 in.) 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately from page 573. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 553 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body—Reed Contacts Type of head Rotary (lever arm type) (1) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Standard pre-travel spring return Low differential spring return Light operating torque spring return Maintained contact Type of direction CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) CW (trip) CCW (reset) 9007C84B2 9007C84A2 9007C84N2 9007C84C Catalog numbers 1 N.O. Reed contacts snap action 3 4 13° 7° 3-4 3-4 3-4 3-4 0 1 N.C. Reed contacts snap action 1 7° 90° 9007C86B2 2 13° 4° 90° 0 0 7° 7° 90° 0 7° 90° 9007C86N2 3-4 3-4 0 45° 1-2 1-2 4° 90° 0 90° 9007C86C 13° 1-2 1-2 0.568 (1.25) 45° 3-4 3-4 0 9007C86A2 1-2 1-2 Weight, kg (lb) 13° 7° 90° 1-2 1-2 0 90° 0.568 (1.25) 0.568 (1.25) 0.568 (1.25) 7° 13° 45° 7° 4° 7° — 90° 90° 90° — 25 oz-in (0.18 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 0.15 mm (± 0.006 in.) 0.15 mm (± 0.006 in.) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By 30° cam Type of actuation Limit Switches Pre-travel Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque force 1 pole & 2 pole 13° Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 90° 4 lb-in (17.8 N•m) 0.15 mm (± 0.006 in.) 0.076 mm (± 0.003 in.) 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Lever arm type must be ordered separately from pages 574 to 579. These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices: For CCW only operation, change the 2 at the end of the Type number to 1 (for example, C54B2 becomes C54B1). For CW only operation, delete the 2 at the end of the Type number (for example, C54B2 becomes C54B). Mode of operation of the lever arm is easily convertible to clockwise or both. Simply pull out and rotate the arrow to the letters representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. /CCW CW CW CCW CW /C C W Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 554 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Standard Body—Reed Contacts Type of head Flexible operator (wobble stick) Standard plug-in body type Type of operator Universal (1) Wobble stick Delrin® extension (1) Wobble stick wire extension (1) Wobble stick coil spring extension (1) Cat whisker 9007C84JKC 9007C84J 9007C84K 9007C84KC 9007C84L Catalog numbers 1 N.O. Reed contacts snap action 3 4 13° 13° 3-4 3-4 0 1 N.C. Reed contacts snap action 1 2 Weight, kg (lb) 11° 90° 0 13° 11° 90° 11° 90° 0.568 (1.25) 0 11° 90° 13° 90° 0.568 (1.25) 0 11° 90° 0 0.568 (1.25) 90° 0 90° 25° 1-2 1-2 11° 18° 9007C86L 13° 1-2 1-2 11° 3-4 3-4 0 9007C86KC 9007C86K 1-2 1-2 25° 3-4 3-4 0 13° 1-2 1-2 13° 3-4 3-4 9007C86J 9007C86JKC 0 13° 3-4 3-4 1-2 1-2 11° 0.568 (1.25) 90° 0 18° 90° 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By any moving object in any direction Type of actuation 13° (any direction) 25° 90° 11° 18° — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 7 oz-in (0.05 N•m) Limit Switches Pre-travel Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry 1. Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head. See page 573. Acceptable wire sizes: 12-22 AWG Recommended, Terminal clamp torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m). Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 555 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Compact Body Type of head Side Plunger (mounting by the body) Compact plug-in body type Type of operator Side roller plunger Side push rod plunger spring return vertical roller spring return (1) Side push rod plunger adjustable (2) spring return Side push rod plunger maintained contact 9007C52F 9007C52GD 9007C52H Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 9007C52G 2 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 Weight, kg (lb) 2 0.8 6.3 mm 0.456 (1.01) 3.6 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0.8 6.3 mm 0.445 (0.98) 0 0.8 0.422 (0.93) 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage Limit Switches Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. First stage First stage to second stage 1 pole & 2 pole 2 mm (0.08 in.) 3.6 mm (0.14 in.) 2 mm (0.08 in.) 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) — — 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) — — — 4 lb (17.8 N) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) 7 lb (31.1 N) mm2) wires maximum — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry. Prewired options available. Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 556 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Compact Body Type of head Top Plunger (mounting by the body) Compact plug-in body type Type of operator Top roller plunger spring return Top push rod plunger spring return Top push rod plunger adjustable (1) spring return Palm operated (2) 9007C52D 9007C52E 9007C52ED 9007C52R (2) Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 Weight, kg (lb) 2 0.5 6.3 mm 0.169 (0.43) 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0.5 6.3 mm 0.169 (0.43) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0.5 0.422 (0.93) 6.3 mm 0 0.5 6.3 mm 0.568 (1.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 2 mm (0.08 in.) First stage First stage to second stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) 0.03 mm (0.01 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 1 pole & 2 pole 3 lb (13.3 N) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) Limit Switches Pre-travel two Stage 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry. Prewired options available. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately see page 573. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 557 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Compact Body Type of head Rotary (lever arm type) (1) Compact plug-in body type Type of operator Standard pre-travel spring return Low differential spring return Light operating torque spring return Maintained contact Type of direction CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) CW (trip) CCW (reset) 9007C52B2 9007C52A2 9007C52N2 9007C52C Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 0 Weight, kg (lb) 4° 10° 5° 90° 0.481 (1.06) 0 45° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90° 4° 90° 0 90° 0.481 (1.06) 0.481 (1.06) 0.481 (1.06) 10° 5° 10° 45° 10° 2.5° 5° 1.5° 10° 2.5° — — 90° 90° 90° 90° 4° 2° 4° — 90° 90° 90° — 25 oz-in (0.18 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By 30° cam Type of actuation Limit Switches Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.03 mm (± 0.001 in.) 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Lever arm type must be ordered separately from pages 574 to 579. These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices: For CCW only operation, change the 2 at the end of the Type number to 1 (for example, C52B2 becomes C52B1). For CW only operation, delete the 2 at the end of the Type number (for example, C52B2 becomes C52B). Mode of operation of the lever arm is easily convertible to clockwise or both. Simply pull out and rotate the arrow to the letters representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. /CCW CW CW CCW CW /C C W Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 558 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Compact Body Type of head Flexible operator (wobble stick) Compact plug-in body type Type of operator Universal (1) Wobble stick Delrin® extension (1) Wobble stick wire extension (1) Wobble stick coil spring extension (1) Cat whisker Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 9007C52JKC 9007C52J 9007C52K 9007C52KC 9007C52L 3 4 1 2 Weight, kg (lb) 10° 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 3° 90° 0.468 (1.03) 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 3° 90° 0.568 (1.25) 20° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 3° 0.540 (1.19) 90° 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 3° 0.568 (1.25) 90° 0 6° 90° 0.468 (1.03) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By any moving Type of actuation 1. 10° (any direction) 20° 10° (any direction) 4° 20° 5° 90° 3° 6° — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 7 oz-in (0.05 N•m) Limit Switches Pre-travel Pre-travel two stage First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head. See page 573. Dimensions: pages 566 to 569 559 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Factory Modifications (Forms) Special features and modifications Special features do not apply to 9007CR unless noted. Not field installable, except where noted. Shaft equipped with hub for mounting larger diameter lever used with 9007T/FT limit switches Any rotary lever arm 9007C, CF or CR switch can be furnished with an optional shaft and hub combination which will accept the lever arms normally used with 9007T and FT limit switches. To order, add S9 as suffix to the device number. For example, to order a 9007C54B2 with this modification, order as a 9007C54B2S9. For details about switches and lever arms that can be furnished with this modification, see the appropriate catalog or the Digest. S9 Rotary head shown with S9 option Description Suffix to add to the device catalog number Optional hub for 9007T/FT levers S9 Addition of LED pilot light (1) L2 Suffix to add to the device catalog number Description Light normally on CR1 Weight kg (lb) Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on) P5 (2) 0.57 (1.25) CR2 Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off) P6 (2) 0.57 (1.25) Light normally off A Form P5 Thru P9 L1 L2 * Customer installed jumper 0.018 (0.04) Hub only: can be field installed on rotary shaft; see accessories, page 565 L1 B Weight kg (lb) LED Pilot light, 24 to 120 V AC or DC on plug-in type switch (9007C52, C54, C62, C66, C68 or (2)) CR1 CR2 Form P10 * Only one of the jumpers may be used. Pilot light is On when load is energized 1. 2. 3. 4. Addition of two LED pilot lights, one in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on), P7 one in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off) 0.57 (1.25) Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.O. contacts (lights normally on) P8 (3) 0.57 (1.25) Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.C. contacts (lights normally off) P9 (3) 0.57 (1.25) Addition of one isolated LED pilot light (light on when load is energized) P10 (4) 0.57 (1.25) Bleeder circuit must be added to ensure PLC compatibility. 9007C84 and C86 are available with P5 or P6 pilot lights only. 9007C62, C66 or C68 only. 9007C54 only. Not available with prewired receptacles. Examples of complete units with pilot lights in standard plug-in body type Weight kg (lb) Limit Switches Single pole Catalog number Side plunger 9007C54FP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C54DP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C54EP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C54B2P6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C54LP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C54JP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62FP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62DP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62EP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62B2P6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62LP6 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62JP6 0.57 (1.25) Top plunger Rotary Wobble stick Two poles Side plunger Top plunger Rotary Wobble stick 560 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Factory Modifications (Forms) Special features and modifications (continued) Form Y205 0.29 x 0.61 7 x 16 0.36 9 0.58 15 Y2051 Special features do not apply to 9007CR unless noted. Not field installable, except where noted. Manifold mounting Suffix to add to the Description device catalog number Manifold mounting available on standard and compact types. Replaces existing type B installations if new hole is drilled to Y2051 match knockout. Supersedes type C with form Y205. Receptacle is furnished with a wiring hole and a gasket in the base. Special chemical resistant coating (includes Viton® fluorocarbon seals—Y140, and stainless steel head and body screws) (1) Low temperature – lever types only: limit switch will operate in an ambient temperature range of -40 to 185 °F (standard limit switch ambient temperature range is -20 to 185 °F). Minimum temperature is based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. Viton fluorocarbon gaskets and seals (1) Substitution of Viton fluorocarbon gaskets and seals on: Lever arm type, standard box (Viton fluorocarbon shaft seals on lever arm types as standard) Lever arm type, compact box (Viton fluorocarbon shaft seals on lever arm types as standard) Plunger type, standard box Plunger type, compact box Substitution of Viton fluorocarbon boot only on plunger type switches 1. Weight kg (lb) 0.57 (1.25) L3 0.57 (1.25) Y128 0.57 (1.25) Y140 0.57 (1.25) Y140 0.57 (1.25) Y140 Y140 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Y1401 0.57 (1.25) Fluorocarbon (as found in Viton seals) has been shown to resist sunlight aging problems. Top plunger 9007C54DM11 9007C54EM11 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C54B2M11 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C54LM11 9007C54JM11 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62FM11 0.57 (1.25) Top plunger 9007C62DM11 9007C62EM11 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C62B2M11 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C62LM11 9007C62JM11 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Two poles Side plunger Limit Switches Mini and micro connectors, ISO M20 (Form M11) To order 9007C with ISO M 20 thread add the suffix M11 to the device number. Examples of complete unit catalog numbers with ISO M20 thread in standard plug-in body type Weight Type of head Catalog number kg (lb) Single pole 9007C54FM11 0.57 (1.25) Side plunger 561 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Factory Modifications (Forms) Special features and modifications (continued) Special features do not apply to 9007CR unless noted. Not field installable, except where noted. Pre-wired receptacle (1) (2) Suffix to add to the device Description For use catalog number Plug-in limit switch furnished with pre-wired mini 5-pin Brad Harrison male connector Single pole For use with Brad Harrison female portable plug Y1901 No.41306, 41307 or 41308 (or equal). Same as Y1901 but with different wire color Y1905 coding Weight kg (lb) 0.60 (1.33) 0.60 (1.33) Tamper proof screws in complete switch only Y190• Standard body shown with Y190• option Single pole 1. 2. Same as Y1901 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Y1903 0.60 (1.33) Similar to Y1905 except for double pole device Y19013 0.60 (1.33) Plug and cable assemblies: see accessories page 565 Not available with P10 or for Hazardous location switches Examples of complete unit catalog numbers with mini or micro connectors in standard plug-in body type Weight Type of head Catalog number kg (lb) Single pole, 5-pin mini connector (7/8"-16 UN-2A thread) 9007C54FY1901 0.57 (1.25) Side plunger Top plunger 9007C54DY1901 9007C54EY1901 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C54B2Y1901 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C54LY1901 9007C54JY1901 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62FY19016 0.57 (1.25) Top plunger 9007C62DY19016 9007C62EY19016 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C62B2Y19016 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C62LY19016 9007C62JY19016 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) 9007C62FY1912 0.57 (1.25) Top plunger 9007C54DY1912 9007C54EY1912 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C54B2Y1912 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C54LY1912 9007C54JY1912 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Two poles, 9-pin mini connector (1-2/8"-16 UN-2A thread) Side plunger Single pole, 5-pin micro single key (M12 x 1 thread) Side plunger Limit Switches Single pole, 5-pin micro connector two keys (1/2’’-20 UNF-2A thread) 9007C54FY19019 Side plunger 0.57 (1.25) Top plunger 9007C54DY19019 9007C54EY19019 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Rotary 9007C54B2Y19019 0.57 (1.25) Wobble stick 9007C54LY19019 9007C54JY19019 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Orange 3 4 Red White 1 2 Black Green Form Y1901, Y1903 Red 4 8 Black White 3 7 Orange 1 5 2 6 1, 2 Not connected Form Y19013 5, 6 Not connected White 3 4 Black Orange 1 2 Red Green Form Y1905 562 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Factory Modifications (Forms) Special features and modifications (continued) Special features do not apply to 9007CR unless noted. Not field installable, except where noted. Potted limit (position) switch or plug-in receptacle only (1) Suffix to add to the Description (2) device catalog number With five #16 wires five ft long Y1841 With individual Single pole wires Two pole With nine #16 wires five ft long Y1842 Single pole Single pole Two pole Two pole With STOWA cord Y18•• Terminal base shown with Y18•• option With five conductor #16 STOWA cord eight ft long Same as Y1851 but with different wire color coding With nine conductor #16 STOWA cord eight ft long Same as Y1852 but with different wire color coding Tamper proof screws—complete switch only With individual Same as Y1841but with tamper proof screws on head and body wires Same as Y1842 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Same as Y1851 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Same as Y1852 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Same as Y1855 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Same as Y1856 but with tamper proof screws on head and body Not for 9007CR Hazardous location devices Wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin. With STOWA cord 1. 2. Weight kg (lb) Y1851 Y1855 Y1852 Y1856 0.59 (1.30) 0.60 (1.32) 1.30 (2.88) 1.30 (2.88) 1.31 (2.90) 1.31 (2.90) Y1843 Y1844 Y1853 Y1854 Y1857 Y1858 0.59 (1.30) 0.60 (1.32) 1.30 (2.88) 1.30 (2.88) 1.31 (2.90) 1.31 (2.90) Dust boot (protects against abrasive dusts, dirt, grit and sand) Suffix to add to the device catalog number Description Lever type limit switch furnished with On all 9007C and 9007CR lever type switches a boot around the shaft See accessories, page 565 Dust boot only Y33 Weight kg (lb) 0.01 (0.01) Wiring Diagrams Forms Y1851 and Y1853 Red 3 4 Orange White 1 2 Black Green Forms Y1852 and Y1854 Forms Y1855 and Y1857 Forms Y1856 and Y1858 Orange 4 8 Brown White 3 4 Black Yellow 4 8 Black Red 3 7 Yellow Orange 1 2 Red Brown 3 7 White Black 2 6 Blue Red 2 6 Blue White 1 5 Pink Orange 1 5 Pink Green Limit Switches Green Green 563 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Factory Modifications (Forms) Special features and modifications (continued) Special features do not apply to 9007CR unless noted. Not field installable, except where noted. Optional shafts Suffix to add to the Description device catalog number Optional shaft, 7.8 mm (0.306 in.) diameter: Y247 To accommodate lever arms from the obsolete R.B.Denison® C limit switches. Available on all 9007C, CF, or CR limit switches Optional shaft, 7.1 mm (0.28 in.) diameter: Y249 Available on all 9007C, CF, or CR limit switches Switch with adapter plate Suffix to add to the device catalog Description number Switch with adapter plate permitting substitution of any 9007C switch with standard Y147 body for any type T switch with style B base plate Weight kg (lb) 0.57 (1.25) 0.57 (1.25) Weight kg (lb) — Direct acting contacts / Positive opening contacts Y1561 One pole, normally closed, slow make-slow break, direct acting contact mechanism substituted for standard snap switch on 9007C52, C54 and CR53 devices. This mechanism was designed for use in emergency overtravel applications. The movable contact of this basic switch unit is acted upon directly by the actuating mechanism of the limit switch and is not dependent upon the force exerted by a snap switch blade or spring to open the circuit. Because these contacts are slow make-slow break, they are best suited for applications where they are not actuated during normal operation, but only if abnormal overtravel is encountered. Electrical contact ratings AC—NEMA A600 DC maximum current maximum current—35% power factor Continuous Continuous Make Break Make or break carrying carrying Volts A VA A VA A Volts A VA A 120 60 7200 6 720 10 125 1.1/0.55 (1) 240 30 7200 3 720 10 — — 480 15 7200 1.5 720 10 250 0.27 600 12 7200 1.2 720 10 600 0.10 1. 9007C52 compact unit ratings at 125 Vdc—same ratings as 9007C54 and 9007CR53 at other voltages. 138/69 (1) — 67.5 60 Limit Switches Description Suffix to add to the device catalog number Direct acting contact/positive opening contact block (slow break single pole only) Y1561 5/2.5 (1) — 2.5 2.5 Weight kg (lb) 0.566 (1.25) 564 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Accessories Accessories Hub only Description Catalog number Hub can be field installed on any 9007C lever type switch, increasing the shaft diameter from 0.375–0.749 in. (9.53–19 mm), to accept levers 9007S9 normally used with 9007T/FT switches. Dust boot only Description Catalog number Dust boot can be field installed on any 9007C and CR lever type switch Conduit seal insert (field instable) 9007BT3 Description Catalog number Conduit seal fits in conduit entrance and excludes liquids 5 hole seal 9 hole seal Plug and cable assemblies 31032-488-01 31032-815-01 Description Catalog number 5-pin mini connecting cables (to fit certain switches with Form Y190••) Plug and 3 ft (0.91 m) cable Plug and 6 ft (1.83 m) cable Plug and 12 ft (3.66 m) cable BH2053 BH2056 BH20512 Weight kg (lb) 0.02 (0.04) Weight kg (lb) 0.01 (0.01) Weight kg (lb) 0.01 (0.02) 0.01 (0.02) Weight kg (lb) — — — Note: Other cables available. See the “Cabling” section beginning on page 625. Adapter—Field installable Catalog number Adapter plate kit only Plate plus mounting screws for substitution of any 9007C switch with standard box for any 9007T switch with style B base plate Adapter plate for direct substitution of any 9007C plunger switches for 9007B plug-in plunger switches—use only if there is a problem in lining up cam tracks Standard body type Compact body type Adapter plate kit permitting direct substitution of any 9007C lever arm switch with standard box for any 9007AW lever arm switch 20 mm conduit connection adapter male 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT on one end, female 0.787 in. (20 mm) on other end 1. 2. Weight kg (lb) 9007BT1 0.23 (0.50) 9007CT10 (1) 9007CT13 (2) 0.13 (0.28) 0.01 (0.20) 9007CT11 0.23 (0.50) 9007CT12 0.01 (0.20) Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.94 x 1.54 in. (5.6 x 75 x 39 mm) Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.07 x 1.54 in. (5.6 x 53 x 39 mm) Limit Switches Description 565 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Dimensions—Standard Body Side Plunger 9007C••F 9007C••G 2.63 67 1.88 48 0.58 15 1.24 31 0.12 3 4.02 102 (2) 4.02 102 (2) (3) 3.12 79 1.44 37 1.68 43 0.58 15 0.19 (4) 5 0.78 0.50 13 20 0.75 19 0.75 19 (1) 2.35 60 Ø 0.37 9 4.02 102 (2) (3) 0.78 20 1.24 31 (1) 2.35 60 (2) 4.02 102 (3) (3) 1.17 30 1.55 39 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.64 16 1.79 45 1.17 30 1.55 39 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Adjustable. Top Plunger 9007C••D 9007C••E 0.58 15 Ø 0.63 16 0.12 3 0.78 20 Limit Switches 4.66 119 (2) (3) 1.17 30 1.55 39 Dual dimensions: (4) 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.58 15 0.19 5 0.78 20 0.50 13 0.78 20 2.25 57 1.72 44 (1) 2.35 60 9007C••ED 0.58 15 Ø 0.36 9 2.19 56 1.88 48 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.24 31 0.75 19 2.35 60 9007C••H 2.71 Min. 69 1.96 Min. 50 0.58 15 0.78 20 (1) (1) Dual dimensions: Ø 0.37 9 1.24 31 0.75 19 2.35 60 1. 2. 3. 4. 2.16 55 1.41 36 0.58 15 0.78 20 Ø 0.63 16 9007C••GD 4.50 115 (1) 2.35 60 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 (3) 0.64 16 1.79 45 5.22 133 (1) 2.35 60 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 (3) 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Adjustable. 566 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Dimensions—Standard Body Rotary 9007C•••• A, B, C, N, T5, T10 2.50 64 1.72 44 0.58 15 0.75 19 1.24 31 (1) (2) 2.35 60 Dual dimensions: Ø 0.44 11 4.02 102 (3) Wobble stick 9007C••JKC 9007C••J 0.58 15 0.78 20 Ø 0.25 6 0.58 15 4.94 126 (1) 3.00 76 8.28 211 (1) (3) 2.35 60 0.64 16 1.79 45 (2) 0.64 16 1.79 45 1.17 30 1.55 39 9007C••K (3) 9007C••KC 0.58 15 0.78 20 9007C••L 5.36 136 3.30 84 6.29 160 8.14 207 16.08 409 2.35 60 (2) (2) (3) 1.17 30 1.55 39 Dual dimensions: 9.07 231 2.28 58 (1) (1) 2.35 60 Ø 0.07 2 0.38 10 13.30 338 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.78 20 0.58 15 Ø 0.08 2 Limit Switches (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 1. 2. 3. 0.78 20 Ø 0.25 6 5.50 140 1.80 46 2.35 60 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. 0.64 16 1.79 45 1.17 30 1.55 39 2.16 55 1. 2. 3. in. mm 0.64 16 1.79 45 1.17 30 1.55 39 (1) (3) 0.64 16 1.79 45 2.35 60 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 (3) 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. 567 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Dimensions—Compact Body Side Plunger 9007C52F 9007C52G 2.63 67 1.88 48 0.58 15 1.24 31 0.78 20 Ø 0.63 16 0.12 3 3.14 (3) 80 1.47 37 Dual dimensions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 3.14 (3) 80 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.19 (4) 5 0.50 13 0.75 19 1.47 37 (1) 0.64 16 1.79 45 3.12 79 1.44 37 1.68 43 0.58 15 0.78 20 3.14 (3) 80 0.75 19 1.47 37 1.24 31 3.14 80 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.78 20 (3) (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 Ø 0.37 9 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.20/5 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Adjustable. Top Plunger 9007C52D 9007C52E 0.58 15 Ø 0.63 16 0.12 3 0.78 20 3.78 97 1.47 37 Limit Switches 1.17 30 1.55 39 1.47 37 Dual dimensions: 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.50 13 0.78 20 2.25 57 (3) (1) (2) 0.58 15 0.19 (4) 5 0.78 20 1.72 44 (3) (1) 9007C52ED 0.58 15 Ø 0.36 9 2.19 56 1.88 48 1. 2. 3. 4. 1.24 31 1.47 37 0.64 16 1.79 45 9007C52H 2.71 Min. 69 1.96 Min. 50 0.58 15 0.78 20 0.75 19 (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 Ø 0.36 9 1.24 31 0.75 19 (1) 9007C52GD 2.16 55 1.41 36 0.58 15 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 3.62 93 4.15 105 1.47 37 (3) (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.20/5 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Adjustable. 568 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Dimensions—Compact Body Rotary 9007C52•• A, B, C, N, T5, T10 2.50 64 1.72 44 0.58 15 0.75 19 1.24 31 Ø 0.44 11 1.47 37 (3) 3.14 80 Dual dimensions: (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 Wobble stick 9007C52JKC 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. 9007C52J 0.25 6 5.50 140 1.80 46 4.06 104 1.47 37 7.40 189 3.00 76 (3) 1.47 37 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 (3) (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 9007C52K 0.64 16 1.79 45 9007C52KC 0.58 15 0.78 20 9007C52L 0.08 2 0.07 2 0.38 10 5.36 136 1.47 37 (3) (1) (2) Dual dimensions: 0.64 16 1.79 45 8.19 209 2.28 58 1.47 37 (3) (1) 1.17 30 1.55 39 6.29 160 7.26 184 15.2 386 3.30 84 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.78 20 0.58 15 13.30 338 Limit Switches (1) 1. 2. 3. 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.78 20 0.25 6 0.58 15 2.16 55 1. 2. 3. in. mm 1.47 37 (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 (3) (1) (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. 569 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Adaptable Sub-Assemblies 9007 H 9007 R + mushroom button 9007 G 9007 K 9007 L 9007 GD Limit Switches 9007 E 9007 ED 9007 D 9007 F 9007 J 9007 JKC 9007 KC 9007 CT52 9007 CT54 9007 CT62 9007 CO54 9007 CO62 9007 CO52 570 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Adaptable Sub-Assemblies 9007 HA1 9007 FA1 9007 AA1 9007 EA1 9007 LA4 9007 FA6 9007 KB11 9007 LA19 Limit Switches 9007 MA11 9007 CA11 9007 A, B, C, N, T5, T10 9007 BA3 9007 KA11 9007 HA21 9007 RA11 9007 HA23 571 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Adaptable Sub-Assemblies Body with contacts for plunger or rotary heads Plug-in Unit (Top) with contacts DF563880 Type Type of contact Function diagram Single pole Two pole For standard plug-in body type Two stage 9007CO54 DF563881 Neutral position 3 4 1 2 For compact plug-in body type Single pole 9007CO54 4 3 8 7 2 6 1 5 4 3 8 7 2 6 1 5 4 3 8 7 2 6 1 Catalog number 9007CO62 9007CO66 9007CO68 Weight kg (lb) 0.19 (0.42) 0.20 (0.44) 0.23 (0.50) 0.20 (0.45) 5 3 4 1 2 9007CO52 0.18 (0.40) Plug-in Receptacle (Base) with screw terminals (1) Type 9007CO62 Type of contact Function diagram DF563882 Single pole Two pole For standard plug-in body type Neutral position Two stage DF563883 Limit Switches 9007CT54 For compact plug-in body type 9007CT62 1. 2. 3 4 1 2 8 7 2 6 1 5 4 3 8 7 2 6 1 5 4 3 8 7 2 6 1 5 3 4 or N/C (2) 1 2 3 4 1 2 Single pole 9007CT54 4 3 Reed switches, either N/O Catalog number 9007CT62 9007CT62 9007CT62 9007CT54 9007CT52 Weight kg (lb) 0.22 (0.48) 0.22 (0.48) 0.22 (0.48) 0.22 (0.48) 0.22 (0.48) 0.15 (0.34) Acceptable wire sizes: 12-22 AWG (2.05 mm2-0.644mm2). Recommended terminal clamp torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m). Reed switches: plug-in switches less heads are not available as separate units. Order complete plug-in unit with a head. Example: 9007C084B2. Dimensions: page 580 572 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Adaptable Sub-Assemblies Heads for linear, rotary and multi-directional movements 9007GD DF563886 DF564138 9007F 9007H DF563888 DF563887 9007D 9007ED 9007R + mushroom button Catalog number Side roller plunger, spring return, vertical roller (1) Side push rod plunger, spring return Side push rod plunger, adjustable spring return Side push rod plunger, maintained contact Top plunger heads 9007F 0.16 (0.36) 9007G 0.15 (0.34) 9007GD 0.16 (0.36) 9007H 0.16 (0.36) Type of operator Catalog number Top roller plunger, spring return Top push rod plunger, spring return Top push rod plunger, adjustable spring return Palm operated turret head without mushroom button Mushroom button see Accessories (below) Rotary heads (without lever arm type) Type of Type of operator direction CW & CCW Standard pre-travel spring return CW & CCW Low differential spring return Neutral position CW & CCW Standard pre-travel spring return Neutral position CW & CCW Low differential spring return CW & CCW Extra light operating torque spring return 9007D 0.12 (0.26) 9007E 0.11 (0.24) 9007ED 0.12 (0.27) 9007R 0.13 (0.28) CW (trip) CCW (reset) DF563889 DF564139 Maintained contact Weight kg (lb) 9007B 0.19 (0.41) 9007A 0.19 (0.41) 9007T10 0.16 (0.36) 9007T5 0.16 (0.36) 9007N 0.18 (0.40) 9007C 0.19 (0.41) 9007JKC Weight kg (lb) Type of operator Catalog number Universal (2) 9007JKC 0.19 (0.41) Wobble stick, Delrin® extension (2) Wobble stick, wire extension (2) Wobble stick, coil spring extension (2) Cat whisker 9007J 0.20 (0.43) 9007K 0.26 (0.57) 9007KC 0.22 (0.48) 9007L 0.17 (0.37) Accessories Diameter in. (mm) Description 1.38 (35) Mushroom button for palm operated turret head 2.25 (57.2) 9007J Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Multi-directional head DF563891 DF563890 9007C Weight kg (lb) Type of operator 9007L Description (2) Catalog number Black Red Green Yellow Black Red Green Yellow 2358C6G3 2358C6G2 2358C6G6 2358C6G8 — 2358C22G3 2358C22G6 2358C22G8 Type of extension Catalog number Delrin® extension 9007WJ 9007WK 9007WKC Wobble stick extensions for Wire extension the universal head 1. 2. Color Coil spring extension Field convertible to horizontal. Acceptable wire sizes: 12-22 AWG (2.05 mm2-0.644mm2). Recommended terminal clamp torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m). Weight kg (lb) 0.03 (0.06) 0.03 (0.06) 0.03 (0.06) 0.03 (0.06) — 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.10) Limit Switches DF563884 DF563885 Side plunger heads Weight kg (lb) 0.01 (0.03) 0.01 (0.02) 0.02 (0.04) Dimensions: page 580 573 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads Cast zinc lever arms with standard roller DF563135 Lever arms with steel roller (1) c a b Arm Length (a) in. (mm) Steel roller Diameter (b) in. (mm) 0.88 (22) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 1.38 (35) 0.63 (16) a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width 0.75 (19) 1.5 (38) 0.63 (16) DF563899 0.75 (19) 2 (51) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 2.5 (63.5) 0.63 (16) 9007AA1 0.75 (19) DF563900 3 (76) 0.63 (16) Weight kg (lb) Width (c) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007AA1 9007AA2 9007BA11 9007BA12 9007BA1 9007BA2 9007MA11 9007MA12 9007MA1 9007MA2 9007CA11 9007CA12 9007CA1 9007CA2 9007DA11 0.02 (0.05) 0.03 (0.07) 0.03 (0.07) 0.05 (0.10) 0.03 (0.07) 0.04 (0.08) 0.03 (0.07) 0.05 (0.11) 0.03 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.04 (0.08) 0.05 (0.12) 0.04 (0.08) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.10) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 9007DA12 9007DA1 9007DA2 9007EA11 9007EA12 9007EA1 9007EA2 0.06 (0.13) 0.04 (0.08) 0.05 (0.11) 0.05 (0.10) 0.06 (0.14) 0.04 (0.09) 0.06 (0.14) Width (c) in. (mm) Catalog number Lever arms with nylon roller Arm Length (a) in. (mm) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 1.38 (35) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 1.5 (38) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 2 (51) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 2.5 (63.5) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 3 (76) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 1. Material is hardened, oil-impregnated, sintered iron. 0.88 (22) Limit Switches DF531684 9007MA11 DF531698 9007EA1 Nylon roller Diameter (b) in. (mm) 0.63 (16) 9007AA8 9007AA17 9007BA18 9007BA8 9007BA17 9007BA4 9007BA13 9007MA18 9007MA8 9007MA17 9007MA4 9007MA13 9007CA18 9007CA8 9007CA17 9007CA4 9007CA13 9007DA18 9007DA8 9007DA17 9007DA4 9007DA13 9007EA18 9007EA8 9007EA17 9007EA4 9007EA13 Weight kg (lb) 0.02 (0.05) 0.03 (0.07) 0.03 (0.07) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.11) 0.03 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.03 (0.06) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.10) 0.05 (0.12) 0.05 (0.10) 0.03 (0.06) 0.03 (0.07) 0.05 (0.12) 0.06 (0.14) 0.03 (0.07) 0.06 (0.13) 0.06 (0.13) 0.06 (0.14) 0.07 (0.15) 0.04 (0.08) 0.06 (0.14) 0.07 (0.16) 0.07 (0.15) 0.08 (0.17) 9007CA11 Dimensions: page 581 574 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads Cast zinc lever arms (continued) a DF563135 Lever arms with ball bearing roller c b a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width Arm Length (a) in. (mm) 0.88 (22) 1.38 (35) 1.5 (38) 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) Ball bearing roller Diameter (b) Width (c) in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007AA9 0.04 (0.09) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007BA9 0.04 (0.09) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007MA9 0.04 (0.09) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA9 0.04 (0.09) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA9 0.04 (0.09) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA9 0.04 (0.09) Weight kg (lb) Lever arms with roller on opposite side to standard Lever arm Length (a) in. (mm) 0.88 (22) 1.38 (35) 1.5 (38) 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) Roller on opposite side Diameter (b) Width (c) in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 9007AA5 9007AA6 9007BA15 9007BA5 9007BA6 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 9007MA15 9007MA5 9007MA6 9007CA15 9007CA5 9007CA6 9007DA15 9007DA5 9007DA6 9007EA15 9007EA5 9007EA6 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) 0.04 (0.09) Weight kg (lb) Arm Length (a) in. (mm) 1.5 (38) 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) Roller (countersunk roller pin) Diameter (b) Width (c) in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007MA31 0.03 (0.07) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA31 0.04 (0.08) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA31 0.04 (0.09) Weight kg (lb) Lever arms with cable operated with eyebolt (I.D.) instead of roller Arm Length in. (mm) 1.5 (38) Cable Length in. (mm) Catalog number 0.38 (9.6) 9007MA22 Weight kg (lb) Limit Switches Lever arms with roller countersunk roller pin 0.05 (0.10) Dimensions: page 581 575 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads DF563135 Flat steel lever arms with standard roller (1) c a b Arm Length (a) in. (mm) Lever arms with steel roller 0.88 (22) 1.38 (35) 2 (51) a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) Lever arms with nylon roller 1.38 (35) 1.5 (38) 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) Lever arms without roller 0.88 (22) 1.38 (35) 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) 1. Roller Diameter (b) in. (mm) Width (c) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.63 (16) 9007AA1S 9007AA2S 9007BA1S 9007BA2S 9007CA1S 9007CA2S 9007DA1S 9007DA2S 0.01 (0.03) 0.01 (0.03) 0.01 (0.03) 0.01 (0.03) 0.03 (0.07) 0.04 (0.08) 0.04 (0.08) 0.04 (0.08) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA1S 0.04 (0.08) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 9007EA2S 0.04 (0.08) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 9007BA4S 0.01 (0.03) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007MA18S 0.01 (0.03) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA4S 0.03 (0.07) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA4S 0.04 (0.08) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA4S 0.04 (0.08) — — 9007AA0S — — 9007BA0S 0.01 (0.02) — — 9007CA0S 0.03 (0.06) — — 9007DA0S 0.03 (0.07) 9007EA0S 0.03 (0.07) Weight kg (lb) Material is hardened, oil-impregnated, sintered iron. 90° Forked cast zinc lever arms Limit Switches DF531692 Arm Roller Length (a) position in. (mm) Lever arms with steel roller Rollers on same side 1.5 (38) R.H. Roller on opposite side L.H. Roller on opposite side 9007LA4 Roller Diameter (b) in. (mm) Width (c) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 9007LA4 9007LA1 9007LA5 9007LA2 9007LA6 9007LA3 0.05 (0.12) 0.07 (0.15) 0.05 (0.12) 0.07 (0.15) 0.05 (0.12) 0.07 (0.15) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 0.25 (6.3) 1 (25.4) 9007LA16 9007LA10 9007LA17 9007LA11 9007LA18 9007LA12 0.04 (0.09) 0.06 (0.14) 0.04 (0.09) 0.06 (0.14) 0.04 (0.09) 0.06 (0.14) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007LA7 0.11 (0.25) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007LA8 0.11 (0.25) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007LA9 0.11 (0.25) Weight kg (lb) Lever arms with nylon rollers 1.5 (38) Rollers on same side 0.75 (19) R.H. Roller on opposite side 0.75 (19) L.H. Roller on opposite side 0.75 (19) Lever arms with ball bearing rollers 1.5 (38) Rollers on same side R.H. Roller on opposite side L.H. Roller on opposite side Dimensions: page 581 576 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads DF563135 One-way lever arm c b Arm Steel roller Length (a) in. (mm) Diameter (b) in. (mm) Width (c) in. (mm) Catalog number 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007RA11 0.05 (0.12) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007RA18 0.05 (0.12) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007RA9 0.05 (0.12) — — 9007FA2 0.05 (0.12) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Lever arm with standard roller a 1.5 (38) Lever arm with nylon roller 1.5 (38) Lever arm with ball bearing roller a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width 1.5 (38) Lever arm with rod type DF531694 5 (127) One-way cast zinc roller lever arm Arm Roller Length (a) in. (mm) Diameter (b) in. (mm) Width (c) in. (mm) 1.38 (35) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007BA3 0.07 (0.15) 1.5 (38) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007MA3 0.10 (0.23) 0.12 (0.27) Weight kg (lb) Cast arm with steel roller DF531683 9007RA11 2 (51) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA3 2.5 (63.5) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA3 0.12 (0.27) 3 (76) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA3 0.13 (0.29) 1.38 (35) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007BA3S 0.07 (0.15) 2 (51) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA3S 0.10 (0.23) Flat steel arm with steel roller 9007BA3 2.5 (63.5) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA3S 0.12 (0.27) 3 (76) 1.25 (32) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA3S 0.13 (0.29) Width in. (mm) Catalog number 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KA1 0.04 (0.08) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 9007KA2 0.04 (0.08) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KA11 0.04 (0.09) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 9007KA12 0.05 (0.12) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KB11 0.04 (0.10) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KB15 0.04 (0.10) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KA9 0.04 (0.10) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 9007KA18 0.04 (0.10) 0.75 (19) 1 (25.4) 9007KA21 0.04 (0.10) Offset lever arm Roller Length in. (mm) Offset Diameter in. (mm) Weight kg (lb) DF531690 Offset cast zinc arm with steel roller DF531691 2 (51) 1.5 (38) 0.44 (11) 0.88 (22) Limit Switches Offset type cast zinc lever arm Offset cast zinc arm with ball bearing roller 2 (51) 0.44 (11) 0.69 (17.5) Offset cast zinc arm with nylon roller 9007KA11 9007KB11 2 (51) 0.44 (11) Dimensions: page 581 577 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal DF563136 Lever Arms for Rotary Heads b d Adjustable length lever arm c Lever arm Roller Dimensions length (a) in. (mm) Diameter (b) Width (c) in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) f a Adjustable length arm with steel roller a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width d, e, f: see page 581 Non-bendable, adjustable from 0.63 (16) 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA1 0.05 (0.12) 0.63 (16) 9007HA2 0.07 (0.14) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA5 0.06 (0.14) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 9007HA6 0.04 (0.18) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA4 0.05 (0.12) 1 (25.4) 0.63 (16) 9007HA22 0.06 (0.13) 0.63 (16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA8 0.06 (0.14) 1.0 (16) 0.63 (16) 9007HA23 0.07 (0.16) 2 (51) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA26 0.08 (0.17) Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) Adjustable length arm with nylon roller Non-bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) DF531688 DF531689 DF531687 e Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) Adjustable length arm with ball bearing roller Non-bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA24 0.06 (0.13) Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) 0.69 (17.5) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA25 0.07 (0.16) 0.25 (6.3) 9007HA20 0.07 (0.16) 0.5 (12.7) 9007HA21 0.10 (0.22) Non-bendable, adjustable from — 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) — 9007HA0 0.15 (0.33) Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) — 9007HA9 0.11 (0.25) Adjustable length arm with ball Delrin® roller 9007HA23 DF531687 Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) 1.63 (41) Adjustable length arm with rubber tire roller Bendable, adjustable from 0.88 (22) to 4 (101) DF531687 9007HA1 9007HA21 2.13 (54) Adjustable length arm without roller Limit Switches — Rod type lever arm Description Length Catalog number in. (mm) Weight kg ( lb) Rod 9007FA1 9007FA6 Stainless steel rod 10 (254) 9007FA1 0.07 (0.15) Spring rod, steel 12 (304) 9007FA3 0.07 (0.15) Spring rod, Delrin 12 (304) 9007FA5 0.07 (0.15) Looped Delrin rod arm — 9007FA6 0.05 (0.11) 2.5 (63.5) 9007LA19 0.06 (0.13) DF531697 ® 90° forked rod Spring rods, steel 9007LA19 Dimensions: page 581 578 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads 360° angular adjustable lever arm 360° angular adjustable lever arm Length (a) Roller (1) in. (mm) position Lever arms with steel roller d c b e 0.88 (22) a 1.38 (35) 1.5 (38) f a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width d, e: see page 581 2 (51) 2.5 (63.5) 3 (76) Roller Diameter (b) Width (c) in. (mm) in. (mm) Catalog number Weight kg (lb) Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 9007AA1M 9007AA5M 9007AA11M 9007BA1M 9007BA5M 9007BA11M 9007MA1M 9007MA5M 9007MA11M 9007CA1M 9007CA5M 9007CA11M 9007DA1M 9007DA5M 9007DA11M 0.09 (0.20) 0.09 (0.20) 0.09 (0.20) 0.09 (0.22) 0.10 (0.22) 0.10 (0.22) 0.11 (0.24) 0.11 (0.24) 0.11 (0.24) 0.11 (0.24) 0.11 (0.24) 0.11 (0.25) 0.11 (0.25) 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.27) Roller outside Roller inside Roller outside 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA1M 9007EA5M 9007EA11M 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.27) 0.13 (0.29) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.63 (16) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 9007AA8M 9007AA18M 9007BA8M 9007BA18M 9007MA8M 9007MA18M 9007CA8M 9007CA18M 9007DA8M 9007DA18M 9007EA8M 9007EA18M 0.09 (0.20) 0.09 (0.20) 0.11 (0.25) 0.11 (0.25) 0.10 (0.23) 0.11 (0.25) 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.27) 0.12 (0.26) 0.12 (0.27) 0.25 (6.3) 9007AA9M 0.10 (0.23) 0.25 (6.3) 9007BA9M 0.11 (0.24) 0.25 (6.3) 9007MA9M 0.19 (0.26) 0.25 (6.3) 9007CA9M 0.19 (0.26) 0.25 (6.3) 9007DA9M 0.12 (0.27) 0.25 (6.3) 9007EA9M 0.13 (0.28) 0.88 (22) Roller outside 1.38 (35) Roller outside 1.5 (38) Roller outside 2 (51) Roller outside 2.5 (63.5) Roller outside 3 (76) Roller outside Lever arms with ball bearing roller Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 0.88 (22) Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 1.38 (35) Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 1.5 (38) Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 2 (51) Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 2.5 (63.5) Roller outside 0.69 (17.5) 3 (76) 1. Limit Switches Lever arms with nylon roller Roller can be changed in the field from roller outside to roller inside position or vice versa. Dimensions: page 581 579 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Bodies and Heads, Dimensions Body Standard Compact 0.78 20 0.58 15 2.35 60 Dual dimensions: (2) (3) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.36 9 (1) 1. 2. 3. 0.64 16 1.79 45 0.36 9 in. mm 1.47 37 2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Dual dimensions: (3) (1) 1. 2. (2) 1.17 30 1.55 39 0.64 16 1.79 45 3. in. mm 2 x 0.20/5 HLS. 2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.20/5 DP. 1/2 14 NPT. Side plunger heads 9007F 9007G 2.63 67 1.88 48 0.58 15 1.24 31 Ø 0.63 16 0.78 20 0.12 3 0.88 22 0.75 19 9007GD 2.16 55 1.41 36 0.58 15 1.24 31 Ø 0.36 9 0.78 20 0.88 22 0.75 19 9007H 2.71 Min. 69 1.96 Min. 50 0.58 15 1.24 31 3.12 79 1.44 37 1.68 43 0.58 15 0.19 (1) 5 0.78 0.5 13 20 0.88 22 0.75 19 Ø 0.37 9 0.78 20 0.88 22 0.75 1.24 31 19 Top plunger heads 9007D 9007E 0.58 15 Ø 0.63 16 0.12 3 0.58 15 Ø 0.36 9 1.83 46 2.19 56 1.88 48 0.78 20 9007ED (1) 0.19 5 0.78 20 1.36 35 1.72 44 0.50 13 0.78 20 1.89 48 2.25 57 1.55 39 1.55 39 0.58 15 Limit Switches Multi-directional heads 9007C 9007JKC 9007J 9007KC 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.58 15 0.75 19 1.24 31 0.58 15 0.88 22 2.16 55 Adjustable 1.55 39 Rotary heads 2.50 64 1.72 44 1. Ø 0.25 6 0.78 20 1.80 46 1.80 46 0.38 10 5.14 131 5.50 140 0.78 20 0.58 15 Ø 0.25 6 5.36 136 5.00 127 3.00 76 Ø 0.44 11 1.55 39 1.55 39 1.55 39 1.55 39 Multi-directional heads (continued) 9007K 9007L 0.58 15 Ø 0.08 2 13.30 338 3.30 84 0.78 20 0.58 15 0.78 20 Ø 0.07 2 12.94 329 6.29 160 5.93 151 2.28 58 1.55 39 1.55 39 Catalog numbers: pages 572 and 573 580 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Plug-in Body, Metal Lever Arms for Rotary Heads, Dimensions Lever arms 9007AA••, BA••, CA••, DA••, EA••, FA••, KA••, LA••, MA••, RA•• b c a a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width a, b, c: pages 574 to 577 0.16 3.96 Adjustable length lever arms 9007HA• and 9007HA••• b c e a a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width d = 0.38/10 e= 4.38/111 a, b, c: page 578 0.34 86 d 360° angular adjustable lever arms 9007AA••M, 9007BA••M, 9007CA••M, 9007DA••M, 9007EA••M, 9007MA••M d c e 0.69 17.5 a a: Length of lever arm b: Roller diameter c: Roller width d = 0.84/21 e = 0.38/10 f = 1.05/27 0.88 22 f Rod type lever arms 9007FA1 Limit Switches b a, b, c: page 579 9007FA6 9007LA19 2.06 52 9.97 (max) 253 10.72 272 4.31 109 90˚ Ø 0.13 3.3 5.5 12.7 0.13 3.3 Ø 0.75 19 0.16 4 0.41 10 1.19 30 0.41 10 0.80 20 0.41 10 1.00 25 1.19 30 0.41 10 0.80 20 2.56 65 0.66 17 78 0. .8 19 1.00 25 45˚ 0.52 13 5 2. 3.5 6 0.67 17 0.41 10 1.00 25 0.39 9.9 0.72 18 Catalog numbers: pages 574 to 579 581 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Hazardous Non-Plug-in Body Type (1) With head for linear movement side plunger 1. Factory modifications: see pages 560 to 564. top plunger Page 584 Page 585 With head for rotary movement (lever) With head for multi-directional movement Page 586 Page 587 b Application Information—Hazardous Locations Classification of hazardous locations Hazardous locations are those areas that may have flammable gases or combustible dusts present in quantities sufficient to produce an explosive or ignitable mixture. These gases, dusts, may always be present or may only be present in abnormal situations. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes these areas in Articles 500 through 503 and divides them into three types of categories: Class, Group, Division. Limit Switches • Classes The Classes (I, II, III) differentiate between the type of hazardous materials: I is for gases, II is for dusts, and III is for fibers. • Groups The Groups (A, B, C, D, E, F, and G) further subdivide each class according to the relative explosive force of the materials. Group A atmosphere is acetylene which has a higher explosive force than Group B (which may contain hydrogen, for example); and Group B has a higher explosive force than Group D, etc. • Divisions The Divisions (1 and 2) refer to the presence of these hazardous gases and dusts. Division 1 areas can have these gases or dusts present at all times under normal operating conditions in an ignitable concentration. Division 2 areas only have ignitable concentrations of dusts or gases present during abnormal conditions, such as machine failures or container breakage. The table below summarizes the classifications described above. Summary of Classification Chart Class Division 1. Hazard May Exist May Exist In Atmosphere Under Normal Operating Conditions I. Gas 2. Potential Hazard A. May be present in atmosphere only under abnormal circumstances. 1. Hazard May Exist II. Dust May Exist In Atmosphere Under Normal Operating Conditions 2. Potential Hazard III. Fibers A. May be present in atmosphere only under abnormal circumstances. 1. Production Areas 2. Handling and Storage Areas Group A. Acetylene B. Manufactured Gases Containing Hydrogen C. Petrochemicals (e.g. ethylene) D. Petrochemicals (e.g. alcohol) A. Acetylene B. Manufactured Gases Containing Hydrogen C. Petrochemicals (e.g. ethylene) D. Petrochemicals (e.g. alcohol) E. Conductive and Combustible Dust (Resistivity y105 ohms/cm) F. Carbonaceous Dusts (Resistivity >102 ohm/cm but < 108ohm/cm) G. Non-Conductive Combustible Dust (Resistivity > = 105 ohms/cm) G. Non-Conductive Combustible Dust (Resistivity > = 105 ohms/cm) Easily Ignitable Fibers Easily Ignitable Fibers 582 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment Ambient air temperature (Lever/rotary head) Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Cable entry or connector Materials Products Machine assemblies NEMA 250, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, UL 508, C22-2-14-95, CE conformity documentation IEC 60204-1 UL, CSA, CE Epoxy powder coat Operation Storage Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 -20…+185 °F (-29…+85 °C), wider range available -20…+185 °F (-29…+85 °C), wider range available 25 gn (10…150 Hz, 11 ms) (C86F switch good for 18.5g only) 60 gn (9 ms) Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27 40 gn (9 ms) for reed switch Class 0 Conforming to IEC 61140 IP 67 Conforming to IEC 60529 1/2-14 NPT, M20 X 1.5, ISO cable entry, 5-pin mini connector, 4-pin micro connector Depending on model Bodies in aluminum, heads in Zamak® zinc alloy, levers and rods in zinc, steel, stainless steel, Delrin® resin. Bodies, heads, levers Contact block characteristics Rated operational characteristics hard contacts -DC Voltage 9007CR53 (single pole) 9007CR61 (two pole) 9007CR65 (two pole two stage) 9007CR67 (two pole neutral) 9007CR53 (single pole) 9007CR61 (two pole) 9007CR65 (two pole two stage) 9007CR67 (two pole neutral) Rated insulation voltage Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage Positive Opening Special Y1561 Short Circuit Protection Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Maximum Actuation Speed Electrical Durability NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1.2 A); Ithe = 10 A NEMA Q600 (Ue = 600 V. Ie = 0.1 A); Ithe = 2.5 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V. Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V. Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V. Ie = 0.11 A); Ithe = 1.0 A 600 V 2,500 Vac for 1 minute for CE; 2,200 Vac for 1 minute for UL; and 2,640 Vac for 1 s for CSA Special Y1561 (one pole slow break only) 10 A Bussmann Class CC KTK-R-10 fuse non-time-delay 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 50 fpm / 90 fpm (15.2 m/min / 27.4 m/min) with 45 degree cam angle, levers only 1 million operating cycles Types of contact elements IEC 60947-5-1 Form A Symbol Description Single break NEMA Form A Symbol JIS Description — Form 3 X B Single break B — 2 Symbol Description — Double break — Limit Switches Rated operational characteristics hard contacts -AC Voltage Double break Y C — C Za Same polarity Z Zb Electrically separate — “Same polarity” only 1 Single break Double break 583 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Type of head Side Plunger (mounting by the body) Hazardous location non-plug-in body type Type of operator Side roller plunger Side push rod plunger spring return vertical roller spring return (1) Side push rod plunger adjustable (2) spring return Side push rod plunger maintained contact 9007CR53F 9007CR53GD 9007CR53H Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 2 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 7 2 6 1 5 6.3 mm 0 0 Weight, kg (lb) 0 0.8 0 6.3 mm 0.8 0.8 1.020 (2.25) 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 0.8 6.3 mm 0.8 0.8 6.3 mm 9007CR61H 2 3.6 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 0.8 6.3 mm 0 6.3 mm 9007CR65GD 2 2.5 6.3 mm 6.3 mm 9007CR61GD 9007CR65G 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.8 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 2 2.5 0 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007CR65F 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.8 2 2 3.6 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007CR61G 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 8 3 0.8 9007CR61F 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 4 9007CR53G 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 2.5 6.3 mm 1.020 (2.25) 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 0.8 0.8 1.020 (2.25) 6.3 mm 1.020 (2.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation On end Limit Switches Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 3.6 mm (0.14 in.) 2 mm (0.08 in.) 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 0.8 mm (0.03 in.) — 4 lb (17.8 N) 7 lb (31.1 N) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type. To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Dimensions: pages 588 and 589 584 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Type of head Top Plunger (mounting by the body) Hazardous location non-plug-in body type Type of operator Top roller plunger spring return Top push rod plunger spring return Top push rod plunger adjustable (1) spring return Palm operated (2) 9007CR53D 9007CR53E 9007CR53ED 9007CR53R (2) Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 7 2 6 1 5 6.3 mm 0 2 0 Weight, kg (lb) 6.3 mm 0.8 0 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 6.3 mm 0.8 0.8 0.8 6.3 mm 1.020 (2.25) 0.8 0.8 0 6.3 mm 1.020 (2.25) 6.3 mm 2 0.8 6.3 mm 0 0 0.8 0.8 1.020 (2.25) 6.3 mm 0.8 9007CR65R (2) 2 2.5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.5 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007CR65ED 2 2.5 0 0 9007CR61R (2) 2 9007CR65E 6.3 mm 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.5 9007CR61ED 2 2 2.5 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0.5 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007CR65D 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007CR61E 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 8 3 0.5 9007CR61D 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 4 2 2 2.5 6.3 mm 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 0.8 0.8 6.3 mm 1.020 (2.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation Limit Switches On end Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two Stage 2 mm (0.08 in.) First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Minimum force or torque 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 2. 2 mm (0.08 in.) 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) 6.3 mm (0.25 in.) 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) — 3 lb (13.3 N) 7 lb (31.1 N) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.03 mm (0.001 in.) 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut. Does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately see page 573. Dimensions: pages 588 and 589 585 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Type of head Rotary (lever arm type) (1) Hazardous location non-plug-in body type Type of operator Standard pre-travel spring return Low differential spring return Neutral position Standard pre-travel Low differential spring return spring return Light operating torque spring return Maintained contact Type of direction Catalog numbers CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW (2) CW & CCW CW & CCW (2) CW (trip) CCW (reset) 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 9007CR53B2 9007CR53A2 9007CR53N2 9007CR53C 3 4 1 2 10° 0 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 10° 5° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action CW & CCW 4° 90° 0 2° 0 90° 9007CR61A2 9007CR61B2 10° 0 2° 90° 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action Neutral position 9007CR67T10 4 8 3 7 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 2 6 1 5 2 N.O. 2 N.C. two stage snap action Limit Switches 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 CCW 10° 0 10° CCW 90°CW 4° 5° 0 5° 90°CCW 2° 0 1.020 (2.25) Weight, kg (lb) contact closed Contact operation Characteristics (nominal operating data) By 30° cam Switch actuation 0 2° 2° 0 90° 90°CW 2° 9007CR65N2 5° 6.5° 90° 90° 4° 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 10° 12.5° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 4° 4° 45° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 CW 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007CR65A2 10° 12.5° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 0 90° 9007CR67T5 CW 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 90°CCW 4° 9007CR65B2 0 9007CR61C 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 10° 5° 4° 90° 4° 9007CR61N2 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 45° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 90° 1.020 (2.25) 1.020 (2.25) 90° 4° 4° 1.020 (2.25) 1.020 (2.25) 1.020 (2.25) contact open Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two stage First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 10° 5° 10° 5° 10° 45° 10° 2.5° 5° 1.5° — — — — 10° 2.5° — — 2° 4° 2° 4° — 90° 4° 90° 90° — 4 lb-in (0.45 N•m) 25 oz-in (0.18 N•m) 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.03 mm (± 0.001 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 0.05 mm (± 0.002 in.) 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry 1. 2. /CCW CW CW CCW Lever arm type must be ordered separately from page 574 to 577. These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only. To order factory converted devices: For CCW only operation, change the 2 at the end of the Type number to 1 (for example: C54B2 becomes C54B1). For CW only operation, delete the 2 at the end of the Type number (for example, C54B2 becomes C54B). Mode of operation of the lever arm is easily convertible to clockwise or both. Simply pull out and rotate the arrow to the letters representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. CW /C C W Dimensions: pages 588 and 589 586 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location Type of head Flexible operator (wobble stick) Hazardous location non-plug-in body type Type of operator Universal (1) Wobble stick Delrin® extension (1) Wobble stick wire extension (1) Wobble stick coil spring extension (1) Cat whisker 9007CR53JKC 9007CR53J 9007CR53K 9007CR53KC 9007CR53L Catalog numbers 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 3 4 1 2 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 7 2 6 1 5 2 N.O. 2 N.C. Two stage snap action 4 8 3 7 2 6 1 5 Weight, kg (lb) 3° 0 3° 0 3° 3° 3° 90° 0 90° 1.020 (2.25) 0 3° 3° 90° 1.020 (2.25) 90° 0 0 3° 90° 20° 3° 3° 1.020 (2.25) 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 0 3° 90° 9007CR65KC 0 90° 6° 90° 9007CR65L 20° 25° 10° 14° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 90° 6° 9007CR61L 10° 10° 14° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 3° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007CR65K 10° 14° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 9007CR61KC 10° 9007CR65J 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 10° 14° 0 3° 9007CR61K 10° 90° 20° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 9007CR65JKC 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 3° 9007CR61J 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 5-6 7-8 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 90° 9007CR61JKC 8 3 10° 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 0 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 4 10° 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 0 3° 3° 1.020 (2.25) 0 90° 6° 6° 90° 1.020 (2.25) contact closed Contact operation contact open Characteristics (nominal operating data) By any moving object from any direction Limit Switches Switch actuation Type of actuation Pre-travel Pre-travel two-stage First stage First stage to second stage Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability (linear travel of cam) Cable entry 1. 10° (any direction) 20° 10° (any direction) 4° 20° 5° 90° 3 6° — 3 lb-in (0.34 N•m) 7 oz-in (0.05 N•m) 1 or 2, 12–22 AWG (2.05–0.644 mm2) wires maximum — 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices (see page 573) Dimensions: pages 588 and 589 587 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location—Dimensions Side Plunger 9007C••F 9007C••G 3.24 62 1.88 48 0.12 3 0.63 16 1,68 43 1.19 30 (1) 1.07 27 2.77 70 1.41 36 (3) 4.13 105 3.00 76 (2) 1.5 38 2.72 69 1,68 1.19 43 1.58 30 40 2.07 53 1.58 40 (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.19 30 (1) 3.12 79 1.44 37 (2) 0.37 9 1.01 26 0.34 9 (1) (3) (4) (5) Limit Switches 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.07 27 1,68 1.19 43 1.58 30 40 6.10 155 2 x 0.27/7, front Mtg holes. 2 x 0.63/16 1/4-20 DP UNC-2B back mounting holes. 2 x 0.26/7 dia. holes. 2 1/4-20 UNC-2B, both sides 0.32/8 DP. 1/2 or 3/4 NPT. Adjustable. 2.07 53 (3) 6.10 3.00 155 76 4.13 105 (4) (5) (2) 1.5 38 2.72 69 1.01 26 0.34 9 Top Plunger 9007C••D 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 in. Dual dimensions: mm 9007C••E 0.75 19 0.12 3 1.07 27 2.63 67 (1) (2) 9007C••ED 0.75 19 0.36 9 (1) (3) 7.05 3.00 179 76 (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 2 x 0.27/7, front Mtg holes. 2 x 0.63/16 1/4-20 DP UNC-2B back mounting holes. 2 x 0.26/7 dia. holes, back Mtg. holes. 2 1/4-20 UNC-2B, both sides 0.32/8 DP. 1/2 or 3/4 NPT. Adjustable. 2.55 65 (3) (2) (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 0.50 13 0.75 19 0.75 19 2.69 68 3.08 78 6.58 3.00 167 76 4.13 105 1.5 38 2.72 69 0.19 (6) 5 1.07 27 2.16 55 2.71 69 4.13 105 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.68 43 3.00 76 1.5 38 2.72 69 6.10 3.00 155 76 (4) (5) (2) 1.5 38 2.72 69 1.01 26 0.34 9 2.07 53 1.58 40 4.13 105 2.32 59 (3) 4.13 105 1.07 27 0.19 (6) 5 0.50 13 1,68 43 0.63 16 2.07 53 9007C••H 2.71 69 1.96 50 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. (1) 6.10 155 9007C••GD 1.5 38 2.72 69 1.07 27 0.36 9 7.11 180 3.00 76 (1) (3) 4.13 105 1.5 38 2.72 69 Dual dimensions: (4) (2) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 in. mm 588 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial—Non-Plug-in Body, Metal Hazardous Location—Dimensions Rotary 9007C•••• 0.44 11 0.75 1.19 19 30 2.79 71 1.72 44 1,68 43 (1) 2.07 53 (3) 6.10 3.00 155 76 4.13 105 1.5 38 2.72 69 (2) (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2 x 0.27/7, front Mtg holes. 2 x 0.63/16 1/4-20 DP UNC-2B back mounting holes. 2 x 0.26/7 dia. holes, back Mtg. holes. 2 1/4-20 UNC-2B, both sides 0.32/8 DP. 1/2 or 1/4 NPT. in. Dual dimensions: Wobble stick 9007C••JKC mm 9007C••J 1.07 27 0.75 19 0.25 6 0.75 19 0.25 6 1.07 27 5.93 151 2.60 66 6.32 161 3.45 88 2.99 76 2.24 57 10.35 263 (3) 3.00 76 4.13 105 1.5 38 2.72 69 (2) (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 (1) (3) 3.00 76 4.13 105 1.5 38 2.72 69 1.01 26 0.34 9 9007C••K (2) (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 13.74 349 5.80 147 6.19 157,2 7.11 181 (3) (1) 3.00 76 (3) (1) 3.00 76 4.13 105 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 2 x 0.27/7, front Mtg holes. 2 x 0.63/16 1/4-20 DP UNC-2B back mounting holes. 2 x 0.26/7 dia. holes, back Mtg. holes. 2 1/4-20 UNC-2B, both sides 0.32/8 DP. 1/2 or 1/4 NPT. 1.5 38 2.72 69 (2) (3) 3.00 76 4.13 105 (4) (5) 11.4 283 10.22 260 (4) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.72 171 1.97 50 4.13 105 (2) 0.04 1 0.25 6 18.16 461 (1) 1.07 27 1.07 27 0.75 19 14.13 359 3.74 95 9007C••L 0.75 19 1.07 27 0.08 2 1.5 38 2.72 69 1.01 26 0.34 9 9007C••KC 0.75 19 Limit Switches (1) 7.02 178 (4) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 1.5 38 2.72 69 (2) (5) 1.1 28 2.08 53 1.01 26 0.34 9 in. Dual dimensions: mm 589 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Technical Information Glossary 531627 CCW—Counterclockwise only (for lever types). Free position l ta To Releasing position M ov Pr etr diffe em en av el ren tia t l CW—Clockwise only (for lever types). Differential—The movement differential or differential is the distance or angle from the operating position to the releasing position. l Overtrave l ve tra Operating position Overtravel limit position Operating torque Figure 1: Rotary lever type Free or normal position—Free or normal position is the initial position of the actuator when there is no external force (other than gravity) applied on the actuator. Neutral position—Lever operated switch with a minimum of two contacts. One contact changes state only when lever moves CW. The second contact changes state only when the lever moves CCW. (The center position is the free position.) Operating position—Operating position is the position of the actuator at which the contacts change state. Overtravel—Overtravel is the distance or angle through which the actuator moves when traveling from the operating position to the overtravel limit position. Pre-travel—Pre-travel is the distance or angle through which the actuator moves from the free position to the position at which the contacts change state, the operating position. Release position—Release position is that position of the actuator at which the contacts change state from the operated contact position to the normal contact position. 531628 Release torque—Release torque is the value to which the torque on the actuator must be reduced to allow the contacts to change state from the operated position to the normal contact position. Free position Releasing position Operating position Overtravel limit position Actuator-lever—An actuator is the mechanism of the switch or enclosure which, when moved as intended, will operate the contacts. Maintained contact limit switch—A maintained contact limit switch is a switch which remains in a given condition until actuated to another condition, which is also maintained until further actuation. Limit Switches Momentary contact limit switch—A momentary contact limit switch is a switch which returns from the operated condition to its free or normal circuit condition when the actuating force is removed. Operating force N.C.—Normally closed contact, when the switch mechanism is at its free or normal position. N.O.—Normally open contact, when the switch mechanism is at its free or normal position. Pretravel Overtravel Movement differential Total travel Operating torque—Operating torque (force) is the minimum torque (force) value which must be applied to the actuator to cause the contacts to change state. Overtravel limit position—Overtravel limit position is that position of the actuator beyond which further overtravel would cause damage to the switch or actuator. Figure 2: Linear (or Plunger) type Repeatability—Repeatability is the ability to consistently maintain the original operating characteristics. Measured by the difference between the operating position of a new switch and of the same after 1 million operations. Total travel—Total travel is the sum of the pre-travel and overtravel. Travel—Movement of the actuator from its free or normal position when force is applied. (See pretravel and over travel.) 590 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Technical Information Glossary (continued) Definition of limit switch terms 531629 There are many terms common to position switches that are not used with other control devices. Before proceeding further, definitions of the commonly used terms should be understood as these terms will be used throughout this document. Cam (dog) Actuator level type shown Limit switch—A device that converts a mechanical motion into an electrical control signal. Actuator—The mechanism of a limit switch that operates the contacts, i.e., lever arm, plunger, wobble stick. Position switch L1 L2 Coil Cam—A machine part or component that applies force to the switch actuator causing it to move as intended. Also known as “dog”. Cam track dimension—The distance from the switch mounting surface to some point on the roller or actuator. Differential—The distance that the limit switch actuator moves, from the trip point to the reset point of the contacts. 531630 Figure 3—Limit switch Direct-acting/positive opening contacts—Normally closed contacts that are moved directly by the operating shaft. They are slow make-slow break contacts and have a shorter life than snap action contacts due to longer arcing times. In general, these should only be used where movement of actuator must break welded contacts, as in a crane safety limit switch. (Snap action positive opening contacts are available in the Telemecanique® XCKJ limit switch.) Cam track Maintained contacts—Contacts that remain in the tripped position until the return travel of the cam moves the switch actuator back and resets the contacts. Neutral (free or normal) position limit switch—A lever arm type switch with two sets of contacts. One set operates when the shaft is rotated clockwise; the other operates when the shaft is rotated counterclockwise. Coil 531631 Figure 4—Cam track dimension Reset over travel Initial position Overtravel—The distance that the position switch actuator may move beyond the trip point, (see figure 5) without damage to the switch. Pole—The number of moveable contacts in a switching mechanism. A single pole device may be 1 N.O., 1 N.C. or 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. with a single set of moveable contacts is used to bridge those stationary contacts. A double or two pole switch has two moveable contacts. Pre travel Differential Contacts trip Reverse over travel Over travel Contacts reset Figure 5—Contact travel Operating force—The force required to move limit switch actuator to cause the contacts to change state. Positive break contacts—Normally closed contacts with a special mechanism to ensure opening. Can be snap acting positive break or direct acting slow make, slow break type. The slow break direct acting type is not recommended for high cycle applications due to shorter life. Limit Switches Lever inverted Pre-travel—The distance that the limit switch actuator must move to trip the contacts. Reed contacts—A mechanism consists of a set of contacts hermetically sealed in a glass envelope and actuated by a magnet attached to the operator. This sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making the reed switch ideal for low voltage, low current circuits such as programmable controllers. Reset point—The position of the actuator at which the contacts return to the normal position. Snap action contacts—Contacts that move rapidly to open or closed position and are relatively independent of cam speed. Because of shorter arcing times, snap acting contacts have longer contact life than slow make and break contacts and should be used where fast moving cams are encountered or where good repeat accuracy is required. Spring return—Contacts that return to their original position when the actuating force is removed. 591 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Technical Information Definition Slow break contacts—The speed of transfer of the moveable contacts depends on the speed of the operator. The amount of travel of the moveable contacts is also dependent on the amount of travel by the operator. Slow make and break contacts have the same trip and reset points, and do not have the differential travel common to snap switches. Snap action contacts—The speed of transfer of the moveable contacts is not dependent on the speed of the operator. The amount of travel of the moveable contacts is also not dependent on the amount of travel by the operator. The movement of the moveable contacts are determined by a preset travel, after this point is reached, the contacts will trip. Snap action contacts have different trip and reset points, the difference is identified as “differential.” Flexible operators—Flexible resilient or elastic operators, i.e., wobble sticks, do not ensure direct opening/positive opening action. Isolated contacts—Single-pole double-throw (SPDT) contacts with four terminals which have two isolated contact bars mechanically linked. No polarity restrictions apply. Different (isolated) power supplies can also be applied. Same polarity—Single-pole double throw (SPDT) contacts with four terminals that require the supply to be applied with the same polarity (i.e., L1 or +) on the same side of the contact bar. Two different supplies are not allowed in this configuration. (The loads should always be on the same side of the contact bar.) Direct opening contact (also known as positive opening contacts)—A normally closed contact element coupled with the switch actuator via a non-resilient (non-elastic) member so that full contact opening is obtained when the actuator is moved through the direct opening travel by applying a direct opening force. The contact element will shear open in the event of sticking contacts or broken springs. Proper fusing of the control circuit is required. Direct opening contacts meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements. Direct opening travel (also known as positive opening travel)—Minimum travel from the actuator free position to the position where the direct opening operation is completed. Usually longer than the normal pre-travel. Limit Switches Reed contacts—Contact mechanism consists of a set of contacts hermetically sealed in a glass envelope and actuated by a magnet attached to the operator. This sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making the reed switch the ideal switch for low voltage, low current circuits such as programmable controllers. NOTE: Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation. Polarity Power sources Opposite polarities should not be connected to the contacts of one limit switch unless the limit switch is specifically designed for such service (isolated contacts—no polarity). See page 593. Power from different sources should not be connected to the contacts of one limit switch unless the switch is specifically designed for such service (isolated contacts—no polarity). Incorrect Incorrect CR AC Correct DC IM 592 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Technical Information 531632 Make these angles approximately the same 45° recommended Overriding Cams 30˚ 60˚ 30˚ Recommended 0.72 min. overtravel 18 5° min. to 15° use additional 0.75 overtravel available 19 for set up and emergency only Do not contact the roller within shaded areas The cam trailing edge on overriding cams must also be considered for maximum switch life (see figure 6). Lever arm snap back causes shock loads which reduce switch life. Also, with reversing cams the trailing edge becomes a leading edge on the return stroke. The overtravel of the limit switch should not be exceeded, but 5° minimum to 15° travel past the trip point is recommended. Additional travel should only be used for set up and emergencies. Cam design procedures for limit switches with other than lever arm actuators vary from switch type to switch type and are discussed along with other limit switch application design suggestions in additional literature “Proper Application of Limit Switches” (SM444). Contacts Figure 6 531633 • Make sure the electrical load is within limit switch contact ratings. L2 L1 M1 M2 • The single pole, double throw contacts of a snap switch used in a limit switch should not be used on opposite polarities. When load M1 is connected between the contact and line L2, and load M2 is connected between the other contact and line L1 (figure 7), a line-to-line short (bold line) can occur through the arc, which may be drawn as the contacts operate. When contacts are connected to the same polarity (figure 8), this line-to-line short cannot occur. • The same result can occur if different power sources are connected to the single-pole, double-throw contacts of a snap switch. • With limit switches having reed contacts, some form of transient protection should be used. This protects the small contacts from damaging surges and increases contact life. Incorrect L2 L1 Coolant M1 • When possible, avoid mounting limit switches where they will be constantly exposed to coolant, chips, etc. Although designed for such applications, switches last longer when not exposed to these contaminants. Arc M2 • When possible, avoid using fire-resistant coolants of the phosphate ester type. Equipment exposed to these coolants requires special seals and gaskets. Viton® fluoroelastomer, resistant to these types of coolants, is the standard shaft seal material on Type C lever arm types. If required, all gaskets, as well as boots on plunger types, can be furnished in Viton material. 531634 Recommendations for Conduit Installation L1 L2 M1 Limit switch leakage is often traced to the conduit system. Coolant or condensation in the conduit line can enter the switch through the conduit entry. Oil tightness depends on the condition of the conduit connection and seal. Recommendations for installing conduit to position switches are as follows: Limit Switches • Make sure cover screws are tightened to ensure a good oiltight seal. Figure 7—Contacts connected to opposite polarities. Line to line short (bold line) can occur through arc drawn when contacts operate • To ensure an oiltight seal, use thread sealant and a conduit seal or a sealing bushing around the conduit fitting. Otherwise, the fitting probably will leak. • Limit switches should be installed with the conduit end down whenever possible. M2 • If condensation or moisture is present inside the conduit, a Square D® conduit seal can be inserted into the conduit entry. The conduit fitting can then be connected in the normal manner. Thread sealant and a sealing bushing must still be used. Correct L1 L2 M1 Arc M2 Figure 8—Contacts connected to same polarity. Line to line short cannot occur when contacts operate • Often a junction box fills with coolant and/or condensation, which backs up into the position limit through the conduit. A simple solution is to drill a hole in the bottom of the junction box to allow the liquid to drain out. • If conduit leakage is severe, pre-wired and potted position limit (Forms Y184• and Y185•) should be used. The switches are pre-wired with either individual wires or multiconductor STOWA cord, and the receptacle is sealed with a potting material. • The Square D limit switch is available with a pre-wired male plug receptacle. The connector provides an effective oiltight seal when used with the appropriate female connector cord. 593 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Technical Information Terminal Identification European (IEC) contact terminals marking Double pole Single pole 1st pole 2nd pole 11-12 11-12 21-22 13-14 13-14 23-24 11-12 11-12 21-22 13-14 13-14 23-24 Each terminal is marked with 2 digits: First digit indicates the pole (circuit). The second digit indicates the type of contact: _1–_2 is N.C., _3–_4 is N.O. i.e.: 11–12, 21–22 are N.C. 13–14, 23–24 are N.O. Example of European Terminal Markings: For switch elements without isolated contacts: 11-12 Is the N.C. contact of pole No. 1, 13-14 Is the N.O. contact of pole No. 2 For switch elements with isolated contacts: 13-14 Is the N.O. contact of pole No. 1, 21-22 Is the N.C. contact of pole No. 2 Example of US Terminal Markings Each contact terminal is marked with one digit, i.e., 1-2, 3-4, 5-6,7-8. Double pole Single pole 1st pole 2nd pole 1-2 1-2 5-6 3-4 3-4 7-8 1-2 1-2 5-6 3-4 3-4 7-8 21-22 13-14 Example of US Terminal Markings: For most snap switch elements (isolated contacts not usually on US manufactured switches): 1-2 is the N.C. contact of pole No. 1, 3-4 is the N.O. contact of pole No. 1 5-6 is the N.C. contact of pole No. 2, 7-8 is the N.O. contact of pole No. 2 Make-before-break (overlapping) SPDT: the normally open contact closes before the normally closed contact opens. 21-22 13-14 Break-before-make (offset) SPDT: the normally closed contact opens before the normally open contact closes. 21-22 13-14 Simultaneous make and break SPDT: the normally closed contact opens at the same time as the normally open contact closes. A Limit Switches B Contact open P Contact closed 21 - 22 13 - 14 21 - 22 13 - 14 Tripping Resetting 0C D A = Maximum travel of the operator in mm or degrees. B = Tripping travel of the contact. C = Resetting travel of contact. D = B-C = Differential travel. P = Point from which positive opening is assured. NOTE: The arrows indicate direction of actuation clockwise (CW) and return for simplicity reasons. For counterclockwise (CCW) only direction of actuation is reversed. Wiring diagrams Form A SPST-NO Form B SPST-NC Form C SPDT Form AA DPST-NO Form BB DPST-NC Form CC DPDT Form X SPST-NO-DB Form Y SPST-NC-DB Form Zb SPDT isolated contacts Form Z DPDT-DB Form XX DPST-NO-DB Form YY DPST-NC-DB Form ZZ DPDT-DB 594 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Cam Design Position 2 45 ° Cam Cam 45° 60° P 30° P These recommendations are designed to assist you in obtaining greater life from your limit switches. The black sector in the roller indicates the recommended design limits of the angle of pressure shown in the illustrations as “P”. Three main design and installation considerations are: 531667 Figure 1A cam design for speeds up to 50 fpm • Cam • Figure 1B cam design for speeds from 50 to 200 fpm (15.2 to 60.9 mpm). 531668 • 4 in. min. (101.6 mm) 15° to 30° 3 in. min. (76.2 mm) Cam 15° to 30° Precise trip point D P Figure 1C cam design for speeds from 200 to 400 fpm (60.9 to 121.9 mpm). 30° 531669 Excessive impact from improperly designed actuating systems is without question the leading cause of premature failure of the electromechanical limit switch. At slow speed, impact is rarely troublesome, but as speed increases, impact applied to the switch becomes a critical problem. In today’s higher speed machines, therefore, it is important to give proper consideration to correctly designed actuating systems. Cam 30° max. Considering these three factors: P • • The cam in Figure 1A is satisfactory for speeds up to 50 fpm (15.2 mpm) The cam in Figure 1B is suitable for speeds up to 200 fpm (60.9 mpm) (nonuniform acceleration of switch lever) • The cam in Figure 1C is satisfactory for speeds up to 400 fpm (121.9 mpm) (uniform or other controlled acceleration) Designing proper pressure angles for overriding cams for electromechanical limit switches Don’t underestimate the importance of adjusting the cams and operating levers in electromechanical limit switches to provide the proper pressure angles in every travel position. Without the means to control the angle of pressure or the limit of override, the operating lever may spring back with damaging results. Lever flyback usually causes double pulsing of the contacts, and places additional stresses on the mechanical system of the limit switch. The excessive impacts absorbed from inadequately designed actuating devices eventually leads to abnormal wear and premature failure of the limit switch. By looking closely at the actuating angles of the cam surface, designers and engineers can obtain the maximum operating life from electromechanical limit switches. The following recommendations help provide a workable knowledge of proper lever and cam angles—and how they are applied to secure optimum conditions: • . P • • 531670 Figure 2 Cam 60° max. P Figure 3 The pressure applied by the actuating mechanism to switch operating lever should approximate direction of lever rotation with a variation not to exceed 30°. Since the angle of pressure changes drastically with rotation of the lever, the cam must be designed for proper pressure angles at all positions of the lever travel. The switch operating levers should be positioned as nearly parallel with the leading edges of the cams as possible. Actuating cam on machinery or slide should provide a trailing edge so that upon overriding the operating lever will not snap back. During the approach phase, the pressure angle of the cam should not vary from the lever angle more than 30°. On the override phase, the angle of the trailing edge of the cam to the lever should be no more than 60°. Limit Switches 531666 Application information Position 1 If these guidelines are followed, the switch operating levers will always be approximately parallel with the leading edges of the actuating surfaces or cams. Figure 2 shows leading edge of cam about to depress and actuate the electromechanical limit switch. The black sector of the roller indicates the recommended design limits of the angle of pressure shown in drawings as “P”. Figure 3 shows operating lever roller following the trailing edge of the cam on the override cycle. Unless a one-way lever is used, the cam will operate the switch on the return cycle. 595 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Linear/Angular Lever Travel 531671 Application information (continued) Cam travel C B cam rise A R C = R sine A B = R (1-cosine A) Per inch R The table below can assist the designer of machine tools and conveyors, the plant engineer, or the maintenance personnel responsible for keeping this equipment in a satisfactory operating condition. The design engineer will find the table useful in making trouble-free cam layouts. For example, if the recommended operating travel for a switch is between 15° and 30°, use the table to figure cam rise and travel. This aids in determining what type of cam to design, its dimensions, etc. The plant engineer can use the table to determine where to position levers on replacement switches or revamped circuitry to operate existing cams. The engineer can also use the table to position the lever in proper relationship to the cam, and to find out whether switches and cams are installed properly to obtain maximum switch life. All dimensions in the table are for 1 in. (25.4 mm) levers. If you use longer levers, multiply the figures by the increased lever length. For example, for a 2 in. (50.8 mm) lever, use the multiplier 2. All limit switches have a recommended operating travel and for best performance should be installed within these limits. (1) Dual dimensions: in. (mm) Limit Switches A B C A B C 1° 2° 0.0002 (0.005 mm) 0.0006 (0.015 mm) 0.017 (0.43 mm) 0.035 (0.89 mm) 46° 47° 0.305 (7.7 mm) 0.318 (8.1 mm) 0.719 (18.2 mm) 0.731 (18.6 mm) 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9° 10° 11° 12° 13° 14° 15° 16° 17° 18° 19° 20° 21° 22° 23° 24° 25° 26° 27° 28° 29° 30° 31° 32° 33° 34° 35° 36° 37° 38° 39° 40° 41° 42° 43° 44° 45° 0.0014 (0.035 mm) 0.002 (0.05 mm) 0.004 (0.101 mm) 0.005 (0.127 mm) 0.007 (0.178 mm) 0.010 (0.254 mm) 0.012 (0.304 mm) 0.015 (0.381 mm) 0.018 (0.457 mm) 0.022 (0.559 mm) 0.026 (0.660 mm) 0.030 (0.762 mm) 0.034 (0.863 mm) 0.039 (0.990 mm) 0.044 (1.12 mm) 0.049 (1.24 mm) 0.054 (1.37 mm) 0.060 (1.52 mm) 0.066 (1.67 mm) 0.073 (1.85 mm) 0.079 (2.00 mm) 0.086 (2.2 mm) 0.094 (2.38 mm) 0.101 (2.56 mm) 0.109 (2.77 mm) 0.117 (2.9 mm) 0.125 (3.17 mm) 0.134 (3.40 mm) 0.143 (3.6 mm) 0.152 (3.9 mm) 0.161 (4.1 mm) 0.171 (4.3 mm) 0.181 (4.6 mm) 0.191 (4.8 mm) 0.201 (5.1 mm) 0.212 (5.4 mm) 0.223 (5.7 mm) 0.234 (6.0 mm) 0.245 (6.2 mm) 0.257 (6.5 mm) 0.269 (6.8 mm) 0.281 (7.1 mm) 0.293 (7.4 mm) 0.052 (1.3 mm) 0.070 (1.8 mm) 0.087 (2.2 mm) 0.105 (2.6 mm) 0.122 (3.1 mm) 0.139 (3.5 mm) 0.156 (4.0 mm) 0.174 (4.4 mm) 0.191 (4.8 mm) 0.208 (5.3 mm) 0.225 (5.7 mm) 0.242 (6.1 mm) 0.259 (6.6 mm) 0.276 (7.2 mm) 0.292 (7.4 mm) 0.309 (7.8 mm) 0.326 (8.3 mm) 0.342 (8.7 mm) 0.358 (9.1 mm) 0.375 (9.5 mm) 0.391 (9.9 mm) 0.407 (10.3 mm) 0.423 (10.7 mm) 0.438 (11.1 mm) 0.454 (11.5 mm) 0.469 (12 mm) 0.485 (12.3 mm) 0.500 (12.7 mm) 0.515 (13.1 mm) 0.530 (13.4 mm) 0.545 (14.0 mm) 0.559 (14.2 mm) 0.574 (14.6 mm) 0.588 (15 mm) 0.602 (15.3 mm) 0.616 (15.6 mm) 0.629 (16.0 mm) 0.643 (16.3 mm) 0.656 (16.6 mm) 0.669 (17.0 mm) 0.682 (17.3 mm) 0.695 (17.6 mm) 0.707 (18 mm) 48° 49° 50° 51° 52° 53° 54° 55° 56° 57° 58° 59° 60° 61° 62° 63° 64° 65° 66° 67° 68° 69° 70° 71° 72° 73° 74° 75° 76° 77° 78° 79° 80° 81° 82° 83° 84° 85° 86° 87° 88° 89° 90° 0.331 (8.4 mm) 0.344 (8.7 mm) 0.357 (9.0 mm) 0.371 (9.4 mm) 0.384 (9.7 mm) 0.398 (10.1 mm) 0.412 (10.4 mm) 0.426 (11.0 mm) 0.441 (11.2 mm) 0.455 (11.5 mm) 0.485 (12.3 mm) 0.485 (12.3 mm) 0.500 (12.7 mm) 0.515 (13.1 mm) 0.531 (13.5 mm) 0.546 (14.0 mm) 0.562 (14.3 mm) 0.577 (14.6 mm) 0.593 15.0( mm) 0.609 15.5( mm) 0.625 (16.0 mm) 0.642 (16.3 mm) 0.658 (16.7 mm) 0.674 (17.1 mm) 0.691 (17.5 mm) 0.708 (18.0 mm) 0.724 (18.4 mm) 0.741 (19.0 mm) 0.758 (19.2 mm) 0.775 (20.0 mm) 0.792 (20.1 mm) 0.809 (20.5 mm) 0.826 (21.0 mm) 0.844 (21.4 mm) 0.861 (21.8 mm) 0.878 (22.3 mm) 0.895 (22.7 mm) 0.913 (23.2 mm) 0.930 (23.6 mm) 0.948 (24.0 mm) 0.965 (24.5 mm) 0.983 (25.0 mm) 1.000 (25.4 mm) 0.743 (18.9 mm) 0.755 (19.2 mm) 0.766 (19.4 mm) 0.777 (19.7 mm) 0.788 (20.0 mm) 0.799 (20.3 mm) 0.809 (20.5 mm) 0.819 (20.8 mm) 0.829 (21.0 mm) 0.839 (21.3 mm) 0.857 (21.7 mm) 0.857 (21.7 mm) 0.866 (22 mm) 0.875 (22.2 mm) 0.883 (22.4 mm) 0.891 (22.6 mm) 0.899 (22.8 mm) 0.906 (23.0 mm) 0.914 (23.2 mm) 0.921 (23.4 mm) 0.927 (23.5 mm) 0.934 (23.7 mm) 0.940 (23.9 mm) 0.946 (24.0 mm) 0.951 (24.1 mm) 0.956 (24.3 mm) 0.961 (24.4 mm) 0.966 (24.5 mm) 0.970 (24.6 mm) 0.974 (24.7 mm) 0.978 (24.8 mm) 0.982 (24.9 mm) 0.985 (25.0 mm) 0.988 (25.1 mm) 0.990 (25.1 mm) 0.993 (25.2 mm) 0.995 (25.3 mm) 0.996 (25.3 mm) 0.9976 (25.3 mm) 0.9986 (25.4 mm) 0.9994 (25.4 mm) 0.9999 (25.4 mm) 1.000 (25.4 mm) 1. Refer to document SM444R1 for additional information regarding Cam speed and angles. 596 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007C Heavy Duty Industrial Installation Considerations Lever Actuators For limit switches with lever actuators, the actuating force should be applied as nearly perpendicular to the lever as practical and perpendicular to the shaft axis about which the lever rotates. Lever Actuators Correct Incorrect Dwelling Requirements Overtravel limitations Where relatively fast motions are involved, the cams should be so designed that the limit switch will be held operated long enough to operate relays, valves, etc. Operating mechanisms for limit switches should be so designed that, under any operating or emergency conditions, the limit switch is not operated beyond its overtravel limit position. A limit switch should not be used as a mechanical stop. Correct Incorrect Incorrect Dwell Incorrect Correct Limit Switches Correct Correct Free position Stop Operated position Stop End of overtravel 597 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508 Description 9007 (convertible sequence) 9007T Mill Switches Use the 9007T Mill switches instead of other limit switches in the following applications: • Where the current load exceeds the typical heavy duty limit switch contact rating of 10 A and falls within the range of up to 20 A continuous. • Where an operating sequence is required that is not possible on other limit switches. Fifteen sequences are available. Universal type has twelve different operating sequences with CW only, CCW only and neutral position. Standard type has three operating sequences with CW and CCW operation. • Where higher reset forces are required due to foreign material interfering with lever arm operation, or where long heavy arms must reset against gravity. 9007T Mill Switches 9007FT Foundry Switches Page 600 Page 602 9007FT Foundry Switches The 9007FT Foundry switches are for use in foundries or mills where the applications described above are required, and where falling foundry sand or similar material could build up and jam the operating mechanism. The shaft has a dust boot and extends from the switch case, preventing sand build up around the shaft. The devices can withstand hot falling sand up to 300° F (149° C.). Application Information Type T — Ideal for applications requiring extra heavy duty contact ratings, or higher operating and reset forces. Rugged mechanical construction with several different operating sequences in one basic switch. Limit Switches Type FT — Designed specifically for rough foundry application. The shaft is entirely beyond the switch case to prevent jamming of the lever arm due to build up of sand. A dust boot is furnished as standard to further prevent sand packing and allow free movement of the lever arm. An extra long shaft bearing makes the switch extremely rugged and able to handle the rough applications encountered in foundries, mills, machine tool and similar industries. The switch will withstand hot falling sand up to 300° F (149° C). Type T and FT Enclosure — Oil-tight, dust-tight, water-tight, drip-tight meets NEMA Types 2, 4, and 13 requirements. Die cast zinc construction. Operating Sequences — Fifteen sequences available. Universal type has 12 different operating sequences with CW only, CCW only, and neutral position operation. Standard type has three operating sequences with CW and CCW operation. Various sequences will give quick make and break, spring return with maintained contact, or slow make and break. Most sequences are convertible by removing the base plate and adjusting the positioning plate and/or latches Ambient Temperature Range — 10° F (-12.2° C) to 185° F (85° C) ambient at full rated load, up to 220° F (104° C) ambient with single coil load. Lever Arm — Die cast zinc construction with hardened, oil-impregnated, sintered iron rollers. Conduit — 0.5 in. standard / 20 mm optional—Form M11 Mounting — Four baseplates provide end or side mounting holes and/or manifold mounting. All mounting holes are 0.25 in. (6.35 mm) diameter. Two tapped holes on each side of switch allows side mounting. Contacts — SPDT1 double break and three point double throw single break. Silver contact tips. Phenolic contact block. Nylon liner. Polarity must be the same on double throw contacts. 1. Single pole, double throw. Interpretation of Catalog Numbers: page 623 598 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508 Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment UL508 Ambient air temperature Housing can withstand falling sand at +300 °F (+149 °C) UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked Corrosion resistant gray paint -10 to +185 °F (-23 to +85 °C) Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Cable entry or connector Materials 10G (10–55 Hz) 30G Class 0 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13, IP65, 66, 67 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cast zinc n Contact block characteristics Rated operational characteristics hard contacts AC Voltage Rated operational characteristics hard contacts DC Voltage NEMA A600 Ithe = 20 A 20 A Resistive and continuous NEMA P 600 Ithe = 20 A 20 A Resistive and continuous Rated insulation voltage 600 V Rated impulse withstand voltage 2,500 Vac for 1 minute for CE, 2,200 Vac for 1 minute for UL, and 2,640 Vac for 1 minute for CSA Positive opening No Short circuit protection 20 A Bussmann Class CC KTK-R-20 fuse, non-time-delay Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) 12 – 22 AWG (3.31 mm2 – 0.326 mm2) wire max. Maximum actuation speed 15.2 mpm / 27.4 mpm (50 fpm / 90 fpm) with 45 ° Cam angle, levers only Maximum current ratings for control circuit contacts AC DC Contacts Volts Make Resistive 75% Power Factor Break Amperes VA Amperes VA Continuous Carrying Amperes SPDT Quick Make and Break 120 240 480 600 150 75 37.5 30 18,000 18,000 18,000 18,000 20 12.5 6.25 5 2400 3000 3000 3000 20 20 20 20 All Slow Make and Break 120 240 480 600 60 30 15 12 7200 7200 7200 7200 6 3 1.5 1.2 720 720 720 720 20 20 20 20 Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 Inductive and Resistive Volts Make and Break Amperes Continuous Carrying Amperes Single Throw Double Throw 120 250 600 5.0 1.0 0.2 º º º 20 20 20 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Limit Switches Inductive 35% Power Factor Characteristics for material and ratings comparisons — standard switches n Type L (R. B.Denison® Loxswitch™) 9007 Type T/FT Body material Cast zinc Cast aluminum Cover material Cast zinc Aluminum Base plate material Steel with zinc plating Steel with chromate plating Shaft seal material Nitrile PVC Contact block material Phenolic Glass filled nylon Moveable contact material Fine silver on copper backing Coin Silver on steel backing Stationary contact material Fine silver on copper backing 90/10 AgCdO on copper backing Low ambient temperature rating -10° F 0° F High ambient temperature at full rating f 180° F 200° F Enclosure rating NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12 and 13 NEMA Types 1, 4 and 13 Vibration resistance 10G (10–150 Hz) 40G max (10-150 Hz) f Many switches are available with higher or lower temperature limits by selecting special versions or special options. See page 621. 599 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T Severe Duty Mill Switches Universal Operating Sequences Universal Catalog Numbers Base Plate Surface Mounted A B C D 9007TUA1 9007TUB1 9007TUC1 9007TUD1 9007TUA2 9007TUB2 9007TUC2 9007TUD2 No. 1 No. 2 SPDT Spring Return CW Only SPDT Spring Return CW Only Initial position and CCW Initial position and CCW A 9007TUA3 9007TUB3 9007TUC3 9007TUD3 B A B 9007TUA4 9007TUB4 9007TUC4 9007TUD4 9007TUA5 9007TUB5 9007TUC5 9007TUD5 9007TUA6 9007TUB6 9007TUC6 9007TUD6 No. 3 ➃ No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 SPDT Maintained Contact SPDT Spring Return Neutral Position SPDT Spring Return CCW Only SPDT Spring Return CCW Only Spring return of arm to initial pos. Contact pos. maintained until operated in reverse direction CCW CW A B Middle CW Final CW A B A A A B Initial position and CW B A B CW B A Initial position and CW Initial position A B CCW A B CW B A CCW B A If high speed cam or snap-back is present, use No. 12 B Final CCW Middle CCW A B A B Characteristics Nominal Operating Data Pre-travel ➀ Total travel Differential Operating torque Repeat accuracy ➁ 14° 88° 12° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 88° 5° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 7° 81° 7° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 6° 81° 5° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 14° 88° 12° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 88° 5° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) To convert sequences, remove base plate, position plate and latches. Reassemble positioning plate and latches as shown. B A A Weight lb (kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) B 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 9007TUA7 9007TUB7 9007TUC7 9007TUD7 9007TUA8 9007TUB8 9007TUC8 9007TUD8 9007TUA9 9007TUB9 9007TUC9 9007TUD9 9007TUA10 9007TUB10 9007TUC10 9007TUD10 9007TUA11 9007TUB11 9007TUC11 9007TUD11 9007TUA12 9007TUB12 9007TUC12 9007TUD12 No. 7 No. 8 ➃ No. 9 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 SPDT Maintained SPDT Maintained Neutral Position SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT Spring Return Spring Return Spring Return Maintained Slow Make, Slow Break Slow Make, Slow Break Slow Make, Slow Break Universal Catalog Numbers (continued) Base Plate Limit Switches Surface Mounted A B C D If high speed cam or snap-back present, use No. 12 A B CCW A B Initial position If high speed cam or snap-back is present, use No. 12 A Initial position and CCW A B CW A A B CCW CW B B A A B Initial position and CW Initial position CCW A B A B CCW CW A B A B B CCW A B CW A B Characteristics Nominal Operating Data Pre-travel ➀ Total travel Differential Operating torque Repeat accuracy ➁ 10° 85° 12° 2.5 lb-in (0.28 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 6° 81° 10° 2.5 lb-in (0.28 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 12° 87° 0° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 3° 81° 0° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 12° 87° 0° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) To convert sequences, remove base plate, position plate and latches. Reassemble positioning plate and latches as shown. ➂ ➂ Weight lb (kg) Footnotes: see page 601 Dimensions: pages 606 to 609 2.35 lb (1.07 kg) A 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) Interpretation of Catalog Numbers: page 623 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) B 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 45° 90° 0° 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Not adjustable 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) Base Plates: pages 605 and 606 600 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T Severe Duty Mill Switches Standard Operating Sequences Standard Catalog Numbers Base Plate Surface Mounted A B C D 9007TSA1 9007TSB1 9007TSC1 9007TSD1 9007TSA2 9007TSB2 9007TSC2 9007TSD2 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 SPDT Spring Return CW & CCW SPDT Spring Return CW & CCW SPDT Spring Return CW & CCW Slow Make, Slow Break Initial position 9007TSA3 9007TSB3 9007TSC3 9007TSD3 Initial position Initial position A A B CW and CCW A B A CW and CCW CW and CCW Middle Final A B B B A A B B Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By 30° cam Type of actuation 14° Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 89° 89° 9° 89° 12° Int. Pos. 5.5°, Final 7.5° 5° N/A (future availability) N/A (future availability) N/A (future availability) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) 2.35 lb. (1.07 kg) Limit Switches Pre-travel ➀ Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability ➁ (linear travel of cam) Cable entry (metric available) Weight lb (kg) The pre-travel listed may vary up to 5° additional for universal switches or up to 2° additional for standard switches due to free travel of lever arm at initial position. Linear travel of cam on 1.5 in. (38.1mm) lever arm. Remove spring from the positioning plate. Sequence 3, 7, and 8 devices are available but are not recommended where high speed cams or lever arm snap-back is present. The application should be checked and No. 12 sequences substituted where possible. Note: For Type FT foundry switches, change the “T” at the beginning of the equivalent Type number above to “FT” (Example: FTUB1). See page 602. ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃ 601 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007FT Severe Duty Foundry Switches Universal Operating Sequences Universal Catalog Numbers Base Plate Surface Mounted A B C D 9007FTUA1 9007FTUB1 9007FTUC1 9007FTUD1 9007FTUA2 9007FTUB2 9007FTUC2 9007FTUD2 9007FTUA3 9007FTUB3 9007FTUC3 9007FTUD3 9007FTUA4 9007FTUB4 9007FTUC4 9007FTUD4 9007FTUA5 9007FTUB5 9007FTUC5 9007FTUD5 9007FTUA6 9007FTUB6 9007FTUC6 9007FTUD6 No. 1 No. 2 No. 3 ➃ No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 SPDT Spring Return CW Only SPDT Spring Return CW Only SPDT Maintained Contact SPDT Spring Return Neutral Position SPDT Spring Return CCW Only SPDT Spring Return CCW Only Initial position and CCW A B CW A Initial position and CCW B A B Middle CW Final CW A B A Spring return of arm to initial pos. Contact pos. maintained until operated in reverse direction CCW CW B A A B Initial position A B A CCW A B Initial position and CW CW B A A B CCW B A Initial position and CW B B Final CCW Middle CCW A B A B If high speed cam or snap-back is present, use No. 12 Characteristics Nominal Operating Data 14° Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 7° 6° 14° Pre-travel ➀ 88° 88° 81° 81° 88° Total travel 12° 5° 7° 5° 12° Differential 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) Operating torque ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Repeat accuracy ➁ To convert sequences, remove base plate, position plate and latches. Reassemble positioning plate and latches as shown. Weight lb (kg) Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 88° 5° 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) B A A 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 9007FTUA7 9007FTUB7 9007FTUC7 9007FTUD7 9007FTUA8 9007FTUB8 9007FTUC8 9007FTUD8 9007FTUA9 9007FTUB9 9007FTUC9 9007FTUD9 9007FTUA10 9007FTUB10 9007FTUC10 9007FTUD10 9007FTUA11 9007FTUB11 9007FTUC11 9007FTUD11 9007FTUA12 9007FTUB12 9007FTUC12 9007FTUD12 No. 7 No. 8 ➃ No. 9 No. 10 No. 11 No. 12 SPDT Maintained SPDT Maintained Neutral Position SPDT SPDT SPDT SPDT Spring Return Spring Return Spring Return Maintained Slow Make, Slow Break Slow Make, Slow Break Slow Make, Slow Break B Universal Catalog Numbers (continued) Base Plate Limit Switches Surface Mounted A B C D If high speed cam or snap-back present, use No. 12 A B CCW A B Initial position If high speed cam or snap-back present, use No. 12 A Initial position and CCW Initial position and CW CCW A A B A A B B B B CCW CW CCW A Initial position B CW A A B A B CW CW A CCW A B A B B B Characteristics Nominal Operating Data 10° 6° 12° 3° 12° Pre-travel ➀ 85° 81° 87° 81° 87° Total travel 12° 10° 0° 0° 0° Differential 2.5 lb-in (0.28 N•m) 2.5 lb-in (0.28 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) 12 lb-in (1.35 N•m) Operating torque ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Repeat accuracy ➁ To convert sequences, remove base plate, position plate and latches. Reassemble positioning plate and latches as shown. ➂ ➂ A Weight lb (kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) B 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) 45° 90° 0° 8 lb-in (0.9 N•m) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) Not adjustable 2.57 lb (1.17 kg) Footnotes: see page 603 Dimensions: pages 606 to 609 Interpretation of Catalog Numbers: page 623 602 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007FT Severe Duty Foundry Switches Standard Operating Sequences Standard Catalog Numbers Base Plate Surface Mounted A B C D 9007FTSA1 9007FTSB1 9007FTSC1 9007FTSD1 No. 1 9007FTSA2 9007FTSB2 9007FTSC2 9007FTSD2 No. 2 9007FTSA3 9007FTSB3 9007FTSC3 9007FTSD3 No. 3 Single Pole Double Throw Spring Return CW & CCW Single Pole Double Throw Spring Return CW & CCW Single Pole Double Throw Spring Return CW & CCW Slow Make Slow Break Initial position Initial position Initial position A A B CW and CCW A B A CW and CCW CW and CCW Middle Final A B B B A A B B Characteristics (nominal operating data) Switch actuation By 30° cam Pre-travel ➀ Total travel Differential Reverse overtravel Operating torque/force 1 pole & 2 pole Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Repeatability ➁ (linear travel of cam) Cable entry (metric available) Weight lb (kg) 14° Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16° 9° 89° 89° 89° 12° Int. Pos. 5.5°, Final 7.5° 5° N/A (future availability) N/A (future availability) N/A (future availability) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) 10 lb-in (1.13 N•m) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) #12–22 AWG (3.31–0.326 mm2) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) ± 0.004 in. (0.10 mm) 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 1/2" NPT 2.57 lb. (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb. (1.17 kg) 2.57 lb. (1.17 kg) Limit Switches Type of actuation ➀ The pre-travel listed may vary up to 5° additional for universal switches or up to 2° additional for standard switches due to free travel of lever arm at initial position. ➁ Linear travel of cam on 1.5 in. (38.1mm) lever arm. ➂ Remove spring from the positioning plate. ➃ Sequence 3, 7, and 8 devices are available but are not recommended where high speed cams or lever arm snap-back is present. The application should be checked and No. 12 sequences substituted where possible. Note: Type FT Foundry Switches are obtained by changing the “T” at the beginning of the equivalent type number to “FT” (Example: FTUB1). 603 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Lever Arms and Renewal Parts Standard Roller Standard Roller Arm Length in. (mm) Steel Roller Diameter in. (mm) Roller Position Width in. (mm) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 5 (127) 2.88 (73.1) 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5) 2.5 (63.5) Adjustable (1) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional No roller Optional Optional Optional 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.5 (12.7) 0.5 (12.7) 0.5 (12.7) 0.25 (6.3) — 0.5 (12.7) 0.5 (12.7) 0.5 (12.7) Catalog Number 9007B1 9007B2 9007B3 9007B7 9007B8 9007B9 9007B12 9007B13 9007B14 9007B19 9007B21 9007B22 9007B23 9007B24 Weight lb (kg) 0.17 (0.077) 0.19 (0.086) 0.23 (0.104) 0.25 (0.113) 0.25 (0.113) 0.27 (0.122) 0.34 (0.154) 0.34 (0.154) 0.42 (0.191) 1.00 (0.454) 0.20 (0.091) 0.22 (0.100) 0.28 (0.127) 0.36 (0.163) 0.75 (19) Optional 0.25 (6.3) 9007R18 0.50 (0.227) Adjustable (1) 1.0 (25.4) Optional 0.25 (6.3) 9007R19 0.50 (0.227) Adjustable (1) 1.38 (35) Optional 0.25 (6.3) 9007R20 0.50 (0.227) 1. Does not include lever arm clamp or rod. If lever arm clamp is required, use 9007R16 or R17. Offset Type (for obtaining different cam track dimensions) Offset Type Limit Switches Arm Length in. (mm) Steel Roller Diameter in. (mm) Roller Position Width in. (mm) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.88 (48) 1.88 (48) 1.88 (48) 1.88 (48) 1.88 (48) 1.88 (48) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 1.38 (35) Inside offset Inside offset Inside offset Outside offset Outside offset Outside offset Outside offset Outside offset Outside offset Inside offset Inside offset Inside offset 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) Catalog Number 9007C1 9007C2 9007C3 9007D1 9007D2 9007D3 9007E4 9007E5 9007E6 9007F4 9007F5 9007F6 Weight lb (kg) 0.50 (0.227) 0.50 (0.227) 0.50 (0.227) 0.18 (0.082) 0.18 (0.082) 0.18 (0.082) 0.20 (0.091) 0.27 (0.122) 0.27 (0.122) 0.30 (0.136) 0.30 (0.136) 0.30 (0.136) 120° Forked (for maintained contact lever arm type switches) 120° Forked Arm Length in. (mm) Steel Roller Diameter in. (mm) Roller Position Width in. (mm) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) Same side Same side LH on opp. side LH on opp. side RH on opp. side RH on opp. side 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) Catalog Number 9007J1 9007J2 9007K1 9007K2 9007N1 9007N2 Weight lb (kg) 0.31 (0.141) 0.40 (0.181) 0.50 (0.227) 0.50 (0.227) 0.66 (0.299) 0.70 (0.316) 90° Forked (for maintained contact lever arm type switches) Arm Length in. (mm) Steel Roller Diameter in. (mm) Roller Position Width in. (mm) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.5 (38.1) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) 0.75 (19) 1.0 (25.4) Same side Same side RH on opp. side RH on opp. side LH on opp. side LH on opp. side 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) Catalog Number 9007X1 9007X2 9007Y1 9007Y2 9007Z1 9007Z2 Weight lb (kg) 0.30 (0.136) 0.40 (0.181) 0.50 (0.227) 0.50 (0.227) 0.66 (0.299) 0.70 (0.316) 90° Forked Dimensions: pages 606 to 609 604 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Lever Arms and Renewal Parts Cable operated Arm Steel roller Length Diameter in. (mm) in. (mm) Roller Roller Position Width in. (mm) 1.5 (38.1) 0.75 (19) None None 2.5 in. (63.5mm) long with eyebolt 0.25 (6.3mm) I.D. instead of roller. Catalog Number Weight lb (kg) 9007Y3 9007B27 — — Rod Type (used on conveyor systems or where unusual shapes are required) Cable Operated With Reset Adjustable 0.75 (19) Adjustable 0.75 (19) 1. Rod not included 2. Key stock not included 0.19 (4.8) 0.25 (6.3) None None 9007 R16 9007R17 0.18 (0.081) 0.18 (0.081) Ball Bearing Type (for abrasive dust areas or with high speed cams) 1.5 (38.1) 0.75 (19) Center 0.28 (7.1) 9007B16 0.15 (0.068) Weld-On Type (used where a special operator is required to weld to lever) 3.5 (89) Ball Bearing Type Rod Type (rod not included) 0.75 (19) None None 9007G10 0.50 (0.227) One Way Roller Type (used with reversible cams for one way operations) 1.5 (38.1) 0.75 (19) Outside offset 0.25 (6.3) 9007D4 0.64 (0.290) 9007R21 9007R22 1.63 (0.739) 1.42 (0.644) Catalog Number Weight lb (kg) Conveyor Side Guide 8.44 in. (214.3) long with 1.5 in. (38.1) dia. 3.75 in. (95.2) Delrin® roller 8.44 in. (214.3) long with 0.88 in. (22.3) dia. 3.75 in. (95.2) Delrin roller Separate Base Plates (2) Style 1-Way Roller Type Weld-On Type A B C D 1. 2. Mounting Holes None (1) 2934D32G1 — End 2934D14G1 0.34 (0.154) Side 2934D33G1 0.42 (0.191) End 2934D34G1 0.36 (0.163) No mounting holes in base plate. Side mounting holes in switch case must be used. Acceptable wire sizes 14–18 AWG (2.08–0.823 mm2); recommended terminal clamp torque 13–16 lb-in. (1.46–1.80 N•m). Optional Conduit Threads Style B Style C Weight lb (kg) M11 — Three Point Contacts — Ordering Information Conveyor Side Guide (use with 9007R16 or R17) Style A Catalog Number Limit Switches Description Metric M20 - 20mm (per B.S. 4568) Example: 9007TUB4M11 Select Type number of desired contact operating sequence for standard contact switch. Change the letter following “T” or “FT” as shown below. U to Y Contact Configuration Changes Change: S to K From: For example: TUB1 changes to TYB1 TSB1 changes to TKB1 Style D Base Plates 605 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Dimensions Surface Mounting Type T Type FT 2.06 52.32 3.0 76.2 0.75 19.05 0.75 19.05 0.56 14.22 0.56 14.2 2.63 66.80 0.50 Pipe Tap 12.7 0.75 Optional 19.05 0.63 0.91 15.9 23.1 2.44 61.98 2.63 66.80 0.56 14.22 0.38 0.25 20 Tap deep 9.53 6.35 0.50 Pipe Tap 12.7 0.75 Optional 19.05 Both Sides 0.63 16.00 0.91 23.11 0.56 14.22 0.38 0.25 20 Tap deep 9.53 6.35 Both Sides 3.41 86.61 Base Plates Style A Style B Style C Style D 2.06 52.3 0.22 5.59 2.25 57.15 1.13 28.70 0.75 19.0 0.56 14.2 4.66 118.36 4.22 107.12 Center of Shaft 1 25.4 3.16 80.3 2.63 66.8 Limit Switches 1.81 45.97 0.63 0.91 16.0 23.1 2.81 71.37 0.22 5.59 0.56 14.2 0.44 11.18 Mtg. Holes 0.257 Dia. 6.53 0.66 3 16.76 4.50 76.2 Center of 114.3 Shaft 0.38 9.65 3.25 82.55 1.75 44.45 .53 13.46 1.81 35.81 .22 5.59 2.44 61.98 129.29 1.25 31.75 5.09 129.29 4.31 Center of 109.47 Shaft 2.25 57.15 Mtg. Holes .257 Dia. 6.53 Mtg. Holes 0.257 Dia. 6.53 2.44 62.0 Dual dimensions: in. mm 606 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Dimensions CAM Track Dimensions Type T 0.38 9.65 2.81 20.57 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 Type D Roller Arms 2.44 61.98 2.06 52.32 1.69 42.93 1.31 33.27 Type C Roller Arms Type D Roller Arms Type B Roller Arms 1.5 Type B Roller Arms 3.28 83.31 0.75 19.05 2.53 65.26 0.94 23.88 1.59 40.39 0.75 19.05 0.84 21.34 Type E Roller Arms Type E Roller Arms Type F Roller Arms 1.875 47.62 R. 38.1 R. 0.84 21.34 Type FT 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 Type D Roller Arms Type C Roller Arms Type B Roller Arms 1.5 R. 38.1 3.75 95.25 3.38 85.85 3.00 76.2 2.63 66.80 2.25 57.15 4.22 107.19 0.75 19.05 Limit Switches 0.38 9.65 4.06 103.12 0.94 23.88 2.53 64.36 1.78 45.21 Type E Roller Arms Type F Roller Arms Type D Roller Arms 0.75 19.05 Type E Roller Arms 1.875 47.62 R. Type B Roller Arms 0.84 21.34 Dual dimensions: in. mm 607 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Dimensions Type T and FT Lever Arms Standard Roller Offset Type Adjustable Length Rod Type A A 0.75 19.05 B B Ball Bearing Roller Type B16 1.50 38.1 A 0.88 22.35 E Inside Offset D C E 1.66 43.16 C D F Hole for Rod or Key Stock 1.75 44.45 0.31 7.87 0.31 7.87 Outside Offset For dimension A refer to page 12. 0.28 7.11 0.69 17.53 C DF E 0.70 17.78 0.31 7.87 0.31 7.87 Roller Arm for use with Type R17 1-Way Roller Type D4 1.50 0 38.1 0.44 11.18 0.625 15.88 1.75 44.45 B 0.38 9.53 0.25 6.35 0.88 22.35 0.75 19.05 Weld-On Arm Type G10 0.38 9.65 0.75 19.05 0.28 7.11 1.50 38.10 Limit Switches 0.38 0.31 9.65 7.87 1.50 38.10 0.09 2.29 Cable Operated with Reset Type Y3 1.50 38 0.31 7.84 1.06 27 3.50 88.9 2.12 54 0.25Dia. 6 90o 2.28 58 0.38 10 Dia 0.63 16.0 2.50 64 0.63 16 0.50 13 Cable Operated Type B27 0.47 11.89 0.34 8.64 1.13 28.7 3.53 89.66 2.50 63.5 0.31 7.87 0.59 15.06 0.75 Dia. Hole 19.05 1.06 26.92 2.41 61.21 0.31 7.87 0.75 19.05 Dual dimensions: NOTE: All levers on this page can be used on Type C limit switches by installing the 9007S9 hub. in. mm 608 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 9007T and FT Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Dimensions Type T and FT Lever Arms (continued) 90° Forked 120° Forked 90 0 120° 2.13 54.10 0.75 19.05 50 1. .10 38 1.06 26.92 0.25 6.35 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.65 0.38 9.53 Arm Type X1, Y1, Z1 1.16 29.46 0.38 9.65 A X1 X2 A 0.25 6.35 X2, Y2, Z2 0.38 9.65 0.25 6.35 Y1 Y2 0.38 9.53 0.75 1.00 19.05 25.4 0.38 9.65 0.50 12.7 1.16 29.46 Type J1 & J2 0.25 6.35 Type N1 & N2 0.38 9.53 1.34 0.67 34.04 17.02 0.38 9.53 1.34 34.04 0.25 6.35 0.38 9.53 0.67 17.02 0.25 6.35 Limit Switches A 0.25 0.38 6.35 9.53 0 1.5 .10 98 Type K1 & K2 1.31 33.27 Z1 Z2 Dim A 0.75 19.05 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.35 1.31 33.27 A J1, K1, N1 J2, K2, N2 2.59 65.79 609 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100, L300 Mill and Foundry Switches, L140, L2153 Cable Pulls, L529 Belt Conveyor Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508 Description L100, L300 Switches (fixed sequence) L100W Switches f Use the L100W Mill switches instead of other limit switches in the following applications: L100 Mill • • • Where the current load exceeds the typical heavy duty limit switch contact rating of 10 A and falls within the range of up to 20 A continuous. Where an operating sequence is required that is not possible on other limit switches (35 choices with the L switches). Where higher reset forces are required due to foreign material interfering with lever arm operation, or where long heavy arms must reset against gravity. f L switches are not preceded by 9007. They are known as the R.B.Denison® Loxswitch™ L, and include conveyor belt and slack cable pull switches in the product offering. L300 Foundry • ison R. B. Den Lox-Switch ison R. B. Den Lox-Switch Type L tch Limit Swi 0 NEMA A60 Type L tch Limit Swi 0 NEMA A60 A. Made in U.S. A. Made in U.S. Page 612 Page 614 Model L300 is an extra heavy duty version for very aggressive environments – The booted shaft design prevents penetration of foreign materials such as sand, dust, or grit between the shaft and the bushing. – Heavy duty stainless steel springs and hardened spring operators permit longer life under extreme lever fly-back and high impact. – Same parameters as L100 models, except that the distance between the back of the switch and the lever is increased by 0.34 in. (8.6 mm). L300W Switches The L300W Foundry switches are for use in foundries or mills where the applications described above are required, and where falling foundry sand or similar material could build up and jam the operating mechanism. The shaft has a dust boot and extends from the switch case, preventing sand buildup around the shaft. The devices can withstand hot falling sand up to 300° F (149° C). Features L100, L300, L140, L2153, L525 Cable Pulls (fixed sequence) • • L140 Mill and Foundry Limit Switches Captive cover screws. Heavy duty snap action mechanism prevents teasing or false contact opening. • Positive trip action prevents the lever from slipping around the 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) shaft even if not properly tightened. • High current capability. 20 A maximum continuous. • Isolated (no polarity) double and triple circuits with double break (throw) action. • Wide 0.25 in. (6.3 mm) contact gap ensures very high shock and vibration resistance. • Easy-to-access contacts allow for easy inspection and replacement. • Stamped contact configuration number for easy identification even if the switch is painted. • Many contact arrangements to solve difficult applications. • Model L300 is an extra heavy duty version for very aggressive environments. – The booted shaft design prevents penetration of foreign materials such as sand, dust, or grit between the shaft and the bushing. – Heavy duty stainless steel springs and hardened spring operators permit longer life under extreme lever fly-back and high impact. – Same parameters as L100 models, except that the distance between the back of the switch and the lever is increased by 0.34 in. (8.6 mm). • Two and three circuits in CW, CCW, neutral position, spring return and maintained, snap action or slow-make slow-break, two steps (L525) are available. • Two circuit models can be CW or CCW field converted. • Wide range of options: high shock and vibration, with gold contact, low or very high temperature. • 0.5 in. (12.7 mm) NPT conduit entrance standard on 2-pole models (5 wires max.). • 0.75 in. (19 mm) NPT conduit entrance standard on 3-pole models (7 wires max.). ison R. B. Den Lox-Switch Type L tch Limit Swi 0 P600 NEMA A60 A. Made in U.S. Page 616 L2153 Mill and Foundry ison R. B. Den Lox-Switch Type L tch Limit Swi 0 P600 NEMA A60 A. Made in U.S. Page 616 Belt Conveyors L525 Mill and Foundry ison R. B. Den Lox-Switch Type L tch Limit Swi 0 P600 NEMA A60 Conveyor belt limit switches are ideal for policing the lateral movement of belt conveyors. When the conveyor belt shifts, it contacts the switch roller and a 12° movement of the lever transfers the first set of contacts. This set is usually wired to initiate a warning alarm system to alert the worker that the belt is moving off the rollers. Further lateral movement of the belt, causing the lever to move another 8°, trips the second set of contacts. These contacts are normally wired to the conveyor drive system, and when actuated, stop the system—minimizing damage to the conveyor, or loss of material on the belt. A. Made in U.S. Page 617 610 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100, L300 Mill and Foundry Switches, L140, L2153 Cable Pulls, L529 Belt Conveyor Environmental characteristics Conforming to standards Product certifications Protective treatment UL508 UL Listed, CSA Certified, CE Marked Corrosion resistant gray paint -10 to +185 °F (-23 to +85 °C) With H prefix: -10 to +350 °F (-23 to +177 °C). (1) Ambient air temperature Vibration resistance Shock resistance Electric shock protection Degree of protection Cable entry or connector Materials 1. 10G (10–55 Hz) 30G Class 0 NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13, IP65, 66, 67 1/2" NPT (metric available) Cast zinc n For a switch with an ambient temperature rating up to 350 °F (177 °C), add an H to the beginning of the catalog number. For example, change catalog number L100WS2M2 to HL100WS2M2. Contact block characteristics Rated operational characteristics hard contacts Rated operational characteristics hard contacts Rated insulation voltage NEMA A600 Ithe = 20 A 20 A Resistive and continuous NEMA P600 Ithe = 20 A 20 A Resistive and continuous AC Voltage DC Voltage 600 V Rated impulse withstand voltage 2,500 Vac for 1 minute for CE, 2,200 Vac for 1 minute for UL, and 2,640 Vac for 1 minute for CSA Positive opening Short circuit protection Terminal wire sizes (Cabling/Screw Clamp) Maximum actuation speed No 20 A Bussmann Class CC KTK-R-20 fuse, non-time-delay 12 – 22 AWG (3.31 mm2 – 0.326 mm2) wire max. 15.2 mpm / 27.4 mpm (50 fpm / 90 fpm) with 45 ° Cam angle, levers only Maximum current ratings for control circuit contacts Contacts Volts Make Amperes SPDT Quick Make and Break All Slow Make and Break Break VA Amperes DC Inductive and Resistive Make and Break ConAmperes tinuous Carrying Single Double Amperes Throw Throw Resistive 75% Power Factor VA Continuous Carrying Amperes Volts Make, Break and Continuous Carrying Amperes 120 150 18,000 20 2400 20 20 240 75 18,000 12.5 3000 20 20 480 37.5 18,000 6.25 3000 20 20 600 30 18,000 5 3000 20 20 120 60 7200 6 720 20 10 240 30 7200 3 720 20 480 15 7200 1.5 720 600 12 7200 1.2 720 120 5.0 º 20 250 1.0 º 20 600 0.2 º 20 20 — — — — 10 20 — — — — 20 10 20 — — — — 20 10 20 — — — — Limit Switches AC Inductive 35% Power Factor Characteristics for material and ratings comparisons — standard switches n 9007 Type T/FT Type L (R. B.Denison® Loxswitch™) Cast zinc Cast aluminum Body material Cast zinc Aluminum Cover material Steel with zinc plating Steel with chromate plating Base plate material Nitrile PVC Shaft seal material Phenolic Glass filled nylon Contact block material Fine silver on copper backing Coin silver on steel backing Moveable contact material Fine silver on copper backing 90/10 AgCdO on copper backing Stationary contact material -10° F 0° F Low ambient temperature rating 180° F 200° F High ambient temperature at full rating f NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12 and 13 NEMA Types 1, 4 and 13 Enclosure rating 10G (10–150 Hz) 40G max (10-150 Hz) Vibration resistance f Many switches are available with higher or lower temperature limits by selecting special versions or special options. See page 621. 611 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100 Mill Switches L100 Mill Switches Description Operating Torque Snap-action CW spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap-action CCW spring return Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action Snap action CW spring return Snap action CCW spring return Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action Snap action CCW spring return Snap action CW spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Limit Switches Snap action CW 1 N.C./ 2 N.O. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap action CCW 1 N.O./ 2 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action 3 poles 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) Snap action CCW 2 N.O./ 1 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap action CW 1 N.O./ 2 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action 3 poles 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.O. contact per direction 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.O. contact for both directions 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Dimensions: page 622 Operating Data: page 613 Contact Diagram Catalog Number 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 L100WS2M1 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 L100WS2M2 L100WS2M3 L100WDR2M4 L100WDR2M5 L100WDR2M6 L100WDL2M7 L100WDL2M8 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 L100WTR2M10 L100WTR2M11 L100WTR2M12 L100WTL2M13 L100WTL2M14 L100WTL2M15 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 L100WN2M16 L100WN2M17 Operating Data A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) A (see page 613) B (see page 613) B (see page 613) Weight, lb (kg) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) 1.51 (0.68) Interpretation of Catalog Numbers: page 623 612 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100 Mill Switches L100 Mill Switches (continued) Operating Torque Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.C.-CW, 1 N.C.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 2 N.O.-CW, 1 N.O.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break N.O.-CW, 2 N.O.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Slow make-before-break CW spring return 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Slow make-before-break CCW spring return 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW maintained in CCW only 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return snap action 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O./N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.O.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.C.-CW, N.O./N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return snap action 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 3 1 1 5 6 4 Dimensions: page 622 5 2 6 1 5 3 4 2 6 4 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 C 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 C D 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) D 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) D 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) D 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) B 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) B L100WTLN1C2M39 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) B L100WTRN2C2M40 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) B L100WTLN2M41 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) L100WTRN2CS2M48 B 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) L100WTRN1C2M38 7° maximum 4° maximum — 70° 10° − 25° — 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) — 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) L100WNCS2M34 3 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) L100WNSL2M29 5 1.51 (0.68) B L100WTLN2M21 L100WNSR2M28 1 A B L100WNS2M26 3 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) L100WS02M23 5 17° nominal 11° nominal — 80° 20°–35° ± 0.03× 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.317 N•m) B L100WS02M22 1 Weight, lb (kg) (see table below) L100WTRN2M20 3 1 Operating Data L100WNC2M18 1 Operating Data for Contact Arrangements Pretravel Differential travel Overlapping travel Total travel Recommended installation travel Repetitive accuracy of switch Operating torque, max with return spring Maintained contact Catalog Number 1 2 Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW spring return snap action Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW maintained in CW only Contact Diagram D 1.51 (0.68) (see table below) C 7° nominal — 4° nominal 80° 20° − 35° — 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) — Limit Switches Description D 9° nominal 6° nominal — 70° 13° − 30° ± 0.03× 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.317 N•m) Operating Sequences for Conveyor Belts: page 617 613 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L300 Foundry Switches L300 Foundry Switches Description Operating Torque Snap-action CW spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap-action CCW spring return Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action Snap action CW spring return Snap action CCW spring action Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action Snap action CCW spring return Snap action CW spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Limit Switches Snap action CW 1 N.C./2 N.O. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap action CCW 1 N.O./ 2 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action 3 poles 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) Snap action CCW 2 N.O./ 1 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Snap action CW 1 N.O./ 2 N.C. spring return 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) Maintained contact c CW and CCW snap action 3 poles 45 oz-in (0.32 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.O. contact per direction 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.O. contact for both directions 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Dimensions: page 622 Contact Diagram 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 L300WS2M1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 1 L300WS2M2 L300WS2M3 L300WDR2M4 L300WDR2M5 L300WDR2M6 L300WDL2M7 L300WDL2M8 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 3 1 5 3 4 2 6 4 1 2 Operating Data: page 615 Catalog Number 5 6 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 L300WTR2M10 L300WTR2M11 L300WTR2M12 L300WTL2M13 L300WTL2M14 L300WTL2M15 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 L300WN2M16 L300WN2M17 Operating Data A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) A (see page 615) B (see page 615) B (see page 615) Weight, lb (kg) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) Interpretation of Catalog Numbers: page 623 614 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L300 Foundry Switches L300 Foundry Switches (continued) Operating Torque Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 1 N.C.-CW, 1 N.C.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break 2 N.O.-CW, 1 N.O.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c spring return slow make and break N.O.-CW, 2 N.O.-CCW 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Slow make-before-break CW spring return 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Slow make-before-break CCW spring return 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW spring return snap action 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW maintained in CCW only 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW maintained in CW only 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return snap action 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) Neutral position c N.O.-CW, N.O./N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.O.-CCW Spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.C.-CW, N.O./N.C.-CCW spring return slow make and break 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Neutral position c N.O./N.C.-CW, N.C.-CCW spring return snap action 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) Contact Diagram Catalog Number 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 L300WNC2M18 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 L300WTRN2M20 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 L300WTLN2M21 L300WS02M22 L300WS02M23 L300WNS2M26 L300WNSR2M28 L300WNSL2M29 L300WNCS2M34 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 1 5 3 1 5 3 1 5 3 2 6 4 2 6 4 2 6 4 L300WTRN1C2M38 L300WTLN1C2M39 L300WTRN2C2M40 L300WTLN2M41 L300WTRN2CS2M48 Operating Data B (see table below) B (see table below) B (see table below) C (see table below) C (see table below) D (see table below) D (see table below) D (see table below) D (see table below) B (see table below) B (see table below) B (see table below) B (see table below) D (see table below) Weight, lb (kg) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) 1.54 (0.70) Operating Data for Contact Arrangements A B C D Pretravel Differential travel Overlapping travel Total travel Recommended installation travel Repetitive accuracy of switch Operating torque, max with return spring Maintained contact 17° nominal 11° nominal — 80° 20°–35° ± 0.03× 190 oz-in (1.34 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.317 N•m) 7° maximum 4° maximum — 70° 10° − 25° — 95 oz-in (0.67 N•m) — 7° nominal — 4° nominal 80° 20° − 35° — 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) — 9° nominal 6° nominal — 70° 13° − 30° ± 0.03× 170 oz-in (1.2 N•m) 45 oz-in (0.317 N•m) Dimensions: page 622 Limit Switches Description Operating Sequences for Conveyor Belts: page 617 615 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L140 and L2153 Cable Pulls L140 Series Cable Pulls (1) Circuit L140 Cable Pull Direction Catalog Number (2) Weight lb (kg) 1 N.C. CW right L142 1.54 (0.70) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. CW right L143 1.54 (0.70) 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. CCW left L144 1.54 (0.70) 1 N.C. CCW left L145 1.54 (0.70) 2 N.O. and 1 N.C. CW right L146 1.54 (0.70) 2 N.C. and 1 N.O. CW right L147 1.54 (0.70) 2 N.O. and 1 N.C. CCW left L148 1.54 (0.70) 2 N.C. and 1 N.O. CCW left L149 1.54 (0.70) 1. Style K levers were designed specifically for this application; see page 619 (order separately). 2. To complete the catalog number, refer to page 623 and add the suffix for the mounting plate style and the front cover material. L2153 Dual Pull Stop Description Catalog Number Dual pull cord switch—maintained contacts (stop and lever included) L2153 Weight lb (kg) 2.04 (0.93) Characteristics L2153 Dual Pull Stop Pretravel Differential travel Overlapping travel Total travel Recommended installation travel Repetitive accuracy of switch Operating torque, max with return spring Reset torque Temperature range Maintained contact 17° ± 2° 11° ± 2° — 80° — ± 0.03× 13–27 lb-in (1.47–3.05 N•m) 7–19 lb-in (0.79 –2.14 N•m) -20 to 120 °F (-6.6 to 48.8 °C) — Limit Switches 616 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L525 Belt Conveyor Switches L525 Belt Conveyor Switches Description 2 step sequence CW spring return, snap action, 2 N.O. 2 step sequence CCW spring return, snap action, 2 N.O. 2 step sequence CW spring return, snap action, 2 N.C. 2 Step sequence CCW spring return, snap action, 2 N.C 2 Step sequence CW spring return, snap action, N.O./N.C c Operating Torque 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) Contact Diagram 5 3 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 2 6 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 6 2 6 2 6 5 3 5 3 5 3 6 4 6 4 6 4 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) 150 oz-in (1.06 N•m) Catalog Number 1 3 1 3 1 3 2 4 2 4 2 4 Weight lb (kg) L525WDR2M56 1.5 (0.68) L525WDL2M57 1.5 (0.68) L525WDL2M58 1.5 (0.68) L525WDR2M59 1.5 (0.68) L100WS0S2M60 1.5 (0.68) c Two step snap action. One normally closed, one normally open; CW operation to first step to 2-C. Further CW operation to second step, 1-O, 1-C. Spring return. Pretravel 9° nominal. Additional travel 8° nominal. Differential second step 7° nominal. Differential first step 7° nominal. Characteristics 12° nominal 8° nominal 7× nominal 75° nominal 150 oz-in nominal (1.06 N•m) Limit Switches Pretravel Additional travel Differential travel Total travel Operating torque, max with return spring Dimensions: page 622 617 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100/L300 Lever Arms Lever Arms Lever arms are constructed of machined aluminum. Style A Steel Roller Dual dimensions: in. (mm) .75 19 .25 6.3 .25 6.3 L .62 15 50 12 Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Width 1.25 (31.7) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 1.75 (44.4 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 2.00 (50.8) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 2.25 (57.1) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 2.50 (63.5) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 2.75 (69.8) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 3.00 (76.2) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 3.50 (88.9) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 4.00 (101.6) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 4.50 (114.3) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 5.00 (127.0) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 5.50 (139.7) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 6.00 (152.4) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) i Example: AC — This is the complete catalog number to order. Catalog Number i AC AA AD AH AJ AO AK AB AL AM AN AP AQ AR Weight lb (kg) 0.06 (0.027) 0.06 (0.027) 0.07 (0.031) 0.08 (0.036) 0.09 (0.041) 0.10 (0.045) 0.10 (0.045) 0.11 (0.050) 0.12 (0.054) 0.13 (0.059) 0.14 (0.064) 0.16 (0.073) 0.18 (0.082) 0.20 (0.091) Style A Options Style A .75 19 .50 12 .37 9.5 Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.00 (25.4) 1.25 (32) 1.50 38.1) — 0.75 (19) — Roller Roller Roller Nylon roller Ball bearing roller Stainless steel roller 1 4 2 N R NS Style B Steel Roller L .62 15 .50 12 Limit Switches Style B .75 19 .62 15.8 .25 6.3 Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Width Catalog Number 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.50 (114.3) 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) BA BH BO BB BM BN BQ BR Weight lb (kg) 0.06 (0.027) 0.08 (0.036) 0.10 (0.045) 0.12 (0.054) 0.13 (0.059) 0.14 (0.064) 0.18 (0.082) 0.20 (0.091) Style B Options Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix — 1.50 (38.1) Nylon roller Roller N 2 Style C Steel Roller On Side L .62 15.8 Style C .50 12.7 Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Width Catalog Number 1.25 (31.7) 1.50 (38.1 1.75 (44.4) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) 0.25 (6.3) CC CA CD CH CO CB CL CM CR Weight lb (kg) 0.06 (0.027) 0.06 (0.027) 0.07 (0.031) 0.08 (0.036) 0.10 (0.045) 0.11 (0.050) 0.12 (0.054) 0.13 (0.059) 0.20 (0.091) Style C Options Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.0 (24.5) 1.25 (32) 1.50 (38.1) — Roller Roller Roller Nylon roller 1 4 2 N Dimensions: page 622 618 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100/L300 Lever Arms Dual dimensions: in. (mm) .75 19 .50 12.7 .25 6.3 50° .68 17.4 L Style E One Way Steel Roller Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Width Catalog Number 1.50 (38.1 1.75 (44.4) 3.00 (76.2) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) 0.50 (12.7) EA ED EB Weight lb (kg) 0.30 (0.136) 0.40 (0.181) 0.50 (0.227) Style E Options Diameter in. (mm) Description Catalog Number Add Suffix — Nylon roller N Style F Offset Steel Roller .62 15.8 .50 12.7 Style E .75 19 .25 6.3 Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Roller Position Offset Width Catalog Number 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.75 (19) 0.62 (15.8) 0.87 (22.2) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 0.62 (15.8) 1.00 (25.4) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8) FB FA FC FE FG FI FJ Weight lb (kg) 0.06 (0.027) 0.06 (0.027) 0.06 (0.027) 0.08 (0.036) 0.10 (0.045) 0.11 (0.050) 0.11 (0.050) Style F Options .62 15.8 .50 12.7 Style F 0.50 12.7 0.37 9.5 0.81 20.6 0.31 7.9 0.25 6.3 L 0.62 15.8 Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.00 (24.5) — Roller Nylon roller 1 N Style K (for use with L140 cable pulls) Arm Length Steel roller Diameter Description 1.50 (38.1 — — 2.50 (63.5) — — 3.00 (76.2) — — i Example: KA — This is the complete catalog number to order. Catalog Number i KA KO KB Weight lb (kg) 0.05 (0.023) 0.08 (0.036) 0.09 (0.041) Style L (renewal parts for L2153 dual pull stop) Description Catalog Number Lever Mechanical stop AL1746 AL1649 Weight lb (kg) 0.25 (0.113) 0.10 (0.045) 0.50 12.7 Style K Limit Switches L 619 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Lever Arms Style R Steel Rod Dual dimensions: in. (mm) 1.00 25.4 Description Catalog Number Hub only Rod only R R9 Weight lb (kg) 0.10 (0.045) 0.09 (0.041) Style V Yoke (for maintained position switches) .87 22.2 9.00 228 .68 17.4 .18 4.7 Adjustable from 75° to 180° in increments of 7.5° Yoke VA Weight lb (kg) 0.50 (0.227) Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.0 (24.5) — 0.75 (19) Roller Nylon roller Ball bearing roller 1 N R Style LA (to pass over switch cover) 70° 180° 1.56 39.8 3.12 79.3 Catalog Number Style V Options Style R .75 19 .62 15.8 Description Arm Length Catalog Number 1.50 (30) 2.00 (50) 2.50 (63) LAA1 LAH1 LA01 Weight lb (kg) 0.12 (0.054) 0.12 (0.054) 0.12 (0.054) Style LA Options .50 12.7 Style V Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.5 (38) — Roller Nylon roller 2 N Style LC (to pass over switch cover) 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 L Arm Length Catalog Number 1.50 (30) 2.00 (50) 2.50 (63) LCA1 LCH1 LCO1 Weight lb (kg) 0.12 (0.054) 0.12 (0.054) 0.13 (0.059) Style LC Options .75 19 1.25 31.7 Limit Switches Style LA Diameter Description Catalog Number—Add Suffix 1.25 (32) 1.5 (38) — Roller Roller Nylon roller 4 2 N Rolling Pin (for use with 2 step switches for conveyor or belt applications) 1.00 25.4 1.37 34.9 Arm Length 2.25 (75.1) 2.25 (75.1) 3.0 (50.8) L High temp. Teflon® material Catalog Number Weight lb (kg) AL1650 AL16501 AL1802 0.30 (0.136) 0.33 (0.150) 0.33 (0.150) Catalog Number Weight lb (kg) Rolling Pin (adjustable) .75 19 Arm Length 1.25 31.7 Width 2.00 (51) to 0.75 (19) 0.25 (6.3) AL1650 0.30 (0.136) 4.00 (102) i Example: KA — This is the complete catalog number to order. Note: No hub component is needed for Type AL rolling pins. The arm mounts directly onto the shaft of the switch. Style LC 1.25 31.8 2.23 56.64 3.00 76.2 Steel roller Diameter 5.73 145.54 Rolling Pin .97 2.45 .75 19 4.06 103 1.93 23.8 Adjustable Rolling Pin Dimensions: page 622 620 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches L100/L300 Options and Accessories Housing Options k Description 0.75 in. conduit opening Available on 2 circuit switches. Standard on 3 circuit switches High temperature 0 to +350 °F (-17.7 to +176.6 °C) c Metal front cover only Low temperature -20 to 200 °F (-28.8 to +93.3 °C) c High shock Available only on operating sequences 1, 2, 4, 5, 7-11, 13, 14 Gold contacts Mini Change Connector Metric conduit threads M20 (20 mm) Example Full Catalog Number Catalog Number Add Prefix L100WS2M1 changes to GL100WS2M1 G 1.54 (0.70) L100WS2M1 changes to HL100WS2M1 H 1.54 (0.70) T 1.54 (0.70) L100WS2M1 changes to TL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to L526WS2M1 L300WS2M1 changes to L326WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to L522WS2M1 L300WS2M1 changes to L322WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to ML100WS2M1 Weight lb (kg) 526 1.54 (0.70) 326 522 1.54 (0.70) 322 M 1.54 (0.70) Wiring Straight male receptacle 4-pin q Factory prewired 90° Angle male receptacle 4-pin q Factory prewired—facing right Ministyle male receptacle j 8 A max. 5-pin (double circuit) or 7 A max. 7-pin (triple circuit) Potted and prewired 5 wires 6 ft (1.8 mm) long Straight Male Connector 5 wires 12 ft (3.6 mm) long 5 wires 18 ft (5.5 mm) long Example Full Catalog Number L100WS2M1 changes to PL100WS2M1 L100WS2M1 changes to APL100WS2M1 Catalog Number Add Prefix Weight lb (kg) P 1.54 (0.70) AP 1.54 (0.70) L100WS2M1 changes to BL100WS2M1 B 1.54 (0.70) Example Full Catalog Number Add Suffix L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P12 L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P18 Weight lb (kg) P P12 1.54 (0.70) P18 Front Covers Description Example Full Catalog Number Standard metal Transparent plastic cover with metal frame Transparent plastic cover with metal frame and Neon indicator light (not connected) Catalog Number Add Suffix Weight lb (kg) M — PF — GF — L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2PF 1 Limit Switches Description 1.54 (0.70) Accessories Description 90° Angle Male Connector Catalog Number Weight lb (kg) Sealed female plug and cable for P and AP connector 4 pin, #16 AWG STO cable 140 °F (60 °C) 4 ft. (1.21 m) 6 ft. (1.82 m) 10 ft. (3.04 m) 1010004 1010006 10100010 1.20 (0.54) 1.25 (0.57) 1.50 (0.68) Sealed female plug and cable for ministyle connector (B) 3 ft. (0.91 m) BH2053 6 ft. (1.82 m) BH2056 12 ft. (3.65 m) BH20512 Other options available — contact your local field office for details. Receptacle is a 4-pin male APL/PL-SWTS, Cannon part # MS3102E20-4P-F79 or equal. Ministyle male connectors are: • 5-pin: Brad Harrison #41310 (or equal) • 7-pin: Brad Harrison #42805 (or equal) The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water. 5 pin, #16 AWG STO cable 221 °F (105 °C) k q j c 1.50 (0.68) 1.70 (0.77) 2.10 (0.95) 621 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches R.B.Denison® Lox-Switch™ L Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Dimensions Switches Type L100 Type L300 1.81 46 2.10 53.5 .28 7.1 3.93 100 4.22 107.2 .89 .75 2.62 66.7 4.95 22.6 19 125.7 3.93 100 4.95 125.7 2.31 58.7 CA Lever Type L with style 2 mounting plate .28 7.1 Switch shown with AA lever .25” - 20 tap .625” deep 2 holes both sides .95 24.2 AA Lever 2.12 53.9 1.75 44.4 1.87 47.5 .89 .75 2.62 66.7 4.95 22.6 19 125.7 1.78 45.2 1.53 38.8 2.31 58.7 1.81 46 2.10 53.5 1/2” pipe tap - 2 circuit switches 3/4” pipe tap - 3 circuit switches .25” - 20 tap .625” deep 2 holes both sides .95 24.2 1/2” pipe tap - 2 circuit switches 3/4” pipe tap - 3 circuit switches Base Plates Style 4 .26 dia. 6.7 .26 6.7 dia. mounting hole 3.17 80.5 4.56 115.8 .20 slot 5.2 4.22 107.2 6.5 16.5 1.40 35.7 .75 19 1.81 .90 46 22.8 1.50 38.1 Limit Switches 4.56 115.8 2.43 61.9 1.40 35.7 2.25 1.40 57.1 35.7 .21 5.5 2.81 71.4 Style 3 .62 15.8 .90 23 4.94 125.4 Style 2 .62 15 dia. hole 3.17 80.5 Style 1 mtg. hole 2.25 57.1 3.25 82.5 .26 6.7 4 mounting holes .26 6.7 4 mounting holes Receptacles APL 101000 1.46 37.3 1.09 27.7 1.31 33.3 2.26 57.3 .72 18.2 2.65 67.4 .95 24.2 3.59 91.2 3.20 81.3 2.87 73 1.48 37.7 PL .95 24.2 Ground clamp screw 4 Ft. 16/4 STO cable Yellow Dual dimensions: in. mm 622 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches Interpretation of Catalog Numbers Severe Duty Mill and Foundry Switches Interpretation of Catalog Numbers The interpretation of catalog numbers is intended to help you understand how the catalog number is laid out. It is to be used with existing numbers only. The table below should not be used to generate new catalog numbers. If the contact sequence required is not listed, contact your local field office. L100 and L300 The only modifications to the existing catalog numbers are: • • Base Plates: Select style 1, 2, 3 or 4 Front Covers: Select metal, transparent plastic, or transparent plastic with neon light. For special features see page 621. Limit Switches 9007T and FT 623 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Limit Switches 624 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Catalog September File 9006 07 CONTENTS Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626 Nano-Style Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 Micro-Style Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 Mini-Style Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 Field-Attachable Connectors and Extension Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 Splitter Cables and Sensor Dock Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 AS-Interface® Bus—Intelligent Splitter Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658 Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Selection Guide Connector Cables and Field-Attachable Connectors Selection Guide for Typical Cabling Systems with Wiring to Connectors Connector Cables Field-Attachable Connectors Nano-Style M8 Micro-Style M12 Micro-Style 0.5 in. 20 UNF Mini-Style 0.88 in. 16 UNF k k k k Description Micro-Style M12 Micro-Style 0.5 in. 20 UNF Mini-Style 0.88 in. 16 UNF M18 k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k DIN 43650 A Type 717 Connector Type Female Male Connection Type Non-Locking k Locking k k k Model Straight k k k k k k k 90° k k k k k k k k k k Number of Contacts 3, 4 2, 4, 5 3, 4, 5 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 4, 5 3 3, 4, 5 4 4 5 without LED k k k k k k k k k k with LED k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k Signaling Voltage DC AC/DC k k k k k Color Yellow k k k k Black k k k k k k k k k k Current (A) 4 3, 4 3, 4 2, 8, 10, 12 4 4 8, 13 16 16 16 Cable Length 1 m (3.3 ft) 2 m (6.6 ft) k k k k 5 m (16.4 ft) k k k k 10 m (32.8 ft) k k k k Catalog Number Prefix XSZCS9, XSZCS1, XZCP XSZCD, XZCP XSZCK, XZCP XSZCA, XZCP XSZFD XSZFK XSZFA XZCC XZCC XZCC Page Number 628 633 636 638 644 644 647 647 647 647 k Available selection Cabling 626 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Selection Guide Extension Cables, Splitters, and Docks Selection Guide for Typical Cabling Systems with Wiring to Connectors Extension Cables Description Nano-Style M8 to Micro-Style Micro-Style M12 to Micro-Style Splitter Cables Splitter Boxes Sensor Docks DIN 43650 A to Micro-Style Mini-Style 3-Pin to Mini-Style 3-Pin 2 Input Micro-Style M12 to Micro-Style 2 Input Micro-Style to Micro-Style 4 Input Micro-Style M12 6 Input Micro-Style M12 8 Input Micro-Style M12 k k k AS-Interface® Modules Connector Type Female k M8 k M12 k DIN k M8 k M12 k M12 Male k M12 k M12 k M12 k M12 k M12 k M12 k k k k k k k k Connection Type Non-Locking Locking k Model Straight k k k k k 90° k k k k k Number of Contacts 3 3, 4 5 3 4 4, 5 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 k k k k k k k k k Signaling without LED with LED k (PNP) Voltage DC k AC/DC k k k k k k k k k k k k Color Orange k Yellow k k k k Black k k k Current (A) 3, 4 3, 4 4 8 k k 3 k k k k k k k 3 4/12 4/12 4/12 Cable Length 1 m (3.3 ft) k k k k k 2 m (6.6 ft) k k k k k 5 m (16.4 ft) k 10 m (32.8 ft) k k k k k k XSZESD, XZCR XSZEKK, XSZEDD, XZCR XZCR XSZEAA XSZSDD, XSZSSD XSZSDD, XZLC XSZLD, XSZLK, XZLC XSZLD, XSZLK, XZLC XSZLD, XSZLK, XZLC Page Number 648 648, 650 650 650 652 653 654 654 654 656 Cabling Catalog Number Prefix 627 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) Non-Locking, with and without LEDs Non-Locking Type—DC 3-Pin—Without LED Ø.31" REF 7.87mm 1.15" REF 29.30mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 1 .70" REF 17.85mm 1.04" REF 26.50mm Ø.31" REF 7.80mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 2 .70" REF 17.85mm Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number S, M8 1 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS901 S, M8 1 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS902 S, M8 1 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS903 S, M8 1 6.6 2 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS904 S, M8 1 16.4 5 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS905 S, M8 1 32.8 10 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS906 S, M8 1 6.6 2 Straight PVR Black XZCP0166L2 S, M8 1 16.4 5 Straight PVR Black XZCP0166L5 S, M8 1 32.8 10 Straight PVR Black XZCP0166L10 S, M8 2 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS911 S, M8 2 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS912 S, M8 2 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS913 S, M8 2 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS914 S, M8 2 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS915 S, M8 2 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS916 S, M8 2 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0266L2 S, M8 2 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0266L5 S, M8 2 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0266L10 Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number Non-Locking Type—PNP DC 3-Pin—With LEDs Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style S, M8 3 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS921 S, M8 3 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS922 S, M8 3 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS923 S, M8 3 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS924 S, M8 3 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS925 S, M8 3 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS926 S, M8 3 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0366L2 S, M8 3 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0366L5 S, M8 3 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0366L10 Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number Non-Locking Type—NPN DC 3-Pin—With LEDs Ø.31" REF 7.80mm 1.04" REF 26.50mm LENGTH Cabling .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 3 and 4 Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style S, M8 4 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS931 S, M8 4 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS932 S, M8 4 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS933 S, M8 4 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS934 S, M8 4 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS935 S, M8 4 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS936 S, M8 4 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0466L2 S, M8 4 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0466L5 S, M8 4 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0466L10 628 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) Non-Locking, with and without LEDs Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (PVC) Yellow Cable (PUR) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -4 to +176 °F (-20 to +80 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to +100 °C) Molded body Transparent (LED version only)— PVC – TPE Transparent (LED version only)— PVC – TPE TPU Contact Solid machined brass, gold over nickel plating Solid machined brass, gold over nickel plating Cu. Zn Standard temperature range Materials Cable PVC PUR PvR (PVC/NBR) Insert PBT PBT TPU PA6 GV 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor, PVC, Hi-Flex bare, UL style 2661 copper stranding 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor, 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor PUR, Hi-Flex bare, UL style 20233 PVC TI2 copper stranding NEMA Type 4 4 IEC IP65 IP65 IP65 Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A 4A Working voltage 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version Cable Enclosure rating — Electrical Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance LED (LED versions only) > 109 Ω 2 kVac rms / 60 s 1.5 kVac rms / 60 s > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Green Power Power Power Yellow Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal 4 4 3 3 1 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 4 1 3 pnp - normally open + Brown 1 Black 4 Yellow Female 3 Green - Blue Reference Number 3 npn - normally open - Blue 3 4 Yellow 1 Black Green + Brown Reference Number 4 Cabling Reference Number 1 and 2 1 629 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) Locking, with and without LEDs Locking Type—DC 3-Pin—Without LED Ø.39" REF 10.00mm Sensor Suffix Letter M8x1 1.22" REF 31.00mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 5 .72" REF 18.25mm Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number S, M8 5 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS101 S, M8 5 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS102 S, M8 5 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS103 S, M8 5 6.6 2 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS104 S, M8 5 16.4 5 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS105 S, M8 5 32.8 10 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCS106 S, M8 5 6.6 2 Straight PVR Black XZCP0566L2 S, M8 5 16.4 5 Straight PVR Black XZCP0566L5 S, M8 5 32.8 10 Straight PVR Black XZCP0566L10 S, M8 6 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS111 S, M8 6 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS112 S, M8 6 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS113 S, M8 6 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS114 S, M8 6 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS115 S, M8 6 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCS116 S, M8 6 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0666L2 S, M8 6 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0666L5 S, M8 6 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0666L10 Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number Locking Type—PNP DC 3-Pin—With LEDs Ø.39" REF 10.00mm M8x1 1.04" REF 26.50mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm Sensor Suffix Letter .72" REF 18.25mm ft m 7 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0766L2 S, M8 7 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0766L5 S, M8 7 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0766L10 Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number Locking Type—NPN DC 3-Pin—With LEDs .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 6 Cable Length S, M8 Sensor Suffix Letter Cabling Ø.39" REF 10.00mm M8x1 Connector Reference Number Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m S, M8 8 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS131 S, M8 8 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS132 S, M8 8 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS133 S, M8 8 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP0866L2 S, M8 8 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP0866L5 S, M8 8 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP0866L10 1.04" REF 26.50mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 7 and 8 Dual Dimensions inches mm 630 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) Locking, with and without LEDs Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (PVC) Yellow Cable (PUR) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -4 to +176 °F (-20 to +80 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body Transparent (LED version only)— PVC–TPE Transparent (LED version only)— PVC–TPE TPU Contact Solid machined brass, gold over nickel plating Solid machined brass, gold over nickel plating Cu ZA Standard temperature range Materials Cable PVC PUR PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert PBT PBT TPU 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor, PVC, Hi-Flex bare, UL style 2661 copper stranding 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor, 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor PUR, Hi-Flex bare, UL style 20233 PVC TI2 copper stranding Cable Enclosure rating NEMA Type c 6P 6P — IEC c IP68 IP67 IP68 Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A 4A Working voltage 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc, Non-LED version; 10–30 Vdc, LED version Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s 1.5 kVac rms / 60 s Electrical 109 Ω Ω > 109 Ω Insulation resistance > LED (LED versions only) Green Power Power Power Yellow Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal c > 109 Only in fully locked position 4 4 3 1 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 3 Green - Blue Reference Number 7 npn - normally open - Blue 3 4 Yellow 1 Black Green + Brown Reference Number 8 Cabling Reference Number 6 and 7 pnp - normally open + Brown 1 Black 4 Yellow 1 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black 4 3 3 1 631 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Nano-Style Connector Cables (Female) Locking, without LEDs Locking Type—DC 4-Pin—Without LED Ø.39" REF 10.00mm Sensor Suffix Letter M8x1 1.22" REF 31.00mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 9 Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number S, M8 9 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS141 S, M8 9 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS142 S, M8 9 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCS143 S, M8 9 6.6 2 Straight PVR Black XZCP0941L2 S, M8 9 16.4 5 Straight PVR Black XZCP0941L5 S, M8 9 32.8 10 Straight PVR Black XZCP0941L10 S, M8 10 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS151 S, M8 10 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS152 S, M8 10 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCS153 S, M8 10 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP1041L2 S, M8 10 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP1041L5 S, M8 10 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP1041L10 Specifications Mechanical Standard temperature range .72" REF 18.25mm Materials Ø.39" REF 10.00mm M8x1 1.04" REF 26.50mm LENGTH .16" REF 4.06mm .75" REF 19.05mm Reference Number 10 Black Cable (PVR) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body TPE TPU Contact Solid machined brass, gold over nickel plating Cu Zn Cable PVC PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert PBT TPU 0.22 mm2 (24 AWG) conductor, PVC, Hi-Flex bare, UL style 2661 copper stranding 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) conductor, PVC TI2 NEMA Type c 6P — IEC c IP68 IP67 Cable Enclosure rating Yellow Cable (PVC) — Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical Contact resistance < 5 mΩ < 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A Working voltage 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc 60 Vac rms / 75 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω c Only in fully locked position 4 2 1 3 Cabling 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black Reference Number 9 and 10 632 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) Locking, without LEDs DC 4-Pin—Without LED Ø.57" REF 14.48mm Sensor Suffix Letter 1.84" REF 46.74mm M12x1 LENGTH .38" REF 9.65mm 1.50" REF 38.10mm Reference Number 11 Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft Connector Style m Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number D, M12 11 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD101Y D, M12 11 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD102Y D, M12 11 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD103Y D, M12 11 6.6 2 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCD104Y D, M12 11 16.4 5 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCD105Y D, M12 11 32.8 10 Straight PUR Yellow XSZCD106Y D, M12 11 6.6 2 Straight PVR Black XZCP1141L2 D, M12 11 16.4 5 Straight PVR Black XZCP1141L5 D, M12 11 32.8 10 Straight PVR Black XZCP1141L10 D, M12 12 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD111Y D, M12 12 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD112Y D, M12 12 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD113Y D, M12 12 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD114Y D, M12 12 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD115Y D, M12 12 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD116Y D, M12 12 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP1241L2 D, M12 12 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP1241L5 D, M12 12 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP1241L10 Specifications Mechanical 1.23" REF 31.24mm Yellow Cable (PVC) Yellow Cable (PUR) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -4 to +176 °F (-20 to +80 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body PVC PUR (Polyurethane) TPU Contact Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Cu Zn Cable PVC, Self extinguishing PUR (Polyurethane), Self extinguishing PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert Nylon 6/6 Nylon 6/6 TPU 22 AWG, UL style 2661; Hi-Flex bare, 26x36 copper stranding 22 AWG, UL style 20233; Hi-Flex bare, 26x36 copper stranding 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) conductor, PVC TI2 Standard temperature range 1.23" REF 31.24mm Materials M12x1 LENGTH Ø.57" REF 14.48mm Cable Enclosure rating .38" REF 9.65mm 1.50" REF 38.10mm NEMA Type c 6P 6P — IEC c IP68 IP68 IP67 Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A 4A Working voltage 250 Vdc 250 Vdc 250 Vac / 300 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance ≥ ≥ ≥ 109 Ω Reference Number 12 Agency Approvals c 109 Ω 109 Ω UL Yes Yes — CSA Yes Yes — Cabling Electrical Only in fully locked position 3 2 4 1 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = not used Reference Number 11 and 12 633 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC with and without LEDs PNP DC 4-Pin—With LEDs 1.23" REF 31.24mm 1.23" REF 31.24mm M12x1 LENGTH Ø.57" REF 14.48mm .38" REF 9.65mm 1.50" REF 38.10mm Reference Number 13 and 14 Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.84" REF 46.74mm M12x1 Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number D, M12 13 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD121Y D, M12 13 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD122Y D, M12 13 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD123Y D, M12 13 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD124 D, M12 13 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD125 D, M12 13 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD126 D, M12 13 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP1340L2 D, M12 13 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP1340L5 D, M12 13 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP1340L10 NPN DC 4-Pin—With LEDs Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number D, M12 14 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD131Y D, M12 14 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD132Y D, M12 14 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD133Y D, M12 14 6.6 2 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD134 D, M12 14 16.4 5 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD135 D, M12 14 32.8 10 90° PUR Yellow XSZCD136 D, M12 14 6.6 2 90° PVR Black XZCP1440L2 D, M12 14 16.4 5 90° PVR Black XZCP1440L5 D, M12 14 32.8 10 90° PVR Black XZCP1440L10 Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number DC 5-Pin—Without LED LENGTH .38" REF 9.65mm Sensor Suffix Letter 1.50" REF 38.10mm Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m — 15 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD1501Y — 15 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD1502Y — 15 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCD1503Y — 16 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD1511Y — 16 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD1512Y — 16 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCD1513Y Reference Number 15 1.23" REF 31.24mm Cabling 1.23" REF 31.24mm M12x1 .38" REF 9.65mm LENGTH Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.50" REF 38.10mm Reference Number 16 634 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC with and without LEDs Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (PVC) Yellow Cable (PUR) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -4 to +176 °F (-20 to +80 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body PUR (Polyurethane), Transparent (LED version only) PUR (Polyurethane), Transparent (LED version only) TPU Contact Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Cu Sn Standard temperature range Materials Cable PVC, Self extinguishing PUR/PVC PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert PUR PUR TPU 22 AWG, UL style 2661; Hi-Flex bare, 26x36 copper stranding 22 AWG, UL style 20233; Hi-Flex bare, 26x36 copper stranding 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) conductor, PVC TI2 Cable NEMA Type c 6P 6P — IEC c IP68 IP68 IP67 Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 3A 3A 3A Working voltage 250 Vdc 250 Vdc 250 Vdc (LED version 10–30 Vdc) Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω > 109 Ω LED (LED versions only) Green Power Power Power Yellow Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal Sensor Output Signal Agency Approvals UL Yes Yes — CSA Yes Yes — Enclosure rating Electrical Only in fully locked position c 3 3 4 4 3 4 2 1 5 2 1 = Brown 2 = Blank 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = not used pnp - normally open + Brown 1 Black 4 Yellow 3 2 1 Green - Blue 1 = Brown 2 = Blank 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = not used npn - normally open - Blue 3 4 Yellow 1 Black 1 = Brown 2 = White 3 = Blue 4 = Black 5 = Gray Reference Number 15 and 16 Green + Brown Reference Number 14 Cabling Reference Number 13 1 635 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) AC/DC without LED AC/DC 3-Pin—Without LED Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.79" REF 45.47mm 1/2"-20 UNF-2B Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style K, U20 18 6.0 1.8 90° K, U20 18 15.0 4.6 90° K, U20 18 30.0 9.1 90° K, U20 18 6.6 2.0 K, U20 18 16.4 K, U20 18 K, U20 Cable Material LENGTH Cable Color Catalog Number PVC Yellow XSZCK101Y PVC Yellow XSZCK102Y PVC Yellow XSZCK103Y 90° PVR Black XZCP1865L2 5.0 90° PVR Black XZCP1865L5 32.8 10.0 90° PVR Black XZCP1865L10 17 6.0 1.8 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK111Y K, U20 17 15.0 4.6 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK112Y K, U20 17 30.0 9.1 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK113Y K, U20 17 6.6 2.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1965L2 K, U20 17 16.4 5.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1965L5 K, U20 17 32.8 10.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1965L10 Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number AC/DC 4-Pin—Without LED .38" REF 9.65mm 1.50" REF 38.10mm Reference Number 17 Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style — 17 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1401Y — 17 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1402Y — 17 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1403Y — 19 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1411Y — 19 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1412Y — 19 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1413Y Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number AC/DC 5-Pin—Without LED 1.17" REF 29.72mm 1.23" REF 31.24mm Ø.57" REF 14.48mm .38" REF 9.65mm LENGTH 1/2"-20 UNF-2B Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style — 17 6.6 2 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1501Y — 17 16.4 5 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1502Y — 17 32.8 10 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCK1503Y — 20 6.6 2 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1511Y — 20 16.4 5 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1512Y — 20 32.8 10 90° PVC Yellow XSZCK1513Y 1.50" REF 38.10mm Cabling Reference Number 18, 19 and 20 636 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Connector Cables (Female) AC/DC without LED Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (PVC) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body PVC TPU Contact Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Cu Sn Cable PVC, self extinguishing PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert Nylon 6/6 TPU 22 AWG, UL style 2661; Metallic braid, 26x36 copper stranding 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) conductor, PVC TI2 Standard temperature range Materials Cable Enclosure rating NEMA Type c 6P — IEC c IP68 IP67 Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A Working voltage 250 Vac/Vdc 250 Vac / 300 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Agency Approvals c UL Yes — CSA Yes — Only in fully locked position 4 1 3 2 3 4 1 3 2 1 5 2 1 = Green 2 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White Reference Number 17 and 18 1 = Red/Black 2 = Red/White 3 = Red 4 = Green Reference Number 17 and 20 Cabling Reference Number 17 and 19 1 = Red/White 2 = Red 3 = Green 4 = Red/Yellow 5 = Red/Black 637 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC, AC/DC without LEDs—3 Pin DC 3-Pin—Without LED Ø 1.00" REF 25.40mm Ø.56" REF 14.22mm 1.88" REF 47.75mm Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number A, R3 21 6.0 1.8 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA101Y A, R3 21 15.0 4.6 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA102Y A, R3 21 30.0 9.1 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA103Y A, R3 21 6.6 2.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1662L2 A, R3 21 16.4 5.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1662L5 A, R3 21 32.8 10.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1662L10 A, R3 22 6.0 1.8 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA111Y A, R3 22 15.0 4.6 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA112Y A, R3 22 30.0 9.1 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA113Y AC/DC 3-Pin—Without LED LENGTH .38" REF 9.65mm Sensor Suffix Letter 2.25" REF 57.15mm Reference Number 21 and 23 Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number A, R3 23 6.0 1.8 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA901Y A, R3 23 15.0 4.6 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA902Y A, R3 23 30.0 9.1 Straight PVC Yellow XSZCA903Y A, R3 23 6.6 2.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1670L2 A, R3 23 16.4 5.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1670L5 A, R3 23 32.8 10.0 Straight PVR Black XZCP1670L10 A, R3 24 6.0 1.8 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA911Y A, R3 24 15.0 4.6 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA912Y A, R3 24 30.0 9.1 90° PVC Yellow XSZCA913Y AC/DC 3-Pin—Without LED—(10 A rated) 1.60" REF 40.64mm Ø1.00" REF 25.40mm Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number A, R3 25 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1311Y A, R3 25 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1312Y A, R3 25 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1313Y A, R3 26 6 1.8 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9311Y A, R3 26 15 4.6 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9312Y A, R3 26 30 9.1 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9313Y Sensor Suffix Letter 1.28" REF 32.51mm 7/8"-16 UN-2B LENGTH Cabling .38" REF 9.65mm 2.25" REF 57.15mm Reference Number 22 and 24 Reference Number 25 Reference Number 25 638 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC, AC/DC without LEDs—3 Pin Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (PVC) Standard temperature range -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) Materials Yellow Cable (STOOW) 13 A Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) TPU Molded body PVC - UL - 94 PVC - UL - 94 Contact Solid machined brass, gold over silver plating Solid machined brass, gold over silver Cu Sn plating Cable PVC, Self extinguishing STOOW Coupling nut Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat Insert PVC - UL STD - 94 PVC - UL STD - 94 TPU 18 AWG, UL style 2661; Hi-Flex bare, 41x34 copper stranding 1.23 mm2 (16 AWG), UL-STOOW; Hi-Flex bare, 65x34 copper stranding 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG) conductor, PVC TI2 Cable PVR (PVC/NBR) Cu Zn NEMA Type c 6P 6P — IEC c IP68 IP68 IP67 ≤ 3.0 N (0.67 lb) ≤ 3.0 N (0.67 lb) ≤ 3.0 N (0.67 lb) ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Enclosure rating Insertion force Electrical Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 7A 10 A 12 A Working voltage 300 Vac/Vdc rms 600 Vac rms 250 Vac rms Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s > 109 Ω > 109 Ω > 109 Ω UL Yes Yes — CSA Yes Yes — Insulation resistance Agency Approvals c Only in fully locked position 1 3 2 1 = Brown 2 = Black (Ground) 3 = Blue 3 1 1 = Green (Ground) 2 = Red w/Black 3 = Red w/White Reference Number 23 and 24 2 3 1 1 = Green (Ground) 2 = Red w/Black 3 = Red w/White Reference Number 25 and 26 Cabling Reference Number 21 and 22 2 639 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC, AC/DC without LEDs—4 and 5 Pin DC 4-Pin—Without LED Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number A, R4 27 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1401Y A, R4 27 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1402Y A, R4 27 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1403Y A, R4 28 6 1.8 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9401Y A, R4 28 15 4.6 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9402Y A, R4 28 30 9.1 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9403Y Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number Sensor Suffix Letter AC/DC 4-Pin—Without LED Sensor Suffix Letter Reference Number 27, 29 and 31 Connector Reference Number Cable Length ft m — 29 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1411Y — 29 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1412Y — 29 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1413Y — 30 6 1.8 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9411Y — 30 15 4.6 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9412Y — 30 30 9.1 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9413Y Reference Number 28, 30 and 32 Cabling 640 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC, AC/DC without LEDs—4 and 5 Pin AC/DC 5-Pin—Without LED Cable Length Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number R5, U78 31 6 1.8 Straight R5, U78 31 15 4.6 Straight R5, U78 31 30 9.1 Straight R5, U78 32 6 1.8 R5, U78 32 15 R5, U78 32 30 ft Cable Color Catalog Number STOOW Yellow XSZCA1501Y STOOW Yellow XSZCA1502Y STOOW Yellow XSZCA1503Y 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9501Y 4.6 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9502Y 9.1 90° STOOW Yellow XSZCA9503Y m Connector Style Cable Material Reference Number 27, 29 and 31 Cabling Reference Number 28, 30 and 32 641 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) DC, AC/DC without LEDs Specifications Mechanical Yellow Cable (STOOW) Standard temperature range Materials -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) Molded body PVC - UL STD - 94 Contact Solid machined brass, gold over silver plating Cable STOOW Coupling nut Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat Insert PUR NEMA Type c 6P IEC c IP68 Cable 16 AWG, UL-STOOW; Hi-Flex bare, 65x34 copper stranding Enclosure rating ≤ 3.0 N (0.67 lb) Insertion force ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 8A Working voltage 600 Vac/Vdc rms Dielectric withstanding voltage 1.5 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω Agency Approvals UL Yes CSA Yes Only in fully locked position c 2 3 3 2 1 4 4 1 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 = Green (Ground) Reference Number 27, 28, 29 and 30 5 1 = White 2 = Red 3 = Green (Ground) 4 = Orange 5 = Black Reference Number 31 and 32 Cabling 642 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini-Style Connector Cables (Female) AC/DC without LEDs AC/DC 6-Pin—Without LED Sensor Suffix Letter Cable Length Connector Reference Number ft m Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number — 33 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1601Y — 33 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1602Y — 33 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1603Y Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number AC/DC 7-Pin—Without LED Sensor Suffix Letter Cable Length Connector Reference Number ft m — 34 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1701Y — 34 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1702Y — 34 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1703Y Connector Style Cable Material Cable Color Catalog Number AC/DC 9-Pin—Without LED Sensor Suffix Letter Reference Number 33 1.25" REF 31.75mm Cable Length Connector Reference Number ft m — 35 6 1.8 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1901Y — 35 15 4.6 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1902Y — 35 30 9.1 Straight STOOW Yellow XSZCA1903Y Specifications .81" REF 20.57mm Mechanical Yellow Cable (STOOW) 1 1/8"-16 UN-2B Standard temperature range 2.79" REF 70.87mm LENGTH Materials -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) Molded body PVC - UL STD - 94 Contact Solid machined brass, gold over silver plating Cable STOOW Coupling nut Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat Insert PVC - UL STD - 94 Cable .38" REF 9.65mm 16 AWG, UL-STOOW; Hi-Flex bare, 65x34 copper stranding Enclosure rating 2.25" REF 57.15mm Reference Number 34 NEMA Type c 6P IEC c IP68 ≤ 3.0 N (0.67 lb) Insertion force ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical .81" REF 20.57mm 1 1/8"-16 UN-2B Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 8A Working voltage 600 Vac rms Dielectric withstanding voltage 1.5 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω Agency Approvals 2.79" REF 70.87mm c UL Yes CSA Yes Only in fully locked position LENGTH 1 2 6 2.25" REF 57.15mm 7 2 3 6 1 5 5 Reference Number 33 3 4 1 Reference Number 34 4 9 8 2 4 3 .38" REF 9.65mm Cabling 1.25" REF 31.75mm 7 5 6 Reference Number 35 Reference Number 35 643 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Field-Attachable Connectors DC, AC/DC Micro-Style DC Only .79" 20.0mm Sensor Suffix Letter M12 X 1 THREAD 2.36" 60.0mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .16"-.32" [4.1-8.1mm] PG9 STYLE Reference Number 38 and 42 .79" 20.0mm Connector Reference Number Connector Style Reference Number 36 and 40 Cable Diameter Catalog Number 36 4 Straight Female 3–6 mm XSZFD6409 — 37 4 90° Female 3–6 mm XSZFD6419 — 38 4 Straight Male 4–8 mm XSZFD9409 — 39 4 90° Male 3–6 mm XSZFD9419 — 40 5 Straight Female 3–6 mm XSZFD6509 — 41 5 90° Female 3–6 mm XSZFD6519 — 42 5 Straight Male 4–8 mm XSZFD9509 — 43 5 90° Male 3–6 mm XSZFD9519 Number of Pins Connector Style Male/ Female Cable Diameter Catalog Number Micro-Style AC/DC Sensor Suffix Letter Connector Reference Number — 44 3 Straight Female 3–6 mm XSZFK6309 — 45 3 90° Female 3–6 mm XSZFK6319 — 46 3 Straight Male 3–6 mm XSZFK9309 — 47 3 90° Male 3–6 mm XSZFK9319 O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE .79" 20.0mm M12 X 1 THREAD 1.61" 41.0mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE Male/ Female — M12 X 1 THREAD 2.36" 60 mm Number of Pins 1.95" 49.5mm 2.17" 55.1mm 1/2-20 UNF THREAD 1/2-20 UNF THREAD 1.61" 41.0mm .79" 20.0mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE Reference Number 39 and 43 .79" 20.0mm Reference Number 44 Reference Number 46 .79" M12 X 1 THREAD 20.0mm Cabling 1.61" 41.0mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE 1.54" 39.1mm 1.54" 39.1mm 1.46" 37.0mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE 1.37" 34.8mm 1.61" 40.9mm O.D. CABLE RANGE .13"-.26" [3.3-6.6mm] PG7 STYLE .79" 20.0mm Reference Number 37 and 41 1/2-20 UNF THREAD Reference Number 45 1/2-20 UNF THREAD Reference Number 47 644 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Field-Attachable Connectors DC, AC/DC Specifications Mechanical Micro-Style AC/DC Standard temperature range Micro-Style DC -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) -13 to +194 °F (-25 to +90 °C) Molded body Nylon Polyamide Contact Gold plated copper alloy Silver plated brass NEMA Type c 6P 6P IEC c IP68 IP68 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A Working voltage 250 Vac/Vdc rms 4P: 250 Vac / 300 Vdc; 5P: 30 Vac / 36 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Materials Enclosure rating Electrical c Only in fully locked position 3 4 3 4 2 1 1 5 2 1 Reference Number 40, 41, 42 and 43 2 Reference Number 44, 45, 46 and 47 Cabling Reference Number 36, 37, 38 and 39 3 645 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Snap-C™ Quick Connector Connector and Cables Features • Custom build a connector cable suiting your needs using the self-assembled connector • Create the best wiring solution quickly with no waste of cable • Complete the assembly without a screwdriver or solder • Use with a 3- or 4-pin receptacle • Eliminate errors in wiring with the color-coded sleeve • Use with black cable only. Yellow cable diameter is too large. Connector Description Type Mating Type Contact Resistance Maximum Wire Size Connector Female 8Ω AWG 20 (4 x 0.5 mm2) Catalog Number XZCC12FDM40V Cables Total Length Jacket Material Catalog Number 25 m (82 ft) PvR XZCB4L0025 50 m (164 ft) PvR XZCB4L0050 100 m (328 ft) PvR XZCB4L0100 500 m (1640 ft) PvR XZCB4L0500 1000 m (3280 ft) PvR XZCB4L1000 Assembly in Five Easy Steps: 1. Trimming 22 mm of the outer sheath of the cable 2. Sliding the wire nut, grommet and rubber washer assembly over the cable 3. Sliding the plastic body over the assembly and placing the conductors in the color-coded insert 4. Attaching the metal ring and tightening counterclockwise 5. Connecting to any Snap-C™ compatible sensor from Schneider Electric Specifications Mechanical Temperature Range Enclosure Rating -13° to 158° F (-25° to 70° C) CENELEC IP67 Enclosure Material Plastic Body, Metal Locking Ring Torque 50–60 N•m Cable Gland Size PG7 (7 P) 6 mm Diameter Wiring 3 or 4 wires, 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG) Electrical Cabling DC Nominal Voltage (maximum) 60 V Nominal Current (maximum) 4A Contact Resistance (maximum) 8Ω Conformity EN50044 and IEC 60947-5-2 Accessories Description Catalog Number Cable Stripping Servicing Tool XZCG01M Cable Stripping Professional Tool XZCG02P Pre-Assembled Cable Gland Stranded Wire Holder with 2 O-Rings Threaded Ring Sensor 646 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini and International Field-Attachable Connectors AC/DC Mini-Style AC/DC 1.11" 28.2mm Connector Reference Number Sensor Suffix Letter 3.54" 90.0mm Number of Pins Connector Style Male/ Female Cable Diameter Catalog Number — 48 3 Straight Female 5–12 mm XSZFA6301 — 49 3 Straight Male 5–12 mm XSZFA9301 — 52 5 Straight Female 5–12 mm XSZFA6501 — 53 5 Straight Male 5–12 mm XSZFA9501 Number of Pins Connector Style Male/ Female Cable Diameter Catalog Number International Types 1.00" 25.4mm Connector Reference Number Sensor Suffix Letter 7/8"-16UN THREAD Reference Number 48 and 52 C 54 4 DIN 43650 Form A, 90° Female 6–8 mm XZCC43FCP40B G 55 4 M18, 90° Female 6.5–8 mm XZCC18FCP40B G 56 4 M18, Straight Female 6.5–8 mm XZCC18FDP40B T 57 5 Type 717, 90° Female 5–11 mm XZCC51FCP50B 1.11" 28.2mm 1.42 36 1.69 43 Ø1.18 30 1.97 50 1.10 28 3.70" 94.0mm (1) 1.65 42 (1) .98 25 Reference Number 54 1.00" 25.4mm M 18 x 1 .93 23.5 1.16 29.5 Ø96 24.5 Ø.96 24.5 .55 14 1.30 33 M 18 x 1 1.97 50 2.20 56 2.36 60 (1) 1.22 31 .98 25 (1) Reference Number 55 Reference Number 56 Reference Number 57 Specifications 7/8"-16UN-2A THREAD Reference Number 49 and 53 Mechanical Mini-Style International Styles -40 to +176 °F (-40 to +80 °C) -40 to +257 °F (-40 to +125 °C) Molded body Polyamide PA Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn/Sn Contact Brass, gold over nickel plating Cu Zn Insert PUR PA NEMA Type c 6P — IEC c IP68 IP65 Standard temperature range Materials Enclosure rating Contact resistance 3-Pole Current ratings 5-Pole ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ 13 A — 8A 16 A Working voltage 600 Vac/Vdc 250 Vac Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Yes — Agency Approvals c CSA Cabling Electrical Only in fully locked position 3 1 2 3 2 4 1 1 2 1 4 2 Reference Number 55 and 56 4 3 2 Reference Number 54 3 3 Reference Number 57 Reference Number 48 and 49 1 5 Reference Number 52 and 53 647 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro- and Nano-Style Extension Cables DC Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Female Connector to Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Male Connector M12x1 Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.84" REF 46.74mm LENGTH 2.02" REF 51.31mm Ø.57" REF 14.48mm M12x1 Female Connector Male Connector Style Style Cable Length ft m Cable Color/ Material Catalog Number 58 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVC XSZEDD1020 58 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVC XSZEDD1040 59 Straight 90° 3.3 1 Black/PVC XSZEDD1120 59 Straight 90° 6.6 2 Black/PVC XSZEDD1140 60 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1511040A1 60 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1511040A2 61 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1512040A1 61 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1512040A2 62 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1511040E1 62 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1511040E2 63 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1512040E1 63 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1512040E2 64 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1511062B1 64 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1511062B2 65 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1512062B1 65 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1512062B2 66 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1511062F1 66 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1511062F2 67 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1512062F1 67 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1512062F2 Nano-Style 3-Pin DC Female Connector to Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Male Connector Reference Number 58 Ø .57" REF 14.48mm M12x1 Connector Reference Number Connector Reference Number Female Connector Male Connector Style Style Cable Length ft m Cable Color/ Material Catalog Number 70 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1501040G1 70 Straight Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1501040G2 71 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1502040G1 71 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1502040G2 1.84" REF 46.74mm LENGTH 1.634 41.5 1.65 42 L 1.634 41.5 Reference Number 60, 62, 64 and 66 .79 20 L Reference Number 71 M12x1 1.23" REF 31.24mm Cabling 1.634 41.5 Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.41" REF 35.81mm L 1.22 31 Reference Number 61, 63, 65 and 67 1.634 41.5 L 1.20 30.5 Reference Number 70 Reference Number 59 648 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro- and Nano-Style Extension Cables DC Specifications Mechanical Standard temperature range Materials Black Cable (PVC) Black Cable (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body PBT TPU Contact Copper alloy, gold over nickel plating Cu Zn Cable PVC, Self extinguishing PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn PBT TPU 22 AWG; Hi-Flex bare, copper stranding 300 V UL style 2661 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) conductor, PVC Insert Cable NEMA Type c 6P — IEC c IP68 IP67 Insertion force Contact ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A 4A Working voltage 250 Vac/Vdc 10–30 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 1.5 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Yes — Enclosure rating Electrical Agency Approvals CSA Only in fully locked position c Female 3 Female 4 Male 4 4 3 3 2 1 3 1 1 1 = Brown 2 = Blank 3 = Blue 4 = Black Male 4 1 1 = Brown 3 = Blue 4 = Black Reference Number 70 and 71 Cabling Reference Number 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66 and 67 649 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini, Micro and DIN Style Extension Cables DC, AC and AC/DC Mini-Style 3-Pin AC/DC to Mini-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Connector Reference Number Female Connector Type Male Female Connector Connector Type Style Male Connector Style ft Cable Length m Cable Color/ Material Catalog Number 72 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight 3 0.9 STOOW XSZEAA3030 72 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight 6 1.8 STOOW XSZEAA3060 72 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight 12 3.7 STOOW XSZEAA3012 73 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin 90° 3 0.9 STOOW XSZEAA3130 73 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin 90° 6 1.8 STOOW XSZEAA3160 73 Mini-Style 3-Pin Straight Mini-Style 3-Pin 90° 12 3.7 STOOW XSZEAA3112 Catalog Number Micro-Style 3-Pin AC to Micro-Style 3-Pin AC Conn. Female Connector Ref. Type Number Female Male Connector Conn. Type Style Male Conn. Style Cable Length ft m Cable Color/ Material 74 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK1020Y 74 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight 6.6 2 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK1040Y 75 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK1021Y 75 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° 6.6 2 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK1041Y 76 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK2120Y 76 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC Straight 6.6 2 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK2140Y 78 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK2121Y 78 Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° Micro-Style 3-Pin AC/DC 90° 6.6 2 Yellow/PVC XSZEKK2141Y 1.79" REF 45.47mm Reference Number 72 LENGTH 1.23" REF 31.24mm 2.02" REF 51.31mm Ø.57" REF 14.48mm LENGTH 2.02" REF 51.31mm Ø.57" REF 14.48mm Ø.57" REF 14.48mm 1.17" REF 29.72mm 1 WHITE H 1/2"-20 UNF-2A 1/2"-20 UNF-2B 1/2"-20 UNF-2A 1/2"-20 UNF-2B Reference Number 74 Ø .57" REF 14.48mm Reference Number 76 2B BLACK DIN 43650 Form A 4-Pin Female Connector to Micro-Style 5-Pin DC Male Connector 12.0"/14.0" 0.30/0.35 mm FINISHED LENGTH 600 VOLT Connector Reference Number Female Connector Style Male Connector Style ft Cable Length Cable Color/ Material m Catalog Number 77 90° Straight 3.3 1 Black/PVR XZCR1523D62K1 77 90° Straight 6.6 2 Black/PVR XZCR1523D62K2 Ø .57" REF 14.48mm 1/2"-20 UNF-2B Ø .57" REF 14.48mm 1.79" REF 45.47mm 1/2"-20 UNF-2A 1/2"-20 UNF-2A Ø .57" REF 14.48mm 1.08 27.5 1.06 27 1.41" REF 35.81mm LENGTH Reference Number 73 1/2"-20 UNF-2B L 1 WHITE 1.23" REF 31.24mm 1.63 41.5 LENGTH Cabling 2 BLACK 1.17" REF 29.72mm 1.23" REF 31.24mm Reference Number 75 1.23" REF 31.24mm .91 23 Yellow LED Reference Number 77 Ø .57" REF 14.48mm 1.41" REF 35.81mm Reference Number 78 650 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Mini, Micro and DIN Style Extension Cables DC, AC and AC/DC Specifications Mechanical Standard temperature range Materials Mini-Style Yellow Cable (STOOW) Micro-Style Yellow Cable (PVC) DIN 43650 Form A (PVR) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) -31 to +212 °F (-35 to 100 °C) Molded body PVC - ULSTD - 94 PVC - ULSTD - 94 TPU Contact Solid machined brass, gold over Copper alloy, gold over nickel silver plating plating Cu Zn Cable STOOW PVC PVR (PVC/NBR) Coupling nut Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn Insert PVC - ULSTD - 94 Nylon 6/6 TPU 16 AWG, UL-STOOW; Hi-Flex bare, 65x34 copper stranding 22 AWG, UL-2661; Hi-Flex bare, 26 x 36 AWG copper stranding, 300 V 22 AWG conductor, PVC NEMA Type c 6P 6P — IEC c IP68 IP68 IP67 Insertion force Contact ≤ 3 N (0.67 lb) ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 1.0 N (0.22 lb) ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 13 A 4A 4A Working voltage 600 Vac rms 250 Vac/Vdc 30 Vac / 36 Vdc Cable Enclosure rating Electrical Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Agency Approvals c UL Yes Yes — CSA Yes Yes — Only in fully locked position 2 3 3 4 2 5 1 1 1 = Green 2 = Red w/Black 3 = Red w/White Reference Number 72 and 73 1 3 2 1 1 3= Blue 4= Brown 5= Yellow /Green 1= Brown 2= Blue = Yellow /Green 3 2 1 = Green 2 = Red/Black 3 = Red/White Reference Number 74, 75, 76 and 78 2 Cabling Reference Number 77 651 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro to Micro Splitter Cables DC Micro-Style to Micro-Style 2 # 4-Pin DC Female Connector to 1 # 4-Pin DC Male Connector .57" REF 14.48mm (2 PLACES) Connector Reference Number Female Connector Male Connector Style Style Cable Length Cable Color/ Material ft m Catalog Number 78 Straight Straight 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZSDD12401Y 78 Straight Straight 4.9 1.5 Yellow/PVC XSZSDD12402Y 79 90° Straight 3.3 1 Yellow/PVC XSZSDD22401Y 79 90° Straight 4.9 1.5 Yellow/PVC XSZSDD22402Y 44.70mm LENGTH A Specification Mechanical Yellow Cables (TPE) MOUNTING HOLE .17" Standard temperature range 2.05" REF 52.07 mm M12x1 Materials .57" REF 14.48mm Reference Number 78 -4 to +221 °F (-20 to +105 °C) Molded body PVC Contact Brass, gold over nickel plating Cable TPE Coupling nut Diecast zinc with black epoxy coat O-ring Nitrice rubber Insert Cable NEMA Type c 6P IEC c IP68 Insertion force Contact ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) Enclosure rating 1.15" REF 29.21mm Nylon 6/6 22 AWG Shock IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical Ø .57" REF 14.48mm M12x1 LENGTH B A Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4A Working voltage 250 Vac/Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω Agency Approvals c MOUNTING HOLE .17" 4.3mm 2.05" REF 52.07 mm Ø .57" REF 14.48mm Cabling Reference Number 79 Yes CSA Yes Only in fully locked position Female 2 Male 2 3 1 M12x1 UL 5 3 4 1 4 Reference Number 78 and 79 652 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Splitter Boxes DC Splitter Box 1.57 40 .53 13.5 .67 17 .925 23.5 Nut Color: Black .39 10 .65 16.5 M 12 x 1 .57 14.5 Connector Reference Number Female Connector Type Female Connector Style Male Male Connector Type Connector Style Box Color Catalog Number 85 2 # Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Straight 1 # Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Black XZLC1220C1 Specifications Nut Color: Nickel Mechanical Splitter Boxes (Black) Standard temperature range A B Straight .92 23.3 1.57 40 -5 to +212 °F (-15 to +100 °C) Materials TPU Contact Cu Zn Coupling nut Cu Zn O-ring Viton Insert TPU NEMA Type c — IEC c IP67 Insertion force Contact ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) .67 17 Reference Number 85 Molded body Enclosure rating Shock IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 Electrical Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4 A per input, 4 A maximum per box Working voltage 10–30 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω Agency Approvals c UL — CSA — Only in fully locked position 1 2 A 3 4 1 5 5 2 3 B 4 5 4 3 2 1 4 4 3 2 1 1 2 Reference Number 85 Cabling Reference Number 85 3 653 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Sensor Dock (Connector Box) DC DC Only (Without LEDs), Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Female Connector Connector Reference Number Cable Length/ Output Connector Number of Input Connectors ft Box Color/ Material m Cable Color/ Material Catalog Number 88 4 16.4 5 Black Black XZLC1240L5 88 4 32.8 10 Black Black XZLC1240L10 90 8 16.4 5 Black Black XZLC1280L5 90 8 32.8 10 Black Black XZLC1280L10 88 4 16.4 5 Yellow Black/Purple XSZLD1405Y 88 4 32.8 10 Yellow Black/Purple XSZLD1406Y 90 8 16.4 5 Yellow Black/Purple XSZLD1805Y 90 8 32.8 10 Yellow Black/Purple XSZLD1806Y 2.13 54 1.06 27 1.06 3.23 27 82 .354 9 .98 25 .71 18 LED's 2.13 54 .98 25 1.06 27 .71 18 7 2.87 73 1.06 27 5 1.06 27 3 8 6 4 M 12 x 1 1.20 30.5 L 5.98 152 .177 4.5 .177 4.5 1.06 27 2.87 73 1 M 12 x 1 2 1.299 33 Reference Number 88 .177 4.5 L 1.54 39 Reference Number 90 Cabling 654 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Sensor Dock (Connector Box) DC Specifications Mechanical Micro-Style DC (XZLC__) Standard temperature range -31 to +212 °F (-35 to +100 °C) -13 to +194 °F (-25 to + 90 °C) Molded body TPU PBT Contact Cu Zn Nickel-plated brass Receptacle shell Cu Zn Nickel-plated brass O-ring Viton Viton Insert PA 6.6 PBT PUR PUR Materials Cable XSZLD NEMA Type c — 6P IEC c IP67 IP68 Insertion force Contact ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 Contact resistance ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 4 A per input, 12 A maximum per box 2 A per input, 12 A maximum Working voltage 60 Vac / 75 Vdc 10–30 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage 2 kVac rms / 60 s 2 kVac rms / 60 s Insulation resistance > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Enclosure rating Electrical Agency Approvals UL — — CSA — — Only in fully locked position c 5 4 3 C 3 Blue 3 5 1 White 4 2 Green 4 3 Yellow 4 4 Gray 4 5 Pink 4 6 Red 4 7 Black 4 8 Violet 1 4 Blank 2 1 1 3 1 = Brown 2 = No Wire 3 = Blue 4 = White (1) Green (2) Yellow (3) Gray (4) 5 = Green/Yellow (Ground) 2 5 1 3 5 3 1 3 5 3 4 C3 5 1 5 5 4 5 13 3 3 4 1 1 White 1 3 1 3 Cabling 7 5 8 4 1 1 1 = Brown 2 = No Wire 3 = Blue 4 = White (1) Green (2) Yellow (3) Gray (4) Pink (5) Red (6) 5 = Green/Yellow (Ground) 5 4 1 3 4 5 Reference Number 88 1 6 13 3 4 Gray C1 Blank 2 5 4 5 3 Yellow 3 2 1 5 2 Green C1 Brown Green/Yellow Reference Number 90 655 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Sensor Dock (Connector Box) with Output LEDs DC DC Only, Micro-Style 4-Pin DC Female Connector Connector Output LED Reference Number Type Number of Cable Length/ Output Connector Input Connectors ft m Box Color/ Material 97 PNP Input Only! 4 N/A N/A Yellow — XSZLD1415 97 PNP Input Only! 4 16.4 5 Black Black XZLC1241L5 97 PNP Input Only! 4 32.8 10 Black Black XZLC1241L10 99 PNP Input Only! 6 N/A N/A Yellow — XSZLD1615Y 100 PNP Input Only! 8 N/A N/A — — XSZLD1816Y 100 PNP Input Only! 6 16.4 5 Black Black XZLC1281L5 100 PNP Input Only! 8 32.8 10 Black Black XZLC1281L10 FEMALE CONNECTOR WITH M12 INTERNAL THREAD 2 4 5.07" [128.8mm] 3.09" [78.5mm] 2.87" [73.0mm] 1.06" [27.0mm] Cable Color/ Catalog Material Number 1.29" [33.0mm] 1.33" [34.0mm] 2.12" [54.0mm] 1 3 1.53" [39.0mm] 1.61" [41.0mm] .17" [4.5mm] YELLOW LED GREEN LED 3.25" [82.6mm] 1.43" [36.5mm] .87" [22.2mm] .70" [18.0mm] XSZLD1415 FEMALE CONNECTOR WITH M12 INTERNAL THREAD 2 4 6 5.27" [133.8mm] 3.09" [78.5mm] 2.87"[73.0mm] 1.06" [27.0mm] 2.12" [54.0mm] 1.29" [33.0mm] 1.53" [39.0mm] 1 5 3 1.33" [34.0mm] .17" [4.5mm] YELLOW LED GREEN LED 1.61" [41.0mm] 3.44" [87.6mm] 1.43" [36.5mm] .87" [22.2mm] .70" [18.0mm] XSZLD1615Y FEMALE CONNECTOR WITH M12 INTERNAL THREAD 2 4 6 8 Cabling 6.33" [160.8mm] 4.21" 107.0mm] 3.09" [78.5mm] 2.87" [73.0mm] 2.12" [54.0mm] 1.33" [34.0mm] 1 3 5 7 1.53" [39.0mm] 1.29" [33.0mm] .17" [4.5mm] 1.06" [27.0mm] YELLOW LED GREEN LED XSZLD1816Y .87" [22.2mm] .70" [18.0mm] 1.61" [41.0mm] 4.51" [114.6mm] 1.43" [36.5mm] 656 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Micro-Style Sensor Dock (Connector Box) with Output LEDs DC Specifications 5 4 Mechanical Micro DC (XSZLD__) Micro DC (XZLC__) Standard temperature range — -31 to +212 °F (-35 to +100 °C) Molded body PBT TPU Contact Brass, gold over nickel plating Cu Zn Receptacle shell Nickel-plated brass Cu Zn O-ring Viton Viton Insert PBT PA 6.6 1 1 = Brown 2 = No Wire 3 = Blue 4 = White (1) Green (2) Yellow (3) Gray (4) 5 = Green/Yellow (Ground) 4x Yellow (Signal) Materials Screw terminals, maximum 18 AWG, PG 16 PUR 6P — IP68 IP67 Contact - ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) ≤ 2 N (0.45 lb) Withdrawal force Contact ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) ≥ 0.5 N (0.11 lb) 1 White Shock IEC 60068-2-27 IEC 60068-2-27 Vibration IEC 60068-2-6 IEC 60068-2-6 4 2 Green 1 kVac rms / 60 s > 109 Ω > 109 Ω Insulation resistance LED (LED versions only) Agency approvals Sensor output signal (PNP) UL — — CSA — — 6x Yellow (Signal) 3 4 1 2 Blank 1 8 7 8 2 6 5 1 = Brown 2 = No Wire 3 = Blue 4 = White (1) Green (2) Yellow (3) Gray (4) Pink (5) Red (6) 5 = Green/Yellow (Ground) Mini Male Pin 10 4 1 Blank 2 Sensor output signal (PNP) - 5 Power Yellow Only in fully locked position c 3 Power 3 Reference Number 97 Green 5 4 1 10–30 Vdc 2 kVac rms / 60 s 4 3 4 10–30 Vdc Dielectric withstanding voltage Green (Power) 4 1 5 Working voltage 4 3 3 4 A per input, 12 A maximum per box 5 1 5 ≤ 5 mΩ 2 A per input, 12 A maximum per box 3 2 + ≤ 5 mΩ Current ratings 6 1 3 5 4 Gray Contact resistance 2 1 3 Yellow 7 5 Green (Power) Electrical 1 3 IEC c Insertion force 4 Enclosure rating — NEMA Type c 12 9 Blank 2 + 3 1 = Brown 2 = No Wire 3 = Blue 4 = White (1) Green (2) 8x Yellow Yellow (3) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 (Signal) Gray (4) Pink (5) 1 1 1 3 1 13 13 13 1 Red (6) 3 3 3 3 Black (7) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Violet (8) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 = Green/Yellow (Ground) ASB 8/LED 5/4 - 14 - RS 120M (pnp) Reference Number 100 FUNCTION PIN No 5 1 4 1 White 1 3 5 2 4 2 Green 1 YELLOW 4 3 5 3 4 3 Yellow 1 3 5 4 4 4 Gray 1 Green (Power) 3 5 4 6 Red 1 4 5 5 Pink 3 5 6 1 + Brown Green/yellow XSZLD•••• PORT 8 1 AMBER AMBER 5 2 4 3 PORT 1 GREEN 1 PORT 2 1 AMBER AMBER 5 2 4 3 5 2 3 EARTH +V 19 17 -V 18 Cabling 3 - Blue AMBER PORT(CONTACT #) PIN No PORT 1(2) PIN 9 PORT 1(4) PIN 1 PORT 2(2) PIN 10 PORT 2(4) PIN 2 PORT 3(2) PIN 11 PORT 3(4) PIN 3 PORT 4(2) PIN 12 PORT 4(4) PIN 4 PORT 5(2) PIN 13 PORT 5(4) PIN 5 PORT 6(2) PIN 14 PORT 6(4) PIN 6 PORT 7(2) PIN 15 PORT 7(4) PIN 7 PORT 8(2) PIN 16 PORT 8(4) PIN 8 Reference Number 99 657 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules Passive Intelligent 4-way XZSDP40D1 XZSDP40D1 XZSDP40D1 XZSDA40D3 XZSDA40D3 XZSDA40D3 4 Inputs 2 Inputs/ 2 Outputs XZSDA22D32 XZSDA22D32 + XZSG10 4 Outputs XZSDA04D32 XZSDA04D32 + XZSG10 Cabling XZSDE1113 XZSDE1133 Connection Bases XZSDE2213 XZSDE2323 XZSDE2213 XZSDE2323 658 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules 4-Port Intelligent Splitter Modules for Connections to Actuators ■ or Sensors ▲ XZSDA22D32 Description Sensor Supply Separate Supply to the Actuators Catalog Number Splitter module 2 inputs/ 2 solid-state outputs Via XZSDE•••• connection base, from the AS-Interface bus Via XZSDE•••• connection base XZSDA22D32 Splitter module 4 inputs (200 mA maximum) Via XZSDE•••• connection base, from the AS-Interface bus — XZSDA40D3 Splitter module 4 solid-state outputs — Via XZSDE•••• connection base XZSDA04D32 ■ Connection to outputs of low-power relays, LEDs, valves, etc. ▲ Connection to inputs of digital contacts (push buttons, limit switches) and to solid-state outputs of 2- or 3-wire type PNP sensors. 8-Port Splitter Modules XZSDA40D3 Description Splitter boxes 4 inputs/ 4 solid-state outputs Connection Catalog Number To the AS-Interface bus and to the separate supply by IDC (insulation displacement connectors) to yellow and black flat cables XZSCA44D21 To the AS-Interface bus and to the separate supply by 5-pin male M12 XZSCA44D22 connector Connection Bases XZSDA04D32 Description Cable Connection Type and Number of Cables By IDC 2 flat cables for AS-Interface bus (yellow) or 2 flat cables for separate XZSDE1113 supply (black) Ie ≤ 2 A Connection bases for flat cable XZSCA44D21 Connection base for round cable ● Catalog Number 2 flat cables: By IDC • • To the screw terminals Maximum clamping capacity: 2 x 16 AWG (2 x 1.5 mm2) Non-shielded XZSDE2213 Shielded XZSDE2323 1 for AS-Interface bus (yellow) XZSDE1133 1 for separate supply (black) Ie ≤ 2 A ● Two PG 11 cable glands (clamping capacity ∅ 6–10 mm) and three blanking plugs included with connection base. For twin-conductor cable for AS-Interface bus Ie ≤ 4 A. XZSCA44D22 Accessories for Connection Bases Description Cable Type Suitable for Connection to Equipped Base Catalog Number Adapter for provision of separate supply from the XZSDE2••• connection base 4-core cable (2 for the AS-Interface bus, 2 for the separate supply) XZSG10 Cover for connection base — XZSDP Accessory for Splitter Modules XZSDE2213 Catalog Number Blanking plug for M12 connector Degree of protection IP67 XZLG102 Cabling Description XZSDE11•3 XZSDP XZSG10 XZLG102 659 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules Specifications Type 2 inputs/2 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs 4 inputs/4 outputs Catalog Number XZSDA22D32 XZSCA44D21 XZSCA44D22 Product certifications AS-Interface No. 10201 AS-Interface No. 26201 AS-Interface No. 26201 Ambient Air Temperature Operation: -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Storage: -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Degree of Protection IP67 Environment Materials Connection PA6-GF-FR From the bus By connection base XZSDE•••• By insulation displacement connector To the actuators or PNP sensors By female, 4-pin, M12 connector By male, 5-pin, M12 connector Electrical Specifications Module From the AS-Interface bus Sensors 18 to 30 Vdc ■ Power Supply From separate 24 Vdc supply, -10% to +15% From separate 24 Vdc supply, -10% to +15% (with protection against reverse polarity) Via connection base Via AS-Interface black flat cable ≤ 200 mA ≤ 250 mA (output On) Maximum current for the 2 or 4 sensors 90 mA 200 mA Input current—high ≥ 5 mA Actuators Current Consumption from the Bus PNP Inputs Outputs Indicators From the AS-Interface bus (protected against reverse polarity) Input current—low ≤ 1.5 mA Input voltage—high > 10 Vdc Input voltage—low < 5 Vdc Type Solid-state, 24 Vdc Via connector Watchdog Default to state O (off) in the event of a communications failure Maximum current 2A▲ DC12: 1.4 A; DC13: 2 A Short-circuit protection Yes Yes plus protection against inductive overvoltages Green LED Supply Supply plus verification of bus operation Yellow LEDs Inputs/outputs Data Exchange Specifications AS-Interface Profile S3.0 Bit value =0 S7.0 =1 (I): Sensor 1 signal D0 =0 Absent Absent Present Cabling Data Bits Status (I) and Commands (O) D1 Absent Present D2 Off On D3 P0 to P3 Present Off On Absent Present (O): Output 2 Present (O): Output 2 On Off On (I): Sensor 3 signal (I): Sensor 3 signal Absent Absent Present (O): Output 3 Present (O): Output 3 On Present (O): Output 4 Off Parameter Bits On (I): Sensor 4 signal On Absent (O): Output 1 Absent Absent Off =1 (I): Sensor 2 signal Off (O): Output 4 =0 (I): Sensor 1 signal (I): Sensor 2 signal Off (O): Output 3 Present (O): Output 1 Off (I): Sensor 2 signal =1 (I): Sensor 1 signal Off On (I): Sensor 4 signal Absent Present (O): Output 4 On Off On Not used ■ The power supplied to the module from the AS-Interface bus is short-circuit protected (maximum current: 100 mA). ▲ Total permissible current for the module: 2 A maximum 660 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules Specifications Continued Type 4 inputs 4 outputs Catalog Number XZSDA40D3 XZSDA04D32 Product Certifications AS-Interface No. 03602 AS-Interface No. 10301 Ambient Air Temperature Operation: -13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C) Storage: -40 to +185 °F (-40 to +85 °C) Environment Degree of Protection IP67 Materials PA6-GF-FR Connection From the bus By connection base XZSDE•••• To the actuators or PNP sensors By female, 4-pin, M12 connector Electrical Specifications Module Power Supply Sensors Actuators Outputs Indicators 18 to 30 Vdc ■ — — From separate 24 Vdc supply, -10% to +15% — Via connection base ≤ 300 mA ≤ 50 mA Maximum current for the 2 or 4 sensors 200 mA — Input current—high ≥ 5 mA — Input current—low ≤ 1.5 mA — Input voltage—high > 10 Vdc — Current Consumption from the Bus PNP Inputs From the AS-Interface bus Input voltage—low < 5 Vdc — Type — Solid-state, 24 Vdc Watchdog — Default to state O (off) in the event of a communications failure Maximum current — 2A▲ Short-circuit protection — Yes Green LED Supply Yellow LEDs Inputs/outputs Data Exchange Specifications S0.0 Bit value D0 Data Bits Status (I) and Commands (O) D1 D2 D3 Parameter Bits P0 to P3 =0 =1 (I): Sensor 1 signal Absent Present Present On Off On (O): Output 3 Present (I): Sensor 4 signal Absent Off (O): Output 2 (I): Sensor 3 signal Absent =1 (O): Output 1 (I): Sensor 2signal Absent =0 Off On Cabling AS-Interface Profile (O): Output 4 Present Off On Not used ■ The power supplied to the module from the AS-Interface bus is short-circuit protected (maximum current: 100 mA). ▲ Total permissible current for the module: 2 A maximum 661 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules Dimensions Splitter modules XZSDA•••, XZSDP40D1 Connection bases XZSDE11•3 Connection bases XZSDE2••• 0.79 20 0.98 25 0.78 1.22 20 31 1.77 (2) 45 (2) (3) 4 holes for mounting PG 11 cable gland or blanking plug. (4) PG 11 cable gland. Cables XZCB••••• 0.39 10 2.60 66 3.15 80 0.02 0.5 BU – 0.10 2.5 0.16 4 Cover XZSDP 2.59 66 1.38 (1) 35 (1) (1) Mounting on DIN rail. (2) When mounting side-by-side, allow 0.04 in (1 mm) minimum between the modules. 1.30 33 Ø0.21 Ø5.3 1.22 31 1.77 (1) 45 (2) Ø0.37 Ø9.5 Ø0.21 Ø5.3 Ø0.37 Ø9.5 3.15 80 2.60 66 1.38 (1) 35 (1) 3.15 80 0.79 20 1.46 1.77 37 45 1.06 27 (3) 2.34 59.5 LED Ø0.37 Ø9.5 0.14 BN 0.26 3.6 6.5 + 1.22 1.77 31 45 0.5 13 Dual Dimensions inches mm Splitter boxes XZSCA44D21 XZSCA44D22 0-2 I-1 0-1 1.06 27 I-2 1.06 27 0-3 0-4 I-3 0-3 I-2 0-2 I-1 0-1 39 M12x1 2xØ0.18x7 2xØ4.5x7 1.30 33 1.54 0.18 4.5 1.30 33 1.54 0.18 4.5 2xØ0.18x7 2xØ4.5x7 1.06 27 I-3 I-4 Ø0.20 Ø5 2.26 57.5 0-4 36 2.26 57.5 1.06 27 1.06 27 1.06 27 Cabling I-4 Ø0.20 Ø5 6.34 161 36 2.36 60 1.42 4.21 107 0.80 20.4 0.98 25 0.71 18 4.21 107 2.36 60 1.42 5.98 152 1.08 27.4 5.98 152 (4) 3.15 80 M12x1 39 662 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling AS-Interface® Bus Intelligent Splitter Modules Dimensions T-connectors XZCG0120 1.97 50 0.79 20 1.18 30 0.79 20 (1) 0.39 10 (1) 0.59 15 1.2 30.4 0.59 15 1.21 30.7 XZCG0220 Ø0.18 Ø4.5 1.18 1.57 30 Dual Dimensions inches mm 40 Tap-Offs XZCG012•• XZCG014•• 0.47 12 0.17 4.3 0.59 15 0.71 18 1.87 47.5 0.31 8 1.54 39 0.17 4.3 0.11 2.7 0.68 17.3 0.31 8 0.11 2.7 0.2 5 (1) 0.09 2.3 (1) 0.83 21 1.3 33 0.63 16 0.6 15.3 (1) Connector adjustable to 2 positions through 90° 0.43 10.8 0.01 0.3 (1) Connector adjustable to 2 positions through 90° 1.24 1.63 31.5 41.5 0.2 5 (1) Cable length 0.6 m (2.0 ft), 1 m (3.3 ft), or 2 m (6.6 ft). Either with stripped ends for terminals [brown: AS-Interface (+); blue: AS-Interface (-)] or fitted with M12 connector. 1.14 29 (1) Cable length 0.3 m (1.0 ft) or 2 m (6.6 ft). Either with stripped ends for terminals [brown: AS-Interface (+); blue: AS-Interface (-); white: 0 V; black: + 24 V] or fitted with M12 connector Connections M12 connectors on intelligent splitter modules Inputs XZSDA40D•, XZSDA22D•• Digital contact 3 – 4 2 1 Outputs XZSDA04D•• 3-wire sensor 3 + – 4 2 2-wire sensor 1 3 4 – – + 3 4 2 1 + 2 1 + Inputs Digital contact 3 – 4 + (1) – 2 1 + 3 (1) 2 Outputs Connection to bus and XZSCA44D22 separate supply – 4 1 + (1) – + 3 4 s 1 4 s 2 3 2-wire sensor s s (1) 3-wire sensor 2 a + 24 V 4 AS-i – 3 4 M12 connectors on tap-offs XZCG014•• AS-i – 3 2 1 1 1 + AS-i 2 0V Connection bases XZSDE11•3 1 + AS-i 2 0V XZSDE2••• + AS-i a + 24 V 4 + AS-i – 5 (1) Ground connected to splitter box assembly screws. M12 connectors on T connectors XZCG0•20 passive splitter modules XZSDP40D1 and tap-offs XZCG012•• AS-i 3 Cabling M12 connectors on splitter boxes XZSCA44D2 Yellow cable – AS-i Yellow or black cable 663 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Pre-wired Connectors, Application Series M8, M12, 1/2" 20UNF and 7/8" 16UN Connector type Female, M8, straight Female, M8, straight Female, M12, straight Female, M12, elbowed Female, M12, elbowed Number of pins 3 4 4 4 5 Catalog Numbers PVC cable (see page 30208/3) Weight (kg) L=2m L=5m L = 10 m L=2m L=5m L = 10 m — — XZCPA1141L2 XZCPA1241L2 XZCPA1164L2 XZCPA0566L5 XZCPA0941L5 XZCPA1141L5 XZCPA1241L5 XZCPA1164L5 XZCPA0566L10 XZCPA0941L10 XZCPA1141L10 XZCPA1241L10 XZCPA1164L10 — — 0.090 (0.198) 0.090 (0.198) 0.110 (0.243) 0.175 (0.386) 0.200 0.210 (0.463) 0.210 (0.463) 0.250 (0.551) 0.340 (0.750) 0.400 (0.882) 0.410 (0.904) 0.410 (0.904) 0.485 (1.069) Characteristics Connection type Clamping ring dimension Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Cabling Screw threaded, smooth, hexagonal, stainless steel 316L clamping ring (1) Static cable usage Cable Conductor c.s.a. Nominal voltage Nominal current Insulation resistance Contact resistance 1. 9 mm 14 mm IP 68 IP 69K - 25…+ 85 °C Ø 5.0 mm Ø 5.3 mm Ø 5.3 mm 3 x 0.34 mm2 4 x 0.34 mm2 4 x 0.34 mm2 Ø 5.3 mm 60 Va, 75 Vc 250 Va, 300 Vc 4A 4A > 109 Ω > 109 Ω ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Ø 5.7 mm 5 x 0.34 mm2 Tightening by hand recommended Dimensions XZCPA0566L•, XZCPA0941L• XZCPA1141L• Ø14 M8x1 M12x1 27 31 Ø14 Ø10 XZCPA1241L•, XZCPA1164L• L L 46 38 M12x1 Ø8 L Cabling Ø10 L = 2, 5, or 10 m Ø10 Connections XZCPA0566L• XZCPA0941L• BK BK 4 BU 3 4 1 BN 3 WH XZCPA1141L•, XZCPA1241L• BU 3 2 BN 3 1 BN 4 5 Y/G WH BK BU BK 4 1 2 BU XZCPA1164L• 2 BK/WH 1 BN 664 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Pre-wired Connectors, Application Series M8, M12, 1/2" 20UNF and 7/8" 16UN . Connector type Female, 1/2" 20UNF, straight Female, 1/2" 20UNF, elbowed Female, 7/8" 16UN, straight Female, 7/8" 16UN, straight Number of pins 3 3 3 3 — — — — XZCPA1865L5 XZCPA1965L5 XZCPA1662L5 XZCPA1670L5 XZCPA1865L10 XZCPA1965L10 XZCPA1662L10 XZCPA1670L10 Catalog Numbers PVC cable (see page 30208/3) Weight (kg) L=2m L=5m L = 10 m L=2m L=5m L = 10 m — — — — 0.210 (0.463) 0.250 (0.551) 0.280 (0.617) 0.280 (0.617) 0.410 (0.904) 0.485 (1.069) 0.530 (1.168) 0.530 (1.168) Characteristics Screw threaded, smooth, hexagonal, stainless steel 316L clamping ring (1) Connection type Clamping ring dimension Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Static cable usage Cable Cabling Conductor c.s.a. Nominal voltage Nominal current Insulation resistance Contact resistance 1. Screw threaded knurled clamping ring 14 mm — IP 69K IP 67 - 25…+ 85 °C - 25…+ 85 °C Ø 5.0 mm Ø 5.0 mm 3 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 250 Va, 300 Vc 250 Va, 300 Vc 250 Va 250 Va 4A 4A 6A 6A > 109 Ω > 109 Ω > 109 Ω > 109 Ω ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ ≤ 5 mΩ Tightening by hand recommended Dimensions XZCPA1865L• XZCPA1965L• 1/2" 20UNF XZCPA1662L•, XZCPA1670L• 27 25 7/8" 16UN Ø14 Ø14 Cabling Ø10 L L L 50 46 38 1/2" 20UNF Ø10 Ø15 L = 5 or 10 m Connections XZCPA1865L•, XZCPA1965L• GN 1 3 RD/WH XZCPA1662L• XZCPA1670L• BU BN 2 3 BK/WH BK 2 3 1 1 BK GN 2 RD/BK 665 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Jumper Cables, Application Series M8-M12 and M12-M12 Male connector type Female connector type Number of conductors M12, 4-pin, straight M12, 3-pin, straight M8, 4-pin, straight M12, 3-pin, straight 4 3 XZCRA150941J2 XZCRA151140A2 Catalog Numbers L=2m L=5m L=2m L=5m PVC cable (see page 30208/3) Weight (kg) XZCRA150941J5 XZCRA151140A5 0.100 (0.220) 0.095 (0.209) 0.210 (0.463) 0.200 Characteristics Connection type Clamping ring dimension Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Screw threaded, smooth, hexagonal, stainless steel 316L clamping ring (1) Static cable usage Cable Conductor c.s.a. Cabling 14 mm IP 68 IP 69K - 25…+ 85 °C Nominal voltage Nominal current Insulation resistance Contact resistance 1. 14/9 mm Ø 5.3 mm Ø 5.0 mm 4 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.34 mm2 60 Va, 75 Vc 250 Va, 300 Vc 4A > 109 Ω ≤ 5 mΩ Tightening by hand recommended Dimensions XZCRA150941J• XZCRA151140A• L 31 46 Ø14 Ø14 M8x1 M12x1 L 51 Ø10 Ø14 51 M12x1 M12x1 L = 2 or 5 m Connections XZCRA150941J• 4 3 5 1 2 1 2 3 4 XZCRA151140A• 1 2 3 4 4 4 2 3 5 3 3 4 1 1 1 2 1 4 3 5 3 4 2 1 Cabling 666 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Jumper Cables, Application Series M8-M12 and M12-M12 Male connector type Female connector type Number of conductors M12, 4-pin, straight M12, 5-pin, straight M12, 4-pin, straight M12, 5-pin, straight 4 5 XZCRA151141C2 XZCRA151164D2 Catalog Numbers L=2m L=5m L=2m L=5m PVC cable (see page 30208/3) Weight (kg) XZCRA151141C5 XZCRA151164D5 0.105 (0.231) 0.120 (0.265) 0.220 (0.485) 0.260 (0.573) Characteristics Connection type Clamping ring dimension Degree of protection Ambient air temperature Screw threaded, smooth, hexagonal, stainless steel 316L clamping ring (1) 14 mm IP 69K Static cable usage Cable Conductor c.s.a. Cabling - 25…+ 85 °C Nominal voltage Nominal current Insulation resistance Contact resistance 1. Ø 5.3 mm Ø 5.7 mm 4 x 0.34 mm2 5 x 0.34 mm2 250 Va, 300 Vc 4A > 109 Ω ≤ 5 mΩ Tightening by hand recommended Dimensions XZCRA151141C• XZCRA151164D• L 46 Ø14 Ø14 Ø14 M12x1 M12x1 L 51 46 Ø14 51 M12x1 M12x1 L = 2 or 5 m Connections XZCRA151141C• 4 3 5 2 1 2 3 4 4 2 3 5 5 1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 5 2 1 Cabling 1 1 2 3 4 XZCRA151164D• 4 3 667 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Glossary of Terms Abrasion Resistance The ability of a material or product to resist wear when rubbed across a rough surface. American Wire Gage (AWG) The U.S. standard system to specify size of electrical wiring. Appliance Wiring Material (AWM) UL designation for cable intended for use in the appliance wiring industry. Braid A metal mesh or screen, usually copper, used in a cable to shield against electrical interference or to reinforce the jacket against damage. Cable Either a stranded conductor with or without insulation and other coverings (single conductor cable), or a combination of conductors insulated from one another (multiple conductor cable). Color-Code A color system for wire or circuit identification by use of solid colors, tracers, braids, surface printing, etc. Conductor A material capable of passing electrical current. Connector Used generally to describe all devices used to provide rapid connect and disconnect service for an electrical circuit. Connector Insert Insulating device that holds the contacts in their proper location. Contact The conducting members of a connecting device that are designed to provide a separable connection. Control Cable A term sometimes used to describe the cable that runs between the PLC and a distribution box. Cord A small and flexible insulated cable constructed to withstand mechanical abuse. Crimp Termination Connection in which a metal sleeve is secured to a conductor by mechanically crimping the sleeve with a hard crimping tool, presses, or automated crimping equipment. CSA International (CSA) Cabling Canadian Standards Association Canadian electrical standards publishing organization and certification agency. Current Carrying Capacity The maximum current an insulated conductor can safely carry without exceeding the insulation or jacket temperature limitations. Cut-Through Resistance Ability of a material or product to withstand slices by a sharp object without being cut. Dielectric Strength The voltage that an insulator can withstand before breakdown occurs. Fillers A material used in multi-conductor cables to occupy large interstices formed by the assembled conductors. 668 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Glossary of Terms FM Factory Mutual Research. IEC International Electrotechnical Commission. Insertion Force The force required to insert a contact into the mating contact. Insulation A material that offers high electrical resistance. Insulation Resistance The resistance measured in Ohms at a designated voltage between two or more conductors separated by the insulation whose resistance is being measured. Irradiation The exposure of the material to high-energy emissions. In thermoplastic insulation for the purpose of cross linking the molecules to form a thermoset material. Jacket A rubber or synthetic covering applied over the primary insulation, braids, shields, cable components, or the cable itself. LED Light Emitting Diode. Molded Plug A connector that is molded on the end of a cable. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association. NPN Option that allows switching to the negative side of the load (sinking). Nylon The generic name for synthetic fiber-forming polyamides. Plug The connector associated with being attached to a cable. PNP Option that allows switching to the positive side of the load (sourcing). Polarization The feature of a connector that prevents mismating by allowing plugging to occur only when the connectors are properly orientated. Polyurethane (PUR) Cabling A thermoplastic material with good natural chemical resistance. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) A thermoplastic material with good specific properties when blended with additives. Receptacle The connector that is usually mounted in a fixed location and mates with a plug type connector. Resistance (Electrical) Property of a conductor that determines the current produced by a given electrical difference of potential (voltage). Measured in ohms. SAE Society of Automotive Engineers 669 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Glossary of Terms Separator Pertaining to the wire and cable: a layer of textile, paper, etc. that is placed between the outer jacket and core construction to enhance jacket stripability. Shield A conductive envelope around the primary conductors that provides an electronic barrier to electromagnetic interference. SJOO A UL designation for a rubber-jacketed service cord with oil-resistant conductors and jacket. Voltage rating is 300 V. SOO A UL designation for a rubber-insulated hard service cord with oil-resistant primaries and jacket. Voltage rating is 600 V. SOOW-A Same as SOO with an outdoor weather rating. STO A UL designation for a thermoplastic (usually PVC) insulated hard service cord with oil resistant outer jacket. Voltage rating is 600 V. STOW-A Same as STO with an outdoor weather rating. Thermoplastic A classification of plastics that can be readily softened and resoftened by repeated heating. Thermoset A classification of plastics that cures by chemical reaction when heated and when cured, cannot be resoftened by heating. UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc., U.S. electrical standards publishing organization and certification agency. VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker, German approval agency equivalent to U.L. Voltage Rating The highest voltage that may be continuously applied to a wire, cable, or connector in conformance with a standard or specification. Wicking Capillary absorption of a liquid along the fibers of the base material. Cabling Withdrawal Force The force required to separate two mated contacts or group of contacts. 670 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Glossary of Terms Cable Types Irradiated PUR 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) 90 °C, 300 V rated. Provides the excellent oil and chemical resistance of standard PUR, and is also designed for long-term, high-flex applications, Cable is also resistant to weld flash and hot objects. Available in European color-code. Designed primarily for special flexing applications. Irradiated PVC 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG) 90 °C, 300 V rated. Ideal for use in welding applications. Cable is resistant to melting for short term high heat areas such as weld flash or contact with hot objects (i.e. soldering iron). Excellent resistance to most chemicals and oils. Available in European color-code and automotive color-code. Used in smaller quantities, specifically for welding environments. SJOOW-Aa NBR/PVC 18 AWG 105 °C 300 V rated. Same as our SOOW-A cable except rated at 300 V. Available in European (leech) color-code. SOOW-Aa NBR/PVC 16 and 18 AWG 105 °C, 600 V rated. Used in general machine tool applications. Primarily for use in welding applications, or where hot metal chips are present. Good resistance to most chemicals and oils. Available in U.S. industry standard color-code. STOW-Aa PVC 16 AWG 105 °C, 600 V rated. Used in general applications where environment is less severe. Good resistance to most chemicals and oils. Available in U.S. Industry standard colorcode and automotive color-code. Widely accepted industry standard cable. UL AWM 2661a PVC Shielded 22 AWG 90 °C 300 V rated. Used in general industrial applications where electrostatic interference is a problem. Aluminized mylar shield with drain wire. Available in European (IEC) colorcode. UL AWM 2661a PVC 18 and 22 AWG 105 °C, 300 V rated. Originally designed for the automotive industry. Used in general industrial applications. Ideal for use when constant movement or flexible cable runs are required. Good resistance to most chemicals and oils. Available in automotive color-code and European color-code. UL AWN 20233a PUR 18 and 22 AWG 105 °C, 300 V rated. Used in general industrial applications, and primarily for use in machining or grinding areas. Excellent resistance to most lubricating and cuffing oils. High degree of flexibility makes the cable excellent for use in rapid-constant motion applications. Available in automotive color-code and European color-code. Cabling a UL Designations 671 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Wire Size Chart AWG to Metric Comparison of AWG and Metric Wire Sizes Conduit AWG Size Dia., mm Area, mm2 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 Cabling 13 .316 .355 .400 .0779 .0990 .01257 .450 .1590 .500 .1963 .560 .630 .710 .2463 .3117 .3969 Resistance at 20° C Dia., in. Ω/ft .01126 .08180 .01240 .06743 .2212 .01264 .06491 .2130 .01398 .05309 .1742 .01420 .05143 .1687 .01575 .04182 .1372 .01594 .04082 .1339 .01772 .03304 .1084 .01790 .03237 .1062 .01969 .02676 .08781 .02010 .02567 .08781 Conduit Resistance at 20° C Ω/m AWG Size Dia., mm Area, mm2 Dia., in. Ω/ft Ω/m .2684 13 1.900 2.8353 .07480 .001863 .006081 2.000 3.1416 .02205 .02134 .07000 .02257 .02036 .06679 .02480 .01686 .05531 .02535 .01614 .05531 .02795 .01280 .04201 .02846 .01280 .04201 .750 .4418 .02953 .01190 .03903 .800 .5027 .03150 .01045 .03430 .03196 .01015 .03331 .850 .5675 .03346 .009261 .05038 .900 .6362 .03543 .008260 .02642 .03589 .008051 .02642 .950 .7088 .03740 .007414 .02432 1.000 .7854 .03937 .006991 .02195 .04030 .006386 .02096 1.060 .8825 .04173 .005955 .01954 1.120 .9862 .04409 .005334 .01750 .04526 .005063 .01661 1.180 1.0936 .04646 .004805 .01577 1.250 1.2272 .04921 .004282 .01405 .05082 .004016 .01317 1.320 1.3685 .05197 .003840 .01260 1.400 1.5394 .05512 .004016 .01317 .05707 .003414 .01045 1.500 1.7671 .05906 .002974 .009756 1.600 2.0106 .06299 .002526 .008286 .06408 .002315 .007596 1.700 2.2698 .06693 .002315 .007596 1.800 2.5447 .07087 .002065 .006775 .07196 .002003 .006571 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 .07874 .001673 .005488 .08081 .001588 .005210 2.120 3.5299 .08346 .001489 .004884 2.340 3.9408 .08819 .001333 .004375 .09074 .001260 .004132 2.360 4.3744 .09291 .001201 .003941 2.500 4.9087 .09843 .001071 .003512 .1019 .0009988 .003277 2.650 5.5155 .1043 .0009528 .003125 2.800 5.1575 .1102 .0008534 .002800 .1144 .0007924 .002500 3.000 7.0686 .1181 .0007343 .002439 3.150 7.7931 .1240 .0006743 .002212 .1285 .0006281 .002061 3.350 8.8141 .1319 .0005662 .001956 3.550 9.8980 .1398 .0005309 .001742 .1443 .0004981 .001634 3.750 11.0447 .1476 .0004758 .001561 4.000 12.5664 .1575 .0004182 .001372 .1620 .0003952 .001296 4.250 14.1863 .1673 .0003704 .001215 4.500 15.9043 .1772 .0003304 .001084 .1819 .0003134 .001028 4.750 17.7205 .1870 .0002966 .0009729 5.000 19.6350 .1968 .0002676 .0008781 .2043 .0002485 .0008152 .2205 .0002134 .0007000 .2294 .0001971 .0006466 .2480 .0001686 .0005531 .2576 .0001563 .0006128 .2795 .0001327 .0004355 .2893 .0001239 .0004065 .3150 .0001045 .0003430 .3249 .00009285 .0003223 .3543 .00008260 .0002710 .3648 .00007793 .0002557 5.600 24.6301 6.300 31.1725 7.100 39.5919 8.000 50.2655 9.000 63.6173 10.000 11.800 78.5398 109.3588 .3937 .00006691 .0002196 .4096 .00006182 .0002195 .4600 .00004901 .0001608 .4646 .00004805 .0001577 672 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Cabling Cabling Declaration of Conformity 673 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Index of Product Catalog Numbers 10100010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 1010004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 1010006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621 2358C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 2934D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 31032-488-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 31032-815-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 7046 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 7062 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 70621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294, 296 7063 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 70631 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294, 296 7093 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 7096 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 7099 . . . . . . . . 288, 290, 292, 294, 296 7427 . . . . . . . . 229, 231, 233, 235, 263 7428 . . . . 221, 223, 225, 227, 241, 243 74281 . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 215, 217, 219 74282 . . . 221, 223, 225, 227, 241, 243 7547 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294, 296 831604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 284 831605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 284 831606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203, 284 831608 . . . . . . . . 63, 205, 209, 211, 284 831612 . . . . . . . 213, 215, 217, 219, 284 9006PA112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 9006PA118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368, 385 9006PA12 . . . 213, 215, 217, 219, 239, 265, 284 9006PA130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 9006PA18 65, 67, 81–82, 221, 223, 225, 227, 239, 241, 243, 245, 265, 281, 284 9006PA30 . . . . 95, 229, 231, 233, 235, 239, 245, 263, 265, 281, 284 9007A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 9007AA0S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 9007AA1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 9007AA11M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AA17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 9007AA18M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AA1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AA1S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 9007AA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 9007AA2S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576 9007AA5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 9007AA5M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AA6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 9007AA8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574 9007AA8M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AA9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575 9007AA9M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579 9007AW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545 9007B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 9007B1–B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604–605 9007BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574–577, 579 9007BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 9007C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 9007C1–C3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 9007C52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556–559 9007C54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548–551 9007C54•P6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 9007C62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548–551 9007C62•P6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 9007C66 . . . . 9007C68 . . . . 9007C84 . . . . 9007C86 . . . . 9007CA . . . . . 9007CO . . . . . 9007CR . . . . . 9007CT10–13. 9007CT52–62. 9007D . . . . . . 9007D1–D4 . . 9007DA . . . . . 9007E . . . . . . 9007E4–E6 . . 9007EA . . . . . 9007ED . . . . . 9007F . . . . . . 9007F4–F6 . . 9007FA . . . . . 9007FTS . . . . 9007FTU . . . . 9007G . . . . . . 9007G10 . . . . 9007GD . . . . . 9007H . . . . . . 9007HA . . . . . 9007J . . . . . . 9007J1–J2 . . . 9007JKC . . . . 9007K . . . . . . 9007K1–K2 . . 9007KA . . . . . 9007KB . . . . . 9007KC . . . . . 9007L . . . . . . 9007LA . . . . . 9007MA . . . . . 9007ML . . . . . 9007MS . . . . . 9007N . . . . . . 9007N1–N2 . . 9007R . . . . . . 9007R16–R22 9007RA . . . . . 9007S9 . . . . . 9007T10 . . . . 9007T5 . . . . . 9007TS . . . . . 9007TU . . . . . 9007W . . . . . . 9007X1–X2 . . 9007XA . . . . . 9007Y1–Y3 . . 9007Z1–Z2 . . AA–AB. . . . . . AB1R11 . . . . . AC–AL . . . . . . AL16–AL18 . . AM–AR . . . . . BA–BH . . . . . BH20 . . . . . . . BM–BR . . . . . CA–CR . . . . . DE9RA1012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548–551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552–555 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552–555 . . . . . . . . . 574–577, 579 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584–587 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604–605 . . . . . . . . . 574–577, 579 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . 574–577, 579 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577–578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576, 578 . . . . . . . . . 574–577, 579 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540–543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540–543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604–605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604–605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619–620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565, 621 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618 . . . . . 460, 467, 471, 480 DE9RA1212 . . . 483, 519, 521, 525, 527, 533, 535 DE9RA13520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525, 527 EA–ED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 FA–FJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 KA–KO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619 L100W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612–613, 617 L142–L149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 L2153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616 L3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561 L300W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614–615 L525W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617 LA•• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 LC•• . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 M11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605 P5–P10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 R9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 RF10–RF7610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 S9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560 SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288–295 SM300–SM352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 SM600–SM656 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 SM900–SM956 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 ST1, STO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 VA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620 VM1, VM18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 XALZ09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 XC010, XC011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 XC1AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532 XCDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 XCKD . . . . . . . 442–443, 446–447, 460 XCKJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484–501 XCKL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472–475 XCKM . . . . . . . . . . . 470–471, 474–481 XCKML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482–483 XCKP . . . . . . . 448–449, 452–453, 460 XCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512, 514–515 XCKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454–455 XCKZ09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478 XCMD . . . . . . . . . . . 420–425, 431–433 XCMN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438–439 XCMZ06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 XCMZ07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431, 460 XCPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464–465 XCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522–525, 528 XCRT . . . . . . . 522–523, 526–527, 529 XCRZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525, 527–529 XCTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466–467 XE2NP . . 441, 461, 469, 478, 485, 502, 505–506, 513, 519, 523–524 XE2SP . . 441, 446, 452, 461, 469, 478, 485, 502, 505–506, 513, 519, 523– 524 XE3NP . . 441, 461, 469, 477–478, 485, 506, 513, 519 XE3SP . . 441, 461, 469, 477–478, 485, 506, 513, 519 XENP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 482 XEP3S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414–415 XEP4E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412–413 XEP5P1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412–413 XES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506 XESP20 . . . . . . . . . 485, 502, 505–506 674 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Index of Product Catalog Numbers (continued) XESP21 . . . . . . . . XESP30 . . . . . . . . XS106 . . . . . . . . . XS108 . . . . . . . . . XS112 . . . . . . . . . XS118 . . . . . . . . . XS130 . . . . . . . . . XS1L04 . . . . . . . . XS1L06 . . . . . . . . XS1M08D . . . . . . XS1M08M . . . . . . XS1M08N . . . . . . XS1M08P. . . . . . . XS1M12A. . . . . . . XS1M12D . . . . . . XS1M12F . . . . . . . XS1M12K. . . . . . . XS1M12M . . . . . . XS1M12N . . . . . . XS1M12P. . . . . . . XS1M18A. . . . . . . XS1M18D . . . . . . XS1M18F . . . . . . . XS1M18K. . . . . . . XS1M18M . . . . . . XS1M18N . . . . . . XS1M18PA370 . . . XS1M18PA371 . . . XS1M18PAS . . . . XS1M18PAW . . . . XS1M18PB370 . . . XS1M30AB120 . . . XS1M30DA210 . . . XS1M30DA211 . . . XS1M30DA211LD . XS1M30DB210 . . . XS1M30F . . . . . . . XS1M30KP3 . . . . . XS1M30KPM . . . . XS1M30M . . . . . . XS1M30N . . . . . . XS1M30P. . . . . . . XS1N05 . . . . . . . . XS1N08 . . . . . . . . XS1N12 . . . . . . . . XS1N18 . . . . . . . . XS1N30 . . . . . . . . XS1N30NA349 . . . XS208AL . . . . . . . XS208BL . . . . . . . XS212AA . . . . . . . XS212AL . . . . . . . XS212BL . . . . . . . XS212SA . . . . . . . XS218AA . . . . . . . XS218AL . . . . . . . XS218BL . . . . . . . XS218SA . . . . . . . XS230AA . . . . . . . XS230AL . . . . . . . XS230BL . . . . . . . XS230SA . . . . . . . XS2L06 . . . . . . . . XS2L2S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469, 482 . . . . . . . . . . 513, 519 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 . . . . . . 202, 236, 238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 . . . . . . . . . . 208, 344 . . . . . . . . . . 208, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . 214, 216, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . 214, 344 . . . . . . 218, 238, 347 . . . . . . 214, 216, 344 . . 214, 216, 264, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . 224, 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . 222, 244, 345 . . . . . . 226, 238, 347 . . . . . . 222, 224, 345 . . . . . . . . . . 222, 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 . . . . . . . . . . 240, 242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . 230, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 . . . . . . 234, 238, 348 . . . . . . 230, 232, 346 . . 230, 232, 264, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 . . . . . . 204, 238, 344 . . 212, 238, 344–345 . . 220, 238, 345–346 . . 228, 238, 346–347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 . . . . . . . . . . 276, 278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . 272, 274 . . . . . . . . . . 276, 278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 . . . . . . . . . . 272, 274 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 XS2M08 . XS2M12F XS2M12K XS2M12M XS2M12N XS2M12P XS2M18D XS2M18F XS2M18K XS2M18M XS2M18N XS2M18P XS2M30F XS2M30K XS2M30M XS2M30N XS2M30P XS2N08 . . XS2N12 . . XS2N18 . . XS2N30 . . XS3P08 . . XS3P12F . XS3P12M XS3P12N. XS3P12P . XS3P18F . XS3P18M XS3P18N. XS3P18P . XS3P30F . XS3P30M XS3P30N. XS3P30P . XS4P08M XS4P08N. XS4P08P . XS4P12A . XS4P12F . XS4P12K . XS4P12M XS4P12N. XS4P12P . XS4P18A . XS4P18F . XS4P18K . XS4P18M XS4P18N. XS4P18P . XS4P30A . XS4P30F . XS4P30K . XS4P30M XS4P30N. XS4P30P . XS508 . . . XS512 . . . XS518 . . . XS530 . . . XS5L8 . . . XS608 . . . XS612 . . . XS618 . . . XS630 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208, 210, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218, 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . 214, 216, 345 . . . . . . . . 214, 216, 264, 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . 226, 347–348 . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 224, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 224, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234, 348 . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 232, 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . 230, 232, 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204, 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228, 232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 XS7C1A . . . . . . XS7C40 . . . . . . XS7D . . . . . . . . XS7E . . . . . . . . XS7F . . . . . . . . XS7G . . . . . . . . XS7H . . . . . . . . XS7J . . . . . . . . . XS7T . . . . . . . . XS7T4PC440LD . XS8C1A . . . . . . XS8C40 . . . . . . XS8D . . . . . . . . XS8E . . . . . . . . XS8G . . . . . . . . XS8H . . . . . . . . XS8T . . . . . . . . XS9 . . . . . . . . . XSAN . . . . . . . . XSAV . . . . . . . . XSAZ . . . . . . . . XSCA . . . . . . . . XSCH . . . . . . . . XSCN . . . . . . . . XSCT . . . . . . . . XSDA40 . . . . . . XSDA50 . . . . . . XSDA60 . . . . . . XSDC . . . . . . . . XSDH40 . . . . . . XSDH60 . . . . . . XSDJ . . . . . . . . XSDM . . . . . . . . XSDT . . . . . . . . XSEC . . . . . . . . XSEZ . . . . . . . . XSLN . . . . . . . . XSMN . . . . . . . . XSPN . . . . . . . . XSZB08 . . . . . . XSZB104. . . . . . XSZB105. . . . . . XSZB108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . 244, 254, 348–349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 . . . . . . . 252, 348–349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 . . . . . . . 254, 256, 349 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 . . . . . . . . . . . 252, 349 . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 137 . . . . . . . . . . . 348, 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 . . . . . . . 258, 348, 350 . . . . . . . 258, 348, 350 . . . . . . . 260, 348, 350 . . . . . . . 258, 260, 349 . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 349 . . . . . . . 260, 270, 349 . . . . . . . 258, 260, 349 . . . 258, 260, 348, 350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 . . . . . . . . . . . 266, 349 . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 . . . . . . . . . . . 199, 284 . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 284 63, 137, 185, 187, 192, 195, 205, 207, 209, 211, 239, 284 XSZB112. . . . . 185, 187, 192, 195, 213, 215, 217, 219, 239, 265, 276, 284, 363 XSZB118. . . . . 65, 67, 81–82, 137, 185, 187, 192, 195, 221, 223, 225, 227, 239, 241, 243, 245, 265, 276, 278, 281, 284, 368, 385 XSZB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 XSZB130. . . . . 185, 187, 192, 195, 229, 231, 233, 235, 239, 245, 263, 265, 276, 278, 281, 284 XSZB165. . . . . 195, 203, 237, 239, 284 XSZB18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 XSZBC–XSZBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XSZBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185, 191 XSZBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 274 XSZCA10–XSZCA13 . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 XSZCA14–XSZCA15 . . . . . . . . 640–641 XSZCA16–XSZCA19 . . . . . . . . . . . . 643 XSZCA90–XSZCA93 . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 675 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Index of Product Catalog Numbers (continued) XSZCA94–XSZCA95 . . . . . . . . . 640–641 XSZCAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 XSZCD101Y . . . . . . . 368, 374, 385, 633 XSZCD102Y–XSZCD106Y . . . . . . . . . 633 XSZCD111Y . . . . . . . 368, 374, 385, 633 XSZCD112Y–XSZCD116Y . . . . . . . . . 633 XSZCD121–XSZCD1513 . . . . . . . . . . 634 XSZCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 XSZCS101–XSZCS133 . . . . . . . . . . . 630 XSZCS141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 XSZCS141–XSZCS153 . . . . . . . . . . . 632 XSZCS151 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 XSZCS9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 XSZE105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201, 284 XSZE108 . . . . 45, 47, 49, 63, 205, 209, 211, 239, 284 XSZE112 . . . . 213, 215, 219, 239, 265, 284, 363 XSZE118 . . . . 221, 223, 227, 239, 245, 265, 281, 284, 368, 385 XSZE130 . . . . 229, 231, 235, 239, 263, 265, 281, 284, 374 XSZE208 . . . . . . . . . 207, 209, 211, 284 XSZE212 . . . . . 213, 215, 217, 219, 284 XSZE218 . . 41, 43, 65, 67, 82, 86, 221, 223, 225, 227, 281, 284 . . . . . 229, 233, 235, 281, 284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 284 65, 67, 82, 86, 225, 241, 243, 284 XSZE330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 245, 284 XSZE908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 284 XSZE912 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 284 XSZE918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 284 XSZE930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233, 284 XSZEA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 XSZEC10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XSZED10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XSZEDD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 XSZEE10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XSZEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 XSZEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 XSZFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647 XSZFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 XSZFK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644 XSZL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654, 656 XSZP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XSZPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 XSZQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 XSZSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95, 137 XSZSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 XSZSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652 XSZSN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 XT1–XT7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 XTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 XU1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XU1N18NP340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XU1N18NP341 . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 XU1N18PP340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XU1N18PP341 . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 XU1P18NP340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XU1P18PP340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 XU2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 146 XSZE230 XSZE305 XSZE312 XSZE318 XU2M18A . . . . XU2M18K . . . . XU2M18M . . . . XU2M18N . . . . XU2M18P . . . . XU2N18NP340 . XU2N18NP341 . XU2N18PP340 . XU2N18PP341 . XU2P18K . . . . . XU2P18N . . . . . XU2P18P . . . . . XU5B . . . . . . . . XU5M18A . . . . XU5M18M . . . . XU5M18N . . . . XU5M18P . . . . XU5M18U . . . . XU5N18NP340 . XU5N18NP341 . XU5N18PP340 . XU5N18PP341 . XU5P18NP340 . XU5P18PP340 . XU8B . . . . . . . . XU8M18M . . . . XU8M18N . . . . XU8M18P . . . . XU9B . . . . . . . . XU9M18M . . . . XU9M18N . . . . XU9M18P . . . . XU9N18NP340 . XU9N18NP341 . XU9N18PP340 . XU9N18PP341 . XU9P18 . . . . . . XUA . . . . . . . . XUB0A . . . . . . XUB0B . . . . . . XUB0S . . . . . . XUB1A . . . . . . XUB1B . . . . . . XUB2A . . . . . . XUB2B . . . . . . XUB4A . . . . . . XUB4B . . . . . . XUB5A . . . . . . XUB5B . . . . . . XUB9A . . . . . . XUB9B . . . . . . XUB9BNBNM12 XUBH . . . . . . . XUBJ . . . . . . . . XUBZ . . . . . . . XUC . . . . . . . . XUDA . . . . . . . XUDH . . . . . . . XUDJ . . . . . . . . XUDZ01 . . . . . . XUDZ02 . . . . . . XUE . . . . . . . . XUFA1 . . . . . . . XUFA2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 66, 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 . . . . . . . . . . 78, 82, 146 . . . . . . . . . . 78, 82, 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . 146–147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 70, 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32, 34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36, 38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40, 42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 . . . . . . . 65, 81–82, 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 XUFAZ . . . . . . XUFN0 . . . . . . XUFN1 . . . . . . XUFN2 . . . . . . XUFN3 . . . . . . XUFN5 . . . . . . XUFNL . . . . . . XUFS . . . . . . . XUFZ . . . . . . . XUJK0–XUJK7 . XUJK8 . . . . . . . XUJL . . . . . . . . XUJM . . . . . . . XUJT . . . . . . . . XUJZ . . . . . . . . XUK0 . . . . . . . XUK1AN . . . . . XUK1AP . . . . . XUK1ARCN . . . XUK1ARCT . . . XUK2AKSA . . . XUK2AKSN . . . XUK2AN . . . . . XUK2AP . . . . . XUK2ARCN . . . XUK2ARCT . . . XUK5AK . . . . . XUK5AN . . . . . XUK5AP . . . . . XUK5ARCN . . . XUK5ARCT . . . XUK8 . . . . . . . XUK9AK . . . . . XUK9AN . . . . . XUK9AP . . . . . XUK9ARCN . . . XUK9ARCT . . . XUKT . . . . . . . XULA . . . . . . . XULH . . . . . . . XULJ . . . . . . . . XULK . . . . . . . XULM . . . . . . . XULZ . . . . . . . XUM0 . . . . . . . XUM1 . . . . . . . XUM2 . . . . . . . XUM5 . . . . . . . XUM6 . . . . . . . XUM9 . . . . . . . XUMH . . . . . . . XUMJ . . . . . . . XUML . . . . . . . XUMW. . . . . . . XUMZ . . . . . . . XURC . . . . . . . XURK . . . . . . . XURU . . . . . . . XURZ . . . . . . . XUVF0 . . . . . . XUVF1 . . . . . . XUVF2 . . . . . . XUVF3 . . . . . . XUVF6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . 102, 105, 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 124 . . . . . . . . 103, 105, 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 148 . . . . . . . . . 96, 148–149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 . . . . . . . . . 90, 114, 149 . . . . . . . . . 90, 114, 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 . . . . . . . . . 51, 115, 137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 . . . . . . . . 119, 121, 123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 676 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Index of Product Catalog Numbers (continued) XUVH003530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 XUVH0312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 XUVJ003530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 XUVJ0312 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 XUVK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 XUVN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 XUVZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109, 137 XUX0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 XUX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 XUX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 XUX5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 XUX9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 XUZ2001 . . . 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 53, 55, 57, 59, 69, 71, 82, 139 XUZ2003 . . . 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 49, 53, 55, 57, 59, 82, 139 XUZA118 . . . 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 65, 67, 69, 71, 82, 84, 86, 137, 272, 274 XUZA218 . . . 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 65, 67, 69, 71, 82, 84, 86, 137 XUZA318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 XUZA41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 137 XUZA43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 XUZA44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 XUZA46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 137 XUZA47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 137 XUZA49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 XUZA51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 55 XUZB11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 XUZB15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 XUZB2003 . . 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45, 47, 69, 71, 82, 139 XUZB2005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 272 XUZB32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 XUZC100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 XUZC16–XUZC39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 XUZC50 . . . . 32–39, 41, 43, 45, 47–49, 52–53, 55–57, 59, 69, 71, 84, 136 XUZC80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 XUZD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 XUZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 XUZF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 XUZK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 55, 139 XUZM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 139 XUZX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 59, 139 XXZAC130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 XXZPB100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 XZCB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 XZCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646–647 XZCG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646 XZCP01–XZCP04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628 XZCP05–XZCP08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630 XZCP09 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 XZCP104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632 XZCP114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 XZCP116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 XZCP1164 . . . . . . . . . . . . 432, 490–491 XZCP1169 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 XZCP1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633 XZCP1264 . . . . . . . . . . . . 432, 490–491 XZCP1340 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 XZCP1440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634 XZCP1662 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 XZCP1670 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638 XZCP1771 . . . . . . . . . . . . 432, 492–493 XZCP1865 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 XZCP1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636 XZCPA0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664 XZCPA11 . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 276, 664 XZCPA12 . . . . . . . . . . . . 272, 276, 664 XZCPA16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665 XZCPA18 . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 278, 665 XZCPA19 . . . . . . . . . . . . 274, 278, 665 XZCR150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 XZCR151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648 XZCR152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650 XZCRA . . . . . . . . . . 272, 276, 666–667 XZLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653–654, 656 XZLG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659 XZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659–661 Y forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561–564 ZC1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534–535 ZC2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 ZCD2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 ZCD21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442–443, 458 ZCD28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442–443, 458 ZCD29M12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446–447 ZCD3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444 ZCD31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 ZCD37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442–443, 458 ZCD39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442–443, 458 ZCDEN12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442–444 ZCE01 . . 421, 425, 435, 443, 445, 447, 449–450, 453, 455 ZCE02 . . 420, 424, 434, 442, 444, 446, 448, 450, 452, 454 ZCE05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431, 460 ZCE06 . . 421, 425, 435, 443, 445, 447, 449–450, 454 ZCE10 . . 420, 424, 434, 442, 444, 446, 448, 450, 452, 454 ZCE11 . . 420, 424, 434, 442, 444, 446, 448, 452, 454 ZCE21 442, 444, 446, 448, 450, 452, 454 ZCE24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420, 424, 434 ZCE27 . . . 442, 444, 446, 448, 450, 452 ZCE28 . . . 442, 444, 446, 448, 450, 452 ZCEF0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420, 424, 434 ZCEF2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420, 424, 435 ZCEG1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420, 424, 434 ZCEH0 . 443–444, 446–447, 449–450, 452–453, 455 ZCEH2 . 443–444, 447, 449–450, 453, 455 ZCKD . . . ZCKD01 . ZCKD019. ZCKD02 . ZCKD029. ZCKD05 . ZCKD06 . ZCKD08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479, 481 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521 470–473, 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 . . . . . . . . 470–473, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 ZCKD10 . ZCKD109 ZCKD15 . ZCKD21 . ZCKD31 . ZCKD33 . ZCKD34 . ZCKD39 . ZCKD41 . ZCKD49 . ZCKD54 . ZCKD55 . ZCKD59 . ZCKD81 . ZCKD91 . ZCKE05 . ZCKE055 ZCKE056 ZCKE06 . ZCKE065 ZCKE066 ZCKE08 . ZCKE085 ZCKE086 ZCKE09 . ZCKE095 ZCKE096 ZCKE21 . ZCKE215 ZCKE216 ZCKE23 . ZCKE235 ZCKE236 ZCKE61 . ZCKE615 ZCKE616 ZCKE619 ZCKE62 . ZCKE625 ZCKE626 ZCKE629 ZCKE63 . ZCKE635 ZCKE636 ZCKE64 . ZCKE645 ZCKE646 ZCKE65 . ZCKE655 ZCKE656 ZCKE66 . ZCKE665 ZCKE67 . ZCKE675 ZCKE676 ZCKG00 . ZCKJ . . . ZCKL . . . ZCKL1 . . ZCKL3 . . ZCKL5 . . ZCKL6 . . ZCKL7 . . ZCKL8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470–473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470–473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470–473 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520–521 . . . . . . . . . . . . 486–487, 509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407, 509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . 486–487, 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . 486–487, 508, 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407, 481 486–487, 496–500, 503–510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473, 480 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472, 476 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476 677 09/2007 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Index of Product Catalog Numbers (continued) ZCKLD3 . . ZCKLD31 . ZCKLD35 . ZCKLD37 . ZCKLD39 . ZCKM . . . ZCKMD . . ZCKS . . . . ZCKY . . . . ZCKZ . . . . ZCMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472, 477 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472, 477 . . . . . . . . 470–471, 476, 480 . . . . . . . . . . . . 470–471, 477 . . . . . . . . 514–515, 518–521 . . . . 486–487, 502, 505, 511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429–430 ZCMD21 . . . . . . . . . 424–425, 434–435 ZCMD29C12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424–425 ZCMD29L1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420–421 ZCMD37–ZCMD41 . . . . . . . . . . 420–421 ZCMD61–ZCMD69 . . . . . . . . . . 430–431 ZCMD77–ZCMD79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 ZCMD81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 ZCP. . . . . . . . . 448–450, 452–453, 458 ZCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454–455, 459 ZCY15–ZCY17 . . . . . . . . . 421, 425, 435 ZCY18 . . 443, 445, 447, 449–450, 453, 455 ZCY39 . . 443, 445, 447, 449–450, 453, 455 ZCY45 . . 421, 425, 435, 443, 445, 447, 449–450, 453, 455 ZCY49 . . . 443, 445, 447, 449–450, ZEP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZEP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZSDA–ZSDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, ZSDZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259, 453 414 412 261 261 678 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com Schneider Electric USA 8001 Knightdale Blvd. Knightdale, NC 27545 1-888-Square D 1-888-778-2733 www.us.SquareD.com 9006CT0101R5/04 © 1997–2007 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved Replaces 9006CT0101 dated 10/2002 09/2007 Courtesy of Steven Engineering, Inc. ● 230 Ryan Way, South San Francisco, CA 94080-6370 ● General Inquiries: (800) 670-4183 ● www.stevenengineering.com
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : Yes Page Mode : UseOutlines XMP Toolkit : 3.1-702 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 7.0.5 (Windows) Keywords : Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables, 9006CT0101 schneider squared ultrasonic proximity photoelectric sensor Create Date : 2007:09:27 09:15:59Z Creator Tool : FrameMaker 7.1 Modify Date : 2007:10:12 13:50:23-07:00 Metadata Date : 2007:10:12 13:50:23-07:00 Format : application/pdf Creator : Schneider Electric Title : Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables, 9006CT0101 Subject : Sensors, Limit Switches, and Connector Cables, 9006CT0101 schneider squared ultrasonic proximity photoelectric sensor Document ID : uuid:1f657b71-a715-43ad-ba7c-1ac5b1cb0a25 Instance ID : uuid:edb5725d-2dd3-40e7-86ee-5bb2fe323c1b Page Count : 680 Page Layout : SinglePage Author : Schneider ElectricEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools